Books
- Digital[edited by] Frank W. Sellke, Pedro J. del Nido, Scott J. Swanson.Contents:
V. 1
Sect. 1: Thoracic surgery
Pt. A: Evaluation and care
Pt. B: Endoscopy
Pt. C: Trauma
Pt. D: Trachea
Pt. E: Benign lung disease
Pt. F: Lung cancer
Pt. G: Other lung malignancy
Pt. H: Chest wall
Pt. I: Pleura
Pt. J: Diaphragm
Pt. K: Esophagus-Benign disease
Pt. L: Esophagus-cancer
Pt. M: Mediastinum
Pt. N: The future
Sect. 2: Adult cardiac surgery
Pt. A: Basic science
Pt. B: Diagnostic procedures
Pt. C: Medical- and catheter-based treatment of cardiovascular disease
Pt. D: Perioperative and intraoperative care of the cardiac surgical patient
V. 2
Pt. E: Surgical management of aortic disease
Pt. F: Surgical management of valvular heart disease
Pt. G: Management of cardiac arrhythmias
Pt. H: Surgical management of coronary artery disease and its complications
Pt. I: Surgical management of heart failure
Sect. 3: Congenital heart surgery.Digital Access ScienceDirect [2016] - DigitalFrank W. Sellke, Pedro J. del Nido, Scott J. Swanson.Summary: "The only text to cover the full range of adult cardiac, thoracic, and pediatric chest surgery, Sabiston and Spencer Surgery of the Chest provides unparalleled guidance in a single, two-volume resource. This gold standard reference, edited by Drs. Frank Sellke, Pedro del Nido, and Scott Swanson, covers today's most important knowledge and techniques in cardiac and thoracic surgery--the information you need for specialty board review and for day-to-day surgical practice. Meticulously organized so that you can quickly find expert information on open and endoscopic surgical techniques, this 10th Edition is an essential resource not only for all cardiothoracic surgeons, but also for physicians, residents, and students concerned with diseases of the chest"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Thoracic Surgery
Adult Cardiac Surgery
Congenital Heart Surgery.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023] - Digital[edited by] Courtney M. Townsend, Jr, R. Daniel Beauchamp, B. Mark Evers, Kenneth L. Mattox.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
- Digital[edited by] Alaa Abd-Elsayed.Summary: "Sacroiliac joint pain is one of the most common painful conditions, as disorders of this joint are often the cause or a contributing factor to back pain. Treatment of sacroiliac joint pain has advanced significantly in the last decade, ranging from minor interventions to major surgical interventions. Written for pain physicians, neurologists, neurosurgeons, and orthopedic surgeons at all levels of training and practice, this book highlights new and innovative approaches to sacroiliac disease so clinicians may incorporate current techniques into practice. The international roster of authors present up to date information on interventional and surgical pain procedures including peripheral nerve stimulation, surgical fusion, and regenerative techniques. In addition to providing well-illustrated, step-by-step guidance on procedural technique, chapters review patient selection, instrumentation, complications management, and outcomes."--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Anatomy of the Sacroiliac Joint / John Zaky, Christopher Haddad, and Sherif Zaky
Surgical Instruments / Ali Arastu and Tariq Malik
Sacroiliac Joint Injection Techniques / Ali Arastu and Tariq Malik
Sacral Lateral Branch Nerve Block / Evan Parker, Christine Zaky, and George Girgis
Sacroiliac Joint Radiofrequency Ablation / Timothy J. Woodin, Nasir Hussain, and Alaa Abd-Elsayed
Peripheral Nerve Stimulation of the Sacroiliac Joint / Ryan Budwany, Alaa Abd-Elsayed, and Yeshvant Navalgund
Sacroiliac Joint Posterior Fusion / Alaa Abd-Elsayed and Ahish Chitneni
Lateral Sacroiliac Joint Fusion / Hamid R. Abbasi, Alaa Abd-Elsayed, and Nicholas R. Storlie
Measuring Outcomes of Improvement / Meera Kirpekar, Emmanuel Faluade, and Divya PatelDigital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - DigitalIngrid Kollak, editor.Contents:
Prerequisits
Living safely and actively in and around the home Four applied examples from avatars and ambient cubes to active walkers
Using gaze control for communication and environment control How to find a good position and start working
Caring TV
for older people with multimorbidity living alone Positive feedback from users in Berlin and rural Mecklenburg-West Pomerania
Arm rehabilitation at home for people with stroke: staying safe Encouraging results from the co-designed LifeCIT pro-gramme
Telemonitoring in home care Creating the potential for a safer life at home
Empowering the elderly and promoting active ageing through the Internet The benefit of e-inclusion programmes
Use and development of new technologies in public wel-fare services A user-centred approach using step by step communication for problem solving
Parents' experiences of caring for a ventilator-dependent child: a review of the literature
Evaluation and outcomes of assistive technologies in an outpatient setting
a technical-nursing science approach
Assistive technology for people with dementia: ethical considerations.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalWon Lee.Summary: Filler injection is one of the most common aesthetic procedure. There are a lot of guidelines but there are no illustrated step by step instructions on safe filler injection procedures. The book will offer guidance to clinicians who wish to expand their practice to minimally invasive cosmetic procedures. Injection techniques for hyaluronic acid filler is highlighted to help practitioners perform the procedures more effectively and safely with evidence based approach. The most safe procedure including vascular anatomical illustration and ultrasound findings, rheological data is presented.
Contents:
1. Prevention of filler complication
2. Property of HA filler
3. Forehead augmentation
4. Glabellar wrinkle correction
5. Temple augmentation
6. Nose augmentation
7. Midface augementation
8. Nasolabial fold correction
9. Low face correction. - Digitaledited by MiKaela M. Olsen, AnnMarie L. Walton.Summary: "The fourth edition of Safe Handling of Hazardous Drugs provides nurses with the latest details and procedures needed to keep safe in the workplace"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central [2024]
- Digitaledited by Martha Polovich, PhD, RN, AOCN, MiKaela M. Olsen, MS, APRN-CNS, AOCNS, FAAN.Digital Access R2Library 2018Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- Digital/Printedited by Yves Chartier, Jorge Emmanuel, Ute Pieper, Annette Prüss, Philip Rushbrook, Ruth Stringer, William Townend, Susan Wilburn and Raki Zghondi.Digital Access WHO 2014
- DigitalS. Venkatesh Babu.Summary: Safety is a paramount factor in orthopaedics, whether the patient is being treated conservatively or surgically. Although vast advances have been made in the instruments, implants, and techniques of orthopaedic surgery, considerable complications continue to occur. Iatrogenic injuries during surgery can cause significant morbidity and even mortality. To avoid neurovascular and other serious complications, the orthopaedic surgeon must have both a deep understanding of anatomy that can be drawn on in the operating room and exceptional technical skills. The goal of treatment of limb fractures is to restore limb length and anatomic articular surface alignment and rotation, as well as to create adequate fixation for early mobilization of the associated joint with minimal complications. Safe Orthopaedic Surgery includes facts about applied anatomy and surgical techniques aimed at preventing neurovascular complications in various approaches to the specific bones and joints, including the clavicle, shoulder, humerus, elbow, forearm, wrist and hand, spine, hip, femur, knee, leg, and ankle and foot. Both conventional and minimally invasive techniques are considered. The prevention of surgical site infections and current thinking on antibiotic therapy in orthopaedic surgery are also covered. Organized into 13 chapters with a standard format, up-to-date references, and to-the-point, bulleted presentation for easy review, Safe Orthopaedic Surgery offers vital information on performing operations safely and precisely--the safety principles that are invaluable to every orthopaedic surgeon.
Contents:
Preventing Surgical Site Infection and Safe Usage of Antibiotics and in Orthopaedic Surgery
Safe Clavicle Fracture Surgery
Safe Shoulder Surgery
Safe Humerus
Surgery
Safe Elbow Surgery
Safe Forearm Surgery
Safe Wrist & Hand Surgery
Safe Spine Surgery
Safe Hip Surgery
Safe Femur Surgery
Safe Knee Surgery.-Safe Leg Surgery
Safe Foot & Ankle Surgery. - Digitaledited by Michael B. Kelly, Anne B. McBride.Summary: "Safe Passage: A Guide to Addressing School Violence provides a road map for understanding and addressing violence of all kinds in the school environment. The editors emphasize that mass casualty events are but one species of violence, and that in fact school violence comes in many different forms, from bullying on campus to trauma off campus, from community gangs to violent crimes. Case vignettes illustrate and illuminate the range of violent situations likely to be encountered, as well as the advantages and disadvantages inherent in various interventions. The authors stress that threat assessment must take individual, school, and community variables into account. Safe Passage: A Guide to Addressing School Violence introduces readers to important concepts pertaining to school violence and serves as a practical guide for mitigating and preventing violence in our schools"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Cover; Half Title; Title Page; Copyright; Dedication; Contents; Contributors; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; PART I Foundations; 1 An Introduction to School Violence; 2 A Recipe for Violence: Immaturity, Impulsivity, and Aggression; 3 Inconvenient Truths: Profiling and Its Limitations; 4 Danger at Home: Addressing Violence Outside School; 5 Bullying and Cyberbullying; 6 Understanding and Addressing Youth Sexual Violence; 7 Growing Up in Fear: School Shootings, Attacks, and Gang Violence; PART II Threat and Risk Assessment; 8 Hostile Intent: The Principles of Threat Assessment 9 Avoiding Danger: The Principles of Violence Risk AssessmentPART III Interventions; 10 A System of Care: Addressing Aggression and Violence in Schools; 11 Assessing and Addressing School Climate; 12 Violence and the Media; Afterword; Appendix A: Example Threat Assessment Questions for Use With Grade School Students; Appendix B: Example Threat Assessment Questions for Use With Middle School Students; Appendix C: Example Threat Assessment Questions for Use With High School and College Students; Index; Back CoverDigital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020 - DigitalJacob O. Levitt, Joseph F. Sobanko, editors.Summary: In medical practice, unfamiliarity with procedures increases the likelihood of occupational exposures. Learning to perform a procedure properly early on reinforces safe habits, improves overall surgical safety, and reduces occupational exposures. Safety in Office-Based Dermatologic Surgery is relevant to any healthcare professional who participates in office-based procedures, such as injections, biopsies, excisions, and laser surgery. The authors bring over 15 years? combined experience in training residents and medical students, enabling them to identify common unsafe practices in office-based surgery. Chapters are divided into individual procedures for easy referencing by students, trainees, as well as seasoned practitioners. Figures illustrate how seemingly innocuous actions and procedures can result in dangerous exposures to healthcare workers. Hazardous scenarios are subsequently followed with one or a series of safer solutions, with the accident and solution concisely explained and clearly illustrated.
Contents:
Epidemiology
What to do if exposed
Personal safety equipment
General Principles
Setting up a tray
Injection
Working with an assistant
Excision
Hemostasis
Suturing
Venipuncture
Curettage
Cryotherapy
Acne surgery
Nail clipping
Lasers and PDT. - DigitalBrian A. Baldo.Contents:
1: Approved Biologics Used For Therapy and their Adverse Effects
2: Monoclonal Antibodies: Introduction
3: Monoclonal Antibodies Approved for Cancer Therapy
4: Other Approved Therapeutic Monoclonal Antibodies
5: Cytokines
6: Fusion Proteins
7: Peptide Hormones
8: Glycoprotein Hormones
9: Enzymes Approved for Therapy
10: Blood Coagulation
11: Vaccines
12: Botulinum Neurotoxins
13: Biosimilars.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalAbha Agrawal, editor.Contents:
Chapter 1. First Do No Harm: An overview of HIT and Patient Safety
Chapter 2. An overview of HIT-related errors
Section I. Errors Related to Various Types of Health Information Technologies
Chapter 3. Errors related to CPOE
Chapter 4. Errors related to alert fatigue
Chapter 5. Unintended consequences of bar-code assisted medication administration
Chapter 6. Errors related to outpatient e-prescribing
Chapter 7. Errors related to alarms and monitors
Chapter 8. Errors related to personal mobile technology
Section II. Health Information Technology Implementation Issues
Chapter 9. Improving clinical documentation integrity
Chapter 10. EHR and physician-patient communication
Chapter 11. Patient identification errors and HIT: Friend or foe?
Chapter 12. Errors related to health information exchange
Section III. Specialty Considerations
Chapter 13. Safety considerations in radiation therapy
Chapter 14. Safety considerations in pediatric informatics
Chapter 15.Safety considerations in ambulatory care informatics
Section IV. Organizational Considerations
Chapter 16. Health information technology and medical liability risks
Chapter 17. Improving safety through enterprise risk management
Chapter 18. Managing HIT contract process for patient safety
Chapter 19. Improving safety of medical device use through training.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Printedited by Norman K. Denzin (University of Illinois), Yvonna S. Lincoln (Texas A & M University).Summary: "The substantially updated and revised Fifth Edition of this landmark handbook presents the state-of-the-art theory and practice of qualitative inquiry. Representing top scholars from around the world, the editors and contributors continue the tradition of synthesizing existing literature, defining the present, and shaping the future of qualitative research. The Fifth Edition contains 19 new chapters, with 16 revised making it virtually a new volume while retaining six classic chapters from previous editions. New contributors to this edition include Jamel K. Donnor and Gloria Ladson-Billings; Margaret Kovach; Paula Saukko; Bryant Keith Alexander; Thomas A. Schwandt and Emily F. Gates; Johnny Saldaña; Uwe Flick; Mirka Koro-Ljungberg, Maggie MacLure, and Jasmine Ulmer; Maria Elena Torre, Brett G. Stoudt, Einat Manoff, and Michelle Fine; Jack Bratich; Svend Brinkmann; Eric Margolis and Renu Zunjarwad; Annette N. Markham; Alecia Y. Jackson and Lisa A. Mazzei; Jonathan Wyatt, Ken Gale, Susanne Gannon, and Bronwyn Davies; Janice Morse; Peter Dahler-Larsen; Mark Spooner; and David A. Westbrook"--Publisher.
Contents:
Introduction: The discipline and practice of qualitative research / Norman K. Denzin and Yvonna S. Lincoln
Part 1. Locating the Field. A history of qualitative inquiry in social and educational research / Frederick Erickson
Ethics and politics in qualitative research / Clifford G. Christians
Ethics, research regulations, and critical social science / Gaile S. Cannella and Yvonna S. Lincoln
Part 2. Paradigms and Perspectives in Contention. Paradigmatic controversies, contradictions, and emerging confluences, revisited / Yvonna S. Lincoln, Susan A. Lynham, and Egon G. Guba
Feminist qualitative research in the millenium's first decade : developments, challenges, prospects / Virginia Olesen
Feminist qualitative research : emerging lines of inquiry / Marjorie L. DeVault
Critical race theory and the postracial imaginary / Jamel K. Donnor and Gloria Ladson-Billings
Doing Indigenous methodologies : a letter to a research class / Margaret Kovach
Critical pedagogy and qualitative research: advancing the bricolage / Joe L. Kincheloe, Peter McLaren, Shirley R. Steinberg, and Lilia D. Monzó
Methodologies for cultural and social studies in an age of new technologies / Paula Saukko
Queer/quare theory : worldmaking and methodologies / Bryant Keith Alexander
Part 3. Strategies of Inquiry. The marketization of research : implications for qualitative inquiry / Julianne Cheek
Case study methodology / Thomas A. Schwandt and Emily F. Gates
Performance ethnography / Judith Hamera
Ethnodrama and ethnotheatre : research as performance / Johnny Saldaña
Advancing a constructionist analytics / James A. Holstein
Evolving grounded theory and social justice inquiry / Kathy Charmaz, Robert Thornberg, and Elaine Keane
Triangulation / Uwe Flick
D ... a ... t ... a ..., data++, data, and some problematics / Mirka Koro-Ljungberg, Maggie MacLure, and Jasmine Ulmer
In the name of human rights : I say (how) you (should) speak (before I listen) / Antjie Krog
Critical participatory action research on state violence : bearing wit(h)ness across fault lines of power, privilege, and dispossession / María Elena Torre, Brett G. Stoudt, Einat Manoff, and Michelle Fine
Part 4. Methods of Collecting and Analyzing Empirical Materials. Observation in a surveilled world / Jack Bratich
Narrative inquiry : toward theoretical and methodological maturity / Susan E. Chase
Critical arts-based inquiry : performances of resistance politics / Susan Finley
The interview / Svend Brinkmann
Visual research / Eric Margolis and Renu Zunjarwad
Autoethnography and the other : performative embodiment and a bid for utopia / Tami Spry
Ethnography in the digital internet era : from fields to flows, descriptions to interventions / Annette N. Markham
Analyzing talk and text / Anssi Peräkylä and Johanna Ruusuvuori
Focus group research and/in figured worlds / George Kamberelis, Greg Dimitriadis, and Alyson Welker
Thinking with theory : a new analytic for qualitative inquiry / Alecia Y. Jackson and Lisa A. Mazzei
Creating a space in between : collaborative inquiries / Jonathan Wyatt, Ken Gale, Susanne Gannon, and Bronwyn Davies (JKSB)
Part 5. The Art and Practices of Interpretation, Evaluation, and Representation. Evidence, criteria, policy, and politics : the debate about quality and utility in educational and social research / Harry Torrance
Reframing rigor in qualitative inquiry / Janice Morse
Writing : a method of inquiry / Laurel Richardson and Elizabeth Adams St. Pierre
The elephant in the living room, or extending the conversation about the politics of evidence / Norman K. Denzin
Braiding narrative ethnography with memoir and creative nonfiction / Barbara Tedlock
Qualitative evaluation : methods, ethics, and politics with stakeholders / Peter Dahler-Larsen
Part 6. The Future of Qualitative Research. Qualitative research and global audit culture : the politics of productivity, accountability and possibility / Marc Spooner
Critical issues for qualitative research / David A. Westbrook
Epilogue: Toward a "refunctioned ethnography" / Yvonna S. Lincoln and Norman K. Denzin. - Digital[edited by] Liane S. Feldman, Conor P. Delaney, Olle Ljungqvist, Francesco Carli.Contents:
Introduction to Enhanced Recovery Programs: A Paradigm Shift in Perioperative Care
Section I: The Science of Enhanced Recovery: Building Blocks for your Program
Peroperative Education
Medical Optimization and Prehabilitation
Preoperative Fasting and Carbohydrate Treatment
Bowel Preparation: Always, Sometimes, Never?
The Role of the Anesthesiologist in Reducing Surgical Stress and Improving Recovery
Prevention of Hypothermia
Prevention of Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting
Thromboprophylaxis
Surgical Site Infection Prevention
Fluid Management
Postoperative Ileus: Prevention and Treatment
Choosing Analgesia to Facilitate Recovery
Early Nutrition and Early Mobilization: Why They Are Important and How to Make it Happen
Management of Tubes, Drains, and Catheters
Hospital Recovery and Full Recovery
Section II: Creation and Implementation of an Enhanced Recovery Program
Overcoming Barriers to the Implementation of an Enhanced Recovery After Surgery Program
Introducing Enhanced Recovery Programs into Practice: Lessons Learned from The ERAS® Society Implementation Program
Enhanced Recovery Programs: Making the Business Case
Audit: Why and How
Why Add an ERP to a Laparoscopic Case: The Colorectal Experience
Section III: Examples of Enhanced Recovery Programs
Enhanced Recovery Programs for Colorectal Surgery: University Hospitals Case Medical Center
Enhanced Recovery Programs for Colorectal Surgery: The Guilford: (UK) Experience
Setting up an Enhanced Recovery Program Pathway for Bariatric Surgery: Current Evidence into Practice
Enhanced Recovery Pathways in Hepato-pancreato-biliary Surgery
Enhanced Recovery Programs for Upper Gastrointestinal Surgery: How I Do It
Department-Wide Implementation of an Enhanced Recovery Pathway
The ERAS® Society
SAGES SMART Enhanced Recovery Program.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalYuman Fong [and 4 others].Summary: This book is intended as a definitive, state of the art guide to robotic surgery that summarizes the field for surgeons at all levels. More specifically, its goals are threefold: to review the basics of robotic surgery, including fundamental principles, technology, operating room setup, and workflow; to describe and illustrate the procedures most commonly performed in a robotic operating room; and to discuss key issues relating to cost, adoption, and training. Procedures from many surgical disciplines are included, which aid robotic surgeons in supervising and assisting colleagues in these disciplines and simultaneously heighten their awareness of the tricks and tools used in other disciplines that can be retasked for their own purposes. In addition, the future prospects for robotic surgery, including anticipated developments in equipment, are discussed. The SAGES Atlas of Robotic Surgery is an excellent aid for residents and fellows entering the field, as well as a welcome update on recent progress for practicing robotic surgeons and an ideal primer for senior surgeons adapting these new technologies to their current practice.
- DigitalMatthew Kroh, Kevin M. Reavis, editors.Contents:
Surgical Endoscopy
A Historical Perspective
Endoscopic Tools
Instruments
Operating Platforms for Surgical Endoscopy
Endoscopic Energy Sources
Training in Advanced Endoscopic Procedures
Endoscopic Management of Bleeding
Stricture Management- Interventional Options
Endoscopic Stent Placement and Suturing: Management of Gastrointestinal Anastomotic Leaks
Endoscopic Treatment of Gastrointestinal Fistulas
Enteral Access: Percutaneous Endoscopic Gastrostomy, Gastrostomy- Jejunostomy, and Jejunostomy
Endolumenal GERD Therapies
Barrett's Esophagus
Radiofrequency (RF) and Other Ablation Modalities
Endoscopic Mucosal Resection: Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
Endoscopic Mucosal Resection: Colon and Rectum
Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection: Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection: Colon and Rectum
Per Oral Endoscopic Myotomy (POEM)
Endoscopic Interventions for the Thoracic Esophagus- Zenker's and other Diverticula
Endoscopic Retrograde Cholangiopancreatography (ERCP)
Advanced ERCP: Cholangioscopy and through the Scope Imaging
Interventional Endoscopic Ultrasound
Hybrid Laparoscopic and Endoscopic Techniques: Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
Hybrid Laparoscopic and Endoscopic Techniques: Colon and Rectum
Primary Endoscopic Treatments for Morbid Obesity
Endoscopic Revision Procedures after Bariatric Surgery
Natural Orifice Trans-lumenal Endoscopic Surgery (NOTESTM)
Future Directions for Endoscopic Operations. .Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalSteven C. Stain, Aurora D. Pryor, Phillip P. Shadduck, editors.
- Digitaledited by David Renton, Robert Lim, Alberto S. Gallo, Prashant Sinha.Summary: This book provides a concise summation of current operative decision making and techniques for situations faced by the on-call general surgeon. This manual covers pertinent topics such as minimally invasive surgery in the trauma setting, surgical emergencies in the bariatric patient, and treatment of emergencies in pregnancy, cirrhotics, and anti-coagulated patients. The experts at SAGES pooled their knowledge and created this manual to describe the most up-to-date treatment options for the emergent surgical patient. The SAGES Manual of Acute Care Surgery aligns with the new SAGES UNIVERSITY MASTERS Program and supplements the Master's Program Acute Care Pathway. Its goal is to help educate surgeons to bring the optimum care to the patients that they are called to see in their emergency rooms, and to help surgeons progress from the competent to the proficient and finally to the mastery level.
Contents:
SAGES University MASTERS PROGRAM: Acute Care Pathway
Appendicitis
Cholecystectomy
Foregut and Hindgut Perforations
Small Bowel Obstruction
Colon Emergencies
Acute Gastrointestinal Bleeding
Emergency hernia surgery: What to know when evaluating a patient with an incarcerated hernia
Bariatrics
Paraesophageal Hernia
Necrotizing Pancreatitis
Acute Complications of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
Minimally Invasive Techniques in Trauma: Above and Below the Diaphragm
The Difficult Patient
Incorporating ACS Into Your Practice
The Future of Acute Care Surgery: From Divergence to Emergence, and Convergence. The Evolution in General Surgery Continues. - DigitalKevin M. Reavis, Allison M. Barrett, Matthew D. Kroh, editors.Summary: "The SAGES Manual of Bariatric Surgery, Second Edition, covers each of the fundamental components of care for the bariatric patient, and we have extended the list of topics to include highly relevant but rarely published issues such as domestic and international surgical tourism, pregnancy, and innovative devices in the premarket setting, among others. This second edition also aligns with the novel SAGES Masters Program Bariatric Pathway, and, as such, the reader will appreciate an innovatively organized text reflecting this"--taken from Preface.
Contents:
Part I: SAGES masters program. Chapter 1: Introduction: SAGES masters program bariatric pathway ; Chapter 2: Masters program bariatric pathway: adjustable gastric band ; Chapter 3: Masters program bariatric pathway: laparoscopic sleeve gastrectomy ; Chapter 4: Master's program bariatric pathway: Roux-en-Y gastric bypass ; Chapter 5: Master's program bariatric pathway: revision of adjustable gastric band
Part II: Bariatric programs in 2018. Chapter 6: Bariatric surgery: a historical perspective ; Chapter 7: The obesity epidemic ; Chapter 8: Patient selection prior to bariatric surgery ; Chapter 9: The role of the advanced practice provider in the management of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 10: The role of the social worker in the mangement of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 11: The role of the registered dietitian in the managment of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 12: The role of the physical therapist in the management of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 13: The role of the obesity medicine physician in the management of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 14: The role of the psychologist in the management of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 15: Preoperative checklist for bariatric surgery ; Chapter 16: Postoperative care pathways for the bariatric patient ; Chapter 17: The MBSAQIP (Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery Accreditation and Quality Improvement Program) comprehensive bariatric program (MBSAQIP-ASMBS/ACS) ; Chapter 18: Establishing a comprehensive bariatric surgery program ; Chapter 19: Long-term follow-up of bariatric patrients
Part III: Treatment. Chapter 20: Medically supervised weight loss programs ; Chapter 21: Index endoscopic restrictive and other devices in obesity treatment: techniques and outcomes ; Chapter 22: Index endoscopic malabsorptive procedures in obesity treatment: techniques and outcomes ; Chapter 23: Neurohormonal procedures in obesity treatment ; Chaper 24: The genetic and microbial influences in obesity ; Chapter 25: The role of preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative diagnostic endoscopy in bariatric surgery ; Chapter 26: long-term nutritional/metabolic sequelae of bariatric surgery ; Chapter 27: Robotic index bariatric surgery ; Chapter 28: Duodenal switch: technique and outcomes ; Chapter 29: Comparative surgical outcomes in bariatric surgery
Part IV: Complications. Chapter 30: Complications of endolumenal bariatric therapies (EBTs) ; Chapter 31: Complications of adjustable gastric banding ; Chapter 32: Complications of sleeve gastrectomy ; Chapter 33: Complications of Roux-en-Y gastric bypass ; Chapter 34: Complications of biliopancreatic diversion and duodenal switch
Part V: Revision and conversion. Chapter 35: Weight recidivism after bariatric surgery: evaluation and implications ; Chapter 36: Revision endolumenal therapies for weight recidivism ; Chapter 37: Conversion and revisional surgery: sleeve gastrectomy ; Chapter 38: Conversion and revisional surgery: Roux-en-Y gastric bypass ; Chapter 39: Conversional and revisional surgery: duodenal switch ; Chapter 40: Robotic conversion and revisional surgery
Part VI: Special circumstances. Chapter 41: Bariatric emergencies for the general surgeon ; Chapter 42: Social media and bariatric surgery ; Chapter 43: Bariatric tourism: bidirectional and in the United States ; Chapter 44: Pregnancy and bariatric surgery ; Chapter 45: Solid organ transplantation and bariatric surgery ; Chapter 46: Adolescents and bariatric surgery: techniques and outcomes ; Chapter 47: Esophageal reflux disease before and after bariatric surgery.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalHoracio J. Asbun, Mihir M. Shah, Eugene P. Ceppa, Edward D. Auyang, editors.Summary: This book provides the standard for the current state of biliary surgery in the 21st century and aims to help the surgeon progress from the competent, to the proficient, and finally to the mastery level. This guidebook also gives insight into modern evaluation and management. The highlights emphasize what is both feasible and safe from a minimally invasive approach in biliary surgery. The concept of safe cholecystectomy is defined and expounded on in detail. The difficult cholecystectomy is given ample coverage to include management of intraoperative bile duct injury, indications and techniques of subtotal cholecystectomy, and special attention to intraoperative diagnostic imaging that serve as adjuncts, including cholangiograpy, ultrasound, as well as indocyanine green biliary fluorescence. Furthermore, the evolution of treatment of choledocohlithiasis has evolved the most in recent years, and thus requires an extensive discussion of the non-operative and operative management of bile duct stones. The SAGES Manual of Biliary Surgery serves as an important contribution to the medical literature sponsored by SAGES, an international leading authority in gastrointestinal surgery with a keen interest in safe and proficient biliary surgery. Leaders in the field of biliary surgery impart their insight and considerable experience in the chapters planned for this manual. The intent for this manual is to be the cited resource for high quality and applicable knowledge for the treatment of benign biliary disease.
Contents:
Introduction to Biliary Manual
Biliary Anatomy
Basic Principles of Safe Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
Preoperative Optimization for Elective Cholecystectomy
Preoperative Imaging in Patients Undergoing Cholecystectomy
Choosing the Best Timing for Cholecystectomy
When to Perform a Cholecystectomy after Percutaneous Cholecystostomy Tube Placement
Intraoperative Cholangiography (IOC): Important Aid in Biliary and Common Bile Duct Surgery
Intraoperative Indocyanine Green during Cholecystectomy
Laparoscopic Biliary Ultrasound
The Difficult Cholecystectomy
Non Operative Management of Common Bile Duct Stones: ERCP & Other Techniques (Lithotripsy)
Common Bile Duct Exploration
Management of Common Bile Duct Injury
Operative Management of Bile Duct Injury in the Presence of Prior Roux-en-Y
Management of Common Bile Duct Tones in the Presence of Prior Roux-en-Y
Advanced Biliary Procedures. - DigitalPatricia Sylla, Andreas M. Kaiser, Daniel Popowich, editors.Summary: This book provides essential didactic content for the SAGES University Masters Program Colorectal Surgery Curriculum. Surgeons seeking to complete the competency, proficiency, or mastery curriculum of the MASTERS Colorectal Pathway for a particular anchoring colorectal procedure will find relevant educational content in this SAGES Manual. Written by experts in the field, each chapter provides detailed guidance on preoperative and peri-procedural considerations for right and left elective and emergency colorectal resections, for both benign and malignant pathologies. Technical pearls and strategies to manage pitfalls and complications are also extensively reviewed along with detailed guidance for both laparoscopic and robotic procedures. The SAGES Manual of Colorectal Surgery provides a wealth of practical guidance to surgeons along their journey to progress from competency to mastery in various minimally invasive approaches to colorectal surgery.
Contents:
SAGES University MASTERS PROGRAM: Colorectal Pathway
Masters Program Colorectal Pathway: Laparoscopic Right Colectomy for Benign Disease
Masters Program Colorectal Pathway: Laparoscopic Left and Sigmoid Colectomy for Benign Disease
Master Program Colorectal Pathway: Laparoscopic Splenic Flexure Release (Tips and Tricks)
Master Program Colorectal Pathway: Laparoscopic Left Colon Resection for Complex Inflammatory Bowel Disease
Laparoscopy Versus Open Colorectal Surgery: How Strong is the Evidence?
Debunking Enhanced Recovery Protocols in Colorectal Surgery: Minimal Requirements for Maximum Benefit
Bowel Preparation in Colorectal Surgery: Impact on SSIs and Enhanced Recovery Protocols
Checklist for Patients and OR Team in Preparation for Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery
Essentials on Troubleshooting during Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery
Principles of Complete Mesocolic Excision for Colon Cancer
Unexpected Findings at Appendectomy
Laparoscopic Right Colectomy for Malignant Disease
Laparoscopic Right Colectomy: Options for Ileocolonic Reconstruction
Robotic Right-Sided Colon Resection: Unique Considerations and Optimal Set-Up
Advanced Laparoscopic Right Colectomy Techniques for Crohn's and Reoperative Surgery
Laparoscopic Left and Sigmoid Colectomy for Malignant Disease
Laparoscopic Left and Sigmoid Colectomy: Options for Colonic and Colorectal Reconstruction
Robotic Left-Sided Colon Resections: Unique Considerations and Optimal Set-Up
Key Steps During Hartmann's Procedures to Facilitate Minimally Invasive Hartmann's Reversal
Laparoscopic and Robotic Hartmann's Reversal: Strategies to Avoid Complications
Principles of Rectal Cancer Management: Preoperative Staging, Neoadjuvant Treatment, Basic Principles of TME, and Adjuvant Treatment
Laparoscopic Low Anterior Resection for Rectal Cancer: TME Planes and Surgery of the Upper and Mid Rectum
Robotic Low Anterior Resection: Unique Considerations and Optimal Setup
Unexpected Findings During Laparoscopic Colectomy for Cancer: Techniques and Strategies
The Role of Laparoscopy in the Management of Bowel Obstruction
Large Bowel Obstruction: When Should Colon Stenting Be Considered as First-Line Strategy?
Minimally Invasive Management of Complicated Sigmoid Diverticulitis in the Emergency Setting: Patient Selection, Prerequisite Skills, and Operative Strategies
Minimizing Colorectal Anastomotic Leaks: Best Practices to Assess the Integrity and Perfusion of Left-Sided Anastomoses
Intraoperative Air Leak, Colonic Ischemia, or Tension: How To Salvage the Failed Anastomosis
Minimizing Conversion in Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery: From Preoperative Risk Assessment to Intraoperative Strategies
Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery in the Obese and Morbidly Obese Patient: Preoperative Strategies and Surgical Techniques
The Challenge of the Transverse Colon Tumor: Laparoscopic Techniques and Strategies
Laparoscopic Total Abdominal Colectomy for Emergent and Elective Indications: Perioperative Considerations and Techniques
Organ-Preserving Strategies in the Management of Fulminant Clostridium Difficile Colitis
Optimizing Stoma Function and Quality of Life: Best Practices in Planned and Unplanned Stoma Creation
Prophylactic Approaches for Parastomal Hernia Formation during Laparoscopic Creation of Permanent End-Stomas: Rationale, Techniques, and Outcomes
Transanal Endoscopic Surgery for Benign Rectal Lesions: Preparation and Surgical Techniques
Transanal Endoscopic Surgery for Rectal Cancer: Indications, Staging, and Perioperative Considerations
Advanced Techniques for Specimen Extraction During Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery. - DigitalPeter Nau, Eric M. Pauli, Bryan J. Sandler, Thadeus L. Trus, editors.Summary: This book addresses all aspects of endoscopy from scope and tower basics to the more advanced interventional procedures like endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography, per-oral esophageal myotomy, and percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy. It covers a broad range of topics in order to remain relevant to the surgical subspecialist, the community general surgeon, the surgical fellow interested in endolumenal and transluminal procedures, and the surgical resident interested in the very basics of endoscopy. The table of contents is intentionally designed to mirror the Flexible Endoscopy curriculum currently being implemented for all minimally invasive, advanced GI and surgical endoscopy fellowships. The chapters are broken up into five parts. The first part introduces the SAGES Masters Program, followed by parts that cover flexible endoscopy basics, flexible endoscopy procedures, and finally bariatric flexible endoscopy. Written by experts and thought leaders in their fields, The SAGES Manual of Flexible Endoscopy serves as a valuable resource for surgeons of all training and skill levels to better grasp an overview of modern endoscopy practice.
- DigitalJayleen Grams, Kyle A. Perry, Ali Tavakkoli, editors.Summary: This book lays the foundation in understanding the foregut through review of the anatomy and physiology, followed by subsequent chapters focusing on the diagnosis and management of specific benign diseases of the foregut, such as gastroesophageal reflux disease and diaphragmatic hernia, Barrett's esophagus, disorders of esophageal dysmotility, benign esophageal and gastric tumors, peptic ulcer disease and gastric outlet obstruction, and gastroparesis. Written by experts in the field, each of these sections addresses the evaluation and management of the disease process, technical conduct of the most common endoscopic and surgical procedures, postoperative management including complications, and revisional operations. Additionally, expert commentary will serve to highlight and clarify controversies in the field.
Contents:
SAGES University MASTERS PROGRAM: Foregut Pathway
Anatomy and Physiology of the Esophagus and Lower Esophageal Sphincter
Anatomy and Physiology of the Stomach and Pylorus
Anatomic and Physiologic Tests of Esophageal and Gastric Function
The history of hiatal hernia and antireflux surgery
Evaluation of GERD: Symptoms and Disease Classification
Preoperative Workup of GERD
Identifying Patients with Eosinophilic Esophagitis
Laryngo-Pharyngeal Reflux (LPR)
Management of Esophageal Peptic Stricture
Medical Management of GERD
Laparoscopic Antireflux Surgery: Nissen and Partial fundoplications
Laparoscopic Anti-Reflux Surgery: Magnetic Gej Augmentation
Laparoscopic Anti-Reflux Surgery: Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
Endoscopic Reflux Treatments
Endoluminal Treatment for Gastroesphogeal Reflux Disease
Laparoscopic Antireflux Surgery: Reoperations at the Hiatus
Classification and Evaluation of Diaphragmatic Hernias
Laparoscopic Hiatal Hernia Repair
Transthoracic Hiatal Hernia Repair
Esophageal lengthening procedures
Management of Acute Gastric Volvulus
Surgical Management: Other Diaphragmatic Hernias in Adults
Expert Commentary: Mesh Reinforcement of Hiatal Closure
Historical Perspective: Evolution of the Diagnosis and Management of Barrett's Esophagus
Epidemiology of Barrett's Esophagus and Esophageal Cancer
Diagnosis and Surveillance of Barrett's Esophagus
Radiofrequency Ablation for Dysplastic Barrett's Esophagus
Endoscopic mucosal resection for Barrett's related Neoplasia
Role Of Photodynamic Therapy And Cryotherapy For Management Of Barrett's Esophagus
Expert Commentary: Surveillance versus Ablation for Patients with Low Grade Dysplasia
Historical Perspective: History of the Surgical Management of Achalasia
Epidemiology, Evaluation, and Classification of Achalasia and Other Esophageal Motility Disorders
Medical Management of Achalasia
ENDOSCOPIC MANAGEMENT OF ACHALASIA: Botulinum Toxin And Pneumatic Dilation
Surgical Management of Achalasia: Laparoscopic Heller Myotomy
Surgical Management of Achalasia: Thoracoscopic Myotomy
Surgical Management of Achalasia: Per Oral Endoscopic Myotomy
Surgical Management of Achalasia: Recurrent Dysphagia
Expert Commentary: Laparoscopic versus Endoscopic Myotomy for Achalasia
Diagnosis and Medical Management of Other Esophageal Motility Disorders
Other Esophageal Motility Disorders: Role For Laparoscopic or Endoscopic Myotomy
Evaluation of Esophageal Diverticula
Cricopharyngeal Diverticulum: Open Repair
Zenker's Diverticulum: Transoral Repair
Epiphrenic and Mid-Esophageal Diverticula
A Laparoscopic Approach to Epiphrenic Diverticula
Evaluation of Benign Submucosal Tumors
Thoracoscopic Management of Benign Submucosal Tumors
Benign Esophageal and Gastric Tumors: Laparoscopic Management of Benign Submucosal Tumors
Endoscopic Management of Benign Submucosal Tumors
The Evolution of Management of Peptic Ulcer Disease
Evaluation of peptic ulcer disease
Risk Factor Modification in Patients with Peptic Ulcer Disease
Medical Management of Peptic Ulcer Disease
Surgical Management: Truncal, Selective, and Highly Selective Vagotomy
Surgical Management: Vagotomy and Pyloroplasty
Surgical Management: Billroth I
Surgical Management: Billroth II
Surgical Management: Roux-en-Y Reconstruction
Post-Gastrectomy Syndromes
Evaluation and Management: Recurrent Peptic Ulcer Disease
Peptic Ulcer Disease: Deciding What Procedure When
Etiology and Diagnosis of Gastric Outlet Obstruction
Medical and Endoscopic Management of Gastric Outlet Obstruction
Surgical Management: Resection and Reconstruction vs. Drainage
Surgical Management: Pyloroplasty Options
Evaluation and Classification of Gastroparesis
Medical Management of Gastroparesis: Diet and Medications
Endoscopic Management: Interventions at the Pylorus
Endoscopic Management: Decompression and Feeding
Gastroparesis
Surgical Management: Pyloroplasty
Gastrectomy for Gastroparesis
Expert Commentary: Algorithm for the Treatment of Gastroparesis. - DigitalBrian P. Jacob, David C. Chen, Bruce Ramshaw, Shirin Towfigh, editors.Contents:
Primary Groin Pain
Musculoskeletal anatomy of groin pain
Neuroanatomy of groin pain
History: High yield questions to the patient as part of the history/intake
Physical Examination: Highly sensitive and specific exam findings
Inguinal Hernia, Femoral Hernia
Non-Hernia Causes: Adductor Tendinitis, Osteitis Pubis, Epididymitis, Varicocele, Referred Pain (from hip (e.g., labral tear), back (e.g., radiculopathy, sacroiliitis, ankylosing spondylitis))
Sports Hernia
Chronic pelvic pain in women (endometriosis, pelvic floor dysfunction, round ligament syndrome or masses, ovarian cyst disease, occult hernias)
Occult Hernias: Typical presentation, symptoms, exam findings, radiologic evaluation
Secondary Groin Pain
Causes of Pain from Anterior Repair
Causes of Pain from Posterior Repair
Algorithm for Pain Management
Pharmacologic Management
Interventional Procedures: Nerve block, epidurals, ablation, neurostimulators
Radiologic findings of mesh and meshoma
Dermatomal Mapping: Pre/post-operative assessment
Quantitative Sensory Testing (QST)
Management of Recurrence
Open Triple Neurectomy vs selective neurectomy
Laparoscopic Triple Neurectomy
Meshoma Removal (Lap and open)
Treatment of Orchialgia
Selected Topics
Prevention of Pain: Open Technique (include mesh-specific tips)
Prevention of Pain: Laparoscopic Technique (include technical tips)
Prophylactic Neurectomy versus Pragmatic Neurectomy
Selective Neurectomy versus Triple Neurectomy
Patient Narratives
Emerging patient and provider care communities (social media for patients with groin pain and for providers who care for patients with groin pain)
Value-based clinical quality improvement- learning to improve the value of treating patients with groin pain
Team based approach for treating patients with chronic groin pain. - DigitalJohn R. Romanelli, Jonathan M. Dort, Rebecca B. Kowalski, Prashant Sinha, editors.Summary: In this thoroughly revised second edition of the frequently downloaded manual, The SAGES Manual of Quality, Outcomes, and Patient Safety. A panel of experts update and expand their survey of the many factors that influence quality in the world of surgery, surgical outcomes, and threats to patient safety. Among the highlights include a section devoted to threats to quality and outcomes and safety, such as surgeon wellness and burnout, disruptive behavior, second victims, the surgeon with declining skills, and maintaining quality in the setting of a crisis. Another all-new section focuses on surgical controversies, such as whether or not to use robotic surgical technology and whether or not it influences surgical outcomes; whether or not routine cholangiography reduces the common bile duct injury rate; whether or not having a consistent operating room team influences surgical outcomes, and whether a conflict of interest truly influences surgical quality. Further, this manual updates chapters on surgical simulation, teamwork and team training, teleproctoring, mentoring, and error analysis. State-of-the-art and readily accessible, The SAGES Manual of Quality, Outcomes, and Patient Safety, Second Edition will offer physicians strategies to maintain surgical quality in a rapidly changing practice environment the tools they require to succeed.
- DigitalDavid B. Renton, Peter Nau, Denise W. Gee, editors.Summary: This SAGES manual will help educate and advise our new and recent surgical graduates on entering the job market. From how to find a job, to contract negotiations, to research and grant proposals, this manual offers pertinent strategies crucial to both surgical and non-surgical subspecialty fields. Chapters focusing on work-life balance and finding a mentor offer helpful insight to prevent burnout and optimize one's new career. The SAGES Manual: Transitioning to Practice will fill the gap in resident education and prove a useful text for residents, fellows and recent graduates as well as practicing surgeons in all subspecialties of surgery.Digital Access Springer 2017
- Digital[edited by] Pierre Roussouly, João Luiz Pinheiro-Franco, Hubert Labelle, Martin Gehrchen.Contents:
Historical background of spinal sagittal balance / Pierre Roussouly and Nishant Nishant
The acquisition of human verticality / Christine Tardieu and Martin Haeusler
From the head to the feet : anatomy of the upright position / Jean Marc Vital, Jacques Sénégas, and Jean-Etienne Castelain
Modeling of the spine / Carl-Eric Aubin and Xiaoyu Wang
Sagittal balance : the main parameters / João Luiz Pinheiro-Franco and Pierre Roussouly
Spinal curves segmentation and lumbar lordosis classification / Amer Sebaaly and Pierre Roussouly
Normative values of sagittal balance in children and adults / Jean-Marc Mac-Thiong and Fethi Laouissat
Sagittal balance in the elderly / Martin Gehrchen
Local stresses : segmental mechanism of low back pain and degeneration. Stresses according to spinal orientation
contact forces theory / Pierre Roussouly and Amer Sebaaly
Mechanisms of spinal degeneration according to spinopelvic morphotypes / João Luiz Pinheiro-Franco and Pierre Roussouly
Sagittal imbalance compensatory mechanisms / Martin Gehrchen
Isthmic lytic spondylolisthesis : the physiopathology, classification, and treatment better explained by the sagittal balance / Hubert Labelle, Jean-Marc Mac-Thiong, Stefan Parent, and Pierre Roussouly
Degenerative spondylolisthesis : does the sagittal balance matter? / Cédric Y. Barrey, Charles Peltier, Amir El Rahal, and Pierre Roussouly
Degenerative (aging) spine : a challenge for contemporaneous societies / J.C. Le Huec, W. Thompson, A. Leglise, M. Petit, and T. Cloché
Scheuermann's kyphosis / Stefan Parent, Abdulmajeed Alzakri, and Hubert Labelle
Cervical sagittal alignment and cervicarthrosis / Darryl Lau and Christopher P. Ames
Advantages and limitations of the SRS-Schwab classification for adult spinal deformity / Hideyuki Arima, Leah Y. Carreon, and Steven D. Glassman
Specificities in growing spine / Shahnawaz Haleem and Colin Nnadi
Sagittal balance incidence on treatment strategy in AIS / Stephan Parent
From pathological to normal shapes in adult scoliosis / Pierre Roussouly and Amer Sebaaly
Sagittal balance treatment strategy in a posterior approach / Fethi Laouissat and Pierre Roussouly
Adult scoliosis treatment with an anterior approach / Anthony M. DiGiorgio, Mohanad Alazzeh, and Praveen V. Mummaneni
Techniques for spine osteotomies and clinical applications / Ibrahim Obeid and Derek T. Cawley
Surgical failures mechanisms and their treatment / Pierre Roussouly, Hyoungmin Kim, Amer Sebaaly, and Daniel Chopin.Digital Access - Digitalvolume editors, Antoon J.M. Ligtenberg, Enno C.I. Veerman.Contents:
Anatomy, biogenesis, and regeneration of salivary glands / Holmberg, K.V.; Hoffman, M.P.
Salivary secretion : mechanism and neural regulation / Proctor, G.B.; Carpenter, G.H.
Salivary pellicles / Lindh, L.; Aroonsang, W.; Sotres, J.; Arnebrant, T.
Antimicrobial defense systems in saliva / Nieuw Amerongen, A.V.; van't Hof, W.; Ligtenberg, A.J.M.; Veerman, E.C.I.
Saliva and wound healing / Veerman, E.C.I.; Ligtenberg, A.J.M.; Brand, H.S.
Role of saliva in oral food perception / Neyraud, E.
Lubrication / Yakubov, G.E.
Saliva diagnostics : utilizing oral fluids to determine health status / Schafer, C.A.; Schafer, J.J. ; Yakob, M.; Lima, P.; Camargo, P.; Wong, D.T.W.
The use of saliva markers in psychobiology : mechanisms and methods / Bosch, J.A.
Xerostomia / Delli, K.; Spijkervet, F.K.L.; Kroese, F.G.M.; Bootsma, H.; Vissink, A.
Drooling / Silvestre-Donat, F.J.; Silvestre-Rangil, J.
Salivary gland diseases : infections, sialolithiasis, and mucoceles / Delli, K.; Spijkervet, F.K.L.; Vissink, A.Digital Access Karger 2014 - DigitalAsta Tvarijonaviciute, Silvia Martínez-Subiela, Pia López-Jornet, Elsa Lamy, editors.Summary: Saliva as a unique sample for health assessment is gaining attention among researchers of different fields in the last 20 years; being reflected in an impressive increase in the number of papers published studying saliva from different biological aspects in human and veterinary species. Once deemed merely a digestive juice is now considered a biological fluid capable of communicating information about physiopathological processes occurring in organisms, since saliva has been shown to contain molecular and bacterial compounds that can change in response to local and systemic pathologies. Furthermore, the interest of saliva as a diagnostic, prognostic and monitoring biofluid is forced by its non-invasive nature being of easy and inexpensive sampling, involving only minimal discomfort and allowing the collection of multiple/repeated specimens at anytime, anywhere and without need for specialized staff. In this contributed volume, the authors bring together, summarize and reflect the generated knowledge about saliva as a source of biomarkers for health and welfare evaluation in humans and animal models. This volume also highlights the importance of confounding factors, such as sampling methods, flow, total protein content, contamination, or storage. This book will serve as a manual for graduates, practitioners and researchers by providing general ideas about the possibilities and utilities of saliva in clinical practice or investigation, and indicating the main cautions each should have in mind before saliva usage.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgements
Contents
Part I: Saliva Basics
Chapter 1: Salivary Glands' Anatomy and Physiology
1.1 Salivary Glands' Anatomy and Histology
1.1.1 Types of Salivary Glands
1.1.2 Histology
1.1.3 The Excretory Ducts in Major Salivary Glands
1.2 Saliva Secretion
1.2.1 Regulation
1.2.1.1 Salivary Gland Innervation Routes
1.2.1.2 Neurotransmitters Released by Autonomic Nerves Innervating Salivary Glands
1.2.2 Pathways of Saliva Secretion
1.3 Saliva
1.3.1 Composition
1.3.2 Function
1.4 Conclusions
References 2.3.2.2 How Can Saliva Influence Food Texture Perception in Mouth?
2.3.3 Saliva and Aroma
2.4 Changes in Saliva Composition in Response to Ingestion: Can This Affect the Sensory Perception of Subsequently Ingested Food?
2.5 How Saliva Changes Under Pathological States Can Affect Oral Food Perception
2.6 Conclusion
References
Chapter 3: Saliva as a Non-invasive Sample: Pros and Cons
3.1 Collection Methods
3.1.1 Methods for Obtaining Total Unstimulated Saliva
3.1.1.1 Drainage
3.1.1.2 Spitting
3.1.1.3 Ejector (Saliva Aspiration)
3.1.1.4 Syringe Collection 3.1.1.5 Cotton
3.1.2 Methods for Obtaining Total Stimulated Saliva
3.1.2.1 Mechanical Stimulation Techniques
3.1.2.2 Chemical Stimulation Techniques
3.1.2.3 Stimulation with Pharmacological Substance
3.1.2.4 Electrostimulation
3.1.2.5 Low-Power Laser Stimulation
3.1.2.6 Acupuncture
3.1.3 Methods for Collection of Partial Saliva
3.1.4 Saliva Collection Techniques in Animals
3.2 Advantages and Disadvantages of Using Saliva
3.2.1 Advantages
3.2.2 Disadvantages
References Chapter 2: Saliva in Ingestive Behavior Research: Association with Oral Sensory Perception and Food Intake
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Oral Food Perception
2.2.1 Mechanisms of Basic Taste, Aroma and Oral Tactile Perception
2.2.1.1 Taste
2.2.1.2 Food Aroma Perception
2.2.1.3 Food Texture (Tactile) Perception
2.2.2 How Oral Food Perception Influences Food Acceptance and Choices
2.3 Saliva Composition and Food Sensory Perception
2.3.1 Saliva and Basic Tastes
2.3.2 Saliva and Tactile Sensations
2.3.2.1 The Role of Saliva in Astringency Development Chapter 4: Methodology Assays for the Salivary Biomarkers' Identification and Measurement
4.1 The Concept of Biomarker and the Potential of Saliva as a Diagnostic Fluid
4.2 Methodology Assays
4.2.1 Spectrophotometric Assays
4.2.1.1 Ultraviolet and Visible (UV-Vis) Absorption Spectroscopy
4.2.1.2 Atomic Spectrophotometry
4.2.1.3 Near Infrared Spectrophotometry
4.2.1.4 Flow Injection Spectrophotometric Analysis
4.2.2 Immunoassays (IAs)
4.2.2.1 Enzyme-Linked Immunoassays (EIAs)
4.2.2.2 AlphaLisa
4.2.2.3 Chemiluminescence Immunoassays (CLIA)Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalJacobo Limeres Posse, Pedro Diz Dios, Crispian Scully.Summary: "Saliva Protection and Transmissible Diseases provides a review of saliva protection, raising debate on micro-organisms potentially transmissible in saliva, and also considering the evidence on diseases that may be transmitted by kissing. Saliva is a complex body fluid essential to health, especially mastication, swallowing and speech, and hyposalivation can lead to dysfunction and even infection. More serious pathogens, such as herpes viruses and papillomaviruses can be conveyed by kissing, as can potentially lethal micro-organisms present in some saliva, such as meningococci, fungal organisms and Ebola viruses.Stipulates the defensive roles of saliva, an important topic not previously reviewed in-depth in literature. Provides awareness that saliva also transmits infectious agents that can produce serious or even lethal diseases. Gives understanding that kissing may be an at-risk practice"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
- DigitalDouglas A. Granger, Marcus K. Taylor, editors.Summary: "This book provides the first comprehensive overview of the emerging field of interdisciplinary salivary bioscience. It serves as a foundational reference guide to the collection, analysis, and interpretation of salivary data, as well as its myriad applications in medicine, surveillance and public health. The ease and non-invasive nature of saliva collection makes it highly useful in diverse fields such as pediatrics, dentistry, neuroscience, psychology, animal welfare and precision medicine. This book introduces students and scientists alike to the vast potential of salivary bioscience in both research and practice." -- Resource home page
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgements
Contents
Editors and Section Editors
Part I: What Is Salivary Bioscience, Why Is It Important, and How Do We Study It?
Chapter 1: Foundations of Interdisciplinary Salivary Bioscience: An Introduction
References
Chapter 2: Salivary Gland Anatomy and Physiology
2.1 Basic Anatomy of the Oral Cavity
2.2 Salivary Gland Anatomy
2.3 Saliva Composition
2.4 Functions of Saliva
2.5 Salivary Flow
2.6 Neural Regulation of Salivary Glands
2.7 Summary
References 3.3.1 Cold Chain Management and Additives
3.3.2 Prioritizing Analyte Testing
3.4 Concluding Comments
References
Chapter 4: Analytical Strategies and Tactics in Salivary Bioscience
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Power Analysis with Salivary Biomeasure Data
4.3 Early Processing of Salivary Biomeasure Data: Unique Challenges and Solutions
4.3.1 Examining Data Parameters Related to In-Laboratory Saliva Processing Procedures
4.3.2 Examining and Addressing Missing, Unreliable, or Invalid Values
4.3.3 Approaches for Addressing Unreliable, Invalid, and Missing Data 4.3.4 Examining the Distribution of the Data
4.3.5 Computing Composites and Indicators of Individual Differences
4.3.5.1 Within-Individual Analyte Change
4.4 Advanced Statistical Analysis of Salivary Biomeasure Data
4.4.1 Conceptualizing Biomeasures Within a Mediation Framework
4.4.2 Modeling Coordination Among Multiple Analytes in Cross-Sectional Studies
4.4.3 Modeling Individual Biomeasure Response Trajectories Using Multilevel Modeling
4.4.4 Additional Applications of Multilevel Modeling
4.4.4.1 Modeling Multiple Biomeasure Trajectories with Multilevel Modeling 4.4.4.2 Modeling Biomeasure Trajectories from Multiple Individuals with Multilevel Modeling
4.4.5 Isolating Trait, State, and Error Components of Salivary Biomeasure Data Using Latent Variable Modeling
4.5 Conclusion
References
Part II: Physiology and Development Research and Applications
Chapter 5: Salivary Bioscience, Human Stress and the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis
5.1 History of Salivary Bioscience in Stress Psychoneuroendocrinology
5.2 Current Status of Knowledge in Psychoneuroendocrinology
5.2.1 Stress Reactivity Studies Chapter 3: Saliva Collection, Handling, Transport, and Storage: Special Considerations and Best Practices for Interdisciplinar...
3.1 Saliva Collection Considerations Related to Research Design
3.1.1 Environmental Factors
3.1.2 Biologically Relevant Factors
3.2 Data Collection Methods
3.2.1 Adults and Older Children
3.2.2 Adult and Older Children
3.2.3 Small Children and Infants
3.2.4 Geriatric and Special Populations
3.2.5 Nonhuman Animals
3.2.6 Practical (Everyday) Sources of Variability
3.3 Sample Handling, Transport, and Storage - DigitalLisa Licitra, Laura D. Locati, editors.Summary: This clinically oriented book provides a comprehensive update on the biology, diagnosis, and treatment of salivary gland cancer. Detailed information is presented on molecular characterization and radiological staging, and a series of treatment-related chapters describe the different surgical approaches to major and minor salivary gland cancer, including reconstructive surgery techniques, and the roles of radiotherapy and heavy ion therapy. Rehabilitation, follow-up, and the management of metastatic disease are also fully discussed. The aim is to equip the reader with the knowledge required to deliver appropriate tailored treatment in each patient, based on tumor characteristics and other pertinent factors. An additional feature is the inclusion of information on advocacy groups and their perspectives. All of the chapters are written by leading specialists in the field. In presenting the most recent advances and innovations in diagnosis and therapy and relating them to individualized treatment, this book will appeal to a wide audience including otorhinolaryngologists, head and neck surgeons, maxillofacial surgeons, radiation oncologists, and other clinicians.
- DigitalSeunghee Cha, editor.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive update on the latest information and knowledge which emerged from translational and basic science research endeavors, targeting the regeneration of salivary glands. The coverage includes salivary gland growth and development, stem cell therapy, bioengineering of salivary glands, and perspectives on and practical approaches to restoration of secretory function. More specifically, among the individual topics addressed are the various types of stem cell of value for cell replacement therapy, technological advances with respect to 3D printing, gene therapy, organ culture of salivary glands, and surgical aspects of the feasibility and practicality of transplantation. Readers will find helpful practical guidance on functional restorations of damaged salivary glands and stimulating insights into potential future directions in salivary gland regeneration research. The authors are all acknowledged experts from a range of academic and clinical backgrounds. Accordingly, the book will be of interest not only to clinicians, such as general dental practitioners, oral medicine specialists, and surgeons who manage dry mouth patients, but also to biomedical engineers, stem cell researchers, and transplant surgeons.
Contents:
Updates on Salivary Gland Development: Salivary Gland Development
Systems Analysis of Salivary Gland Development and Disease
The Roles of Mucins in Salivary Gland Development and Regeneration. Glandular Damage and Cell Replacement Therapy: Salivary Gland Resident Stem Cells
Adult Stem Cells with Special Emphasis on Mesenchymal Stem Cells
Cellular and Nuclear Reprogramming of Mesenchymal Stem Cells. Bioengineering of Salivary Glands: Current Cell Models for Bioengineering Salivary Glands
3D Organ Culture and Matrix Biology
Clinical Application of 3D Printing Technology in Craniofacial Plastic Surgery and Salivary Gland Regeneration
Functional Salivary Gland Regeneration by Organ Replacement Therapy
Therapeutic Considerations for Functional Salivary Gland Restorations: Regulation of Salivary Secretion
Gene Therapy in Experimental and Clinical Trials
Surgical Approaches to Functional Restoration of Saliva Secretion.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitalvolume editors, Patrick J. Bradley, David W. Eisele.Contents:
Classification of salivary gland neoplasms / Bradley, P.J
Frequency and histopathology by site, major pathologies, symptoms and signs of
Salivary gland neoplasms / Bradley, P.J
Molecular pathology and biomarkers / Ha, P.K, Stenman, G
Evaluation : imaging studies / Kontzialis, M., Aygun, N., Glastonbury, C.M
Evaluation : fine needle aspiration cytology, ultrasound-guided core biopsy and
Open biopsy techniques / Howlett, D., Triantafyllou, A
Nerve monitoring / Guntinas-Lichius, O., Eisele, D.W
Surgery for benign salivary neoplasms / Gillespie, M.B., Iro, H
Recurrent benign salivary gland neoplasms / Witt, R.L., Nicolai, P
Prognostic scoring for malignant salivary gland neoplasms / Vander Poorten V., Guntinas-Lichius, O
Surgery for primary malignant parotid neoplasms / Deschler D.G., Eisele, D.W
Metastatic cancer to the parotid / Clark, J., Wang, S
Surgery for malignant submandibular gland neoplasms / Silver, N.L., Chinn, S.B., Bradley, P.J., Weber, R.S
Surgery for malignant sublingual and minor salivary gland neoplasms / Bradley, P.J., Ferris, R.L
Facial reconstruction and rehabilitation / Guntinas-Lichius, O., Genther, D.J., Byrne, P.J
Management of regional metastases of malignant salivary gland neoplasms / Medina, J., Zbären, P., Bradley, P.J
Indications for salivary gland radiotherapy / Thomson, D.J., Slevin, N.J., Mendenhall, W.M
Chemotherapy and targeted therapy / Sen, M., Prestwich, R
Management of inoperable malignant neoplasms / Kiess, A.P., Quon, H
Management of recurrent malignant salivary neoplasms / Richmon, J.D., Quon, H
Salivary gland neoplasms in children and adolescents / Bradley, P.J., Eisele, D.W
Distant metastases and palliative care / Glazer, T.A., Shuman, A.G
Quality of life after salivary gland surgery / Wax, M.K., Talmi, Y.P
Salivary gland neoplasms: future perspectives / Eisele, D.W., Bradley, P.J.Digital Access Karger 2016 - Digitaledited by Eric C. Carlson, Robert A. Ord.Contents:
Surgical Anatomy, Embryology, and Physiology of the Salivary Glands / John D Langdon
Diagnostic Imaging of Salivary Gland Pathology / J Michael McCoy, Pradeep K Jacob
Infections of the Salivary Glands
Cysts and Cyst-Like Lesions of the Salivary Glands
Sialolithiasis
Systemic Diseases Affecting the Salivary Glands
Salivary Gland Pathology in Children and Adolescents
Classification, Grading, and Staging of Salivary Gland Tumors / J Michael McCoy, John Sauk
The Molecular Biology of Benign and Malignant Salivary Gland Tumors / Randy Todd
Tumors of the Parotid Gland
Tumors of the Submandibular and Sublingual Glands
Tumors of the Minor Salivary Glands
Radiation Therapy for Salivary Gland Malignancies / Joseph R Kelley, Max Ofori
Systemic Therapy for Salivary Gland Cancer / Janakiraman Subramanian, Lara Kujtan
Non-salivary Tumors of the Salivary Glands
Trauma and Injuries to the Salivary Glands
Miscellaneous Pathologic Processes of the Salivary Glands
Complications of Salivary Gland Surgery / Michael D Turner
Innovations in Salivary Gland Surgery / Mark McGurk, Katherine George. - Digitaledited by Heide Schatten, Abraham Eisenstark.Contents:
Luminex® multiplex bead suspension arrays for the detection and serotyping of Salmonella spp / Sherry A. Dunbar [and 4 others]
Quantitative proteomic identification of host factors involved in the Salmonella typhimurium infection cycle / Dora Kaloyanova [and 3 others]
Determination of antimicrobial resistance in Salmonella spp / Belgode N. Harish and Godfred A. Menezes
Red-mediated recombineering of Salmonella enterica genomes / Frederik Czarniak and Michael Hensel
A method to introduce an internal tag sequence into a Salmonella chromosomal gene / Weidong Zhao and Stéphane Méresse
Generation and use of site-directed chromosomal cyaA' translational fusions in Salmonella enterica / Francisco Ramos-Morales [and 3 others]
Detection of antimicrobial (poly)peptides with acid urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis followed by Western immunoblot / Edith Porter [and 3 others]
Detecting non-typhoid Salmonella in humans by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs) : practical and epidemiological aspects / Katrin G. Kuhn [and 3 others]
Study of the Stn protein in Salmonella; a regulator of membrane composition and integrity / Masayuki Nakano [and 4 others]
Development of a bacterial nanoparticle vaccine / Carlos Gamazo [and 4 others]
Direct attachment of nanparticle cargo to Salmonella typhimurium membranes designed for combination bacteriotherapy against tumors / Robert Kazmierczak [and 3 others]
Applications of microscopy in Salmonella research / Layla M. Malt [and 3 others]
Live cell imaging of intracellular Salmonella enterica / Alexander Kehl and Michael Hensel
In vitro modeling of gallbladder-associated Salmonella spp. colonization / Geoffrey Gonzalez-Escobedo and John S. Gunn
Salmonella phages and prophages : genomics, taxonomy, and applied aspects / Andrea I. Moreno Switt [and 6 others].Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalSanchia S. Goonewardene, Raj Persad, Karen Ventii, David Albala, Declan Cahill, editors.Summary: This book comprehensively covers application of salvage therapy in reuccurrent prostate cancer. Chapters focus on specific issues associated with a range of surgical and oncological management techniques and strategies including hormone therapy, lymphnode dissection, robotic prostatectomy and salvage reirradiation after locoregional failure. Learning objectives, and definitions of keywords are provided to aid the reader develop a thorough understanding of the topic and reinforce the key points covered in each chapter. Salvage Therapy for Prostate Cancer provides a detailed practically applicable guide on how salvage therapy can be utilised in the treatment of prostate cancer. It represents a valuable resource for trainee and practicing urologists, oncologists, and specialist nurses.
Contents:
Systematic Review of Open, Laparoscopic and Robotic Salvage Radical Prostatectomy
Salvage Prostatectomy for Radio-recurrent Prostate Cancer
Salvage Robot-Assisted Radical Prostatectomy for Recurrent Localized Prostate Cancer after Radiation Therapy- Pre-operative Assessment, the contribution of Robotics and Outcomes
Disease Recurrence after Radical Prostatectomy
Salvage Therapy in Prostate Cancer- Predictors of Recurrence
The Role of MRI in Recurrent Prostate Cancer
Clinical Staging/Diagnostic Imaging
Imaging for Salvage Therapy in Recurrent Prostate Cancer
The Role of PET in Salvage Therapy for Prostate Cancer
Salvage Radiotherapy
Salvage Cryotherapy in Prostate Cancer
Salvage Treatment after Focal Therapy
Salvage Re-Irradiation after Locoregional Failure with Primary Radiotherapy for Prostate Cancer
Salvage Brachytherapy- Outcomes from Low and High dose Brachytherapy in Prostate Cancer
Salvage Brachytherapy after Primary Brachytherapy in Recurrent Prostate Cancer
Focal Salvage Therapy for Prostate Cancer Recurrence after Primary Radiotherapy
Salvage Lymph Node Dissection
Salvage Re-irradiation Therapy after Loco-regional Failure for Radiotherapy
Role of Metastasectomy in Prostate Cancer Patients following Primary Treatment
Incontinence of Urine after the Treatment of Prostate Cancer
Erectile Dysfunction in Salvage Prostate Cancer Therapies.Digital Access Springer 2021 - DigitalShanfa Lu, editor.Summary: This is the first book on the genome of Salvia miltiorrhiza, summarizing the research advances in the molecular mapping, whole genome sequencing, chloroplast and mitochondria genomes, epigenetics, transcriptomics and functional genomics of this emerging model plant with great economic and medicinal value. It also describes its distribution, taxonomy and morphology and provides useful information on its cultivation and breeding. Further, it highlights the biosynthetic pathways of tanshinones and phenolic acids - two main classes of bioactive components produced in this plant species - and reviews and discusses the technology of hairy root induction, tissue culture and genetic transformation of S. miltiorrhiza. The book is a valuable resource for students, teachers and researchers in academia and industry interested in medicinal plants and pharmacy.
Contents:
Intro; Preface to the Series; Preface; Contents; Contributors; 1 Salvia miltiorrhiza: An Economically and Academically Important Medicinal Plant; Abstract; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Taxonomy; 1.3 Distribution; 1.4 Morphology; 1.5 Propagation; 1.6 Growth Requirements; 1.7 Chemical Constituents; 1.8 Medicinal Significance; 1.9 Academic Significance; 1.10 Conclusion; Acknowledgements; References; 2 Salvia miltiorrhiza Resources, Cultivation, and Breeding; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Danshen Resources; 2.3 Danshen Distribution and Cultivation; 2.3.1 Wild and Cultivated Distribution 2.3.2 Cultivation Procedures2.3.3 Cultivation-Related Research Findings; 2.4 Danshen Breeding; 2.4.1 System and Bulk Selection; 2.4.2 Cross-breeding; 2.4.3 Polyploidy Breeding; 2.4.4 Space Mutation; 2.5 Perspectives; Acknowledgements; References; 3 Molecular Maps and Mapping of Genes and QTLs of Salvia miltiorrhiza; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Molecular Linkage Map Construction; 3.2.1 Map Strategy and Mapping Populations; 3.2.2 F1 Genotyping, Data Analysis and Map Construction Method; 3.2.3 Genetic Linkage Map Construction of S. miltiorrhiza 3.2.3.1 The First Linkage Genetic Map and Another Map Based on Integration of Multiple Markers3.2.3.2 The Genomic SSR Linkage Genetic Map; 3.2.3.3 The High-Density Linkage Genetic Map; 3.3 Quantitative Trait Loci Analysis of Important Agronomic Traits in S. miltiorrhiza; 3.3.1 Quantitative Trait Loci (QTL) Mapping Method; 3.3.2 QTL Analysis for Phenolic Acid Content; 3.3.3 QTL Analysis for Root Yield; 3.4 Discussion; Acknowledgements; References; 4 The Genome of Salvia miltiorrhiza; Abstract; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Sequencing and Assembly of S. miltiorrhiza Genome 4.2.1 Sequencing of the S. miltiorrhiza 99-3 Genome (Xu et al. 2016a)4.2.2 Genome Assembly of the S. miltiorrhiza; 4.2.3 Genome Annotation and Repeat Element Analysis; 4.2.4 Genome Family Evolution of S. miltiorrhiza; 4.2.5 Gene Clusters Related to Tanshinone Biosynthesis; 4.3 The Chloroplast Genome of S. miltiorrhiza; 4.4 The Full-Length Transcriptome Based on S. miltiorrhiza Genome; 4.4.1 Full-Length Transcriptome Analysis; 4.4.2 Identification of Alternatively Spliced Isoforms Using Full-Length Transcriptome Data; 4.5 Conclusion; Acknowledgements; References 5 The Chloroplast and Mitochondrial Genomes of Salvia miltiorrhizaAbstract; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Transcriptome of S. miltiorrhiza Chloroplasts; 5.3 Methylation of S. miltiorrhiza Plastome; 5.4 Basic Information for S. miltiorrhiza Mitochondrial Genome; 5.5 RNA Editing of S. miltiorrhiza Mitogenome; 5.6 Conclusion and Perspectives; Acknowledgements; References; 6 Salvia miltiorrhiza Epigenetics; Abstract; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 miRNAs in S. miltiorrhiza; 6.2.1 miRNAs and Development of S. miltiorrhiza; 6.2.2 miRNAs Involved in Signal TransductionDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalRicardo Ramina, Paulo Henrique Pires Aguiar, Marcos Tatagiba, editors.Summary: This second edition of Samii's Essentials in Neurosurgery contains revised and updated versions of chapters from the first edition plus contributions on new topics written by leading neurosurgeons who were trained by Professor Madjid Samii in Hannover, Germany. Almost all fields of neurosurgery are covered. The authors follow the traditional principles of Samii's philosophy in the diagnosis and management of various neurosurgical pathologies, while presenting their own personal experiences. The extensively illustrated texts document clearly how cutting-edge technology in neurosurgery is being applied in new approaches and techniques. This book will greatly assist neurosurgeons, ENT surgeons, neuroradiologists, neurologists, and neurophysiotherapists in their everyday practice.
Contents:
The Virtual Operating Field: How Image Guidance Became Integral to Microneurosurgery
Potential and Limitations of Chronic High-Fr Deep-Brain Stimulation in Parkinson's Disease
Proliferation Behaviour of Meningiomas
Neurotransplantation and the Restoration of Motor Behavior in Parkinson's Disease
Preservation and Restitution of Auditory Function in Neurofibromatosis Type 2
Restoration of Locomotion in Post-traumatic Paraplegics: The Neurosurgeon's Personal View
Spinal Robotics
Endoscope-Assisted Microsurgery
Intraoperative Brain Mapping
Endoscopy and Thermodiskoplasty: A Minimally Invasive Surgical Treatment for Lumbar Pain
Considerations for Experimental Neuromodulation Following Grafting of the Spinal Cord to Skeletal Muscles for Clinical Application
Preoperative Visualization of the Facial Nerve Using Diffusion Tensor Imaging Fibre Tracking in Patients with Large Vestibular Schwannomas
Olfactory Groove Meningiomas: Pitfalls and Surgical Technique
Preservation of the Olfactory Tract in Bifrontal Craniotomy
Treatment of Meningiomas Involving the Optic Nerve Sheath
Surgical Management of Tuberculum Sellae Meningiomas
Sphenoid Wing Meningiomas
Chordomas and Chondrosarcomas
Petroclival Meningiomas Diagnosis, Treatment, and Results
Retrosigmoid Approach to the Posterior and Middle Fossa
The Surgical Management of Trigeminal Schwannomas
Facial Nerve Schwannomas
Vestibular Schwannoma: Current State of the Art
Functional Microsurgery of Vestibular Schwannomas
Surgery of Large and Giant Residual/Recurrent Vestibular Schwannomas
Arachnoid Cysts of the Posterior Fossa
Facial and Cochlear Nerve Function After Surgery of Cerebellopontine Angle Meningiomas
Jugular Foramen Tumors: Diagnosis and Management Endoscopic Transnasal Surgery for Clival Chordoma
Surgery of Cerebellopontine Angle Epidermoids
Approaches to the Orbit: A 360-Degree View
Pituitary Surgery Beyond the Sella
Tumors of the Craniocervical Junction: Overview and Update
Diagnosis and Treatment of Adult Hydrocephalus
Primary Tethered Cord Syndrome
Peripheral Nerve Entrapment Syndromes of the Lower Extremity
Hypoglossal-Facial Nerve Anastomosis
Facial Pain: Diagnosis and Therapy
Epilepsy Surgery
Bypass and Vascular Reconstruction for Anterior Circulation Aneurysms
Bypass and Vascular Reconstruction for Posterior Circulation Aneurysms
Full-Endoscopic Lumbar and Cervical Surgery for Disc Herniation
Syringomyelia and Syringobulbia
Total Lumbar Facet Replacement: Indication, Technique, and 3- and 4-Year Results
Mini-open Transforaminal Lumbar Interbody Fusion for Degenerative Diseases. - Digital/Printeditors, Martin A. Samuels, Allan H. Ropper.Contents:
Coma, head trauma, and spinal cord injury / Galen V. Henderson and Matthew B. Bevers
Epilepsy / Rani A. Sarkis and Barbara Dworetzky
Dizziness / Gregory T. Whitman and Robert W. Baloh
Back and neck pain / Allan H. Ropper
Sleep disorders / Milena Pavlova
Cancer neurology / Eudocia Quant Lee and Patrick Y. Wen
Multiple sclerosis and related disorders / Maria K. Houtchens and James M. Stankiewicz
Autoimmune disorders / Ivana Vodopivec and Henrikas Vaitkevicius
Neuromuscular junction disorders and myopathies / Anthony A. Amato and Mohammed Kian Salajegheh
Motor neuronopathies and peripheral neuropathies / Mohammed Kian Salajegheh and Anthony A. Amato
Chronic pain / Daniel D. Vardeh
Headache and facial pain / Paul B. Rizzoli and Elizabeth Loder
Stroke and cerebrovascular disorders / Henrikas Vaitkevicius and Steven K. Feske
Movement disorders / Jordan D. Paulson and Lewis R. Sudarsky
Behavioral and cognitive neurology / Seth A. Gale and Kirk Daffner
Management of neurologic disorders in resource-limited settings / Aaron L. Berkowitz
Neuroophthalmology / Robert M. Mallery and Sashank Prasad
Toxic and metabolic disorders / Shamik Bhattacharyya and Martin A. Samuels
Infectious diseases / Jennifer Lyons and Tracey A. Cho.Digital Access - DigitalW. Allen Hogge, Barbara Cohlan, Isabelle Wilkins, Lyndon Hill.Digital Access AccessObGyn 2017
- Digital/PrintDigital Access WHO 2015
- DigitalJane M. Orient.Summary: "The physical exam can either determine disease or confirm good health. When a patient presents to her physician with a set of symptoms, the physical exam and patient history can identify the cause and serve as a guide for subsequent diagnostic testing. It is a key building block in the practice of medicine, yet students and residents have difficulty determining what information is relevant and how it applies to the patient"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
The interview
The history
The case record
General apperance
The vital signs
Integument
Lymph nodes
The head
The eye
The ear
The nose
The oropharynx
The neck
The breast
The chest
The heart
Arteries
Veins
The abdomen
Male genitalia
Female genitalia
The rectum
The extremities
The musculoskeletal system
The neurologic examination
Clinical reasoning
Some bedside laboratory tricks
Annotated bibliography.Digital Access - DigitalRobert M. Henshaw, editor.Summary: The purpose of this book is to define and demonstrate how a multidisciplinary team can be organized, integrated, and utilized in the care of sarcoma patients. Real world experiences related by multiple sarcoma specialists working as members of a multidisciplinary team along with specific case examples highlighting sarcomas of bone and soft tissue in children and adults are presented in a framework geared toward practicing oncologists and surgeons in order to foster the creation and development of care teams for sarcoma patients. It is explained how a truly multidisciplinary approach, with "one stop shopping," offers better standardization and delivery of care, streamlines patient education, facilitates discussions and decision making, and provides comprehensive support throughout the treatment process. All aspects of treatment are covered, from first-line treatments for different tumor types through to salvage therapy and the development of novel investigational agents. This book will be of benefit to all members of the medical community who have a role to play in the care of these complex patients, including therapists, nurses, mid-level practitioners, primary care doctors, and subspecialists.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalPeter F.M. Choong, editor.Summary: This book aims to compile an expert text on the multidisciplinary approach to treating sarcoma at a sarcoma centre. Separate chapters and sections highlight the specialist diagnostic and therapeutic approaches employed in treating bone and soft tissue sarcoma. This comprehensive book covers sarcoma and its management across specialties. It brings together the experience of the editor at a major centre for sarcoma management in Australia along with chapter contributions from various experts on the topic. The real-life, pragmatic approach is a distillation of the evidence and intends to make much of what is written translatable. This book serves as a reference for managing this tumour type and as an indispensable guide for daily use across the spectrum of providers.
Contents:
Introduction to sarcomas- Biology and behavior of sarcomas
The role and benefits of multidisciplinary-based sarcoma treatment centres
The investigation of sarcomas
The histopathological examination of sarcomas
The role of chemotherapy in management of sarcomas
The role of radiotherapy in management of sarcomas
The role of surgery in management of sarcomas
Plastic and reconstructive surgery in management of sarcomas
The management of metastatic sarcoma
The principles of management of sarcoma for adolescent and young adults
Quality of life after surgery for extremity sarcoma. - DigitalCarola A. S. Arndt, editor.Contents:
Intro
Contents
1: Epidemiology of Bone and Soft Tissue Sarcomas
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Descriptive Epidemiology
1.2.1 Osteosarcoma
1.2.2 Ewing Sarcoma
1.2.3 Rhabdomyosarcoma (RMS)
1.2.4 Non-rhabdomyosarcoma Soft Tissue Sarcoma (NRSTS)
1.3 Environmental (Non-genetic) Risk Factors
1.3.1 Osteosarcoma
1.3.1.1 Growth and Development
1.3.1.2 Exogenous Exposures
1.3.2 Ewing Sarcoma
1.3.3 RMS
1.3.4 NRSTS
1.4 Germline Genetic Risk Factors
1.4.1 Osteosarcoma
1.4.2 Ewing Sarcoma
1.4.3 RMS
1.4.4 NRSTS
1.5 Conclusion 2.3.1 Pathology
2.3.2 Biology
2.4 Non-rhabdomyosarcoma Soft Tissue Sarcomas
2.4.1 Alveolar Soft Part Sarcoma
2.4.1.1 Pathology
2.4.1.2 Biology
2.4.2 Clear Cell Sarcoma of Soft Tissue
2.4.2.1 Pathology
2.4.2.2 Biology
2.4.3 Desmoid Tumor
2.4.3.1 Pathology
2.4.3.2 Biology
2.4.4 Desmoplastic Small Round Cell Tumor
2.4.4.1 Pathology
2.4.4.2 Biology
2.4.5 Malignant Peripheral Nerve Sheath Tumor
2.4.5.1 Pathology
2.4.5.2 Biology
2.4.6 Synovial Sarcoma
2.4.6.1 Pathology
2.4.6.2 Biology
2.4.7 Malignant Rhabdoid Tumor 2.4.7.1 Pathology
2.4.7.2 Biology
2.4.8 NTRK-Fusion Sarcomas
2.4.8.1 Pathology
2.4.8.2 Biology
References
3: Staging and Imaging of Sarcoma
3.1 Staging of RMS and NRSTS
3.2 Staging of Nonrhabdomyosarcomatous Soft Tissue Tumors (NRSTS)
3.3 Staging of Bone Sarcomas
3.4 Imaging and Staging Procedures
References
4: Multi-institutional Trials for Patients with Rhabdomyosarcoma: Lessons from North American Studies from 1967 Through 1997
4.1 Introduction
4.2 The First 30 Years, 1970-2000
4.2.1 The IRS Era, 1972-1997
References 5: Treatment of Rhabdomyosarcoma
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Initial Evaluation
5.3 Treatment Assignment
5.4 Treatment
5.4.1 North American Perspective
5.4.2 European Perspective
5.5 Future Directions
References
6: Current Approaches to Therapy: Soft Tissue Sarcomas Other than Rhabdomyosarcoma in Children and Adolescents
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Local Therapy
6.2.1 Surgery
6.2.2 Radiotherapy
6.3 Conventional Chemotherapy
6.4 Specific Therapy for Diseases
6.4.1 Synovial Sarcoma 6.4.2 Other "Adult-Type" Sarcomas (Fibrosarcoma, Liposarcoma, Mesenchymal Chondrosarcoma, PECOMA, Leiomyosarcoma, Epithelioid Sarcoma, Clear Cell Sarcoma, Angiosarcoma, Undifferentiated Sarcoma).Digital Access Springer 2021 - Digitaledited by Dominique Meynial-Denis.Summary: "Maintaining adequate muscle mass is crucial to healthy aging. Numerous diseases as well as deterioration of motor nerves and muscle repair mechanisms cause risks to developing sarcopenia. Sedentary lifestyles coupled with excess caloric intake among senior citizens compound the problem by creating a condition of limited muscle strength overwhelmed with body weight. This book presents biochemical, nutritional, and metabolic implications related to sarcopenia. It provides information on mechanisms regulating age-related loss of muscle mass and function as well as nutritional anti-aging strategies to fight against atrophy and support healthy aging"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Definitions of sarcopenia / Heike Bischoff-Ferrari and Bess Dawson-Hughes
Models of accelerated sarcopenia / Andrew S. Layne, Lisa M. Roberts and Thomas W. Buford
Sarcopenia in physical frailty / Maturin Tabue-Teguo, Emanuele Marzetti, Riccardo Calvani, Bruno Vellas, Matteo Cesari
The role of imaging techniques in the diagnosis of sarcopenia / Thiago Gonzalez Barbosa-Silva and Carla Prado
Nutrient sensing and mTORC1 regulation in sarcopenia / Ted G. Graber and Blake B. Rasmussen
Different adaptation of ubiquitin-proteasome and lysosome-autophagy signaling in sarcopenic muscle / Kunihiro Sakuma, Hidetaka Wakabayashi
Myokines in aging muscle / Katie Brown, Aaron Persinger, and Melissa Puppa
The contribution of satellite cells to skeletal muscle aging / Christopher Fry
Muscle stem cell microenvironment in sarcopenia / Neia Naldaiz-Gastesi and Ander Izeta
Sarcopenia and oxidative stress : from the bench to therapeutical strategies / Coralie Arc-Chagnaud, Allan F. Pagano, Thomas Brioche
Muscle protein turnover and sarcopenia in the elderly : the effects of nutrition / Paolo Tessari
The relationship between muscle mitochondrial turnover and sarcopenia / Heather N. Carter, Nashwa Cheema and David A. Hood
Skeletal muscle fat infiltration with aging : an important factor of sarcopenia / Allan F. Pagano, Coralie Arc-Chagnaud, Thomas Brioche, Angèle Chopard, Guillaume Py
Nutritional modulation of mitochondrial-associated death signaling in sarcopenia / Stephen E. Alway
Beneficial effects and limitations of strategies (nutritional or other) to limit muscle wasting due to normal aging / Dominique Meynial-Denis
Declines in whole muscle function with aging : the role of age-related alterations in contractile properties of single skeletal muscle fibres / Nicole Mazara and Geoffrey A. Power
Sarcopenic dysphagia, presbyphagia and rehabilitation nutrition / Hidetaka Wakabayashi and Kunihiro Sakuma
Wasting and cachexia in chronic kidney disease / Giacomo Garibotto, Daniela Picciotto, Daniela Verzola
Sarcopenia and Parkinson's disease : molecular mechanisms and clinical management / Manlio Vinciguerra
Sarcopenic obesity in the elderly / Michael Tieland, Inez Trouwborst, Amely Verreijen, Robert Memelink and Peter J.M. Weijs
Sum up and future research / Dominique Meynial-Denis. - DigitalNicola Veronese, Charlotte Beaudart, Shaun Sabico, editors.Summary: This book offers a concise and updated guide for all readers (physicians and non-physicians) interested in gaining a comprehensive and precise understanding of sarcopenia. Over the last several years, sarcopenia has increasingly developed from being a concept known only in research settings to one that is commonly explored in journals and scientific meetings for various disciplines, such as geriatrics, rheumatology and rehabilitation medicine. Thus, all domains of sarcopenia, from molecular aspects to clinical management, represent highly active areas of research and clinical practice for health professionals in a variety of fields, including geriatric medicine, nutrition, and epidemiology. Despite being a relatively new concept in medicine, sarcopenia is increasingly being recognized as an important determinant of other health conditions, including mortality and disability. This book, written by experts from around the globe, covers several core aspects of sarcopenia management, from molecular mechanisms to genetics, epidemiology, diagnosis and finally treatment, including the clinical impact of sarcopenia as a risk factor, the known genetic and molecular aspects that can aid in predicting sarcopenia, and selected treatment and therapy concepts, including indications for nutrition and physical exercise. Sharing data from the latest studies, it will be of considerable interest not only for geriatricians, but also for a wide range of other readers.
Contents:
Chapter 1) Epidemiology of Sarcopenia
Chapter 2) Definitions of Sarcopenia Across the World
Chapter 3) Consequences of Sarcopenia in Older People: The Epidemiological Evidence
Chapter 4) Emerging Markers for Sarcopenia
Chapter 5) Screening for Sarcopenia
Chapter 6) Radiological Evaluation of Muscle Mass
Chapter 7) Physical Performance and Muscle Strength Tests: Pros and Cons
Chapter 8) Is Sarcopenia a Condition, a Disorder, a Disease, or a True Geriatric Syndrome?
Chapter 9) Sarcopenia in Other Settings: Primary Care, Cardiovascular Disease, Surgery
Chapter 10) Acute Sarcopenia: Definition and Actual Issues
Chapter 11) Sarcopenic Obesity
Chapter 12) The Role of Physical Activity in Sarcopenia
Chapter 13) Nutritional Approaches for Sarcopenia
Chapter 14) The Future of Drugs in Sarcopenia
Chapter 15) Sarcopenia and Covid-19: A New Entity?. - Digitalby Bernd Sebastian Kamps & Christian Hoffmann (editors); contributing authors, Christian Drosten, Wolfgang Preiser.Summary: SARS reference is a medical textbook that provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS).Digital Access Flying Publisher 2003-
- DigitalLeidner, Allison K. (Hrsg.) ; Buchanan, Graeme M. (Hrsg.).Summary: Satellite remote sensing presents an amazing opportunity to inform biodiversity conservation by inexpensively gathering repeated monitoring information for vast areas of the Earth. However, these observations first need processing and interpretation if they are to inform conservation action. Through a series of case studies, this book presents detailed examples of the application of satellite remote sensing, covering both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems, to conservation. The authors describe how collaboration between the remote sensing and conservation communities makes satellite data functional for operational conservation, and provide concrete examples of the lessons learned in addition to the scientific details. The editors, one at NASA and the other at a conservation NGO, have brought together leading researchers in conservation remote sensing to share their experiences from project development through to application, and emphasise the human side of these projects.
Contents:
A brief introduction to conservation and conservation remote sensing / Graeme M. Buchanan and Allison K. Leidner
Introduction to remote sensing for conservation practitioners / Andreas Brink, Cindy Schmidt and Zoltan Szantoi
Satellite remote sensing for the conservation of East Asia's coastal wetlands / Nicholas J. Murray
Global forest maps in support of conservation monitoring / Samuel Jantz, Lilian Pintea, Janet Nackoney and Matthew C. Hansen
Wildfire monitoring with satellite remote sensing in support to conservation / Ilaria Palumbo, Abdoulkarim Samna, Marco Clerici, and Antoine Royer
Ecosystem Functioning Observations for assessing conservation in the Doñana National Park, Spain / Paula Escribano and Nestor Fernandez
Predicting mule deer harvest in real-time: Integrating satellite remote-sensing measures of forage quality and climate in Idaho, United States / Mark Hebblewhite, Mark Hurley, Paul Lukacs and Josh Nowak
Lessons learned from WhaleWatch: a tool using satellite data to provide near real-time predictions of whale occurrence / Helen Bailey, Elliott Hazen, Bruce Mate, Steven J. Bograd, Ladd Irvine, Daniel M. Palacios, Karin A. Forney, Evan Howell, Aimee Hoover, Lynn DeWitt, Jessica Wingfield and Monica DeAngelis
The evolution of remote sensing applications vital to effective biodiversity conservation and sustainable development / Karyn Tabor and Jennifer Hewson
Operational concervation remote sensing: common themes, lessons learned, and future prospects / Allison K. Leidner and Graeme M. Buchanan.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - Digital[edited by] Brian J. Hall, John C. Hall ; with 88 contributing authors.Digital Access Ovid 2017
- PrintRobert J. Kizior, BS, RPH, Keith J. Hodgson, RN, BSN, CCRN.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2024
- DigitalAlina Nicoara, Robert M. Savage, Nikolaos J. Skubas, Stanton K. Shernan, Christopher A. Troianos.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2023
- DigitalJeannie Gainsburg.Summary: "The Savvy Ally: A Guide for Becoming a Skilled LGBTQ+ Advocate is an enjoyable, humorous, encouraging, easy to understand guidebook for being an ally to LGBTQ+ communities"-- Provided by publisher. "Bursting with passion and humor, The Savvy Ally: A Guide for Becoming a Skilled LGBTQ+ Advocate is a treasure trove for allies to the LGBTQ+ communities. This fully revised second edition includes: the most current information on identities and LGBTQ+ language; tips for respectfully sharing, gathering, and using pronouns; LGBTQ+ etiquette, including common language bloopers to avoid; tools for navigating difficult conversations; best practices for creating LGBTQ+ inclusive spaces; appropriate actions to take after messing up; techniques for self-care and sustainable allyship. The Savvy Ally is a vital resource for teachers, mental health professionals, healthcare providers, college professors, faith leaders, family members, and friends who want to support and advocate for the LGBTQ+ people in their lives and help make the world a safer, more inclusive place. This informative, encouraging, and easy-to-understand guidebook will jump-start even the most tentative ally"--Back cover
Contents:
Getting started
Part I: Becoming knowledgeable allies
Caution: identities being defined!
Coming out as LGBTQ+
Orientations, identities, behaviors--oh my!
Part II: Building skills for having respectful conversations
Pronouns: sharing, gathering, and using
LGBTQ+ etiquette tips, common bloopers, and outdated terms
Gaydar and other problematic assumptions
Good talk: the art of having useful conversations
Part III: Taking action to create more inclusive spaces. Straight pride parades and special snowflakes: addressing common questions
Duct tape patch-up jobs and big fixes
Creating LGBTQ+ inclusive spaces in different settings
Taking it to the streets
Now what? Questions from allies in the real world
Part IV: Allying responsibly
Messing up properly
Backlash against allies
SustainabilityDigital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2023 - DigitalOren J. Sofer.Summary: "We spend so much of our lives talking to each other, but how often are we simply running on automatic, relying on old habits and hoping for the best? Are we able to truly hear others and speak our mind in a clear and kind way, without needing to get defensive or go on the attack? In this groundbreaking synthesis of mindfulness, somatics, and nonviolent communication, Oren Jay Sofer offers simply yet powerful practices to develop healthy, effective, and satisfying ways of communicating. The techniques in "Say what you mean" will help you to: Feel confidnet during conversation ; Stay focused on what really matters in an interaction ; Listen for the authentic concerns behind someone's words ; Reduce anxiety before before and during difficult conversations ; Find nourishment in day-to-day interactions
Contents:
The first step: lead with presence. The center of our lives
The power of mindfulness
Relational awareness
The second step: Come from curiosity and care. The blame game
Where are you coming from?
Don't let the call drop
The third step: Focus on what matters. Getting down to what matters
Emotional agility
Enhancing empathy and inner resilience
How to raise an issue without starting a fight
If you want something, ask for it
Bringing it all together. The flow of dialogue
Running the rapids
Conclusion: charting your course.Digital Access OverDrive 2018Limited to 3 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required - DigitalChinmayee Ratha, Janesh Gupta.Contents:
SBA type questions: Antenatal care.- Maternal medical disorders
Fetal medicine
Labour and delivery.- Postpartum issues.- Early Pregnancy care.- Gynaecological problems.- Subfertility and endocrinology.- Sexual and reproductive health.- Gynaecological oncology.- Urogynecology and pelvic floor problems.- Core surgical skills and postoperative care.- Surgical procedures
Clinical governance Single best answers and explanations: Antenatal care.- Maternal medical disorders
Fetal medicine
Labour and delivery.- Postpartum issues.- Early Pregnancy care.- Gynaecological problems.- Subfertility and endocrinology.- Sexual and reproductive health.- Gynaecological oncology.- Urogynecology and pelvic floor problems.- Core surgical skills and postoperative care.- Surgical procedures
Clinical governance . - DigitalSBAs for the FRCS (Tr&Orth) Examination : a Companion to Postgraduate Orthopaedics Candidate's Guideedited by Paul A. Banaszkiewicz, Kiran K. Singisetti.Summary: "The Part 1 or written MCQ paper is often seen as a poor relation to the more intense clinical and viva preparation needed for the Part 2 exam. The belief is that most candidates usually pass the part 1 without too many difficulties. Occasionally a candidate will have to re sit if they fall a bit short of the pass mark but next time it should be plain sailing getting through"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- Printpod obshcheĭ red. prof. I.N. Perevodchikova ; M-vo zdravookhranenii︠a︡ SSSR. Vsesoyuz. nauch.-issled. in-t po izucheniyu lepry.
- Digital[edited by] Morton J. Kern, Arnold H. SetoSummary: "SCAI Interventional Cardiology Board Review provides a concise overview of the field of interventional cardiology in order to serve as board exam preparation for those in training and those who need to recertify. It is written specifically for this audience and can also serve as a basis for in-depth training by nurses, technicians, physician extenders and general cardiologists. Coverage will include all topics included on the exam and chapters will be written by authors who are also"--Provided by publisher
Contents:
I: Basic science and pharmacology
Arterial disease
atherosclerosis
Restenosis
Platelet
inhibitor agents
Anticoagulant and fibrinolytic agents for NSTE-ACS, PCI, and STEMI
Vasoactive and antiarrhythmic drugs in the catheterization laboratory
II: Fundamentals of interventions
Fundamentals of X-ray imaging, radiation safety, and contrast media
Coronary hemodynamics: pressure and flow
Intravascular ultrasound, optical coherence tomography, and near-infrared spectroscopy
Vulnerable plaque imaging
Hemodynamics for interventional cardiologists
Coronary angiography for PCI
Introduction to statistics in clinical research for interventional cardiology
III: Equipment
Equipment selection for coronary interventions
Niche devices: atherectomy, cutting and scoring balloons, and laser
IV: Stable and acute coronary syndrome PCI
Coronary stents
^Elective percutaneous coronary intervention for stable coronary artery disease and silent myocardial ischemia
Acute coronary syndromes
STEMI intervention: emphasis on guidelines
High-risk percutaneous coronary intervention, cardiogenic shock, and acute mechanical circulatory support devices
V: Higher-risk PCI and complex angiographic subsets
Multivessel percutaneous coronary interventions
Bifurcation lesions and intervention
Small vessel and diffuse disease
Left mainstem intervention
Bypass graft intervention and embolic protection
Complications of coronary intervention
Chronic total occlusion percutaneous coronary intervention
VI: Vascular access and hemostasis
Vascular access: radial and femoral approaches
Vascular access site management (Closure devices and complications)
VII: Women, prevention, and guidelines
Women and percutaneous interventions
Primary and secondary coronary prevention
^PCI guidelines for interventional cardiology boards
VIII: Peripheral vascular disease and interventions
Thoracic aortic, abdominal aortic, and lower extremity interventions
Carotid and cerebrovascular/acute stroke intervention
Atherosclerotic renal artery disease
Deep venous thrombosis
IX: Structural heart disease and interventions
Imaging for structural heart disease
Atrial septal defect and patent foramen ovale
Left atrial appendage closure
Mitral valvuloplasty and percutaneous mitral valve repair
Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement
Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
Paravalvular leaks
Pericardial disease interventions
Interventional procedures in adult congenital heart diseaseDigital Access LWW Health Library 2018 - PrintGeoffrey West.Summary: "From one of the most influential scientists of our time, a dazzling exploration of the hidden laws that govern the life cycle of everything from plants and animals to the cities we live in. The former head of the Sante Fe Institute, visionary physicist Geoffrey West is a pioneer in the field of complexity science, the science of emergent systems and networks. The term "complexity" can be misleading, however, because what makes West's discoveries so beautiful is that he has found an underlying simplicity that unites the seemingly complex and diverse phenomena of living systems, including our bodies, our cities and our businesses. Fascinated by issues of aging and mortality, West applied the rigor of a physicist to the biological question of why we live as long as we do and no longer. The result was astonishing, and changed science, creating a new understanding of energy use and metabolism: West found that despite the riotous diversity in the sizes of mammals, they are all, to a large degree, scaled versions of each other. If you know the size of a mammal, you can use scaling laws to learn everything from how much food it eats per day, what its heart-rate is, how long it will take to mature, its lifespan, and so on. Furthermore, the efficiency of the mammal's circulatory systems scales up precisely based on weight: if you compare a mouse, a human and an elephant on a logarithmic graph, you find with every doubling of average weight, a species gets 25% more efficient--and lives 25% longer. This speaks to everything from how long we can expect to live to how many hours of sleep we need. Fundamentally, he has proven, the issue has to do with the fractal geometry of the networks that supply energy and remove waste from the organism's body"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The big picture
The measure of all things: an introduction to scaling
The simplicity, unity, and complexity of life
The fourth dimension of life: growth, aging, and death
From the Anthropocene to the Urbanocene: a planet dominated by cities
Prelude to a science of cities
Toward a science of cities
Consequences and predictions: from mobility and the pace of life to social connectivity, diversity, metabolism, and growth
Toward a science of companies
The vision of a grand unified theory of sustainability. - PrintVerne Harnish and the team at Gazelles.Summary: In this guide, Harnish and his co-authors share practical tools and techniques to help entrepreneurs grow an industry -- dominating business without it killing them -- and actually have fun. Many growth company leaders reach a point where they actually dread adding another customer, employee, or location. It feels like they are just adding more weight to an ever-heavier anchor they are dragging through the sand. To make matters worse, the increased revenues have not turned into more profitability, so at some point they wonder if the journey is worth the effort. This book focuses on the four major decisions every company must get right: People, Strategy, Execution and Cash. The book includes a series of One-Page tools including the One-Page Strategic Plan and the Rockefeller Habits Execution Checklist, which more than 40,000 firms around the globe have used to scale their companies successfully.
Contents:
The overview: People, strategy, execution, cash
The barriers: Leadership, infrastructure, and marketing
The leaders: The FACe and the PACe of the company
The team: Attracting and hiring
The managers (coaches): Keeping and growing (educating) the team
The core: Values, purpose, and competencies
The 7 strata of strategy: The framework for dominating your industry
The one-page strategic plan: The tool for strategic planning
The priority: Focus, finish lines, and fun
The data: Powering prediction
The meeting rhythm: The heartbeat of the organization
The cash: Accelerating cash flow
The accounting: Driving profitability
The power of one: 7 key financial levers
Next steps: 5 things to do now. - Digital/PrintDigital Access
- DigitalJeffrey Yao, editor.Contents:
Scaphoid Anatomy
Non-operative Management of Non-displaced Acute Scaphoid Fracture
Acute Scaphoid Fracture Management: Dorsal Approach
Acute Scaphoid Fractures: Volar Approach
Arthroscopic-Assisted Management of Acute Scaphoid Fractures
Treatment of Acute Pediatric Scaphoid Waist Fractures
Scaphoid Nonunion: Surgical Fixation Without Bone Graft
Scaphoid Non-union Open Treatment with Distal Radius Bone Graft via Mini Dorsal Approach
Scaphoid Nonunion: Surgical Fixation with Local Non-vascularized Bone Graft (Open)
Scaphoid Non-Union Treated with Iliac Crest Structural Autograft
The Hybrid Russe Graft for the Treatment of Scaphoid Nonunion
Arthroscopic Grafting and Scapholunate Pinning for Scaphoid Proximal Pole Nonunion
1,2 ICSRA for the Management of Proximal Pole Scaphoid Nonunion
Dorsal Capsular-Based Vascularized Distal Radius Graft for Scaphoid Nonunion
Scaphoid Nonunion: Surgical Fixation with Vascularized Bone Grafts-Volar Pedicle
Scaphoid Nonunion: Surgical Fixation with Vascularized Bone Graft-Free Medial Femoral Condyle Graft
Pediatric Scaphoid Nonunion
Partial Scaphoidectomy for Unsalvageable Scaphoid Nonunion
Reconstruction of the Unsalvageable Proximal Pole in Scaphoid Nonunions Utilizing Rib Osteochondral Autograft
Recalcitrant Proximal Pole Scaphoid Nonunion
Unsalvageable Scaphoid Nonunion: Implant Arthroplasty
Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse: Denervation
Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse: Arthroscopic Debridement/Radial Styloidectomy
Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse: Capitolunate Arthrodesis
Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse: Scaphoid Excision and 4-Corner Arthrodesis
PRC for Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse Wrist
Index.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digital[edited by] Andrew C. Krakowski, MD, founder and director, Scar Treatment and Revision (S.T.A.R.) Institute, chief medical officer, DermOne, LLC, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania ; Peter R. Shumaker, MD, Captain, United States Navy, chairman, dermatology, Naval Medical Center, San Diego, California, clinical associate professor of dermatology, Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, Bethesda, Maryland.Contents:
1. A historical perspective on scar management
2. The global impact of scars
3. Medical conditions associated with scarring and fibrosis
4. Scars and scar management: ethical considerations
5. Scar histopathology and morphologic classification
6. The cellular and molecular basis of scarring: the paradigm of hypertrophic scarring after thermal injury
7. The biomechanics of scar formation
8. An approach to scar mitigation
9. Optimizing wound healing and scar formation
10. Medical managment of scars
11. Neurobiology of scars: managing pain and itch
12. Surgical scar revision
13. Lasers and light devices in scar management
14. Laser-assisted delivery of therapeutic agents
15. Fat grafting for scar treatment
16. Multimodal scar management
17. Atrophic scar management
18. Scar management in skin of color
19. Rehabilitative burn scar management
20. Scar camouflage
21. Medical tattooing
22. A pediatric perspective
23. A perspective from military medicine
24. Recovery and reintegration after burn injury
25. Integrating scar management into clinical practice
26. Scar treatment, restoration, and prevention- beyond the horizon?
27. Fetal wound healing
28. Clinical scar research: quantitative and qualitative assessment of hypertrophic burn scars.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - Digital[edited by] N. Cary Engleberg, Victor J. DiRita, Michael J. Imperiale.Summary: "This textbook is intended to be used in courses on medical microbiology or infectious diseases for medical students, allied health professionals, graduate students, or advanced undergraduates. Because the purpose of this book is to develop a conceptual framework for understanding infection, it highlights certain agents and diseases of special biological or clinical importance and does not attempt to describe the microbial world in an exhaustive fashion"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library (Medical Education) 2022
- Digitaledited by Marjory B. Brooks, Kendal E. Harr, Davis M. Seelig, K. Jane Wardrop, Douglas J. Weiss.Contents:
Hemolymphatic Tissue. Embryonic and Fetal Hematopoiesis / Kelli L Boyd, Brad Bolon
Stem Cell Biology / Dori L Borjesson, Jed A Overmann
Structure of the Bone Marrow / Nicole I Stacy, John W Harvey
The Hematopoietic System / Bruce D Car, Davis M Seelig
Vasculogenesis and Endothelial Cell Production / Jong Hyuk Kim
Cluster of Differentiation (CD) Antigens / Melinda J Wilkerson, Nora L Springer
Major Histocompatibility Complex Antigens / Paul R Hess
Lymphocyte Biology and Functions / Ian Tizard
Structure and Function of Primary and Secondary Lymphoid Tissue / Cleverson D Souza, Meredeth McEntire, VE Ted Valli, Robert M Jacobs
Hematotoxicity. Design and Methods of Nonclinical Hematotoxicity Studies / William J Reagan, Armando R Irizarry Rovira
Interpretation of Hematologic Data in Nonclinical Studies / Jeffrey McCartney
Nonclinical Evaluation of Compound-Related Cytopenias / Laurie G O'Rourke
Nonclinical Evaluation of Compound-Related Alterations in Hemostasis / F Poitout-Belissent
Preclinical Evaluation of Immunotoxicity / Kristin L Henson
Blood and Bone Marrow Toxicity Induced by Drugs, Heavy Metals, Chemicals, and Toxic Plants / Douglas J Weiss
Acute Myelotoxicity and Myelitis in Domestic and Laboratory Animals / Adam D Aulbach, Douglas J Weiss
Chronic Inflammation and Secondary Myelofibrosis in Domestic and Laboratory Animals / Adam D Aulbach, Douglas J Weiss
Infectious Injury to Bone Marrow / K Jane Wardrop
Erythrocytes. Erythropoiesis / Christine Swardson Olver
Erythrocyte Structure and Function / Christine Swardson Olver
Erythrocyte Biochemistry / John W Harvey
Erythrokinetics and Erythrocyte Destruction / Andrea Pires Dos Santos, John A Christian
Reticulocyte and Heinz Body Staining and Enumeration / Harold Tvedten, Andreas Moritz
Erythrocyte Morphology / Anne M Barger
Classification and Laboratory Evaluation of Anemia / Harold Tvedten
Erythrocytosis / John F Randolph, Mark E Peterson, Erica Behling-Kelly
Iron and Copper Deficiencies, and Disorders of Iron Metabolism / Lauren B Radakovich, Christine Swardson Olver
The Porphyrias-Disorders of Defective Heme Synthesis / Andrea A Bohn
Hereditary Erythroenzymopathies / Urs Giger
Erythrocyte Membrane Defects / Mutsumi Inaba, Joanne B Messick
Congenital Dyserythropoiesis / Douglas J Weiss
Anemia Associated with Oxidative Injury / Erica Behling-Kelly, Ashleigh Newman
Anemia Caused by Rickettsia, Mycoplasma, and Protozoa / Susan Fielder, Robin W Allison, James H Meinkoth
Anemia Associated with Bacterial and Viral Infections / George M Barrington, Debra C Sellon
Immune-Mediated Anemia in the Dog / Jillian M Haines, Andrew Mackin, Michael J Day
Immune-Mediated Anemia in the Cat / Ashleigh Newman, Tracy Stokol
Immune-Mediated Anemia in Ruminants and Horses / Jenifer R Gold
Precursor-Targeted Immune-Mediated Anemia and Pure Red Cell Aplasia in Dogs and Cats / Cynthia A Lucidi
Anemia of Inflammatory, Neoplastic, Renal, and Endocrine Diseases / Agata K Grzelak, Michael M Fry
Aplastic Anemia / Jennifer L Brazzell, Douglas J Weiss
Leukocytes. Granulopoiesis / M Judith Radin, Maxey L Wellman
Neutrophil Structure and Biochemistry / Claire B Andreasen
Neutrophil Function and Response / Dana N Levine, Claire B Andreasen
Neutrophil Function Disorders / Stefano Comazzi, Luca Aresu, Douglas J Weiss
Clinical Evaluation of Neutrophil Function / Stefano Comazzi
Eosinophils and Their Disorders / Karen M Young, Elizabeth A Layne
Basophils, Mast Cells, and Their Disorders / Brandy C Kastl, Lisa M Pohlman
Monocytes, Macrophages, and Dendritic Cell Production / Cleverson D Souza, Douglas J Weiss
Monocytes and Macrophages and Their Disorders / Cleverson D Souza, Meaghan V Eren
Lymphocyte Ontogeny and Lymphopoiesis / Amy L Warren, Robin M Yates
Structure, Function, and Disorders of Lymphoid Tissue / Amy L Warren, Robin M Yates
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus / Luc Chabanne
Feline Immunodeficiency Virus / Margaret J Hosie, Hans Lutz
T Cell, Immunoglobulin, and Complement Immunodeficiency Disorders / Peter J Felsburg
Severe Combined Immunodeficiencies / Steven E Suter
Lymphadenopathy Not Caused by Lymphoma / Harold Tvedten
Hematologic Neoplasia. Cell-Cycle Control in Hematopoietic Cells / Jaime F Modiano, Catherine A St Hill
Epidemiology of Hematopoietic Neoplasia / Michelle G Ritt
Genetics of Hematopoietic Neoplasia / Diana Giannuzzi, Jaime F Modiano, Matthew Breen
Transforming Retroviruses / Mary Jo Burkhard
Cytochemical Staining and Immunocytochemistry / Rose E Raskin, Kelly Santangelo, Klaudia Polak
Determination of Clonality / Yuko Goto-Koshino, Hajime Tsujimoto
Immunophenotyping / Austin K Viall
Flow Cytometry in Hematologic Neoplasia / Jaime L Tarigo, Davis M Seelig, Anne C Avery
Classification and General Features of Lymphoma and Leukemia / Barbara C Rütgen, Jennifer Bouschor
Myeloproliferative Neoplasms / Eric J Fish
Myelodysplastic Syndromes / Douglas J Weiss, Rance K Sellon
Acute Myeloid Leukemia / Tracy Stokol
B-Cell Tumors / Luca Aresu, Stefano Comazzi, Laura Marconato, Francesco Bertoni
Plasma Cell Tumors / Antonella Borgatti
Hodgkin and Hodgkin-Like Lymphoma / Daniel A Heinrich, Erin N Burton
T-Cell Tumors / Nariman Deravi, Stefan Keller, Dorothee Bienzle
Mast Cell Neoplasia / Melinda S Camus
Histiocytic Proliferative Diseases of Dogs and Cats / Peter F Moore
Platelets. Thrombopoiesis / Mary K Boudreaux, Pete W Christopherson
Platelet Structure / Mary K Boudreaux, Pete W Christopherson
Platelet Signal Transduction and Activation Response / Pete W Christopherson, Mary K Boudreaux
Platelet Kinetics and Laboratory Evaluation of Thrombocytopenia / Adi Wasserkrug-Naor
Evaluation of Platelet Function / Pete W Christopherson, Marjory B Brooks
Immune Thrombocytopenia / Dana N LeVine, Marjory B Brooks
Nonimmune-Mediated Thrombocytopenia / Julie Allen
Thrombocytosis and Essential Thrombocythemia / Julie Allen, Tracy Stokol
von Willebrand Disease / Marjory B Brooks, James L Catalfamo
Inherited Platelet Disorders / Mary K Boudreaux, Pete W Christopherson
Acquired Platelet Dysfunction / Benjamin M Brainard
Treatment of Disorders of Platelet Number and Function / Mary Beth Callan
Hemostasis. Overview of Hemostasis / Maureen A McMichael
Laboratory Testing of Coagulation Disorders / Marjory B Brooks
Acquired Coagulopathies / Marjory B Brooks, Armelle De Laforcade
Hereditary Coagulopathies / Marjory B Brooks
Thrombotic Disorders / Erica Behling-Kelly, Robert Goggs
Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation / Tracy Stokol
Vascular Diseases / Sean P McDonough
Treatment of Hemostatic Defects / Robert Goggs, Alex M Lynch
Avian Hemostasis / Karen E Russell, J Jill Heatley
Transfusion Medicine. Erythrocyte Antigens and Blood Groups / Marie-Claude Blais, Maria Cecilia T Penedo
Granulocyte and Platelet Antigens / Jennifer S Thomas
Principles of Canine and Feline Blood Collection, Processing, and Storage / Anthony C G Abrams-Ogg, Shauna L Blois
Red Blood Cell Transfusion in the Dog and Cat / Mary Beth Callan
Transfusion of Plasma Products / Marjory B Brooks
Platelet and Granulocyte Transfusion / Anthony C G Abrams-Ogg, Shauna L Blois
Blood Transfusion in Large Animals / Margaret C Mudge
Blood Transfusion in Exotic Species / Anneliese Strunk, Anke C Stöhr
Transfusion Reactions / Nicole M Weinstein
Cellular Therapy / Steven E Suter, Steven Dow
Clinical Use of Hematopoietic Growth Factors / Steven E Suter
Clinical Blood Typing and Crossmatching / K Jane Wardrop
Species-Specific Hematology. Hematology of Dogs / Maggie R McCourt, Theresa E Rizzi
Hematology of Cats / Deanna M W Schaefer
Hematology of Equids / Kathleen P Freeman, Alison J Farr, Annalisa Barrelet
Hematology of Bovids / R Darren Wood
Hematology of Sheep and Goats / Jason Stayt
Hematology of Pigs / Catherine E Thorn, Andrew S Bowman, David Eckersall
Hematology of Rodentia / Amy L MacNeill
Hematology of Mustelids / Stacy Clothier, Cathy Johnson-Delaney
Hematology of Cavies / Samantha J M Evans, Kurt L Zimmerman
Hematology of Lagomorphs / Francisco O Conrado
Hematology of Laboratory Animals / Karyn E Enos, David M Moore
Hematology of Camelids / Susan J Tornquist
Hematology of Cervids / Bridget C Garner
Hematology of Paenungulata / Emma H Hooijberg
Hematology of Marine Mammals / Nicole I Stacy, Hendrik H Nollens
Hematology of Galliformes / Julie Piccione, Jessica Hokamp
Hematology of Psittacines / Diana Schwartz, Hugues Beaufrère
Hematology of Anseriformes / Jessica Hokamp, Julie Piccione
Hematology of Raptors / Jennifer Johns
Hematology of Ratites / Phillip Clark
Hematology of Elasmobranchs / Jill E Arnold, Alexa Delaune
Hematology of Salmonids / Jere Stern
Hematology of Ictaluridae / Patricia Gaunt
Hematology of Cyprinidae / Ilze K Berzins, Alexander E Primus
Hematology of Lizards, Crocodilians, and Tuatara / Charlotte Hollinger, Jean A Paré
Hematology of Serpentes / Laura J Black, Marjorie Bercier
Hematology of Testudines / Jennifer D Steinberg, Stephen J Divers
Hematology of Amphibians / Perry Bain, Kendal E Harr
Hematology of Invertebrates / Jill E Arnold
Quality Management and Laboratory Techniques. Quality Management of Hematology Techniques / Martina Stirn, Kathleen P Freeman
Total Error and Proficiency Testing / Sten Westgard, Kathleen P Freeman
Quantitative Diagnostic Test Validation / Bente Flatland
Reference Intervals and Decision Limits / Kristen R Friedrichs, Asger Lundorff Jensen, Mads Kjelgaard-Hansen
Bone Marrow Evaluation / Natali B Bauer, Kendal E Harr
Flow Cytometry / Unity Jeffery
Testing for Immune-Mediated Hematologic Disease / K Jane Wardrop, Melinda J Wilkerson, Cinzia Mastroril Electrophoresis and Acute-Phase Proteins / Alessia Giordano
Molecular Diagnostic Techniques / Robert J Ossiboff
Genetic Evaluation of Inherited Hematologic Diseases / Noa Safra, Danika Bannasch
SECTION 10 GLOSSARY
INDEX - DigitalAlan F. Schatzberg, Charles DeBattista.Contents:
General principles of psychopharmacological treatment
Diagnosis and classification
Antidepressants
Antipsychotic drugs
Mood stabilizers
Antianxiety agents
Hypnotics
Stimulants and other fast-acting drugs
Augmentation strategies for treatment-resistant disorders
Emergency department treatment
Pharmacotherapy for substance use disorders
Pharmacotherapy in special situations
Laboratory-guided pharmacotherapy.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2019 - DigitalAdam I. Rubin, Nathaniel J. Jellinek, C. Ralph Daniel III, Richard K. Scher, editors.Summary: This thoroughly updated 4th Edition of this highly regarded text continues to provide the latest therapeutic and surgical information on nail disease and disorders. It expands and updates all areas of onychology, including the newest in diagnostic techniques for nail diseases, a segment of dermatology that not only proves more difficult than cutaneous disorders but also is an exciting and innovative area on the frontier of skin research. Scher and Daniel's Nails: Diagnosis, Surgery, Therapy provides an update of therapeutic advances to help the resident, practitioner, and related healthcare provider (podiatrist, nurse, primary care physician, and all involved in nail care). A major section is devoted to nail surgery and nail pathology, both of which have been behind compared to other aspects of dermatology. There is also extensive information on the billion dollar nail cosmetics industry, which will bring this text to the attention of all nail technicians (several hundred thousand in the US alone) as well as to cosmeticians and manufacturers.
Contents:
SECTION ONE
SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS- Nail Signs and Symptoms
SECTION TWO
THE NORMAL NAIL- Historic Aspects of Nail Disease
Structure and Function of the Nail Unit
SECTION THREE
DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUES
An Approach to Initial Examination of the Nail
Subungual Exostosis, Nail Disease and Radiologic Considerations
Histopathology
SECTION FOUR
THE ABNORMAL NAIL- Pigmentation Abnormalities
Brittle Nails
Simple Onycholysis
Simple Chronic Paronychia
Dermatological Diseases
Onychomycosis
Podiatric Approach to Onychomycosis
Nonfungal Infections and Acute Paronychia
Nails in Systemic Disease
Systemic Drugs
Tumors of the Nail Apparatus
Occupational Nail Disorders
Disorders of the Nail Unit due to Podiatric Biomechanical Considerations
Nail Cosmetics: The Benefits and Pitfalls
Pediatric Diseases
Nails In Older Individuals
SECTION FIVE
THERAPEUTIC TECHNIQUES
Basic and Advanced Nail Surgery (Part 1: Principles and Techniques)
Basic and Advanced Nail Surgery (Part 2: Indications and Complications)
Glossary. - DigitalJay H. Lefkowitch.Summary: "The 9th Edition brings you fully up to date in the field, with coverage of new diagnostic tools, new information on drug-induced liver injury and cytopathology, and many new high-quality illustrations. Throughout the text, you'll find technical tips, diagnostic clues, and pearls that reflect the extensive experience and insight of the late Dr. Peter Scheuer and internationally renowned author Dr. Jay Lefkowitch, making this new edition your standard bench-side guide to today's liver biopsy diagnosis"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
General principles of biopsy assessment
Laboratory techniques
The normal liver
Assessment and differential diagnosis of pathological features
Biliary disease
Acute viral hepatitis
Steatosis, steatohepatitis and related conditions
Drugs and toxins
Chronic hepatitis
Cirrhosis
Neoplasms and nodules
Vascular disorders
Childhood liver disease and metabolic disorders
Disturbances of copper and iron metabolism
The liver in systemic disease and pregnancy
The liver in organ transplantation
Electron microscopy and other techniques.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016 - Digitaledited by Eugene R. Schiff, Willis C. Maddrey, K. Rajender Reddy.Contents:
Overview: Clinical Fundamentals of Hepatology. History Taking and Physical Examination for the Patient with Liver Disease / Esperance A Schaefer, Lawrence S Friedman
Laboratory Tests, Noninvasive Markers of Fibrosis, Liver Biopsy, and Laparoscopy / Michael P Curry, Lennox J Jeffers
Noninvasive and Invasive Imaging of the Liver and Biliary Tract / Koushik K Das, Matthew A Morgan, Gregory G Ginsberg
General Considerations. Physioanatomic Considerations / Ian R Wanless
Bilirubin Metabolism and Jaundice / Allan W Wolkoff, Paul D Berk
Hepatic Histopathology / Zachary D Goodman
Mechanisms of Liver Injury / Harmeet Malhi, Gregory J Gores
Hepatic Manifestations of Systemic Disorders / Stuart C Gordon, Humberto C Gonzalez
The Liver in Pregnancy / Nancy Reau, Yannick Bacq
Consequences of Liver Disease. Hepatic Fibrosis / Scott L Friedman
Preoperative Evaluation of the Patient with Liver Disease / Patrick S Kamath, Mark T Keegan
Management of Portal Hypertension / Guadalupe Garcia-Tsao, Juan G Abraldes
Renal Complications of Liver Disease and the Hepatorenal Syndrome / Xingxing S Cheng, W Ray Kim
Pulmonary Manifestations of Liver Disease / Michael B Fallon, Anil Seetharam
Ascites and Spontaneous Bacterial Peritonitis / Vicente Arroyo, Javier Fernández
Hepatic Encephalopathy / Chathur Acharya, Jasmohan S Bajaj
Acute Liver Failure / Robert J Fontana, Khurram Bari
Acute-on-Chronic Liver Failure / Florence Wong
Malnutrition and Liver Disease / Craig McClain, Irina Kirpich, Laura Smart
Cholestatic Disorders. Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis / John M Vierling
Primary Biliary Cholangitis / Cynthia Levy, Andres F Carrion, Marlyn J Mayo
Autoimmune Hepatitis / Gideon M Hirschfield, Gwilym J Webb
Viral Hepatitis. Hepatitis A and E / Kenneth E Sherman, Shyam Kottilil
Hepatitis B and D / Marc G Ghany, Naveen Gara
Hepatitis C / Michael W Fried, Jama M Darling, Stanley M Lemon
Alcohol- and Drug-induced Liver Disease. Alcoholic Liver Disease / Mack C Mitchell, Gyongyi Szabo
Drug-induced Hepatotoxicity / Dominique Larrey, Jose Ursic-Bedoya, Lucy Meunier
Mechanisms of Drug-induced Liver Injury / Paul B Watkins, Merrie Mosedale
Genetic and Metabolic Disease. Wilson Disease / Michael L Schilsky, Aftab Ala
Hemochromatosis and Iron Storage Disorders / Kris V Kowdley, Priya Handa
Alpha-1 Antitrypsin Deficiency / David H Perlmutter
Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease / Curtis K Argo, Zachary H Henry, Stephen H Caldwell
Vascular Diseases of the Liver. Vascular Liver Disease / Dominique-Charles Valla
The Liver in Circulatory Failure / Santiago J Munoz, Hanisha R Manickavasagan, Idean Amirjazil
Benign and Malignant Tumors; Cystic Disorders. Benign Tumors, Nodules, and Cystic Diseases of the Liver / Julien Calderaro, Jessica Zucman-Rossi
Hepatocellular Carcinoma / Maddie Kubiliun, Jorge A Marrero
Surgical Options in Liver Cancers / Garrett R Roll, John Paul Roberts
Infectious and Granulomatous Disease. Amoebic and Pyogenic Liver Abscesses / Marco A Olivera-Martínez, David Kershenobich
Parasitic Diseases / Michael A Dunn
Granulomas of the Liver / James H Lewis
Elements of Liver Transplantation. Selection of Candidates and Timing of Liver Transplantation / Meaghan Phipps, Alyson N Fox, Robert S Brown
Immunosuppression: The Global Picture / Caroline C Jadlowiec, Timucin Taner, Russell H Wiesner
The First Six Months Following Liver Transplantation / K Rajender Reddy, Manuel Mendizabal
Long-term Management of the Liver Transplant Patient / Timothy M McCashland
The Liver Transplant Procedure / Bijan Eghtesad, Koji Hashimoto, John Fung
Recurrent Disease Following Liver Transplantation / Haripriya Maddur, Josh Levitsky
The Role of Retransplantation / Peter L Abt, Kim M Olthoff
Controversies in Liver Transplantation / James F Trotter.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalZhongdao Wu, Yiwen Liu, Heinz Mehlhorn, editors.Summary: This book covers all details for a successful control and elimination strategy against propagation of deadly liver and intestinal flukes of the genus Schistosoma in China. Cancer due to schistosomiasis is still common in subtropical countries and affords hundred thousands of human and animal deaths per year. Expert authors play close attention to the biology and morphologic aspects of Schistosoma species as well as the history and status quo of schistosomiasis epidemiology. In a unique way, the present work illustrates the need to involve strategic measurements, and to control both adult worms and larval parasite stages. With a special focus on Jiangxi Province, the authors present an effective management plan, ranging from intermediate host snail control to diagnostic tools, medical aid, as well as public health education. This approach from China can be used as blueprint in other countries hit by the same worm infections. The contents of this book will thus be meaningful for academics and practitioners in the fields of parasitology, public health, as well as human and veterinary medicine.
Contents:
Schistosomes: Trematode Worms That Endanger Still Today Millions of Humans and Animals
The History and Experiences of Schistosomiasis Control in China
Epidemic Characteristics of Schistosomiasis in Jiangxi Province
The Course of Schistosomiasis Control in Jiangxi
Experiences and Cases on Schistosomiasis Control Research
Eliminating Plan and Challenges
Epilogue. - DigitalPhillip G. Janicak, Stephen R. Marder, Rajiv Tandon, Morris Goldman, editors.Summary: "Schizophrenia: Recent Advances in Diagnosis and Treatment is a major addition to the literature, offering practical, comprehensive coverage of diagnosis and treatment options, genetic issues, neuroimaging, long-term management of schizophrenia, and future directions and predictions of how clinical care of schizophrenia will change. The book is divided into five sections. Section 1 summarizes the present state of knowledge about the diagnosis and treatment of schizophrenia. This includes recent changes in the DSM 5 categorization of schizophrenia and its implications for treatment. Section 2 considers recent discoveries into its pathoetiology, including the status of biological markers, genetics and neuroimaging as they relate to diagnosis and potential novel therapeutic approaches. Section 3 explores the optimization of present therapeutic approaches; novel treatments; and management of the substantial risks associated with both the illness and its present therapies. Section 4 discusses progress in the long-term management of schizophrenia, focusing on biological and psychotherapeutic strategies to improve functioning and facilitate recovery. Section 5 considers future directions and predictions of how diagnosis and treatment of schizophrenia will change. An invaluable addition to the field, Schizophrenia: Recent Advances in Diagnosis and Treatment is a definitive resource that will be of great interest to all clinicians caring for patients with schizophrenia."--Publisher's website.Digital Access Springer 2014
- Digitaledited by Carl I. Cohen, Paul D. Meesters.Summary: By 2050, the number of people aged sixty years and older with schizophrenia is expected to double and affect about 10 million people worldwide. Psychoses are among the most common experiences in later life, with a lifetime risk of 23 percent. As a result, there is a looming crisis in mental health care. Schizophrenia and Psychoses in Later Life is the first major multidisciplinary reference on these important disorders. The book provides guidelines for clinical care, research and policy that are consistent with the emerging paradigmatic changes occurring with respect to schizophrenia in later life. This book features multidisciplinary contributions from experts in the fields of biological psychiatry, social psychiatry, sociology, anthropology, social work, psychology, and neuropsychology that will help professionals to integrate services and attain the best outcomes. The text will guide psychiatrists, psychologists, gerontologists, policymakers, and social scientists in creating innovative new programs to help this underserved and growing population.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- Digitaledited by Brianna Buljung and Emily Bongiovanni.Summary: The Scholarly Communications Cookbook features 84 recipes that can help you establish programs, teach concepts, conduct outreach, and use scholarly communications technologies in your library. The book is divided into 4 thorough sections. Recipes can be used by those new to scholarly communications, early-career librarians, and more experienced professionals looking for fresh ideas for their institution.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2021
- Digitaledited by Judith R. Harrison, Brandon K. Schultz, Steven W. Evans.Contents:
Part 1: Foundations
1. The history and future of school mental health
2. Who are the school mental health professionals?
Part II. School mental health interventions
3. Engaging adolescents in secondary schools
4. Supporting students following school crises: From the acute aftermath through recovery
5. Enhancing attention and organization in adolescents
6. Managing disruptive behavior
7. Regulating emotions
8. Emotion regulation and social functioning in adolescence: Conceptualization and treatment
9. Working with adolescents with autism spectrum disorder
10. Addressing adolescent drug abuse
11. Managing chronic health concerns
Part III. Special topics
12. Screening and progress monitoring in secondadry schools
13. Classroom-based services for adolescents with mental health needs
14. Consultation and collaboration to increase integrity in school mental health
15. Mental health promotion with aboriginal youth: Lessons learned from the uniting our nations program.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - DigitalThomas W. Miller, editor.Summary: Significant shifts in community violence have created a need for greater awareness of character development and violence prevention in schools. Since the first edition (2008), public concern generated by high-profile shootings and other violence in schools has only increased. Now more than ever, effective strategies for preventing violence, treating victims, and assessing at-risk children are needed. This new edition, an update of contemporary issues of school violence, is a compendium of theory, research, and applied models that addresses violence and critical ingredients in prevention interventions in schools. The book uniquely addresses psychiatric input on neurobiology of trauma and victimization of children who experience school violence. Authored by clinicians, counselors, educators, researchers, and other professionals, the volume covers new approaches to primary prevention in schools and new contributors including a school superintendent, school safety officer, and specialists who treat relationship and dating violence. New topics include guidelines for school personnel that address exploitation of teenagers due to sex trafficking, and perspectives of parents whose children were victims of abuse and violence in schools. Among the topics explored: Developmental Issues in the Prevention of Aggression and Violence in School Updated Perspectives on Linking School Bullying and Related Youth Violence Research to Effective Prevention Strategies The Role of School District Superintendent in School Violence and Prevention: Softening Schools While Hardening Buildings Role of Law Enforcement in School Violence Prevention Through Positive Intervention and Relationship-Building Empowering Children to Prevent Violence School Violence and Primary Prevention is a critical and timely resource for school, medical, and mental health professionals working with children. It is also useful for students in public health, education, social work, psychology, and counseling-focused education. Dr. Miller has again made a major contribution on a most pressing issue of our time: school violence. The book covers the landscape of this psychosocial problem including cultural, developmental, intergenerational, racial, and gender aspects as well as approaches and solutions." -James J. Clark, Provost & EVP, Florida State University.
Contents:
Part I: Conceptualizing School Violence
1. School-Related Violence: Definition, Scope, and Prevention Goals
2. The Neurobiology of Violence and Victimization: Etiology, Biological Substrates, Clinical Implications, and Preventive Strategies
3. Developmental Issues in the Prevention of Aggression and Violence in School
4. Urban School Violence: Responding with Culture and Protective Factors Among Youth of Color
5. Gendered Harassment in Adolescence
6. Intergenerational Experiences of Bullying, Violence, Support and Survival Skills in Schools
Part II: Factors and Forms of School Violence
7. Updated Perspectives on Linking School Bullying and Related Youth Violence Research to Effective Prevention Strategies
8. School-related Violence During the COVID-19 Pandemic
9. Sexual Exploitation, Abuse and Trafficking of School-Aged Children
10. Relationship and Dating Violence in School-aged Adolescents
11. School Shootings and Clinical Management: Directions Toward Prevention
12. Boundary Violations, Harassment, Abuse, and Exploitation in the School Setting
13. Harassment, Abuse and Violence on the College Campus
Part III: Key Personnel in Addressing Violence in Schools
14. The Role of School District Superintendent in School Violence and Prevention: Softening Schools While Hardening Buildings
15. Role of Law Enforcement in School Violence Prevention Through Positive Intervention and Relationship-Building
16. Toward Understanding Classroom Socialization: Teacher Roles in Peer Victimization
17. The Psychiatrists Role After a School Shooting: The Emergency Room and Beyond
18. Preventing Violence Through Coordinated Responses to Classroom Disruption
Part IV: Prevention Interventions for School-Related Violence
19. Public Health Approach to Gun Violence Prevention in Connecticuts Youth
20. Trauma-Informed Care as a Framework to Reduce Trauma and Violence in Schools
21. Bullying as a Form of Abuse: Conceptualization and Prevention
22. Mindfulness Strategies for Primary Prevention
23. Equipping Students Minds with a Cognitive Training Program for Preventing School Violence
24. Character Education Update: Building a Buffer Against School Violence
25. Building Empathy, Step-by-Step: Prevention Intervention to Promote School Health
26. Preventing Compassion Fatigue Among Educators: An Educator Resiliency Study During the COVID-19 Pandemic
27. Utilizing Effective Bullying Prevention Programs
28. Empowering Children to Prevent Violence
29. School Violence: Lessons Learned and New Directions. - Digitaleditor-in-chief, F. Charles Brunicardi ; associate editors, Dana K. Andersen, Timothy R. Billiar, David L. Dunn, John G. Hunter, Jeffrey B. Matthews, Raphael E. Pollock.Digital Access AccessSurgery 2014
- Digitaleditor-in-chief, F. Charles Brunicardi ; associate editors, Dana K. Andersen, Timothy R. Billiar, David L. Dunn, John G. Hunter, Raphael E. Pollock, Jeffrey B. Matthews.Digital Access AccessSurgery 2018
- Digital[edited by] Terry L. Schwinghammer, Julia M. Koehler, Jill S. Borchert, Douglas Slain, Sharon K. Park.Summary: "Pharmacotherapy Casebook: A Patient-Focused Approach uses 150+ cases to help you build the clinical decision-making skills required to identify and resolve commonly encountered medication therapy problems encountered in daily practice. Providing a consistent, practical approach, this authoritative guide delivers everything you need to master patient communication, care plan development, and documenting interventions. Case chapters are organized into system sections that correspond to those of the companion textbook. The case-based approach makes this an ideal resource for PharmD, Nurse Practitioner, and other allied health courses" --Publisher's site.
Contents:
Principles of Patient-Focused Therapy
Cardiovascular Disorders
Respiratory Disorders
Gastrointestinal Disorders
Renal Disorders
Neurologic Disorders
Psychiatric Disorders
Endocrinologic Disorders
Gynecologic and Obstetric Disorders
Urologic Disorders
Immunologic Disorders
Bone and Joint Disorders
Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat Disorders
Dermatologic Disorders
Hematologic Disorders
Infectious Diseases
Oncologic Disorders
Nutrition and Nutritional Disorders
Complementary and Alternative Therapies (Level III).Digital Access - Printby Joseph Needham.
- DigitalMichel Claessens.Summary: This book is a fresh and readable account of the Covid-19 pandemic and how scientists and medical doctors are helping governments to manage the crisis. The book contains interviews and exchanges with dozens of scientists, doctors, experts, government representatives, and journalists. Why do some of the most scientifically advanced countries have the highest Covid-19 mortality? During the pandemic, the research community has been at the heart of and actor in global scandal. Why has science failed? With the help of numerous testimonies from China, France, the UK and the USA in particular, the book provides an insider view on this major crisis. Although the governments of these countries based their Covid-19 strategy on science, scientists failed to have a decisive influence on decision-makers except in China which created genuine time bombs. The accelerated development of vaccines does not erase past months' errors. The crisis led to the development of science politics at an unprecedented rate. More worryingly, experts themselves acknowledge that they did not rise to the challenge. Covid-19 also highlighted the weakness of democratic regimes and the power of technocapitalism. Countries pulled down their blinds, locked their doors, and promoted national approaches rather than international cooperation. The author proposes to set up an international framework on health risk to co-construct decision-making. He advocates political distancing in order to put the basics first: develop science, fight ignorance.
Contents:
A Microscopic Killer
COVID-19 Diary
Geopolitics of the Coronavirus
Political Distancing. - DigitalTakahiro Tabuchi.Summary: The main focus of this book is providing evidence on and interpreting the risks associated with heated tobacco products (HTPs) in terms of their health effects and social effects; in addition, the author introduces a harm reduction theory related to HTPs and electronic cigarettes. The book also addresses the history of these products, their marketing strategies, and policy implications. These products are new and the accompanying health risks have yet to be determined. However, since Japan accounts for more than 80% of the world's market for IQOS, the most popular heated tobacco product, researchers around the globe will be very interested in the outcomes. Written by a leading researcher in the field of tobacco control, Science and Practice for Heated Tobacco Products offers a valuable, unique resource for researchers in the fields of epidemiology, public health, social sciences, addiction, and tobacco research. Since tobacco is associated with a host of diseases including cancers, cardiovascular diseases, diabetes mellitus, and respiratory illnesses, researchers and healthcare workers whose work involves these diseases will find this book both thought provoking and insightful.
Contents:
1 Introduction
2 Tobacco Products in Japan including a History of Heated Tobacco Products
3 The JASTIS project: product use status in Japan
4 Marketing Strategy for Tobacco Products in Japan
5 Substances in Novel Tobacco Products
6 Health effect
7 Social Effect
8 Interpretation of Risks of Novel Tobacco Products, including Harm Reduction Theory
9 Suggestions for Practice regarding Novel Tobacco Product Use Patterns
10 Policy implication including interference in tobacco control measures with new tobacco products
11 Conclusions. - DigitalGin S. Malhi, Marc Masson, Frank Bellivier, editors.Summary: This book provides a clear and comprehensive guide to the clinical prescription of lithium that draws upon evidence-based knowledge of its mechanisms of action. The book is divided into two parts, on the science of lithium and the practice of lithium therapy. The former covers aspects such as the properties of the lithium ion, pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics, impact on neurotransmission, and gene expression modulation. The section on practice includes discussion of variability in response to lithium, use of lithium in the treatment of bipolar disorders, its value in suicide prevention, administration during pregnancy and in the pediatric age group, and side effects. Lithium is arguably the only true mood stabilizer, and its multifaceted effects across many clinical domains have given rise to a resurgence of interest in recent years, fuelled by both researchers and clinicians. Nevertheless, its use remains constrained by exaggerated concerns about potential side-effects. In reality, lithium is a simple molecule that is relatively straightforward to administer and monitor and has potentially profound benefits at a fraction of the cost of contemporary agents. This book dispels the many myths and concerns that surround its use and will be of interest for clinicians and researchers worldwide.
Contents:
Section I: Science of Lithium: The Ion : Lithium
Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of lithium
Lithium : neurotransmission and cellular mechanisms pathways underlying neuroprogression in bipolar disorder
Lithium on gene expression modulation
Neuroimaging and lithium
Conclusion: overview of potential mechanisms of action of lithium in bipolar disorder
Section II: Practice of Lithium Therapy
Introduction of lithium in Medicine and Psychiatry
Lithium Response variability
Lithium Response variability: Pharmacogenomics studies
Lithium Response variability: Biomarkers
Lithium in acute and maintenance treatment of bipolar disorders
Lithium and suicide prevention
Lithium in Bipolar disorders international guidelines
Lithium and pregnancy
Lithium in children and adolescents
Short and mid-term side effects of lithium
Lithium, kidneys, renal failure
Lithium intoxication
Discontinuation and re-use of lithium
Conclusion : overview of indications and monitoring of lithium in bipolar disorders.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalMarco Romanelli, Michael Clark, Amit Gefen, Guido Ciprandi, editors.Summary: This updated volume provides the current knowledge on the diagnosis, treatment, management, and prevention of pressure ulcers. Chapters on the early detection of pressure ulcers, negative pressure therapy, pressure ulcers in pediatric patients, adjunctive therapies, surgical management of pressure ulcers, and innovation in pressure ulcer research and practice are included. This second edition aims to be the primary reference for pressure ulcers from diagnosis and prevention to management and treatment options. The book is relevant to dermatology clinicians, vascular surgeons, and dermatology nurses.
Contents:
The potential of biomarkers in the early detection of pressure ulcers
The critical characteristics of a good wheelchair cushion
Epidemiology of pressure ulcers
Nutrition and pressure ulcers
Health related quality of life (HRQOL) implications for people with pressure ulcers
Incontinence-associated dermatitis (IAD) and pressure ulcers : an overview
Microclimate ; rediscovering an old concept in the aetiology of pressure ulcers
Skin care
Pressure ulcers in pediatric patients
Pressure ulcers after epidural anaesthesia
Advanced dressings in pressure ulcers
Adjunctive therpaies in pressure ulcers
Negitive pressure would therapy in the management of pressure ulcers
Surgical management of pressure ulcers
The Stop Pressure Ulcer Day and other initiatives by EPUAP
Innovation in pressure ulcers prevention and treatment. - DigitalRam Sasisekharan, [and 3 others], editors.Summary: This volume in the AAPS Advances series covers various quality, safety and clinical aspects of drug development that are relevant to new and/or generic drugs containing a complex mixture of molecules. Specific topics discussed include: raw materials sourcing; manufacturing controls; characterization; identification of critical product quality components and attributes; identification of impurities, particularly as they bear on toxicity and immunogenicity; clinical trial study design considerations, and the regulatory science applications to development of such complex mixtures. Complex mixtures are challenging to characterize and analyze using standard methods. Further challenges extend throughout the product development cycle from raw material control to clinical study design. The regulatory landscape is rapidly changing as new types of complex mixtures are introduced into clinical trials and to the market (e.g., traditional Chinese medicines and medical marijuana products), while older products are facing generic competition for the first time (e.g., enoxaparin). The future outlook for complex generic drug products, as opposed to the more commonly developed targeted single agent drug products is not clear. The risks pertaining to lack of a full understanding of raw material control, process and controls in manufacture, as well as characterization of a complex mixture were seen vividly during the heparin crisis of 2008. As such powerful lessons have been learned about the regulatory science specific to complex products. The Science and Regulations of Naturally Derived Complex Drugs addresses the interests among industry, academics, and government on the issues surrounding the future development of mixtures for medicinal use.
Contents:
Evolving Challenges in Developing Naturally-Derived Complex Mixtures into Drugs: U.S. Experience and Perspective
Regulatory Landscapes for Approval of Naturally-derived Complex Mixture Drugs
Complex Natural Product Heparin: Biosynthesis, Biology and Application via Synthetic Heparins
Traditional Chinese Medicine Herbal Drugs: From Heritage to Future Developments
Analytics on Farm-Dust Extract for Development of Novel Strategies to Prevent Asthma and Allergic Disease
Analytical Tools for Physicochemical Characterization and Fingerprinting
NMR in the Characterization of Complex Mixture Drugs
Mass Spectrometry in the Characterization of Complex Drugs
Scientific Considerations in the Approval of Complex Generi
Raw Materials Production and Manufacturing Process Control Strategies
Heparin Contamination and Issues Related to Raw Materials and Controls
Pharmacology and Toxicology Concerns of Impurities
Immunogenicity risks for Naturally Derived Complex Drugs
Development of Plant-Derived Mixtures as Botanical Drugs: Clinical Considerations
A Totality-of-Evidence Approach to Ensuring Therapeutic Consistency of Naturally Derived Complex Mixtures
Economic Considerations for Complex Mixture Drugs
Drug Discovery from Complex Mixtures: Serendipity, Screening and Characterization
Integrated Approach for Characterization of Highly Heterogeneous Drugs. - DigitalSasan Adibi, Abbas Rajabifard, Sheikh Mohammed Shariful Islam, Alireza Ahmadvand, editors.Summary: This book offers a timely review of modern technologies for health, with a special emphasis on wireless and wearable technologies, GIS tools and machine learning methods for managing the impacts of pandemics. It describes new strategies for forecasting evolution of pandemics, optimizing contract tracing, and for detection and diagnosis of diseases, among others. Written by researchers and professionals with different backgrounds, this book offers a extensive information and a source of inspiration for physiologists, engineers, IT scientists and policy makers in the health and technology sector.
Contents:
Introduction
Pandemics Behavior of One Year in Six Most Affected Countries using Polynomial Generated SIR Model
Digital contact tracing for COVID 19: a missed opportunity or an expensive mess
A Re-configurable Software-Hardware CNN Framework for Automatic Detection of Respiratory Symptoms
A Comprehensive Telemedicine Service in Hong Kong Provided Through a Mobile Application
Adapting to live in the global pandemic era: Case studies
Towards QR code health systems amid COVID-19 - Lessons learnt from other QR code digital technologies
Optimal testing strategies for infectious diseases. - Digital/PrintPalmer, B. J.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Stefan G. Hofmann, Gordon J.G. Asmundson.Contents:
The generic model of cognitive behavioral therapy / Scott H. Waltman and Leslie Sokol
Treatment-relevant assessment in cognitive-behavioral therapy / Katerina Rnic and David J.A. Dozois
Learning principles in CBT / Michelle L. Davis, Sara M. Witcraft, Scarlett O. Baird and Jasper A.J. Smits
Cognitive processes in CBT / Eni S. Becker and Janna N. Vrijsen
Emotion regulation in cognitive-behavioral therapy / Andre J. Plate and Amelia Aldao
Combined treatment with CBT and psychopharmacology / Josie Lee, Bridget A. Hearon and Michael W. Otto
Acceptance and commitment therapy and the cognitive behavioral tradition / Frederick Chin and Steven C. Hayes
Mindfulness-based cognitive behavioral treatments / Lizabeth Roemer, Natalie Arbid, Jennifer H. Martinez and Susan M. Orsillo
Global to local / Anushka Patel and Devon Hinton
Cognitive-behavioral therapy in older adults / Elizabeth C. Conti, Cynthia Kraus-Schulman and Melinda A. Stanley
Cognitive-behavioral therapy for children and adolescents / Danielle Cornacchio, Amanda L. Sanchez, Tommy Chou and Jonathan S. Comer
Behavioral activation treatments for depression / Leanne Quigley and Keith S. Dobson
Posttraumatic stress disorder / Richard A. Bryant
Eating disorders / Zafra Cooper and Riccardo D. Grave
Transdiagnostic treatment for anxiety disorders / Laren R. Conklin and Hannah Boettcher
Cognitive behavioral therapy for sleep disorders / Caitlin E. Gasperetti, Michael R. Dolsen and Allison G. Harvey
Cognitive behavioral therapy for somafom disorders and / Maria Kleinstäuber and Winfried Rief
Dialectical behavior therapy / Anita Lungu and Marsha M. Linehan
Cognitive bias modification / Jennie M. Kuckertz and Nader Amir
Cognitive training in schizophrenia / Kristen M. Haut, Vijay A. Mittal, Stewart A. Shankman and Christine I. Hooker
Internet-based cognitive behavior therapy / Gerhard Andersson, Per Carlbring and Heather D. Hadjustavropoulos
Virtual reality and other realities / Cristina Botella, Rosa M. Baños, Azucena García-Palacios and Soledad Quero.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - PrintTrevor A. Harley, University of Dundee.Summary: "Consciousness concerns awareness and how we experience the world. How does awareness, a feature of the mental world, arise from the physical brain? Is a dog conscious, or a jellyfish, and what explains the difference? How is consciousness related to psychological processes such as perception and cognition? The Science of Consciousness covers the psychology, philosophy, and neuroscience of consciousness. Written for introductory courses in psychology and philosophy, this text examines consciousness with a special emphasis on current neuroscience research as well as comparisons of normal and damaged brains. The full range of normal and altered states of consciousness, including sleep and dreams, hypnotic and meditative states, anesthesia, and drug-induced states, as well as parapsychological phenomena and their importance for the science of consciousness is covered, as well as the 'higher' states and how we can attain them. Throughout the text attempts to relate consciousness to the brain."-- Provided by publisher.
- Digitaleditor, Tom Lissauer ; deputy editor, Will Carroll ; associate editors, Robert Dinwiddie, Michael Hall ; foreword by Neena Modi.Summary: "The Science of Paediatrics, MRCPCH Mastercourse, provides essential background preparation for the MRCPCH Theory and Science examination. It contains an up-to-date review of the application of science to everyday paediatric clinical practice, whether it is interpreting clinical signs or investigations, prescribing drugs or identifying best management. Although this understanding is essential in order to make informed clinical decisions, it is difficult to obtain as it is not usually covered in clinical textbooks"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Front Matter. Copyright. Foreword. Preface. List of Contributors. 1. The role of science and research in paediatrics
2. Epidemiology and public health
3. History and examination
4. Normal child development
5. Developmental problems and the child with special needs
6.Paediatric emergencies and critical care
7. Accidents and poisoning
8. Child protection
9. Genetics
10. Perinatal medicine
11. Neonatal medicine
12. Growth and puberty
13. Nutrition
14. Gastroenterology
15. Infection and immunity
16. Allergy
17. Respiratory medicine
18. Cardiology
19. Nephrology
20. Genital disorders
21. Hepatology
22. Oncology
23. Haematology
24. Child and adolescent mental health
25. Dermatology
26. Diabetes and endocrinology
27. Musculoskeletal disorders
28. Neurology
29. Metabolic medicine
30. Ophthalmology
31. Hearing and balance
32. Adolescent medicine
33. Global child health
34. Palliative medicine
35. Ethics
36. Pharmacology and therapeutics
37. Clinical research
38. Statistics
39. Evidence-based paediatrics
40. Quality improvement and the clinician.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - DigitalJonathan M. W. Slack.Summary: "Introduces all of the essential cell biology and developmental biology background for the study of stem cells. This book gives you all the important information you need to become a stem cell scientist. It covers the characterization of cells, genetic techniques for modifying cells and organisms, tissue culture technology, transplantation immunology, properties of pluripotent and tissue specific stem cells and, in particular, the relevant aspects of mammalian developmental biology. It dispels many misconceptions about stem cells, especially that they can be miracle cells that can cure all ills. The book puts emphasis on stem cell behavior in its biological context and on how to study it. Throughout, the approach is simple, direct, and logical, and evidence is given to support conclusions. Stem cell biology has huge potential for advancing therapies for many distressing and recalcitrant diseases, and its potential will be realized most quickly when as many people as possible have a good grounding in the science of stem cells. Content focused on the basic science underpinning stem cell biology Covers techniques of studying cell properties and cell lineage in vivo and in vitro Explains the basics of embryonic development and cell differentiation, as well as the essential cell biology processes of signaling, gene expression, and cell division Includes instructor resources such as further reading and figures for downloading Offers an online supplement summarizing current clinical applications of stem cells Written by a prominent leader in the field, The Science of Stem Cells is an ideal course book for advanced undergraduates or graduate students studying stem cell biology, regenerative medicine, tissue engineering, and other topics of science and biology."-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2017
- PrintJohn E. Brush, Jr., MD.Contents:
Chapter 1. Uncertainty in clinical medicine
Chapter 2. The logic of medicine
Chapter 3. Probability: uncertainty quantified
Chapter 4. Decision making: making choices
Chapter 5. Solving unstructured problems
Chapter 6. Therapeutic decision making
Chapter 7. Evidence-based medicine
Chapter 8. Improving the quality of care
Chapter 9. Common fallacies
Chapter 10. Putting this book into practice
Appendix 1. More on probability curves
Appendix 2. More on likelihood ratios
Appendix 3. The minimum Bayes factor and likelihood ratios. - DigitalVibhakar Vachhrajani, Payal Khakhkhar.Summary: This book outlines, from a surgeon's standpoint, how physicians and mid-level providers working at wound care centres can expeditiously and effectively manage wounds. It comprehensively addresses the concept of wound healing, from the healing process to debridement concepts, and various antiseptics and local antibiotics used in dressing materials to facilitate healing. The book also discusses the latest inventions and treatment options that have revolutionized wound healing, such as: oxygen therapy, ozone therapy, hyperbaric oxygen therapy, electric therapy and ultrasonic wound therapy. In closing, it examines the latest regenerative therapies based on stem cell therapy, cellular therapy and gene therapy. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for medical students and physicians dealing with wound management, as well as a reference guide for nurses in primary and tertiary wound care settings.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. Pathophysiology of wound healing
Chapter 3. Debridement
Chapter 4. Antiseptics and local antibiotics. Chapter 5. Absorbent dressings (simple gauze and others). Chapter 6. Moisturizing dressings
Chapter 7. Other types of dressings
Chapter 8. Other modalities of treatment
Chapter 9. Growth factors and hormones
Chapter 10. Regenerative therapy
Chapter 11. Offloading, footwear and immobilization
Chapter 12. Management of hypertrophic scar
Chapter 13. Different types of wounds.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalLen Wisneski, MD, FACP.Contents:
A review of classic physiological systems
Systems integration : psychoneuroimmunology
The stress system
The relaxation system : theoretical construct
The relaxation system : therapeutic modalities
Energy medicine : cutting-edge modalities
Energy medicine : focus on non-thermal electromagnetic therapies
Energy medicine : focus on lasers
The four pillars and two guideposts for the healing professions
The pineal gland : energy transducer
Soul medicine : crossing the boundary
Human epigenetics in health and disease
History and philosophy of naturopathic medicine
Wellbeing
Assessing the toxic load and detoxification strategies
Precision nutrition
The landscape of integrative medicine in America with a shift to prevention and health promotion
Whole person caring
Energy medicine : focus on lasers.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - Printedited by David L. Williams, Ronald F. Nunn, and Vincent Marks.Contents:
v. 1, Analytical aspects. - Printedited by David Innes Williams and Geoffrey D. Chisholm.Contents:
v.1 - Renal disorders infections and calculi. v.2 - Urogenital tract, oncology and the urological armamentarium. - Digitaledited by Allison B. Kaufman, Meredith J. Bashaw, Terry L. Maple.Summary: In the modern era, zoos and aquariums fight species extinction, educate communities, and advance learning of animal behaviour. This book features first person stories and scientific reviews to explore ground breaking projects run by these institutions. Large-scale conservation initiatives that benefit multiple species are detailed in the first section, including critical habitat protection, evidence-based techniques to grow animal populations and the design of community education projects. The second section documents how zoos use science to improve the health and welfare of animals in captivity and make difficult management decisions. The section on saving species includes personal tales of efforts to preserve wild populations through rehabilitation, captive breeding, reintroduction, and public outreach. The concluding section details scientific discoveries about animals that would have been impossible without the support of zoos and aquariums. The book is for animal scientists, zoo professionals, educators and researchers worldwide, as well as students of zookeeping and conservation.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- Printedited with a foreword by Barbara Newborg.Contents:
v. 1. Studies in cellular physiology
v. 2. Radical dietary treatment of vasular and metabolic disorders. - DigitalStephen B. Heard.Summary: The ability to write clearly is critical to any scientific career. The Scientist's Guide to Writing provides practical advice to help scientists become more effective writers so that their ideas have the greatest possible impact. Drawing on his own experience as a scientist, graduate adviser, and editor, Stephen Heard emphasizes that the goal of all scientific writing should be absolute clarity; that good writing takes deliberate practice; and that what many scientists need are not long lists of prescriptive rules but rather direct engagement with their behaviors and attitudes when they write. He combines advice on such topics as how to generate and maintain writing momentum with practical tips on structuring a scientific paper, revising a first draft, handling citations, responding to peer reviews, managing coauthorships, and more. In an accessible, informal tone, The Scientist's Guide to Writing explains essential techniques that students, postdoctoral researchers, and early-career scientists need to write more clearly, efficiently, and easily. Emphasizes writing as a process, not just a productEncourages habits that improve motivation and productivityExplains the structure of the scientific paper and the function of each partProvides detailed guidance on submission, review, revision, and publicationAddresses issues related to coauthorship, English as a second language, and more.
Contents:
Frontmatter
Contents
Preface
Part I. What Writing Is
1. On Bacon, Hobbes, and Newton, and the Selfishness of Writing Well
2. Genius, Craft, and What This Book Is About
Part II. Behavior
3. Reading
4. Managing Your Writing Behavior
5. Getting Started
6. Momentum
Part III. Content and Structure
7. Finding and Telling Your Story
8. The Canonical Structure of the Scientific Paper
9. Front Matter and Abstract
10. The Introduction Section
11. The Methods Section
12. The Results Section
13. The Discussion Section
14. Back Matter
15. Citations
16. Deviations from the IMRaD Canon
Part IV. Style
17. Paragraphs
18. Sentences
19. Words
20. Brevity
Part V. Revision
21. Self- Revision
22. Friendly Review
23. Formal Review
24. Revision and the "Response to Reviews"
Part VI. Some Loose Threads
25. The Diversity of Writing Forms
26. Managing Coauthorships
27. Writing in English for Non- Native Speakers
Part VII. Final Thoughts
28. On Whimsy, Jokes, and Beauty: Can Scientific Writing Be Enjoyed?
Acknowledgements
References
Permanent URLs
Index. - DigitalCarlos Pavesio, editor.Summary: This book offers a concise but comprehensive overview of scleritis, with up-to-date information on all aspects, including diagnosis and treatment. Fundamental features of the pathogenesis of scleral inflammation are first discussed as a basis for understanding the therapeutic strategies. Detailed descriptions are then provided of clinical manifestations, the complications that can arise during the course of the disease process, and the best way to manage them. An individual chapter is devoted to infectious scleritis and its management, this being an uncommon but serious condition that may result not only in loss of vision but also in loss of the globe itself. The diagnostic approach to and various management options for scleritis are then discussed extensively, with coverage of local and systemic therapy and new strategies, including biologics. Apart from the potential impact on vision, inflammation of the sclera carries a risk of association with systemic diseases, some of which can prove fatal if not promptly recognized and managed. This book is designed to allow ophthalmologists to easily identify the condition and the signs indicative of a more severe problem. It will thereby assist in safe and effective management, and help in preserving vision and life.
Contents:
General Considerations on Anatomy and Pathogenesis of Scleral Inflammation
Classification and Clinical Presentations
Associated Systemic Diseases
Infectious Scleritis
Diagnostic Approach to Scleritis
Complications and their Management
Management with Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Agents
Management with Steroids: Local and Systemic
Management with Immunosuppressive Therapy and Biologics.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJohn Varga, Christopher P. Denton, Fredrick M. Wigley, Yannick Allanore, Masataka Kuwana, editors.Summary: Comprised of the authoritative work of international experts, this fully-updated second edition of Scleroderma builds upon the well-regarded approach in the first edition to provide integrated, concise, and up-to-date synthesis of current concepts of pathogenesis and modern approaches to management of systemic sclerosis (scleroderma). With a multidisciplinary approach to comprehensive care, this book is easily accessible for health care professionals in many fields. The new edition includes extensive updated material based on major developments in the field, with new chapters on personalized medicine, cancer complications, global perspectives on scleroderma, and more. It presents a succinct and thoughtful synthesis of current pathomechanistic concepts, providing a valuable reference tool for basic and translational investigators working in the field. Scleroderma: From Pathogenesis to Comprehensive Management serves as an essential, all-inclusive resource for rheumatologists, pulmonologists, cardiologists, gastroenterologists, nephrologists and all those involved in the care of scleroderma patients.
Contents:
Section I. Introduction
Historical Perspective of Scleroderma
Section II. Epidemiology, Genetics and Classification
Epidemiology, Environmental and Infectious Risk Factors
Genetic Factors
Disease Subsets in Clinical Practice
Evolving Concepts of Diagnosis and Classification
Overlap Syndromes
Juvenile Localized and Systemic Scleroderma
Morphea (Localized Scleroderma)
Scleroderma Mimics
Systems Biology Approaches to Understanding the Pathogenesis of Systemic Sclerosis
Section III: The Biological Basis of Systemic Sclerosis
Introduction: The Etiopathogenesis of Systemic Sclerosis: An Integrated Overview
Pathology of Systemic Sclerosis
Inflammation and Immunity
Autoantibodies as Markers and Possible Mediators of Scleroderma Pathogenesis
The Clinical Aspects of Autoantibodies
Mechanisms of Vascular Disease
Biomarkers in Systemic Sclerosis
Pathophysiology of Fibrosis in Systemic Sclerosis
Overview of Animal Models
Section IV. Cardiovascular Manifestations and Management
Raynaud's Phenomenon, Digital Ulcers, and Nailfold Capillaroscopy
Renal Crisis and Other Renal Manifestations of Scleroderma
Cardiac Involvement
Section V. Pulmonary Manifestations and Management
Overview of Lung Involvement: Diagnosis, Differential Diagnosis, and Monitoring
Clinical Assessment of Lung Disease
Treatment of Interstitial Lung Disease
Pathogenesis of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
Clinical Assessment of Pulmonary Hypertension
The Management of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension in the Setting of Systemic Sclerosis
Section VI. Gastrointestinal Manifestations and Management
Overview of Gastrointestinal Tract Involvement
Upper Gastrointestinal Tract: Manifestations of Systemic Sclerosis
Small and Large Intestinal Involvement and Nutritional Issues
Section VII. Skin, Musculoskeletal and Other Complications
Calcinosis
Evaluation and Management of Skin Disease
Assessment and Management of Progressive Skin Involvement in Diffuse Scleroderma
Skeletal Muscle Involvement
Tendons, Joints, and Bone
Cancer in Systemic Sclerosis
Overlooked Manifestations
Pregnancy
Section VIII: Management and Outcome Assessment
Introduction to Section VIII: Management and Outcome Assessment
Immunomodulatory, Immunoablative, and Biologic Therapies
Investigative Approaches to Drug Therapy
Drug Development and Regulatory Considerations for SSc Therapies
Physical and Occupational Therapy
Psychosocial Issues and Care for Patients with Systemic Sclerosis
Clinical Trial Design in Systemic Sclerosis
Measuring Disease Activity and Outcomes in Clinical Trials
Innovative Approaches to Clinical Trials in Systemic Sclerosis
Molecular Stratification by Gene Expression as a Paradigm for Precision Medicine in Systemic Sclerosis
Section IX. Case Studies: Approach to Complex Clinical Problems
Managing the Ischemic Finger in Scleroderma
Scleroderma Renal Crisis
Rapid Diffuse Skin Disease with Progressive Joint Contractures
Management of the Scleroderma Patient with Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension Failing Initial Therapy
Pseudo-obstruction with Malabsorption and Malnutrition
Progressive Interstitial Lung Disease Non-Response to Cyclophosphamide
Coping with the Disfigurement of Scleroderma: Facial, Skin, and Hand Changes
Managing Complicated Digital Ulcers .Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaleditors, Mitchel P. Goldman, Robert A. Weiss ; contributors, Jean-Jé́rôme Guex, Hugo Partsch, Michel R. Perrin, Albert-Adrien Ramelet, Stefano Ricci, Oscar Maleti, Marzia Lugli.Contents:
1. Anatomy
2. Adverse Sequelae and Complications of Venous Hypertension
3. Pathophysiology of Varicose Veins
4. Pathophysiology of Telangiectasias
5. Noninvasive Examination of the Patient Before Sclerotherapy
6. Use of Compression Therapy
7. Mechanism of Action of Sclerotherapy
8. Complications and Adverse Sequelae of Sclerotherapy
10. Role of Surgery in the Treatment of Varicose Veins
11. Intravascular Approaches to the Treatment of Varicose Veins : Radiofrequency, Lasers and More
12. Clinical Methods for Sclerotherapy of Telangiectasias
13. Treatment of Leg Telangiectasias with Laser and High-Intensity Pulsed Light
14. Venoactive Drugs.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - DigitalAmerican Academy of Ambulatory Care Nursing.Summary: This newly released publication is an updated scope of practice statement and 17 revised standards for the clinical and administrative professional practice of ambulatory care registered nurses (RNs). The standards promote effective clinical and administrative management of increasingly complex ambulatory care RN roles and responsibilities in a changing health care environment.The 10th edition of the Scope and Standards of Practice for Professional Ambulatory Care Nursing contains some significant revisions from previous versions. In addition to the revised scope of practice, this publication contains 17 standards. The first six standards address the phases of the nursing process; the last 11 standards address professional performance.These changes offer clarification and specificity for the distinct domains of clinical and administrative nursing practice in ambulatory care settings. -- Provided by Publisher.
Contents:
Scope and standards revision task force
Overview of the AAACN standards 10th edition
Scope of practice for professional ambulatory care nursing
Standards of Practice for Professional Ambulatory Care Nursing. Standards of professional clinical practice
Standards of nursing organizational and professional performance.Digital Access - DigitalAAACN.Summary: "The Scope and Standards of Practice for Professional Ambulatory Care Nursing promotes effective clinical and administrative management of increasingly complex ambulatory care RN roles and responsibilities in a changing health care environment. The 9th Edition contains significant revisions from previous versions, including an updated Scope of Practice statement, as well as updates for the 16 standards of professional ambulatory care nursing practice. The scope of practice statement addresses the definition and unique characteristics of ambulatory care nursing, the conceptual framework, its history over the past 30 years, the diverse types of ambulatory care settings, the roles of ambulatory care RNs, the trends and issues in ambulatory care and future directions. The standards specify the competencies needed for professional clinical and administrative practice. The first six standards address the six phases of the nursing process; the last ten standards address Professional Performance. Each standard contains three sections: 1. A statement of the standard addressed. 2. Measurement criteria that may be used for demonstrating competency for meeting the standard. 3. Additional standard statements and measurement criteria for nurseexecutives, administrators, and managers. These changes offer clarification and specificity for the distinct domains of clinical and administrative nursing practice in ambulatory care settings. Use this resource to guide ambulatory care nursing role descriptions and competencies; improve or create policies, procedures, and standards; train and orient staff; create clinical, telehealth, and administrative job descriptions; stimulate participation in research and evidence-based practice; guide ethical practice and patient advocacy; and guide performance improvement initiatives in clinical and organizational environments."--Publisher's description.Digital Access Ovid 2017
- DigitalCarol E.H. Scott-Conner, David L. Dawson.Summary: "To better reflect its new and expanded content, the name of the 4th edition of Operative Anatomy has been changed to Essential Operative Techniques and Anatomy. In this latest edition, the text's focus on clinically relevant surgical anatomy will still remain, but it is now organized by anatomical regions rather than by procedures. Then to further ensure its relevance as a valuable reference tool, the number of chapters has been expanded to 134 and the color art program has also been increased significantly. Written for surgical residents, this book provides an up-to-date, easy-to-use reference for nearly all procedures with which they will face in their residency. Providing a blend of both surgical anatomy and a surgical atlas, this edition covers all Essential Common procedures from the SCORE curriculum as well as many of the Essential Uncommon procedures such as urgent operations seen in general surgery practice. FEATURES: Covers all Essential Common procedures in SCORE curriculum, Significantly expanded chapter on thoracoscopic surgery of the esophagus, Significantly expanded chapter on laparoscopic colon resection, New chapters on cutaneous infections, I & D, excision, STSG, ligation, stripping, saphenous vein, loop ileostomy/closure, operations for small bowel obstruction (including laparoscopic), and pediatric umbilical hernia repair"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
- Digital/Printedited by Megan J. Coyer and David E. Shuttleton.Contents:
1.Introduction: Scottish medicine and literary culture, 1726-1832 / Megan J. Coyer and David E. Shuttleton
2. 'Nothing is so soon forgot as pain': reading agony in Adam Smith's The theory of moral sentiments / Craig Franson --3. The origins of a modern medical ethics in enlightenment Scotland: Cheyne, Gregory and Cullen as practitioners of sensibility / Wayne Wild
4. The demise of the preformed embryo: Edinburgh, Leiden, and the physician-poet Mark Akenside's contribution to re-establishing epigenetic embryology / Robin Dix
5. Benjamin Rush, Edinburgh medicine and the rise of physician autobiography / Catherine Jones
6. The construction of Robert Fergusson's illness and death / Rhona Brown
7. 'Groaning under the miseries of a diseased nervous system': Robert Burns and melancholy / Allan Beveridge
8. Phrenological controversy and the medical imagination: 'A modern pythagorean' in Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine / Megan J. Coyer
9. Blood and the revenant in Walter Scott's The Fair Maid of Perth / Katherine Inglis
10. Magic, mind control, and the body electric: "Materia Medica" in Sir Walter Scott's library at Abbotsford / Lindsay Levy
11. An Account of ... William Cullen: John Thomson and the making of a medical biography / David E. Shuttleton
12. Transatlantic irritability: Brunonian sociology, America and mass culture in the nineteenth century / Gavin Budge
Index.Digital Access 2014Access via Clio medica 2014 ; 94 - DigitalE. Scott Sills, editor.Contents:
The Development of PGD
Elements of Informed Consent for Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis
Follicular Recruitment & Oocyte Recovery in Assisted Reproduction
Biomarker-based Flow-Cytometric Semen Analysis for Male Infertility Diagnostics and Clinical Decision Making in ART
Comparison of Methods for Assessment of Sperm DNA Damage (Fragmentation) and Implications for the Assisted Reproductive Technologies
Tweaking ICSI for a PGD program
Comprehensive Chromosomal Screening from Polar Body Biopsy to Blastocyst Trophectoderm Sampling: Evidence and Considerations
Polar Body Diagnosis
An Alternative and Addition to Preimplantation Diagnosis
Efficiency of Polar Body Biopsy for Aneuploidy Screening by DNA Microarray for Single Embryo Transfer
Prediction of Embryo Viability by Morphokinetic Evaluation to Facilitate Single Transfer
Comparison of PCR Techniques for Embryo Screening and Single Embryo Transfer
Array CGH and Partial Genome Sequencing for Rapidly Karyotyping IVF Blastocysts Before Transfer
Single Embryo Transfers Enabled by aCGH
Current and Future Methodologies
SNP array, qPCR, and next-generation sequencing based comprehensive chromosome screening
Expanding PGD Applications to Non-traditional Genetic and Non-Genetic Conditions
Should molecular cytogenetic techniques be applied to facilitate single embryo transfer in egg donation cases? Assessment of frequency and distribution of embryo aneuploidy after anonymous donor oocyte IVF
Selecting the Single Embryo for Transfer in Mitochondrial Disorders
Single Embryo Transfer: The Significance of the Embryo Transfer Technique
The Vitrification Component: An Integral Part of a Successful eSET Program
A Review of Luteal Support Protocols for Single Embryo Transfers
Fresh and Frozen
Cost effectiveness of single embryo transfers relative to higher embryo transfer policies in clinical practice: A population based analysis
The Quebec experience
One plus one equals two at once: Presenting cumulative pregnancy rates as the ideal outcome in elective SET programs
Single Embryo Transfer in a State-Sponsored IVF Context: Current Experience from Israel
Single Embryo Transfer: the Quebec Experience
Regulatory Aspects of Embryo Testing: An American View
Regulatory Challenges in Assisted Reproduction: A European Perspective
Preimplantation Genetic Screening: Ethics & Policy
Crossing Rubicons: Assisted Reproductive Therapies and Remaining Human.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalRichard S. Koplin, David C. Ritterband, Emily Schorr, John A. Seedor, Elaine Wu.Summary: The Scrub's Bible represents an entry level guide to understanding the human eye, its basic anatomy, and physiology. It includes details on the fundamentals of the two most common areas of ophthalmic surgery: cataract and corneal/refractive surgery.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. The Evolution of Eye Surgery
3. The Advent of Ambulatory Eye Surgery
4. The Eye and its Anatomical Considerations
5. How We See
6. Contemplating Cataract Surgery
7. How the Patient Gets From the Front Door of the ASC to Your OR Suite
8. Decorum in the OR
9. Infection Control
10. Setting Up Your OR Suite
11. The Phaco Machine
12. Setting Up the Phaco Machine
13. Trouble-Shooting the Phaco Machine
14. Cataract Surgery: More Than One Way to Skin a Cat
15. Femto Laser Assisted Cataract Surgery (FLACS)
16. Performing Phaco
17. Determining Lens Power and Design: Lens Implants and Implantation
18. Glaucoma Treatment as an Adjunct to Cataract Surgery
19. Complications Encountered, Instruments at the Ready: Here is a List of "What Ifs" and "What to Do's"
20. The Surgical Tray for Cataract Surgery (Example)
21. Surgeon Specific Instruments
22. Self-Assessment Test Cataract Surgery
23. Surgical Checklist
24. Secondary IOLs
25. Corneal Surgery. The Cornea: How it Works
26. Corneal Transplantation: Penetrating Keratoplasty
27. Corneal Transplantation: Keratoprosthesis
28. Corneal Transplantation: Endothelial Keratoplasty/DSAEK
29. Corneal transplantation: Endothelial Keratoplasty/DMEK
30. Pterygium Surgery
31. Band Keratopathy Removal
32. Complications Encountered, Instruments at the Ready: Here is a list of "What ifs" and "What to dos
33. Surgical Tray Penetrating Keratoplasty
34. Surgical Tray Keratoprosthesis
35. Surgical Tray DSAEK
36. Surgical Tray DMEK
37. Surgical Tray Pterygium
38. Self Assessment Test Corneal Surgery.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Print
- DigitalCaroline De Brún, Nicola Pearce-Smith.Summary: This is a user-friendly, hands-on guide to literature searching, which is an essential skill for all involved in health care research and development, researchers, and students from all disciplines.
Contents:
Introduction
Where to Start
Clinical Information: Sources
Searching the Internet
Formulating Searchable Questions
Building a Search Strategy
Free Text and Thesaurus searching
Searching HealthCare Databases
Refining Search Results
Saving Citations
Citation Pearl Searching
Quality Improvement and Value: Sources
Patient Information: Sources
Critical Appraisal
Glossary of Terms
Appendix 1: Ten Tips for Effective Searching
Appendix 2: Teaching Resources
Record your Favourite Resources.Digital Access Wiley 2013 - DigitalSarah Bonato.Summary: "Searching the Grey Literature is for librarians interested in learning more about grey literature. This book will help you tackle your search successfully, from start to finish. All types of librarians will find the content of this book useful, particularly those in health or social science"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
What is grey literature?
The value of grey literature
Databases for grey literature
Searching for dissertations/thesis
Searching for unpublished clinical trials
Repositories for grey lit
Conference proceedings, papers and posters for grey literature
Grey literature search checklists & other similar sources
Google for grey literature
Developing a grey literature search plan
Grey literature : keeping current with emerging trends and suggested learning tools.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2018Limited to 3 simultaneous users - PrintPurkyně, Jan Evangelista.Contents:
--sv. 2-5. [without special title].--s
v. 6. Disertace Purkyňových žáků.--s
v. 7. České práce fysiologické a morfologické.--s
v. 8. Úvahy a pracé přírodovědné.--s
v. 9. Věda, výchova, společnost, studie a úvahy.--s
v. 10. Slavistické pracé.--s
v. 11. Básně a překlady.--s
v. 12. Fysiologie lidské mluvy a menší fysiologickě pracé.--s
v. 13. Autobiografické stati. Bibliographia. - DigitalDonald R. Laub.Summary: The engrossing memoir of a plastic and reconstructive surgeon involved in groundbreaking and life-changing procedures Through his work in plastic and reconstructive surgery, Dr. Donald Laub changed the lives of thousands of people who had been shunned by society. Dr. Laub's influence fostered the development of three key areas in the surgical profession: pioneering and influencing international humanitarian medical missions in the developing world, being at the forefront of gender affirmation surgery for transgender people since 1968, and the education and training of over 50 plastic and reconstructive surgeons. His unstinting efforts to surgically correct cleft palates gave new lives to thousands of children in developing countries. As one of the original surgeons to perform gender affirmation surgery, Laub not only continually improved on his methods, but he also became a tireless advocate for the rights of transgender people. His non-profit foundation (Interplast, now called ReSurge International) has sent thousands of multidisciplinary teams to perform transformative and reconstructive surgery in the developing world. Second Lives, Second Chances is more than just a memoir; it's a testament to how the determination of one person can bring others together to make a lasting difference in the world.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019
- DigitalMIT Critical Data.Contents:
Introduction to the Book
Objectives of secondary analysis of EHR data
Review of clinical database
Challenges and opportunities
Secondary Analysis of EHR Data Cookbook
Overview
Step 1: Formulate research question
Step 2: Data extraction and preprocessing
Step 3: Exploratory Analysis
Step 4: Data analysis
Step 5: Validation and sensitivity analysis
Missing Data
Noise vs. Outliers
Case Studies
Introduction
Predictive Modeling: outcome prediction (discrete)
Predictive Modeling: dose optimization (regression)
Pharmacovigilance (classification)
Comparative effectiveness: propensity score analysis
Comparative effectiveness: instrumental variable analysis
Decision and Cost Effectiveness Analysis: Hidden Markov models and Monte Carlo simulation
Time series analysis: Gaussian processes (ICP modelling)
Time series analysis: Bayesian inference (Motif discovery in numerical signals)
Time Series analysis: Optimization techniques for hyperparameter selection
Signal processing: analysis of waveform data
Signal processing: False alarm reduction. - DigitalAlberto Morganti, Enrico Agabiti Rosei, Franco Mantero, editors.Summary: This book offers an overview of the latest advances in the epidemiological, pathophysiological, diagnostic and therapeutic aspects of secondary hypertension, provided by a group of the most highly respected European experts in this field. It is common belief that secondary forms of hypertension are rare, although in 95% of patients the cause of high blood pressure is unknown - euphemistically referred to as "essential". There is increasing evidence from epidemiological studies that the prevalence of secondary hypertension is much higher than previously thought, accounting for 20%-25% of all hypertensive patients. There are additional, very good reasons for identifying those patients with secondary hypertension: firstly, they are exposed to a greater risk of suffering major cardiovascular events than patients with essential hypertension who have the same blood pressure level, and for this reason require particular care. Secondly, these patients can be relieved of a lifetime of pharmacological therapy or, at least, have a chance to be treated with more specific and effective medications. A high degree of clinical skill is required to recognize the often vague and subtle symptoms and signs that characterize patients with secondary hypertension, and clinicians need to fully comprehend the mechanisms responsible for the development and maintenance of high blood pressure. Shedding new light on a complex area of cardiovascular medicine, the book enables readers to better treat affected patients.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Renal Parenchymal Disease
Introduction
Epidemiology
Pathophysiology of Hypertension in CKD
Hypertension as a Risk Factor for Kidney Function Loss in CKD
Special Conditions
Resistant Hypertension in CKD
Hypertension in Patients on Dialysis
Hypertension in Renal Transplant Patient
Antihypertensive Treatment and Target BP in CKD According to Recent Guidelines
Conclusion
References
Atherosclerotic Renovascular Disease
Introduction
Renal Artery Stenosis and Blood Pressure
Pathophysiological Mechanisms Clinical Significance of Renal Artery Stenosis
When and How to Search for Atherosclerotic Renal Artery Stenosis?
Treatment Issues
Conclusions
References
Fibromuscular Dysplasia: From a Rare Cause of Renovascular Hypertension to a More Frequent Systemic Arterial Disease
Introduction
Definition of FMD
Differential Diagnosis
Classification
Possible Manifestations
Stenosis
Dissections
Aneurysms
Arterial Tortuosity
Aetiological Factors
Genetics
Focus on Renal FMD
What Is the Prevalence of Renal FMD?
In the General Population? In Hypertensive Patients?
What Is the Profile of Patients with Renal FMD?
In Whom to Screen for Renal FMD?
What Is the Best Screening and Diagnostic Strategy?
What Are the Essential Steps to Consider in the Management/Work-Up of Renal FMD?
Has Smoking an Influence on FMD?
Which Medical Treatment in the Patient with FMD?
How to Assess Haemodynamic Significance of FMD-Related Renal Artery Stenosis?
Whom to Revascularize?
How to Revascularize?
Is FMD a Systemic Disease?
Which Usual Work-Up in Patients with Renal Artery FMD?
When to Look for Familial FMD? How to Prepare Pregnancy in a Patient with FMD?
Can FMD Affect the Heart?
Are There Specificities of FMD in Elderly Patients?
Are There Specificities of FMD in Children?
Is FMD a Progressive Disease?
Which Follow-Up in Patients with Renal Artery FMD?
Conclusion
References
Primary Aldosteronism
Introduction
Detection Rate and Screening Strategy
Diagnosis
Conditions for Testing
Exclusion of Primary Aldosteronism
Imaging
Subtyping of Primary Aldosteronism
Adrenal Vein Sampling
Alternative Strategy for Subtyping
Genetic Testing
Treatment - DigitalNanfang Li, editor.Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Acknowledgments
Contents
Introduction
Part I: General Theory of Secondary Hypertension
1: Summary of Secondary Hypertension
1.1 Screening for Secondary Hypertension
1.1.1 Prevalence of Secondary Hypertension
1.1.2 Preliminary Screening of Secondary Hypertension
1.1.3 Specialized Examination of Secondary Hypertension
1.1.4 Screening Process for Secondary Hypertension
1.2 Resistant Hypertension
1.2.1 Prevalence and Diagnostic Criteria of RH:
1.2.2 Precautions for the Diagnosis of RH and Pseudo RH 1.2.3 Screening of Secondary Hypertension in Patients with RH:
1.2.4 Management of RH
1.2.5 Recommended Hypertension Specialist Visit
1.2.6 Invasive Interventional Therapy
References
2: Clinical Manifestations of Secondary Hypertension: Medical History, Symptom Characteristics, and Signs
2.1 History Taking
2.2 Characteristics of Symptoms
2.3 Common Characteristics in Secondary Hypertension
2.4 Physical Examination
2.5 Relationship Between Secondary Hypertension and Age 2.6 Characteristics of Different Types of Secondary Hypertension History and Physical Examination
References
3: Significance of General Laboratory Examination in the Diagnosis of Secondary Hypertension
3.1 Routine Laboratory Blood Tests
3.1.1 Blood Routine
3.1.1.1 Red Blood Cells
3.1.1.2 White Blood Cells
3.1.1.3 Platelets
3.1.2 Serum Potassium
3.1.2.1 Hypokalemia (K+ 5.3 mmol/L)
3.1.3 Blood Glucose
3.1.4 Blood Lipids
3.1.5 Serum Uric Acid
3.1.6 Hypersensitive C-Reactive Protein (CRP) 3.1.7 Plasma Insulin Levels
3.1.8 Renal Function
3.1.9 Homocysteine (Hcy)
3.2 Urine Examination
3.2.1 Examination of General Traits
3.2.1.1 Urine Volume
3.2.1.2 Color and Transparency
3.2.1.3 Foam
3.2.1.4 Urine Specific Gravity (SG)
3.2.1.5 Urinary PH Value
3.2.2 Detection of Urinary Protein and Urinary Microalbumin
3.2.2.1 Proteinuria Standards (Table 3.4)
3.2.2.2 Clinical Significance of Proteinuria
3.2.3 Urine Red Blood Cells or Occult Blood
3.3 Hemorheology
3.3.1 Hemorheology and Hypertension 3.3.1.1 Hemorheological Characteristics of Obstructive Sleep Apnea Hypopnea Syndrome (OSAHS)
3.3.1.2 Hemorheological Characteristics of Pregnancy-Induced Hypertension Syndrome
3.3.1.3 Hemorheological Characteristics of Essential Hypertension
3.4 Ambulatory Blood Pressure and Exercise Blood Pressure
3.4.1 Ambulatory Blood Pressure
3.4.1.1 Application of ABPM in Renal Hypertension
3.4.1.2 ABPM and Primary Aldosteronism
3.4.1.3 ABPM and Pheochromocytoma
3.4.1.4 ABPM and Sleep apnea syndrome
3.4.1.5 ABPM in the Elderly
3.4.1.6 ABPM for AdolescentsDigital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaleditors, Harikesh Bahadur Singh, Chetan Keswani, M.S. Reddy, Estibaliz Sansinenea, Carlos García-Estrada.Summary: Recent changes in the pattern of agricultural practices from use of hazardous pesticides to natural (organic) cultivation has brought into focus the use of agriculturally important microorganisms for carrying out analogous functions. The reputation of plant growth promoting rhizomicroorganisms (PGPRs) is due to their antagonistic mechanisms against most of the fungal and bacterial phytopathogens. The biocontrol potential of agriculturally important microorganisms is mostly attributed to their bioactive secondary metabolites. However, low shelf life of many potential agriculturally important microorganisms impairs their use in agriculture and adoption by farmers. The focal theme of this book is to highlight the potential of employing biosynthesized secondary metabolites (SMs) from agriculturally important microorganisms for management of notorious phytopathogens, as a substitute of the currently available whole organism formulations and also as alternatives to hazardous synthetic pesticides. Accordingly, we have incorporated a comprehensive rundown of sections which particularly examine the SMs synthesized, secreted and induced by various agriculturally important microorganisms and their applications in agriculture. Section 1 includes discussion on biosynthesized antimicrobial secondary metabolites from fungal biocontrol agents. This section will cover the various issues such as development of formulation of secondary metabolites, genomic basis of metabolic diversity, metabolomic profiling of fungal biocontrol agents, novel classes of antimicrobial peptides. The section 1 will also cover the role of these secondary metabolites in antagonist-host interaction and application of biosynthesized antimicrobial secondary metabolites for management of plant diseases. Section 2 will discuss the biosynthesized secondary metabolites from bacterial PGPRs, strain dependent effects on plant metabolome profile, bio-prospecting various isolates of bacterial PGPRs for potential secondary metabolites and non-target effects of PGPR on microbial community structure and functions. Section 3 encompasses synthesis of antimicrobial secondary metabolites from beneficial endophytes, bio-prospecting medicinal and aromatic hosts and effect of endophytic SMs on plants under biotic and biotic stress conditions.
Contents:
Bioactive secondary metabolites of basidiomycetes and its potential for agricultural plant growth promotion
Secondary metabolites of Metarhizium spp. and Verticillium spp. and their agricultural applications
Secondary Metabolites of nonpathogenic Fusarium spp.: Scope in agriculture
Non-mycorrhizal fungal spectum of root communities
Bioactive Volatile Secondary Metabolites of Trichoderma spp.: Future Perspectives
Phytopathogen biomass as inducer of antifungal compounds by Trichoderma asperellum under solid-state fermentation
Bioactive Secondary metabolites of Trichoderma spp. for efficient management of phytopathogens
Secondary metabolites of the plant growth promoting model rhizobacterium Bacillus velezensis FZB42 are involved in direct suppression of plant pathogens and in stimulation of plant induced systemic resistance
Pyrroloquinoline quinone (PQQ): Role in bacteria-plant interactions
Bacterial mechanisms promoting the tolerance against drought stress in plants
Bacillus spp. as plant growth promoting rhizobacteria
Secondary Metabolites from Cynobacteria: A potential source for plant growth promotion and disease management
Biological control of nematodes by Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria: secondary metabolites involved and potential applications
A deeper insight into the symbiotic mechanism of Rhizobium spp. from the perspective of secondary metabolism
Metabolites of Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria for the Management of Soil Borne Pathogenic Fungi in Crops
Exploiting of beneficial endophytic microorganisms in plant growth promotion and crop protection: Elucidation of some bioactive secondary metabolites involved in both effects
Bioprocessing of endophytes for production of high value biochemical
Synthesis and application of hydroxamic acid: A key secondary Metabolite of Piriformospora indica. - DigitalKhalil Fattouch, Patrizio Lancellotti, Gianni D. Angelini, editors.Summary: Open heart surgery has been in a continuous state of evolution since its earliest day. This book presents information on the management of secondary mitral valve regurgitation, one of most vexing problems to cardiologists, cardiac surgeons and patients. The treatment for primary mitral regurgitation is straightforward and has as its primary aim timely intervention to prevent left ventricular remodelling and left ventricular dysfunction. The management of secondary mitral regurgitation is more challenging as the mitral valve is not the primary cause of the disease. Furthermore, correcting mitral regurgitation without changing the left ventricular geometry is not guaranteed to be either beneficial or curative. Secondary Mitral Valve Regurgitation draws together contributions from a range of experienced cardiac surgeons, cardiologists, anesthetists and scientists to provide comprehensive and authoritative coverage on anatomy, hemodynamics, mechanism, echocardiographic assessment and treatment modalities. Many of the elusive details surrounding the best management of secondary mitral regurgitation are presented in a comprehensive manner so that this book will serve as an important primary source for readers wanting information on this important topic.
- Digitaledited by Rod J. Rohrich, Jamil Ahmad ; with illustrations by Brenda L. Bunch, Jennifer C. Darcy.Digital Access
- PrintLonda Schiebinger.Summary: In the natural course of events, humans fall sick and die. The history of medicine bristles with attempts to find new and miraculous remedies, to work with and against nature to restore humans to health and well-being. In this book, Londa Schiebinger examines medicine and human experimentation in the Atlantic World, exploring the circulation of people, disease, plants, and knowledge between Europe, Africa, and the Americas. She traces the development of a colonial medical complex from the 1760s, when a robust experimental culture emerged in the British and French West Indies, to the early 1800s, when debates raged about banning the slave trade and, eventually, slavery itself. Massive mortality among enslaved Africans and European planters, soldiers, and sailors fueled the search for new healing techniques. Amerindian, African, and European knowledges competed to cure diseases emerging from the collision of peoples on newly established, often poorly supplied, plantations. But not all knowledge was equal. Highlighting the violence and fear endemic to colonial struggles, Schiebinger explores aspects of African medicine that were not put to the test, such as Obeah and vodou. This book analyzes how and why specific knowledges were blocked, discredited, or held secret.
Contents:
The rise of scientific medicine
Experiments with the Negro Dr's materia medica
Medical ethics
Exploitive experiments
The colonial crucible : debates over slavery
Conclusion : the circulation of knowledge. - PrintCarissa Carter ; illustrations by Jeremy Nguyen & Michael Hirshon.Summary: "This thought-provoking, compact designer's guide helps you understand how maps are a part of our everyday thinking, how they organize data, and how they can reframe our point of view"-- Provided by publisher. "Maps aren't just geographic, they are also infographic and include all types of frameworks and diagrams. Any figure that sorts data visually and presents it spatially is a map. Maps are ways of organizing information and figuring out what's important. Even stories can be mapped! The Secret Language of Maps provides a simple framework to deconstruct existing maps and then shows you how to create your own. An embedded mystery story about a woman who investigates the disappearance of an old high school friend illustrates how to use different maps to make sense of all types of information. Colorful illustrations bring the story to life and demonstrate how the fictional character's collection of data, properly organized and "mapped," leads her to solve the mystery of her friend's disappearance. You'll learn how to gather data, organize it, and present it to an audience. You'll also learn how to view the many maps that swirl around our daily lives with a critical eye, aware of the forces that are in play for every creator." -- Publisher's description
Contents:
Part 1. The investigation. What is a map?
Looks matter / Craft deconstruction
Mind the message / Bias deconstruction
The D word / Data deconstruction
Part 2. The expose. How to make a map?
Knead the dough / Data exploration
Agendas are for everyone / Bias exploration
Shape shift / Craft exploration
Explain all day
Endnotes
Acknowledgments
Index. - DigitalMark W. Anderson, Michael G. Fox, Nicholas C. Nacey.Summary: "A sure grasp of cross-sectional anatomy is essential for accurate radiologic interpretation, and Sectional Anatomy by MRI and CT, 5th Edition, provides exactly the information needed in a highly illustrated, quick-reference format. New coverage of the cervical spine, brain, and thumb, as well as new on/off labels in the eBook version make this title an essential diagnostic tool for both residents and practicing radiologists." -- Elsevier website
Contents:
CT of the brain
MRI of the brain
CT of the thorax
MRI of the heart
MRI of the pectoral girdle and chest wall
MRI of the shoulder
MR arthrography of the shoulder
MRI of the arm
MRI of the elbow
MRI of the forearm
MRI of the wrist
MRI of the hand
MRI of the cervical spine
MRI of the thoracic spine
MRI of the lumbar spine
CT of the abdomen
MRI of the abdomen
MRI of the hip
MR arthrography of the hip
MRI of the thigh
MRI of the knee
MRI of the leg
MRI of the ankle
MRI of the foot
CT of the male pelvis
CT of the female pelvis
MRI of the male pelvis
MRI of the female pelvis.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - DigitalStanley F. Malamed.Contents:
Sedation in dentistry: a historic perspective
Pain and anxiety in dentistry
Introduction to sedation
The spectrum of pain and anxiety control
Physical and psychological evaluation
Monitoring during sedation
Nondrug techniques : iatrosedation and hypnosis
Oral sedation
Rectal sedation
Sublingual, transdermal, and intranasal sedation
Intramuscular sedation
Inhalation sedation : historical perspective
Inhalation sedation : rationale
Pharmacology, anatomy, and physiology
Inhalation sedation equipment
Inhalation sedation : techniques of administration
Inhalation sedation : complications
Contemporary issues surrounding nitrous oxide
Practical considerations
Teaching inhalation sedation : history and present guidelines
Intravenous sedation : historical perspective
Intravenous moderate sedation : rationale
Armamentarium
Anatomy for venipuncture
Venipuncture technique
Pharmacology
Intravenous moderate sedation : techniques of administration
Intravenous sedation : complications
Practical considerations
Guidelines for teaching
Fundamentals of general anesthesia
Armamentarium, drugs, and techniques
Preparation for emergencies
Emergency drugs and equipment
Management of emergencies
The pediatric patient
The geriatric patient
The medically compromised patient
The physically compromised patient
Neurologic illnesses and other conditions
Medicolegal considerations
The controversial development of anesthesiology in dentistry.Digital Access - DigitalPradip P. Kamat, John W. Berkenbosch, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview on sedation and analgesia for the pediatric intensivist. Divided into two primary sections, the text presents a framework on how to care for patients who need sedation, analgesia, and neuromuscular blockade inside the pediatric ICU (PICU), and how to manage procedural sedation in an outpatient setting. The first section focuses on sedation and analgesia for the critically ill child, with an emphasis on analgesics, sedatives, neuromuscular blockade, tolerance and withdrawal, and the PICU environment. The second section centers around procedural sedation, detailing patient selection, pre-sedation assessment, how to choose a sedation regimen, available agents, and nursing considerations. Written by experts in the field, Sedation and Analgesia for the Pediatric Intensivist: A Clinical Guide is a valuable resource for the pediatric intensivist in caring for their patients both inside and outside the PICU.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Sedation and Analgesia for the Critically Ill Child
Chapter 1: Introduction to Sedation and Analgesia
Brief History of Pediatric Sedation and Analgesia
Goal of Sedation and Analgesia in the Critically Ill Child
Physiology of Pain
Complexities of Sedation and Analgesia in the Critically Ill Child
References
Chapter 2: Safety and Monitoring During Pediatric ICU Sedation
Assessment Tools
Pain Assessment
Self-Report Tools and Surrogate Reporting
Observational Tools Agitation and Sedation Assessment
Objective Monitoring Tools
Processed EEG
Conventional EEG
Conclusions
References
Chapter 3: Analgesic Use in the Pediatric Intensive Care Unit
Specific Agents
References
Chapter 4: Regional Analgesia and Its Role in the PICU
Introduction
History
Safety and Risks of Regional Anesthesia
Benefits of Regional Anesthesia
Some Common Blocks
Central Neuraxial Blocks
Upper Extremity Blocks
Truncal Blocks
Lower Extremity Blocks
Conclusion
References
Part II: Sedative Agents Chapter 5: Sedative Agents (Benzodiazepines)
Overview of Benzodiazepines and Mechanism of Action
Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Considerations
Adverse Reactions, Drug-Drug Interactions, and Monitoring Parameters
Benzodiazepine and Opioids
Breastfeeding/Pregnancy Considerations
Pregnancy Considerations
Breastfeeding Considerations
In Summary
References
Chapter 6: Alpha-Agonists in Pediatric Critical Care
Introduction
Pharmacology
Clinical Applications
Conclusion
References
Chapter 7: Barbiturates in the Pediatric ICU
Introduction Pharmacology
Clinical Applications
References
Part III: Anesthetic Agents
Chapter 8: Sedation and Analgesia for the Critically Ill Child: Ketamine
Introduction
Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics
Mechanism of Action
Dosing
Uses of Ketamine in the Pediatric Intensive Care Unit
Ketamine for Sedation
Ketamine for Acute Pain
Ketamine for Chronic Pain
Ketamine Side Effects
Conclusion
References
Chapter 9: Propofol for Sedation of the Critically Ill Child
Introduction
Pharmacology
Mechanism of Action
Pharmacokinetics
Pharmacodynamics Clinical Considerations for Use
Indications for Short-Term, Deep Sedation
Propofol "Drug Washout"
The Impact of Propofol on Sleep and Delirium in ICU Patients
Palliative Sedation
Propofol-Related Infusion Syndrome (PRIS)
Pathophysiology
Prevention and Treatment
Consideration in Special Populations
Mitochondrial and Metabolic Disorders
Conclusions
Bibliography
Chapter 10: Inhalational Agents: What Volatile Inhalational Agents Are and How to Use Them in the ICU Setting
Introduction
Principles of Inhalational Agents
Minimum Alveolar Concentration - DigitalRavindra Kumar, Anuja Gupta, editors.Summary: The global population is increasing rapidly, and feeding the ever-increasing population poses a serious challenge for agriculturalists around the world. Seed is a basic and critical input in agriculture to ensure global food security. Roughly 90 percent of the crops grown all over the world are propagated by seed. However, seed can also harbour and spread pathogens, e.g. fungi, bacteria, nematodes, viruses etc., which cause devastating diseases. Seed-borne pathogens represent a major threat to crop establishment and yield. Hence, timely detection and diagnosis is a prerequisite for their effective management. The book "Seed-Borne Diseases of Agricultural Crops: Detection, Diagnosis & Management" addresses key issues related to seed-borne/transmitted diseases in various agricultural crops. Divided into 31 chapters, it offers a comprehensive compilation of papers concerning: the history of seed pathology, importance of seed-borne diseases, seed-borne diseases and quarantine, seed health testing and certification, detection and diagnosis of seed-borne diseases and their phytopathogens, host-parasite interactions during development of seed-borne diseases, diversity of seed-borne pathogens, seed-borne diseases in major agricultural crops, non-parasitic seed disorders, mechanisms of seed transmission and seed infection, storage fungi and mycotoxins, impact of seed-borne diseases on human and animal health, and management options for seed-borne diseases. We wish to thank all of the eminent researchers who contributed valuable chapters to our book, which will be immensely useful for students, researchers, academics, and all those involved in various agro-industries.
Contents:
Part 1. Impact of seed borne phytopathogens or seed borne diseases on agriculture and society
Chapter 1. Importance of Seed-borne Diseases of Agricultural Crops: Economic losses and Impact on Society
Chapter 2. Major Seed-borne Diseases of Agricultural Crops: International Trade of Agricultural Products and Role of Quarantine
Part II. History of seed pathology
Chapter 3. Contribution of Individuals and Organizations in the Development of Seed Pathology
Chapter 4. Ancient, Mid-time and Recent History of Seed Pathology
Part III. Diagnosis & detection of seed borne pathogens
Chapter 5. Diagnosis and detection of Seed borne fungal phytopathogens
Chapter 6. Detection of Seed and Propagating Material Borne Bacterial Diseases of Economically Important Crops
Chapter 7. Detection and diagnosis of seed-borne viruses and virus like pathogens
Chapter 8. Detection and diagnosis of seed borne and seed associated nematode
Part IV. Host
parasite interaction during the development of seed borne diseases
Chapter 9. Host-parasite Interaction During Development of Major Seed-borne Fungal Diseases
Chapter 10. Host-parasite interaction during development of major seed borne bacterial diseases
Chapter 11. Host-parasite interaction during development of major seed transmitted viral diseases
Chapter 12. Host-parasite interaction during development of major seed borne diseases caused by nematodes
Part V. Diversity of seed borne phytopathogens
Chapter 13. Diversity of seed borne fungal phytopathogens
Chapter 14. Diversity of seed borne bacterial phytopathogens
Chapter 15. Genetic diversity, transmission and understanding of seed-borne viruses and phytoplasma
Chapter 16. Diversity of Seed Borne and Seed Associated Nematodes
Part VI. Major Seed borne diseases in different agricultural crops
Chapter 17. Major Seed borne diseases in important cereals: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance
Chapter 18. Major Seed born e diseases in important oilseeds: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance
Chapter 19. Major Seed borne diseases in important pulses: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance
Chapter 20. Major Seed borne diseases in important vegetables: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance
Chapter 21. Major Seed borne diseases in important forage crops & fibre crops: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance
Part VII. Seed borne diseases: Human and animal health
Chapter 22. Seed borne diseases: its impact on Human and animal health
Part VIII. Management of seed borne pathogens/diseases
Chapter 23. Use of Biological Control Agents in the Management of Seedborne Diseases
Chapter 24. Chemical Management of seed borne diseases: Achievements and future challenges
Chapter 25. Biotechnology: An intervention for the genetic resistance against seed borne phytopathogens
Chapter 26. Management of Seed borne diseases: An integrated approach
Part IX: Mechanism of seed transmission and seed infection
Chapter 27. Mechanism of Seed Transmission and Seed Infection in Major Agricultural Crops in India
Part X: Miscellaneous
Chapter 28. Seed Health Testing and Seed Certification
Chapter 29. Non-Parasitic Seed Disorders of Major Agricultural Crops
Chapter 30. Storage fungi and Mycotoxins
Chapter 31. Epidemiology of seed borne diseases.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaleditors, Satish Kumar Verma and James Francis White Jr.Summary: This book focuses on the importance and roles of seed microbiomes in sustainable agriculture by exploring the diversity of microbes vectored on and within seeds of both cultivated and non-cultivated plants. It provides essential insights into how seeds can be adapted to enhance microbiome vectoring, how damaged seed microbiomes can be assembled again and how seed microbiomes can be conserved. Plant seeds carry not only embryos and nutrients to fuel early seedling growth, but also microbes that modulate development, soil nutrient acquisition, and defense against pathogens and other stressors. Many of these microbes (bacteria and fungi) become endophytic, entering into the tissues of plants, and typically exist within plants without inducing negative effects. Although they have been reported in all plants examined to date, the extent to which plants rely on seed vectored microbiomes to enhance seedling competitiveness and survival is largely unappreciated. How microbes function to increase the fitness of seedlings is also little understood. The book is a unique and important resource for researchers and students in microbial ecology and biotechnology. Further, it appeals to applied academic and industrial agriculturists interested in increasing crop health and yield.
Contents:
Intro; Prologue; What Are Endophytes?; A New Definition for Seeds: A Miniature 'Noah's Ark' for Plant Colonization; The Intention of This Book; Contents; Part I: Seed Endophytes: Introduction, and Methods for Assessment and Management;
1: Seed-Vectored Microbes: Their Roles in Improving Seedling Fitness and Competitor Plant Suppression; 1.1 The Seed Microbiome; 1.2 Adaptations of Seeds to Carry Symbiotic Microbes; 1.3 Roles of Seed-Vectored Microbes in Plant Seedlings; 1.4 What Happens to Seed-Vectored Microbes?; 1.5 Signal Molecules; 1.6 Endobiome Interference 1.7 Mode of Entry of Micrococcus luteus into Root Cells1.8 Intracellular Phases of Aureobasidium pullulans and Rhodotorula sp.; 1.9 Does Endobiome Interference Affect Plant-Plant Interactions?; 1.10 Potential Applications of Endobiome Interference to Control Invasive or Weedy Plant Species; 1.11 Conclusions; References;
2: Thinking About PPFM Bacteria as a Model of Seed Endophytes: Who Are They? Where Did They Come from? What Are They Doing for ... ; 2.1 Fooled by a Bacterium; 2.2 Recognizing the Significant Role of Bacteria in Plant Metabolism 2.3 Looking at Seed Endophytes Through a Pink-Pigmented Facultatively Methylotrophic Lens2.3.1 So Where Does This Relationship Come from?; 2.3.2 What Are They Doing for Seeds?; 2.3.3 What Are They Doing for the Plants?; 2.3.4 A Role for Seed Endophytes in Plant Improvement; 2.3.5 As an Aside: Endophytes Influence the Quality of Seeds as Food Items for Us; 2.4 Outstanding Questions; 2.5 Conclusions; References;
3: Seed Endophytes and Their Potential Applications; 3.1 Background; 3.2 Seed Endophytes; 3.3 Assessing Seed Endophytic Communities; 3.4 Roles of Seed-Borne Endophytes 3.4.1 Seed Endophytes and Plant Growth Enhancement3.4.2 Seed Endophytes Mitigating Heavy Metal Toxicity/Stress; 3.5 Mechanism of the Growth Promotion and Heavy Metal Stress Tolerance; 3.5.1 Heavy Metal Resistance Genes Conferring Metal Resistance; 3.6 Future Prospects; References;
4: Exploring Endophytic Communities of Plants: Methods for Assessing Diversity, Effects on Host Development and Potential Biot ... ; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 What Are Endophytes?; 4.1.2 Challenges in the Study of Endophytes; 4.2 Isolation of Endophytic Microbes; 4.2.1 Media for Isolation of Fungal Endophytes 4.2.2 Media for Isolation of Bacterial Endophytes4.3 Identification of Endophytes; 4.3.1 Molecular Tools to Identify Endophytes; 4.3.2 Markers and Primers for Endophyte Identification; 4.4 Techniques to Evaluate Endophyte Distribution in Plants; 4.4.1 Hood and Shew Staining Protocol; 4.4.2 Fluorescent Probes for Localization of Bacterial and Fungal Endophytes; 4.4.3 ROS Staining to Study Bacterial Endophytes; 4.5 Endophyte Modulation of Seedling Development; 4.5.1 Examining Modulation of Seedling Development Where Endophytes Are Not Culturable - PrintEdward Dolnick.Summary: "By the end of the seventeenth century, explorers had circled the globe and mapped the heavens. Scientists had calculated the weight of the Earth, traced the paths of comets, and divined the secrets of the Milky Way. But at the dawn of the modern age, the deeper scientific riddle of all lay unsolved: Where do babies come from? Throughout most of human history, babies were surprises. People knew the basics: men and women had sex, and sometimes babies followed. But beyond that, the origins of life were a colossal mystery--a mystery that would take centuries of wild theories, misogynist blunders, and mistakes to solve. The author investigates the early scientists who sought answers. The author's investigation careens from theaters of anatomy, where spectators gawked at dissected bodies; to princes' private museums; to a seaside laboratory in Naples, Italy where a researcher peered into his microscope and first witnessed the union of sperm and egg. The author also introduces a Danish physician who began by studying sharks' teeth and ended by finding the secret of human eggs. Another researcher, who was a Catholic priest, outfitted male frogs in tiny boxer shorts to prove that semen had to touch eggs to fertilize them. This book presents our greatest scientists struggling--against their perceptions, their religious beliefs, and their deep-seated prejudices--to uncover the deepest mysteries of life"--Book cover.
Contents:
Prologue: England in the early 1630s
Peering Into the Body. Onward to glory ; Hidden in deep night ; Swallowing stones and drinking dew ; Unmoored in time ; "Double, double toil and trouble" ; Door A or door B?
The Search for the Egg. Missing : one universe (reward to finder) ; Sharks' teeth and cows' eggs ; The egg, at last ; A world in a drop of water ; "Animals of the semen"
Russian Dolls. Dolls within dolls ; The message in God's fine print ; Sea of troubles ; The rabbit woman of Godliman ; "All in pieces, all coherence gone" ; The cathedral that built itself ; A vase in silhouette
The Clockwork Topples and a New Theory Rises. Frogs in silk pants ; A drop of venom ; The craze of the century ; "I saw the dull yellow eye of the creature open" ; The nose of the Sphinx ; "The game is afoot" ; Caught! - Digitalby Jane W. Ball, Joyce E. Dains, John A. Flynn, Barry S. Solomon, Rosalyn W. Stewart.Digital Access
- DigitalStina Siedhoff.Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Table of contents; Abstract; List of figures; List of tables; List of abbreviations; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Research context and problem statement; 1.2 Research objective; 1.3 Structure of the thesis; 2 Theoretical background; 2.1 Disruptive innovation concept; 2.1.1 Terminology and conceptualization of disruptive innovation; 2.1.2 The role of business models in disruptive innovation; 2.2 Business model concept; 2.2.1 Conceptualization of business models; 2.2.2 Business model as an activity system; 2.3 Business model innovation concept 2.3.1 Conceptualization and classification of business model innovation2.3.2 Business model innovation as a process vs. outcome; 2.3.3 Artifacts for business model innovation; 2.4 Synopsis and research question; 3 Design science research; 3.1 Overall research design; 3.1.1 Research paradigm; 3.1.2 Research method; 3.2 Exploratory research design; 3.2.1 Exploratory research method; 3.2.2 Sampling; 3.2.3 Data collection and preparation; 3.2.4 Data analysis; 4 Results and discussion of exploratory research; 4.1 Results; 4.1.1 Descriptive analysis; 4.1.2 Content analysis 4.1.2.1 Problem identification and objective of a solution4.1.2.2 Business model patterns for disruptive innovations; 4.2 Discussion; 4.2.1 Purpose and scope; 4.2.2 Justificatory knowledge; 4.2.3 Principles of form and function; 5 Prescriptive research design; 5.1 Design construction; 5.1.1 Design as a search process; 5.1.2 Design as an artifact; 5.2 Design evaluation; 5.2.1 Design evaluation method; 5.2.2 Sampling; 5.2.3 Data collection and preparation; 5.2.4 Data analysis; 5.2.5 Role of the researcher; 6 Results and discussion of prescriptive research; 6.1 Results 6.1.1 Design construction: low-resolution artifact6.1.2 Design evaluation; 6.1.3 Design (re)construction and communication; 6.2 Discussion; 6.2.1 Principles of implementation; 6.2.2 Testable propositions; 6.2.3 Constructs and expository instantiation; 6.2.4 Artifact mutability; 7 Conclusion; 7.1 Contribution; 7.1.1 Contribution to theory; 7.1.2 Contribution to practice; 7.1.3 Contribution to methodology; 7.2 Limitations; 7.3 Further research; 7.4 Concluding remarks; References; Appendices;
Appendix 1: Coding structure;
Appendix 2: Pattern matrix
Appendix 3: HMW brainstorming questions on problems organizations encounter when designing business models for disruption
Appendix 4: Decision matrix for ideation stage;
Appendix 5: Design Thinking evaluation workshop, Minutes;
Appendix 6: Elements of the Design Theory for BMI in the context of DIDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalMohamad Z. Koubeissi, Amer Alshekhlee, Prachi Mehndiratta, editors.Contents:
Chapter 1- Epidemiology of Seizures and Epilepsy in Cerebrovascular Disease
Chapter 2: Seizures in Ischemic Stroke
Chapter 3: Seizures in Intracerebral Hemorrhage
Chapter 4: Seizures in Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
Chapter 5: Seizures in subdural hematoma
Chapter 6: Seizures in Cerebral Cavernous Malformations
Chapter 7: Seizures in Arteriovenous Malformations
Chapter 8: Seizures in Cerebral Venous Sinus Thrombosis
Chapter 9: Pediatric Stroke and Seizures
Chapter 10: Medical Management of Seizures in Cerebrovascular Disorders. - DigitalPanayiotis N. Varelas, Jan Claassen, editors.Summary: Updated and expanded to provide the neurologic, intensive and critical care communities a comprehensive guide to common critical care illnesses and seizures, this third edition remains the premier resource on seizures in critical care. In addition to covering etiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, differential diagnosis and treatment options, chapters feature the latest technologies and treatments and integrate current literature. This unique and specialized text offers neurologists, intensivists, neurosurgeons, trauma surgeons, epileptologists, electrophysiologists and residents in various specialties clarity on this challenging set of comorbidities.
Contents:
Part I. General section. Chapter 1: Status epilepticus - lessons and challenges from animal models ; Chapter 2: Impact of seizures on outcome ; Chapter 3: Diagnosing and monitoring seizures in the ICU: the role of continuous EEG for detection and management of seizures in critically ill patients, including the ictal-interictal continuum ; Chapter 4: Seizures and quantitative EEG ; Chapter 5: Spreading depolarizations and seizures in clinical subdural electrocorticographic recordings ; Chapter 6: Multimodality monitoring correlates of seizures ; Chapter 7: Management of critical care seizures ; Chapter 8: Management of status epilepticus in the inensive care unit.
Part II. Etiology-specific section. Chapter 9: Ischemic stroke, hyperperfusion syndrome, cerebral sinus thrombosis, and critical care seizures ; Chapter 10: Hemorrhagic stroke and critical care seizures ; Chapter 11: Traumatic brain injury and critical care seizures ; Chapter 12: Brain tumors and critical care seizures ; Chapter 13: Global hypoxia-ischemia and critical care seizures ; Chapter 14: Fulminant hepatic failure, multiorgan failure and endocrine crisis and critical care seizures ; Chapter 15: Organ transplant recipients and critical care seizures ; Chapter 16: Extreme hypertension, eclampsia, and critical care seizures ; Chapter 17: Infection or inflammation and critical care seizures ; Chapter 18: Electrolyte disturbances and critical care seizures ; Chapter 19: Alcohol-related seizures in the intensive care unit ; Chapter 20: Drug-induced seizures in critically ill patients ; Chapter 21 : Illicit drugs and toxins and critical care seizures ; Chapter 22: Seizures and status epilepticus in pediatric critical care. - DigitalGavin Bowyer, Andrew Cole, editors.Summary: Selected References in Trauma and Orthopaedics provides a selection of references from the Trauma and Orthopedic literature, aimed at the surgeon preparing for the Intercollegiate Specialty Board examination, and similar end-of training examinations in other countries. It is the perfect guide for examiners and trainers who are preparing their trainees for the examination, as well as providing a literature basis for their own practice. Selected References in Trauma and Orthopaedics presents the classical papers underlying current practice as well as recent publications which have brought about innovation, clarified pathology or demonstrated outcomes. The references are presented with a brief summary which allows the reader to access a literature review, with the use of online resources, with the key references already identified.
Contents:
Part I. Adult Elective Orthopaedics
Part II. Trauma
Part III. Children's Orthopaedics
Part IV. Hand and Upper Limb. - DigitalHans Rommes, Rick van Saene, Miguel A. de la Cal.Summary: This book explains the basic concepts of Selective Decontamination of the Digestive tract (SDD) to help those involved in treating critically ill patients to improve outcomes and the quality of care. SDD has led to major changes in our understanding, the treatment and prevention of infections in critically ill patients over the past 40 years. It is the most studied intervention in intensive care medicine and is the subject of 73 randomized controlled trials, including over 15000 patients and 15 meta-analyses. SDD reduces morbidity and mortality, is cost-effective and safe as SDD does not increase antimicrobial resistance. Correct application of the SDD strategy enables ICU teams to control infections - even in ICUs with endemic antibiotic resistant microorganisms such as methicillin resistant S. aureus (MRSA). Describing the concept and application of SDD, and presenting case studies and microbiological flow charts, this practical guide will appeal to intensivists, critical care practitioners, junior doctors, microbiologists and ICU-nurses as well as infection control specialists and pharmacists.
Contents:
Part I. The basics
Introduction
Microorganisms
Defense
Infections
Infection control
Enteral and parenteral antimicrobials used in the SDD-policy
Part II. Clinical microbiology for the ICU team
Clinical microbiology: an overview
Surveillance versus diagnostic cultures
Sampling and microscopy
Inoculation and culturing
Naming of microorganisms
Antibiotic sensitivity testing
Availability of the clinical microbiological results for the intensivist
Part III. Therapeutics
Therapy of bacterial and fungal infections
Viral infections in the ICU
Inflammation and hyperinflammation
Part IV. Surveillance
Resistance
Outbreaks
Appendix
Appendix 1. General principles before implementing the SDD-strategy
Appendix 2. Selective decontamination of the digestive tract
Appendix 3. SDD in Methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA)
Appendix 4. SDD in Multidrug-resistant Gram-negative bacteria (MDRGNB). - Digitaledited by Kenneth D. Tew, Francesco Galli.Contents:
1. The epidemiology of selenium and human cancer
2. Selenoproteins in tumorigenesis and cancer progression
3. Selenoproteins and metastasis
4. Selenium-dependent glutathione peroxidases during tumor development
5. Targeting the selenoprotein thioredoxin reductase 1 for anticancer therapy
6. The regulation of pathways of inflammation and resolution in immune cells and cancer stem cells by selenium
7. Selenium and breast cancer risk: focus on cellular and molecular mechanisms
8. Selenium and epigenetics in cancer: focus on DNA methylation
9. Selenium and cancer stem cells
10. Selenocompounds in cancer therapy: an overview.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalAlézbeta Heged̋usová, Ondrej Heged̋us, Silvia Jakabová, Alena Andrejiová, Miroslav Šlosár, Ivana Mezeyová, Marcel Golian.Summary: Selenium plays a significant role in preventing certain types of cancer and cardiovascular diseases. The level of Selenium in the human body depends on its concentration in food. In turn, the content in vegetable crops is a function of the soil-plant system. There are many countries in the world with low Selenium content in the soil. The average daily human intake is thus limited through food chain. Analysis of Selenium status suggests that fortification of the soil substrate with Sodium Selenate, and foliar application to agricultural crops are both effective means of Selenium enrichment. Our intention for this publication is to present the possibilities of augmenting Selenium content by biofortification of soils and plants through differentiated nutrition. In the first part of the monograph, the results of Selenium supplementation in model vegetation experiments are presented. The next part of the monograph presents the results of foliar supplementation of Selenium in field conditions. This book is an outstanding reference source for plant breeders and researchers engaged in biofortification of horticulture crops. It is also beneficial to agricultural companies and other stakeholders.
Contents:
Introduction
The role of selenium in human nutrition
Methods for determination of selenium in foodstuffs
Selenium uptake by selected vegetable species after fortification of the growing substrate.-Selenium uptake by selected vegetable species after foliar application
Changes of selenium content in edibilities during the processing. - Digitaledited by Eranthie Weerapana.Contents:
Examining xCT-mediated selenium uptake and selenoprotein production capacity in cells / Namgyu Lee, Anne E. Carlisle, and Dohoon Kim
Methods for accurate and reproducible studies of pharmacological effects of selenium in cancer / Arun Kumar Selvam, Tímea Szekerczés, Sofia Björnstedt, Ali Razaghi, and Mikael Björnstedt
Using selenocysteine-specific reporters to screen for efficient tRNASec variants / Christina Z. Chung, Dieter Söll, and Natalie Krahn
Expressing recombinant selenoproteins using redefinition of a single UAG codon in an RF1-depleted E. coli host strain / Qing Cheng and Elias S.J. Arnér
Selenocysteine substitutions in thiyl radical enzymes / Juan Carlos Cáceres, Clara A. Bailey, Kenichi Yokoyama, and Brandon L. Greene
Expression of selenoproteins via genetic code expansion in mammalian cells / Jennifer C. Peeler and Eranthie Weerapana
Applying selenocysteine-mediated expressed protein ligation to prepare the membrane enzyme selenoprotein S / Rujin Cheng, Jun Liu, Vidyadhar Daithankar, and Sharon Rozovsky
Chemoproteomic interrogation of selenocysteine by low-pH isoTOP-ABPP / Daniel W. Bak and Eranthie Weerapana
SecMS analysis of selenoproteins with selenocysteine insertion sequence and beyond / Chenfang Si, Ye Cao, and Yaoyang Zhang
An accelerated and optimized algorithm of selenium-encoded isotopic signature targeted profiling for global selenoproteome analysis / Guogeng Jia, Jinjun Gao, Fan Yang, Tianyu Feng, and Chu Wang
Assay of selenol species in biological samples by the fluorescent probe Sel-green / Baoxin Zhang and Jianguo Fang
Identification of selenoprotein O substrates using a biotinylated ATP analog / Meghomukta Mukherjee and Anju Sreelatha
Application of alpha-methyl selenocysteine as a tool for the study of selenoproteins / Emma J. Ste. Marie and Robert J. Hondal
Modeling of selenocysteine-derived reactive intermediates utilizing a nano-sized molecular cavity as a protective cradle / Ryosuke Masuda and Kei Goto
Diselenide-selenoester ligation in the chemical synthesis of proteins / Max J. Bedding, Sameer S. Kulkarni, and Richard J. Payne.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022 - DigitalIrena Roterman, Leszek Konieczny, editors.Summary: This book is an open access under a CC BY license. The subject of this book relates to protein ligands with particular structural and complexation properties. They are composed of self-assembled molecules, capable of penetrating as a unit into proteins outside the binding site. The ribbon-like supramolecular system only permits the penetration of self-assembled molecules into the protein-body and formation of stable complexes. Supramolecular Congo red and similar compounds fit these requirements. Destabilized protein fragments enable the penetration of such ligands, with susceptibility to supramolecular ligand binding often associated with protein function. As a result, complexation modifies their functional effects. The activity of enzymes is inhibited by arresting them in the complexed state, but "naturally irreversible" complexation as in the case of immune complexation, is enhanced instead. This property offers many attractive possibilities of using supramolecular ligands as described in this book.
Contents:
Supramolecular systems as protein ligands
Supramolecular Congo Red as Specific Ligand of Antibodies Engaged in Immune Complex
Protein Conditioning for Binding Congo Red and Other Supramolecular Ligands
Metal Ions Introduced to Proteins by Supramolecular Ligands
Possible Mechanism of Amyloidogenesis of V Domains
Supramolecular Structures as Carrier Systems Enabling the Use of Metal Ions in Antibacterial Therapy
Congo Red Interactions with Single-Walled Carbon Nanotubes. - Printedited by Michael S. Gordon.
- DigitalMeera Mahalingam.Summary: "An essential examination resource for anyone sitting their primary or maintenance of certification examinations in dermatology, pathology or dermatopathology, Self-Assessment in Dermatopathology uses histopathology as a catalyst for constructive and critical thinking and to trigger relevant clinical, genetic and syndromic associations. Concise explanations at the end of each chapter give short answers to each question and expand on each answer choice. Each chapter consists of an increasingly difficult selection of questions, allowing the reader to develop and self-test their knowledge. Tables relevant to the section covered have also been incorporated in the answer section. Using this practical approach, the reader will become familiar with the pathologic basis of clinically relevant dermatoses and cutaneous tumors. The question and answer format make this book the first resource of its kind. Thinking about information in a new way is the foundation of this book, making it an invaluable addition for any trainee"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note:
1. General;
2. Genodermatoses and epidermal disorders;
3. Pigmentary disorders;
4. Tissue reaction patterns;
5. Disorders involving the dermis and, or subcutis;
6. Depositional diseases and cutaneous manifestations of systemic disease and depositional diseases;
7. Infections;
8. Tumors.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - Digitalby Yousaf Ali.Summary: This practical study guide illustrates a variety of different scenarios of rheumatic disease in succinct question and answer format. It contains 120 complex cases with potentially unusual diagnoses designed to stimulate thought and further reading in this rapidly evolving specialty. The questions demonstrate both common and uncommon rheumatologic conditions that may be encountered on ward rounds or in clinic by using radiographs, pictures, and skin findings. Each case is based on a real-life diagnostic situation encountered by the author from his two decades of experience working in a busy consultative practice.Self Assessment in Rheumatology: An Essential Q & A Study Guide, Second Edition is an essential resource for students, postgraduate fellows, internists, and practicing physicians eager to learn more about rheumatology, test their fund of knowledge, or prepare for board examinations.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Assessment Questions 1-10
Chapter 2. Assessment Questions 11-20
Chapter 3. Assessment Questions 21-30
Chapter 4. Assessment Questions 31-40
Chapter 5. Assessment Questions 41-50
Chapter 6. Assessment Questions 51-60
Chapter 7. Assessment Questions 61-70.-Chapter 8. Assessment Questions 71-80
Chapter 9. Assessment Questions 81-90
Chapter 10. Assessment Questions 91-100
Chapter 11. Assessment Questions 101-110
Chapter 12. Assessment Questions 111-120. - Digitaledited by Inamuddin, Mohd Imran Ahamed, Rajender Boddula and Tariq Altalhi.Summary: "This comprehensive book describes the design, synthesis, mechanisms, characterization, fundamental properties, functions and development of self-healing smart materials and their composites with their allied applications. It covers cementitious concrete composites, bleeding composites, elastomers, tires, membranes, and composites in energy storage, coatings, shape-memory, aerospace and robotic applications. The 21 chapters are written by researchers from a variety of disciplines and backgrounds."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Self-Healing Polymer Coatings / Facundo I Altuna, Cristina E Hoppe
Smart Phenolics for Self-Healing and Shape Memory Applications / Baris Kiskan, Yusuf Yagci
Self-Healable Elastomers / Mariajose Cova Sanchez, Daniela Belon Garcia, Mariano Martin Escobar, Marcela Mansilla
Self-Healable Tires / Norazlianie Sazali, Mohamad Azuwa Mohamed, Zul Adlan Mohd Hir
Self-Healing Bacterial Cementitious Composites / R Preetham, R Hari Krishna, MN Chandraprabha, R Sivaramakrishna
Self-Healable Solar Cells: Recent Insights and Challenges / Seyyed Alireza Hashemi, Seyyed Mojtaba Mousavi, Sonia Bahrani, Seeram Ramakrishna, Chin Wei Lai, Wei-Hung Chiang
Self-Healable Core-Shell Nanofibers / Sonia Bahrani, Seyyed Mojtaba Mousavi, Seyyed Alireza Hashemi, Chin Wei Lai, Wei-Hung Chiang
Intrinsic Self-Healing Materials / Angelita Cristiane Saul, Joao Henrique Zimnoch dos Santos
Self-Healable Catalysis / Bilge Cokuner Filiz
Self-Healing Materials in Corrosion Protection / Eiman Alibakhshi, Bahram Ramezanzadeh, Mohammad Mahdavian
Self-Healable Conductive Materials / M Ramesh, L Rajeshkumar, D Balaji, V Bhuvaneswari, S Sivalingam
Self-Healable Artificial Skin / Beg Younus Raza, Nishad Gokul Ram, Priyanka Singh
Self-Healing Smart Composites / Sithara Gopinath, Suresh Mathew, P Radhakrishnan Nair
Stimuli-Responsive Self-Healable Materials / G Jerald Maria Antony, S Raja, ST Aruna
Mechanically-Induced Self-Healable Materials / M Ramesh, L Rajeshkumar, R Saravanakumar
Self-Healing Materials in Robotics / Sunny Kumar
Self-Healing Materials in Aerospace Applications / M Harikrishna Kumar, C Moganapriya, A Moha Kumar, R Rajasekar, V K Gobinath
Bio-Inspired Self-Healable Materials / Archita Sharma, Shailendra Kumar Arya
Self-Healable Batteries / Seyyed Mojtaba Mousavi, Maryam Zarei, Seyyed Alireza Hashemi, Wei-Hung Chiang, Chin Wei Lai, Sonia Bahrani
Self-Healing in Bleeding Composites / Lutfur Rahman, Ata Ullah, Muhammad Bilal Yazdani, Muhammad Irfan, Waheed S Khan, Asma Rehman
Self-Healing Polymers / Muhammad Akram, Charles Oluwaseun Adetunji, Mohd Imran Ahamed, Adrish Sohail, Iram Ghaffar, Olugbenga Samuel Michael, Hina Anwar, Musa Abidemi Muhibi, Juliana Bunmi Adetunji, Umme Laila, Mathew Olaniyan. - DigitalTamara Ownsworth.Summary: "An injury to the brain can affect virtually any aspect of functioning and, at the deepest level, can alter sense of self or the essential qualities that define who we are. In recent years, there has been a growing body of research investigating changes to self in the context of brain injury. Developments in the cognitive and social neurosciences, psychotherapy and neurorehabilitation have together provided a rich perspective on self and identity reformation after brain injury. This book draws upon these theoretical perspectives and research findings to provide a comprehensive account of the impact of brain injury on self-identity. The second half of this book provides an in-depth review of clinical strategies for assessing changes in self-identity after brain injury, and of rehabilitation approaches for supporting individuals to maintain or re-establish a positive post-injury identity. The book emphasizes a shift in clinical orientation, from a traditional focus on alleviating impairments, to a focus on working collaboratively with people to support them to re-engage in valued activities and find meaning in their lives after brain injury. Self-Identity after Brain Injury is the first book dedicated to self-identity issues after brain injury which integrates theory and research, and also assessment and intervention strategies. It will be a key resource to support clinicians and researchers working in brain injury rehabilitation, and will be of great interest to researchers and students in clinical psychology, neuropsychology, and allied health disciplines"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1. Overview of self-identity after brain injury
2. What is the self? Historical and contemporary accounts
3. Introduction to brain injury and consequences during childhood and adolescence
4. Psychological adjustment and self-identity changes after brain injury
5. Approaches for assessing changes to self after brain injury
6. Individual psychotherapy and neurorehabilitation approaches
7. Group and community-based interventions
8. Family and paediatric Interventions
9. Summary and future directions.Digital Access TandFonline 2014 - PrintLou Peveto Scott.Contents:
v. 1, Body structure and function, nutrition and food management, basic pharmacology and drug therapy ; v. 2, Roles and responsibilities in nursing health ; v. 3, Medical and surgical nursing, mental illness ; v. 4, Mother and newborn, the well and sick child, communicable diseases. - DigitalJose Frantz, Laura Schopp, Anthea Rhoda, editors.Summary: Self-management is a term that was used as early as the 1960s when it was applied during the rehabilitation of chronically ill children. Subsequently, self-management was applied as formalized programs for a variety of populations and health issues. In reflecting on self-management, it is important to note that it would be difficult for individuals not to be aware of their specific health behaviors, which could include unhealthy behaviors. As self-management has evolved, essential skills identified include behavioral modeling, decision making, planning, social persuasion, locating, accessing and utilizing resources, assisting individuals to form partnerships with their health care providers and taking action. These are key skills that would benefit health professional educators, clinicians and patients. This book, consisting of three parts, provides insights into the aspects of self-management as it relates to its definition and application. It highlights how self-management can be applied to various long-term health conditions, for different populations or target groups and in different contexts. The text provides an overview of self-management and the rationale for its applications by illustrating its use in specific clinical conditions and in different sub-populations and target groups. Academics can use the book as a textbook when teaching postgraduate and undergraduate students about self-management as a technique to facilitate community reintegration for individuals living with long-term conditions. It can also be used by clinicians to enhance their management of individuals with long-term conditions. Furthermore, researchers can use the text to expand and support their research in this area.
Contents:
Part I: Understanding self-management
1. Overview of self-management
2. The case for self-management
Part II: The application of self-management in various conditions
3. Self-management and spinal cord injuries
4. Self-management in diabetes
5. Self-management and stroke
6. Self-management and low back pain
Part III: Using self-management across the lifespan and across settings
7. Self-management in youth
8. Self-management in chronic illness in the elderly
9. Community health workers as key contributors to self-management programs
10. Self-management in the workplace
11. Self-management in nutrition and exercise. - DigitalJane N.T. Sattoe, AnneLoes van Staa, Sander R. Hilberink, editors.Summary: This book focuses on young people (12-25 years old) growing up with a chronic somatic condition and/or physical disability, facing different challenges during their transition to adulthood and to adult healthcare services. Becoming an adult often proves extra challenging for them, because the adaptive tasks related to living with a chronic condition can clash with developmental milestones. Finding a good balance and integrating these tasks in daily life is also referred to as self-management. This book addresses self-management and empowerment of young people with chronic conditions as well as the Positive Youth Development concept. It elaborates on theories and approaches and offers a complete overview of self-management interventions for young people with chronic conditions, emphasizing on the tasks of medical, emotion and role management. It also elaborates on the roles and tasks of professionals, as well as the patient-provider relationship; the shifting roles between young people and their parents and the role of peer support. This book is unique in its broad view on self-management, i.e. it goes beyond medical management and focuses on young people achieving their maximum potential and a good quality of life. Furthermore, the book employs a positive youth development approach, focusing on empowerment and growth rather than problems or issues. It offers an overview of the state-of-the-art and evidence concerning self-management support for young people with various chronic conditions. As such it is of benefit for all healthcare professionals working in care for young people, but also for researchers interested in this topic.
Contents:
Self-Management of Young People with Chronic Conditions: An Overview and Introduction / AnneLoes van Staa, Sander R. Hilberink, and Jane N. T. Sattoe
Positive Youth Development Approach to Support Life Skills of Young People with Chronic Conditions / Alison R. S. Manning, Jodie Neukirch Elliott, Samuel M. Brotkin, Gary Maslow, and McLean D. Pollock
The Development of Self-Management in Young People with Chronic Conditions: A Transitional Process / Jane N. T. Sattoe and AnneLoes van Staa
Exploring Components and Effects of Self-Management Interventions for Young People with Chronic Conditions / Marjolijn I. Bal, Jane N. T. Sattoe, Pepijn D. D. M. Roelofs, and AnneLoes van Staa
Self-Management Support for Young People with Chronic Conditions: Roles and Views of Professionals / Janet E. McDonagh
Transition to Adulthood: Shifting Roles Between Young People with Chronic Conditions and Their Parents / Karen L. Shaw, Gemma Heath, and Albert Farre
Peer Support for Young People with Chronic Conditions / Susan Kirk and Linda J. Milnes
Skills for Growing Up and Ready Steady Go: Practical Tools to Promote Life Skills in Youth with Chronic Conditions / Jane N. T. Sattoe, AnneLoes van Staa, Marij E. Roebroeck, and Sander R. Hilberink. - DigitalAgota Szende, Bas Janssen, Juan Cabases, editors.Contents:
Introduction / Juan M. Cabases and Rosalind Rabin
Data and Methods / Bas Janssen, Agota Szende, and Juan Manuel Ramos-Goni
Population Norms for the EQ-5D / Bas Janssen and Agota Szende
Cross-Country Analysis of EQ-5D Data / Agota Szende and Bas Janssen
Socio-demographic Indicators based on EQ-5D / Agota Szende and Bas Janssen
Annex 1: EQ-5D population norms - National surveys
Annex 2: EQ-5D population norms - Regional surveys
References
Index.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalKari M. Eddington, Timothy J. Strauman, Angela Z. Vieth, Gregory G. Kolden.Digital Access Oxford 2018
- DigitalKari M. Eddington, Timothy J. Strauman, Angela Z. Vieth, Gregory G. Kolden.Summary: "Depression is one of the most common forms of psychological distress and can have devastating consequences for individuals and their loved ones. Decades of research have shown that there are many possible causes of depression, and one of those causes involves problems with self-regulation. Self-regulation involves setting and pursuing important personal goals - put simply, the process of trying to be the kind of person you want to be. Self-System Therapy for Depression: Therapist Guide provides a thorough description of Self-System Therapy (SST)-a motivational approach to treating depression that helps decrease feelings of disappointment and failure and increase feelings of pride and accomplishment, by improving the process of self-regulation. Clinical studies have shown that SST is effective in reducing depression and anxiety. The treatment program is structured within a 16-session plan, and strategies and techniques for each phase of treatment are presented in detail, along with case vignettes and examples. The core strategies of SST focus on identifying appropriate and reasonable personal goals and standards (including coping with perfectionistic standards), evaluating and improving the effectiveness of goal pursuit strategies, and adjusting goals in order to improve opportunities for positive emotions. The accompanying Client Workbook explains the basics of self-regulation in simple terms and provides worksheets to help illustrate and implement these strategies."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part I: Background for the Therapist
Chapter 1: Introduction to This Guide
Chapter 2: Theoretical Overview
Chapter 3: Is SST Right for My Client?
Chapter 4: Overview of SST Strategies
Part II: Therapy Phases and Strategies
Chapter 5: Orientation Phase (Sessions 1
4)
Chapter 6: Exploration Phase (Sessions 5
8)
Chapter 7: Adaptation Phase (Sessions 9
15)
Chapter 8: Termination and Relapse Prevention.Digital Access Oxford [2018] - DigitalCollege of American Pathologists Hematology and Clinical Microscopy Resource CommitteeSummary: "Semen Analysis Benchtop Reference Guide is an illustrated guide to sperm morphology. The content includes specimen collection and macroscopic assessment, sperm count, and morphology assessment and classification systems. Also included are 50 images representing normal morphology, head defects, neck/midpiece defects, tail defects, and residual cytoplasm defects, as well as images of nonsperm cells, Pap-stained sperm, and equipment."-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access College of American Pathologists Publications 2019
- Digitaledited by Peter M. Haddad, David J. Nutt.Summary: "The 2nd edition of this book was edited by David King and published in 2004. Since then there have been major advances in psychopharmacology in terms of new medications coming to the market, increased understanding of the mechanisms of drug action and new data on the efficacy, tolerability, safety and clinical effectiveness of a range of medications. Partly as a result, clinical guidelines for many psychiatric disorders have altered. As such, a new edition of this textbook was essential and we were delighted when the College approached us to edit the 3rd edition. This was a major endeavor that was only possible with the commitment and expertise of the authors"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- DigitalDigital Access Thieme v. 1-3, 1997-99.
- Digitaledited by Rob Butler, Cornelius Katona.Summary: A concise and up-to-date text on the mental health of older people, this second edition is fully updated to reflect changes in technology, competency-based training, guidelines, law and treatments. Each chapter sits alone as an informative, readable and helpful resource for a range of health care professionals. Together the chapters form an essential text that contributes to the rising standards in old age psychiatry. With practical guidelines on clinical management, this edition also includes new sections on topics such as palliative care and migrant health, all written by a global authorship, considering international perspectives. Targeted at qualified and trainee consultant psychiatrists, this text is also useful to other doctors, medical students and healthcare professionals who work with older people.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- DigitalPauline Delahaye.Summary: This monograph is about new perspectives in animal studies methodology, by using concepts and tools from the field of semiotics. It proposes a reflexion on current challenges and issues in the ethology field, and introduces different semiotics - biosemiotics, zoosemiotics - as potential methodological solutions. The chapters cover many aspects of ethology where semiotics can be a helpful hand: studies of language, culture, cognition or emotions, issues about complex, endangered or variable species. It explains why these points are difficult to study for actual ethology, why they still matter for researchers, biodiversity actors or wildlife programs, and how an interdisciplinary study with a semiotic point of view can help understand them. This book will appeal to a wide readership, from researchers and academics in living sciences as well as in linguistics fields, to other professionals - veterinarian, wildlife managers, zookeepers, and many others - who feel the need to better understand some aspects of animals they are working with. Students with animal focus should read this book as an introduction to interdisciplinary methodology, and a proposition to work differently with animals.
Contents:
Intro; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Author; List of Figures; List of Tables;
Chapter 1: Introduction and Purpose; 1.1 Creation Process; 1.1.1 About the Subject; 1.1.2 About the Corpus; 1.1.3 About the Academic and Social Impact; 1.2 Why Use Semiotics in Animal Studies; 1.2.1 History of Semiotics; 1.2.2 History of Animal Studies; 1.3 Questions About Methodology; 1.3.1 Studying a Subject from Different Academic Fields; 1.3.2 Including New Corpus Categories; 1.3.3 Hypothesis, Biases and Ideologies; References;
Chapter 2: Debates and Controversies; 2.1 Existing Controversies 2.1.1 Language2.1.2 Consciousness; 2.1.3 Emotions; 2.2 The Perspective of Humanities; 2.2.1 What Is an Animal?; 2.2.2 What Are Language Sciences For?; 2.2.3 The Specific French Academic Tradition; 2.3 Author Position; 2.3.1 The "Lesser Evil" Position; 2.3.2 About the Particular Case of Definitions; References;
Chapter 3: Necessary and Problematic Definitions; 3.1 Necessary Definitions; 3.1.1 Emotion; 3.1.2 Consciousness; 3.1.3 Memory; 3.2 Problematic Definitions; 3.2.1 Language; 3.2.2 Emotions; 3.2.3 Intelligence; 3.2.4 Culture; References;
Chapter 4: Semiotic Tools and Concepts 4.1 How to Pick Semiotic Tools4.1.1 Relevance; 4.1.2 Peirce's Tools; 4.1.3 Intensity, Frequency, Context; 4.2 Semiotic Concepts; 4.2.1 Intentional, Conscious, Unconscious; 4.2.2 Jakobson's Functions of Language; 4.2.3 Eco's Semiotic Theory; 4.2.4 About the Case of Anthropomorphism; References;
Chapter 5: Intertheoricity: How to Build Bigger Models; 5.1 What Is Intertheoricity; 5.1.1 Academic Position About Interdisciplinarity; 5.1.2 Difficulties and Flaws of Interdisciplinarity; 5.1.3 Guillaume's Theory; 5.2 How Intertheoricity Allows for Bigger Models; 5.2.1 A Shared Methodology 5.2.2 Definitions: Harmonisation and Creation5.2.3 How Concepts "Communicate" with Each Other; 5.3 Why We Need Bigger Models; 5.3.1 More Complex Subjects; 5.3.2 Over-Specialised Researchers; 5.3.3 More Impact, Less Time; References;
Chapter 6: Strengths and Flaws of Ethological and Biological Methodology; 6.1 Strengths to Work with; 6.1.1 Ancient and Strong Field; 6.1.2 Evolutive Methodology; 6.1.3 Observation-Based Science; 6.2 Flaws to Counter; 6.2.1 Leaving or Not Leaving the Laboratory; 6.2.2 Observation Is Disruption; 6.2.3 How Ideology Can Be Rooted in Science; References
Chapter 7: Animal Studies, Animal Ethics7.1 Issues in Animal Studies; 7.1.1 Working with Living Beings; 7.1.2 Difficulty to Understand Stranger Minds; 7.1.3 Situation of Emergency; 7.2 Ethical Issues; 7.2.1 About Endangered Species; 7.2.2 About Complex Species; 7.2.3 About Pain in Animals; 7.3 Solutions of Semiotic Methodology; 7.3.1 On General Issues; 7.3.2 On Ethical Issues; References;
Chapter 8: Building Zoosemiotics; 8.1 Between Semiotics and Animal Studies; 8.1.1 Semiotics and Biosemiotics; 8.1.2 Biosemiotics and Zoosemiotics; 8.2 Progress Wanted, and Progress Needed; 8.2.1 Where We AreDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalHans-Christoph Pape, Stephen L. Kates, Christian Hierholzer, Heike A. Bischoff-Ferrari, editors.Summary: This book describes a fully integrated approach to the management of elderly patients who are at risk of or suffer trauma, drawing on up-to-date knowledge from multiple specialties in recognition of the fact that the number and severity of comorbidities in this population requires expertise in many fields. Readers will find comprehensive and detailed coverage of the prevention of complications related to aging, geriatric care concepts, specific treatments in acute care, including fracture stabilization and diagnostic procedures, and the surgical management of different types of fracture and soft tissue trauma. Intensive care management of the geriatric patient is also extensively addressed. Information is provided on diverse aspects of the physiology of ageing, and the coverage is completed by discussion of fracture care service models and specific models of rehabilitation and aftercare designed to prevent further falls and adverse late outcomes. The authors are a group of renowned experts from each of the relevant fields, and the book will be a valuable asset for surgeons, intensivists, geriatricians, gerontologists, and rehabilitation specialists.
Contents:
Introduction Physiology of ageing
Prevention of complications related to ageing
Geriatric Care concepts in acute care
Fracture care service models
Specific treatments in acute care
Surgical management of major fractures
Intensive Care Management of the geriatric patient
Rehabilitation and outcomes. - Digitaledited by Daniel Muñoz-Espin, Marco Demaria.Summary: This book offers comprehensive information on the new and rapidly evolving science of identifying and targeting senescent cells, and on the exciting prospect of new diagnostic and therapeutic opportunities for stopping, and even reversing, the progression of disease and the deterioration of the human body due to ageing. According to recent United Nations data, by 2050 one in six people worldwide will be older than age 65, with peaks rising to one in four people in Europe and North America. Remarkably, the number of persons aged 80 years or older is expected to triple, from 143 million in 2019 to 426 million in 2050. First documented in the 1960s, the concept of cellular senescence as an underlying cause of ageing has been established in the course of the last decade. Using genetically engineered mouse models, researchers have demonstrated that the selective elimination of senescent cells can block and even reverse a number of age-related dysfunctions and pathologies, promoting both better health and longer life in the elderly. These include cardiovascular diseases; neurological disorders; type 1 and type 2 diabetes; inflammatory diseases; fibrosis; geriatric syndromes; chronic diseases resulting in organ dysfunction; the integrity of the musculoskeletal system; and cancer. Some senolytic agents have already progressed into trials. These include UBX0101 for the treatment of osteoarthritis (now in phase II), a cocktail of dasatinib and quercetin for the management of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis and chronic kidney disease, and ABT-263 in combination with senescence-inducing chemotherapies for the treatment of advanced solid tumours. In addition, the book discusses pathways to early phase clinical trials and translational approaches in medicine and ageing, highlighting new opportunities as well as current limitations, challenges and alternatives. Given its scope, it will benefit a broad audience of advanced educators, researchers, graduate students and practitioners.
Contents:
Part I: Origins and Development of Senotherapies
Chapter 1. Senolytic drug development
Chapter 2. Discovery of Senolytics and the pathway to early phase clinical trials
Part II: The Impact of Senotherapies: from Regeneration to Aging
Chapter 3. Interconnection between cellular senescence, regeneration and ageing in salamanders
Chapter 4. Senolytics target senescent cells and improve aging and age-related diseases
Chapter 5. Senotherapy of cancer
Part III: Understanding and Targeting the Senescent Surfaceome
Chapter 6. Targeted senolytic strategies based on the senescent surfaceome
Chapter 7. Senolysis and senostasis through the plasma membrane
Part IV: Novel Senescence-Associated Markers and Targets
Chapter 8. In situ detection of miRNAs in senescent cells in archival material
Chapter 9. Novel probes and carriers to target senescent cells
Chapter 10. Potential applications of aptamers for targeting senescent cells
Chapter 11. Mitochondria: potential targets for interventions to counteract senescence.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalWyndaele J.J.Summary: This book covers sensation in all major components of the pelvic region. The small pelvis is containing many different structures and viscera, and sensations elicited there are important for regulating a normal daily life and for warning that something is going wrong. The sensory system is driving in many aspects the motor activity, and precedes and guides the efferent functions. It is surprising that in the last 60 years the ratio between research and publications about sensory versus motor has gradually become less. There has been undoubtedly a rise in the number of publications written on pelvic sensation but in the same time the number of manuscripts on motor function have increased more. It is the hope that this compilation of most data available on sensation will be of interest for the reader, will incite to perform more research so that an important part of pelvic functional diagnosis and treatment modalities will use the whole of the mechanisms available. The book is intended for all interested in pelvic functions and the interactions between the different structures, specialists in urology, gastroenterology, sexuality, pain, pelvic floor function and dysfunction, paediatricians and geriatricians, neurologists, students and those in training . The reader will find interesting and challenging information, and suggestions for further research.
Contents:
Sensation
Bladder
Urehra
Pain
Pelvic floor
Diagnosis
Technical tests
Psychology
Kidneys
Bowel
Neuropathy
Bladder training. - DigitalEditor-in-Chief, Bernd Fritzsch, University of Iowa, Iowa City, United States.Summary: "The Senses: A Comprehensive Reference, Second Edition, is a comprehensive reference work covering the range of topics that constitute current knowledge of the neural mechanisms underlying the different senses. This important work provides the most up-to-date, cutting-edge, comprehensive reference combining volumes on all major sensory modalities in one set. Offering 264 chapters from a distinguished team of international experts, The Senses lays out current knowledge on the anatomy, physiology, and molecular biology of sensory organs, in a collection of comprehensive chapters spanning 4 volumes. Topics covered include the perception, psychophysics, and higher order processing of sensory information, as well as disorders and new diagnostic and treatment methods. Written for a wide audience, this reference work provides students, scholars, medical doctors, as well as anyone interested in neuroscience, a comprehensive overview of the knowledge accumulated on the function of sense organs, sensory systems, and how the brain processes sensory input. As with the first edition, contributions from leading scholars from around the world will ensure The Senses offers a truly international portrait of sensory physiology. The set is the definitive reference on sensory neuroscience and provides the ultimate entry point into the review and original literature in Sensory Neuroscience enabling students and scientists to delve into the subject and deepen their knowledge."--publisher's web page, viewed September 10, 2020.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
- Digitaledited by Numa Dancause, Sylvie Nadeau and Serge Rossignol.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
- DigitalSudhir Sopory, editor.Summary: Plants provide a source of survival for all life on this planet. They are able to capture solar energy and convert it into food, feed, wood and medicines. Though sessile in nature, over many millions of years, plants have diversified and evolved from lower to higher life forms, spreading from sea level to mountains, and adapting to different ecozones. They have learnt to cope with challenging environmental conditions and various abiotic and biotic factors. Plants have also developed systems for monitoring the changing environment and efficiently utilizing resources for growth, flowering and reproduction, as well as mechanisms to counter the impact of pests and diseases and to communicate with other biological systems, like microbes and insects. This book discusses the "awareness" of plants and their ability to gather information through the perception of environmental cues, such as light, gravity, water, nutrients, touch and sound, and stresses. It also explores plants' biochemical and molecular "computing" of the information to adjust their physiology and development to the advantage of the species. Further, it examines how plants communicate between their different organs and with other organisms, as well as the concepts of plant cognition, experience and memory, from both scientific and philosophical perspectives. Lastly, it addresses the phenomenon of death in plants. The epilogue presents an artist's view of the beauty of the natural world, especially plant "architecture". The book provides historical perspectives, comparisons with animal systems where needed, and general biochemical and molecular concepts and themes. Each chapter is selfcontained, but also includes cross talk with other chapters to offer an integrated view of plant life and allow readers to appreciate and admire the functioning of plant life from within and without. The book is a tribute by the Editor to his students, colleagues and co-workers and to those in whose labs he has worked.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Plant Diversity and Adaptation.- Chapter 2. The Light Awakens! Sensing Light and Darkness.- Chapter 3. Nutrient Perception and Signaling in Plants.- Chapter 4. Gravitropism of Plant Organs Undergoing Primary Growth.- Chapter 5. Gravitropism of Plant Organs Undergoing Primary Growth.- Chapter 6. Plant Cognition: Ability to Perceive 'Touch' and 'Sound'.- Chapter 7. Perception of Stress Environment in Plants.- Chapter 8. Heterotrimeric G-protein Signaling in Plants.- Chapter 9. Plant Hormones
Some Glimpses on Biosynthesis, Signaling Networks and Cross Talk.- Chapter 10. The Two-component System: Transducing Environmental and Hormonal Signals.- Chapter 11. Calcium Signaling: A Communication Network that Regulates Cellular Processes.- Chapter 12. Nitric Oxide a Tiny Decoder and Transmitter of Information.- Chapter 13. A Tale of Sugars and Hormones: Perception and Responses.- Chapter 14. ROS Signaling and its Role in Plants.- Chapter 15. Extracellular ATP Signaling in Animals and Plants: Comparison and Contrast.- Chapter 16. Mammalian Neurotransmitter are Important Signals Mediating Plant Morphogenesis.- Chapter 17. The Plant Cell Wall: Barrier and Facilitator of Environmental Perception.- Chapter 18. Plastid Retrograde Signals: More to Discover.- Chapter 19. Electric Signaling and Long Distance Communication in Plants.- Chapter 20. How Plants Respond to Pathogen Attack: Interaction and Communication.- Chapter 21. Integration of Multiple Signalling Cues.- Chapter 22. Plant Death: Short and Long Life Span to Immortality.- Chapter 23. Sentient Nature of Plants: Memory and Awareness. - DigitalPaule Valery Joseph, Valerie Buzas Duffy, editors.Summary: The textbook provides an overview of the sensory science field in the context of diseases such as obesity and Coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19). This book brings a summary of the state of the science in key areas and provides examples of translational science from using cellular and rodent models to human clinical trials and community health. The volume structure leads the reader through the physiology of taste and smell into how sensory testing for taste and smell is studied, basic mechanisms, various protocols that are used throughout the field along with the pros/cons of the current methods used. This resource is intended for classroom teaching, for novice researchers in sensory research as well as students and postdoctoral fellows. Example of courses are nutrition, basic nursing, interdisciplinary health courses, sensory perception (psychology), neuroscience, and medical courses, dentistry, food science and others.
Contents:
Preface
1.Taste and Smell Systems Development during infancy, childhood
2.Anatomy, Physiology and Neurobiology of Olfaction and Gustation
3.Measurement of Olfaction : Screening and assessment
4.Measurements of Gustation: Screening and assessment
5.Measurements of Chemesthesis
6.Integration of taste, smell and chemestesis: Clinical Implications
7.Overview of olfaction and gustation under metabolic influences
8.Studies on the sense of smell and taste in individuals with obesity
9.Studies on the sense of smell and taste in individuals with diabetes
10.Studies on the sense of smell and taste in individuals with hypertension
11.Studies on the sense of smell and taste in psychiatric disorders
12.Taste and Smell alterations and Neurodegenarative Disorders
13.Taste and smell in weight loss surgery 3
14.Taste and Smell alterations and Cancer Therapies
15.Oral health and chemosensory problems
16.Chemosensation and pharmacological treatments
17.Oral and Extraoral Olfactory and Taste Receptors
18.Sensory Nutrition. Implications to Health and Personalized Medicine
19.Oral health and Microbiome: Implications for Taste. - DigitalAna Valéria Colnaghi Simionato, editor.Summary: This book covers liquid chromatography, gas chromatography and capillary electrophoresis, the three main separation techniques lately available, applied to key omic sciences, such as genomics, proteomics, metabolomics and foodomics. The fundamentals of each technique are not covered herein. Instead, the recent advances in such techniques are presented focusing on the application to omics analyses and unique aspects in each case. This volume intends to offer wide ranging options available to researchers on omics sciences, and how to integrate them in order to achieve the comprehension of a biological system as a whole. Omic sciences have been of ultimate importance to comprehend the complex biochemical reactions and related events that occurs upon a biological system. The classical central dogma of molecular biology, which states that genetic information flows unidirectionally from DNA to RNA and then to proteins, has been gradually replaced by the systems biology approach. This book presents a multidisciplinary approach that explains the biological system as a whole, where the entire organism is influenced by a variety of internal events as well as by the environment, showing that each level of the biological information flux may influence the previous or the subsequent one.
Contents:
The new omics era into systems approaches: what is the importance of separation techniques?
Biological Applications for LC-MS-Based Proteomics
The role of chromatographic and electromigration techniques in Foodomics
CE-MS for proteomics and intact protein analysis
Peptidomics and Capillary Electrophoresis
Discovery of native protein complexes by liquid chromatography followed by quantitative mass spectrometry
Capillary electrophoresis based N-Glycosylation analysis in the biomedical and biopharmaceutical fields
Practical considerations in method development for gas chromatography-based metabolomic profiling
Capillary electrophoresis-mass spectrometry for metabolomics: possibilities and perspectives
Liquid Chromatography - Mass Spectrometry for Clinical Metabolomics: An Overview
Analytical platforms for mass spectrometry-based metabolomics of polar and ionizable metabolites
Metabolomic data treatment: basic directions of the full process
Index. - DigitalNicholas S. Ward, Mitchell M. Levy, editors.Summary: This book is designed to provide a comprehensive and state-of-the-art resource for clinicians who care for patients with sepsis and research scientist alike, . Patients with severe sepsis requiring ICU admission have very high rates of ICU and overall hospital mortality, with estimates ranging from 18 to 50%. Risk factors for death from sepsis include underlying illness, increased age, and multi-system organ failure. This is compounded by the significant variation in the management of early severe sepsis. Care of these patients and clinical conditions can be quite complex, and materials are collected from the most current, evidence-based resources. Book sections have been structured to review the overall definitions and epidemiology of sepsis as well as current insights into the pathophysiology of sepsis. This review summarizes the evidence for the international consensus guidelines for the identification and management of sepsis. The latter part of this book reviews emerging concepts and approaches in the diagnosis and management of sepsis that may significantly reduce mortality in the future. Sepsis: Pathophysiology, Definitions and the Challenge of Bedside Management represents a collaboration between authors drawn from a variety of disciplines and contributions from basic scientists and highly recognized clinical opinion leaders with expertise in clinical trials.
Contents:
Section 1
Chapter 1 Introduction
Chapter 2 Sepsis Definitions
Chapter 3 Epidemiology of Sepsis: Current Data and Predictions for the Future
Section 2
Chapter 4 Overview of the Molecular Pathways and Mediators of Sepsis
Chapter 5 Sepsis-induced Immune Suppression
Chapter 6 Molecular Targets for Therapy
Section 3
Chapter 7 Mechanisms of Organ Dysfunction in Sepsis
Chapter 8 Sepsis-Induced AKI
Chapter 9 Sepsis and the Lung
Chapter 10 Organ Dysfunction in Sepsis: Brain, Neuromuscular, Cardiovascular, and Gastrointestinal
Section 4
Chapter 11 Diagnosis of Sepsis: Clinical Findings and the Role of Biomarkers
Chapter 12 Source Control in Sepsis
Chapter 13 Hemodynamic Support in Sepsis
Chapter 14 Bundled Therapies in Sepsis
Chapter 15 Genetics in the Prevention and Treatment of Sepsis.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Nicasio Mancini.Contents:
Microbiological diagnosis of sepsis : the confounding effects of a "Gold Standard" / Nicasio Mancini, Roberto Burioni, and Massimo Clementi
Pathophysiological aspects of sepsis : an overview / Yong-Ming Yao [and 3 others]
Clinical aspects of sepsis : an overview / Giacomo Monti [and 4 others]
Technical improvements in culturing blood / Giacomo Pardini
Matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time of flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF/MS)-based identification of pathogens from positive blood culture bottles / Philippe Lagacé-Wiens
Bacterial and fungal DNA extraction from positive blood culture bottles : a manual and an automated protocol / Minna Mäki
Broad-range PCR in the identification of bacterial and fungal pathogens from positive blood culture bottles : a sequencing approach / Yoshitomo Morinaga and Katsunori Yanagihara
Identification of bacterial and fungal pathogens from positive blood culture bottles : a microarray-based approach / Teresa Raich and Scott Powell
Detection of carbapenemases using matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF MS) meropenem hydrolysis assay / Jaroslav Hrabák
Molecular detection of antibiotic resistance genes from positive blood cultures / Musa Y. Hindiyeh [and 4 others]
Bacterial and fungal DNA extraction from blood samples : manual protocols / Michael G. Lorenz, Helge Mühl, and Claudia Disqué
Bacterial and fungal DNA extraction from blood samples : automated protocols / Michael G. Lorenz, Claudia Disqué, and Helge Mühl
Broad-range PCR for the identification of bacterial and fungal pathogens from blood : a sequencing approach / Eva Leitner and Harald H. Kessler
Real-time PCR-based identification of bacterial and fungal pathogens from blood samples / Madeleine Mai [and 6 others]
Host response biomarkers in the diagnosis of sepsis : a general overview / Marianna Parlato and Jean-Marc Cavaillon
Host response biomarkers in sepsis : the role of procalcitonin / Jean-Louis Vincent, Marc Van Nuffelen, and Christophe Lelubre
Host response biomarkers in sepsis : overview on sTREM-1 detection / Jérémie Lemarié, Damien Barraud, and Sébastien Gibot
Host response biomarker in sepsis: suPAR detection / Evangelos J. Giamarellos-Bourboulis and Marianna Georgitsi
Clinical diagnosis of sepsis and the combined use of biomarkers and culture- and non-culture-based assays / Frank Bloos.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalArjen M. Dondorp, Martin W. Dünser, Marcus J. Schultz, editors.Summary: This book is open access under a CC BY 4.0 license. It constitutes a unique source of knowledge and guidance for all healthcare workers who care for patients with sepsis and septic shock in resource-limited settings. More than eighty percent of the worldwide deaths related to sepsis occur in resource-limited settings in low and middle-income countries. Current international sepsis guidelines cannot be implemented without adaptations towards these settings, mainly because of the difference in local resources and a different spectrum of infectious diseases causing sepsis. This prompted members of the Global Intensive Care working group of the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine (ESICM) and the Mahidol-Oxford Tropical Medicine Research Unit (MORU, Bangkok, Thailand) - among which the Editors - to develop with an international group of experts a comprehensive set of recommendations for the management of sepsis in resource-limited settings. Recommendations are based on both current scientific evidence and clinical experience of clinicians working in resource-limited settings. The book includes an overview chapter outlining the current challenges and future directions of sepsis management as well as general recommendations on the structure and organization of intensive care services in resource-limited settings. Specific recommendations on the recognition and management of patients with sepsis and septic shock in these settings are grouped into seven chapters. The book provides evidence-based practical guidance for doctors in low and middle income countries treating patients with sepsis, and highlights areas for further research and discussion. .
Contents:
Table of contents List of Contributors Foreword Preface 1. Current Challenges in the Management of Sepsis in ICUs in Resource-poor Settings and Suggestions for the Future 2. Development of the Guidelines
Focus on Availability, Feasibility, Affordability and Safety of Interventions in Resource-limited Settings 3. Infrastructure and Organization of Adult Intensive Care Units in Resource-limited settings 4. Recognition of Sepsis in Resource-limited Settings 5. Core Elements of General Supportive Care for Patients with Sepsis and Septic Shock in Resource-limited Settings 6. Ventilatory Support of Patients with Sepsis or Septic Shock in Resource-limited Settings 7. Hemodynamic Assessment and Support in Sepsis and Septic Shock in Resource-limited Settings 8. Infection Management in Patients with Sepsis and Septic Shock in Resource-limited Settings 9. Management of Severe Malaria and Severe Dengue in Resource-limited Settings 10. Pediatric Sepsis and Septic Shock Management in Resource-limited Settings. - PrintR.A.M. Case ... [et al.].Contents:
v. 1. England and Wales, 1911-70 : Deaths and death rates by sex, age, site, and calendar period. - Print
- Digital/Printed. by E.C. Seguin ...Digital Access
- PrintContents:
Monograph 1. Unemployment insurance
Monograph 2. Old age dependency
Monograph 3. Health insurance
Monograph 4. Social insurance legislation
Monograph 5. The administration of unemployment insurance
Monograph 6. The limitations of unemployment insurance
Monograph 7-12. British experience with unemployment insurance
Monograph 13. The problem of old age dependency. - Digitaledited by Wolfgang Blenau, Universität zu Köln, Köln, Germany, Arnd Baumann, Forschungszentrum Jülich, Jülich, Germany.Contents:
Novel Approaches to Serotonin Receptor Interaction Studies
Techniques for the Study of GPCR Heteromerization in Living Cells and Animal Models
Organotypic Slices and Biolistic Transfection for the Study of Serotonin Receptor Function in CNS Neurons
Dissecting a Model of Depressive-Related Phenotype and Antidepressants Effects in 129S2/SvPas Mice
The Murine Serotonin Syndrome and the 5-HT1A Receptor: Behavioral Effects and Hypothermia
5-HT4 Receptor Subtype, Î2-arrestin Level, and Rapid Onset Effects of Antidepressant Drugs
Autoshaping Memory Formation and Retention Loss: Are Serotonin and Other Neurotransmitter Transporters Involved?
Flow Cytometry to Determine Serotonin Transporter Function in Human Peripheral Blood Cells
Functional Genomics of Serotonin Receptors in Helminth Parasites: Elucidation of Receptor Function through RNA Interference (RNAi)
Visualization of the Serotonin System in Drosophila Brain: Immunofluorescence and Confocal Microscopy
Serotonin Modulates Adult Neurogenesis in an Invertebrate Model: Approaches to Receptor Localization and Function
Immunolocalization of Serotonergic Neurons in Arthropod Developmental and Phylogenetic Neuroanatomy.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Ben Davidson, Pınar Firat, Claire W. Michael.Summary: This revised and updated second edition contains multiple microscopic illustrations of all diagnostic entities and ancillary techniques, providing a comprehensive, authoritative guide to all aspects of serous effusions. It now includes the many new antibodies which have been tested since the previous edition, as well as a discussion on next-generation sequencing and molecularly targeted therapy. Section one covers diagnosis for benign and malignant effusions while section two discusses biology, therapy, and prognosis highlighting clinical approaches that may be of value. Serous Effusions provides an indispensable guide to all aspects of current practice for cytopathologists, cytotechnicians, pathologists, clinicians and researchers in training and practice.
Contents:
Benign effusions
Lung carcinoma
Ovarian/primary peritoneal carcinoma
Breast carcinoma
Malignant mesothelioma
Hematological hematologic and lymphoid neoplasia
Cancer of other origin
Lung carcinoma
Ovarian/primary peritoneal carcinoma
Breast carcinoma
Malignant mesothelioma
Cancer of other origin. - Digitaleditor: Xijun Wang ; associate editors: Aihua Zhang, Hui Sun.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
- DigitalJames Merlino, MD, Chief Experience Officer of Cleveland Clinic.Summary: Cleveland Clinic has long been recognized for driving some of the best clinical outcomes in the nation, but it was not always a leader in patient experience. There was a time when this revered organization ranked among the lowest in the country in this area. Within ten years, however, it had climbed to among the highest and has emerged as the thought leader in the space. How did Cleveland Clinic turn itself around so effectively and so quickly? More important, how can you do the same with your organization? In gripping, visceral, on-the ground fashion, Service Fanatics reveals the strategies and tactics the Clinic applied to become one of today's leading patient-experience healthcare organizations--methods that seamlessly translate to any business seeking to improveits customer experience.
Contents:
Transformed by the patient experience
Patients first as true north
Leading for change
Describing the elephant: Defining the patient experience and strategy
Culture is critical
Cultural alignment : the Cleveland Clinic experience
Physician involvement is vital
Want to know what patients think? Ask!
Execution is everything
Healthcare requires service excellence
Doctors need to communicate better
Making patients our partners
Getting it done has defined our success
Epilogue: We have a responsibility to lead.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2015 - DigitalTeppo Hujala, Anne Toppinen, Brett J. Butler, editors.Summary: With this book, the reader will become familiar with services and service research as evolving phenomena in private, non-industrial family forestry. Targeted as learning material for higher-education students in Western economies, and as a handbook for forest scientists worldwide, the book has a strong theoretical base, but also a practical orientation with examples of novel forest services from different regions and contexts. Conceptual foundations of service dominant logic (S-D logic) will introduce the reader to the service research lenses, through which the subsequent chapters scrutinize services designed and offered to family forest owners. These publicly funded or market services typically help owners fulfil various land ownership objectives through forest management. Increasingly, these services are helping landowners to secure and improve ecosystem services provision from their forests and helping to meet demands from the various stakeholders. While the book essentially approaches services as a continuous, value co-creation activity by forest owners and service providers, it recognizes and analyses the role of supporting institutions and policy frameworks in service evolution. Moreover, the book takes a step further by contemplating the wider societal transitions that may be required to enable service ideas to become service innovations as part of paradigmatic changes of markets, entrepreneurship, and customer behavior that help society move towards more sustainable and responsible bio-based economy.
Contents:
Introduction
Section I. Market Environment and Context
Section II. Public Service and Business Innovations
Section III. Emerging Service Topics
Section IV. Transitions Governance.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalCommittee on the Immunization Finance Dissemination Workshops, Division of Health Care Services, Institute of Medicine.Contents:
Pt.1. Summary of the Chicago Workshop
Pt. 2. Summary of the Austin Workshop
Pt.3. Summary of the Los Angeles Workshop
Pt. 4. Summary of the Washington, D.C. WorkshopDigital Access - DigitalMichael T. Lawton, MD ; illustrations by Xavier Studio: Kenneth Xavier Probst, MA, CMI.Summary: "The book is organized into three sections: tenets, the seven arteriovenous malformations, and selection. The tenets establish eight steps for AVM resection that comprise the phases of battle, as follows: step 1, exposure; step 2, subarachnoid dissection; step 3, defining the draining vein; step 4, defining the feeding arteries; step 5, pial dissection; step 6, parenchymal dissection;, step 7, ependymal or deep dissection; and step 8, finally resection. Critical concepts for dissection and resection are covered in the tenets section. In the section on the seven arteriovenous malformations, the anatomical battlefields for the lobes and deep regions are reviewed, 32 subtypes are described, and a resection strategy is presented for each subtype, step by step. The selection section addresses the secret to successful AVM surgery, which has nothing to do with surgical strategy or technique; rather, it is choosing your battles wisely"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Exposure
Subarachnoid dissection
Draining veins
Feeding arteries
Pial dissection
Parenchymal dissection
Ependymal/deep dissection
Arteriovenous malformation resection
Intraoperative arteriovenous malformation rupture
Surgeon factors
Frontal arteriovenous malformations
Temporal arteriovenous malformations
Parieto-occipital arteriovenous malformations
Ventricular and paraventricular arteriovenous malformations
Deep arteriovenous malformations
Brainstem arteriovenous malformations
Cerebellar arteriovenous malformations
Patient selection
Multimodality management strategies and treatment selection.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2014 - DigitalMichael T. Lawton ; illustrated by Kenneth Xavier Probst.Contents:
End-to-side anastomosis
Side-to-side anastomosis
End-to-end anastomosis
Dexterity
Donors and recipients
In the zone
Clamp time
Arteriotomy
Suturing technique
Tissue handling
Tightening and tying
Bypass patency
Aneurysm occlusion
Extracranial-to-intracranial bypass
Extracranial-to-intracranial bypass with interposition graft
Reimplantation
In situ bypass
Reanastomosis
Intracranial-to-intracranial bypass with interposition graft
Combination bypass
Middle cerebral artery bypass strategy
Anterior cerebral artery bypass strategy
Posterior inferior cerebellar artery bypass strategy
Basilar artery bypass strategy.Digital Access - PrintMarc Lesser ; Foreword by Daniel J. Siegel, MD.Summary: "The former director of the Tassajara Zen Center and a cofounder of Google's Search Inside Yourself program shows how modern workplaces can become more productive, compassionate, and harmonious by applying the practice of mindfulness"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Foreword / by Daniel J. Siegel, MD
Introduction
Investigate. Love the work ; Do the work ; Don't be an expert ; Connect to the pain
Connect. Connect to the pain of others ; Depend on others
Integrate. Keep making it simpler
Epilogue. - DigitalErick Forno, Sejal Saglani, editors.Summary: This book provides readers with a comprehensive review of severe asthma in children and adolescents, covering epidemiology, genetics, risk factors, co-morbidities, clinical presentation, diagnosis and treatment. Written by leaders in the field, chapter discussions draw on the mechanisms driving the disease, genetics, multidisciplinary approaches, and immunomodulators, and other important aspects in the management of the disease. Severe Asthma in Children and Adolescents: Mechanisms and Management is designed to be a practical guide, opening with an introduction on the epidemiology of severe childhood asthma, as well as a discussion of special considerations of the disease unique to the preschool-aged patient. The distinctions between the diagnosis and management of asthma in young children of various ages, and specific approaches for the adolescent with severe asthma, including the transition into adult care are then addressed. Finally, the book closes with a discussion on the current state and future avenues for severe asthma research. Severe Asthma in Children and Adolescents is an indispensable reference for the healthcare professional, for basic and translational researchers, as well as for students, residents and fellows.
Contents:
Section 1: GENERAL OVERVIEW 1. Epidemiology of severe asthma: This chapter will include a discussion of the prevalence of 'severe asthma', how it differs in children from adults, natural history from birth cohorts into adolescence and adult life, impact of childhood disease on adult function and COPD; etc. 2. Special considerations in preschool age: Highlight the importance of the problem, how preschool differs from school-age presentation and natural history, pathophysiology, viral induced wheezing, the impact of atopy and prematurity; etc.
Section 2: DIAGNOSIS OF SEVERE ASTHMA 3. Confirming the diagnosis of 'severe asthma': Evaluation for 'difficult to treat' vs. severe asthma, evaluation of steroid response, discussion of ERS/ATS, GINA, and NAEPP definitions. 4. Comorbidities or 'asthma plus': Review of how comorbidities may worsen asthma, with emphasis on chronic rhinosinusitis, obesity, obstructive sleep apnea, gastroesophageal reflux disease, etc.
Section 3: MANAGEMENT OF SEVERE ASTHMA 5. Multidisciplinary management: The importance of non-pharmacological management including lifestyle modification, smoking, pollution, trigger avoidance, adherence to medication, need for social support, etc. 6. Stepwise pharmacological approach: Review of ATS/ERS, GINA, NAEPP stepwise approach, inhaled steroids, LABA, LAMA, theophylline, systemic steroids, LTRA, etc. 7. Immunotherapy and immunomodulators: SCIT, SLIT, omalizumab, mepolizumab, and other immunomodulators or 'biologicals'. 8. Special considerations for the management of preschool wheeze: Discuss the acute episodes and maintenance therapy, assessments of etiology inflammation and infection to direct management, asthma predictive index, early interventions and disease modification. 9. Management of side effects and complications: Importance of preventing and managing side effects from medications, such as adrenal suppression, bone health, growth issues, etc. Working with other subspecialists. The need for an annual review. 10. Management of acute, severe, life-threatening exacerbations: Acute treatment options including non-invasive and invasive ventilation. Discussion of those patients who may do not have severe chronic impairment but that mostly do well and then have very acute and life-threatening exacerbations. 11. Adolescence and transition to adulthood: Impact of puberty, males vs females, issues in adolescence such as adherence, medical beliefs, importance of a formal approach in the transition to adult care, assessment of readiness; etc.
Section 4: CURRENT AND FUTURE RESEARCH 12. Basic mechanisms mediating severe pediatric asthma: Basic science research, animal models, molecular studies, potential therapeutic agents. 13. Clinical studies and clinical trials: Physiological assessments, bronchoscopic studies, phenotyping/endotyping studies, cluster analyses, biomarkers, etc. 14. Genomics and pharmacogenomics: Studies involving genetic risk/predisposition, biomarkers, pharmacogenetics, transcriptomics. 15. Future directions: Metabolomics, proteomics, microbiome; need for a unified approach to definition, management, and outcomes to allow for international clinical trials. 16. Potential therapeutic agents from adult trials: Emerging options in adults that can be extrapolated to pediatrics, LAMA, immunosuppressants, bronchial thermoplasty, immunomodulators including dupilumab, benralizumab, lebrikizumab. bronchoscopic-tailored treatment, antimicrobials, etc. - DigitalMasayuki Saijo, editor.Summary: This book presents the latest knowledge on all aspects of severe fever with thrombocytopenia syndrome (SFTS), an emerging infectious disease endemic to China, South Korea, and Japan that is caused by a bunyavirus first discovered in 2011, widely referred to as SFTS virus (SFTSV) though recently renamed Huaiyangshan banyangvirus. The contents will be of interest for the light that they cast on not only this viral infection but viral hemorrhagic fevers in general. The opening chapters summarize general considerations and perspectives regarding SFTS and describe the discovery process in each of the affected countries. The basic mechanism of SFTSV infection is then examined from the perspectives of epidemiology, pathology, and virology. The book goes on to examine in detail the mode of spread and transmission of SFTSV, means of infection control, and diagnosis and therapy. The final two chapters explore Heartland virus infections and Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever with the aim of highlighting similarities and differences compared with SFTS. This book will be of interest to all researchers who study emerging viruses and infections, whether in Asia or elsewhere, as well as to clinicians who may encounter SFTS.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents;
Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Discovery of a Novel Viral Hemorrhagic Fever-like Infection, SFTS, in Peoples' Republic of China; 1.3 Discovery of SFTS Epidemics in Japan and South Korea; 1.4 Causative Virus, SFTSV; 1.5 Similarity and Difference in the Characteristics Between Two Bunyavirus Infections SFTS and CCHF; 1.6 Life Cycle of SFTSV and the Transmission Route of SFTSV to Humans; 1.7 Epidemiology; 1.8 Clinical Manifestations; 1.9 Laboratory Diagnosis; 1.10 Pathology and Pathophysiology; 1.11 Necessity to Develop Specific Treatment for SFTS 1.12 Necessity to Develop Specific Preventive Measures against SFTS1.13 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 2: The Discovery Process of SFTS in China; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Case Surveillance; 2.3 Identification of the Viral Gene and Genetic Analysis; 2.4 Isolation of the Novel Virus; 2.5 Detection of the Virus in the Patients with SFTS; 2.6 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 3: The Discovery Process of SFTS in Japan; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The First Patient Diagnosed with SFTS in Japan; 3.2.1 Case Presentation (Takahashi et al. 2014); 3.2.2 Definitively Diagnosing the Patient (Takahashi et al. 2014) 3.2.3 Public Announcement of the First Patient with SFTS in Japan (Saito et al. 2015)3.2.4 The First Retrospective Study for SFTS in Japan (Takahashi et al. 2014); 3.3 Intuitional Cooperation; 3.4 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 4: Severe Fever with Thrombocytopenia Syndrome in the Republic of Korea; 4.1 Detection of the First SFTS Case in the Republic of Korea; 4.1.1 Case Description; 4.1.2 Isolation of SFTS Virus from the First Case (Kim et al. 2013); 4.1.3 Characterization of the Isolate of SFTS Virus; 4.2 Epidemiology of SFTS in Human 4.3 Phylogenetic Analysis of SFTS Virus Isolated from the Republic of Korea4.4 Future Direction; References;
Chapter 5: Virology of SFTSV; 5.1 Genomic Structure of SFTSV; 5.2 Structural Proteins; 5.2.1 N protein; 5.2.2 GP Precursor, Gn, and Gc; 5.2.3 L Protein; 5.3 Nonstructural Protein; 5.4 Assembly of Virus Particles; 5.5 Plaque Formation and Cytopathic Effect in SFTSV-Infected Cells; 5.6 Syncytium Formation of SFTSV-Infected Cells Induced by pH-Dependent Membrane Fusion; 5.7 Transportation of Viral Proteins in Cells; References;
Chapter 6: Molecular Epidemiology of SFTSV; 6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Impact of in vitro Passaging on the Nucleotide Sequences of SFTSV Genomes6.3 Phylogenetic Analysis; 6.4 The Nucleotide and Amino Acid Sequence Homology Between SFTSV Strains; 6.5 The Geographical Distribution of SFTSV Strains; 6.6 The Migration of the SFTSV Strains Beyond the Geographical Separation; References;
Chapter 7: Epidemiology of SFTS in China; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Surveillance System in China; 7.3 Case Definition of SFTS; 7.4 Disease and Geographical Distribution; 7.5 Geographical Distribution; 7.5.1 Henan Province; 7.5.2 Shandong Province; 7.5.3 Hubei Province - Digitaledited by Wynnis Tom.Summary: Children are no less spared from severe skin diseases. This textbook is designed as a practical clinical reference that will guide practitioners in treating difficult dermatoses in children in whom topical therapy has been unsuccessful. Individual sections are devoted to inflammatory diseases, immune-mediated/autoimmune diseases, tumors and proliferative disorders, and genodermatoses. Each chapter addresses which patients represent suitable candidates for systemic or other non-topical therapy and considerations and caveats in the use of such approaches. Potential treatments are then appraised from a current evidence-based perspective, with provision of detailed but relevant information and reference tables that summarize recommendations in use and monitoring. Future directions in management are also presented.
- Digitaleditors, Xiaobing Fu and Liangming Liu.Summary: This book discusses recent progress in organ damage and tissue repair following severe trauma and sepsis. In part 1, it introduces the theory and clinical practice in organ damage. In part 2, it covers all the subjects of sepsis, ranging from mechanism, inflammation, and infection to the lung injury and neonatal sepsis. In part 3, it discusses 4 new advances techniques in tissue repair. There are 20 chapters contributed by experts in each area. This book is a valuable reference for scientists and clinicians to know the new knowledge and technology in severe trauma and sepsis, which will benefit their work in research and clinic through multidisciplinary collaboration.
- DigitalSarah A. Tilstra, Deborah Kwolek, Julie L. Mitchell, Brigid M. Dolan, Michael P. Carson, editors.Summary: This book provides primary care clinicians, researchers, and educators with a guide that helps facilitate comprehensive, evidenced-based healthcare of women and gender diverse populations. Many primary care training programs in the United States lack formalized training in women's health, or if they do, the allotted time for teaching is sparse. This book addresses this learning gap with a solid framework for any program or individual interested in learning about or teaching women's health. It can serve as a quick in-the-clinic reference between patients, or be used to steer curricular efforts in medical training programs, particularly tailored to internal medicine, family medicine, gynecology, nursing, and advanced practice provider programs. Organized to cover essential topics in women's health and gender based care, this text is divided into eight sections: Foundations of Women's Health and Gender Based Medicine, Gynecologic Health and Disease, Breast Health and Disease, Common Medical Conditions, Chronic Pain Disorders, Mental Health and Trauma, Care of Selected Populations (care of female veterans and gender diverse patients), and Obstetric Medicine. Using the Maintenance of Certification (MOC) and American Board of Internal Medicine blueprints for examination development, authors provide evidence-based reviews with several challenge questions and annotated answers at the end of each chapter. The epidemiology, pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, treatment, and prognosis of all disease processes are detailed in each chapter. Learning objectives, summary points, certain exam techniques, clinical pearls, diagrams, and images are added to enhance reader's engagement and understanding of the material. Written by experts in the field, Sex and Gender-Based Women's Health is designed to guide all providers, regardless of training discipline or seniority, through comprehensive outpatient women's health and gender diverse care.
Contents:
SECTION I: Common Topics for Reproductive Age Women
Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
Contraception and Family Planning
Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome
Amenorrhea and the Female Athlete Triad
Irritable Bowel Disease
Migraine Headaches
SECTION II: Mental Health
Mood Disorders in Women
Intimate Partner Violence and Sexual Trauma
Eating Disorders
SECTION III: Special Populations
LGBT Care
Gender Dysphoria and Care of the Transgender Patient
SECTION IV: Gynecologic Issues
Vaginitis and Cervicitis
Benign Gynecologic Disease: Fibroids, Endometriosis, Ovarian Cysts
Chronic Pelvic Pain (pelvic floor dysfunction, interstitial cystitis, sexual trauma, psychologic)
Gynecologic Emergencies: Ectopic Pregnancy, Ovarian Torsion, and Pelvic Inflammatory Disease
Cervical Cancer Screening and Management of the Abnormal Pap
Cancers of the Urogenital Tract (Ovarian/Uterine/Fallopian/Vulvar/Vaginal/Bladder)
SECTION V: Breast Health
Breast Cancer Screening
Care of the Breast Cancer Survivor and Chemoprophylaxis
Benign Breast Disease
SECTION VI: Cardiovascular Health
Risk Factors for Heart Disease in Women
Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment of Cardiovascular Disease in Women
SECTION VII: Pregnancy
Preconception Counseling
Care of the Pregnant Patient
Post-Partum Care
SECTION VIII: Common Topics for Menopause Age Women
Diagnosis and Management of Menopause
Atrophic Vaginitis
Urinary Incontinence
Sexual Dysfunction
Bone Health. - DigitalFranck Mauvais-Jarvis, editor.Contents:
Part I. Sex differences in diabetes and obesity
Part II. Role of estrogens in metabolic homeostasis
Part III. Impact of androgens in metabolic homeostasis and disease
Part IV. Transgender biology and metabolism. - DigitalPatricia Silveyra, Xenia T. Tigno, editors.Summary: This book provides an overview of the latest experimental work on sex-based differences in lung function and inflammation. Readers will learn how these differences relate to individual predispositions for the development of lung disease in men and women, and in different stages of their reproductive lives. Further, the book focuses on diseases that predominantly affect women or men, with an emphasis on the physiological mechanisms underlying their pathobiology. In turn, these findings are complemented by chapters on recent studies, which investigate how circulating sex hormone levels impact the lungs innate immune response to environmental agents and air pollution. The pathogeneses of asthma and viral respiratory infection are also major focus areas. As an outlook, the book also discusses current and future research directions aimed at developing sex-specific therapies for lung disease. To examine these anatomical and physiological differences in the male and female respiratory systems, the authors employ a broad range of methods from molecular and clinical biology. Accordingly, the book will be a fascinating read for physiologists and clinicians alike.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
References
Preface
Acknowledgments
About This Book
Contents
About the Editors
Chapter 1: Sex Differences in Respiratory Physiology
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Historical Studies of Sex Differences
1.3 Definitions and Methods to Assess Respiratory Structure/Function
1.4 Sex Differences in the Developing Lung
1.5 Peri-Pubertal Sex Differences and Adulthood
1.6 Importance of Sex Differences in the Lung
References
Chapter 2: Sex Differences in the Anatomy of the Airways and the Lungs: Impact on Dysanapsis across the Lifespan 2.1 Introduction
2.1.1 Anatomical Overview of Airways and Lungs
2.1.1.1 Airways
2.1.1.2 Lung
2.2 Determinants of Sex Differences in the Airways, the Lungs, and dysanapsis
2.2.1 Dimensional Determinants
2.2.1.1 Nasopharynx
2.2.1.2 Pharynx
2.2.1.3 Glottis
2.2.1.4 Vocal Cords
2.2.1.5 Larynx
2.2.1.6 Trachea and Main Bronchi
2.2.2 Lung
2.3 Dysanapsis
2.4 Immunological Determinants
2.5 Hormonal Determinants
2.6 Conclusion
References
Chapter 3: Sex Steroids and Their Influence in Lung Diseases Across the Lifespan
3.1 Introduction 3.2 Biology of Sex Steroids
3.2.1 Estrogen
3.2.2 Progesterone
3.2.3 Testosterone
3.2.4 Other Regulators of Sex Steroids
3.3 Functions of Sex Steroids Across the Lifespan: An Emphasis on Lung Diseases
3.3.1 Effects of Sex Steroids in Prenatal Lungs
3.3.2 Effects of Sex Steroids in Early Childhood
3.3.3 Effects of Sex Steroids in Late Childhood/Puberty
3.3.4 Effects of Sex Steroids in Adult Lungs
3.3.5 Effects of Sex Steroids in Aging Lungs
3.4 Conclusion and Future Scope
References
Chapter 4: Sex Differences in the Developing Lung: Implications for Disease 4.1 Introduction
4.2 Neonatal Lung
4.2.1 Lung Development During Gestation and Infancy
4.2.2 Gender Disparities in Preterm Neonatal Outcomes
4.2.3 Gender and Respiratory Outcomes in Preterm Infants
4.2.3.1 Respiratory Distress Syndrome (RDS)
4.2.3.2 Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia (BPD)
4.2.3.3 Sex-specific Response to Environmental Smoking Exposures
4.2.3.4 Chronic Cough
4.2.3.5 Protracted (or Persistent) Bacterial Bronchitis (PBB)
4.2.3.6 Primary Ciliary Dyskinesia (PCD)
4.2.3.7 Non-cystic Fibrosis (Non-CF) Bronchiectasis
4.2.3.8 Cystic Fibrosis (CF) 4.3 Prepubertal Development of the Lung
4.3.1 Lung Development During Early Childhood
4.3.2 Pulmonary Function Testing in Infants and Preschool Children
4.3.2.1 Forced Deflation and the Rapid Thoracoabdominal Compression
4.3.2.2 Measures of Compliance and Resistance
4.3.2.3 Forced Oscillation Technique (FOT)
4.3.2.4 Inert Gas Washout (IGW)
4.3.2.5 Electrical Impedance Tomography (EIT)
4.3.2.6 Ventilator Graphics
4.3.3 Pulmonary Function Testing in Older Children
4.3.3.1 Spirometry
4.3.4 Sex Differences in Airway Obstruction and Lung Diseases - Digitaledited by Rupert Lanzenberger, Georg S. Kranz, Ivanka Savic.Contents:
Intro
Sex Differences in Neurology and Psychiatry
Copyright
Available titles
Foreword
Preface
Contributors
Contents
Section I: Sex differences in neuroanatomy and neurophysiology
Chapter 1: Structural differences between male and female brains
Why Sex Matters: Searching for Differences Between Male and Female Brains
A Short Detour Into the World (of Human Brain Mapping): Global, Regional, and Local
A Mixed Bag: A Multitude of (Conflicting) Findings Based on Structural MRI
Global measures
Regional measures
Some general observations A specific consideration: The corpus callosum
Local measures
Voxel-wise gray matter volume
Vertex-wise cortical thickness
Point-wise cortical gyrification
Why Size Matters: The Possible Confounding Impact of Total Brain Volume
Conclusions
Acknowledgments
References
Chapter 2: Beyond sex differences and a male-female continuum: Mosaic brains in a multidimensional space
The Basis of the Mosaic Hypothesis: Studies in Laboratory Animals
Testing the Mosaic Hypothesis
Mosaic in human brain structure and connectivity as revealed by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) Mosaic in brain connectivity
Mosaic in neuronal numbers in the post-mortem human hypothalamus
Mosaic in structural changes following exposure to severe real-life stress
A Comment on the Source of Differences Between Women and Men
Typical and Rare Brain ``Types ́́
Criticism of the Mosaic Hypothesis
Questioning the analytical method used to test the mosaic hypothesis
The question of prediction
The straw-man criticism of the mosaic hypothesis
Moving from a Male-Female Continuum to a Multidimension Space
Conclusions
References Chapter 3: Sex differences and brain development during puberty and adolescence
Introduction
Sex Effects on Anatomical Brain Changes Across Childhood and Adolescence
Anatomical brain changes
Cerebral cortex
Subcortical structures
White matter
Sex effects on anatomical brain development
Cerebral cortex
Subcortical structures
White matter
Greater male variability in brain structure and development
Behavioral and Functional Brain Changes and Sex Effects
Behavioral changes and brain functioning
Social and affective functioning
Social relationships Emotion processing and amygdala responsiveness
Behavioral control, risk-taking, and cognitive development
Sex effects in adolescent functional brain changes and behavior
Sex effects in affective brain functioning
Sex effects in behavioral control, risk-taking, and cognitive functioning
Sex steroid hormones at puberty and adolescence
Gender Identity Development
Gender incongruence
Sexual orientation
Effects of puberty suppression and gender-affirming hormones on brain and cognition
Concluding Remarks
Acknowledgments
ReferencesDigital Access ScienceDirect 2020 - DigitalNayoung Kim, editor.Summary: Sex/gender - specific medicine (SGM) is defined as the practice of medicine based on the understanding that biology and social roles are important in men and women for disease prevention, screening, diagnosis, and treatment. Current research demonstrates differences in disease incidence, symptomatology, morbidity, and mortality based on sex and gender. Sex/gender-specific medicine is a fundamental aspect of tailored therapy and precision medicine. Therefore, the variables must be considered in medical education and practice as well as in research models ranging from human participants, animals and cells. Gastroenterology is very big and important division of Internal Medicine, which include esophagus, stomach, small and large intestine, pancreatobiliary tract and liver. Nowadays estrogen is known to play a key role in the prevention of colon cancer and progression of liver cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma, especially in women. This book covers the sex/gender-specific medicine in the area of gastrointestinal (GI) tract in the adults as well as in the pediatrics and in the gut microbiota.
Contents:
1. Sex/gender-specific medicine
2. The difference of sex and gender in the gastrointestinal diseases
3. The metabolism of estrogen and testosteron
4. Esophagus
5. Stomach
6. Pancreas and biliary diseases
7. Liver
8. Colon
9. Brain-Gut-Microbiome axis
10. Sex difference of gut microbiota
11. Overlap syndrome of FGIDs (functional gastrointestinal disorders)
12. Sex difference of gastrointestinal diseases in the pediatrics
13. Pharmacodynamics and Pharmacokinetics of gastrointestinal drugs
14. Sex/gender-specific medicine education and work-l ife conflict and its health effects on Korean gastroenterologists according to age and sex. - DigitalAnthony C. Hackney, editor.Summary: It is well-established, through extensive peer-reviewed published research, that physical activity and exercise training can impact the reproductive endocrine system of women. This ground-breaking, comprehensive title presents a range of unique insights into the opposite question: how the reproductive endocrine system of women affects their exercise ability. More precisely, the thematic question explored in this work is: if exercise affects reproductive hormones, conversely then could the reproductive hormones have physiological effects unrelated to reproduction that influence the capacity of women to exercise? In exploring this question, the goal is to better understand the unique physiology of women and whether female sex hormones might account for some of the variance in physiological performance between amenorrheic and eumenorrheic women, and within women across the age span as they experience menarche to menopause. Sex Hormones, Exercise and Women: Scientific and Clinical Aspects synthesizes the research by exploring the physiology and psychology behind these occurrences. This novel title will not only be of interest to researchers, exercise scientists, graduate students, and clinicians; it will also serve as a source of valuable information for female athletes and their trainers in the context of preparing for competitions.
Contents:
Ch1: The Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Ovarian Axis and Oral Contraceptives: Regulation and Function
Ch2: Sex Hormones and Their Impact on the Ventilatory Responses to Exercise and the Environment
Ch3: Sex Hormones and Substrate Metabolism During Endurance Exercise
Ch4: Sex Hormone Effects on the Nervous System and their Impact on Muscle Strength and Motor Performance in Women
Ch5: Estrogen and Menopause: Muscle Damage, Repair and Function in Females
Ch6: Nutritional Strategies and Sex Hormone Interactions Within Women
Ch7: The Effect of Sex Hormones on Ligament Structure, Joint Stability and ACL Injury Risk
Ch8: Sex Hormones and Physical Activity in Women: An Evolutionary Framework
Ch9: Sex Hormones and Environmental Factors Affecting Exercise
Ch10: Exercise, Depression? Anxiety Disorders and Sex Hormones
Ch11: Stress Reactivity and Exercise in Women
Ch12: Sex Hormones, Cancer & Exercise Training in Women
Ch13: The Effects of Acute Exercise on Physiological Sexual Arousal in Women
Ch14: Sex Hormones, Menstrual Cycle, and Resistance Exercise
Ch15: Effects of Sex Hormones and Exercise on Adipose Tissue
Ch16: Exercise in Menopausal Women.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalPeter L.M. Kerkhof, Virginia M. Miller, editors.Summary: This book gathers together contributions from internationally renowned authors in the field of cardiovascular systems and provides crucial insight into the importance of sex- and gender-concepts during the analysis of patient data. This innovative title is the first to offer the elements necessary to consider sex-related properties in both clinical and basic studies regarding the heart and circulation on multiscale levels (i.e. molecular, cellular, electrophysiologically, neuroendocrine, immunoregulatory, organ, allometric, and modeling). Observed differences at (ultra)cellular and organ level are quantified, with focus on clinical relevance and implications for diagnosis and patient management. Since the cardiovascular system is of vital importance for all tissues, Sex-Specific Analysis of Cardiovascular Function is an essential source of information for clinicians, biologists, and biomedical investigators. The wide spectrum of differences described in this book will also act as an eye-opener and serve as a handbook for students, teachers, scientists and practitioners.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalShira M. Goldenberg, Ruth Morgan Thomas, Anna Forbes, Stefan Baral, editors.Summary: This open access book provides a comprehensive overview of the health inequities and human rights issues faced by sex workers globally across diverse contexts, and outlines evidence-based strategies and best practices. Sex workers face severe health and social inequities, largely as the result of structural factors including punitive and criminalized legal environments, stigma, and social and economic exclusion and marginalization. Although previous work has largely emphasized an elevated burden and gaps in HIV and sexually transmitted infection (STI) services in sex work, less attention has been paid to the broader health and human rights concerns faced by sex workers. This contributed volume addresses this gap. The chapters feature a variety of perspectives including academic, community, implementing partners, and government to synthesize research evidence as well as lessons learned from local-level experiences across different regions, and are organized under three parts: Burden of health and human rights inequities faced by sex workers globally, including infectious diseases (e.g., HIV, STIs), violence, sexual and reproductive health, and drug use Structural determinants of health and human rights, including legislation, law enforcement, community engagement, intersectoral collaboration, stigma, barriers to health access, im/migration issues, and occupational safety and health Evidence-based services and best practices at various levels ranging from individual and community to policy-level interventions to identify best practices and avenues for future research and interventions Sex Work, Health, and Human Rights is an essential resource for researchers, policy-makers, governments, implementing partners, international organizations and community-based organizations involved in research, policies, or programs related to sex work, public health, social justice, gender-based violence, women's health and harm reduction. .
Contents:
Overview and Evidence-Based Recommendations to Address Health and Human Rights Inequities Faced by Sex Workers
Part I. Burden of Health and Human Rights Inequities Faced by Sex Workers Globally. The Epidemiology of HIV Among Sex Workers Around the World: Implications for Research, Programs, and Policy ; Global Burden of Violence and Other Human Rights Violations Against Sex Workers ; Sexual and Reproductive Health and Rights Inequities Among Sex Workers Across the Life Course ; Exploring the Protective Role of Sex Work Social Cohesion in Contexts of Violence and Criminalisation: A Case Study with Gender-Diverse Sex Workers in Jamaica ; Patterns and Epidemiology of Illicit Drug Use Among Sex Workers Globally: A Systematic Review
Part II. Structural Determinants of Health and Human Rights Inequities in Sex Work. Criminalised Interactions with Law Enforcement and Impacts on Health and Safety in the Context of Different Legislative Frameworks Governing Sex Work Globally ; Stigma, Denial of Health Services, and Other Human Rights Violations Faced by Sex Workers in Africa: "My eyes were full of tears throughout walking towards the clinic that I was referred to" ; Criminalisation, Health, and Labour Rights Among Im/migrant Sex Workers Globally
Part III. Evidence-Based Services and Best Practices: Opportunities for Action. Sex Worker-led Provision of Services in New Zealand: Optimising Health and Safety in a Decriminalised Context ; Best Practices and Challenges to Sex Worker Community Empowerment and Mobilization Strategies to Promote Health and Human Rights ; Reimagining Sex Work Venues: Occupational Health, Safety, and Rights in Indoor Workplaces ; Integrated Interventions to Address Sex Workers' Needs and Realities: Academic and Community Insights on Incorporating Structural, Behavioural, and Biomedical Approaches. - DigitalVeronica Ades, editor.Contents:
Intro
Preface
Why This Book Is Needed
A Word About Terminology
Women and LGBTQ
FGM/FGC
Trauma-Informed Care
Summary
References
Acknowledgments
Contents
Contributors
Assistant Editors
Authors
Part I: Defining Trauma
1: What Is Psychological Trauma?
Introduction
What Is Psychological Trauma?
Sexual and Gender-Based Violence
Characteristics of Sexual and Gender-Based Violence
Reactions to Sexual and Gender-Based Violence
Mental Health Reactions to Trauma
Cognitive Reactions to Trauma
Social Reactions to Trauma Physical Health Reactions to Trauma
The Trauma Survivor as a Patient
Conclusion
References
2: Psychoeducation: Discussing Trauma with Patients
Introduction
Basic Trauma Themes
Theme 1: Fight, Flight, and *Freeze* (Table 2.1)
Theme 2: The Response to Trauma is Automatic
Theme 3: Body Responses Connect to Survival, Both During and After
Theme 4: Trauma is About the Experience, not the Exposure
Theme 5: Symptoms of Hyper- and Hypo-arousal are Normal
Themes on the Patient-Provider Interaction
Theme 6: Messages of Guilt, Shame, and Fault are Common Theme 7: Messages of Self-blame and Shame Can and Should Be Addressed Within the Provider/Patient Relationship
Stance and Approach
Basic Principles of Psychoeducation
Reduction of Shame
Titration of Information
Use the Language of the Patient, Not of Pathology or Disorder
Think About Diagnoses Within a Frame of Helpfulness (or not) with the Patient
If You Make a Mistake, Apologize and Mindfully Move Along
If the Patient Closes off (Shift in Body Language, Affect, Speech, or Contact), Notice and Discuss
Embolden Curiosity Minimize Surprise Within the Provider/Patient Relationship
Consider the Patient as a Whole Person, Not Only a Survivor
Working with Patient Reactions in the Moment
Ways to Explain Trauma Therapy and Provide a Referral
References
Part II: Context-Specific Trauma
3: Intimate Partner Violence and the Training of Healthcare Providers
Background
SAIF Curriculum Content
Screen
Framing Statements
Limits of Confidentiality
Screening Questions
How Often, When, Where
Assess
Negative Response (Does Not Endorse IPV Situation)
Unclear Response Positive Response
Intervene
Safety Planning
Follow-Up
Documentation
SAIF Curriculum Design and Implementation
Evaluation of the Workshop
Conclusion
References
4: Reducing Barriers to Medical Care for Survivors of Commercial Sexual Exploitation
Introduction
Definitions
How Trafficking Works
Working with Survivors
Epidemiology of Sex Trafficking
Identifying Survivors
Physical Needs of Survivors
Trauma-Informed Intake and Pace
Building Healing Patient-Provider Relationships
Nonjudgmental and Strength-Based LanguageDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalJoseph Truglio, Rita S. Lee, Barbara E. Warren, Rainier Patrick Soriano, editors.Summary: This book is a point-of-care resource for effective sexual and reproductive healthcare for patients of all ages, sexual orientations, gender identities and medical backgrounds in the primary care setting. This useful guide is divided into three parts, and other than part three, which deals exclusively with transgender and gender diverse patients, all content will relate to patients of all gender identities. Part one presents sexual and reproductive health (SRH) using a lifespan approach, including chapters on pediatrics, adolescents and young adults, adults, and older adult patients. Part two presents an approach to common SRH issues that span multiple age groups, including contraception and family planning, sexually transmitted infections and cancer screenings as well as sexual and reproductive health in the setting of common medical conditions. Part three is dedicated to sexual and reproductive health for transgender and gender non-binary patients, including psychosocial, medical, surgical and legal aspects of health. This book provides primary care clinicians with a framework for providing effective sexual and reproductive healthcare to patients of all ages, sexual orientations and gender identities in a way that is inclusive, focuses on health, and addresses the needs unique to specific populations.
Contents:
Introduction
Section I: Sexual and Reproductive Health: A Lifespan Approach
Pediatrics
Young Adults
Adults
Geriatric
Section II: Essential Topics in Sexual and Reproductive Health
Contraception and Family Planning
Sexually Transmitted Infections
Sexual Dysfunction
Cancer Screening
Intimate Partner Violence
Spirituality and SRH
Section III: Special Populations
Congenital Heart Disease
Developmental Delay
Orthopedic Issues
Cardiopulmonary Issues
Long-Term Cancer Survivors
Solid Organ Transplant Recipients
Section IV: Healthcare for Transgender and Gender Non-Conforming Individuals
Mental Health and Psychosocial Support
Medical Management
Surgical Options
Fertility and Reproductive Choices
Legal Issues. - DigitalLindsay M. Orchowski, Christine A. Gidycz.Summary: Sexual Assault Risk Reduction and Resistance explores the theory, research, and practice of sexual assault risk reduction, resistance education, and self-defense programs for women and other vulnerable groups, including sexual minorities, individuals with disabilities, and those with histories of victimization. Following an ecosystemic perspective, the book examines individual risk and protective factors for sexual victimization, as well as peer-, family-, community- and societal-level factors that influence risk for sexual violence and inform the content of programs. This volume brings together leading researchers and practitioners to operationalize sexual assault risk reduction approaches and highlights the rationale and need for risk reduction in the context of other sexual assault prevention efforts. The volume provides an overview of the history of this sexual assault prevention approach and addresses current controversies and questions in the field. The authors outline risk and protective factors for victimization and discuss how these factors guide risk reduction efforts. The volume also outlines the theory and effectiveness of current sexual assault risk reduction and resistance practices and addresses special populations and future directions.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalMatthew Bennett, Emma Goodall.Summary: This SpringerBrief provides readers with a comprehensive snapshot of contemporary research about autistics and their experiences and insights of sexual behaviours and interests. The authors use a scoping review approach to canvass the diverse literature on this topic. This approach shows many gaps in scholarly understanding about autistics and their experiences and insights of sexual interests and behaviours. Some of the gaps relate to sex education, gender dysphoria and gender reassignment surgery, pregnancy and childbirth, and domestic violence experiences of autistics. The book addresses these gaps and provides explanations and recommendations for further research.
Contents:
Introduction
Methodology
Results
Recommendations for Research in the Future, and Final Comments. - DigitalEmmanuele A. Jannini, Alberto Siracusano, editors.Summary: This book addresses the fundamental importance of the proper assessment and treatment of sexual disorders in patients with mental disorders with regard to their treatment outcomes and adherence to therapies. In fact, patients with mental disorders often suffer from sexual dysfunctions and in many cases, pharmacological treatment causes sexual-dysfunction side-effects. However, anxiety disorders, personality disorders, eating disorders and psychotic disorders are often also characterized by sexual symptoms that have a profound impact on sexual function. The psychopathology of sexual behavior investigates deficits in the mind-body relationship that are expressed through sexual symptoms such as erectile dysfunction, premature ejaculation, vaginismus, orgasmic disorders, or lack of sexual desire. These symptoms can be considered both prodromal and as a consequence of psychological or psychiatric suffering. Written by a multidisciplinary team of experts, this book offers a valuable guide for psychiatrists, andrologists, gynecologists and psychologists.
- DigitalAngie Rantell, editor.Summary: This book provides to nurses an understanding of female sexual function and dysfunction specifically in relation to common gynecological conditions. It offers evidence based overview of assessment of sexual function, including available questionnaires and provides a multidisciplinary approach to managing sexual dysfunction, from incontinence to pelvic organ prolapse and recurrent urinary tract infections. It also covers a holistic approach including over the counter and home treatments, psychological therapies, physical therapies, pharmacological options and if necessary more invasive interventions. Sexual function and pelvic floor dysfunction is often a neglected area due to the taboo nature of discussions. This book aims to educate nurses, to help them understand the types of treatment options available, and encourage them to engage in conversations about sexual function with women, so that they can be referred to appropriate health professionals and access the right care.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. Models of female sexual function
Chapter 3. What is sexual dysfunction?
Chapter 4. Impact of Incontinence on female sexual function
Chapter 5. Impact of Pelvic organ prolapse
Chapter 6. Impact of recurrent urinary tract infections
Chapter 7. Impact of Genitourinary Syndrome of the Menopause
Chapter 8. Introducing the subject to women
Chapter 9. History taking and physical examination
Chapter 10. Subjective and objective outcome measures
Chapter 11. Over the counter and home remedies /devices
Chapter 12. Psychological therapies
Chapter 13. Physical therapies
Chapter 14. Pharmacological and surgical management
Chapter 15. Partners / impact of male issues
Chapter 16. Access to services and help seeking behaviour. - DigitalChristopher Sonnex.Summary: This fully revised and updated second edition covers the range of conditions seen in genitourinary medicine, sexual health and sexually transmitted infection clinics, making it a useful and practical guide for all health practitioners in this area. Aimed at medical practitioners, this book provides a quick reference guide to help with diagnosis and management of genital problems. In addition, it provides essential guidance on what to do next when faced with a patient presenting with a genital complaint, whether the patient can be successfully treated with a drug regimen or needs to be referred up to the sexual health and genital medicine specialist. Sexual Health and Genital Medicine in Clinical Practice, Second Edition is of particular interest to residents on their rotations through this field of medicine, doctors in training, specialist nurses, and primary care practitioners.
- Digitaledited by Stephen T. Russell, Stacey S. Horn.Summary: There has been dramatic social change with respect to lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) rights around the world in the last decade. Yet legal protection and inclusion remain limited for LGBT youth. The context of schooling is especially important-schools remain the primary societal institution to which most youth have access and in which nearly all youth spend some significant portion of their lives. LGBT youth are at risk for some of the greatest difficulties experienced by adolescents, and many of those problems have been traced directly to negative school experiences. Research shows that anti-LGBT school victimization results in poor academic performance and negative school attitudes, mental health, and risk behaviors. New studies have identified characteristics of schools that are associated with inclusion and safety for LGBT students, including practices and policies that are associated with positive school climate and student wellbeing. Sexual Orientation, Gender Identity, and Schooling brings together contributions from a diverse group of researchers, policy analysts, and education advocates from around the world to synthesize the practice and policy implications of research on sexual orientation, gender identity, and schooling. The book is interdisciplinary, as studies of LGBT students and schooling have emerged across disciplines including education, clinical, school, and developmental psychology; sociology; and public health. Included are syntheses of key areas of research; examples of new international models for educational practice; case studies of transformational policy and practice; and specific examples of the nexus of research, practice, and policy. The fundamental goal of this book is to advance social justice related to sexual orientation and gender identity through strengthening the relationship between research, practice, and policy to support LGBT students and schools. It will be of interest to school, developmental, and clinical psychologists, educators and school administrators, and LGBT scholars. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction : Sexual orientation, gender identity, and schooling / Stephen T. Russell and Stacey S. Horn
Understanding and reducing homophobic harassment and victimization in schools / V. Paul Poteat
School safety and connectedness matter for more than educational outcomes : the link between school connectedness and adolescent health / Elizabeth Saewyc and Yuko Homma
Disrupting hetero-gender-normativity : the complex role of LGBT affirmative supports at school / Neal A. Palmer, Joseph G. Kosciw, Emily A. Greytak, and Madeline J. Boesen
Supporting LGB/T youth : comprehensive school transformation as effective bullying prevention / Sarah Schriber, Stacey S. Horn, Christina Peter, L. Boyd Bellinger, and David Fischer
LGB-parent families and the school context / Abbie E. Goldberg
Transsexuality and school education in Brazil / Maria Rita de Assis Cesar and Josafá Moreira da Cunha
The school-to-prison pipeline and the pipeline population : the patterns and practices of its production and dismantling possibilities / Shannon Snapp and Adela C. Licona
Inextricably linked : the shared story of ethnic studies and LGBTQ-inclusive curriculum / Shannon Snapp and Stephen T. Russell
Teaching about sexual and gender diversity and challenging homophobia/transphobia in the South African school system / Finn Reygan
Sexual and gender minorities and bullying in Japan / Makiko Kasai
Changing the school climate : a critical examination of the policies and strategies against homophobia adopted in the Province of Quebec, Canada / Line Chamberland and Gabrielle Richard
Advocacy to support gender identity development in schools in the face of organized backlash / David Fischer, L. Boyd Bellinger, Stacey S. Horn, and Shannon L. Sullivan
The shifting political winds : LGBT students, educational policy and politics, and the dilemmas confronting street-level bureaucrats / Catherine A. Lugg and Jason P. Murphy
Enumerated U.S. state laws : evidence from policy advocacy / Stephen T. Russell, Stacey S. Horn, Raymond L. Moody, Amanda Fields, and Elizabeth Tilley
From "dignity" to "success" : using strategic communications to change policies and perspectives / Ryan Schwartz and Carolyn Laub
The Australian context : turning research into policies, policies into research / Tiffany Jones and Lynne Hillier
The use of research in policy and advocacy for creating safe schools for LGBTQ students / Carolyn Laub and Hilary Burdge
Sexual diversity in Spanish schools / José Ignacio Pichardo Galán
Homophobia, schooling, and the Italian context / Salvatore Ioverno, Nicola Nardelli, Roberto Baiocco, Isabella Orfano, and Vittorio Lingiardi
Sexual orientation, gender identity, and school : learning from the past, envisioning the future / Stacey S. Horn and Stephen T. Russell.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Printedited by Earl E. Shelp.Contents:
v. 1. Conceptual roots.--v.2 Ethical viewpoints in transition. - DigitalAntonio Cristaudo, Massimo Giuliani, editors.Summary: This comprehensive, well-illustrated, and easily accessible book documents the latest research outcomes concerning sexually transmitted infections (STIs) and describes important advances in their prevention, diagnosis and treatment. The changes in the epidemiology and clinical aspects of STIs that have occurred over the past decade are fully explored, with special attention to core groups and patients with immunological disorders. The emerging challenges associated with particular sexually transmitted pathogens, including C. trachomatis, N. gonorrhoeae, HPV, and HIV, are identified and discussed. Readers will find detailed information on modern preventive strategies, new laboratory and diagnostic techniques, and a range of innovative treatments, including vaccines, continuous antiretroviral therapy, and new drugs against hepatitis viruses. Attention is also drawn to new directions in biomedical research that promise clinical benefits for the patients and communities. The combination of a detailed clinical and research approach, with emphasis on new knowledge and innovative aspects, ensures that the book will be of value to a wide readership comprising both clinicians and researchers.
Contents:
Preface
Section 1 Global Epidemiology
Global epidemiology of Sexually Transmitted Infections in the 21st century: beyond the numbers
The new epidemiology of Human Immunodeficiency Virus infection
Social and Behavioral determinats of STI in the 21st century. An overview
Section 2 Prevention and control of STI
Behavioral Prevention Strategies for STI
Vaccines for STIs: present and future directions
Section 3 Laboratory and diagnostic techniques
New diagnostic approaches to viral Sexually Transmitted infections
New tools for the diagnosis of bacterial STIs
Section 4 The clinical spectrum of STI
The syphilis after the year 2000
Neisseria gonorrhoeae infections
Novel approach to Chlamydia trachomatis Infections in female and male
Genital Herpes: clinical and scientific novelties
Clinical Management of anogenital warts and Intraephitelial neoplasia
Sexually Transmitted Hepatitis
Bacterial Vaginitis and Vaginosis
The clinical spectrum of Human Immunodeficiency Virus infection
Donovanosis, chancroid and endemic treponematoses. Clinical features and control
The Lymphogranuloma venereum as re-emerged sexually transmitted infection
HHV-8 Infection and Kaposi Sarcoma
Section 5 Modern challenges in STI area
Biological pathways of HPV-induced carcinogenesis
Antimicrobial resistance of Neisseria Gonorrhoeae: a new challenge
The men who have sex with men (MSM) as core group for STI
The vaccines against HPV: a new direction for STI prevention
Immunological strategies against T. Pallidum infections
Natural history of anal HPV Infection.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalSophia A. Hussen, editor.Summary: This book is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of the-art update that covers the pathophysiology, epidemiology, and clinical presentation of the most frequently encountered STIs in adolescence and young adulthood. The introductory sections discuss more general themes including approaches to obtaining a sexual history and exam, concerns of sexual minority youth, ethical and legal considerations, and health disparities in STIs in this population. Subsequent chapters are organized by pathogen such as herpes simplex virus, and human immunodeficiency virus, or clinical syndrome including pelvic inflammatory disease, and vaginitis. Each chapter begins with a case study to illustrate key characteristics of the disease process in question and includes rich illustrations, resources, and guidelines. Written by experts in the field, the text includes a review of epidemiology, pathophysiology, treatment, prevention, and adolescent-specific considerations that is vital to working with this important population. With its transdisciplinary perspective, Sexually Transmitted Infections in Adolescence and Young Adulthood is a unique text that is valuable to infectious disease specialists, adolescent medicine specialists, gynecologists, primary care physicians, advanced practice providers, medical administrative staff, school nurses, sexual health educators, social workers, and public health officials.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgements
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Considerations in the Care of Sexually Active Adolescents
Chapter 1: Approach to the Sexual History and Physical Exam
Sexual History
General Approach
Parental Involvement in the Visit
Critical Questions to Ask
Physical Exam
References
Chapter 2: Care of Sexual and Gender Minority Adolescents
Definitions and Epidemiology
Approach to Sexual Healthcare with Sexual and Gender Minority Youth
Creating a Welcoming Environment
Setting the Stage for Confidentiality, Nonjudgment, and Honesty Taking a Sexual History
Physical Examination
Sexual Health Considerations in Sexual and Gender Minority Youth
Human Immunodeficiency Virus
Chlamydial and Gonococcal Infections
Syphilis
Hepatitis
HPV
Bacterial Vaginosis
Use of Toys
Contraception and Family Planning
Case Discussion
Conclusion
References
Chapter 3: Racial Disparities in STIs Among Adolescents in the USA
Differences in Sexual Risk Behaviors
Differences in STI Risk Among Sexual Networks
SES-Related Inequities Disproportionately Experienced by Minorities That Reduce Access/Care SES/Racial Inequities Indirectly Increase STIs Through Psychosocial/Behavioral Mechanisms
SES/Racial Inequities That Directly Increase STI Susceptibility Through Biological Stress Regulatory Systems
Conclusion
References
Chapter 4: Ethical and Legal Considerations in STI Treatment for Adolescents
Minor Status
Emancipation
Mature Minors
Exceptions for Sexually Transmitted Infections
Confidentiality
Case Conclusion
References
Part II: Common Clinical Syndromes
Chapter 5: Vaginitis and Cervicitis
Introduction
Normal and Abnormal Physical Exam Bacterial Vaginosis
Epidemiology
Pathophysiology
Diagnosis
Treatment
Pregnancy Considerations
Vulvovaginal Candidiasis
Epidemiology
Pathophysiology
Diagnosis
Treatment
Pregnancy Considerations
Trichomoniasis
Non-infectious Causes of Vaginitis
Foreign Body
Vulvar Vestibulitis
Allergic Vaginitis
Cervicitis
Epidemiology
Diagnosis
Treatment
Pregnancy Considerations
Case Conclusion
References
Chapter 6: Pelvic Inflammatory Disease
Syndrome Description
Risk Factors
Immune System and PID
IUD and PID
PID Symptomatology Normal and Abnormal Physical Examination
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment
Prevention
Screening Programs
Education
Other Prevention Strategies
Other Considerations
HIV and PID
Incarceration
Lesbian, Bisexual, and Transgender Youth
Sexual Violence
Other PID Correlations
Case Conclusion
References
Chapter 7: Urethritis
Syndrome Description
Normal and Abnormal Physical Examination
Differential Diagnosis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Nongonococcal Urethritis (NGU)
Gonococcal Urethritis
General Instructions to Patient
Follow-UpDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalLaura Hinkle Bachmann, editor.Summary: Though recent breakthroughs in research advance care with each day, the population of HIV-infected individuals continues to grow globally, leaving them particularly susceptible to additional STDs that are complicated by their immunocompromised state. This text is the only book to provide a comprehensive and state-of-the-art review of issues relevant to STI care in the HIV-infected adult, adolescent, and transgendered populations. Written by experts in the field, HIV in HIV-Infected Adults and Adolescents approaches these unique needs through its review of sexual history, synergies between STIs and HIV, epidemiology, issues specific for HIV-infected individuals, clinical presentation, diagnosis and management considerations for ten common STIs, and prevention strategies. Each topic includes a case-based presentation and the most current CDC-recommended STI treatment regimens. Sexually Transmitted Infections in HIV-Infected Adults and Special Populations is the ultimate resource for any physician treating adults and special populations with HIV, including HIV clinicians, sexual health specialists, general internists, family medicine practitioners, infectious diseases specialists, advanced practice clinicians, and physicians.
Contents:
Introduction
Sexual history - this is where it begins
STDs and HIV - Syndemics and Synergy
Bacterial STDs
Viral STDs
Parasitic STDs
Other
Prevention
Special populations.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digital/Printvon Sanitätsrat Dr. Magnus Hirschfeld.Contents:
pt. 1. Geschlechtliche Entwicklungsstörungen mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Onanie
pt. 2. Sexuelle Zwischenstufen das männliche Weib und der weibliche Mann
pt. 3. Störungen im Sexualstoffwechsel mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Impotenz.Digital Access - Digital[edited by] Charles J. Yeo.Contents:
Volume 1. Section I: Esophagus and Hernia. Part one: Anatomy and physiology of the esophagus
Part two: Diagnostic evaluation of the esophagus
Part three: Esophageal motility disorders and diverticula
Part four: Gastroesophageal reflux disease
Part five: Paraesophageal hernia
Part six: Barrett esophagus
Part seven: Esophageal cancer
Part eight: Miscellaneous esophageal conditions
Part nine: Hernia
Section II: Stomach and small intestine
Volume 2. Section III: Pancreas, biliary tract, liver, and spleen. Part one: Pancreas
Part two: Biliary Tract
Part three: Liver
Part four: Spleen
Section IV: Colon, rectum, and anus. Part one: Anatomy, physiology, and diagnosis of colorectal and anal diseases
Part two: Benign colon, rectal, and anal conditions
Part three: Inflammatory diseases
Part four: Neoplastic disease
Part five: Techniques and pearlsDigital Access ClinicalKey v. 1-2, 2019 - Digitaleditor, Saskia K. Nagel.Summary: The volume offers a unique collection of articles on pediatric neuroenhancement from an international and multidisciplinary perspective. In recent years, the topic of "neuroenhancement" has become increasingly relevant in academia and practice, as well as among the public. While autonomous adults are free to choose neuroenhancement, in children it presents its own ethical, social, legal, and developmental issues. A plethora of potential (neurotechnological) enhancement agents are on the market. While the manifold issues surrounding the topic have been extensively discussed, there is little work on the specific questions that arise in children and adolescents. This book addresses this gap in the literature: Next to conceptual and normative work on autonomy and self-control, the collection explores the implications for parenting and schooling, and provides input for a discussion of public attitudes. It is a valuable resource for the different academic communities confronted with questions of how to evaluate and approach enhancement in children and is of interest to neuroethicists, scholars in applied ethics and neurology, psychiatrists and psychologists as well as scientists developing enhancement interventions for children.
- DigitalGustavo De Deus, Emmanuel J.N.L. Silva, Erick Souza, Marco A. Versiani, Mario Zuolo, editors.Summary: This book provides clinicians with up-to-date, scientifically based guidance on the most important stages of endodontic treatment, i.e., cleaning and shaping of the root canal space, including mechanical preparation and chemical disinfection. Five internationally recognized experts present and discuss recent developments and new perspectives in the field. Important advances in root canal preparation and irrigation procedures are described with the aid of numerous high-quality illustrations. A key feature of the book is the detailed attention devoted to the latest research findings and to their impact on contemporary evidence-based clinical guidelines and modern clinical practice. On this basis, simple treatment protocols are proposed that take the anatomy of the root canals fully into account. In addition, emerging problems and trends are considered. The book will be an excellent resource for clinicians and advanced practitioners who are seeking to update their practice.
Contents:
The Classical Schilder's Principles of Cleaning and Shaping
Shaping for Cleaning: an Updated Approach for Canal Debridement
The Complexity of the Root Canal Anatomy and its Influence on Canal Preparation and Irrigation
Modern Strategies for Root Canal Shaping
Manual and Mechanical Glide Path
Mechanical Preparation: The Status of the Rotary Systems
Mechanical Preparation: The Current Role of the Reciprocating Systems
Cleaning and Shaping in Retreatment Cases
Chemical Disinfection: Root Canal Irrigants, Devices and Techniques
Root Canal Preparation and Irrigation in a World of Surrogates
Evidence-based: Root Canal Enlargement and Apical Limits
Managing Complex Canal Anatomies. - DigitalKiya Movassaghi, editor.Summary: This book fills the gap for lack of a precise roadmap to approach the fundamentals of implant-based breast surgery to achieve optimal results. Despite the vast number of publications on breast surgery, there is a deficit in easy to process yet detailed source of information which brings all of the concepts together. With observation, surgical experience, and better devices the approach to implant-based breast surgery must evolve from "volumizing" the breast to "shaping" the breast. In a concise and accessible fashion, Shaping the Breast covers the best practices in breast surgery covering topics of primary augmentation, augmentation mastopexy, composite augmentation, revision breast surgery and breast reconstruction. In a methodical and logical approach, it provides the successful pillars for reproducible outcomes which includes patient assessment, biodimensional planning, surgical techniques and patient care along with pearls and pitfalls. It includes dozens of before and after images alongside case studies to illustrate the management of variety of complex issues
Contents:
Chapter 1. Shaping the Breast: Optimizing Outcomes in Breast Augmentation
Chapter 2. Shaping the Breast in Augmentation Mastopexy
Chapter 3. Composite Breast Augmentation.-Chapter 4. Optimizing Aesthetics with Reconstructive Breast Surgery
Chapter 5. Shaping the Breast: Managing Complex Breast Issues. - DigitalShared Struggles : Stories from Parents and Pediatricians Caring for Children with Serious Illnesses[edited by] Ann F. Schrooten, Barry P. Markovitz.Summary: This book tells true and poignant stories from both sides of the physician-patient/parent relationship and provides a unique glimpse into how parents and physicians think, feel, and interact. The stories are grouped under four sections: Hope, Compassion, Communication, and Trust. Each section includes stories contributed by parents from all across the United States and by pediatricians practicing at many of the best children's hospitals throughout the country. The parents tell of interactions with physicians that had a significant impact on them and their child and offer context and insight that promote empathy and reflection. The physicians tell of interactions with patients and families that served as learning moments in their career and promote the humanization of medicine and show there is more to a physician beyond their scientific knowledge and white coat. The stories are edited by Barry P. Markovitz - a pediatrician specializing in critical care medicine who has been in practice for more than 20 years and by Ann F. Schrooten - the parent of a child born with a chronic complex condition who has more than 15 years of experience interacting with pediatric subspecialists and other healthcare professionals who cared for her son. The editors have written commentaries to the stories to provide an independent perspective on the events and messages conveyed and to encourage reflection, inquiry, and discussion. In addition to being a valuable resource for pediatricians, pediatric subspecialists, nurses and other healthcare professionals, the book will also appeal to families of children living with complex medical conditions because it shares physician encounters and behaviors many have experienced in the care of their own children. By giving a voice to both parents and physicians, the goal is to create a bridge to better understanding that can improve communication, minimize conflicts, and foster trust and compassion among physicians, patients, and families. .
Contents:
I. Compassion
What Matters At The End
I Didn't Have To Fix It
No Wrong Decisions
Reuniting Families
Leading With Compassion
Minute By Minute, Step By Step
Seek Permission First
A Sacred Relationship
Kids Like These
A Smile Worth Saving
II. Trust
Team Harlie
Best Laid Plans
If We Are Paying Attention
Full Disclosure
The Photograph
Learning Together
Altered Path
The Befores And The Afters
Not Everyone Is Born A Superhero
Beyond The Numbers
Shared Experience
Tying The Threads Into A Bond
III. Communication
A Voice That Doesn't Use Words
Brave The Difficult Conversation
A Roadmap
Teamwork
Re-Learning To Listen
Words Matter
Trust Their Voice
Knowing Your Family
Advocacy Is Not Anger
Where Is The Doctor?
Failure to Communicate
When A Patient and Family Forever Change Your World
Respect: A Two-Way Street
IV. Hope
Persistence Of Hope: A Story In Two Acts
Can I Offer You Advice?
The Life Of The Party
Every Single Second Worth It
Partners In Hope
Answers For Rosie
We Treat Souls, Not Just Bodies
Never Give Up
The Sliver Of Sky
The Many Voices of Hope
Mothers Club
Glossary. - DigitalMyung Hi Yoo, Hye Jeong Kim, In Ho Choi, Sumi Yun.Summary: This book is a superbly illustrated, comprehensive guide to the differential diagnosis of thyroid nodules by means of shear wave elastography. A wealth of representative clinical cases are used to demonstrate the value of the stiffness map in identifying the degree and pattern of fibrosis. The goal is to enable readers to identify the characteristic differential diagnostic features of nodular hyperplasia, thyroiditis, follicular adenoma, and the various types of thyroid cancer and to predict the final histopathology on the basis of the imaging findings. With this in mind, correlations between the appearances on shear wave elastography and conventional ultrasonography and the findings of fine-needle aspiration cytology, core needle biopsy, and surgical biopsy are highlighted. In addition, the fundamental principles of shear wave elastography are clearly explained and related to clinical practice in the field of thyroid disease. Both radiologists and clinicians will find the book to be an excellent asset that aids in correct preoperative diagnosis.
Contents:
Introduction
Shear wave elastography physics
SWE of the thyroid nodules
Differential diagnosis of thyroid nodules
Summary. - DigitalAnjali Prashar.Summary: This book covers a wide range of topics concerning human tear based science, starting from basics such as the normal composition of tears and moving up to novel disease detection platforms. The entire approach is pioneering, as tears are beginning to be recognized as the most invaluable non-invasive tool in diagnostics. Interestingly, the concept is not restricted to ocular diseases: In recent years, tear diagnostics is increasingly being tapped even for cancer detection. Hopefully, non-invasive tear diagnostics will eventually replace todays invasive disease detection and monitoring techniques. Previous literature on tear diagnostics has been restricted to scientific journal articles, most of which dealt with a single tear constituent, such as a protein. This book offers a far more comprehensive and handy 'reference guide, presenting both basic and advanced information and data. Accordingly, it will be useful for researchers in academia and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as healthcare professionals and diagnostic kit developers.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. Collection methods
Chapter 3. Composition of tears
Chapter 4. Tear profile of contact lens users
Chapter 5. Cry baby: Tear profile of infants
Chapter 6. Tear off the disease
Chapter 7. Factors affecting tear health
Chapter 8. Artificial tears
Chapter 9. Proposed diagnostic comprehensive tear panels
Chapter 10. Microfluidics in tear analysis
Chapter 11. News bulletins
Chapter 12. Bibliograpy. - DigitalEmergency Nurses Association ; edited by Vicki Sweet, Andi Foley.Summary: "Written by emergency nurses for emergency nurses, this comprehensive "Bible" presents both basic information for students and detailed information for practicing emergency nurses. New developments and changes in clinical practice have been incorporated throughout, including updated information on cardiac drugs, tissue adhesives, epidemiological statistics, and application of stents. A new chapter on Weapons of Mass Destruction helps prepare nurses for any possible acts of terrorism. Coverage has been expanded on EMTALA regulations and the HCFA, triage, wound cleaning, and wound management of pediatric patients."-- From the Publisher.
Contents:
Unit 1 Foundations of Emergency Nursing
Unit 2 Professional Practice
Unit III Clinical Foundations of Emergency Nursing
Unit IV Medical and Surgical Emergencies
Unit V Trama Emergencies
Unit VI Special Populations.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2020 - DigitalGongshe Liu, Xiaoxia Li, Qingfen Zhang, editors.Summary: This book summarizes the latest research on sheepgrass, both in China and around the globe, as well as fundamental information on the topic. Sheepgrass (Leymus chinensis (Trin.) Tzvel) is a key species in the eastern part of the Eurasian steppe and widely distributed in northern China. It is highly adaptable and holds considerable value in terms of animal husbandry and ecology / the environment. Over the past thirty years, Chinese scientists have collected and evaluated a wealth of wild sheepgrass germplasm data, and extensive basic research has been conducted on the plants sexual reproduction, yield, quality, and resistance. In addition, methods for utilizing new varieties in different regions have been developed. This book describes the distribution and origin, breeding, cultivation, and sexual reproduction of sheepgrass. It also discusses recent advances concerning its nutrient and water absorption and applications, grazing resistance mechanism, and gene resources mining.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Acknowledgment; Abstract; Contents; About the Author;
Chapter 1: Basic Knowledge of Sheepgrass (Leymus chinensis); 1.1 Value and Distribution of Sheepgrass; 1.1.1 Derivation of the Name Sheepgrass; 1.1.2 Relatives of Sheepgrass; 1.1.3 Distribution of Wild Sheepgrass; 1.1.4 Cultivation Areas of Sheepgrass in China; 1.1.5 Animals Preferring to Eat Sheepgrass; 1.1.6 Advantages of Sheepgrass; 1.1.7 Nutrient Components of Sheepgrass; 1.1.8 Nutritional Changes of Sheepgrass at Different Stages of Growth; 1.1.9 Value of Sheepgrass in Grazing and Feeding 1.1.10 Domestic and Foreign Demands for Sheepgrass1.1.11 Purpose of Fresh and Dried Sheepgrass; 1.1.12 Other Value of Sheepgrass; 1.1.13 Usage of Sheepgrass to Prevent Water Loss and Soil Erosion; 1.1.14 Usage of Sheepgrass for Wind Prevention, Sand Fixation, and Dust Suppression; 1.1.15 Benefits of Sheepgrass Feeding Animals; 1.2 Morphology and Development of Sheepgrass; 1.2.1 Plant Height of Sheepgrass; 1.2.2 Root System of Sheepgrass; 1.2.3 Sheepgrass Stem; 1.2.4 Sheepgrass Leaves; 1.2.5 Rhizome of Sheepgrass; 1.2.6 Seed of Sheepgrass; 1.2.7 Spike and Flower of Sheepgrass 1.2.21 Light and Heat Conditions for the Growth of Sheepgrass1.2.22 Resistance of Sheepgrass to Grazing and Trampling; 1.2.23 Freezing Resistance of Sheepgrass; 1.2.24 Drought Resistance of Sheepgrass; 1.2.25 Saline-Alkali Resistance of Sheepgrass; 1.2.26 Common Diseases of Sheepgrass; 1.2.27 Pests of Sheepgrass; 1.2.28 Competitions Between Sheepgrass and Weeds; 1.3 New Varieties and Seed Production of Sheepgrass; 1.3.1 Certified Varieties of Sheepgrass; 1.3.2 Basic Requirements in Sheepgrass Seed Production; 1.3.3 Requirements for New Forage Variety Approval 1.2.8 Leaf Thorn of Sheepgrass1.2.9 Life Cycle of Sheepgrass; 1.2.10 Seed Germination of Sheepgrass; 1.2.11 Seed Dormancy of Sheepgrass; 1.2.12 Development of Sheepgrass; 1.2.13 Definitions of Different Developmental Stages of Sheepgrass in Agricultural Production; 1.2.14 Two Ecotypes of Sheepgrass; 1.2.15 Self-Pollination and Open Pollination of Sheepgrass; 1.2.16 Vegetative Propagation of Sheepgrass; 1.2.17 Rhizome and Tillering of Sheepgrass; 1.2.18 Seed Holding of Sheepgrass; 1.2.19 Pollination of Sheepgrass; 1.2.20 Degradation of Sheepgrass Land by Overgrazing 1.3.4 Seed Quality Standards and Ratings of Sheepgrass1.3.5 Breeder's Stock, Foundation Seed, and Commercial Seed; 1.3.6 Major Factors Influencing Sheepgrass Seed Yield; 1.3.7 Seed Yield Improvement by Applying Nitrogen (N), Phosphate (P), and Potassium (K) Fertilizers in Spring; 1.3.8 Seed Yield Improvement by Applying Microelement Fertilizers and Microbial Manures in Spring; 1.3.9 Ripeness and Harvesting Stages of Sheepgrass Seed; 1.3.10 Seed Harvesting Methods; 1.3.11 Seed Drying and Storage; 1.3.12 Seed Quality Testing Indicators; 1.3.13 DNA Can Be Used for Seed IdentificationDigital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaleditors Elizabeth Buys, MD, Kristina Tocce, MD, MPH, Michele A. Manting, MD, MEd.Contents:
Preventive care
Ethics
Genetics
Obstetrics
Obstetrics screening and surveillance
Obstetrics high risk
Obstetrics postpartum
Breast and lactation
Gynecology
Contraception
Family planning
Sexually transmitted infections
Neoplasia
Menopause
Sexuality
Reproductive issues.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2015 - Digitaleditors, Sonali Mehta Patel, MD, FAAP, Kent Nelson, MD, FAAP, Stephanie R. Jennings, MD, FAAP.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2015
- Digitaleditor, Stanley Zaslau, Professor and Chief, Urology Residency Program Director, Associate Chair, Education and Research, Department of Surgery, Department of Surgery/Division of Urology, West Virginia University, Morgantown, West University.Contents:
Surgical physiology
Trauma and burns
Acute abdomen
Hernias
Esophagus and stomach
Small bowel
Colon, rectum, and anus
Hepatobiliary
Breast
Gynecological disorders
Endocrine surgery
Pancreas and spleen
Skin and soft tissue
Vascular surgery
Cardiothoracic surgery
Otolaryngology
Pediatric surgery
Transplant surgery
Orthopedic surgery
Neurology
Urology.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2015 - DigitalNalan Gökoğlu.Summary: Shellfish is a broad term that covers various aquatic mollusks, crustaceans and echinoderms that are used as food. They have economic and ecological importance and have been consumed as food for centuries. Shellfish provide high quality protein with all the dietary amino acids essential for maintenance and growth of the human body. Shellfish are a major component of global seafood production, with shellfish aquaculture rapidly growing in recent years. There are many different processing methods used across the world. Shellfish are very perishable foods and must be preserved just after catching or harvesting. This makes the preservation of seafood a critical issue in terms of quality and human health. To date there have been a number of books on seafood processing and preservation, but all of them have been mostly focused on fish. Shellfish Processing and Preservation is the first reference work to focus specifically on shellfish, providing comprehensive coverage of the production methods, biological makeups and preservation methods of all major shellfish species. Individual sections focus on crustaceans such as shrimps and prawns, crabs and lobsters plus molluscans including mussels, scallops and oysters. Cephalopods such as squid and octopus are also covered in depth. For each species processing and preservation methods such as chilling, freezing, canning and curing are examined, plus the important safety aspects specific to each shellfish type. Shellfish Processing and Preservation is an essential publication for any researchers or industry professionals in search of a singular and up-to-date source for the processing and preservation of shellfish. .
Contents:
Chapter 01- Introduction
Chapter 02- Crustacean Shellfish
Chapter 03- Molluscan Shellfish
Chapter 04- Echinoderms
Chapter 05- shellfish Safety. - DigitalJ. Michael Scott, John A. Wiens, Beatrice Van Horne, Dale D. Goble.Summary: "This is a book about conservation reliance-the need of many declining and imperiled species for ongoing, long-term conservation and management. It is also about shepherding nature-the need for a broad acceptance of the responsibility of humans to act as good shepherds. These are things that the four of us have spent much of our careers thinking about"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Extinction and the challenge of conservation reliance
The conservation spectrum
The genesis of conservation reliance and the language of conservation
What are the threats?
Emerging threats in a rapidly changing world
The role of policy and law
What's in the conservationist's toolbox : species-centered approaches
Expanding the conservationist's toolbox : going beyond species
Conservation reliance is a human issue
Making tough decisions : prioritizing species for conservation
Being a good shepherd.Digital Access Cambridge 2020 - Digitaleditor, Kenneth J Ryan.Summary: "In Sherris & Ryan's Medical Microbiology, the emphasis is on the text narrative, which is designed to be read comprehensively, not as a reference work. Considerable effort has been made to supplement this text with other learning aids such as the above-mentioned cases and questions as well as tables, photographs, and illustrations. This book is intended to be the primary text for students of medicine and medical science who are encountering microbiology and infectious diseases for the first time. Part I opens with a chapter that explains the nature of infection and the infectious agents at the level of a general reader. The following four chapters give more detail on the immunologic, diagnostic, and epidemiologic nature of infection with minimal detail about the agents themselves. Parts II through V form the core of the text with chapters on the major viral, bacterial, fungal, and parasitic diseases, and each begins with its own chapters on basic biology, pathogenesis, and antimicrobial agents"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2022
- Digitaleditors, Kenneth J. Ryan, C. George Ray.Contents:
Infection
Infection: basic concepts
Immune response to infection
Sterilization, disinfection, and infection control
Principles of laboratory diagnosis of infectious diseases
Emergence and global spread of infection
Pathogenic viruses
Viruses: basic concepts
Pathogenesis of viral infection
Antiviral agents and resistance
Influenza, parainfluenza, respiratory syncytial virus, adenovirus, and other respiratory viruses
Viruses of mumps, measles, rubella, and other childhood exanthems
Poxviruses
Enteroviruses
Hepatitis viruses
Herpesviruses
Viruses of diarrhea
Arthropod-borne and other zoonotic viruses
Rabies
Retroviruses: human T-lymphotropic virus, human immunodeficiency virus, and acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
Papilloma and polyoma viruses
Persistent viral infections of the central nervous system
Pathogenic bacteria
Bacteria: basic concepts
Pathogenesis of bacterial infections
Antibacterial agents and resistance
Staphylococci
Streptococci and enterococci
Corynebacterium, Listeria, and Bacillus
Mycobacteria
Actinomyces and Nocardia
Clostridium, Peptostreptococcus, Bacteroides, and other anaerobes
Neisseria
Haemophilus and Bordetella
Vibrio, Campylobacter, and Helicobacter
Enterobacteriaceae
Legionella and Coxiella
Pseudomonas and other opportunistic gram-negative bacilli
Plague and other bacterial zoonotic diseases
Spirochetes
Mycoplasma
Chlamydia
Rickettsia, Ehrlichia, Anaplasma, and Bartonella
Dental and periodontal infections
Pathogenic Fungi
Fungi: basic concepts
Pathogenesis and diagnosis of fungal infection
Antifungal agents and resistance
Dermatophytes, Sporothrix, and other superficial and subcutaneous fungi
Candida, Aspergillus, Pneumocystis, and other opportunistic fungi
Cryptococcus, Histoplasma, Coccidioides, and other systemic fungal pathogens
Pathogenic parasites
Parasites: basic concepts
Pathogenesis and diagnosis of parasitic infection
Antiparasitic agents and resistance
Apicomplexa and microsporidia
Sarcomastigophora: the amebas
Sarcomastigophora: the flagellates
Intestinal nematodes
Tissue nematodes
Cestodes
Trematodes
Glossary
Infectious diseases: syndromes and etiologies.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014 - Digitaleditor, Kenneth J. Ryan.Summary: "With this seventh edition, Sherris Medical Microbiology will complete its fourth decade. We are pleased to welcome new authors, Andy Alspaugh (mycology) and Megan Reller (epidemiology) from Duke and Scott Weissman (bacteriology) from the University of Washington. Sadly, George Ray a founding author and coeditor of the last three editions is no longer with us (see Dedication). John Sherris, the founding editor, continues to act as an inspiration to all of us."-- PrefaceDigital Access AccessMedicine 2018
- Digitaledited by Joseph LoCicero III, Richard H. Feins, Yolonda L. Colson, Gaetano Rocco.Contents:
Pt. A: Evolution of general thoracic surgery
Sect. I: History and pioneers in thoracic surgery
Pt. B: The lung, pleura, diaphragm and chest wall
Sect. II: Structure and function of the chest wall and lungs
Sect. III: Thoracic imaing
Sect. IV: Diagnostic procedures
Sect. V: Diagnostic procedures in pulmonary diseases
Sect. VI: Preoperative assessment of the thoracic surgical patient
Sect. VII: Preoperative and anesthetic management of the general thoracic surgical patient
Sect. VIII: Pulmonary resections
Sect. IX: Postoperative management of the general thoracic surgical patient
Sect. X: The chest cage
Sect. Xi: The diaphragm
Sect. XII: The pleura
Sect. XIII: The trachea and bronchi
Sect. XIV: Congenital, structural, and inflammatory diseases of the lung
Sect. XV: Carcinoma of the lung
Sect. XVI: Other tumors of the lung
Sect. XVII: Thoracic trauma
Sect. XVIII: Understanding statistical analysis and medical decision making
Pt. C: The esophagus
Sect. XIX: Structure of the esophagus
Sect. XX: Physiology of the esophagus
Sect. XXI: Diagnostic studies of the esophagus
Sect. XXII: Operative procedures in the management of esophageal disease
Sect. XXIII: Congenital, structural, and inflammatory diseases of the esophagus
Sect. XXIV: Malignant lesions of the esophagus
Pt. D: The mediastinum
Sect. XXV: Structure and function of the mediastinal contents
Sect. XXVI: Noninvasive investigations
Sect. XXVII: Invasive diagnostic investigations and surgical approaches
Sect. XXVIII: Mediastinal infections, mass lesions in the mediastinum, and control of vascular obstructing symptomatology
Sect. XXIX: Primary mediastinal tumors and syndromes associated with mediastinal lesions
Sect. XXX: Mediastinal cysts.Digital Access - Digitalmanaging author, R. Rand Allingham ; senior authors, Karim F. Damji [and five others].Summary: "Known for its consistent, authoritative content and presentation, Shields Textbook of Glaucoma is the premier succinct and clinically focused text on the medical and surgical management of glaucoma. This full-color, easy-to-use reference offers a rational approach to every aspect of the field, including rare glaucomas, and presents a total care plan for the patient. The seventh edition brings you fully up to date with all that's new in this rapidly changing field with new chapters, newly colorized line drawings, and an updated design for faster reference. Presents clear, concise, highly illustrated information ideal for general ophthalmologists, residents, and other non-specialists who treat patients with glaucoma. Includes new chapters on imaging; surgical management, including minimally invasive procedures such as micro-invasive glaucoma surgery (MIGS); sustained drug delivery; and malignant glaucoma/aqueous misdirection. Contains new images, newly colorized line drawings, and new icons that highlight and differentiate procedures for quick reference. Covers advances in genetics, technology, and surgical treatment that impact your management and treatment decisions.Offers expert information that is easy to find, clearly explained, and helpfully illustrated-all from an experienced team of authors who present a balanced, consistent approach throughout"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digital/PrintDigital Access WHO 2018
- DigitalHiroshi Shimizu.Contents:
Structure and function of the skin
Histopathology of the skin
Dermoscopy
Description of skin lesions
Diagnosis of skin diseases
Treatment of skin diseases
Eczema and dermatitis
Urticaria, prurigo and pruritus
Erythema and erythroderma
Drug-induced skin reactions (DISRs) and graft-versus-host disease (GVHD)
Vasculitis, purpura and other vascular diseases
Collagen diseases
Physicochemical injury and photosensitive diseases
Blistering and pustular diseases
Disorders of keratinization
Disorders of skin color
Metabolic disorders
Disorders of the dermis and subcutaneous fat
Disorders of the skin appendages
Nevi and neurocutaneous syndromes.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalThomas M. Scalea, editor.Contents:
Neck
The Chest
Emergency Department Thoracotomy
Indications and Techniques for Trauma Laparotomy
Indication and Techniques for Vascular Exploration
Intubation, Cricothyrotomy, Tube Thoracostomy, Diagnostic Peritoneal Lavage, and Local Wound Exploration
Ultrasound Physics for Point-of-Care Imaging: Performing the Various Exams with Technical Tips
Trachea, Bronchus, and Esophagus
The Lungs
Cardiac Injury
Liver Injuries
The Spleen
Pancreas and Duodenum
Stomach, Small Bowel, and Colon
Trauma of the Kidney, Ureter, Bladder
Traumatic Injuries and Common Surgical Emergencies of the External Genitalia and Urethra.- Cervical Vascular Injuries
Thoracic Vascular Injuries
Endovascular Therapy in Trauma
Timing of Fracture Fixation
Treatment of Pelvic Fractures.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalThomas M. Scalea, editor.Summary: This book acts as a portable and easy-to-understand reference for surgical trainees or young faculty members that are interested in reviewing procedures on the way to the operating room. This second edition aims to provide a practical hands-on approach to operative trauma management. Following the success of the first edition, chapters were revised, updated, and added due to substantial changes in trauma care over the past few years. Several new experts contributed their knowledge and techniques inside this new edition. For example, chapters on fasciotomy and resuscitative endovascular balloon occlusion of the aorta (REBOA) have been added. The second edition of The Shock Trauma Manual of Operative Techniques is a valuable reference for practicing surgeons in the community and serves to aid trauma practitioners as they attempt to deal with operative challenges.
Contents:
Neck: Indication and Techniques for Trauma Exploration
The Chest: Indication and Techniques for Trauma Exploration
Emergency Department Thoracotomy
Indications and Techniques for Trauma Laparotomy
Indications and Techniques for Vascular Exploration
Intubation, Cricothyrotomy, Tube Thoracostomy, Diagnostic Peritoneal Lavage, and Local Wound Exploration
Ultrasound for Point-of-Care Imaging: Performing the Various Exams with Technical Tips
Trachea, Bronchus, and Esophagus Injuries: Techniques
Lung Injury: Techniques
Cardiac Injury: Techniques
Liver Injuries: Techniques
Spleen Injuries: Techniques
Pancreas and Duodenum Injuries: Techniques
Stomach, Small Bowel, and Colon Injuries: Techniques
Trauma of the Kidney, Ureter, and Bladder: Techniques
Cervical Vascular Injuries: Techniques
Thoracic Vascular Injuries: Techniques
Abdominal Vascular Injuries: Techniques
Endovascular Therapy in Trauma
Resuscitative Endovascular Balloon Occlusion of the Aorta (REBOA)
Extremity Fasciotomies
Treatment of Pelvic Fractures. - Digitalvolume editors, Ching-Jen Wang, Wolfgang Schaden, Jih-Yang Ko.Contents:
History of shockwave treatment and its basic principles / Vincent, K.C.S., d'Agostino, M.C
Development of extracorporeal shockwave therapy for treatment of osteonecrosis of the femoral head / Cheng, J.-H., Hsu, S.-L., Wang, C.-J.
Extracorporeal shockwave therapy for tendinopathy / Ko, J.-Y., Wang, F.-S.
Significance of extracorporeal shockwave therapy in fracture treatment / Haffner, N., Smolen, D., Dahm, F., Schaden, W., Mittermayr, R.
Local and systemic effects of extracorporeal shock wave therapy on bone / Russo, S., Servodidio, V., Mosillo, G., Sadile, F.
Extracorporeal shockwave therapy and sports-related injuries / Leal, C.A., Berumen, E., Fernandez, A., Bucci, S., Castillo, A.F.
Preclinical and clinical application of extracorporeal shockwave for ischemic cardiovascular disease / Yip, H.-K., Lee, F.-Y., Chen, K.-H., Sung, P.-H., Sun, C.-K.
Mechanisms underlying extracorporeal shock wave treatment for ischemic cardiovascular disease
Sun, C.-K., Yip, Y.-K.
Effect of extracorporeal shockwave on angiogenesis and anti-inflammation : molecular-cellular signaling pathways / Leu, S., Huang, T.-H., Chen, Y.-L., Yip, H.-K.
Extracorporeal shockwave therapy assisted intravesical drug delivery / Tyagi, P., Chuang, Y.-C.
Application of extracorporeal shockwave therapy on erectile dysfunction and lower urinary tract inflammatory diseases / Wang, H.J.
Current applications and future prospects of extracorporeal shockwave therapy / Sansone, V., Frairia, R., Brañes, M., Romero, P., Catalano, M.G., Applefield, R.C.Digital Access Karger 2018 - DigitalDouglas W Arthur, Frank A. Vicini, David E. Wazer, Atif J. Khan, editors.Contents:
PART I: Accelerated Breast Irradiation: History, Rationale, and Controversies
Pathologic Anatomy of Early-Stage Breast Cancer: Defining the Target
The Radiobiology of Accelerated Breast Irradiation
Quality Assurance and Radiation Safety/Medical Events
Surgical Considerations in Partial Breast Irradiation
Impact of Oncoplastic Surgery on adjuvant XRT
Comparison of true cost between modalities in a changing health care system
PART II: Hypofractionated WBI: Patient Selection
Physics of HWBI
Treatment History
PART III: Accelerated Partial Breast Irradiation: Patient Selection
Physics of Accelerated Partial Breast Irradiation
Interstitial brachytherapy
Intracavitary brachytherapy
3D-Conformal external beam radiotherapy
PART IV: Intra-operative Radiation Therapy: Patient Selection
Physics of IORT
50 kV Photons: Targeted Intraoperative Radiotherapy (TARGIT)
Intraoperative Technique with Electrons
PART V: Emerging treatment approaches: Extreme hypofractionation (brachytherapy, Gammapod, UK FAST WBI)
APBI for breast augmentations
Accuboost
APBI for in-breast recurrence following WBI
Preoperative partial breast
Locoregional Hypofractionation
PART VI: Hypofractionation for metastatic disease: Stereotactic treatment for Oligometastatic disease
Hypofractionaton for palliation. - DigitalBoyd J. Tomasetti, Rolf Ewers, editors.Summary: This comprehensive guide to short implants will take the reader through their research and development, explain the clinical indications, evaluate the outcomes achieved with various implants, and explore restorative and laboratory considerations. Short implants have steadily gained greater market share in the last decade as practitioners sought alternatives to traditional length implants in order to avoid grafting procedures. Current manufacturers offer a variety of implant lengths and widths, allowing surgeons and restorative dentists the ability to select the best implant for each clinical circumstance. Cutting edge information is provided on the research and clinical results achieved utilizing a range of implants, specifically those developed by Nobel Biocare, Straumann, Jack Hahn, and Bicon. Readers will also find an extensive description of the role of ultra-short implants involving reconstruction in both cleft patients and cancer patients who have lost portions of their mandible and/or maxilla. This book is a must-have for those interested in learning how the use of short and ultra-short implants offers both surgeons and restorative dentists an opportunity to stand out from those that use only the traditional length implants.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Contents
Contributors
1: A Short History of Dental Implants
References
2: Short Implants: Indications and Contraindications
References
3: Short Implants and Early Brånemark Team Developments: Heritage Established at the Outset
References
4: The Short Implant Heritage Continues: The Possibility of Reduced Grafting Without Restorative Compromise
4.1 Approaching the Site with Minimal Bone Volume
4.2 The Most Important Part of the Implant
References
5: The Straumann Short Implants
5.1 Introduction
5.2 The Straumann 6 mm Implant 5.3 The Straumann 4 mm Implant
5.4 Conclusions
References
6: Short Implants: Historical Perspectives
6.1 What Is a Short Implant?
6.2 Implant Design
6.3 Rational for Short Implants, Why Do They Work?
6.4 Summary and Conclusion
References
7: Significance of Bone-Implant Contact in Short Implants and Clinical Impact
7.1 Bone Biology, Osseointegration, Bone-Implant Contact, and Physics
7.2 Assessment of Osseointegration
7.3 Clinical Osseointegration and Short Implants
7.4 Conclusion Statements
References 8: The Survival of Short and Ultrashort Plateau Root Form Implants
8.1 Introduction
8.2 Survival Studies on Plateau Root Form Implants
8.2.1 Definition
8.3 Statistical Models
8.4 Data Sample
8.5 Factors Associated with Failures of Osseointegration
8.6 Smoking Impairs Osseointegration in the Maxilla
8.6.1 Clinical Recommendations Regarding Patients Who Smoke Tobacco
8.7 One-Stage Surgical Protocol and Osseointegration
8.8 Immediate Implant Placement and Higher Failures in the Mandible
8.8.1 Clinical Recommendations 8.9 Implant Size and Osseointegration
8.10 Failure to Survive after Loading
8.11 Long-Term Performance of Ultrashort Implants in Posterior Maxilla
8.12 Long-Term Performance of Ultrashort Implants in Posterior Mandible
References
9: Short Implant in Cleft Cases
9.1 Dental Implants Overview
9.2 Summary
9.2.1 Short and Ultrashort Implants
References
10: Rehabilitation of Tumour Patients with Ultra-Short Implants and TRINIA Bridges
10.1 Epidemiology and Aetiology of Oral Squamous Cell Carcinomas
10.2 Multimodal Therapy of the OSCC 10.3 Implant Rehabilitation of Tumour Patients
10.4 Discussion
References
11: Minimally Invasive Sinus Lift Using Short Implants
References
12: The Use of Short and Ultrashort Implants in Atrophic Jaws
12.1 Atrophic Maxilla
12.2 Conclusions
12.3 Atrophic Mandible
12.3.1 Trio-TRINIA®
12.4 Summary and Conclusion
References
13: Restorative Techniques for Bicon Short® Implants
13.1 Crown-to-Implant Ratio
13.2 Factors of Bone Gain Versus Bone Loss
13.3 Bicon Restorations: Design and Technique
13.4 Single-Unit Restorations - DigitalW. Frank Peacock, editor.Contents:
Part I: Administrative and Regulatory Issues
Society of Cardiovascular Patient Care's Acute Heart Failure Accreditation
The Economics and Reimbursement of Acute Heart Failure
Regulatory Requirements in Acute Heart Failure
Quality and Operational Metrics in Heart Failure
Staffing and Facilities Requirements for Short Stay Unit Acute Heart Failure Management
Part II: Pathophysiology and Demographics
Pathophysiology of Acute Decompensated Heart Failure
Acute Heart Failure: Epidemiology and Demographics
Part III: EMS/Emergency Department Assessment and Treatment
Pre-hospital Management of Acute Heart Failure
Dyspnea Assessment and Airway Management in Acute Heart Failure Patients
Volume Assessment in the Emergency Department
Diagnostic and Prognostic Biomarkers in Emergency Department Acute Heart Failure
Bedside Ultrasound in the Evaluation and Management of Acute Heart Failure
Emergency Department Therapy of Acute Heart Failure
Part IV: Short Stay Unit: Admission, Treatment, and Disposition
Short Stay Unit Admission Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
Essentials of Patient Education in the Emergency Department and Short Stay Unit
Emergency Department and Short Stay Unit Acute Heart Failure Discharge Criteria
Effective Discharge Planning For Acute Heart Failure in the Short Stay Unit
Drugs that Should Not be Used in the Management of Acute Heart Failure
Errors to Avoid in Acute Heart Failure Care
Chronic Heart Failure Management: Drugs Recommended for Routine Use
Implantable Cardiac Devices in the Short Stay Management of Acute Heart Failure
Implications of Atrial Fibrillation in Acute Heart Failure Management
Controversies in Acute Heart Failure Management
Acute Heart Failure Research in the Emergency Department and Short Stay Unit
Part V: Resources
Clinical Pathways/Algorithms
Patient Education Tools
Discharge Instructions.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalMargarita Pena, Anwar Osborne, William Franklin Peacock, editors.Summary: The second edition of this book provides scientific and clinical insights on the management of patients who arrive at the hospital with a presentation consistent with a potential acute coronary syndrome. Focusing on the cardiology aspects of chest pain, it presents the science and methodology that has allowed the remarkable improvements in diagnostic accuracy and improved patient outcomes for the evaluation of patients presenting with suspected acute coronary syndromes. Chapters address key issues of the implementation of high sensitivity troponin and the use of contemporary non-invasive myocardial perfusion evaluation technologies (e.g., coronary artery computed tomography). It also addresses the cutting edge application of new technologies that promise to effect the early identification of coronary vascular disease. This new edition offers updated chapters as well as brand new chapters. Short Stay Management of Chest Pain is a valuable tool for acute care physicians, nurses, and hospital administrators devoted to caring for this population.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Epidemiology and Demographics of Coronary Artery Disease
Chapter 2. Financial Impact of Acute Coronary Syndromes
Chapter 3. Billing for Short Stay Chest Pain Services
Chapter 4. Why have Chest Pain Patients in a Short Stay Unit?
Chapter 5. What is the Value of Accreditation in Cardiology?
Chapter 6. Pathophysiology and Definition of Acute Coronary Syndromes
Chapter 7. Emergency Department Presentation of Chest Pain
Chapter 8. Chest Pain Risk Stratification by History, Physical, and EKG
Chapter 9. The Role of Biomarkers Chest Pain Evaluation
Chapter 10. Are Risk Scoring Systems Necessary?
Chapter 11. Emergency Department Disposition of Patients Presenting with Chest Pain
Chapter 12. Short Stay Unit Requirements
Chapter 13. Medical Therapy of Chest Pain Patients Managed in a Short Stay Unit
Chapter 14. Provocative Testing for the Evaluation of Patients with Chest Pain
Chapter 15. Use of Multi-slice CT for the Evaluation of Patients with Chest Pain
Chapter 16. Use of MRI for the Evaluation of Patients with Chest Pain
Chapter 17. New Technologies for the Evaluation of Acute Coronary Syndromes: Magnetocardiography
Chapter 18. Disposition from the Short Stay Unit
19. Examples of Short Stay Chest Pain Protocols, Order Sheets and Discharge Instructions. . - DigitalAlan Eppel.Springer eBooks.Summary: This book is an easy-to-use guide to short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy for early career practitioners and students of mental health. Written by an expert psychiatric educator, this book is meticulously designed to emphasize clarity and succinctness to facilitate quality training and practice. Developed in a reader-friendly voice, the text begins by introducing the theoretical underpinnings of psychodynamic psychotherapy. Topics include the principles of attachment theory, the dual system theory of emotion processing, decision theory, choice point analysis and a critical review of the research literature. The book then shifts its focus to a description in a manualized format of the objectives and tasks of each phase of therapy within the framework of the engagement, emotion-processing and termination phases. The book concludes with a chapter on psychodynamically informed clinical practice for non-psychotherapists. Short-Term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy is the ultimate tool for the education of students, residents, trainees, and fellows in psychiatry, psychology, counseling, social work, and all other clinical mental health professions.
Contents:
The Emergence of Short-Term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy
The Application of Attachment Theory to Short-Term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy
Understanding and Recognizing Emotion
A Critical Review of Psychotherapy Research
Updating the Language of Psychodynamic Psychotherapy
Choice Point Analysis
A Manual for Short-Term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy
Supervision: Applying Action Alternatives
Psychodynamically Informed Clinical Practice For Non-Psychotherapists. - Digitaledited by Daniel Martins-de-Souza, Laboratory of Neuroprotemics, Department of Biochemistry, Institute of Biology, State University of the Campinas (UNICAMP), Campinas, Brazil, Max Planck Institute of Psychiatry, Munich, Germany, Research Group of Proteomics, Department of Psychiatry and Psychotherapy, Ludwig-Maximilians-University of Munich, Munich, Germany, Laboratory of Neurosciences (LIM-27), Institute of Psychiatry, University of Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.Contents:
Survey of shotgun proteomics / Fabio Cesar Sousa Nogueira and Gilberto B. Domont
LC-MALDI-TOF/TOF for shotgun proteomics / Patricia Fernández-Puente ... [et al.]
Fully automatable multidimensional reversed-phase liquid chromatography with online tandem mass spectrometry / Maggie P.Y. Lam ... [et al.]
GeLC-MS/MS analysis of complex protein mixtures / Monika Dzieciatkowska, Ryan Hill, and Kirk C. Hansen
IPG strip-based peptide fractionation for shotgun proteomics / Murat Eravci, Christian Sommer, and Matthias Selbach
SILAC yeast : from labeling to comprehensive Proteome Quantification / Lyris M. F. de Godoy
Analysis of proteome dynamics in mice by isotopic labeling / John C. Price and Sina Ghaemmaghami
Stable isotope labeling in mammals (SILAM) / Daniel B. McClatchy and John R. Yates III
Analysis of individual protein turnover in live animals on a proteome-wide scale / Stefan Reckow and Christian Webhofer
Determining protein subcellular localization in mammalian cell culture with biochemical fractionation and iTRAQ 8-plex quantification / Andy Christoforou, Alfonso Martinez Arias, and Kathryn S. Lilley
Brain quantitative proteomics combining GeLC-MS and isotope-coded protein labeling (ICPL) / Giuseppina Maccarrone, Maria Lebar, and Daniel Martins-de-Souza
Employing TMT quantification in a shotgun-MS platform / Darragh P. O'Brien and John F. Timms
Employing TMT quantification in shotgun-MS proteomic analysis : a focus on skeletal muscle / Bruno Menezes de Oliveira
Spectral counting label-free proteomics / Liisa Arike and Lauri Peil
Quantification of proteins by label-free LC-MSE / Alon Savidor and Yishai Levin
Bioinformatics for proteomics : opportunities at the interface between the scientists, their experiments, and the community / Marc Vaudel ... [et al.]
Identification of DNA damage checkpoint-dependent protein interactions in Saccharomyces cerevisiae using quantitative mass spectrometry / Francisco M. Bastos de Oliveira and Marcus B. Smolka
Application of shotgun proteomics for discovery-driven protein-protein interaction / Livia Goto-Silva ... [et al.]
Mapping protein complexes using covalently linked antibodies and isobaric mass tags / Antje Dittmann ... [et al.]
Biomarker verification using selected reaction monitoring and shotgun proteomics / Angel Mauricio Castro-Gamero, Clarice Izumi, and José César Rosa
Use of universal stable isotope labeling by amino acids in cell culture (SILAC)-based selected reaction monitoring (SRM) approach for verification of breast cancer-related protein markers / Ning Qing Liu ... [et al.]
Secretome analysis by high-throughput proteomics and multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) / Vitor M. Faça ... [et al.]
Preparation of heteroelement-incorporated and stable isotope-labeled protein standards for quantitative proteomics / Anna Konopka ... [et al.]
One-source peptide/phosphopeptide ratio standards for accurate and site-specific determination of the degree of phosphorylation / Martin E. Boehm, Bettina Hahn, and Wolf D. Lehmann
Quantitative glycoproteomics for N-glycoproteome profiling / Sheng Pan
Practical recipe to survey phosphoproteomes / William C. Edelman ... [et al.]
Quantitation of the phosphoproteome using the library-assisted eXtracted ion chromatogram (LAXIC) strategy / Justine V. Arrington, Liang Xue, and W. Andy Tao
Fast, efficient, and quality-controlled phosphopeptide enrichment from minute sample amounts using titanium dioxide / Clarissa Dickhut, Sonja Radau, and René P. Zahedi
Quantifying small molecule-induced changes in cellular protein expression and posttranslational modifications using isobaric mass tags / Isabelle Becher, Maria Fälth Savitski, and Marcus Bantscheff
Analysis of protein structure by cross-linking combined with mass spectrometry / Evgeniy V. Petrotchenko ... [et al.]
Top-down proteomics by means of orbitrap mass spectrometry / Kai Scheffler.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalGazi Huri, Nikolaos K. Paschos, editors.Contents:
[Contents] Shoulder Anatomy.
Surgical Approaches to the Shoulder.
Shoulder Biomechanics.
History.
Physical Evaluation.
Assessing Outcomes.
Three-Dimensional Visualization in Clinical Shoulder Practice.
Clavicle Fractures.
Proximal Humerus Fractures.
Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty for 3-Part and 4-Part Proximal Humerus Fractures.
Dislocations and Fracture Dislocations of the Shoulder Girdle.
Scapula and Glenoid Fractures.
Inflammatory Arthropathy of the Shoulder.
Joint Sepsis.
Avascular Necrosis.
Soft Tissue Disorders.
Splints and Orthoses.
Shoulder Rehabilitation.
Injections.
Arthroscopic Positioning: Beach Chair Versus Lateral.
Anatomic Shoulder Arthroplasty.
Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty.
Resection Arthroplasty.
Revısıon Shoulder Arthroplasty.
Shoulder Arthrodesis.
Anatomy, Assesment, and Surgery of the Biceps Tendon.
Rotator Cuff Surgery.
Surgical Management of Stiff Shoulder.
Surgical Management of Shoulder InstabilitiesDigital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaleditor, Jenny T. Bencardino.Summary: This book covers all aspects of imaging diagnosis of shoulder disorders from a clinical perspective. After discussion of relevant imaging techniques, a wide spectrum of disorders is addressed in a series of dedicated chapters on rotator cuff injuries and impingement syndromes, biceps tendon and rotator interval pathology, glenohumeral instability, SLAP tears and microinstability, shoulder girdle fractures, shoulder arthropathies, tumors and tumor-like conditions, and entrapment neuropathies. Separate consideration is also given to the pediatric shoulder and to preoperative planning, postoperative imaging, and surgical techniques in patients undergoing shoulder arthroplasty. The unique anatomy and range of motion of the shoulder joint can present a diagnostic challenge. Characterization of soft tissue injuries and radiographically occult osseous pathology is often facilitated by the use of advanced imaging techniques, including MRI, CT, and ultrasound. Readers will find this excellently illustrated book to be an invaluable aid to diagnostic interpretation when employing these techniques.
Contents:
Part I Imaging Techniques
Chapter 1 Current Protocols for Radiographic and CT Evaluation of the Shoulder
Chapter 2 Technical Update in Conventional and Arthrographic MRI of the Shoulder
Chapter 3 Sonographic Evaluation of the Shoulder
Chapter 4 Image-Guided Procedures of the Shoulder
Part II Rotator Cuff, Bicepts and Rotator Interval
Chapter 5 Imaging Diagnosis of Rotator Cuff Pathology and Impingement Syndromes
Chapter 6 Imaging Diagnosis of Biceps Tendon and Rotator Interval Pathology
Part III The Labrum
Chapter 7 Imaging Diagnosis of Glenohumeral Instability with Clinical Implications
Chapter 8 Imaging Diagnosis of SLAP Tears and Microinstability
Part IV Trauma and Arthropathies
Chapter 9 Imaging Diagnosis of Shoulder Girdle Fractures
Chapter 10 Imaging Diagnosis of Shoulder Arthropathy
Chapter 11 Preoperative Planning and Postoperative Imaging of Shoulder Arthroplasty
Part V Miscellaneous
Chapter 12 Imaging Diagnosis of Tumors and Tumor-like Conditions of the Shoulder
Chapter 13 Imaging of Pediatric Disorders of the Shoulder
Chapter 14 Imaging Diagnosis of Nerve Entrapments in the Shoulder.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digital[edited by] Robert A. Arciero, Frank A. Cordasco, Matthew T. Provencher.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
- Digital[edited by] Donald H. Lee, Robert J. Neviaser.Contents:
Part I: Shoulder. A: Rotator cuff. Acromioplasty
Rotator cuff repair: open technique for partial-thickness or small or medium full-thickness tears
Rotator cuff repair: arthroscopic technique for partial-thickness or small or medium full-thickness tears
Open repair of rotator cuff tears
Arthroscopic repair of massive rotator cuff tears
Operative fixation of symptomatic os acromiale
B: Arthritic shoulder. Humeral head resurfacing arthroplasty
Humeral hemiarthroplasty with biologic glenoid resurfacing
Total shoulder arthroplasty
Rotator cuff tear arthroplasty: open surgical treatment
Open unconstrained revision shoulder arthroplasty
C: Instability. Closed treatment of shoulder dislocations
Arthroscopic treatment of traumatic anterior instability of the shoulder
Open treatment of anterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder
Arthroscopic treatment of anterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder
Anterior glenohumeral instability associated with glenoid or humeral bone deficiency: the Latarjet procedure
Open treatment of posterior-inferior shoulder instability
Arthroscopic treatment of posterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder
Open Bankart procedure for recurrent anterior shoulder dislocation
D: Biceps tendon. Mini-open biceps tenodesis
Arthroscopic biceps tenodesis
SLAP lesion: arthroscopic reconstruction of the labrum and biceps anchor
Treatment of the unstable shoulder with humeral head bone loss
E: Clavicle. Open distal clavicle excision
Arthroscopic distal clavicle resection
Open treatment of acute and chronic acromioclavicular dislocations
Sternoclavicular joint reconstruction using semitendinosus graft
F: Trauma. Open reduction and internal fixation of acute midshaft clavicular fractures
Intramedullary fixation of clavicle fractures
Operative treatment of two-part proximal humerus fractures
Open reduction and internal fixation of three- and four-part proximal humerus fractures
Percutaneous fixation of proximal humerus fractures
Proximal humerus fractures: hemiarthroplasty
Operative management of scapular fractures
G: Miscellaneous. Surgical approaches to the shoulder
Arthrodesis of the shoulder
Open and arthroscopic suprascapular nerve decompression
Scapular surgery
Adhesive capsulitis
Arthroscopic treatment of calcific tendinitis in the shoulder
Nerve transfers for shoulder and elbow restoration after upper trunk brachial plexus injuries
Thoracic outlet syndrome
Suprascapular nerve neuropathy
Part II: Elbow. A: Introduction. Surgical approaches for open treatment of the elbow
B: Elbow Arthroscopy. Arthroscopy of the elbow: setup and portals
Elbow arthritis and stiffness: open treatment
Elbow arthritis and stiffness: arthroscopic treatment
C: Arthroplasty. Radial head fractures: radial head replacement
Total elbow arthroplasty
Total elbow arthroplasty for the treatment of complex distal humerus fractures
Radiocapitellar replacement
Revision total elbow arthroplasty
D: Soft tissue pathology. Medial epicondylitis: open treatment
Lateral epicondylitis: arthroscopic and open treatment
Repair of distal biceps tendon ruptures
Repair and reconstruction of the ruptured triceps
E: Nerves. Endoscopic cubital tunnel release
Submuscular ulnar nerve transposition
Surgical decompression for radial tunnel syndrome
F: Trauma. Distal humerus fractures, including isolated distal lateral column and capitellar fractures
Radial head fractures: open reduction and internal fixation
Open treatment of complex traumatic elbow instability
Surgical reconstruction of longitudinal radioulnar dissociation (Essex-Lopresti injury)
Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction using the modified Jobe technique
Lateral ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction
G: Miscellaneous. Soft tissue coverage
Operative management of olecranon bursitis
Elbow arthroscopic débridement for osteochondritis dissecans.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalT. Bradley Edwards, Brent J. Morris.Summary: "Focusing on all key aspects of shoulder replacement surgery and emphasizing on the latest techniques and tools, Shoulder Arthroplasty, 2nd Edition, brings you expert procedural approaches from two master surgeons in the field: Drs. T. Bradley Edwards and Brent J. Morris. Extensively illustrated, this technique-intensive reference provides step-by-step guidance on the most effective approaches to patients in everyday practice, including the variations and complications that surgeons invariably encounter. Focused, concise coverage includes indications and contraindications, preoperative planning and imaging, results and complications, and more"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Section one: The basics. Evolution of shoulder arthroplasty
Becoming a shoulder arthroplasty surgeon
Operating room setup
Anesthesia, patient positioning, and patient preparation
Long head of the biceps tendon
Section two: Unconstrained shoulder arthroplasty for chronic conditions. Indications and contraindications
Preoperative planning and imaging
Surgical approach
Subscapularis
Glenoid exposure
Humeral component
Glenoid component
Soft tissue balancing
Subscapularis and rotator interval repair
Wound closure and postoperative orthosis
Results and complications
Section three: Reverse shoulder arthroplasty for chronic conditions. Indications and contraindications
Preoperative planning and imaging
Surgical approach
Glenoid exposure
Humeral component
Glenoid component
Reduction and deltoid tensioning
Wound closure and postoperative orthosis
Results and complications
Section four: Arthroplasty for fracture. Indications and contraindications
Preoperative planning and imaging
Surgical approach (handling of the tuberosities)
Humeral prosthetic positioning
Tuberosity reduction and fixation
Wound closure and postoperative orthosis
Results and complications
Section five: Alternatives to conventional shoulder arthroplasty. Stemless shoulder arthroplasty
Biological alternatives to shoulder arthroplasty
Section six: Revision shoulder arthroplasty. Indications and contraindications
Preoperative planning, imaging, and special tests
Surgical approach
Humeral stem removal and glenoid exposure
Humerus
Glenoid component
Wound closure and postoperative orthosis
Results and complications
Section seven: Postoperative rehabilitation. Rehabilitation following shoulder arthroplasty
Section eight: The future. Future directions in shoulder arthroplasty.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - Digitaleditor, Joseph D. Zuckerman ; illustrations by Bernie Kida.Summary: "Covering every aspect of shoulder arthroplasty from initial assessment to comprehensive postoperative rehabilitation, Shoulder Arthroplasty: Principles and Practice, provides highly illustrated, authoritative guidance on the fastest growing arthroplasty procedure. Dr. Joseph Zuckerman, former president of the American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons and the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, has assembled a team of world-renowned contributing authors who clearly explain and demonstrate-in print and in video-the techniques they utilize to achieve successful outcomes. This one-stop reference is an ideal resource for surgeons at all levels of experience who wish to further enhance their ability to perform shoulder replacement. Covers the essentials of glenohumeral anatomy and the surgical approaches used for shoulder arthroplasty along with in-depth descriptions of preoperative evaluation and patient selection. Comprehensive sections on all aspects of primary anatomic shoulder arthroplasty, reverse total shoulder arthroplasty, and shoulder arthroplasty for fractures. Detailed techniques for revision shoulder arthroplasty that covers the full spectrum of clinical scenarios encountered including comprehensive sections on complications following surgery. Discusses special situations such as nerve injury after arthroplasty, arthroplasty for chronic dislocations, arthroplasty in the Parkinson's patient, arthroplasty for shoulder tumors, prevention of infection, outpatient total shoulder arthroplasty, and much more. Provides superb visual guidance through full-color illustrations and procedural videos for techniques covered in the book"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2022
- DigitalGazi Huri, Filippo Familiari, Young Lae Moon, Mahmut Nedim Doral, Giulio Maria Marcheggiani Muccioli, editors.Summary: This book describes and evaluates techniques and devices used in shoulder arthroplasty with a view to enabling readers to improve their surgical practice. After an opening section on basic knowledge, including surgical anatomy, key issues in total shoulder arthroplasty and reverse total shoulder arthroplasty (RTSA) are considered in detail. Among the topics covered are biomechanics, cemented versus cementless humeral fixation, the comparative merits of humeral components featuring short stem and stemless designs and of pegged and keeled glenoid components, the influence of humeral inclination in RTSA, and the avoidance and management of unstable RTSA. An entire section is then devoted to the description and illustration of valuable surgical tips and tricks. Arthroplasty for acute proximal humerus fractures is considered separately, again addressing important aspects of technique and current controversies. The book is an outcome of a workshop held by the international Shoulder Club, formed at Hacettepe University in Ankara in 2015 with the aim of bringing together leading authorities in the field and young orthopedic surgeons and students from across the world in order to disseminate expertise and exchange ideas.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Shoulder anatomy
Chapter 2. Axillary Nerve Palsy
Chapter 3. Deltopectoral approach
Chapter 4. Biomechanics of RTSA
Chapter 5. Anatomic Shoulder Arthroplasty: Causes and Indications to Surgery
Chapter 6. Total Shoulder Arthroplasty: Principles and Biomechanics
Chapter 7. Unstable Reverse Total Shoulder Arthoplasty How to Avoid and Manage
Chapter 8. Keeled or Pegged Polyethylene Glenoid Componenets
Chapter 9. Genral Principals of Rehabilitation Following Shoulder Surgery
Chapter 10. Rehabilitation after Shoulder Arthroplasty. Chapter 11. Indications for Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty
Chapter 12. Stemless RTSA
Chapter 13. Massive, irreparable rotator cuff tears treated with an arthroscopic-assisted latissimus dorsi tendon transfer: Indications, surgical technique, and outcomes
Chapter 14. Fundamentals in Shoulder Radiology
Chapter 15. Shoulder Arthroplasty: Pain Management
Chapter 16. Shoulder Arthroplasty in the Treatment of Proximal Humeral Fractures
Chapter 17. Operative technique of angular stable plate fixation
Chapter 18. Complications of ORIF in proximal humeral fractures
Chapter 19. Acromioclavicular Joint Injuries
Chapter 20. Complications of Reverse Total Shoulder Arthroplasty. - DigitalOlivier Courage ; with Forewords by Stephen S. Burkhart, Philippe Hardy.Contents:
Prefaces
Introduction
Chapter 1 Being in the right conditions
1.1 Avoiding steam
1.2 Properly entering the shoulder
1.3 Avoiding blood
Chapter 2 Being properly installed
2.1 Installing the patient
2.2 The surgeon's ergonomy
Chapter 3 Basic essentials
3.1 Stable image
3.2 Straight image
3.3 Finding your instruments
Chapter 4 Exploring the shoulder
4.1 The glenohumeral
4.2 The subacromial space
Chapter 5 Tips for the key surgeries
5.1 Before the surgical arthroscopy
5.2 The rotator cuff
5.3 The subscapularis
5.4 The biceps
5.5 Instability and the arthroscopic Bankart
Chapter 6 Less frequent surgeries
6.1 The acromioclavicular
6.2 The subscapularis nerve
Chapter 7 How to evolve your techniques
7.1 Analyze your mistakes, travel and create
Conclusion.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalGiuseppe Milano, Andrea Grasso, editors.Summary: This comprehensive and stunningly illustrated textbook covers the entire spectrum of shoulder disease and arthroscopic techniques. It reviews the anatomy and the biomechanics of the shoulder, basic arthroscopic procedures, advanced reconstructive surgeries, and an overview on shoulder pathologies with a special focus on surgical approach. Shoulder Arthroscopy: Principles and Practice is a highly organized reference with all chapters following a standardized format: from detailed descriptions regarding epidemiology, pathophysiology, clinical findings, imaging, indication for treatment up to a step-by-step description of current surgical techniques, including tips and tricks on how to avoid the most common mistakes and complications. There is also an entire section dedicated to the evaluation of outcome measurements. The tips and techniques presented in this book are based on the Editor and his Contributors' individual experience. The book guides the orthopaedic resident and fellow who wants to focus on shoulder diseases, but it also represents a landmark reference for expert surgeons already involved in shoulder surgery.
Contents:
Anatomy of the Shoulder
Biomechanics of the Shoulder
Shoulder Examination
Imaging of the Shoulder
Biology of Injury and Repair of Soft Tissues of the Shoulder
Principles of Shoulder Rehabilitation
Instrumentation in Shoulder Arthroscopy
Operating Room Set-up and Patient Positioning
Anaesthesia in Shoulder Arthroscopy
Portal Placement and Related Anatomy
Diagnostic Shoulder Arthroscopy
Anchors and Sutures
Arthroscopic Suture Management
Arthroscopic Knot Tying
Acute Traumatic Anterior Shoulder Instability
Recurrent Anterior Shoulder Instability
Posterior Shoulder Instability
Multidirectional Instability of the Shoulder
The Overhead Athlete
SLAP Lesions
Subacromial Impingement
Partial-Thickness Rotator Cuff Tears
Full-Thickness Rotator Cuff Tears
Large to Massive Rotator Cuff Tears
Disorders of the Rotator Interval: Coracohumeral Ligament and Biceps Tendon
Subscapularis Tears
Treatment Options for Irreparable Rotator Cuff Tears
Calcific Tendonitis
The Stiff Shoulder
Degenerative Acromioclavicular Joint Disease
Arthritis and Synovitis of the Shoulder
Failed Instability Surgery
HAGL and Reverse HAGL Lesions
Arthroscopic Treatment of Bony Bankart Lesions
Management of Hill-Sachs Lesions
Glenoid Bone Loss: Arthroscopic Bone Grafting
Arthroscopic Latarjet Procedure
Failed Rotator Cuff Surgery
Arthroscopic Suprascapular Nerve Release
Biologic Augmentation in Rotator Cuff Repair
The Role of Platelet Rich Plasma in Rotator Cuff Repair
Arthroscopically-Assisted Latissimus Dorsi Transfer
Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis
Arthroscopic Management of Fractures of the Greater Tuberosity
Acromioclavicular Joint Instability
Scapulothoracic Disorders
Complications in Shoulder Arthroscopy
Outcome Research in Shoulder Arthroscopy: An Overview
Experimental Models in Shoulder Research
Outcome Measurements Tools for Functional Assessment of the Shoulder
Self- Assessment of Treatment Outcomes in Shoulder Arthroscopy.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalCharalambos Panayiotou Charalambous.Summary: This book provides a concise and up-to-date resource on common shoulder disorders. The reader will learn about various shoulder conditions, their presentation, evaluation and management. Anatomy, biomechanics, function, clinical history taking and examination, radiological imaging and other investigations, as well as principles of non-surgical and surgical management of the troublesome shoulder are presented first. The Shoulder Made Easy conveys clear, easily understood information to help practitioners in day-to-day clinical practice as well as in preparation for undergraduate or postgraduate exams. The book focuses on: Commonly encountered clinical symptoms of the shoulder: patients don't present with a clinical diagnosis but with symptoms such as pain, stiffness, weakness or instability and a thorough consideration of what could be accounting for such symptoms and how such symptoms may be dealt with is presented. Commonly encountered clinical disorders of the shoulder: each clinical disorder is concisely presented with the background, clinical symptoms, investigations, differential diagnosis, treatment and a further reading section. This book attempts to present information in an easily read, succinct way. In particular, this book tries to unpick and explain those concepts of shoulder disorders that may be difficult to understand. An attempt is made to pass on knowledge but more importantly also stimulate lateral thinking. Key diagrams, clinical photographs and radiographs are used as necessary to highlight important points; references to relevant landmark articles are also provided in each chapter. The book will be of great interest to medical students, junior orthopaedic doctors, GPs and physiotherapists.
Contents:
Anatomy and function of the shoulder
Clinical examination of the shoulder
Radiological imaging of the shoulder
Sub-acromial impingement
Rotator cuff tears subscapularis
Calcific tendinitis
Superior labrum tears
Para-labral cysts
Os-acromiale
Frozen shoulder
Anterior shoulder instability
Posterior shoulder instability
Multidirectional instability
Glenohumeral osteoarthritis
Acromioclavicular joint osteoarhtitis
Inflammatory arthritis
Winging scapula.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalEiji Itoi, Guillermo Arce, Gregory I. Bain, Ronald L. Diercks, Dan Guttmann, Andreas B. Imhoff, Augustus D. Mazzocca, Hiroyuki Sugaya, Yon-Sik Yoo, editors.Contents:
Classification and Epidemiology: Classification of Stiff Shoulder
Epidemiology. Etiology: Idiopathic
Post-Traumatic
Post Cuff Repair
Post Instability Repair
Other Post Surgical
Other Causes (Cuff Disease, Impingement, Osteoarthritis, heterotopic ossification, etc). Anatomy and Biomechanics: Anatomy Related to the Range of Motion
Biomechanics Related to the Range of Motion
Rotator Interval and Stiffness. Examinations: Pathophysiology: Histology and Laboratory Tests
Clinical Symptoms
Physical Examinations
Imaging. Conservative Treatment: Natural Course
Conservative Treatment. Surgical Treatment: MUA
Arthroscopic Release
Postop. Rehabilitation Program
Reported Outcomes and Results: What should we and the patient expect?.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJoshua S. Dines, MD, Orthopaedic Surgeon, Hospital for Special Surgery, Uniondale, New York, Associate Professor, Orthopaedic Surgery, Weill Cornell Medical College, New York, New York, USA, David M. Dines, MD, Orthopaedic Surgeon Hospital for Special Surgery, Uniondale, New York, Professor, Weill Cornell Medical College, New York, New York, USA, Lawrence V. Gulotta, MD, Associate Attending Orthopedic Surgeon, Hospital for Special Surgery, Uniondale, New York, Associate Professor, Orthopaedic Surgery, Weill Cornell Medical College, New York, New York, USASummary: The ultimate how-to resource on shoulder surgery from internationally renowned experts Shoulder problems related to degenerative conditions, sports injuries, or trauma comprise a significant percentage of orthopaedic surgery practice. Shoulder Surgery: Tricks of the Trade reflects collective expertise from Joshua Dines, David Dines and Lawrence Gulotta, renowned orthopaedic surgeons at the prestigious Hospital for Special Surgery in New York, and an impressive cadre of contributors. The unique resource features practical advice from recognized experts, presenting surgical essentials in an easy.
Contents:
Shoulder Surgery: Tricks of the Trade; MedOne Information; Title Page; Copyright; Dedication; Contents; Video Legends; Foreword; Preface; Contributors; I Rotator Cuff/Biceps; 1 Subacromial Decompression and Acromioplasty; 2 Arthroscopic Acromioclavicular Joint Resection; 3 Arthroscopic Capsular Release; 4 Arthroscopic Treatment of Calcific Tendinitis; 5 Arthroscopic Rotator Cuff Repair; 6 Partial Articular-Sided Supraspinatus Tear Repair; 7 Arthroscopic Subscapularis Repair; 8 Massive Rotator Cuff Repair (Mobilization Techniques, Slides); 9 Massive Rotator Cuff Repair: Margin Convergence 10 Revision Rotator Cuff Repair: Patch Augmentation11 Superior Capsule Reconstruction with Fascia Lata Autograft; 12 Superior Capsular Reconstruction; 13 Arthroscopic Suprapectoral Biceps Tenodesis; 14 Open Suprapectoral Biceps Tenodesis; 15 Open Subpectoral Biceps Tenodesis; 16 Arthroscopic Biceps Transfer; 17 SLAP Repair; 18 Internal Impingement; II Instability; 19 Arthroscopic Treatment of Multidirectional Instability; 20 Arthroscopic Anterior Stabilization; 21 Open Anterior Stabilization (Bankart/Capsular Shift); 22 Role of Remplissage in Anterior Shoulder Instability 23 Double-Row Labral Repair24 Anterior Humeral Avulsion of the Glenohumeral Ligament Repair; 25 Modified Open Latarjet: The "One-Screw" Technique; 26 The Arthroscopic Latarjet Procedure; 27 The Guided All-Arthroscopic Latarjet Procedure Using Cortical Button Fixation; 28 Eden-Hybinette for Failed Latarjet Procedure; 29 Distal Tibia Allograft for Failed Latarjet; 30 Partial Humeral Head Replacement: Allograft and Prosthetic; 31 Arthroscopic Posterior Stabilization; 32 Open Posterior Stabilization; 33 Arthroscopic Posterior HAGL Repair; 34 Modified McLaughlin for Posterior Dislocation 35 Latissimus Dorsi Tendon Transfer36 Lower Trapezius Transfer; 37 Pectoralis Major Transfer for Irreparable Subscapularis Tears; III Arthritis/Arthroplasty; 38 Comprehensive Arthroscopic Management Procedure for the Treatment of Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis; 39 Deltopectoral Approach for Shoulder Arthroplasty; 40 Humeral Resurfacing Arthroplasty; 41 Subscapularis Management in Shoulder Arthroplasty: Tenotomy, Peel, and Osteotomy; 42 Total Shoulder Arthroplasty; 43 Stemless Anatomic Shoulder Replacement 44 Patient-Specific Instrumentation Facilitates Glenoid Replacement in Shoulder Arthroplasty45 Posterior Glenoid Wear in Total Shoulder Replacement: Eccentric Reaming; 46 Posterior Glenoid Wear in Anatomic Total Shoulder Replacement: Augmented Polyethylene Glenoid Component; 47 Bone Grafting for B2/B3 Glenoid; 48 Convertible Components in Shoulder Arthroplasty; 49 Superior Approach to the Shoulder; 50 Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty; 51 Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty with a Shaped Humeral Head Autograft for B2/B3 and C Glenoids.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2019 - Digitaledited by Jeremy B. Searle (Cornell University), P. David Polly (Indiana University), Jan Zima (Academy of Sciences of the Czech Republic).Summary: Presents new insights into speciation through an in-depth analysis of extraordinary chromosomal variation in one species written by leading experts.
Contents:
Milestones in common shrew chromosomal research / Jan Zima and Jeremy B. Searle
Introducing the common shrew / Nikolay A. Shchipanov, Jan Zima and Sara Churchfield
Morphology and genetics of the common shrew : general features
Alina Mishta and Jeremy B. Searle
Phylogeography / Fríða Jóhannesdóttir, Andrew J. Thompson, Rodrigo Vega, Jeremy S. Herman, Thomas A. White, Marja Heikkinen, Anna A. Bannikova and Jeremy B. Searle
Chromosomal differentiation in the common shrew and related species / Nina S. Bulatova, Larisa S. Biltueva, Svetlana V. Pavlova, Natalia S. Zhdanova and Jan Zima
Phylogenetic relationships of chromosomal races / Thomas A. White, Jan M. Wojcik and Jeremy B. Searle
Meiosis and fertility associated with chromosomal heterozygosity / Pavel M. Borodin, Stanisław Fedyk, Włodzimierz Che̜tnicki, Anna A. Torgasheva, Svetlana V. Pavlova and Jeremy B. Searle
Chromosomal hybrid zones / Stanisław Fedyk, Svetlana V. Pavlova, Włodzimierz Che̜tnicki and Jeremy B. Searle
Gene flow between chromosomal races and species / GlennYannic, Patrick Basset, Agnès Horn and Jacques Hausser
Geometric morphometric tests for phenotypic divergence between chromosomal races / P. David Polly and Jan M. Wojcik
Is it really the chromosomes? / Patrick Basset, Glenn Yannic and Jacques Hausser
Further divergence : the role of ecology and behaviour / Boris I. Sheftel, Natalia V. Moraleva and Jacques Hausser
Climate, diversification and refugia in the common shrew : evidence from the fossil record / P. David Polly
Shrews, chromosomes and speciation / Jeremy B. Searle, Jan Zima and P. David Polly.Digital Access Cambridge 2019 - DigitalPatrick Williot, Guy Nonnotte, Denise Vizziano-Cantonnet, Mikhail Chebanov, editors.Summary: The biology of the Siberian sturgeon, Acipenser baerii Brandt 1869, has become a very attractive subject of investigation for biologists since the 1980s. This volume 1 is part of a two-volume set devoted to the species, the second of which focuses on farming. The present volume is divided into three parts: Biology and ecology, Biology and physiology of reproduction, and Ecophysiology, i.e. adaptation to the environment. The first part addresses a broad range of topics, such as: the ecology, including a new approach to species-specificity, a new insight on the mineralization of vertebral elements, two approaches to sex determination, transposable elements in the gonads, early ontogeny, olfaction and gustation, nutrition and swimming. The second part includes neurochemical and anatomical descriptions of the central nervous system and an updated version of the oogenesis, the characteristics of both sperm and spermatozoa, and a synthesis on gonadal steroids (synthesis, plasmatic levels and biological activities). In turn, the third part reveals how the physiology of the species changes depending on environmental factors such as oxygen, ammonia, and nitrite. Some fundamental consequences of ammonia are developed (sublethal and lethal levels, effects on gill epithelium and haematology, acid-base balance, on AA and adenyl nucleotides levels in plasma, brain and muscle tissue). In addition, the book includes two methodological chapters dealing with fish dorsal aortic cannulation and respiration physiology.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Contents; About the Editors; General Introduction to the Siberian Sturgeon Books with a Focus on Volume 1 Dedicated to the Biology of the Species; References; Part I: Biology and Ecology;
1: Geographical Distribution, Ecological and Biological Characteristics of the Siberian Sturgeon Species; 1.1 Geographical Distribution; 1.2 Species Structure; 1.3 Phylogenetic Relations of the Siberian Sturgeon; 1.4 Diet Composition; 1.5 Growth of the Sturgeon in Different Populations; 1.6 Spawning Habitat, Reproductive Parameters, and Peculiarities of Gameto- and Gonadogenesis. 3.1.3 The Duodenum3.1.4 The Spiral Gut; 3.1.5 The Hindgut; 3.1.6 The Pyloric Gland; 3.1.7 The Liver; 3.1.8 The Pancreas; 3.1.9 The Swim Bladder; 3.2 Blood Circulation and Blood-Making (Hemopoietic) Organs; 3.2.1 The Heart; 3.2.1.1 The Arterial Cone; 3.2.1.2 The Ventricle; 3.2.1.3 The Atrium; 3.2.2 The Spleen; 3.3 The Excretory System; 3.3.1 The Kidneys; 3.3.2 The Ureters; 3.4 Reproductive System; 3.4.1 The Ovaries; 3.4.2 The Oviducts; 3.4.3 The Testes; 3.4.4 The Spermaducts; References. 4.4.3 Seasonal Variations of Mineralization Rate in the Notochord4.5 Mechanical Constraints on the Axial Skeleton During Swimming; 4.6 Concluding Remarks; References;
5: Evolution of Molecular Investigations on Sturgeon Sex Determination and Most Recent Developments in DNA Methylation with a Focus on the Siberian Sturgeon; Introduction; 5.1 Material and Methods; 5.1.1 Study Fish and Sampling Procedures; 5.1.2 ISSR Analysis; 5.1.3 Measurement of Gene Expression; 5.1.4 MS-HRM Determination; 5.1.5 Statistics; 5.2 Results; 5.2.1 ISSR; 5.2.2 Gene Expression; 5.2.3 DNA Methylation.
4: The Axial Skeleton of the Siberian Sturgeon. Development, Organization, Structure and New Insights on Mineralization and Ossification of Vertebral Elements4.1 Axial Anomalies in Sturgeons; 4.2 Development and Growth of the Vertebral Axis; 4.3 Organization and Structural Composition of the Axial Skeleton; 4.3.1 Organization of Vertebral Elements; 4.3.2 Structure of the Vertebral Elements; 4.3.3 Development and Structure of the Notochord; 4.4 Mineralization of the Axial Skeleton; 4.4.1 Mineralization Process of the Vertebral Elements; 4.4.2 Mineralization in the Notochord Funiculus. - DigitalPatrick Williot, Guy Nonnotte, Mikhail Chebanov, editors.Summary: The Siberian sturgeon, Acipenser baerii Brandt 1869 is the most widely farmed sturgeon species. Continuing from Volume 1, which focuses on the biology of the species, the present Volume 2 in turn examines farming aspects. It is divided into six parts, the first of which deals with reproduction and early ontogenesis, i.e. reproductive cycles, controlled reproduction, sperm cryoconservation, and weaning of larvae. The second covers the growing phase with a focus on food and feeding (management, fish meal replacement, potential endocrine disruptions, usefulness of prebiotics and immunostimulants, and nitrogen excretion). Production-related data are the focus of the third part and include: characteristics (countries, structures of production, evolution in production, economic features) of the gross production of the species (meat and caviar) worldwide, a method for assessing the quality of caviars, off-flavors management, and an example of production of fingerlings for restocking. Part four addresses selected long-term management issues: genetic variability of brood stocks, genome manipulation and sex control, and the advantages of hybrids. The next three chapters constitute the fifth part, which is devoted to health status (immunology and welfare). In closing, the absence of ecological risks of introducing the species in non-native waters is shown using two long-term documented examples (Russia and France). Three methodological chapters round out the volume, covering: in vitro incubation of ovarian follicles, a richly illustrated library of echographies and photos, and a detailed presentation of oxygen demand studies.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Contents; Introduction to the Siberian Sturgeon Books with a Focus on Volume 2 Dedicated to the Farming of the Species; Acknowledgments; References; About the Editors; Part I: Reproduction and Early Ontogenesis;
26: Reproductive Cycles in Sturgeons with a Special Focus on the Farmed Siberian Sturgeon; Introduction; 26.1 The Means to Determining the Biological Cycles and Puberty; 26.2 Biological Cycles and Puberty in Sturgeons; 26.3 Some Conclusions; References;
27: Controlled Reproduction of Farmed Siberian Sturgeon Acipenser baerii Brandt; Introduction. 27.1 Some Reproduction-Related Sturgeon Biological Characteristics27.2 Preselection of Potential Brood Fish; 27.3 Management of Potential Future Brood Fish; 27.4 Definite Selection; 27.4.1 Males; 27.4.2 Females; 27.4.2.1 Plasmatic Indicators; 27.4.2.2 Observations of the Ovarian Follicles; 27.5 Hormonal Stimulation; 27.5.1 Possible Pre-spawning Corrections of Reproductive Status of Brood Fish; 27.5.2 Hormonal Stimulation; 27.6 Collection of Gametes; 27.7 Management of Gametes and Mating; 27.8 Treatment of Fertilized Eggs and Incubation; 27.9 Trends in the Yield of Ova. 27.10 PerspectivesReferences;
28: Siberian Sturgeon Sperm Cryoconservation; Introduction; 28.1 Cryopreservation and Cryodamage; 28.2 Procedures Developed for Teleosts Are Not Efficient for Sturgeon; 28.3 High Quality of Semen Is Prerequisite for Successful Cryopreservation; 28.4 Methanol Is Well Suited as Cryoprotectant for Sturgeon Cryopreservation; 28.4.1 Basic Protocol Developed by Horváth and Urbányi (2000); 28.4.2 Simplified Protocol Developed by Judycka et al. (2015b); 28.5 Effects of Cryopreservation on Semen Characteristics of Siberian Sturgeon. 28.6 The Use of Cryopreserved SemenReferences;
29: Weaning in Siberian Sturgeon Larvae; 29.1 The Onset of Exogenous Feeding; References; Part II: Ongrowing;
30: Food Characteristics and Feeding Management on Sturgeon with a Special Focus on the Siberian Sturgeon; 30.1 Sturgeon Feeding Under Aquaculture Conditions; 30.1.1 Feeding of Larvae; 30.1.2 Feeding of Juveniles; 30.1.3 Feeding Sturgeon for Meat and Caviar; References;
31: Reasons and Possibilities of Fish Meal Replacement in the Siberian Sturgeon; 31.1 Alternative Proteins Currently Used in Siberian Sturgeon Nutrition. 31.2 PerspectivesReferences;
32: Endocrine Disruption in the Siberian Sturgeon Acipenser baerii Fed with a Soy-Containing Diet; 32.1 Blood Biomarkers of Fish Reproductive Endocrine Physiology; 32.2 Estrogen Contamination in the French Fish-Farm Conditions; 32.3 The Differences Between Sturgeon and Trout on Their Sensitivity to Phytoestrogens; 32.4 Bioavailability of Phytoestrogens Is the Clue; 32.5 Sex Steroids in the Siberian Sturgeon; 32.5.1 Estradiol; 32.5.2 11-Ketotestosterone; 32.6 Soy Phytoestrogens and Teleost Fish Reproduction. - PrintPorochista Khakpour.Summary: "In the tradition of Brain on Fire and Darkness Visible, an honest, beautifully rendered memoir of chronic illness, misdiagnosis, addiction, and the myth of full recovery that details author Porochista Khakpour's struggles with late-stage Lyme disease. For as long as writer Porochista Khakpour can remember, she has been sick. For most of that time, she didn't know why. All of her trips to the ER and her daily anguish, pain, and lethargy only ever resulted in one question: How could any one person be this sick? Several drug addictions, three major hospitalizations, and over $100,000 later, she finally had a diagnosis: late-stage Lyme disease. Sick is Khakpour's arduous, emotional journey--as a woman, a writer, and a lifelong sufferer of undiagnosed health problems--through the chronic illness that perpetually left her a victim of anxiety, living a life stymied by an unknown condition. Divided by settings, Khakpour guides the reader through her illness by way of the locations that changed her course--New York, LA, New Mexico, and Germany--as she meditates on both the physical and psychological impacts of uncertainty, and the eventual challenge of accepting the diagnosis she had searched for over the course of her adult life. With candor and grace, she examines her subsequent struggles with mental illness, her addiction to the benzodiazepines prescribed by her psychiatrists, and her ever-deteriorating physical health. A story about survival, pain, and transformation, Sick is a candid, illuminating narrative of hope and uncertainty, boldly examining the deep impact of illness on one woman's life."-- Provided by publisher.
- Printby Lenwood G. Davis.
- DigitalFernando Ferreira Costa, Nicola Conran, editors.Summary: Although sickle cell anemia was the first molecular disease to be identified, its complex and fascinating pathophysiology is still not fully understood. A single mutation in the beta-globin gene incurs numerous molecular and cellular mechanisms that contribute to the plethora of symptoms associated with the disease. Our knowledge regarding sickle cell disease mechanisms, while still not complete, has broadened considerably over the last decades. Sickle Cell Anemia: From Basic Science to Clinical Practice aims to provide an update on our current understanding of the disease's pathophysiology and use this information as a basis to discuss its manifestations in childhood and adulthood. Current therapies and prospects for the development of new approaches for the management of the disease are also covered.Digital Access Springer 2016
- Digitaleditors, Mark T. Gladwin, Gregory J. Kato, Enrico Novelli.Summary: "This book will provide students and practitioners with the most recent guidelines for patient care. Chapters include guidelines of care, diagnosis, unique cases, and cutting-edge therapies that will appeal to hematology fellows, trainees, and practicing hematologists"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Genetic Basis of Sickle Cell Disease / Martin H Steinberg, Swee Lay Thein
Sickle Hemoglobin Polymerization / Daniel B. Kim-Shapiro, Constance Tom Noguchi, Alan N. Schechter
Vaso-Occlusion in Sickle Cell Disease / Huihui Li, Paul Frenette
Hemolysis and Endothelial Dysfunction / Gregory J. Kato, Mark T. Gladwin
Sterile Inflammation in Sickle Cell Disease / Prithu Sundd, Solomon F. Ofori-Acquah
Ischemia-Reperfusion Pathobiology in Sickle Cell Anemia / Robert P. Hebbel, John D. Belcher, Gregory M. Vercellotti
Mechanistic Insights on Sickle Cell Pathophysiology Learned From Transgenic Mouse Models / Kalpna Gupta, Lewis L. Hsu
Pharmacologic Induction of Fetal Hemoglobin / Abdullah Kutlar, Vivien Sheehan
Stroke and Cognitive Dysfunction / Hanne Stotesbury, Robert J. Adams, Fenella J. Kirkham
Management of Pregnant Women and Newborns With Sickle Cell Disease / Samuel A. Oppong, Jodi-Anne Stewart, Michael R. DeBaun
The Asthma Conundrum in Sickle Cell Disease / Natalie R. Shilo, Elizabeth S. Klings, Claudia R. Morris
Acute Chest Syndrome / Armand Mekontso Dessap, Elliott Vichinsky
Pediatric Sickle Cell Disease / John J. Strouse, Nancy Green
Pulmonary Hypertension and Heart Disease in Patients with Sickle Cell Disease / Mark T. Gladwin, Kenneth I. Ataga, Roberto Machado
Cardiac Complications / Vandana Sachdev, Punam Malik, John Wood
Sickle Nephropathy / Santosh L. Saraf, Vimal K. Derebail, Victor R. Gordeuk, Jane A. Little
Sickle Cell Trait / Philippe Connes, Hyacinth I. Hyacinth, Rakhi P. Naik
Acute and Chronic Pain / Samir K. Ballas, Wally R. Smith
Priapism in Sickle Cell Disease / Susan M. MacDonald, Arthur L. Burnett
Ocular Complications in Sickle Cell Disease / Adrienne W. Scott, Morton F. Goldberg Rare Presentations and Emerging Complications of Sickle Cell Disease / Oswaldo Castro, Kathryn L. Hassell
Thrombophilia in Sickle Cell Disease / Enrico Novelli, Rafal Pawlinski, Sruti Shiva, Nigel Key
Transfusion Therapy in Sickle Cell Disease / Sally A. Campbell-Lee, Anoosha Habibi, Darrell J. Triulzi
Clinical Trials : State of the Art and Lesson Learned / Laura M. De Castro, Ramasubramanian Kalpatthi, Marilyn J. Telen
Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in Sickle Cell Disease / Alexis Leonard, John F. Tisdale, Lakshmanan Krishnamurti, Mark C. Walters
Emergent Clinical Complications of Sickle Cell Disease / Marcus Carden, Jeffrey Glassberg, Claudia R. Morris
Psychosocial Burden in Sickle Cell Disease / Allison A. King, Sherif M. Badawy, Julie Panepinto, Kofi Anie, Charles Jonassaint, Marsha Treadwell
Therapeutic Options and Combination Therapy / Caterina P. Minniti, Jane S. Hankins
Gene Therapy for Sickle Cell Disease / Tim M. Townes, Marina Cavazzana
Hydroxyurea and Sickle Cell Disease / Winfred C. Wang, Russell E. Ware
The Burden of Sickle Cell Gene in India / Yazdi Italia, Dipty Jain, Roshan Colah, Khushnooma Italia
Sickle Cell Disease in Jamaica : Observations from a Small Island / Graham Serjeant, Beryl Serjeant
Sickle Cell Disease in Brazil / Fernando Ferreira Costa
Sickle Cell Disease in Africa / Amma Twumwa Owusu-Ansah, Julie Makani, Kwaku Ohene-Frempong.Digital Access AccessHemOnc 2021 - DigitalJo Howard, Paul Telfer.Summary: This practical clinical handbook reveals that sickle cell disease (SCD) is an increasingly common condition to manage in Europe and North America. SCD demands clinical expertise and experience as well as sensitivity to its social and cultural context. This book is designed to broaden readersℓ́ℓ knowledge in this challenging condition by describing the acute and long-term complications unique to SCD and that affect nearly every system of the body. Critically, it also details the significant recent advances in understanding the pathophysiology of SCD that are leading to novel treatment modalities. ℗ℓ Sickle Cell Disease in Clinical Practice promotes higher quality care by outlining the clinical problems as they arise, and covering essential background information, including up-to-date research, and useful points to guide management. As such, the intended target audience is broad and includes general physicians, general practitioners, hematologists, pediatricians, emergency medicine physicians, surgeons, medical students, nurse specialists and commissioners.
Contents:
Overview of Sickle Cell Disease
Laboratory Tests Used in Diagnosis and Monitoring of Sickle Cell Disease
Organization of Care for Sickle Cell Disease
Overview and general principles
Pain in Sickle Cell Disease
Respiratory and Cardiac Complications in Sickle Cell Disease
Neurological Complications of Sickle Cell Disease
Renal and Urological Complications in Sickle Cell Disease
Bone and Joint Complications in Sickle Cell Disease
Ophthalmological complications in Sickle Cell Disease
The Spleen in Sickle Cell Disease
Infection and Infection Prophylaxis in Sickle Cell Disease
Gastroenterological Complications in Sickle Cell Disease
Anemia and Sickle Cell Disease
Leg Ulceration in Sickle Cell Disease
Management of Pregnancy in Sickle Cell Disease
Surgical Management of Patients with Sickle Cell Disease
Sickle Cell Disease Treatment Modalities
Out-Patient Management of Sickle Cell Disease Patients. - Digital/PrintSylvia B. Smith, Tsung-Ping Su, editors.Summary: "Originally confused with opioid receptors and then orphan receptors with no biological function, Sigma Receptors are now recognized as relevant to many degenerative diseases with remarkable potential as therapeutic targets. In this text, new information about the structure of sigma 1 receptor, its binding sites are provided as well as its expression in many cell types. It's putative role in degenerative neuronal diseases including amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, pain, drug addiction and locomotor activity. Their roles in possible treatments for blinding retinal diseases emphasize the tremendous far-reaching potential for ligands for these receptors. Exciting breakthroughs in this dynamic field in the last decade are reported herein, which will guide future investigators in determining the full potential of this unique, yet abundantly expressed protein"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction to sigma receptors: their role in disease and as therapeutic targets / Sylvia B. Smith
Structural perspectives on sigma-1 receptor function / Assaf Alon, Hayden Schmidt, Sanduo Zheng, Andrew C. Kruse
A review of the human sigma-1 receptor structure / Felipe Ossa, Jason R. Schnell, José Luis Ortega-Roldan
Fluorinated pet tracers for molecular imaging of [sigma]1 receptors in the central nervous system / Frauke Weber, Peter Brust, Erik Laurini, Sabrina Pricl, Bernhard Wünsch
The evolution of the sigma-2 ([sigma2) receptor from obscure binding site to bona fide therapeutic target / Chenbo Zeng, Robert H. Mach
Sigma 1 receptor and ion channel dynamics in cancer / Olivier Soriani, Rapha︠l Rapetti-Mauss
Sigma-1 receptors fine-tune the neuronal networks / Shang-Yi Anne Tsai, Tsung-Ping Su
Pharmacological modulation of the sigma 1 receptor and the treatment of pain / Manuel Merlos, Javier Burgueño, Enrique Portillo-Salido, Carlos Ramón Plata-Salamán [and others]
Sigma-1 receptor antagonists: a new class of neuromodulatory analgesics / Cristina Sánchez-Fernández, José Manuel Entrena, José Manuel Baeyens [and others]
Sigma-1 receptors and neurodegenerative diseases: towards a hypothesis of sigma-1 receptors as amplifiers of neurodegeneration and neuroprotection / Linda Nguyen, Brandon P. Lucke-Wold, Shona Mookerjee, Nidhi Kaushal, Rae R. Matsumoto
Sigma-1 receptor agonists and their clinical implications in neuropsychiatric disorders / Yakup Albayrak, Kenji Hashimoto
Role of sigma-1 receptor in cocaine abuse and neurodegenerative disease / Yu Cai, Lu Yang, Fang Niu, Ke Liao, Shilpa Buch
Sigma receptors and substance use disorders / Valentina Sabino, Callum Hicks, Pietro Cottone
Stimulation of the sigma-1 receptor and the effects on neurogenesis and depressive behaviors in mice / Kohji Fukunaga, Shigeki Moriguchi
Role of [sigma]1 receptors in learning and memory and Alzheimer's disease-type dementia / Tangui Maurice, Nino Goguadze
Sigma-1 receptor in motoneuron disease / Renzo Mancuso, Xavier Navarro
The sigma-1 receptor-A therapeutic target for the treatment of ALS? / Timur A. Mavlyutov, Erin M. Baker, Tasher M. Losenegger, Jaimie R. Kim, Brian Torres [and others]
The role of sigma1R in mammalian retina / Jing Wang, Xuezhi Cui, Penny Roon, Alan Saul, Sylvia B. Smith
Peeking into sigma-1 receptor functions through the retina / Timur A. Mavlyutov, Lian-Wang Guo
The role of sigma 1 receptor as a neuroprotective target in glaucoma / Barbara Mysona, Neil Kansara, Jing Zhao, Kathryn Bollinger. - Digital/PrintChangming Sun, Tomasz Bednarz, Tuan D. Pham, Pascal Vallotton, Dadong Wang, editors.Summary: Signal and image analysis techniques are becoming more widely used in biomedical and life science applications. With an emphasis on applications of computational models for solving modern challenging problems in biomedical and life sciences, this book aims to bring collections of articles from biologists, medical/biomedical and health science researchers together with computational scientists to focus on problems at the frontier of biomedical and life sciences. The goals of this book are to build interactions of scientists across several disciplines and to help industrial users apply advanced computational techniques for solving practical biomedical and life science problems. This book is for users in the fields of biomedical and life sciences who wish to keep abreast with the latest techniques in signal and image analysis. The book presents a detailed description to some of the applications. It can be used by those both at graduate and specialist levels.
Contents:
Visual Analytics of Signalling Pathways Using Time Profiles
Modeling of Testosterone Regulation by Pulse-modulated Feedback
Hybrid Algorithms for Multiple Change-Point Detection in Biological Sequence
Stochastic Anomaly Detection in Eye-Tracking Data for Quantification of Motor Symptoms in Parkinson?s Disease
Identification of the Reichardt Elementary Motion Detector Model.- Multi-Complexity Ensemble Measures for Gait Time Series Analysis: Application to Diagnostics, Monitoring and Biometrics
Development of a Motion Capturing and Load Analyzing System for Caregivers Aiding a Patient to Sit Up in Bed
Classifying Epileptic EEG Signals with Delay Permutation Entropy and Multi-Scale K-means
Tracking of EEG Activity Using Motion Estimation to Understand Brain Wiring
Towards Automated Quantitative Vasculature Understanding via Ultra High-Resolution Imagery
Cloud Based Toolbox for Image Analysis, Processing and Reconstruction Tasks
Pollen Image Classification Using the Classifynder System: Algorithm Comparison and a Case Study on New Zealand Honey
Digital Image Processing and Analysis for Activated Sludge Wastewater Treatment
A Complete System for 3D Reconstruction of Roots for Phenotypic Analysis.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalE. Priya, V. Rajinikanth, editors.Summary: This book comprehensively reviews the various automated and semi-automated signal and image processing techniques, as well as deep-learning-based image analysis techniques, used in healthcare diagnostics. It highlights a range of data pre-processing methods used in signal processing for effective data mining in remote healthcare, and discusses pre-processing using filter techniques, noise removal, and contrast-enhanced methods for improving image quality. The book discusses the status quo of artificial intelligence in medical applications, as well as its future. Further, it offers a glimpse of feature extraction methods for reducing dimensionality and extracting discriminatory information hidden in biomedical signals. Given its scope, the book is intended for academics, researchers and practitioners interested in the latest real-world technological innovations.
Contents:
Chapter 1. An Integrated Design of Fuzzy C-Means and NCA based Multi-Properties Features Reduction for Brain Tumor Recognition.-
Chapter 2. Hybrid Image Processing based Examination of 2D Brain MRI Slices to Detect Brain Tumour/Stroke Section - A Study.-
Chapter 3. Edge Enhancing Coherence Diffusion Filter for Level Set Segmentation and Asymmetry Analysis using Curvelets in Breast Thermograms.-
Chapter 4. Lung Cancer Diagnosis Based on Image Fusion and prediction using CT and PET image.-
Chapter 5. Segmentation and Validation of Infrared Breast Images using Weighted Level Set and Phase Congruency Edge Map Framework.-
Chapter 6. Analysis of Material Profile for Polymer Based Mechanical Microgripper for Thin Plate Holding.-
Chapter 7. Design and Testing of Elbow Actuated Wearable Robotic Arm for Muscular Disorders.-
Chapter 8. A Comprehensive Study of Image Fusion Techniques and Their Applications.-
Chapter 9. Multilevel Mammogram Image Analysis for Identifying Outliers, Misclassification using Machine Learning.-
Chapter 10. A Review on Automatic Detection of Retinal Lesions in Fundus Images for Diabetic Retinopathy.-
Chapter 11. Medical Image Watermarking: A Review on Wavelet Based Methods.-
Chapter 12. EEG Signal Extraction Analysis Techniques.-
Chapter 13. Classification of sEMG Signal based Arm Action using Convolutional Neural Network.-
Chapter 14. An Automated Approach for the Identification of TB Images Enhanced by Non-uniform Illumination Correction. - DigitalWilm van Drongelen.Summary: Signal Processing for Neuroscientists, Second Edition provides an introduction to signal processing and modeling for those with a modest understanding of algebra, trigonometry and calculus. With a robust modeling component, this book describes modeling from the fundamental level of differential equations all the way up to practical applications in neuronal modeling. It features nine new chapters and an exercise section developed by the author. Since the modeling of systems and signal analysis are closely related, integrated presentation of these topics using identical or similar mathematics presents a didactic advantage and a significant resource for neuroscientists with quantitative interest. Although each of the topics introduced could fill several volumes, this book provides a fundamental and uncluttered background for the non-specialist scientist or engineer to not only get applications started, but also evaluate more advanced literature on signal processing and modeling.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalYoichi Ando.Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Human hearing system
3. Analysis of sound signals
4. Formulation and simulation of sound fields in an enclosure
5. Magnetoencephalographic evoked responses to factors extracted from the autocorrelation function (ARC)/ the inter-aural cross-correlation function (IACF) factors
6. Neural evidences related to subjective preference
7. Temporal and spatial primary percepts of sound and the sound field
8. Subjective preference of the sound field
9. Temporal and spatial features of speech signals
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalIJsbrand M. Kramer.Contents:
Prologue : signal transduction from an historical perspective
An introduction to signal transduction
Regulation of muscle contraction by adrenoceptors
Cholinergic signaling and muscle contraction
Sensory signal processing; visual transduction and olfaction
Intracellular calcium
Bringing the signal into the nucleus : regulation of gene expression
Nuclear receptors
Protein kinase c in oncogenic transformation and cell polarity
Regulation of cell proliferation by receptor tyrosine protein kinases
Signal transduction to and from adhesion molecules
WNT signaling and the regulation of cell adhesion and differentiation
Activation of the innate immune system : the toll-like receptor-4 and signaling through ubiquitinylation
Chemokines and traffic of white blood cells
Activating the adaptive immune system : role of non-receptor tyrosine kinases
Signaling through the insulin receptor : phosphoinositide 3-kinases and AKT
TGF[beta] and signaling through receptor serine/threonine protein kinases
Protein phosphatases
Cell fate determination by notch.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016 - PrintSwathi Arur, editor.
- DigitalSmain Femmam.Contents:
Chapter 1. Control, servo-mechanisms and system regulation
Chapter 2. System process control
Chapter 3. Actuators: modeling and analysis
Chapter 4. Digital control and polynomial approach
Chapter 5. NAO robot
Chapter 6. Application problems with solutions
Bibliography
Index.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - DigitalSuresh R. Devasahayam.Summary: Physiology is a set of processes that maintain homeostasis, and physiological measurement is a means of observing these processes. Systems theory and signal processing offer formal tools for the study of processes and measured quantities. This book shows that systems modeling can be used to develop simulations of physiological systems, which use formal relations between the underlying processes and the observed measurements. The inverse of such relations suggest signal processing tools that can be applied to interpret experimental data. Both signal processing and systems modeling are invaluable in the study of human physiology. Discussing signal processing techniques ranging from filtering and spectrum analysis to wavelet analysis, the book also includesGraphs and analogies to supplement the mathematics and make the book more accessible to physiologists and also more interesting to engineers. Physiological systems modeling helps in both gaining insights and generating methods of analysis. This book shows how numerical computation with graphical display, haptics and multimedia can be used to simulate physiological systems. In this third edition the simulations are more closely related to clinical examination and experimental physiology than in previous editions. Detailed models of nerve and muscle at the cellular and systemic levels, and simplified models of cardiovascular blood flow provide examples for the mathematical methods and computer simulations. Several of the models are sufficiently sophisticated to be of value in understanding real world issues like neuromuscular disease. The book features expanded problem sets and a link to extra downloadable material, and simulation programs that are solutions to the theory developed in the text are also available.
Contents:
Module1-Introduction to Signal Measurement and Analysis in Physiology.- Chapter 1.1 Measurement, Analysis, Modelling and Simulation.- Chapter 1.2. Physiological Measurement
ECG as an example.- Chapter 1.3. Sensors and Measurement.- Chapter 1.4. Characterizing Transducers
A Systems Approach.- Chapter 1.5. Interference and Noise.- Chapter 1.6. Simulation of Systems and Virtual Experiments.- Chapter 1.7. Execises.- Module 2-Basics of Signals and Systems.- Chapter 2.1. Time Domain Signals and Systems.- Chapter 2.2. Linear Systems: Impulse Response.- Chapter 2.3. Frequency Decomposition of Signals.- Chapter 2.4. Frequency Response and Pole-Zero plots.- Chapter 2.5. Random Signals.- Chapter 2.6. Exercises.- Module 3-Signal Filtering and System Control for Physiology.- Chapter 3.1. Filters in Different Domains- Mechanical filters, particle filters, electrical filters.- Chapter 3.2. A Common Sense View of Optimal filtering.- Chapter 3.3. Formal Definition of Optimal Filtering.- Chapter 3.4. Standard Filters: LPF, HPF, BPF, BSF.- Chapter 3.5. Realization of Simple Filters, Ensemble Averaging.- Chapter 3.6. Filtering Physiological Signals.- Chapter 3.7. Feedback Control Systems.- Chapter 3.8. Exercises.- Module 4-Digitization and Discrete Systems.- Chapter 4.1. Digitization
From the Physical World to Computers and Back Again.- Chapter 4.2. Sampling, Quantization and Reconstruction Methods.- Chapter 4.3. Discrete Systems
Z transforms.- Chapter 4.4. Discretization of Systems
Bilinear transforms.- Chapter 4.5. Digital Feedback Control and Hybrid Systems.- Chapter 4.6.Exercises.- Module 5-Discrete Signal Processing.- Chapter 5.1. Digital Filtering and Sytem Identification.- Chapter 5.2. Discrete Fourier Transforms.- Chapter 5.3. Power Spectrum and Short-Time Fourier Transform.- Chapter 5.4. The Wavelet Transform.- Chapter 5.5. Time-Series Analysis.- Chapter 5.6. Programming Exercises.- Module 6-Numerical Methods, Graphics and Haptics for Modeling.- Chapter 6.1. Introduction to Computer Simulations.- Chapter 6.2. Geometry of 3D graphics.- Chapter 6.3. Animation and Image Manipulation.- Chapter 6.4. Virtual Experiments.- Chapter 6.5. Using electromechanical systems to provide 'feel'
haptics.- Chapter 6.6. Basic haptics design.- Chapter 6.7. Exercises.- Module 7-Model-based Analysis of Physiological Systems.- Chapter 7.1. Biophysical Models and Black-Box Models.- Chapter 7.2. Purpose of Physiological Modelling and Signal Analysis.- Chapter 7.3. System identification in Physiology
sensory receptors, eye movement.- Chapter 7.4. Opening the Loop
Estimating Loop Transfer Function.- Chapter 7.5. Experimental Methods for System identification.- Chapter 7.6. Model-Based Noise Reduction and Feature Extraction.- Chapter 7.7. Exercises.- Module 8-Nerve Action Potential, Propagation and Stimulation of Tissue.- Chapter 8.1. Nerve Excitation and Propagation.- Chapter 8.2. The Hodgkin-Huxley Model, Fluctuation Analysis.- Chapter 8.3.Action Potential Propagation.- Chapter 8.4. Stimulation of Nerves within Tissue.- Chapter 8.5. Strength-Duration and Recruitment Relations.- Chapter 8.6. Electrical and Magnetic Stimulation.- Chapter 8.7. Exercises.- Module 9-Skeletal Muscle Contraction.- Chapter 9.1. Skeletal Muscle Behaviour, Structure and Organization.- Chapter 9.2. The Sliding Filament Model.- Chapter 9.3. Force Generation: Huxley's Model.- Chapter 9.4. Linearization of Skeletal Muscle Models.- Chapter 9.5. Simple haptics models of skeletal muscle as a non-linear spring.- Chapter 9.6. Applications of Muscle Modelling.- Chapter 9.7.Exercises.- Module 10-Neural Firing Analysis.- Chapter 10.1. Neural Information Transmission.- Chapter 10.2. Pulse sequences and Modulation Theory.- Chapter 10.3.Estimating Nerve Firing Rate.- Chapter 10.4. Spike Detection and Demodulation.- Chapter 10.5. Applications of Firing Rate Demodulation.- Chapter 10.6. Exercise.- Module 11-The Electromyogram
Modelling and Analysis.- Chapter 11.1.Recording Myoelectric Signals.- Chapter 11.2. Electrode Transfer Function.- Chapter 11.3. Motor Unit Action Potential.- Chapter 11.4. Voluntary EMG Model.- Chapter 11.5. EMG Analysis.- Chapter 11.6. Hear, see, feel
adding realism to EMG models.- Chapter 11.7. Exercises.- Module 12-Neuromuscular Control.- Chapter 12.1.Neuromuscular Reflex.- Chapter 12.2. Unit of Movement: Two Muscle Joint.- Chapter 12.3. Modelling Reflex Control of Movement.- Chapter 12.4. Movement Analysis.- Chapter 12.5. Understanding Pathology Using Neuromuscular Models.- Chapter 12.6. Incorporating haptics in neuromuscular models.- Chapter 12.7. Simulating spasticity
what we can simulate is what we understand.- Chapter 12.8. Exercises.- Module 13-Cardiovascular Modelling.- Chapter 13.1. The Cardiovascular System.- Chapter 13.2. Modelling Blood Flow.- Chapter 13.3. Electrical Analogue of Fluid Flow in Vessels.- Chapter 13.4. Model of Coronary Circulation.- Chapter 13.5. Simulating the 'feel' of pulse auscultation.- Chapter 13.6.Applications of Cardiovascular Modelling.- Chapter 13.7. Exercises.-Module 14-Immune Response to Infection.- Chapter 14.1. The Immune Response.-Chapter 14.2. Linearized Model of the Immune Response.- Chapter 14.3. System Equations.- Chapter 14.4. Stability Analysis.- Chapter 14.5. Extending the Model.- Chapter 14.6. Exercises. - Digitaleditors, Henry M. Adams, Jane Meschan Foy.Contents:
Abdominal distention
Abdominal pain
Alopecia and hair shaft anomalies
Amenorrhea
Anemia and pallor
Anxiety
Ataxia
Back pain
Cardiac arrhythmias
Chest pain
Constipation
Cough
Cyanosis
Depression
Diarrhea and steatorrhea
Disruptive behavior and aggression
Dizziness and vertigo
Dysmenorrhea
Dysphagia
Dyspnea
Dysuria
Edema
Epistaxis
Extremity pain
Facial dysmorphism
Failure to thrive: pediatric undernutrition
Family dysfunction
Fatigue and weakness
Fever
Fever of unknown origin
Foot and leg problems
Gastrointestinal hemorrhage
Gender expression and identity issues
Headache
Hearing loss
Heart murmurs
Hematuria
Hemoptysis
Hepatomegaly
High blood pressure
Hirsutism, hypertrichosis, and precocious sexual hair development
Hoarseness
Hyperhidrosis
Hypotonia
Inattention and impulsivity
Irritabilitya and fussiness
Jaundice
Joint pain
Learning difficulty
Limp
Loss of appetite
Lymphadenopathy
Macrocephaly
Medically unexplained symptoms
Microcephaly
Nonconvulsive periodic disorders
Odor (Unusual urine and body)
Petechiae and purpura
Polyuria
Proteinuria
Pruritus
Puberty: normal and abnormal
Rash
Recurrent infections
Red eye/pink eye
School absenteeism and school refusal
Scrotal swelling and pain
Self-harm
Self-stimulating behaviors
Short stature
Sleep disturbances (Nonspecific)
Speech and language concerns
Splenomegaly
Stridor
Substance use: initial approach in primary care
Symptoms of emotional disturbance in young children
Syncope
Temper
Tics
Torticollis
Vaginal bleeding
Vaginal discharge
Vomiting
Weight loss
WheezingDigital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015 - DigitalRebecca Dresser.Summary: The research ethics system was created without the help of people who know what it is like to be a research subject. This is a serious omission. Experts have overlooked ethical issues that matter to subjects. Silent Partners moves subjects to the forefront, giving them a voice in research ethics.
Contents:
Subject perspectives : the missing element in research ethics
Personal knowledge and study participation
The everyday ethics of human research
The hidden world of subjects : rule-breaking in clinical trials
Participants as partners in genetic research
Terminally ill patients and the right to try experimental drugs
Embedded ethics in developing country research
Research subjects as literary subjects
How to hear subjects.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - Digitaledited by Xin Jin (Joseph) Zhou, Zoltan G. Laszik, Tibor Nadasdy, Vivette D. D'Agati.Summary: Approximately ten percent of the world population are affected by kidney diseases, which often can only be diagnosed by renal biopsy. This practical guide offers an algorithmic, deductive approach to the interpretation of this complicated procedure, covering all technical methods used for diagnosis. This new edition includes an authoritative chapter on digital renal pathology, a topic inadequately covered in current literature. All chapters have been extensively revised in light of major advances in the understanding of the pathogenesis and clinicopathological features of renal disease. Written for practising pathologists and nephrologists, this text encompasses the entire spectrum of medical renal diseases in both pediatric and adult populations. Its numerous diagnostic algorithms provide a convenient overview and a helpful guide into the detailed text, directing the reader to major patterns of interest. Including online access to over 1000 photomicrographs and diagrams, this book is also of interest to trainees in nephrology and pathology.Digital Access Cambridge 2017
- Digital[edited by] Huiliang Cao.Contents:
Bioinspired synthesis of silver nanoparticles : characterization, mechanism, and applications
Tuning the properties of silver monolayer for biological applications
Synergistic antimicrobial activity of silver and chitosan
Titania nanotubes as silver nanoparticle carriers to prevent implant-associated infection
Polymer-silver nanocomposites : preparation, characterization, and antibacterial mechanism
Dissolution of silver nanoparticles
Silver as an antimicrobial agent : the resistance issue
The risks of silver nanoparticles to human body
Imunomodulatory activities of silver nanoparticles (Ag NPs) in human neutrophils
Evaluating the interactions of silver nanoparticles and mammalian cells based on biomices technologies
Methods and tools for assessing nanomaterials and uses and regulation of nanosilver in Europe
Toward selectively toxic silver nanoparticles
Orthopaedic implant-associated infections : pathogenesis, clinical presentation and management
Dental implant infection : typical causes and control
Guidelines for nanosilver-based antibacterial devices.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - Digitaleditor, Scott C. Sherman ; contributing authors, Ghazala Q. Sharieff [and 31 others] ; with illustrations by Susan Gilbert and Catherine Delphia.Summary: Companion videos presents step-by-step procedures for splinting, arthrocentesis, injections, and reduction of fractures and dislocations. The book's Fracture Index illustrates every posssible fracturee of each bone.
Contents:
General principles
Anesthesia and analgesia
Rheumatology
Complications
Special imaging techniques
Pediatrics
Approach to neck and back pain
Specific disorders of the spine
Cervical spine trauma
Thoracolumbar spine trauma
Hand
Wrist
Forearm
Elbow
Upper arm
Shoulder
Pelvis
Hip
Thigh
Knee
Leg
Ankle
Foot.Digital Access AccessEmergency Medicine 2015 - Digitaleditor, Scott C. Sherman.Contents:
General principles / R. Darrell Nelson and Jonah Gunalda
Anesthesia and analgesia / Tarlan Hedayati
Rheumatology / Todd Taylor, Usama Khalid, and Jehangir Meer
Complications / Erik Nordquist
Special imaging techniques / Joy L. English
Pediatrics / Ghazala Q. Sharieff
Approach to neck and back pain / Zheng Ben Ma and Emily Senecal Miller
Specific disorders of the spine / Andrew D. Perron and Carl A. Germann
Cervical spine trauma / Michael E. Nelson
Thoracolumbar spine trauma / Sean Dyer
Hand / David E. Manthey and Kim L. Askew
Wrist / Andrea L. Blome and Megan E. Healy
Forearm / Eric Toth and James Webley
Elbow / Carl A. Germann and Brook M. Goddard
Upper arm / Casey Glass
Shoulder / Adnan Hussain and Sanjeev Malik
Pelvis / Hany Y. Atallah
Hip / Gregory W. Hendey
Thigh / Rachel R. Bengtzen and Alexander P. Skog
Knee / Michael C. Bond
Leg / Adriana Segura Olson, George Chiampas, and Jacob Stelter
Ankle / Moira Davenport and Madison Galasso
Foot / Dennis Hanlon and Christopher Morris.Digital Access - DigitalFilippo Castoldi, Davide Blonna, Marco Assom, editors.Summary: The treatment of humeral fractures is a complex issue and the source of considerable controversy. In the case of fractures of the proximal humerus, early range of motion is the main aim of treatment. If a fracture modifies the anatomy or function of the glenohumeral and scapulothoracic joints, the surgeon must adhere meticulously to treatment principles in order to ensure a satisfactory outcome. Humeral shaft fractures are frequent, accounting for 1% to 3% of all fractures in adults; while excellent functional results have been reported with nonoperative management, open reduction and internal fixation is preferred in specific clinical settings. In contrast, intra-articular fractures of the distal humerus are frequently complex and full functional recovery is difficult to achieve. This volume clearly explains the concepts that are central to an understanding of humeral fractures from the proximal to the distal tip. Indications for different forms of treatment, including nonsurgical, are presented in detail, and all of the commonly used fixation techniques are described with the help of high-quality illustrations. Further important aspects such as complications, rehabilitation, and treatment of sequelae are also fully considered. This book will be an invaluable and comprehensive aid for all surgeons who treat humeral fractures.
Contents:
PART 1. Proximal humerus: 1. Main anatomy
2. Understanding the Fracture
3. Operating theatre setup
4. Closed reduction principles
5. Surgical Approaches
6. Percutaneous fixation: when and how
7. ORIF in three-/four-part fractures
8. Intramedullary nail rationale and surgical technique
9. Anatomical shoulder arthroplasty
10. Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty
11. Surgical neck fracture
12. The tuberosities
13. Malunions of the tuberosity
14. Nerve injuries
15. Fracture dislocations
16. Treatment of the sequelae
17. Conservative treatment
PART 2. The diaphysis: 18. Surgical anatomy
19. Radial palsy and humerus fractures
20. Internal Fixation: plate or IM Nail
21. External fixation
22. Periprosthetic fracture
PART 3. Distal Humerus: 23. Surgical anatomy
24. Surgical approaches and fracture pattern
25. Internal fixation principles
26. Prosthesis
27. External fixation when and how
28. Malunion and non union
29. Terrible triad. - DigitalByung In Han.Summary: This book describes a streamlined version of vestibular rehabilitation therapy (VRT), an exercise-based approach that is of proven value in the treatment of vertigo and dizziness. This simplified form of VRT is intended for use in primary healthcare facilities. As Dr. Han had practiced martial art and ballet, he could pick out necessary movements from those art forms. The selected movements were used to make the VRT exercises. The opening part describes the indications for and the principles of VRT and provides general information on key exercises. The role of VRT in patients with central dizziness is then discussed. The remainder of the book offers clear, precise guidance on the exercises used in simplified VRT, covering general exercises, gaze stability exercises, postural stability exercises, and habituation exercises. The text is supported by numerous photographs that will help both clinicians and patients to implement the exercises correctly and effectively.
Contents:
Vestibular Rehabilitation Therapy: Review of Indications, Mechanisms, and Key Exercises
Vestibular Rehabilitation in Central Dizziness
Implementing the exercises. - DigitalSaurabh Jain.Summary: This book provides a clear, concise and easy to understand guide to the diagnosis and management of strabismus. Throughout the text, a practical approach to examining, diagnosing and treating patients with strabismus is utilised, supported with case studies in the form of patient photographs and ocular motility videos. Flowcharts and tables are included, together with evidence based management plans and suggestions for further reading. Simplifying Strabismus: A Practical Approach to Diagnosis and Management is aimed at optometrists, junior and senior ophthalmologists, as well as any medical professional wishing to improve their knowledge of strabismus. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Making sense of strabismus
Anatomy of the extraocular muscles
Applied physiology of eye movements
Examining a patient with strabismus
Orthoptic assessment of a patient with strabismus
Concomitant strabismus
Paralytic strabismus
Supranuclear disorders
Alphabet patterns in strabismus
Strabismus in systemic disease
Other forms of incomitant strabismus
Surgical and non-surgical treatment of strabismus.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitalby Vicki Moran, Rita Wunderlich, Cynthia Rubbelke.Summary: This book focuses on evidence-based standards for simulation in nursing education. The foundational principle of simulation excellence and its relevance to nursing is defined and infuses throughout the book. It also discusses necessary components for quality simulation from development to implementation. These areas include (but are not limited to): theoretical background, accreditation and approval standards, the simulation environment, developing and implementing simulations, and debriefing. These subject areas are approached following a thorough review of the literature and current practices identified from the International Nursing Association for Clinical Simulation and Learning (INACSL), Society for Simulation in Healthcare (SSH), National League for Nursing (NLN) and State Boards of Nursing. This quick reference title will become the best practice standards for simulation excellence in nursing education.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Simulation in Nursing Education
Chapter 2: Standards in Simulation
Chapter 3: Simulation Environments
Chapter 4: Developing Simulations
Chapter 5: Implementing Simulations
Chapter 6: Putting It All Together. - DigitalHarry Owen.Contents:
1 Introduction
Part I
2 Early Examples of Simulation in Training and Healthcare
3 Simulation in Medical Science
Part II
4 Simulation in Obstetrics and Midwifery
Part III
5 Simulators and Teaching Aids Used in Teaching Medicine
6 Simulation in Surgery
7 Simulation in Oto-, Rhino-, and Laryngology
8 Simulation in the Treatment of Eye Disorders
9 Simulation in Nursing
10 Simulation and Teaching in Resuscitation and Trauma Management
11 Simulation in Dentistry and Dental Hygiene
Index. - Digital[edited by] Jozef Rovensky, Manfred Herold, Martina Vasakova.Summary: Sine syndromes (SSs) represent atypical forms of inflammatory rheumatic diseases, the courses of which are often severe. While the diagnosis of rheumatic diseases can be determined according to an established set of diagnostic criteria based on clinical characteristics and laboratory parameters, Sine Syndromes do not fulfill the standard criteria used to assist in the classification of patients with rheumatological disorders. This concise book gives an overview of atypical courses in common inflammatory rheumatic diseases such as Wegener's granulomatosis, systemic sclerosis, Sjögren's syndrome, or systemic lupus erythematosus. Each chapter reviews similar cases reported in the literature and presents current data on treatment options. Drawing on their vast clinical experience, the editors provide a series of detailed case reports in order to illustrate the different types of disease. The book is intended to facilitate early diagnosis and effective therapy in patients where a schematic approach may not prove sufficient. Sine Syndromes in Rheumatology will serve as a useful and easily accessible reference for specialists in rheumatology as well as for practitioners in the fields of internal medicine, pediatrics, and orthopedics.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalGiusto Pignata, Francesco Corcione, Umberto Bracale, editors.Summary: Single-access laparoscopic surgery (SALS), performed using a single transumbilical access, has recently proved to bring advantages over other forms of laparoscopic surgery due to the reduction in the number of incisions and the consequent decrease in morbidity, less blood loss and postoperative pain. Furthermore, cosmesis may be improved because incision within the umbilicus renders surgery virtually scarless. Nevertheless, as with all new surgical concepts, questions may be raised regarding safety, usefulness, and appropriateness. This book analyzes the use of SALS for different indications and abdominal surgical procedures based on a careful literature review of the experience of the most important surgical teams employing this approach and also the authors' personal observations. The coverage is broad, encompassing, for example, the role of SALS in appendectomy, repair of abdominal wall defects, cholecystectomy, gastric surgery, nephrectomy, splenectomy, hemicolectomy, and pancreatic, liver, and gynecological surgery. Resident surgeons specializing in laparoscopy, researchers, and related healthcare professionals will find Single-Access Laparoscopic Surgery to be an invaluable source of information in an area which deserves to receive detailed attention.
Contents:
Foreword
Preface
1.Introduction: From Multiport Laparoscopic Surgery to Single Port Laparoscopic Surgery
2.SingleAccess Laparoscopic Appendectomy
3.Single-access Laparoscopic Abdominal Wall Defect Repair
4.Single-access Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
5.Single-access Laparoscopic Surgery for Obesity
6.Single-access Laparoscopic Approach for Gastric Surgery (Hiatal Hernia Repair and Gastric Resections)
7.Single-access Laparoscopic Splenectomy
8.Single-access Laparoscopic Right Hemicolectomy
9.Single-access Laparoscopic Left Hemicolectomy
10.Single-access Laparoscopic Rectal Anterior Resection
11.Single-access Laparoscopic Approach for Pancreatic Surgery
12.Single-access Laparoscopic Liver Resections
13.Single-access Laparoscopic Approach for Gynecological Surgery
14.Single-access Robotic Surgery. - Digitaledited by Jianqin Gu, Xiangdong Wang.Contents:
1. Can the single cell make biomedicine different?
2. Automated single-cell analysis and isolation system: a paradigm shift in cell screening methods for bio-medicines
3. Single-cell non-coding RNA in embryonic development
4. High throughput single cell RNA sequencing, bioinformatics analysis and applications
5. Circulating tumor cells: the importance of single cell analysis
6. Super-resolution fluorescence microscopy for single cell imaging
7. Single cell proteomics for molecular targets in lung cancer: high-dimensional data acquistion and analysis
8. Therapeutic antibody discovery in infectious diseases using single-cell analysis
9. Single cell genetics and epigenetics in early embryo: from oocyte to blastocyst
10. The potential roles and advantages of single cell sequencing in the diagnosis and treatment of hematological malignancies
11. Application of single cell sequencing in cancer
12. Emergence of bias during the synthesis and amplification of cDNA for scRNA-seq
13. Detection and application of RNA editing in cancer
14. Is pooled CRISPR-screening the dawn of a new era for functional genomics
15. Roles of single cell systems biomedicine in lung diseases
16. The significance of single-cell biomedicine in stem cells. - Digitaledited by Anup K. Singh and Aarthi Chandrasekaran.Contents:
Single-cell western blotting
A microfluidic device for immunoassay-based protein analysis of single E. coli bacteria
Enzyme-linked immunospot (ELISpot) for single-cell analysis
Photocleavable DNA barcoding antibodies for multiplexed protein analysis in single cells
Genome-wide analysis of protein and mRNA copy numbers in single escherichia coli cells with single-molecule sensitivity
Microfluidic flow cytometry for single-cell protein analysis
Microfluidic image cytometry for single-cell phenotyping of human pluripotent stem cells
Characterizing phenotypes and signaling networks of single human cells by mass cytometry
Multiplexed peptide-MHC tetramer staining with mass cytometry
Imaging and mapping of tissue constituents at the single-call level using MALDI MSI and quantitative laser scanning cytometry
SPLIFF: A single-cell method to map protein-protein interactions in time and space
Microfluidic proximity ligation assay for profiling signaling networks with single-cell resolution
Dynamics and interactions of individual proteins in the membrane of single, living cells
Microfluidics-enabled enzyme activity measurement in single cells
Microfluidic chemical cytometry for enzyme assays of single cells
Quantitative detection of nucleocytoplasmic transport of native proteins in single cells.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalBuwei Yu, Jiaqiang Zhang, Yiming Zeng, Li Li, Xiangdong Wang, editors.Summary: With the rapid development of biotechnologies, single-cell sequencing has become an important tool for understanding the molecular mechanisms of diseases, defining cellular heterogeneities and characteristics, and identifying intercellular communications and single-cell-based biomarkers. Providing a clear overview of the clinical applications, the book presents state-of-the-art information on immune cell function, cancer progression, infection, and inflammation gained from single-cell DNA or RNA sequencing. Furthermore, it explores the role of target gene methylation in the pathogenesis of diseases, with a focus on respiratory cancer, infection and chronic diseases. As such it is a valuable resource for clinical researchers and physicians, allowing them to refresh their knowledge and improve early diagnosis and therapy for patients.
Contents:
Values of single-cell sequencing and methylation in molecular diagnosis and therapy
Single-cell sequencing in human diseases
Single-cell sequencing of T cell receptors: A perspective on the technological development and translational application
DNA Methylation in pulmonary fibrosis
Molecular regulation and clinical significance of caveolin-1 methylation in chronic lung diseases
Research advances on DNA methylation in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis
DNA Methylation in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
Single cell sequencing: a new dimension in cancer diagnosis
The Role of Methylation in the CpG Island of the ARHI Promoter Region in Cancers
Clinical Significance of P16 Gene Methylation in Lung Cancer
Application of single-cell RNA sequencing in pancreatic cancer and the endocrine pancreas
Single Cell Sequencing in GU Malignancies
PI3K Isoform-Selective Inhibitors in Cancer
Single cell RNA sequencing in human disease: Renal, pancreatic, and viral diseases
Single-cell sequencing in human genital infections
PI3kinase Inhibitors in Thrombosis and Cardiovascular Disease
Use of single-cell microfluidic technology towards therapeutic antibody discovery from single B cells. - DigitalXiangdong Wang, editor ; honor editors, Xiaoming Chen, Zhihong Sun, Jinglin Xia.Summary: The volume focuses on the genomics, proteomics, metabolomics, and bioinformatics of a single cell, especially lymphocytes and on understanding the molecular mechanisms of systems immunology. Based on the author?s personal experience, it provides revealing insights into the potential applications, significance, workflow, comparison, future perspectives and challenges of single-cell sequencing for identifying and developing disease-specific biomarkers in order to understand the biological function, activation and dysfunction of single cells and lymphocytes and to explore their functional roles and responses to therapies. It also provides detailed information on individual subgroups of lymphocytes, including cell characters, function, surface markers, receptor function, intracellular signals and pathways, production of inflammatory mediators, nuclear receptors and factors, omics, sequencing, disease-specific biomarkers, bioinformatics, networks and dynamic networks, their role in disease and future prospects. Dr. Xiangdong Wang is a Professor of Medicine, Director of Shanghai Institute of Clinical Bioinformatics, Director of Fudan University Center for Clinical Bioinformatics, Director of the Biomedical Research Center of Zhongshan Hospital, Deputy Director of Shanghai Respiratory Research Institute, Shanghai, China.
- DigitalWai Lun Law, Conor P. Delaney, editors.Summary: Single Incision Laparoscopic and Transanal Colorectal Surgery provide a comprehensive and state-of-the art review of single incision laparoscopic and transanal colorectal surgery. The text concentrates on surgical techniques and tricks in single incision laparoscopic and transanal surgery with detailed descriptions of the techniques, as well as indications and limitations of the procedures. The newly available evidence on these procedures is emphasized and all procedures are richly illustrated with diagrams and photos. Written by experts in their fields, Single Incision Laparoscopic and Transanal Colorectal Surgery is a valuable resource for general surgeons, colon and rectal surgeons, laparoscopic GI surgeons, surgical residents and fellows in training interested in these two rapidly developing fields in colorectal surgery.
Contents:
Platforms and Instruments (principles of single incision laparoscopic colorectal surgery, available platforms and instruments)
Single Incision Laparoscopic Right Colectomy
Single Incision Laparoscopic Left Colectomy
SILS Total Colectomy and Proctocolectomy with Ileal Pouch-Anal Anastomosis (IPAA)
Low Anterior Resection and Total Mesorectal Excision
Tricks and Routes to Success
Robotic Single Port Colorectal Surgery
Current Evidence for Single Incision Laparoscopic Colectomy
Local Excision for Low Rectal Cancer: From Mucosectomy to Endolumen Loco-Regional Resection: Tips And Tricks
Hybrid NOTES Colectomy for Left-sided Colonic Tumors
Transanal Endoluminal Total Mesorectal Resection (Tetmr) by Transanal Endoscopic Microsurgery
Transanal Excision: Development, Technique and Evidence. - Digitaledited by Yutaka Suzuki.
- Digitaledited by Maria Spies and Yann R. Chemla.Contents:
Chapter 1. Direct fluorescent imaging of translocation and unwinding by individual DNA helicases
Chapter 2. Single-molecule imaging with one color fluorescence
Chapter 3. Measuring membrane protein dimerization equilibrium in lipid bilayers by single-molecule fluorescence microsopy
Chapter 4. Fluorescent labeling of proteins in whole cell extracts for single-molecule imaging
Chapter 5. Quantifying the assembly of multicomponent molecular machines by single-molecule total internal reflection fluorescence microscopy
Chapter 6. How to measure separations and angles between intramolecular fluorescent markers
Chapter 7. Precisely and accurately inferring single-molecule rate constants
Chapter 8. Quantification of functional dynamics of membrane proteins reconstituted in nanodiscs membranes by single turnover functional readout
Chapter 9. Putting Humpty-Dumpty together: clustering the functional dynamics of single biomolecular machines such as the splicosome
Chapter 10. Single-molecule FRET to measure conformational dynamics of DNA mismatch repair proteins
Chapter 11. Single-molecule confocal FRET microscopy to dissect conformational changes in the catalytic cycle of DNA topoisomerases
Chapter 12. Probing the conformational landscape of DNA polymerases using diffusion-based single-molecule FRET
Chapter 13. Methods for investigating DNA accessibility with single nucleosomes
Chapter 14. Single-molecule fluorescence studies of fast protein folding
Chapter 15. Single-molecule multicolor FRET assay for studying structural dynamics of biomolecules
Chapter 16. A multicolor single-molecule FRET approach to study protein dynamics and interactions simultaneously
Chapter 17. Interferometric scattering microscopy for the study of molecular motors
Chapter 18. Enzyme kinetics in femtoliter arrays
Author index
Subject index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016 - Digitaledited by Riccardo Bertolo, Jihad Kaouk.Contents:
1. The evolution of robotic single-port dedicated platforms / Riccardo Autorino, Christopher Bednarz, Fairleigh Reeves and Prokar Dasgupta
2. Applications of single-port robotic platforms in urology: an overview / Marcio Covas Moschovas and Vipul Patel
3. Single-port robot-assisted radical prostatectomy: transperitoneal versus extraperitoneal approach / Grace Chen and Simone Crivellaro
4. The re-discovery of alternative access to the pelvic fossa: the role of the single-port robotic platform / Juan Garisto, Venkat M. Ramakrishnan, Riccardo Bertolo and Jihad Kaouk
5. The evolution of single-port robot-assisted transperineal radical prostatectomy / Riccardo Bertolo, Juan Garisto and Jihad Kaouk
6. Robotic single-port surgery for kidney and upper urinary tract cancers / Paul Kogan and Ronney Abaza
7. Robot-assisted single-port radical cystectomy and intracorporeal urinary diversion / Fahad Sheckley, Michelle Kruse, Mubashir Billah, Juan Garisto and Mutahar Ahmed
8. Single-port robotic ureteral reconstruction / Nathan Cheng and Michael Stifelman
9. Single-port robotic surgery for kidney transplantation and autotransplantation / Alireza Aminsharifi, Mahmoud Abou Zeinab and Jihad Kaouk
10. Comparison of perioperative outcomes and costs between single-port and standard multiport robot-assisted surgeries in urology / Shirley L. Wang, Andrew T. Gabrielson, Phillip M. Pierorazio and Mohamad E. Allaf
11. Future perspectives: natural orifice transluminal endoscopic surgery / Alireza Aminsharifi, Riccardo Bertolo, Christian Huge and Wesley M. White.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - DigitalNabil F. Saba, Derrick T. Lin, editors.Summary: This book reviews the standard surgical, radiotherapeutic, and systemic management of sinonasal and skull base tumors. It provides up-to-date information on epidemiology, diagnostic modalities, molecular biology, staging, treatment complications, principles of supportive care, and current controversies. Sinonasal and skull base tumors display histologic and anatomic heterogeneity, as well as wide variation in clinical behavior. Accordingly, they pose significant diagnostic and treatment challenges. A multidisciplinary approach offers the best chance of a successful outcome. In addition to documenting in detail the currently accepted management approaches, this book sheds light on various promising novel therapeutic strategies. Sinonasal and Skull Base Malignancies is an invaluable reference for all specialists involved in treating these tumors, including otolaryngologists, head and neck surgeons, reconstructive surgeons, medical and radiation oncologists, neuroradiologists, specialized head and neck pathologists, prosthodontists, and speech and swallow therapists.
Contents:
The Etiology and Epidemiology of Sinonasal Malignancies
Radiology and Diagnostic Approaches to Sinonasal Malignancies and Skull Base Tumors
The Pathology of Common Sinonasal and Skull Base Malignancies
Open Approaches to Sinonasal Tumors
Reconstruction and Rehabilitation after Surgical Ablation of the Paranasal Sinuses
Endoscopic Resection of Sinonasal Tumors
Endoscopic Reconstruction of the Skull Base
Radiation Therapy for Sinonasal and Skull Base Tumors
Theroleofsystemictherapyandtargetedapproaches for the treatment of sinonasal malignancies,- Complications of Surgical Management of Skull Base and Sinonasal Malignancies
Supportive care for patients with sinonasal and skull base tumors
Rare Sinonasal and Skull Base Tumors. - DigitalRonald Younes, Nabih Nader, Georges Khoury, editors.Summary: Placement of endosseous implants in the posterior maxilla is often difficult because of a lack of supporting bone. Sinus augmentation procedures have therefore been extensively used for the treatment of the edentulous atrophic posterior maxilla prior to implant placement. This book describes in detail the most widely used sinus grafting techniques as well as some innovative variations, with full coverage of both lateral and crestal approaches. A key aim is to assist the practitioner in selecting the appropriate sinus grafting technique based on the evaluation of a number of parameters that are described in detail and codified in a simple and practical way. Up-to-date information is also provided on grafting materials and on potential complications of sinus augmentation procedures and their treatment.
Contents:
Introduction and Biologic Basis of Sinus Grafting
Anatomical and Physiological Considerations for Sinus Augmentation
Update on Grafting Materials
Lateral Sinus Grafting Approach
Crestal Sinus Grafting Approach
Guidelines for Optimal Treatment
Complications
Conclusions. - DigitalMark E. Mehle, editor.Summary: This volume serves as a comprehensive and useful guide for ENT and allergy physicians in the recognition, diagnosis, and treatment of patients who suffer from sinus headaches and migraines. The text reviews key issues such as identification and management of migraine, and appropriate surgical and nonsurgical treatment that is often not part of ENT or allergy resident training. With 20% of women and 6% of men having migraines (only 50% recognized) this text also serves to expand management options to physicians already medically or surgically treating sinuses or seeing cosmetic patients with head and neck concerns. Other forms of intervention in migraineurs, such as surgery, Botulinum Toxin injections and adjunctive and integrative therapy, are covered. Sinus Headache, Migraine, and the Otolaryngologist will be an invaluable resource for ENT and allergy specialists, and any physician or medical professional with an interest in sinus headache or migraine.
Contents:
Sinus Headache, Migraine, and the Otolaryngologist: an Introduction
Anatomy and Pathophysiology of Migraine
Differential Diagnosis and Workup of the Headache Patient: Should I Order a Scan?
Pharmacological Management of Migraine
Botulinum Toxin for Migraine Headaches
Sinus Headache and Rhinogenic Headache
Allergic Rhinitis and Migraine Headache
Vestibular Migraine
Migraine Co-Morbidities
Surgery for Migraine: An Evidence-Based Review
Adjunctive and Integrative Therapy in Migraine Management.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Printby Botha De Meillon, David H.S. Davis and Felicity Hardy.
- DigitalMichael J. Aminoff, MD, DSc, FRCP, Professor of Neurology, School of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California.Contents:
An introductory snapshot
In the beginning
London and the Great Windmill Street School
Anatomy of the expression of emotions
Behind the glories of war
Swings and roundabouts
In and out of the central nervous system
The organization of the nervous system
Clinical observations on the nervous system
For God and country
New classrooms : old struggles
The ebbing tide
To each his due.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digitaledited by Kato Shum and John Rossi.Contents:
Synthesis and conjugation of small interfering ribonucleic neutral SiRNNs / Alexander S. Hamil and Steven F. Dowdy - - Liver-targeted SiRNA delivery using biodegradable poly(amide) polymer conjugates / Stephanie E. Barrett and Erin N. Guidry
PepFect6 mediated SiRNA delivery into organotypic cultures / Suvarna Dash-Wagh, Ülo Langel, and Mats Ulfendahl
Highly efficient SiRNA delivery mediated by cationic helical polypeptides and polypeptide-based nanosystems / Lichen Yin, Nan Zheng, and Jianjun Cheng
Disulfide-bridged cleavable PEGylation of poly- L -lysine for SiRNA delivery / Min Tang ... [et al.]
Preparation of a cyclic RGD : modified liposomal SiRNA formulation for use in active targeting to tumor and tumor endothelial cells / Yu Sakurai, Tomoya Hada, and Hideyoshi Harashima
Multifunctional envelope-type nano device containing a pH-sensitive cationic lipid for efficient delivery of short interfering RNA to hepatocytes in vivo / Yusuke Sato, Hideyoshi Harashima, and Michinori Kohara
Bioreducible poly (beta-amino ester)s for intracellular delivery of SiRNA / Kristen L. Kozielski and Jordan J. Green
Preparation of polyion complex micelles using block copolymers for SiRNA delivery / Hyun Jin Kim ... [et al.]
Delivery of small interfering RNAs to cells via exosomes / Jessica Wahlgren ... [et al.]
Dendrimer nanovectors for SiRNA delivery / Xiaoxuan Liu and Ling Peng
Chitosan nanoparticles for SiRNA delivery in vitro / Héloïse Ragelle ... [et al.]
Non-covalently functionalized of single-walled carbon nanotubes by DSPE-PEG-PEI for SiRNA delivery / King Sun Siu ... [et al.]
SiRNA in vivo-targeted delivery to murine dendritic cells by oral administration of recombinant yeast / Kun Xu ... [et al.]
TLR9-targeted SiRNA delivery in vivo / Dewan Md Sakib Hossain ... [et al.]
Aptamer-MiRNA conjugates for cancer cell-targeted delivery / Carla L. Esposito, Silvia Catuogno, and Vittorio de Franciscis
Method for confirming cytoplasmic delivery of RNA aptamers / David D. Dickey ... [et al.]
Hapten-binding bispecific antibodies for the targeted delivery of SiRNA and SiRNA-containing nanoparticles / Irmgard S. Thorey ... [et al.]
Stable delivery of CCR5-directed shRNA into human primary peripheral blood mononuclear cells and hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells via a lentiviral vector / Saki Shimizu, Swati Seth Yadav, and Dong Sung An
Hepatic delivery of artificial micro RNAs using helper- dependent adenoviral vectors / Carol Crowther, Betty Mowa, and Patrick Arbuthnot
Intravascular AAV9 administration for delivering RNA silencing constructs to the CNS and periphery / Brett D. Dufour and Jodi L. McBride
Efficient gene suppression in dorsal root ganglia and spinal cord using adeno-associated virus vectors encoding short-hairpin RNA / Mitsuhiro Enomoto ... [et al.]
Synthetic SiRNA delivery : progress and prospects / Thomas C. Roberts ... [et al.].Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalShrestha Ghosh.Summary: This book illustrates the activities of mammalian sirtuin SIRT6 in connection with DNA damage repair and premature aging. It mainly presents research on the nuclear lamin A, notably the upregulation of p53 and acetylation etc. Taken together, these studies reveal the various regulatory roles of SIRT6, which are of substantial biological relevance in DNA damage repair, aging and longevity, and can have significant implications in devising therapeutic strategies to combat age-associated pathologies. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for students and researchers in the fields of genetics, cell biology, molecular biology etc.
Contents:
Intro; Supervisor's Foreword; Abstract; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Contributors; Acronyms and Abbreviations; List of Figures; List of Tables; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Premature Aging and Genomic Instability; 1.1.1 Chronological Aging and Premature Aging; 1.1.2 A Brief Background of Progeroid Syndromes; 1.1.3 Genomic Instability and Premature Aging; 1.2 Lamins and Laminopathies; 1.2.1 The Nuclear Lamins; 1.2.2 A Brief Outlook of Laminopathies; 1.2.3 Hutchinson-Gilford Progeria Syndrome (HGPS); 1.2.4 Atypical HGPS Conditions; 1.3 Role of Sirtuins in Premature Aging 1.3.1 Sirtuins ... At a Glance1.3.2 Sirt1; 1.3.3 Sirt2; 1.3.4 Sirt3; 1.3.5 Sirt4; 1.3.6 Sirt5; 1.3.7 Sirt6; 1.3.8 Sirt7; 1.4 An Overview of SIRT6; 1.4.1 Structure and Localization of SIRT6; 1.4.2 Diverse Functions of SIRT6; 1.4.3 Post-translational Modifications of SIRT6; 1.4.4 Perspectives; 1.5
p53: In a Nutshell; 1.5.1 Domains of p53 and Their Associated Functions; 1.5.2 Mechanisms of p53 Activation and Regulation; 1.5.3 Perspectives; 1.6 Hypotheses and Objectives of Study; 1.6.1 Hypothesis I: A Potential Interlinkage Between Lamins and SIRT6 in DNA Damage Repair and Premature Aging 1.6.2 Hypothesis II: A Potential Functional Interlinkage Between SIRT6 and P53 in Accelerated Cellular Senescence and Premature Aging1.6.3 Hypothesis III: Other Post-translational Modifications of SIRT6 with Regulatory Roles in DNA Damage Repair Process; References; 2 Materials and Methods; 2.1 Materials; 2.1.1 Cell Lines; 2.1.2 Mouse Lines; 2.1.3 Constructs; 2.1.4 Antibodies; 2.1.5 Reagents; 2.1.6 Primers; 2.2 Methods; 2.2.1 Cell Culture, Transfections and Treatment with Reagents; 2.2.2 Mouse Embryonic Fibroblast (MEF) Collection; 2.2.3 Genotyping of Tissues from Mice 2.2.18 Isolation of Bone Marrow Stromal Cells, and Cells from Thymus and Spleen2.2.19 Immunostaining for Fluorescence-Activated Cell Sorting (FACS) Analysis; 2.2.20 Annexin-V Staining; 2.2.21 Statistical Analysis; References; 3 Results-I. Lamin A is an Endogenous Activator of SIRT6 in DNA Damage Repair Process; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Results; 3.2.1 Lamin A is a Direct Interacting Partner of SIRT6; 3.2.2 The Core Domain of SIRT6 Plays a Critical Role in Interacting with Lamin A; 3.2.3 The C-Terminus of Lamin A Dictates Its Binding with SIRT6; 3.2.4 Lamin A Enhances SIRT6 Deacetylase Activity - DigitalRiekelt H. Houtkooper, editor.Contents:
1. Biochemistry and enzymology of sirtuins
2. NAD as a pharmacological tool to boost sirtuin activity
3. Protein lysine acylation: abundance, dynamics and function
4. SIRT1 in metabolic health and disease
5. Deacetylation by SIRT3 relieves inhibition of mitochondrial protein function
6. SIRT5 reveals novel enzymatic activities of sirtuins
7. Diverse roles of SIRT6 in mammalian healthspan and logevity
8. Sirtuins in cancer, emerging role as modulators of metabolic reprogramming
9. Sirtuins as metabolic modulators of muscle plasticity
10. Sirtuins and aging
11. Sirtuins and the circadian clock: epigenetic and metabolic crosstalk
12. Sirtuin activation by small molecules
13. Sirtuins: a future perspective
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Arnaud Gautier, Marlon J. Hinner.Contents:
How FlAsH got its dparkle : historical recollections of the biarsenical-tetracysteine tag / B. Albert Griffin, Stephen R. Adams, and Roger Y. Tsien - - Site-specific protein labeling in the pharmaceutical industry : experiences from novartis drug discovery / Lukas Leder
Getting across the cell membrane : an overview for small molecules, peptides, and proteins / Nicole J. Yang and Marlon J. Hinner
Considerations and protocols for the synthesis of custom protein labeling probes / Ivan R. Corrêa Jr.
2-Cyanobenzothiazole (CBT) condensation for site- specific labeling of proteins at the terminal cysteine residues / Lina Cui and Jianghong Rao
Fluorescent labeling for patch-clamp fluorometry (PCF) measurements of real-time protein motion in ion channels / Thomas K. Berger and Ehud Y. Isacoff
Fluorescent labeling of SNAP-tagged proteins in cells / Gražvydas Lukinavičius, Luc Reymond, and Kai Johnsson
Halotag technology for specific and covalent labeling of fusion proteins / Hélène A. Benink and Marjeta Urh
Ligation of synthetic peptides to proteins using semisynthetic protein trans-splicing / Julian C.J. Matern ... [et al.]
Chemical-tag labeling of proteins using fully recombinant split inteins / Anne-Lena Bachmann ... [et al.]
Phage selection assisted by Sfp phosphopantetheinyl transferase-catalyzed site-specific protein labeling / Bo Zhao ... [et al.]
Site-specific biotinylation of purified proteins using BirA / Michael Fairhead and Mark Howarth
Site-specific labeling of proteins via sortase : protocols for the molecular biologist / Maximilian Wei-Lin Popp
BONCAT: metabolic labeling, click chemistry, and affinity purification of newly synthesized proteomes / Peter Landgraf, Elmer R. Antileo, Erin M. Schuman, and Daniela C. Dieterich
Genetic encoding of unnatural amino acids for labeling proteins / Kathrin Lang , Lloyd Davis, and Jason W. Chin
Labeling proteins by affinity-guided DMAP chemistry / Tomonori Tamura and Itaru Hamachi
Ligand-directed tosyl chemistry for selective native protein labeling in vitro, in cells, and in vivo / Shinya Tsukiji and Itaru Hamachi. - DigitalEun-Ok Im, Afaf I. Meleis, editors.Summary: This book fills the gap in the literature on nursing theories by presenting the background information on situation specific theories such as philosophical bases and current status of situation specific theories and providing a collection of situation specific theories that have been developed. It provides specific guidelines for nursing research and practice, essentials for PhD and DNP students to complete the requirements for their degrees (e.g., dissertation, QI project). In addition, this book can be used in theory courses in other graduate nursing programs that require theoretical bases for their comprehensive exam or scholarly project (e.g., MSN, NP). Throughout nursing history, nursing theories have evolved within the contexts of changing and emerging theoretical needs of nursing discipline. Subsequently, several different types of nursing theories have been proposed, developed, and used in nursing education, research, and practice. Situation specific theories could be easily adopted and used in nursing practice and research due to their foci on specific populations or particular fields. Since situation specific theories were firstly proposed in 1990s, they became a major part of nursing theories in the past two decades, making this book appeals to all levels of nursing students.
- DigitalCharlie Arnot.Summary: Despite food being safer, more affordable and more available than at any time in human history, consumers are increasingly skeptical and critical of today?s food system. In Size Matters, Charlie Arnot provides thought provoking insight into how the food system lost consumer trust, what can be done to restore it, and the remarkable changes taking place on farms and in food companies, supermarkets and restaurants every day as technology and consumer demand drive radical change. The very systems and technologies that are mistrusted by consumers are driving a revolution that empowers individual consumers to find the perfect recipe of taste and nutrition to meet their specific needs and desires. Size Matters pulls back the curtain to examine the irony, competing priorities and new realities that shape today's food system.
Contents:
Chapter1: Sowing the Seeds of Distrust
Chapter2: Social License Revoked
Chapter3: From A & P to Omni Shopping
Chapter4: From Famine to Feast
Chapter5: How to Make Money by Doing What's Right
Chapter6: Brands as Agents of Change
Chapter7: Military, Social Media and Meal Time
Chapter8: Dinner Without Dogma.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited Wan-Fai Ng.Summary: Sjögren's Syndrome summarises current understanding of the pathogenesis of the disease, including advances in the genetics, disease mechanisms, clinical diagnosis and assessment, secondary Sjögren's syndrome, and the role of laboratory investigations and imaging.Digital Access Oxford 2016
- Digitaledited by Roberto Gerli ; co-edited by Elena Bartoloni, Alessia Alunno.Contents:
Introduction : history of Sjögren's syndrome
Clinical features
Management of Sjögren's syndrome
Classification criteria for Sjögren's syndrome
Imaging procedures useful for the diagnosis of Sjögren's syndrome : abnormalities of the major salivary glands
Sjögren's syndrome--associated lymphoma
Spontaneous and inducible animal models of Sjögren's syndrome
Genetics, genomics, gene expression profiling, and epigenetics in Sjögren's syndrome
Autoantigens and autoantibodies in the pathogenesis of Sjögren's syndrome
Sjögren's syndrome and environmental factors
Histology of Sjögren's syndrome
Glandular epithelium : innocent bystander or leading actor?
T cells in the pathogenesis of Sjögren's syndrome : more than just Th1 and Th2
B lymphocytes in primary Sjögren's syndrome
Cytokines, chemokines, and the innate immune system in Sjögren's syndrome
Autoantibodies and autoantigens in Sjögren's syndrome
Outcome measures in Sjögren's syndrome and perspectives in clinical trial design
Novel therapeutic strategies in Sjögren's syndrome : b-cell targeting
Novel therapeutic strategies in Sjögren's syndrome : t-cell targeting
New biological avenues for Sjögren's syndrome.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016 - DigitalSeunghee Cha, editor.Summary: This book provides a thorough update on Sjögren's syndrome (SS) and its adverse impacts on oral health. The opening section focuses on the clinical and laboratory characteristics of SS and its current management. Here, readers will find information on diagnostic criteria, pharmacotherapy, dental management, and the importance of saliva in oral health and SS. Attention then turns to the immunopathogenesis of SS, which includes the mechanisms of secretory dysfunction, myoepithelial cell functions in salivary gland physiology and disease, dysregulated innate and adaptive immunity, and B-cell expansion and neoplasia. The final section details important advances in SS diagnosis and therapy. The differential diagnoses of recurrent glandular swelling, glandular irrigation and sialendoscopy, and salivary gland ultrasound for SS in children are explained, along with the pharmacological management for SS, clinical care for dry eyes, and gene therapy. This book will be of interest to not only dental practitioners and researchers but also rheumatologists and pathologists.
Contents:
Clinical Characteristics of SS and Current Management: Characteristics of SS, Pharmacotherapy and Dental Management
Saliva and Its Importance in SS
Efficacy of Sialoendoscopy in SS
Dysautonomia in SS and Oral Complications. Immunopathogenesis of SS: Mechanisms of Secretory Dysfunction in SS
Dysregulation of Innate Immunity and Oral Health.-Dysregulation of Adaptive Immunity and Oral Health. Improved SS Diagnosis and Therapeutics: Recurrent vs. Persistent Salivary Gland Swelling in Differential Diagnosis of SS
Salivary Gland Ultrasound Sonography of SS and Juvenile SS
Sialometry: The importance of Calibration
Gene Therapy in SS for Restoration of Secretory Dysfunction. - DigitalSjögren's Syndrome and the Salivary Glands : Novel Techniques in Diagnosis, Management and TreatmentGeorge A.W. Bruyn, editor.Summary: This book answers questions about the critical role of ultrasound in the management of patients with Sjogrens syndrome. It also covers developments rheumatologists can foresee in performing a biopsy of the parotid gland. Each chapter is authored by experts on this condition, emphasizing the extent of current understanding and dealing with unanswered challenges and pitfalls. Topics such as modern imaging techniques like ultrasound and MRI and their importance are given particular focus in this book; practitioners are increasingly using imaging techniques to refine diagnosis and guide clinical management. Additionally, as a significant emerging point of interest in the field, biopsy of the major salivary glands, particularly ultrasound-guided procedures, receives extra attention within the text. The book also includes a chapter that deals with future directions and will also review the challenges patients face with unmanaged Sjogrens syndrome. Comprehensive and concise, Sjogrens Syndrome and the Salivary Glands provides a balanced overview between the chapters and ensure homogeneity of the terminology.
Contents:
Introduction
Epidemiology of Sjogrens syndrome
The variable clinical presentation of Sjogrens syndrome
Diagnostic and classification criteria of Sjogrens syndrome
On the complex pathogenesis of Sjogrens syndrome: epigenetics and epithelial cells
On the complex pathogenesis of Sjogrens syndrome: environmental factors and cells of the innate and adaptive immune system
Juvenile Sjogrens syndrome
Anatomy and histology of the salivary glands
Sonoanatomy of the major salivary glands
Imaging of Sjogrens syndrome, with special reference to ultrasound
Towards a scientific validation of ultrasound for Sjogrens syndrome
Ultrasonographic scoring systems a systematic review
Biopsy of the minor salivary glands in Sjogrens syndrome
Biopsy of the major salivary glands in Sjogrens syndrome, with special reference to B cell proliferation. - DigitalGraham Hughes, Shirish Sangle, Simon Bowman.Summary: Sjögren's Syndrome is slowly being recognised as one of the most common auto-immune diseases, and considered pivotal in the spectrum of auto-immune disorders. Sjögren's Syndrome in Clinical Practice is a unique, concise book which explores important insights into Sjögren's links with other conditions and devotes itself to shedding new light on this disease. Aimed at young medics but also suitable for the informed lay reader, physicians and pharma, Sjögren's Syndrome in Clinical Practice will help with the diagnosis and treatment of this increasingly recognised disorder.
Contents:
Introduction
Eyes
Mouth and Salivary Glands
Lungs
Skin
Gut
Bladder, Vagina, Kidney
The Nervous System
Joints, Tendons, Muscles
Sjögren's and Lymphoma
Sjögren's Overlaps
General Treatment
Drug Treatment
Diagnosis I: Blood Tests
Diagnosis II: Other Tests
Causes of Sjögrens.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by Matthew J. Hilton, University of Rochester Medical Center, Rochester, NY, USA.Contents:
Overview of Skeletal Development
Overview of Skeletal Repair (Fracture Healing and Its Assessment)
Generation of Closed Transverse Fractures in Small Animals
The Murine Femoral Bone Graft Model and a Semi-Automated Histomorphometric Analysis Tool
Surgical Induction of Posttraumatic Osteoarthirits
A Mouse Model of Flexor Tendon Repair
Cartilage Explant Cultures
Renal Capsule Transplantations to Assay Skeletal Angiogenesis
Whole Mount Skeletal Staining
Tips and Techniques for Processing and Sectioning Undecalcified Murine Bone Specimens
Preparation of Thin Sections from Non-fixed and Undecalcified Hard Tissues Using Kawamoto's Film Method (2012)
Demineralized Murine Skeletal Histology
Beta-Galactosidase Staining in the Skeleton
Whole-Mount In Situ Hybridization on Murine Skeletogenic Tissues
Non-Radioactive In Situ Hybridization on Skeletal Tissue Sections
Radioactive In Situ Hybridization to Detect Gene Expression in Skeletal Tissue Sections
Proliferation Assays (BrdU and EdU) on Skeletal Tissue Sections
TUNEL Assay on Skeletal Tissue Sections to Detect Apoptosis
Analysis of Chondrogenesis Using Micromass Cultures of Limb Mesenchyme
Isolation and Culture of Murine Primary Chondrocytes
Bone Marrow Stromal Cell Assays : In Vitro and In Vivo
Isolation and Culture of Neonatal Mouse Calvarial Osteoblasts
RANKL-Based Osteoclastogenic Assays from Murine Bone Marrow Cells
Hematopoietic Stem Cell Cultures and Assays.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digital[edited by] Bruce D. Browner, Jesse B. Jupiter, Christian Krettek, Paul A. Anderson.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
- Digitaledited by Grant E. Garrigues, Marc J. Richard and Mark J. Gage.Summary: From the sternoclavicular joint to the distal phalanx, Skeletal Trauma of the Upper Extremity is a practical, one-volume resource covering all aspects of upper limb trauma and surgery. Comprehensive in scope, it features a multidisciplinary, step-by-step approach to evaluation and management, including concise background information and a detailed focus on practical points and surgical techniques. Written by global experts in traumatology, sports medicine, shoulder, elbow, and hand surgery, this richly illustrated guide brings you into the operating room with leaders in the field. Offers detailed, practical guidance from the originators and/or masters of each procedure, along with multiple, illustrated surgical technique descriptions. Includes pearls and pitfalls, preoperative evaluation and indications, surgical techniques, rehabilitation, and management of complications. Features tables and figures throughout that clearly demonstrate surgical tips and tricks. Identifies controversial topics and covers current challenges such as arthroscopic coracoclavicular/acromioclavicular joint reconstruction, reverse total shoulder arthroplasty for proximal humerus fracture, total elbow arthroplasty for fracture, interosseous membrane reconstruction of the forearm, and many more. Contains more than 500 high-quality illustrations, including anatomical and surgical illustrations, surgical photographs, ultrasounds, and x-rays. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.Digital Access
- DigitalKathleen Benton.Summary: With a focus on end-of-life discussion in aging and chronically ill populations, this book offers insight into the skill of communicating in complex and emotionally charged discussions. This text is written for all clinicians and professionals in the fields of healthcare and public health who are faced with questions of ethical deliberation when a patient's illness turns from chronic to terminal. This skill is required to manage care well in an age of advanced technology, and numerous autonomous choices. With a palliative care and ethics focus, the manuscript provides case studies illustrating issues which occur in the acuity and chronicity of end of life. Clear tools for clinicians, such as scripting and "the advance care planning video library" are included. The book focuses on the unique concept of outpatient ethics, including readmission prevention and shortened length of stay through good communication for clinicians who will be required to conduct this discussion with patients. The ethical undertone in this text provides a perfect opening for application in healthcare ethics classes, both in fields of public health and healthcare. Medical scholars and physicians, nurse practitioners and physician's assistants, as well as social workers, both in practice and training, will benefit from this text.
Contents:
Introduction to Daniel
Defining the patient population
Ethics and the medicalization of death
Ethics end-of-life cases
The skills of communicating clearly.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Edward A. S. Duncan, PhD, BSc(Hons), DipCBT.Summary: This book provides a practical and pragmatic guide to becoming a successful practitioner. It covers everthing from thinking and judgement to decision making, evidence-based practice and research skills, leadership and managemnt. It also guides the reader towards effective career advancement, getting their work noticed, and staying up to date in their field.--back cover.
Contents:
Introduction
Section 1: Thinking, judgement and decision skills for practice
Judgement and decision-making skills for practice / Priscilla Harries
Shared decision-making skills in practice / Edward A. S. Duncan
Doing reflective practice: being a reflective and resilient practitioner / Elizabeth Anne McKay
Section 2: Professional skills for practice
Assessment skills for practice / Susan Prior ; Nichola Duffy ; Edward A. S. Duncan
Activity analysis / Kirsty Forsyth
Goal setting in occupational therapy: a client-centred perspective / Lesley Scobbie ; Sally Boa
Therapeutic use of self: a model of the intentional relationship / Renne R. Taylor ; Jane Melton
Problem solving / Edward A. S. Duncan
Group skills for practice in occupational therapy / Sharan L. Schwartzberg ; Mary Alicia Barnes
Record and report writing / Lisa McGraw ; Jane Grant
Section 3: Evidence-based and research skills for practice
Finding and appraising the evidence / Edward A. S. Duncan ; M. Clare Taylor
Implementation science / Katrina Bannigan
Section 4: Leadership, supervision and management skills for practice
Improvement science in practice / Lianne McInally
Developing research skills in practice / Edward A.S. Duncan
Presentation and publication skills / Edward A. S. Duncan ; Allister Landrock ; Ann Landrock
Self-care and self-management / Katrina Bannigan
Leadership skills / Charles H. Christiansen
Practice education-Skills for students and educators / Stephen Isbel ; Thomas Bevitt ; Mon-Lin Ye ; Ted Brown
Clinical supervision skills / Jenny Strong ; Amy McKenzie
Professional use of social media / Edward A.S. Duncan.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2023 - DigitalHani Almoallim, Mohamed Cheikh, editors.Summary: This Open Access book presents practical approaches to managing patients affected by various rheumatological diseases, allowing readers to gain a better understanding of the various clinical expressions and problems experienced by these patients. Discussing rheumatology from an organ systems perspective, it highlights the importance of detailed musculoskeletal examinations when treating patients affected by rheumatological diseases. The book first explores the latest diagnostic approaches and offers key tips for accurate musculoskeletal examinations before addressing the various treatment modalities, with a particular focus on the most common joints involved in rheumatoid arthritis: the wrists and the metacarpophalangeal joints (2nd and 3rd). Featuring easy-to-understand flow diagrams and explaining the common medical problems associated with rheumatic disease, such as shortness of breath and anemia, it is not only a valuable resource to rheumatologists, but will also appeal to medical students, junior residents, and primary healthcare physicians.
Contents:
Part 1 Basics in Rheumatology
1 History-Taking Skills in Rheumatology
2 Approach to Musculoskeletal Examination
3 Laboratory Interpretation of Rheumatic Diseases
4 Pharmacotherapy in Systemic Rheumatic Diseases
5 Radiology in Rheumatology
Part 2 Diagnostic approach to common medical problems in patients with rheumatic diseases
6 Low Back Pain
7 Pulmonary Manifestations of Connective Tissue Diseases
8 Nervous system and rheumatology
9 Diagnostic Approach to Proximal Myopathy
10 Bones and Rheumatology
11 Fever and Rheumatology
12 Thrombosis in Rheuamtological Diseases
13 The Blood in Rheumatology
14 Renal System and Rheumatology
15 Skin Manifestations of Rheumatological Diseases
16 Cardiovascular Diseases and Rheumatology
17 Gestational Rheumatology
18 Perioperative Management of Patients with Rheumatic Diseases
19 The Eye and Rheumatology
20 Vasculitis and Rheumatology
21 Diabetes and Rheumatology
22 Soft Tissue Rheumatic Disorders
23 Gastrointestinal System and Rheumatology
24 Pediatric Rheumatology
Part 3 Classification criteria and guidelines
25 Classification Criteria and Clinical Practice Guidelines for Rheumatic Diseases. - DigitalMiranda A. Farage, Kenneth W. Miller, Nancy Fugate Woods, Howard I. Maibach, editors.Summary: An era of global population aging is upon us. By 2030, one in eight people will be over age 65. Since women generally live longer than men, the health and welfare of postmenopausal women will become a significant public health concern. This book offers a comprehensive review of the life changes associated with menopause, both at the dermatological and physiological level (e.g., hormonal, immunological) and at the subcellular level. It critically examines the dermatological, biological, and clinical challenges to postmenopausal health and well-being and the current and emerging therapeutic interventions. The authors advocate a holistic approach, emphasizing the need to view the menopause as a life transition with various facets rather than as a series of distinct medical conditions to be managed. Our goal is to offer a comprehensive resource to the researchers, clinicians, physicians, and helping professions whose mission is to promote the health and well-being of women around the world.
Contents:
What is Menopause?
Skin and Menopause
Effect of Supplementations and Vitamins on Menopause
Hormonal Change and Therapy
Menopause and Genital
Menopause and Autoimmune Disease
Hotflahes
Other Therapy for Menopause
Sexual Decline
Menopause Tests
Menopause and Sleep
Menopause and Mental Effects
Menopause and Quality of Life
Menopause and cosmetic procedures. - DigitalAshish Dwivedi, Neeraj Agarwal, Lipika Ray, Amit Kumar Tripathi, editors.Summary: This book summarizes the potent effect of ultraviolet radiation (UVR) on the photoaging and cancer formation. Skin is the largest human organ which continually reconstructs itself to ensure its viability, integrity, and ability to provide protection for the body. This protection can be compromised by the aging of the skin which ultimately promotes skin inflammation, impaired wound repair, and increased risk of skin cancer. The book entails mechanistic insights into the UVR-induced immunomodulation and DNA damage in the skin to delineate the pathogenesis, and develop novel ways for prevention of photoaging of the skin cells. It also elucidates the potential of nanotechnology in the treatment of skin cancer. Further, it discusses the bioinformatics approaches to understand the molecular mechanism of photoaging and cancer formation.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Skin anatomy & morphology
Chapter 2. Cellular & Molecular events: skin aging & cancer
Chapter 3. Human skin stem cell and aging
Chapter 4. UV-R induced skin damage: Skin againg & cancer
Chapter 5. UV-R induced immunomodulation :Skin aging & cancer
Chapter 6. UV-R and Role of Pigmentation in skin aging & cancer
Chapter 7. UV-R and Vitamin D synthesis
Chapter 8. UV-R induced melanin chemi-excitation in melanoma pathogenesis
Chapter 9. Future prospective of nanotechnology in skin cancer therapeutics
Chapter 10. Role of bioinformatics in understanding of molecular mechanism and prevention of skin cancer
Chapter 11. UV-R interaction with skin. Cases of study
Chapter 12. Monitoring the genotoxic potential of sunlight and DNA photoprotection of sunscreen. - DigitalCarmen Salavastru, Dedee F. Murrell, James Otton, editors.Summary: This book describes the relationship of the skin with cardiovascular disease. It details the variety of genetic, autoimmune, metabolic and endocrine factors that link the two disciplines. Recognition of one sign or symptom in dermatology can lead to the investigation and discovery of an important related cardiac condition, the recognition of which is important to prevent cardiovascular complications. Similarly, a cardiac condition may be related to an underlying skin condition that requires treatment. Genetic examples of such instances included within the book include: pseudoxanthoma elasticum, epidermolysis bullosa with desmosome defects and plectin defects; Marfan syndrome; Autoimmune conditions include vasculitis, sarcoidosis, lupus; metabolic conditions include insulin resistance, eruptive xanthomas with hypertriglyceridemias and elevated cholesterol; endocrine disorders include thyroid acropachy with atrial fibrillation; insulin resistance with coronary artery disease and psoriasis or hidradenitis suppurativa. Skin and the Heart reviews the effects of genetic, autoimmune and endocrine diseases with connections between skin and heart. It is therefore a key reference for all practitioners and researchers working in both disciplines.
Contents:
I. Embryology. Embryology of the skin ; Embryology of the heart
II. Genetic diseases. Epidermolysis bullosa ; Cutaneous Manifestations of Aortic Disease ; Tuberous Sclerosis Complex: Skin and Heart: Pivotal Common and Early Signs ; Incontinentia pigmenti ; The Heart in Neurofibromatosis 1 ; Cardiocutaneous desmosomal disorders
III. Inflammatory diseases. Lupus erythematosus and other collagen diseases ; Vasculitis ; Behçet's Disease ; Kawasaki disease
IV. Infectious. COVID-19 ; Lyme disease ; Syphillis ; Viral conditions
V. Metabolic and endocrine diseases. Xanthomas and abnormalities of lipid metabolism and storage ; The skin and diabetes ; Lysosomal Storage Disorders: Fabry Disease ; Mastocytosis
VI. Drug reaction. Medication induced cardiotoxic and skin rections ; Cardiovascular side effects of medications for skin diseases ; The importance of cardiac assessment in the era of biologic therapies for psoriasis
VII. Erythoroderma and High output cardiac failure. Erythroderma and cardiac function
VIII. Miscellaneous. Disorders of fluid regulation ; Infantile hemangiomas and the heart ; Erdheim-Chester disease ; Cardiac Implantable Device Related Complications. - Digitalvolume editor, Tove Agner.Contents:
Filaggrin and skin barrier function
Stratum Corneum lipids: their role for the skin barrier function in healthy subjects and atopic dermatitis patients
Importance of tight junctions in relation to skin barrier function
Antimicrobial peptides, infections and the skin barrier
Biological variation in skin barrier function: from A (atopic dermatitis) to X (xerosis)
Methods for the assessment of barrier function
In vivo raman confocal spectroscopy in the investigation of the skin barrier
Irritants and skin barrier function
Skin barrier function and allergens
Penetration through the skin barrier
Treatments improving skin barrier function
Standards for the protection of skin barrier function
The role of the skin barrier in occupational skin diseases
Wet work and barrier function
Saving the barrier by prevention.Digital Access Karger 2016 - DigitalDeborah F. MacFarlane, editor.Summary: The incidence of skin cancer continues to rise, as do the challenges physicians face in treating the growing population of skin cancer patients. Skin Cancer Management: A Practical Approach, 2nd edition addresses the spectrum of skin cancers from the precancerous to the inoperable. In this revised and updated edition, a wide selection of medical treatments and surgical procedures are described in detail and supplemented with an abundance of full-color figures. Numerous case studies help to illustrate the various techniques. .
Contents:
Biopsy Techniques and Interpretation
Topical Therapies for Nonmelanoma Skin Cancers
Chemical Peels for Precancerous Skin Lesions
Photodynamic Therapy
Intralesional and Perilesional Treatment of Skin Cancers
Electrodesiccation and Curettage
Cryosurgery
Optimizing Surgical Outcomes
Anxiolysis, Anesthesia, and Analgesia
Excision Techniques and Materials
Mohs Surgery
Principles of Cutaneous Flap Surgery
Techniques in Skin Grafting
Nail Surgery and Malignant Tumors of the Nail Unit
Practical Management of Melanoma
Skin Cancer in Skin of Color
Management of Skin Cancers in Solid Organ Transplant Recipients
Imaging of Head and Neck Skin Cancer
Radiation Oncology in Skin Cancer Treatment
When to Refer Out
Chemoprevention of Keratinocyte Carcinomas
Systemic Therapy for Locally Advanced and Metastatic Non-Melanoma Skin Cancer. - DigitalBarbara Fowble, Sue S. Yom, Florence Yuen, Sarah Arron, editors.Contents:
Scope of the Problem
Anatomy of the Skin and Pathophysiology of Radiation Dermatitis
Types of Radiation-Related Skin Reactions
Skin Care Products Used During Radiation Therapy
Head and Neck Cancer
Thoracic Cancers
Breast Cancer
Gastrointestinal Cancer
Genitourinary Cancer
Gynecologic Cancer
Central Nervous System
Pediatrics
Sarcoma
Skin Cancer
Locally Advanced Cancers.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalHanjiang Zhu, Howard I. Maibach, editors.Summary: The skin is the first line of defense against chemical warfare agents including nerve agents and toxic industrial chemicals, providing a possible barrier or delay to systemic distribution. However, some chemicals act directly on the skin including vesicants sulfur mustard and corrosive compounds such as strong acids or bases, and do not have to gain access to systemic circulation to cause extensive skin damage. Early and rapid skin decontamination is extremely important following exposure to chemical warfare agents and toxic industrial chemicals because it decreases serious skin damage to the patient and, potentially, their doctor. This multi-authored international text pulls together a century of decontamination research and helps the reader expedite solutions that will decrease morbidity and mortality. Complete with dozens of hiqh quality photographs and illustrations, Skin Decontamination aids industrial hygiene, dermatology, occupational physicians and those involved in the public health arena.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Isolated Human and Animal Stratum Corneum As a Partial Model for the 15 Steps of Percutaneous Absorption: Emphasizing Decontamination, Part I
Chapter 2. Isolated Human And Animal Stratum Corneum As A Partial Model For The 15 Steps Of Percutaneous Absorption: Emphasizing Decontamination Part II
Chapter 3. Recent Knowledge: Human/Animal Skin Decontamination
Chapter 4. The Decontamination of Chemically Contaminated Remains
Chapter 5. Effectiveness of Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear (CBRN) Skin Decontaminants: Towards Tests Standardization
Chapter 6. Effects of Soap-Water Wash on Human Epidermal Penetration
Chapter 7. Fuller's Earth: Old and Faithful Skin Decontaminant Against Toxic Agents
Chapter 8. Comparison of Four Different Fullers Earth Formulations in Skin Decontamination
Chapter 9. The Mass Decontamination Paradigm: Response Relating to Gas Phase Exposures and Skin Decontamination
Chapter 10. Binding Affinity and Decontamination of Dermal Decontamination Gel (DDGel) to Model Chemical Warfare Agent (CWA) Simulants
Chapter 11. Dermostyx (IB1): High-efficacy and Safe Topical Skin Protectant Against Percutaneous Toxic Agents
Chapter 12. Understanding the Impact of Responder Management Strategies on Public Experiences and Behaviour During Mass Decontamination. - DigitalThomas P. Habif, James G.H. Dinulos, M. Shane Chapman, Katherine A. Zug.Summary: "Get practical guidance from renowned dermatologist Dr. Thomas Habif and his expert team of co-authors in this user-friendly, focused text. Written specifically for the non-specialist, this easy-to-follow reference offers precisely the diagnostic and treatment information you need to quickly identify the 250 skin disorders you're most likely to see. It's an ideal resource for any medical practitioner who'd rather treat than refer patients with skin disease, as well as an excellent review for board preparation"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Topical therapy
Eczema
Urticaria
Acne, rosacea and related disorders
Psoriasis and other papulosquamous diseases
Bacterial infections
Sexually transmitted infections
Viral infections
Fungal infections
Exanthems and drug reactions
Hypersensitivity syndromes and vasculitis
Infestations and bites
Vesicular and bullous diseases
Connective tissue diseases
Light-related diseases and disorders of pigmentation
Benign skin tumors
Premalignant and malignant non-melanoma skin tumors
Nevi and malignant melanoma
Vascular tumors and malformations
Hair and nail diseases
Neonatal disease
Cutaneous manifestations of internal disease
Lasers in dermatology
Leishmaniasis
Leprosy (Hansen's diseases)Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018 - DigitalRashmi Sarkar, Surabhi Sinha, editors.Summary: This book covers dermatological and related esthetic concerns specific to female patients. Since knowing whats normal is as important as knowing whats not, first chapters covers physiological differences in the skin of women and the changes during puberty, pregnancy, and menopause. Certain commonly encountered dermatoses are more frequent in females chronic telogen effluvium, rosacea, perioral dermatitis, pigmented contact (cosmetic) dermatitis, etc., which are explained in a more focused manner. Dermatoses exclusive to females involving the vulva is discussed at length. These include common papulosquamous conditions such as psoriasis, lichen planus, and lichen sclerosus as well as the uncommon but challenging plasma cell vulvitis. Breast dermatoses also are predominantly encountered in women and are described in detail in this book. Importantly, the safety of drugs and biologics in pregnancy and lactation have been covered too. One section is dedicated to the emotional and psychological burden of skin disease in women and certain disorders requiring psychiatric intervention such as obsessive-compulsive disorder (trichotillomania, trichotemnomania) and body dysmorphic disorder. Furthermore, commonly used cosmeceuticals and frequently performed esthetic procedures such as chemical peels, botulinum toxin, and soft tissue augmentation (fillers) are well explained. Skin diseases in females can cause a significant emotional and psychological impact that can sometimes be more serious than the physical impact. There is a paucity of comprehensive published literature in both journal and books and this book aims to fill that gap. This book is meant as a resource for dermatology residents and trainees, practitioners, and teachers. .
Contents:
Physiology of skin
Pregnancy dermatoses
Skin in pregnancy
Skin changes in Menopause
Acne in women
TSDF in females with skin of color
Rosacea
Hidradenitis suppurativa
Pigmentary disorders in women
Hair disorders
Metabolic syndrome: dermatologic aspects in females
Eczemas in women
Body dysmorphic disorder
DLQI in females : important disorders with low DLQIs
Treatment of cellulite
Breast augmentation - cutaneous aspects & complications
Vaginal rejuvenation
Treatment of the ageing face
The Sensitive Skin-Dos and Donts
A guide to botulinum toxin and fillers
Chemical peels and lasers-special consideration
Sexually transmitted diseases in women
Vulval disorders in women
Tropical diseases in women
Nail Disorders in women
Challenges faced by women dermatologists and training programs available to them. - DigitalJohn C. Hall, editor.Summary: As the number of surviving immune suppressed patients continues to rise, skin manifestations of patients have become increasingly important. AIDS patients, and renal, heart, liver, bone marrow, and lung transplant patients are now living longer and immunosuppressive drugs are being used more frequently. Diabetes is rising in the US and around the world, offering its own unique brand of immune suppressed skin diseases. The skin may be the earliest sign of these conditions and be the organ showing the most profound, earliest, and treatment limiting side effects. Skin Diseases in the Immunocompromised is the most comprehensive book on the topic available. It elucidates the signs of immune suppressed skin diseases to afford early diagnosis and management of this ever-increasing diverse group of illnesses. Organized for easy access, this book will be an essential resource for residents and fellows in dermatology and infectious diseases medical professionals.
Contents:
Skin Disorders in Immunocompromised Diabetes Patients
Skin Disorders of AIDS Patients
Skin Disorders in Patients with Primary Immunodeficiencies
Cancer Patients and Skin Disease
Skin Disease in Solid Organ Transplant Patients
Graft vs Host Disease and Skin Manifestations
Cutaneous Reactions to the Biologics
Cutaneous Reactions to Chemotherapy
Cutaneous Reactions to Corticosteroids
Cutaneous Reactions to Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors
Cutaneous Manifestations of Aging and Immunodeficiency
UVA and UVB Therapy: Practical Applications and Implications for the Immunosuppressed Patient and Skin Disease
Skin Cancer in the Immunocompromised
Radiation Therapy for Non-melanoma Skin Cancer in Immunosuppressed Patients and Cutaneous Toxicity from This Therapy.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalAldo Morrone, Roderick Hay, Bernard Naafs, editors.Summary: This richly illustrated book is a comprehensive guide to the dermatologic disorders that may be encountered in refugees and other migrants. It will equip readers to diagnose and treat a diverse range of skin diseases and conditions, including, but not limited to, infections caused by bacteria, viruses, fungi, and parasites, dermatologic manifestations of sexually transmitted diseases, dermatoses associated with malnutrition, pigmentary disorders, bullous diseases, connective tissue diseases, and benign and malignant cutaneous neoplasias. Attention is drawn to various neglected tropical skin diseases and to the characteristic signs of torture and genital mutilations. Helpful information is also provided on the significance of skin color and the relevance of ethnic and genetic factors. The clinical chapters are complemented by discussion of the circumstances that give rise to migration, such as poverty, war, and environmental conditions. This enables the reader to gain a more rounded understanding of patients circumstances that in turn will positively impact on patient care. This book will be of wide interest to dermatologists, whether experienced or in training, as well as to general physicians and researchers.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
1: What Does It Mean to Be a Migrant, Asylum Seeker, or Refugee: Current Global Situation
1.1 The Human Rights Paradigm
1.2 Migration: Magnitude and Terminology
1.3 Why People Migrate: "Forced" and "Voluntary" Migrants
References
2: Medical, Social, and Civic Needs of Displaced Persons
References
3: Viral Dermatoses
3.1 Herpes Simplex Virus Infections
3.2 Human Papilloma Virus Infections
3.3 Pityriasis Rosea
References
4: Bacterial Dermatoses
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Clinical Features 4.2.1 Impetigo
4.2.2 Ecthyma
4.2.3 Folliculitis and Furuncles
4.2.4 Carbuncles
4.2.5 Abscess
4.2.6 Suppurative Paronychia
4.2.7 Erythrasma
4.2.8 Pitted Keratolysis
4.2.9 Erysipelas
4.2.10 Systemic Complications
4.3 Management
References
5: Non-Venereal Treponematoses
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Yaws
5.3 Bejel
5.4 Pinta
References
6: Fungal Infections
6.1 Superficial Mycoses
6.1.1 Dermatophytosis
6.1.1.1 Clinical Features and Treatment
6.1.2 Onychomycosis
6.1.3 Superficial Candidosis 6.1.3.1 Clinical Features and Treatment
6.1.3.2 Laboratory Diagnosis
6.1.4 Superficial Malassezia Infection
6.2 Deep Mycoses
6.2.1 Subcutaneous Mycoses
6.2.1.1 Clinical Features and Treatment
6.2.2 Systemic Mycoses
References
7: Protozoan Dermatoses
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Transmission
7.3 Clinical Features of CL
7.4 Diagnosis
7.5 Treatment
References
8: Helminthic Dermatoses
8.1 Nematodes
8.1.1 Cutaneous Larva Migrans (CLM)
8.1.1.1 Global Distribution
8.1.1.2 Diagnosis
8.1.1.3 Differential Diagnosis
8.1.1.4 Treatment 8.1.2 Lymphatic Filariasis
8.1.2.1 Global Distribution
8.1.2.2 Diagnosis
8.1.2.3 Differential Diagnosis
8.1.2.4 Treatment
8.1.3 Gnathostomiasis
8.1.3.1 Global Distribution
8.1.3.2 Diagnosis
8.1.3.3 Treatment
8.1.4 Loiasis
8.1.4.1 Global Distribution
8.1.4.2 Diagnosis
8.1.4.3 Treatment
8.1.5 Onchocerciasis
8.1.5.1 Global Distribution
8.1.5.2 Treatment
8.1.6 Strongyloidiasis
8.1.6.1 Global Distribution
8.1.6.2 Diagnosis
8.1.6.3 Treatment
8.2 Trematodes and Cestodes
8.2.1 Schistosomiasis 8.2.1.1 Global Distribution
8.2.1.2 Diagnosis
8.2.1.3 Treatment
8.2.2 Cysticercosis
8.2.2.1 Treatment
References
9: Dermatoses Caused by Arthropods
9.1 Bites and Stings
9.2 Insect Bites
9.3 Infestations
9.3.1 Scabies
9.3.2 Myiasis
9.3.3 Tungaiasis
9.3.4 Lice (Pediculosis and Pthiriasis)
References
10: Eczema and Dermatitis
10.1 Atopic Dermatitis
10.1.1 Pathogenesis
10.1.2 Epidemiological and Clinical Aspects
10.1.3 Differential Diagnosis
10.1.4 Histopathology
10.1.5 Treatment
10.1.5.1 Topical TherapiesDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalFingani Annie Mphande.Summary: This book focuses on neglected skin diseases and conditions in resource-poor countries through the lens of livelihoods. These diseases, when neglected, not only affect the skin, but also joint movement and physical appearance, severely influencing the lives and livelihoods of individuals and families in vulnerable communities. The book explores why neglected skin diseases thrive in resource-poor countries, and considers how this cycle might be broken by looking at the impact on livelihoods and access to healthcare in affected communities. The research is shaped by three guiding questions: Firstly, why have some measures been successful in one part of a population and not the other? Secondly, what is unique about vulnerable populations in various parts of the world? And thirdly, can the cycle of debilitating skin diseases and conditions in resource-poor countries be broken? In addressing these concerns, the book excavates past and present efforts in public health measures to combat these diseases, considers the impact of culture and livelihoods, and reviews some of the milestones in disease elimination and eradication. This book will be an indispensable source for health service planners, administrators and practitioners working with vulnerable populations, as well as students and researchers in public health. .
Contents:
Chapter 1:Skin Diseases; Need For Attention
Chapter 2:Types Of Skin Disease And Their Causes
Chapter 3:Impact of Skin Diseases in limited Resource Countries
Chapter 4:Prevention, Treatment And Control Of Skin Diseases
Chapter 5:Potential Public Health Measures To Tackle Skin Diseases
Chapter 6:Case Studies
Chapter 7:Reducing Burden Of Disease
Chapter 8:Milestones; Disease Elimination Success Stories. - DigitalMarco Matucci-Cerinic, Daniel Furst, David Fiorentino, editors.Summary: Rheumatologic diseases are highly associated with clinical symptoms of the skin, nails, and mucosal membranes. This book provides the practicing rheumatologist with a rapid, easy to consult reference to help interpret the nature of these cutaneous lesions and then quickly decide upon the appropriate follow-up tests. Utilizing an abundance of informative photographs, it contains all of the essential information needed for early diagnosis and treatment. This comprehensive guide properly orients the practitioner within the challenging world of rheumatologic disorders of the skin and gives insight into when consultation with a dermatologist is advisable.
Contents:
Part I: Presentation of Skin Manifestation
Approach to Patients with Skin Manifestations
Chilblain Lupus Erythematosus
Erythema Nodosum
Livedo Reticularis
Malar Erythema
Purpura
Telangiectasias
Ulceration in Rheumatic Disease
Panniculitis
Diagnosing Puffy Fingers in the Rheumatic Patient
Part II: Methodology
Capillaroscopy
Use of Biopsy
Part III: Inflammatory Joint Disease
Skin Manifestations of Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
Psoriasis and Psoriatic Arthritis
Inflammatory Bowel Associated Spondyloarthropathy
Nodules in Rheumatoid Arthritis
Genital Involvement as a Result of Reactive Arthritis
Keratoderma Blennorrhagica as a Result of Reactive Arthritis
Parvovirus B19 Infection
Rheumatic Fever
Part IV: Connective Tissue Diseases
Skin Manifestations of Localized Scleroderma (LS)
Localized Scleroderma of the Face
Skin Manifestations of Raynaud's Phenomenon
Skin Manifestations of Systemic Sclerosis
Skin Manifestations of Neonatal Lupus Erythematosus
Skin Manifestations and Sjgren's Syndrome
Skin Manifestations of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Skin Manifestations in Dermatomyositis
Stiff Skin Syndrome
Nephrogenic Systemic Fibrosis
Graft-versus-Host Disease (GvHD): Cutaneous Manifestations
Scleromyxedema
Eosinophilic Fasciitis
Part V: Vasculitides
Kawasaki Disease
Dermatologic Manifestations of Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis (Wegener's Granulomatosis)
Eosinophilic Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis (Churg-Strauss Syndrome)
Polyarteritis Nodosa
Skin Manifestations in Microscopic Polyangiitis
Henoch Schnlein Purpura
Skin Manifestations and Cryoglobulinemia
Skin Manifestations in Giant Cell Arteritis
Skin Manifestations of Behet's Disease
Familial Mediterranean Fever
Cryopyrin-Associated Periodic Syndromes
Part VI: Other Rheumatic Conditions
Sarcoidosis
Amyloidoses
Hypertrophic Osteoarthropathy. - DigitalLuc Teot, Sylvie Meaume, Sadanori Akita, William J. Ennis, Veronique Del Marmol, editors.Summary: In recent years, wound care has gained increasing recognition as a distinct medical specialty. An understanding of the complex mechanisms involved in wound healing facilitates efficient assessment and treatment of patients with wounds, and skin necrosis can be considered the starting point in the entire healing process. This book is the first to discuss skin necrosis as a symptom related to a broad range of pathologies. Richly illustrated, it primarily provides therapeutic strategies and treatment algorithms for different clinical contexts. All chapters were written by renowned specialists in their respected fields and include detailed sample cases and essential take-home messages. In light of the highly interdisciplinary nature of wound management, Skin Necrosis offers an invaluable resource for wound care practitioners and health care professionals across the fields of surgery, dermatology, internal medicine, and nursing.Digital Access Springer 2015
- Digital[edited by] Eugene Yu, Reza Forghani.Contents:
Anterior cranial fossa, nasal cavity, and paranasal sinuses / Sheldon D.S. Derkatch, Ian J. Witterick, Scott V. Bratman, Almudena Perez-Lara, Hugh D. Curtin, and Reza Forghani
Sellar, parasellar, and clival region / Amy W. Lin, Walter Kucharczyk, Ehab Y. Hanna, Brian O'Sullivan, and Eugene Yu
Cerebellopontine angle and jugular fossa / Laila S. Alshafai, Chris Heyn, John A. Rutka, Arjun Sahgal, Vincent Lin, Michael D. Cusimano, Sean Symons, Nabeel S. Alshafai, and Peter Som
Petroclival and lateral skull base / Rickin Shah, Gregory J. Basura, and Ashok Srinivasan
Open and endoscopic approaches to the sinonasal cavity and skull base / Nidal Muhanna, Christopher J. Chin, Allan D. Vescan, and John R. De Almeida
Post-treatment appearance following skull base therapy / Adam A. Dmytriw, John A. Rutka, Arjun Sahgal, Eugene Yu, and Peter Som
Neuroendovascular procedures for skull base neoplasia / Adam A. Dmytriw and Aditya Bharatha
Cross-sectional CT and MRI imaging atlas of the skull base / Almudena Perez-Lara, Eugene Yu, and Reza Forghani.Digital Access - DigitalVincent Chong.Contents:
Anterior Skull Base / David SY Sia, Clement Yong, James TPD Hallinan, Vincent Chong
Imaging of the paranasal sinuses and their surgical rleevance / Clement Yong, David SY Sia, James TPD Hallinan, Vincent Chong
The Sphenoid Bone / James TPD Hallinan, David SY Sia, Clement Yong, Vincent Chong
Imaging in endoscopic endonasal skull base surgery / Eric YS Ting, Fiona Ting, Ghim Song Chia, Vincent Chong
Temporal bone inflammatory and infectious diseases / Marc Lemming
Temporal bone tumors / Bert De Foer, Laura Wuyts, Anja Bernaerts, Joost van Dithers, Erwin Offeciers, Jan W. Casselman
Temporal bone trauma / Bert De Foer, Abdellatif, Anja Bernaerts, Joost van Dinther, Erwin Offeciers, Jan W. Casselman
Update on imaging of hearing loss / Lubdha M. Shah, Richard H. Wiggins III
Imaging of the facial nerve / Theresa Kouo, Robert E. Morales, Prashant Raghavan
Imging of the postoperative middle ear, mastoid, and internal auditory canal / Timothy L. Larson, Matthew L. Wong
Petrous apex / Ilona M. Schmalfuss
Imging of the cerebellopontine angle / Margaret N. Chapman, Osamu Sakai
Jugular Foramen / Chih Ching Choong, Eric T.Y. Ting, Vincent Chong
Imaging of the craniovertebral junction / Hon-Man Liu, Ya-Fang Chen
Skull base bone lesions I / Alexandra Borges
Skull Base Bone Lesions II / Alexandra Borges
Neurointerventional Radiology for Skull Base Lesions / Hon-Man Liu, Yen-Heng Lin.Digital Access - DigitalF. Allan Midyett, Suresh K. MukherjiSummary: This book is a comprehensive guide to skull base imaging. Skull base is often a "no mans land" that requires treatment using a team approach between neurosurgeons, head and neck surgeons, vascular interventionalists, radiotherapists, chemotherapists, and other professionals. Imaging of the skull base can be challenging because of its intricate anatomy and the broad breadth of presenting pathology. Although considerably complex, the anatomy is comparatively constant, while presenting pathologic entities may be encountered at myriad stages. Many of the pathologic processes that involve the skull base are rare, causing the average clinician to require help with their diagnosis and treatment. But, before any treatment can begin, these patients must come to imaging and receive the best test to establish the correct diagnosis and make important decisions regarding management and treatment. This book provides a guide to neuroradiologists performing that imaging and as a reference for related physicians and surgeons. The book is divided into nine sections: Pituitary Region, Cerebellopontine Angle, Anterior Cranial Fossa, Middle Cranial Fossa, Craniovertebral Junction, Posterior Cranial Fossa, Inflammatory, Sarcomas, and Anatomy. Within each section, either common findings in those skull areas or different types of sarcomas or inflammatory conditions and their imaging are detailed. The anatomy section gives examples of normal anatomy from which to compare findings against. All current imaging techniques are covered, including: CT, MRI, US, angiography, CT cisternography, nuclear medicine and plain film radiography. Each chapter additionally includes key points, classic clues, incidence, differential diagnosis, recommended treatment, and prognosis. Skull Base Imaging provides a clear and concise reference for all physicians who encounter patients with these complex and relatively rare maladies.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Acknowledgments
Contents
About the Authors
Quick Decoder for Acronyms and Abbreviations
Overview
Part I: Pituitary Region
1: Rathke's Cleft Cyst
Imaging
General Imaging Features
CT Features
MRI Features
Clinical Issues
Presentation
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment and Prognosis
Differential Diagnosis
A Closer Look
Selected References
2: Pituitary Adenoma
Imaging
General Imaging Features
CT Features
MRI Features
Clinical Issues
Presentation
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment and Prognosis Differential Diagnosis (DDx)
A Closer Look
Selected References
3: Craniopharyngioma
Imaging
General Imaging Features
Plain Films
CT Features
MRI Features [2, 3]
Clinical Issues
Presentation
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment and Prognosis
Differential Diagnosis (DDx)
A Closer Look
Selected References
4: Ectopic Neurohypophysis
Imaging
General Imaging Features
Plain Films
CT Features
MRI Features [2, 3]
Clinical Issues
Presentation
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment and Prognosis
Differential Diagnosis A Closer Look
Selected References
5: Hypothalamic Hamartoma
Imaging
General Imaging Features
CT Features
MRI Features
Clinical Issues
Presentation
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment and Prognosis
Differential Diagnosis
A Closer Look
Selected References
6: Neurohypophyseal Sarcoidosis
Imaging
General Imaging Features
CT Features
MRI Features
Clinical Issues
Presentation [1, 2]
Natural History
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment
Differential Diagnosis (DDx)
A Closer Look
Selected References 7: Intrasellar Arachnoid Cyst
Imaging
General Imaging Features
CT Features
MRI Features
Clinical Issues
Presentation
Natural History
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment
Differential Diagnosis (DDx)
A Closer Look
Selected References
8: Langerhans Cell Histiocytosis
Imaging
General Imaging Features
MRI Features
CT and Plain Film Features
Clinical Issues
Presentation
Natural History
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment and Prognosis
Differential Diagnosis
A Closer Look
Selected References
Part II: Cerebellopontine Angle 9: Epidermoid Cyst
Imaging
General Imaging Features
CT Features
MRI Features
T1 Signal
T2 Signal
DWI
CISS and FLAIR
Clinical Issues and Natural History
Presentation
Epidemiology and Pathology
Differential Diagnosis
Treatment and Prognosis
A Closer Look
Selected References
10: CPA Meningioma
Imaging
General Imaging Features
CT Features
MRI Features
Angiographic Features
Clinical Issues and Natural History
Presentation
Epidemiology and Pathology
Treatment
Prognosis
Differential Diagnosis of Solid CPA Masses - DigitalAnthony Cheesman, Ghassan Alusi, H. Ian Sabin, editors.Summary: 'Skull Base Surgery' represents a genuinely multi-disciplinary collaborative approach to the standard procedures in skull base surgery. It emphasizes the basic operative steps of each approach and describes variations from the basic approach. Authors from the relevant specialties Neurosurgery, Otolaryngology, Maxillo-Facial Surgery and Plastic Surgery contribute to this new specialty of skull base surgery.
Contents:
Approaches to the Anterior Skull Base
Approaches to Central Skull Base
Approaches to Lateral Skull Base
Index. - Digital[edited by] Walter C. Jean.Digital Access
- DigitalPéter Halász, Anna Szűcs.Summary: Translational research connects science and clinical medicine from "the bench to the bedside." In Sleep, Epilepsies and Cognitive Impairment, the authors look back from the bedside to the brain function underlying clinical symptoms and reveal mechanisms explored by contemporary neuroimaging and signal analysis in the overlapping fields of sleep and epilepsy. This book will help the reader to see epilepsy from a new viewpoint. The common pathophysiology binding together the diverse manifestations of epilepsies is the exaggeration of plastic functions of the brain involving the hippocampus, the non-specific thalamocortical system and the perisylvian cognitive network. Epileptic derailment seems to be the price for the latest achievements of the mammal and human brain; namely the highly developed ability to change and learn. The contemporary results of sleep research provide new viewpoints to explain why sleep and epilepsy are bedfellows. Converging evidence supports the concept that one of the most important biological roles of NREM sleep is the renewal of synaptic balance ensuring learning ability from one day to the next and consolidation of new memories. Epilepsy and NREM sleep use overlapping structures and functions, therefore epilepsy beginning in early childhood may interfere with sleep plastic functions. NREM sleep, which affects original learning and memory, may become the hidden source of chronic cognitive impairment when epilepsy occurs during sleep and blocks the plastic processes. Sleep, Epilepsies and Cognitive Impairment abandons the academic classification of epilepsy by following the system epilepsy concept, binding major epilepsies with structures and functions of physiological brain systems. It tries to show within this system the close interrelationship between sleep, epilepsy and cognition. Neuroscientists, clinical epileptologists and neurologists interested in brain processes underlying brain plasticity, sleep and epilepsy will find this book thought provoking. It offers good "brain-gymnastics" for reconsidering the ideas on epilepsy.It provides contemporary knowledge about the neurophysiological and functional anatomical background of major epilepsiesTreats major epilepsies as system epilepsies of brain networksReveals the interrelationship of sleep, epilepsy and cognitive impairment showing how epileptic manifestations became facilitated in NREM sleep and interferes with sleep plastic functions
Contents:
1. Introductory considerations
2. Absence epilepsy as the system epilepsy of the non-rapid eye movement sleep-promoting system
3. Autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe and nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy as system epilepsies of the ascending cholinergic arousal system
4. Juvenile idiopathic myoclonic epilepsy (Janz Syndrome) as a system epilepsy affecting the corticothalamic system and the frontal motor and cognitive frontal subsystems
5. Medial temporal lobe epilepsy (MTLE): the epilepsy of the hippocampal declarative memory system
6. Idiopathic polyfocal hyperexcitability conditions (HIEC) of childhood and their transition to electrical status epilepticus in sleep
7. Epileptica encephalopathies
8. Summary.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalSushil K. Jha, Vibha M. Jha, editors.Summary: Over the years there has been growing interest among the scientific community in investigating sleep and how it affects the memory and other brain functions. It is now well established that sleep helps in memory consolidation and induction of neural plasticity, and that short-term deprivation of either total sleep or rapid eye movement sleep alone can induce memory deficits very quickly. Quantitative and qualitative changes in sleep architecture after different training tasks further suggest that discrete memory types may require specific sleep stage/s for optimal memory consolidation, and studies indicate that sleep deprivation alters synaptic plasticity and membrane excitability in the hippocampal neurons and synaptic up-scaling in the cortical neurons. Further, sleep alteration during pregnancy may increase the risk of depression and adversely affect maternal-child relationships, parenting practices, family functioning, and children's development and general wellbeing. This book coherently discusses all these aspects, with a particular focus on the possible role of sleep in memory consolidation and synaptic plasticity. It also highlights the detrimental effects of sleep loss on mental health, the immune system and cognition. This book is a valuable reference resource for students and researchers working in the area of sleep, memory, or neuronal plasticity.
Contents:
The Memory Function of Sleep Across the Lifespan
Sleep Deprivation, Cognitive Functions and Countermeasures
Sleep Loss and Neuronal Stress
The Role of Sleep in Homeostatic Regulation of Ionic Balances and Its Implication in Cognitive Functions
Sleep and Brain Plasticity
The Role of Sleep in Emotional Processing
Sleep, Stress, and Traumatic Memory
The Distinctive Role of NREM and REM sleep in the Consolidation of Fear Memory
Sleep and Appetitive Conditioned Memory. - DigitalPeter Meerlo, Ruth M. Benca, Ted Abel, editors.Contents:
Behavioral and electrophysiological correlates of sleep and sleep homeostasis
Genetic dissection of sleep homeostasis
Sleep deprivation and gene expression
Sleep and synaptic homeostasis
Sleep and synaptic plasticity in the developing and adult brain
Sleep and adult neurogenesis: implications for cognition and mood
Animal studies on the role of sleep in memory: from behavioral performance to molecular mechanisms
A bird's eye view of sleep-dependent memory consolidation
Neuroimaging studies of sleep and memory in humans
The role of sleep in human declarative memory consolidation
Sleep-dependent memory consolidation in healthy aging and mild cognitive impairment
Adenosine, caffeine, and performance: from cognitive neuroscience of sleep to sleep pharmacogenetics
Optogenetic control of hypocretin (orexin) neurons and arousal circuits
Stress, arousal, and sleep
Sleep and emotional functions
Sleep and plasticity in schizophrenia
Chronically restricted or disrupted sleep as a casula factor in the development of depression
Sleep deprivation therapy for depression
Pharmacological treatment of sleep disorders and its relationship with neuroplasticity
Index.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalEric Vermetten, Anne Germain, Thomas C. Neylan, editors.Contents:
Part 1: Introduction
Ch. 1: War, Sleep and PTSD: War and War-related Trauma: An Overview
Ch. 2: Combat-Related Post Traumatic Stress Disorder: Prevalence and Risk Factors
Ch. 3: Sleep as a Mediator of mTBI and PTSD
Ch. 4: Gender Differences in Sleep and War Zone-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
Part 2: Military Deployment and Sleep
Ch. 5: The Role Of Sleep In The Health And Resiliency Of Military Personnel
Ch. 6: Sleep Disturbance during Military Deployment
Ch. 7: Sleep and fatigue issues in military operations
Ch. 8: Suicidal Behavior in Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: Focus on Combat Exposure
Part 3: Neuroscience PTSD and Sleep
Ch. 9: PBRM1: Genetics of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Sleep Disturbance
Ch. 10: The Neurocircuitry of Fear and PTSD
Ch. 11: Brain Pathways of Traumatic Memory: Evidence from an Animal Model of PTSD
Ch. 12: Brain Structural Abnormalities in Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Relations with Sleeping Problems
Ch. 13: PET Ligands Binding Specific Imaging Proteins in the Brain: The Application in PTSD
Part 4: Assessment of Sleep in relation to combat related PTSD
Ch. 14: Assessment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
Ch. 15: Sleep Disturbances and Sleep Assessment Methods in PTSD
Ch. 16: Sleep Changes in PTSD
Ch. 17: Actigraphy and PTSD
Ch. 18: The Extreme Nocturnal Manifestation of Trauma: Trauma Associated Sleep Disorder
Ch. 19: PTSD, arousal and disrupted (REM) sleep
Ch. 20: The Psychophysiology of PTSD Nightmares
Ch. 21: Sleep-Disordered Breathing and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
Ch. 22: Heart Rate Variability, Sleep, and the early detection of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder
Ch. 23: Sleep, Declarative Memory, and PTSD: Current Status and Future Directions
Part 5: Treatments of sleep disturbances in PTSD
Ch. 24: Psychotherapy Interventions for Comorbid Sleep Disorders and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
Ch. 25: Cognitive Processing Therapy and Trauma-Related Sleep Disturbance
Ch. 26: Imagery Rehearsal Therapy for PTSD-related Nightmares
Ch. 27: Nightmare Deconstruction and Reprocessing for PTSD Nightmares
Ch. 28: Hypnotic Interventions for Sleep in PTSD
Ch. 29: Medication for sleep problems in posttraumatic stress disorder
Ch. 30: Pharmacology of Sleep and PTSD
Part 6: Specific Populations
Ch. 31: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Youth Exposed to War and Terror
Ch. 32: Predicting sleep quality and duration in adulthood from war-related exposure and posttraumatic stress in childhood
Ch. 33: Sleep disorders among Holocaust survivors
Ch.34 : Sleep Studies in Serbian Victims of Torture: analysis of traumatic dreams.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Mitchell G. Miglis.Contents:
Anatomy and physiology of normal sleep / L. Schneider
Anatomy and physiology of the circadian system / R.P. Najjar, J.M. Zeitzer
The functions of sleep and the effects of sleep deprivation / E.H. During, M. Kawai
Sleep and cognitive impairment / B.R. Peters, S.J. Sha, K. Yaffe
Sleep and movement disorders / L. Ashbrook, E.H. During
Sleep and stroke / G.J. Meskill, C. Guilleminault
Sleep and epilepsy / B. Razavi, R.S. Fisher
Central nervous system hypersomnias / J. Cheung, C.M. Ruoff, E. Mignot
Sleep and multiple sclerosis / D.J. Kimbrough, T.J. Braley
Sleep and neuromuscular disease / S. Sakamuri, J.W. Day
Sleep and headache / M. O'Hare, R.P. Cowan
Sleep and the autonomic nervous system / M.G. Miglis.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Digital[edited by] Michael Friedman and Ofer Jacobowitz.Contents:
The role of otolarynologist in the treatment of snoring and obstructive sleep apnea
Signs and symptoms of obstructive sleep apnea and upper airway resistance syndrome
Airway evaluation in obstructive sleep apnea
Clinical polysomnography
Home sleep testing
Drug-induced sleep endoscopy (DISE)
Obstructive sleep apnea : decision making and treatment planning
CPAP, APAP, and BiPAP
Analysis of CPAP failures
Oral appliances for OSA
Rationale and indications for surgical treatment
The impact of surgical treatment of OSA on cardiac risk factors
Perioperative and anesthesia management
Friedman tongue position and the staging of obstructive sleep apnea/hypopnea syndrome
Algorithm for surgery : paptopharyngoplasty first and foremost
Algorithm for multilevel treatment : the Riley, Powell, and Liu Stanford experience
Lingual tonsil hypertrophygrading system
The effect of oral positioning on hypopharyngeal airway dimensions
Algorithm for multilevel treatment : Friedman experience
Nasal obstruction and sleep-disordered breathing
Minimally invasive nasal valve repair
Plastic surgery techniques for correction of nasal obstruction
New techniques in nasal valve repair
Inferior turbinate reduction
Role of laser surgery in treatment of OSA
Cautery-assisted palatal stiffening operation and anterior palatoplasty
Injection snoreplasty
Sling snoreplasty
Elevoplasty
Palatal implants for primary snoring : short- and long-term results of a new, minimally invasive surgical technique
Classic uvulopalatopharyngoplasty
Uvulopalatopharyngoplasty : patient selection and effects on the airway
Zeta palatopharyngoplasty (ZPP)
The uvulopalatal flap
Modified uvulopalatopharyngoplasty with uvula preservation
Transpalatal advancement pharyngoplasty
Expansion sphincter pharyngoplasty
Barbed snore surgery (BSS)
Fundamentals of minimally invasive radiofrequency applications in ear, nose, and throat medicine
Radiofrequency tissue effects
Endoscopic coblator open tongue base resection for obstructive sleep apnea
Tongue base stabilization for obstructive sleep apnea and snoring
Endoscopic coblation lingual tonsillectomy
Electrical stimulation of the upper airway
Upper airway stimulation : implanted neurostimulation device treatment of obstructive sleep apnea
Multilevel pharyngeal surgery for obstructive sleep apnea
External submucosal glossectomy
Genioglossus advancement in sleep apnea surgery
Hyoid suspension as the only procedure
Management of the epiglottis
Transoral robotic surgery (TORS) for OSA
Multilevel surgery with or without genioglossal advancement
Maxillofacial surgical techniques for hypopharyngeal obstruction in obstructive sleep apnea
Modified maxillomandibular advancement technique
Distraction osteogenesis maxillary expansion (DOME) for adult obstructive sleep apnea patients
Tracheostomy for sleep apnea
Speech-ready, long-term tube-free tracheostomy for obstructive sleep apnea
The perioperative management of patients with obstructive sleep apnea
Multimodality management of nasopharyngeal stenosis after uvulopalatopharyngoplasty
Current techniques for the treatment of velopharyngeal insufficiency
Uvulopalatopharyngoplasty: analysis of failure
Salvage of failed palate procedures for sleep-disordered breathing
Revision uvulopalatopharyngoplasty (UPPP) for Z-palatoplasty (ZPP)
Management of sleep-related breathing disorders in children
Evaluation and management of persistent pediatric obstructive sleep apnea
Current techniques of adenoidectomy
Intracapsular microdebrider-assisted and coblation tonsillectomy
Laryngomalacia
Drug-induced sleep endoscopy in children
Prevention and correction of pediatric SDB/OSA and post-T&A relapse : a non-surgical orthodontic/dentofacial orthopedic approach
Innovations in surgical treatment of OSA.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - Digitaledited by Hans P.A. Van Dongen, Paul Whitney, John M. Hinson, Kimberly A. Honn, Michael W.L. Chee.Summary: 'Sleep Deprivation and Cognition,' Volume 247 in the Progress in Brain Research series, covers the effects of sleep deprivation, with this new release featuring sections on the Impact of sleep deprivation on long-term memory, Adolescent sleep restriction effects on cognition and mood, Self- regulation and social behavior during sleep deprivation, Experiential decision-making and the effects of sleep loss, Sleep deprivation and dynamic attentional control, a Pharmacogenetic approach to understanding sleep deprivation and cognition, Neuroimaging of functional connectivity in the sleep-deprived brain: what does it tell us?, and more. Key Features: Brings together scientists working in the area of sleep deprivation with scientists involved in research and theory in cognitive neuroscience; Fosters theory-driven research on sleep loss and cognition while also advancing a general understanding of cognitive neuroscience; Provides a foundation for the design of countermeasures to prevent human errors and accidents caused by sleep loss Readership: Everyone working in cognitive neuroscience and everyone studying the effects of sleep deprivation on cognition. -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
- DigitalMatt T. Bianchi, editor.Summary: The cognitive and behavioral implications of sleep deprivation have been noted in the medical literature for many years. In addition, emerging research continues to demonstrate the contribution of sleep deprivation to some of the most common and costly health conditions today. Sleep Deprivation and Disease provides clinically relevant scientific information to help clinicians, public health professionals, and researchers recognize the ramifications of sleep deprivation across a broad spectrum of health topics. This timely reference covers sleep physiology, experimental approaches to sleep deprivation and measurement of its consequences, as well as health and operational consequences of sleep deprivation. Clinical challenges and areas of uncertainty are also presented in order to encourage future advancements in sleep medicine and help patients avoid the outcomes associated with the myriad causes of sleep deprivation.
Contents:
Part I Introduction
Sleep deprivation: practical and philosophical considerations
Part II Sleep Physiology, measurement, and experimental deprivation
The functional impact of sleep deprivation, sleep restriction, and sleep fragmentation
Methods for human sleep deprivation experiments
Imaging sleep and sleep deprivation
Part III Sleep and the brain
Sleep deprivation and neurological diseases
Sleep deprivation and psychiatric disorders
Sleep deprivation as a therapy for psychiatry
Part IV Sleep and medical topics
Sleep deprivation and human development
Sleep deprivation and pregnancy
Sleep deprivation and metabolism
Sleep deprivation and the cardiovascular system
Sleep deprivation and rheumatologic disease --Sleep deprivation and pain
Sleep loss in older adults: effects on waking performance and sleep-dependent memory consolidation with healthy aging and insomnia
Part V Performance, economics, and operational topics
Noise-induced sleep deprivation: toward sleeping soundly on noisy nights
Sleep deprivation and cognitive performance
Caffeine and naps a countermeasures for sleep loss
Fatigue in the workplace
Sleep deprivation and economic burden. - DigitalAshima S. Sahni, Ajay Sampat, Hrayr Attarian, editors.Summary: This book reviews and discusses the differential diagnoses for the common sleep related complaints encountered in sleep and primary care clinics. It meets the market need for a book that covers differential diagnosis in sleep medicine, and does so in a comprehensive manner. Organized into two sections by age demographic, adult and pediatric, clinical case studies are presented with medications, treatments, diagnoses, and patient medical histories. Specified sleep disorders examined include insomnia, nocturnal awakenings, restless sleeping, nightmares, and sleep apnea. Additionally, chapters include medical questionnaires created for patients in clinical scenarios to aid in learning. Unique and pedagogic, Sleep Disorders is written for physicians who practice in all primary care settings and as well as those sleep physicians in training.
Contents:
Part1. Adult sleep medicine. Sleepiness ; Insomnia ; Nocturnal Awakenings; Restless sleeper ; Breathing Pauses ; Sleep Paralysis ; Nightmares ; Inpatient Sleep Consultation ; Sleep Telemedicine
Part 2. Peds section. Snoring and restlessness during sleep in Children: Unique presentations, Diagnosis and Management ; Restless sleeper ; Obstructive sleep apnea and weight abnormalities in children. - DigitalSoňa Nevšímalová, Oliviero Bruni, editors.Contents:
Part I: Introduction
Ontogeny of Sleep and Its Functions in Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence
The Discovery of Pediatric Sleep Medicine
Epidemiology of Sleep Disorders in Children and Adolescents
New Directions in the Link between Technology Use and Sleep in Young People
Sleep Laboratory Tests
Sleep Structure and Scoring from Infancy to Adolescence
Algorithm for Differential Diagnosis of Sleep Disorders in Children
Part II: Sleep Disorders
Sleep Disorders in Newborns and Infants
Pediatric Insomnia
Obstructive Sleep Apnea In Children: A Short Primer
Sleep Disorders in Children: Simple Sleep-Related Movement Disorders
Circadian Rhythm Disorders in Childhood
Disorders Associated with Increased Sleepiness
Parasomnias in Children
Sleep and Epilepsy
Sleep in Neurological and Neurodevelopmental Disorders
Sleep in Children with Psychiatric and Behavioral Problems
Childhood Sleep and Medical Disorders.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalChun-Feng Liu, editor.Summary: This book focuses on the sleep-related disorders in Parkinson's disease (PD), demonstrating that they are among the most common non-motor manifestations of PD and have a significant negative impact on quality of life. Sleep changes may also serve as markers to identify patients in the preclinical stage of PD. This book presents recent major breakthroughs related to sleep disorders in PD, such as REM sleep behavior disorder (RBD), insomnia, nocturia, restless legs syndrome and periodic limb movements, sleep disordered breathing, excessive daytime sleepiness, and circadian rhythm disorders. It also discusses the epidemiology, etiology, diagnosis, clinical implications, associated features, evaluation and management of these disorders and suggests some further research directions in these areas in order to develop neuroprotective therapies for PD. Focusing on Chinese PD patients, it addresses traditional Chinese Medicine, and compares the epidemiology and management of PD in China and Western countries to provide a frame of reference values for further studies. Further, it features numerous case reports to enable readers gain a better uderstanding of the subject matter. This comprehensive yet practical book is a valuable resource for scientists and clinicians.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
Part I: General Concepts
1: An Overview of Parkinson's Disease
2: An Overview of Roles of the Basal Ganglia in Sleep-Wake Regulation
2.1 Introduction
2.2 The Roles of the BG in the Sleep-Wake Cycle
2.3 The Role of the Dopaminergic and Adenosinergic System in the BG in the Sleep-Wake Cycle
2.4 A Model of NAc Involvement in Sleep-Wake Regulation
References
Part II: Classification of Sleep Disorders in Parkinson's Disease
3: REM Sleep Behavior Disorder (RBD)
3.1 Case Report
References
4: Insomnia 4.1 Introduction
4.2 Prevalence of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
4.3 Risk Factors of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
4.4 Etiologic Mechanisms of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
4.5 Clinical Manifestations of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
4.6 Diagnostic Criteria and Instruments of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
4.7 Treatment of Insomnia in Parkinson's Disease
4.8 Concluding Remarks
4.9 Case Report
4.9.1 Clinical Feature
4.9.2 Past History, Family History and Personal History
4.9.3 Physical Examination 4.9.4 Imageological Examination and Scale Assessment
4.9.5 Polysomnography (PSG)
4.9.6 Diagnosis
4.9.7 Treatment
4.9.7.1 Sleep Hygiene
4.9.7.2 Muscle Relaxation Therapy
4.9.7.3 Medication
References
5: Nocturia
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Causes for Nocturia in PD
5.2.1 Reduced Bladder Capacity
5.2.2 Nocturnal Polyuria
5.2.3 Circadian Rhythm Disturbances
5.2.4 Other Possible Mechanism for Nocturia in PD
5.3 Diagnosis and Evaluation of Nocturia in PD [14]
5.3.1 History Taking and Physical Examination
5.3.2 Investigation 5.3.2.1 Routine Test
5.3.2.2 Ultrasonography
5.3.2.3 Urodynamics
5.3.2.4 Other Investigations
5.4 Management and Treatment of Nocturia in PD
5.4.1 Pharmacological Interventions
5.4.1.1 Dopamine Agonists
5.4.1.2 Antimuscarinic Agents
5.4.1.3 Desmopressin
5.4.1.4 Melatonin
5.4.2 Intermittent Catheterization
5.4.3 Botulinum Toxin Injection
5.4.4 Surgical Treatment
5.4.5 Neuromodulation
5.4.6 Lifestyle Change
References
6: Restless Legs Syndrome (RLS) and Periodic Limb Movement Disorder
6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Association Between PD and RLS
6.3 Genetic Markers of RLS in PD
6.4 Pathophysiology of RLS in PD
6.5 Imaging of RLS in PD
6.6 Diagnosis of RLS in PD
6.7 Treatment of RLS in PD
References
7: Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Causes of SBD in PD
7.3 Diagnosis [11]
7.3.1 History Taking and Physical Examination
7.3.2 Investigations
7.4 Treartment [14, 15]
7.4.1 Lifestyle Change
7.4.2 Medication
7.4.3 Continuous Positive Airway Pressure Therapy (CPAP)
References
8: Excessive Daytime Sleepiness - DigitalEdmund Liem, editor.Summary: This book is designed to enable (pediatric) dentists to recognize the signs and symptoms of sleep disorders in their pediatric patients, it will help to understand the potential negative impact of a sleep disorder on the metabolic and cognitive neurodevelopment of a child and how to collaborate with others to implement appropriate management, including early (dentofacial) orthopedic intervention when necessary. A detailed examination of craniofacial signs and behavioral symptoms should alert the dentist to the potential presence of (a) sleep disorder(s) in children. The various treatment options other than positive airway pressure (PAP) therapy or adeno-tonsillectomy, which should be considered as potential life-saving short-term solutions, are discussed and shown. Treatment options that are discussed are dentofacial orthopedics (including orthotropics), orthodontics and orofacial myology; sample case outcomes are shown to demonstrate achievable results. Sleep Disorders in Pediatric Dentistry will serve as an excellent clinical guide that takes full account of recent developments in the field and explains the enormous potential that dentist can attribute to the patients overall (future) health. This book is also an excellent introduction for the general dentist to the medical world of (pediatric) sleep disorders. In this book a team of co-authors (2 medical doctors; 3 dental specialists; 3 general dentists and 3 dental hygienists) shared their knowledge that will educate the (pediatric) dentists about Sleep Disorders in Pediatric Dentistry.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalImran S. Khawaja, Thomas D. Hurwitz, editors.Summary: This text highlights the importance of common medical comorbidities and illuminates the salient points for treatment, diagnosis, and management of these conditions as they relate particularly to these special populations. Written by experts in both sleep medicine and psychiatry, the text takes a cutting-edge, reader-friendly approach to topics that include sleep disturbances in pregnancy, sleep tele-medicine, sleep disturbances related to difficulties in schools, and substance-induced disturbances. Each chapter follows a consistent format, making it an excellent tool for the busy clinician who is not able to sift through scientific literature or didactic texts. Sleep Disorders in Selected Psychiatric Settings is an excellent resource for all clinicians who may work with special populations struggling with sleep and psychiatric comorbidities, including psychiatrists, sleep medicine physicians, primary care and family medicine physicians, pediatricians, obstetrics/gynecologists, psychologists and all others.
Contents:
My patient has trouble sleeping in the psych unit
Suicide and Insomnia
Cocaine Induced Insomnia/sleep problems
Cannabis Induced sleep problems
Insomnia and Generalized Anxiety Disorder
Withdrawal insomnia from benzodiazepines
Insomnia and Panic Disorder
People think Alcohol helps with sleep
Sleep apnea in Pregnancy
Stimulant Induced Insomnia in kids
Childhood Narcolepsy and Emotional problems of parents
RLS in Pregnancy
Insomnia in Pregnancy
Change in school time helped my teenager's sleep
Psychosocial issues with being a Sleepy Head
Extreme dreams make me depressed/Epic Dreaming
Sleep Disruption in ICU setting
Sexsomnia on Medications
I have claustrophobia on the CPAP mask. Please Help?. - DigitalHrayr Attarian, Mari Viola-Saltzman, editors.Summary: In its 2nd Edition this book covers sleep disorders in women at all stages of life, exploring the impact of each reproductive and endocrine stage on both normal sleep and sleep disorders. Includes guidance for physicians on detecting and treating disorders.
Contents:
Intro
Series Editor Introduction
Preface to the Third Edition
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Overview
1: Introduction
References
2: Epidemiology of Sleep Disorders in Women
Introduction
Sleep Disordered Breathing
Primary Snoring
Upper Airway Resistance Syndrome
Obstructive Apnea / Hypopnea Syndrome
Central Sleep Apnea
Obesity Hypoventilation Syndrome
Insomnia
Restless Legs Syndrome (Willis- Ekbom Disease)
Hypersomnia
Parasomnia
REM Behavior Disorder
Conclusion
References
3: Life Cycle Impact on Sleep in Women Sleep Changes in Neonates and Infants
Sleep Changes in Childhood
Sleep Changes Around the Menstrual Cycle
Sex Hormones and Sleep
Sleep at Menarche
Sleep in Pregnancy
Sleep Duration and Sleep Quality in Pregnancy
Sleep in the Peri- and Post-menopausal Stages
Hormonal Changes and Sleep
Age-Related Sleep Changes
Sleep Changes Related to Mood Disorders
Bibliography
4: Normal Reproductive and Endocrine Life Stages: The Impact on Sleep Disorders
Insomnia
Menarche and Adolescence
Child-Bearing Years
Pregnancy
Post-Partum
Menopause and Beyond Restless Legs Syndrome and Periodic Limb Movement Disorder
Menarche and Adolescence
Child-Bearing Years
Menopause and Beyond
Obstructive Sleep Apnea (OSA)
Child-Bearing Years
Pregnancy
Menopause and Beyond
Sleepiness Disorders/Hypersomnias
Menarche and Adolescence
Child-Bearing Years
Menopause and Beyond
Circadian Disorders
Menopause and Beyond
Parasomnias
Menopause and Beyond
Conclusion
References
Part II: Sex and Gender Differences in Sleep
5: Sex Differences in Sleep
Introduction Sex Differences in Sleep Behavior and Sleep Architecture in Adults
When Do Sex Differences in Sleep Emerge? Sleep in Children and Adolescents
Sex Differences in Sleep under Challenge Conditions
The Role of Sex Steroids in Women
Conclusion
References
6: Sex Differences in Sleep Disorders
Introduction
Insomnia
Hypersomnias
Narcolepsy
Idiopathic Hypersomnia
Kleine-Levin Syndrome
Menstrual-Related Hypersomnia
Sleep-Disordered Breathing
Sleep-Related Movement Disorders
Restless Legs Syndrome
Periodic Limb Movement Disorder Other Sleep-Related Movement Disorders
Parasomnias
NREM-Related Parasomnias
Confusional Arousals and Sleep Terrors
Sleepwalking
Sleep-Related Eating Disorder
REM-Related Parasomnias
REM Sleep Behavior Disorder
Nightmare Disorder
Isolated Sleep Paralysis
Other Parasomnias
Exploding Head Syndrome
Sleep-Related Hallucinations
Sleep Enuresis
Circadian Rhythm Sleep Disorders
Conclusion
References
7: Sleep and Its Disorders Among Sexual and Gender Minority Populations
Introduction
Definitions
Minority Stress Theory and Sleep Health - DigitalSudhansu Chokroverty, editor.Summary: Since publication of the first edition in 1994, the second edition in 1999, and the third edition in 2009, many new advances in sleep medicine have been made and warrant a fourth edition. This comprehensive text features 19 additional chapters and covers basic science, technical and laboratory aspects and clinical and therapeutic advances in sleep medicine for beginners and seasoned practitioners. With the discovery of new entities, many new techniques and therapies, and evolving basic science understanding of sleep, Sleep Disorders Medicine, Fourth Edition brings old and new knowledge about sleep medicine together succinctly in one place for a deeper understanding of the topic. Neurologists, internists, family physicians, pediatricians, psychiatrists, psychologists, otolaryngologists, dentists, neurosurgeons, neuroscientists, intensivists, anesthesiologists as well as those interested in advancing their knowledge in sleep and its disorders, will find this edition to be an invaluable resource to this bourgeoning field.
Contents:
Part I: Basic science of sleep. Introduction to the topic
Overview of normal sleep
Sleep deprivation and excessive daytime sleepiness
Effects of sleep deprivation and sleepiness on society and driving
Neurobiology of rem sleep, NREM sleep homeostasis, and gamma band oscillations
Basic circadian timing and sleep-wake regulation
Neurotransmitters, neurochemistry, and the clinical pharmacology of sleep
Neurobiology of NREM sleep and thermoregulation in sleep
Phylogeny of sleep
Sleep and anesthesia: different states with shared pathophysiological traits
Physiological changes of sleep
Sleep and immune regulation
Sleep and memory consolidation
Dreaming and sleep disorder
Study design and analysis in sleep medicine
Part II: Technical considerations. Instrumentation, electronics, and signal analysis
An overview of polysomnographic technique
Electroencephalography, electromyography, and electro-oculography: general principles and basic technology
Electrocardiography: principles and applications in sleep medicine
Evaluation and monitoring of respiratory function
Neuroimaging in normal and abnormal sleep
Multiple sleep latency test
Maintenance of wakefulness test
Scoring of normal sleep and arousals
Scoring of sleep-related breathing events
Part III: Clinical topics. Approach to the patient with sleep complaints
International classification of sleep disorders
Epidemiology: principles and application in sleep medicine
Genetics of sleep and sleep disorders
Nutrition and sleep
Sleep duration, morbidity, and mortality
Obstructive sleep apnea syndrome
Central sleep apnea, hypoventilation syndrome, and sleep in high altitude
Positive airway pressure in the treatment of sleep apnea-hypopnea
Preoperative, perioperative, and postoperative evaluation and management of sleep-disordered breathing
Oral appliances and surgical techniques for treatment of obstructive sleep apnea syndrome
Nature, evaluation, and treatment of insomnia
Narcolepsy and idiopathic hypersomnia
Motor control and dyscontrol in sleep
Evaluation and management of RLS and PLMD
Sleep, breathing, and neurologic disorders
Fatigue in clinical practice
Sleep, coma, vegetative and minimally conscious states
Sleep and epilepsy
Dreaming in neurological disorders
Sleep in psychiatric disorders
Sleep disturbances in general medical disorders
Evaluation and management of circadian rhythm sleep disorders
Rapid eye movement sleep behavior disorder
Parasomnias
Sleep disorders in the elderly
Evolution of sleep from birth to adolescence and sleep disorders in children
Sleep and sleep disorders in women
Sleep, violence, and forensic implications
General principle of treatment of sleep dysfunction and pharmacology of drugs used in sleep disorders
Sleep and alternative medicine: I
Approach to sleep disorders in the traditional school of Indian medicine: alternative medicine II
Sleep in extreme environment
Erratum to: sleep disorders medicine
Epilogue. - DigitalGerald L. Weinhouse, John W. Devlin, editors.Summary: For decades heavily sedated ICU patients were assumed to be asleep. However, in the past 20 years, physiologic and epidemiologic studies have established sleep is frequently disrupted in the ICU. The inter-relationship between ICU sleep, delirium, and survivorship has come to the forefront of ICU practice. We now routinely aim for lighter sedation, delirium assessment has become standardized, and knowledge regarding the ICU factors leading to Post- Intensive Care Syndrome (PICS) has evolved. The importance of sleep in routine ICU management was codified for the first time in SCCMs 2018 PADIS guidelines. This state of the art book summarizes current knowledge regarding sleep during critical illness and recovery and how the risk factors, recognition, and outcomes associated with sleep in the ICU differ from those of healthy adults. Chapters address sleep quality in both the research environment and during routine care, the factors that disrupt sleep architecture and circadian biology in the ICU setting, medications that alter sleep architecture and those that can be used to improve it, the relationship between sleep and sedation and between sleep and delirium, and current strategies that can be used to improve sleep in the vulnerable ICU population. Written by experts in the field, Sleep in Critical Illness is a valuable resource for all members of the ICU interprofessional team including critical care physicians, nurses, physician assistants, pharmacists, and respiratory therapists as well as clinicians who consult in the ICU and post-ICU settings. .
Contents:
Characteristics of sleep in critically ill patients. Part I: Sleep fragmentation and sleep stage disruption
Characteristics of sleep in critically ill patients. Part II: Circadian rhythm disruption
Unique neurophysiologic findings in the critically ill: "Atypical sleep and pathologic wakefulness"
Normal sleep compared to altered consciousness during sedation.-Biologic effects of disrupted sleep
Risk factors for disrupted sleep in the ICU
Effects of common ICU medications on sleep
Sleep disruption and its relationship with delirium: Electroencephalographic perspectives
Sleep disruption and its relationship with delirium: Clinical perspectives
Mechanical ventilation and sleep
ICU sleep disruption and its relationship with ICU outcomes
Long-term outcomes--sleep in survivors of critical illness
Methods for routine ICU sleep assessment and monitoring
Best practices for improving sleep in the ICU. Part 1: Non-pharmacologic
Best practices for improving sleep in the ICU. Part II: Pharmacologic
Sleep considerations in critically ill children
Sleep in Critical Illness: Future Directions. . - DigitalRaghav Govindarajan, Pradeep C. Bollu, editors.Summary: This concise text provides a quick reference to clinically relevant material in both sleep medicine and neuromuscular medicine. Divided into ten chapters, the book begins by laying the foundation for understanding sleep issues in neuromuscular disorders and moves on to offering an overview of sleep disorders in various neuromuscular conditions. Chapters feature practical advice in managing sleep issues, including an overview of noninvasive ventilation. The final part of the book provides useful tables, charts, pictures and flow charts for quick reference in sleep medicine and neuromuscular medicine. Filling a critical gap in the literature, this guide helps anyone treating neuromuscular patients understand the basics of sleep and neuromuscular disorders and its management.
Contents:
Sleep stages and cardiorespiratory monitoring
Neuromuscular respiratory weakness and its management
Sleep issues in motor neuron disease
Sleep issues in myopathic and muscular dystrophies
Sleep issues in NMJ disorders
Sleep issues in peripheral neuropathies-sleep apnea
Sleep issues in peripheral neuropathies-movement disorders
Sleep issues in pediatric neuromuscular disorders Part-1
Sleep issues in pediatric neuromuscular disorders Part-2
Basics of non-invasive ventilation
Practical aspects of non-invasive ventilation
Use and role of non-invasive ventilation in neuromuscular disorders
Troubleshooting with non-invasive ventilation- Frequently asked questions and their answers.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalSudhansu Chokroverty, Michel Billiard, editors.Contents:
Preface
Acknowledgements
Introduction
I. Evolution of Sleep Medicine by Historical Periods
Sleep in Ancient Egypt
Sleep Medicine in the Arab Islamic Civilization
Sleep Medicine in Ancient and Traditional India
Sleep Medicine in Ancient and Traditional China
Sleep in the Biblical Period
Sleep in the New Testament
The Greco-Roman Period
The Aztec, Maya, and Inca Civilizations
II. Sleep Medicine from the Medieval Period to the 19th Century
Sleep Medicine in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance
Sleep in the 17th and 18th Centuries
III. The Early Evolution of Modern Sleep Medicine
The Evolution of Sleep Medicine in the 19th and the Early 20th Century
The History of Polysomnography: Tool of Scientific Discovery
IV. Sleep Medicine Societies, Professional Societies, and Journals
A History Behind the Development of Sleep Medicine and Sleep Societies
Development of Sleep Medicine in Europe
Evolution of Sleep Medicine in Japan
History of Japanese Clinical Sleep Medicine
Sleep Medicine around the World (Beyond North American and European Continents)
V. Sleep Disorders in Historic Diseases
Cholera
Encephalities Lethargica
African Sleeping Sickness
Sleep and HIV Disease
VI. Historical Milestones of Individual Sleep Disorders
Evolution of the Classification of Sleep Disorders
History of Epidemiological Research in Sleep Medicine
The Insomnias: Historical Evolution
VII. Neurological Sleep Disorders
Narcolepsy ? Cataplexy Syndrome and Symptomatic Hypersomnia
Idiopathic Hypersomnia
Kleine-Levin Syndrome
Movement Disorders in Sleep
History of Restless Legs Syndrome, Recently Named Willis-Ekbom Disease
Sleep and Stroke
Sleep in Neurodegenerative Diseases
Sleep, Cognitive Dysfunction, and Dementia
Fatal Familial Insomnia and Agrypnia Excitata: Insights into Human Prion Disease Genetics and the Anatomo-Physiology of Wake and Sleep Behaviours
Epilepsy and Sleep
Sleep Disorders after Traumatic Brain Injury: Milestones in Perspective
Headache Syndromes and Sleep
VIII. Psychiatric and Psychological Sleep Disorders
Depression
Schizophrenia and Psychosis
Bipolar Disorder
IX. Respiratory Diseases
A Short History of Obstructive Sleep Apnea Syndrome
Upper Airway Resistance Syndrome: A Short History
Restrictive and Obstructive Lung Diseases and Sleep Disorders
NREM Arousal Parasomnias
REM Sleep Behavior Disorder
Chronobiology and Sleep
X. Medical Disorders and Sleep
Cardiovascular Disease and Sleep Dysfunction
Nonrestorative Sleep, Musculoskeletal Pain, Fatigue in Rheumatic Disorders and Allied Syndromes: A Historical Perspective
Sleep and Pain: Milestones and Advances from Research
Endocrine-Metabolic Disorders and Sleep Medicine
The Gut and Sleep
Impotence and Erectile Problems in Sleep Medicine
Women?s Health and Sleep Disorders
XI. Miscellaneous Important Aspects
The Emergence of Pediatric Sleep Medicine
Sleep Disorders, Cognition, Accidents, and Performance
Sleep Deprivation: Societal Impact and Long Term Consequences
Sleep Models
XII. Evolution of Treatment and Investigative Approaches in Sleep Medicine
A History of Non-Pharmacological Treatments for Insomnia
The Pharmacological Treatment of Sleep Disorders
Psychological Treatment of Insomnia: The Evolution of Behavior Therapy and Cognitive Behavior Therapy
Modafinil: Development and Use of the Compound
Phylogeny in Sleep Medicine
Gamma-Hyroxybutyrate (Sodium Oxybate): From the Initial Synthesis to the Treatment of Narcolepsy Cataplexy and Beyond
Development and Impact of Brain Imaging Techniques.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalKarim Sedky, Racha Nazir, David Bennett, editors.Summary: This book serves to fill the gap in medical training that neglects the bidirectional relationship between sleep medicine and psychiatry. Written by expert psychiatrists who are also trained in sleep medicine, the text translates between these two fields by covering both the classification of sleep disorders as International Classification of Sleep - third edition (ICSD-3) as it relates to mental health, and also the classification of mental health comorbidities as defined by the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders - 5 as they relate to sleep disorders. Chapters also address the neurobiological components of sleep and psychiatric consideration, pharmacological considerations, behavioral therapeutic remedies, and unique challenges in special populations, such as pregnant women, children, and others. Sleep Medicine and Mental Health is an excellent resource for all physicians treating patients with sleep disorders who may also have psychiatric considerations, including psychiatrists, sleep specialists, neurologists, primary care physicians, and all others.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Introduction
References
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Introduction
1: Introduction to Sleep and Sleep Disorders
Introduction
Functions of Sleep
Normal Sleep and Sleep Architecture
Non-Rapid Eye Movement Stages (NREM)
Rapid Eye Movement Stage (REM)
Process C and Process S
Sleep Changes Over Life Stages
Neurobiology and Neuroanatomy of Sleep
Sleep Disorder Classifications
Effects of Psychotropic Medications on Sleep
Interaction Between Sleep Disorders, Psychiatric Complications, and Medical Problems
Sleep Assessment Measures Conclusion
References
Part II: Insomnia
2: Insomnia
Introduction
Prevalence and Chronicity
Insomnia and Consequences
Models of Insomnia
The Stimulus Control Model
The Three Factor (3-P) Model
The Neurocognitive Model
Diagnosis of Insomnia
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-Fifth Edition (DSM-5) [51]
International Classification of Sleep Disorders-Third Edition (ICSD-3) [52]
International Classification of Disorders-Tenth Edition (ICD-10-CM) [53]
Insomnia Subtypes
Adjustment Insomnia (Acute)
Idiopathic Insomnia (Childhood Onset) Paradoxical Insomnia (Sleep State Misperception)
Inadequate Sleep Hygiene
Behavioral Insomnia of Childhood
Psychophysiological Insomnia (Conditioned Insomnia)
Insomnia Due to Mental Disorder
Insomnia Due to Medical Condition
Insomnia Due to Drugs or Substances
Evaluation and Treatment
Conclusion
References
3: Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia (CBT-I)
Introduction
Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia (CBT-I): What Is It?
Sleep Pattern Assessment
Sleep Education
Stimulus Control Therapy
Sleep Restriction Therapy Managing High Arousal and Utilizing Cognitive Restructuring
Creating a Relaxing Environment for Sleep
Cognitive Restructuring
Efficacy of CBT-I
Modality: Does CBT-I Format Affect Improvements in Sleep?
Contraindications to CBT-I
Insomnia, Comorbid Health Conditions, and CBT-I
Physical Health Conditions
Mental Health Conditions
Hypnotic Medication Use and CBT-I
CBT-I by Age Group
Children
Adolescents
Older Adults
CBT-I Limitations
Summary
References
4: Yoga and Mindfulness-Based Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia (Y-MBCTi)
Introduction Approach to Assess Insomnia
Role of Yoga and Mindfulness Interventions in Insomnia
The Components of the Y-MBCTi Model
Goal of Y-MBCTi
Components of Y-MBCTi
Customizations in the Y-MBCTi
Achieving the Meditation Skills Before Implementing the CBT Interventions is the Key to Success in this Therapy
General Instructions on Meditation for Clients Using the Y-MBCTi Model
Instructions for Meditation
The Five-Step SPASM Method for Honing Meditation Skills
General Instructions on Sleep Hygiene for Clients Using the Y-MBCTi Model - DigitalCristina Frange, Fernando Morgadinho Santos Coelho, editors.Summary: Sleep is considered one of the vital signs and has become an important public health issue in our society. Thus, sleep impacts on overall health and, conversely, certain common medical conditions can impair sleep. Emerging evidence, in conjunction with clinical experience, demonstrates that physical therapy improves several sleep disorders and also optimized sleep contributes to boost rehabilitation. As health care professionals, physical therapists are singularly concerned with well-being and need to be competent to instruct their patients to rest and sleep. This book discusses evidences of physiotherapy and sleep medicine. It elucidates the neurophysiological background and mechanisms for physiotherapeutic resources and techniques, directing the future for promising research in the area. Divided in seven sections, the work initially addresses the basic concepts of sleep and physiotherapy and its relation to practice, including the importance of sleep medicine for health. The second section focuses on the basic conceptions of physical therapists' understanding and working in clinical practice and research with sleep.The next section reviews the most common sleep disturbances such as insomnia, restless legs syndrome, and respiratory sleep disturbances. Special populations, spotlighting childhood and adolescence, women physiologic reproductive stages, sleep and gender, and sleep and pain interactions are also examined. Last sections discuss the physical therapy resources to improve sleep and to treat sleep disturbances. This title is an essential resource not only for graduate students, residents, health professionals and physiotherapists working in prevention and rehabilitation, but also for researchers interested in screening, diagnostic and treatment innovations. It is addressed to neurologists, sleep medicine specialists and physical educators as well.
Contents:
Part I. Basic Concepts. - 1. Sleep: definition, concept, new area for physical therapy
2. Normal Sleep: Interindividual Differences and Sleep Variability
3. Brief history of Sleep Medicine and its importance for overall health
Part II. Sleep medicine for the physical therapist
4. Basic principles of physiotherapeutic sleep practice
5. Sleep physiology and neuroendocrinology for physiotherapists
Part III. Physiotherapeutic management of sleep disturbances
6. Insomnia: an overview
7. Insomnia: Physiotherapeutic approach
8. Restless Legs Syndrome (Willis-Ekbom Disease) and Periodic Limb Movements of Sleep: an overview
9. Restless Legs Syndrome (Willis-Ekbom Disease) and Periodic Limb Movements of Sleep: Physiotherapeutic approach
10. Circadian rhythm sleep disturbances: an overview
11. Physical therapy in circadian rhythm disorders: chrono-rehabilitation?
12. Sleep bruxism: an overview
13. Sleep bruxism: Physiotherapeutic approach
14. Obstructive sleep apnea: an overview
15. Obstructive sleep apnea: Physiotherapeutic approach
16. Central sleep apnea: an overview
17. Central sleep apnea: Physiotherapeutic approach
18. Upper airway resistance syndrome: an overview
19. Upper airway resistance syndrome: Physiotherapeutic approach
20. Narcolepsy: an overview
21. Excessive daytime sleepiness: an overview
22. Narcolepsy and Excessive daytime sleepiness: Physiotherapeutic approach
23. Parassomnias: an overview
Part IV. Sleep in specific conditions
24. Sleep-wake disturbances in childhood and adolescence
25. Sleep and aging
26. Sleep and gender differences
27. Sleep in neurologic diseases
28. Sleep and Chronic Pain Interlaced Influences: Guidance to physiotherapy practice
Part V. Physiotherapeutic resources/methods/techniques to improve sleep
29. Exercise and sleep
30. Hydrotherapeutic resources for sleep management
31. Optimizing behavior strategies for sleep
32. Sleep ergonomics
Part VI. Evidence from basic science and its contribution to physical therapy in sleep medicine
33. Basic research for sleep physiotherapy
34. Sleep and musculoskeletal system
Part VII. Sleep assessment for physical therapy clinical practice
35. Subjective assessment of sleep
36. Objective assessment of sleep
37. Actigraphy. - Digitaledited by Douglas B. Kirsch.Summary: A new addition to the Neurology in Practice series, Sleep Medicine in Neurology is a practical guide for neurologists diagnosing and managing sleep disorders in their patients. As a part of the series, various feature boxes are highlighted throughout. ""Tips and Tricks"" give suggestions on how to improve outcomes through practical technique or patient questioning. In addition, ""Caution"" warning boxes supply helpful advice on how to avoid problems and 'Science Revisited' boxes offer quick reminders of the basic science principles necessary for understanding the presented concepts.
Contents:
Introduction to sleep medicine / Douglas B. Kirsch
The history and physical examination of the sleep patient / Sheila C. Tsai
Subjective and objective sleep testing / Martha E. Billings and Nathaniel F. Watson
Using medications to treat insomnia / Andreea Andrei
Approach to a patient with excessive daytime sleepiness / Rajdeep Singh and Aatif M. Husain
Approach to a patient with narcolepsy / Ravichand Madala and Rodney A. Radtke
Evaluation and medical management of sleep disordered breathing / Mihaela H. Bazalakova and Lawrence J. Epstein
Surgical management of sleep disordered breathing / Masayoshi Takashima, Jaime Gateno, Melinda Davis-Malessevich and Robert Busch
Medical comorbidities associated with obstructive sleep apnea / Emerson M. Wickwire and Scott G. Williams
Non-pharmacological treatments of insomnia and circadian rhythm disorder : special focus on neurology patients / Mary Rose
Parasomnias : diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment / Douglas B. Kirsch
Restless leg syndrome, periodic limb movements and other movement disorders in sleep / Raman Malhotra
Sleep and neurological disorders / Maryann C. Deak
Cognition, driving and sleep / Makoto Kawai
Pediatric sleep medicine / Shalini Paruthi.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalLourdes M. DelRosso, Raffaele Ferri, editors.Summary: This practical text provides knowledge of the basic neuroscience of sleep and sleep disorders as they interrelate with various neurologic conditions. Chapters in the first section cover neural networks involved in normal sleep processes, including dreams and memory. Also discussed are how these neural networks interact in various sleep stages and sleep disorders, such as sleep related movement disorders. The book's second section explores the pathophysiology of sleep disorders in the spectrum of neurologic conditions in both adults and children. This includes sleep changes in patients with dementia, seizures, headaches, and stroke, and other common neurologic disorders. Sleep Neurology fills an important gap in the sleep medicine literature by providing the underpinnings of sleep disorders and will be of great value to students, residents, and clinicians.
Contents:
1. Neurobiology of Wakefulness
2. Neurobiology of Sleep
3. Neurobiology of the Control of Sleep
4. The Neurological Consequences of Sleep Deprivation
5. Neurobiology of Dreams
6. Neurobiology of Memory and Sleep
7. Neurobiology of Insomina
8. Narcolepsy and Central Nervous System Hypersomnias
9. Neurobiology of Parasominas
10. Neurobiology of Sleep Related Movements
11. Sleep in Seziure Disorders
12. Sleep in Headaches
13. Sleep in Cerebral Palsy
14. Sleep and Cerebrovascular Disorder
15. Sleep in Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
16. Sleep After Traumatic Brain Injury
17. Disorders of Sleep and Wakefulness in Parkinson's Disease and other Movement Disorders
18. Sleep in Elderly Adults and in Subjects with Dementia. - Digitalvolume editor, Hsin-Ching Lin.Contents:
The history of sleep medicine / Guilleminault, C.
Advanced concepts in the pathophysiology of obstructive sleep apnea / White, D.P.
The history of sleep surgery / Yaremchuk, K., Garcia-Rodriguez, L.
Advances in the diagnosis of obstructive sleep apnea : drug-induced sedated endoscopy / Ravesloot, M., Benoist, L., van Maanen, P., Kezirianl, E.J., de Vries, N.
Novel positional devices for the treatment of positional obstructive sleep apnea, and how this relates to sleep surgery / Ravesloot, M., Benoist, L., van Maanen, P., de Vries, N.
Updated concepts on treatment outcomes for obstructive sleep apnea / Certal, V., Capasso, R.
Updated Friedman staging system for obstructive sleep apnea / Friedman, M., Salapatas, A.M., Bonzelaar, L.B.
Advancements of CPAP therapy for obstructive sleep apnea / Chen, N.-H.
Advances in oral appliances for obstructive sleep apnea / Jacobowitz, O.
Updated nasal surgery for obstructive sleep apnea / Johnson, D.M., Soose, R.J.
Updated palate surgery for obstructive sleep apnea / Li, H.-Y.
Updated hypopharyngeal surgery for sleep apnea / Woodson, B.T.
Updated minimally invasive surgery for sleep-related breathing disorders / Kotecha, B.
Advances in box surgery for obstructive sleep apnea : genioglossus advancement, hyoid suspension, and maxillomandibular advancement / Go, Y.H., Winston, T., Abdullah, V.J., Kim, S.W.
Multilevel obstructive sleep apnea surgery / Li, H.-C., Weaver, E.M., Lin, H.-S., Friedman, M.
Innovative surgery for obstructive sleep apnea : nerve stimulator / Sommer, J.U., Hørmann, K.
Robotic obstructive sleep apnea surgery / Song, T.T., Hsu, P.P.
Pediatric obstructive sleep apnea : where do we stand? / Huang, Y.-S., Guilleminault, C.
Future perspectives in sleep medicine / Huon, L.-K.A., Guilleminault, C.
Future perspectives in sleep surgery / Friedman, M., Salapatas, A.M., Bonzelaar, L.B.Digital Access Karger 2017 - DigitalHans-Peter Landolt, Derk-Jan Dijk, editors.Summary: The chapter 'Sleep Physiology, Circadian Rhythms, Waking Performance and the Development of Sleep-Wake Therapeutics' available open access under a CC BY 4.0 license at link.springer.com.
Contents:
Part 1. Basic Principles
1. The Function(s) of Sleep
2. Neuroanatomical and Neurochemical Bases of Vigilance States
3. Omics Approaches in Sleep-Wake Regulation
4. The Role of Glia in Sleep Regulation and Function
5. Sleep- and Wake-Like States in Small 1 Networks In Vivo and In Vitro
Part 2. Optogenetics and Pharmacogenetics
6. Optogenetic Dissection of Sleep-Wake States In Vitro and In Vivo
7. Pharmacosynthetic Deconstruction of Sleep-wake Circuits in the Brain
8. Clinical and Experimental Human Sleep-Wake Pharmacogenetics
Part 3. Sleep-Wake Pathologies
9. Clinical Sleep-Wake Disorders I: Focus on Hypersomnias and Movement Disorders During Sleep
10. Clinical Sleep-Wake Disorders II: Focus on Insomnia and Circadian Rhythm Sleep Disorders
Part 4. Current and New Targets, and Therapeutic Prospects
11. GABA Receptors and the Pharmacology of Sleep
12. Advances of Melatonin-Based Therapies in the Treatment of Disturbed Sleep and Mood
13. Dopamine and Wakefulness: Pharmacology, Genetics, and Circuitry
14. Ketamine-Induced Glutamatergic Mechanisms of Sleep and Wakefulness: Insights for Developing Novel Treatments for Disturbed Sleep and Mood
15. Adenosine and Sleep
Part 5. Outlook
16. Adenosine and Sleep
17. Functional Interactions Between Sleep and Circadian Rhythms in Learning and Learning Disabilities
18. Sleep Physiology, circadian rhythms, Waking Performance and the Development of Sleep-Wake Therapeutics.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalSergio Garbarino, Lino Nobili, Giovanni Costa, editors.Summary: "Human Impact Assessment (HuIA) is a relatively new concept describing an integrated process that encompasses both Health Impact Assessment and Social Impact Assessment and is used to anticipate the effects of programs, projects and decisions on human health and welfare. Sleep occupies approximately one-third of our lives, but its human impact remains largely unrecognized. The prevalence of excessive sleepiness is recognized to be increasing in industrialized societies. Sleepiness and fatigue have high costs in terms of both lives lost and socioeconomic impact. Sleepiness and Human Impact Assessment provides a comprehensive exploration of many different facets of sleepiness in our 24-hour society from the new HuIA point of view. Among the covered issues are the physiology and pathophysiology of sleep, its relationship to daytime alertness, fatigue and drugs, the relevance of sleep-related fatigue in various occupational settings and public safety. This book will be of assistance to physicians, occupational health professionals, ergonomists, researchers and decision-makers as they strive to understand the full significance of sleepiness and to create a culture of accountability in everyday life without sleep-related risks."--Publisher's website.Digital Access Springer 2014
- Digitaleditors, Mark Feldman, Lawrence S. Friedman, Lawrence J. Brandt.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
- DigitalFuminobu Yoshimachi, editor.Summary: This book offers a valuable contribution to the field of minimally invasive coronary intervention, presenting the latest developments in slender catheters, their development and the related research findings. With the growing interest in trans-radial interventions (TRIs) and distal radial approach, "Slender PCI" has been popular in Japan. Although "Slender PCI" started with using a small diameter catheter of a 5Fr Guiding Catheter, recently it becomes a generic term for all minimally invasive catheter Interventions. "Slender PCI" not only makes less painful but also reduces exposure to radiation and contrast agents. In addition, the book highlights the distal radial approach, 5Fr guiding catheter for treating complex lesion, 4Fr guiding catheters, 3Fr diagnosis catheters. The authors share their experiences and know-how throughout, providing abundant illustrations to enhance readers understanding.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction
Chapter 2: What Is Slender PCI?
References
Chapter 3: Evidence for Slender Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Issues for TRI in the Early Years
3.3 Large Inner Lumen 6 Fr. Guiding Catheter
3.4 Miniaturization of the Outer Diameter of the Guiding Catheter
3.5 Slender Sheath Development
3.6 Slender Techniques
3.7 Evidence of TRI
3.8 Evidence of Small-Sized Guiding Catheter
3.9 Bleeding Complications
3.10 Future Perspectives for Slender PCI
References Chapter 4: Less Invasive Intervention: From a Forearm Radial to Distal Radial Approach
4.1 Introduction
4.1.1 Significance of Radial Artery Occlusion after Radial Access
4.1.2 History of Distal Radial Access
4.1.3 DRA Puncture Technique
4.1.4 Our Experience of DRA Access
4.1.5 Complications of DRA Access
4.1.6 Conclusion
References
Chapter 5: Distal Transradial Access for Arterial Angiography and Interventions: An Overview of Knowledge
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Rationale and Backgrounds
5.2.1 Applied Anatomy
5.2.2 Advantages for the Patient 5.2.3 Advantages for the Operator
5.3 Preparation and Technique
5.3.1 Patient Selection
5.3.2 Patient Preparation
5.3.3 Local Anesthesia
5.3.4 Ultrasound
5.3.5 Puncture Site
5.3.6 Puncture Direction
5.3.7 Puncture and Wire Insertion
5.3.8 Skin Incision
5.3.9 Sheath Selection
5.3.10 Medication
5.3.11 Wire Insertion
5.3.12 Catheter Selection
5.3.13 Hemostasis
5.4 How to Start a (l)dTRA Program
5.4.1 Learning Curve
5.4.2 Preparation
5.4.3 Role of a Proctor
5.4.4 General Recommendations
5.5 Potential Complications 5.5.1 Distal Radial Artery Occlusion (dRAO)
5.5.2 Digital Ischemia
5.5.3 Nerve Damage
5.5.4 Hematoma
5.5.5 Pseudoaneurysm (PSA)
5.5.6 Arteriovenous Fistula (AVF)
5.5.7 Avascular Necrosis Scaphoid (AVN)
5.5.8 Tendinitis
5.5.9 Hand Dysfunction
References
Chapter 6: Ultimate Less Radial Artery Occlusion Hemostasis Method on Slender PCI
6.1 Introduction
6.2 RAO Preventive Strategies History
6.3 Diagnosis and Treatment
6.4 Latest Progress in Reduction of Early RAO
6.5 Importance of Short and Soft Compression 6.6 Our Slender Approach and Postprocedural Care
6.7 Conclusion
References
Chapter 7: Distal Radial Approach for ST Elevation Myocardial Infarction
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Representative Case
7.3 Procedural Considerations
7.3.1 Patient Selection and Exclusion
7.3.2 Puncture
7.3.3 Hemostasis
7.4 Clinical Significance of Distal Transradial Access
7.4.1 Hemorrhagic Complication
7.4.2 Radial Artery Occlusion
7.4.3 Concerns Over Delay in Revascularization (Longer Door-to-Balloon Time)
7.5 Conclusion
References - DigitalDavid Aitchison Smith.Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents;
Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Historical Perspectives; 1.1.1 The Sliding Filament Model; 1.1.2 New Experimental Techniques; 1.1.3 Models of Contractility; 1.2 A Short Guide to Contractile Behaviour; 1.3 The Structure of Skeletal Muscle; 1.3.1 Muscle Ultrastructure; References;
Chapter 2: Of Sliding Filaments and Swinging Lever-Arms; 2.1 Contractile Empiricism: Hillś Equations; 2.2 How Myosin Heads Find Actin Sites; 2.2.1 Head-Site Matching for Vernier Models; 2.2.2 Lattice Models: Target Zones, Layer Lines and Azimuthal Matching 2.3 The First Sliding-Filament Model2.4 The Swinging-Lever-Arm Mechanism; 2.4.1 Mechanokinetics of the Working Stroke; 2.4.2 Theory of the Rapid Length-Step Response; References;
Chapter 3: Actin-Myosin Biochemistry and Structure; 3.1 How Myosin and Actin Hydrolyze ATP; 3.1.1 Myosin is an ATPase; 3.1.2 Actomyosin is a Better ATPase; 3.1.3 Steady-State ATP Hydrolysis by Actin-Myosin; 3.2 The Biochemical Contraction Cycle; 3.2.1 Actin Binding Versus Nucleotide Binding; 3.2.2 A Biochemical Cycle for Myosin-S1; 3.2.3 Evidence for Two A.M. ADP States; 3.2.4 Evidence for Two M. ATP States 3.3 Coordinating Lever-Arm Movements with Biochemical Events3.3.1 What Biochemical Event Triggers the Working Stroke?; 3.3.2 The Location of the Repriming Stroke; 3.3.3 An Amalgated Mechanochemical Cycle; 3.4 The Atomic Structure of Myosin Complexes; 3.4.1 Actin Binding; 3.4.2 Phosphate Release and the Working Stroke; 3.4.3 An ADP-Release Stroke; 3.4.4 ATP Binding and Actin Affinity; 3.4.5 The Repriming Stroke and Hydrolysis; 3.4.6 Hydrolysis on Actomyosin?; 3.4.7 The Pathway of the Stroke; References;
Chapter 4: Models for Fully-Activated Muscle; 4.1 Strain-Dependent Kinetics 4.1.1 Kramers' Method for Reaction Rates; 4.1.2 Actin Binding: Swing, Roll and Lock; 4.1.3 The Kinetics of the Working Stroke; 4.1.4 An ADP-Release Stroke; 4.2 The Evolution of Contraction Models; 4.2.1 A Two-State Stroking Model; 4.2.2 The Search for a Simple Vernier Model; 4.2.3 Lattice Models; 4.3 Computational Methods; 4.3.1 Probabilistic Methods; 4.3.2 Monte-Carlo Simulation; 4.4 The Effects of Filament Elasticity; 4.4.1 The Equivalent Lumped Filament Compliance; 4.4.2 Experimental Consequences; 4.5 Target Zones, Dimeric Myosins and Buckling Rods 4.5.1 Calculations with Target Zones and Dimeric Myosins4.5.2 An Updated 5-State Vernier Model; 4.5.3 Buckling Rods; 4.6 Adding Phosphate, ADP or ATP; 4.6.1 Added Phosphate; 4.6.2 Changing ADP or ATP; 4.7 The Effects of Temperature; References;
Chapter 5: Transients, Stability and Oscillations; 5.1 Chemical Jumps and Temperature Jumps; 5.1.1 The Activation Jump; 5.1.2 Pi Jumps; 5.1.3 ATP Jumps; 5.1.4 Temperature Jumps; 5.2 Length Steps; 5.2.1 The Length-Step Response; 5.2.2 Repeated Length Steps; 5.3 Sinusoidal Length Changes; 5.4 Force Steps; 5.4.1 Isotonic OscillationsDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalMarcus-Matthias Gellrich ; with a contribution by Dieter Schmidt ; English translation by Carole Gustely Cürten.Summary: In this book the author describes in detail the history, construction, and examination potential of the slit lamp. In particular, however, he presents a new approach videography that allows the ophthalmologist to document all (!) eye diseases with the slit lamp and a video camera in a practicable, rapid, and affordable manner. The necessary methods, techniques, and equipment, including converging, diverging, and contact lenses, are clearly explained in the text and four didactic videos. The 20 most important videographic settings are described, and recipes for their use are presented, along with diagnostic tips. The accompanying collection of clinical images represents the world's first ever general atlas of ophthalmology from the perspective of the slit lamp. The author has already demonstrated proof of the value of ophthalmological videography in his own practice. It is his hope that this introductory book, with its many images never previously produced with a slit lamp, will stimulate others to exploit the approach's potential.
Contents:
Basics: Appliance Construction. Biomicroscopy: Types of Illumination
Biomicroscopy without Additional Lenses
Biomicroscopy with Additional Lenses
Accessory Equipment for Slit Lamps. Videography with the Slit Lamp: Videography - the Basics
Special Videography Applications
Specific Videographic Settings for Specific Ocular Diseases. History of the Slit Lamp: History of Slit Lamp Construction. - PrintVictoria Sweet.Summary: "A radical new understanding of how medicine is best practiced, from the award-winning author of God's Hotel. Over the years that Victoria Sweet has been a physician, "healthcare" has replaced medicine, "providers" look at their laptops more than at their patients, and costs keep soaring, all in the ruthless pursuit of efficiency. Yet the remedy that economists and policy makers continue to miss is also miraculously simple. Good medicine takes more than amazing technology; it takes time--time to respond to bodies as well as data, time to arrive at the right diagnosis and the right treatment. Sweet knows this because she has learned and lived it over the course of her career. Here she relates unforgettable stories of the teachers, doctors, nurses, and patients through whom she discovered the practice of Slow Medicine, in which she has been a pioneer. Medicine, she makes us see, is a craft and an art as well as a science. It is relational, personal, even spiritual. To do it well requires a hard-won wisdom that no algorithm can replace--that brings together "fast" and "slow" in a truly effective, efficient, sustainable, and humane way of healing"-- Provided by publisher. "The award-winning author of God's Hotel offers a radical reimagining of how we practice medicine"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Medicine without a soul
On the cusp of Aquarius
Dr. Gurushantih and my new white coat
The man with a hole in his head
Dr. Greg's 30 percent solution
A successful petition to the saint of impossible causes
The mantle of Hippocrates
Three prophets, no whale
Visiting day at the henhouse
A slow medicine clinic before its time
Passing the point of no return
Intermission: in which fast medicine and slow medicine come together
Turnaround
A craft, a science, and an art
Upstairs, downstairs
A short pause to recapitulate, or The crack in the cosmic egg
The force that through the green fuse drives the flower
Nothing is better than life
A slow medicine manifesto. - DigitalFabian Kiessling, Bernd J. Pichler, Peter Hauff, editors.Summary: This textbook is a practical guide to the use of small animal imaging in preclinical research that will assist in the choice of imaging modality and contrast agent and in study design, experimental setup, and data evaluation. All established imaging modalities are discussed in detail, with the assistance of numerous informative illustrations. While the focus of the new edition remains on practical basics, it has been updated to encompass a variety of emerging imaging modalities, methods, and applications. Additional useful hints are also supplied on the installation of a small animal unit, study planning, animal handling, and cost-effective performance of small animal imaging. Cross-calibration methods and data postprocessing are considered in depth. This new edition of Small Animal Imaging will be an invaluable aid for researchers, students, and technicians involved in research into and applications of small animal imaging.
Contents:
Role of small animal imaging. Noninvasive imaging for supporting basic research / Pat Zanzonico
Non-invasive imaging in the pharmaceutical industry / Sally-Ann Ricketts, Paul D. Hockings, John C. Waterton
How to set up a small animal imaging unit / David Stout
Noninvasive small rodent imaging: significance for the 3R principles / Nicolau Beckmann, Peter Maier
Study planning and animal preparation. Institutional preconditions for small animal imaging / René H. Tolba
Statistical considerations for animal imaging studies / Hannes-Friedrich Ulbrich
Animal anesthesia and monitoring / Marc Hein, Anna B. Roehl, René H. Tolba
Drug administration / Klaus Nebendahl, Peter Hauff
Imaging modalities and probes. How to choose the right imaging modality / Fabian Kiessling, Bernd J. Pichler, Peter Hauff
X-ray and X-ray-CT / Willi A. Kalender, Paul Deak, Klaus Engelke, Marek Karolczak
Ct contrast agents / Hubertus Pietsch
Small animal magnetic resonance imaging: basic principles, instrumentation and practical issue / Peter Jakob
Mr contrast agents / Eliana Gianolio, Alessandra Viale, Daniela Delli Castelli, Silvio Aime
Mr spectroscopy / Markus Becker
Ultrasound / Stuart Foster, Catherine Theodoropoulos
Ultrasound contrast agents / Michel Schneider
Imaging modalities and probes. PET and SPECT / Sibylle I. Ziegler
Radiotracer I: standard tracer / Walter Mier, Uwe Haberkorn
Radiotracer II: peptide-based radiopharmaceuticals / Roland Haubner, Clemens Decristoforo
Optical imaging / Ralf B. Schulz, Vasilis Ntziachristos
Optical probes / Kai Licha
Multi-modal imaging and image fusion / Vesna Sossi
Ex vivo validation methods. Ex vivo and in vitro cross calibration methods / Albertine Dubois, Julien Dauguet, Thierry Delzescaux
In vitro methods for in vivo quantitation of PET and SPECT imaging probes: autoradiography and gamma counting / David Stout
Data postprocessing. Qualitative and quantitative data analysis / Felix Gremse, Volkmar Schulz
Guidelines for nuclear image analysis / Martin S. Judenhofer, Stefan Wiehr, Damaris Kukuk, Kristina Fischer, Bernd J. Pichler
Kinetic modelling / J̲örg van den Hoff
Data documentation systems / S̲nke H. Bartling, Wolfhard Semmler
Special applications. Imaging in developmental biology / Katrien Vandoorne, Stav Sapoznik, Tal Raz, Inbal Biton, Michal Neeman
Imaging in gynecology research / Matthias W. Laschke, Michael D. Menger
Imaging in cardiovascular research / Michael Schäfers, Klaus Tiemann, Michael Kuhlmann, Lars Stegger, Klaus Schäfers, Sven Hermann
Imaging in neurology research I: neurooncology / Yannic Waerzeggers, Parisa Monfared, Alexandra Winkeler, Thomas Viel, Andreas H. Jacobs
Imaging in neurology research II: PET imaging of cns disorders / Gjermund Henriksen, Alexander Drzezga
Special applications / Imaging in Neurology Research III: Focus on Neurotransmitter Imaging / Wynne K. Schiffer
Imaging in oncology research / Wolfgang A. Weber, Fabian Kiessling
Imaging in immunology research / Jason T. Lee, Evan D. Nair-Gill, Brian A. Rabinovich, Caius G. Radu, Owen N. Witte. - DigitalMark S. Thompson, DVM Diplomate, American Board of Veterinary Practitioners Certified in Canine/Feline Practice, Brevard Animal Hospital, Brevard, North Carolina.Contents:
Part one: Clinical signs approach to differential diagnosis
Part two: Systemic approach to differential diagnosis
Part three: Laboratory values and interpretation of results.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalE. Christopher Orton, Eric Monnet ; illustrated by Molly Borman, Thomas O. McCracken.Contents:
Cardiopulmonary function / Orton
Cardiopulmonary monitoring and supportive care / Orton
Instrumentation / Orton
Thoracotomy / Orton
Sternotomy / Orton
Minimally-invasive thoracic surgery / Monnet, Orton
Thoracostomy and pleural drainage / Monnet
Thoracic wall / Monnet
Pleural effusions / Monnet
Pneumothorax / Monnet
Thymoma and mediastinal masses / Monnet
Esophagus / Orton
Vascular ring anomalies / Monnet
Trachea / Monnet
Lung / Monnet
Diaphragm / Orton
Pericardium / Monnet, Orton
Strategies for cardiac surgery / Orton
Patent ductus arteriosus / Orton
Pulmonary and aortic valves / Orton
Tricuspid and mitral valves / Orton
Congenital septal defects / Orton
Cor triatriatum and double-chambered right ventricle / Orton
Cardiac neoplasia / Orton
Epicardial pacemaker implantation / Monnet.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalBrad Aiken.Summary: Like many fields of science, the future of medicine is frequently predicted by the science fiction writers of today, very much as many of today's medical advances were presaged by science fiction stories of the past. In this book, physician and science fiction author Brad Aiken conveys his own speculations about our medical future through nine highly entertaining and thought-provoking short stories. Touching upon a great variety of themes, including but not limited to telemedicine and remote surgery, vaccination strategies against unknown deathly pathogens, nanomedicine to cure diseases and retard ageing, bionics, cloning and euthanasia, we get a glimpse of what might be awaiting humanity. Yet, in these stories it is always the protagonists, humans after all, who remain at the center stage, not the new technologies. This provides the fictional material with a unique blend of science fiction and social fantasy. It also warns us to be wary of the pitfalls of too much reliance on dehumanizing technology and to make sure it remains our helper, not our master. Last but not least, an extensive scientific essay investigates the interplay between science fiction and both past and current advances in medical sciences and technology, making the link to the fictional material in the book as well as to the relevant scientific literature.
Contents:
Part I Short Stories
Locked In
Questioning the Tree
Freudian Slipstream
Done That, Never Been There
Hiding from Nobel
The Last Clone
If He Only Had a Brain
Once, On a Blue Moon
A Time to Every Purpose
Part II The Science behind the Fiction: The Invasion of Modern Medicine by Science Fiction. - DigitalSung-Tsang Hsieh, Praveen Anand, Christopher H. Gibbons, Claudia Sommer, editors.Summary: This book provides comprehensive coverage of small fiber neuropathy (SFN), from diagnosis to therapy. It focuses on nerve degeneration and neuropathic pain, and their underlying pathology, physiology, psychophysics, genetics and imaging. In particular, this book describes and discusses the major advances in diagnostic techniques for assessing SFN. These include skin biopsy, evoked potentials, quantitative sensory testing and functional studies, as biomarkers of SFN. SFN is a common peripheral nerve disorder, but was often overlooked due to a lack of objective and specific diagnostic tests for the assessment of small nerve fibers. These fibers mediate thermal sensation, pain detection (nociception), and autonomic regulation. Major symptoms of SFN include neuropathic pain, impaired sensation and autonomic dysfunction. Neuropathic pain poses a diagnostic challenge to clinicians, an essential step for selecting appropriate treatment to relieve suffering. SFN frequently develops in systemic diseases such as diabetes mellitus, following chemotherapy, infections etc., or presents as a major feature of various genetic neuropathies (e.g. channelopathy and familial amyloidosis). In addition to describing these conditions which lead to SFN, this book also describes related syndromes of neurodegeneration and pain, including fibromyalgia, visceral pain and hypersensitivity. This definitive book covers both clinical aspects and research progress, which provides in-depth and up-to-date information on SFN. It would be immensely useful for clinicians, neurologists, neuroscientists, diabetologists, and pain specialists. Dr. Sung-Tsang Hsieh is a professor at Department of Neurology and Institute of Anatomy and Cell Biology, College of Medicine, National Taiwan University, Taiwan. He is also the associate dean of College of Medicine, National Taiwan University, Taiwan. Dr. Praveen Anand is a professor at Department of Clinical Neurology and head of Centre for Clinical Translation, Hammersmith Hospital, UK. Dr. Christopher Gibbons is an associate professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, USA. Dr. Claudia Sommer is a professor of Neurology at the Department of Neurology, Würzburg University Hospital, Germany.
Contents:
Overview of small fiber neuropathy and clinical aspects of small fiber neuropathy
Pathology of small fiber neuropathy: skin biopsy for nociceptive nerve
Neurophysiology: evoked potential
Psychophysics
Autonomic examinations and nerve pathology
Diabetic neuropathy, metabolic syndrome
Genetic small fiber neuropathy
Amyloid neuropathy
Small fiber involvment in conventional large fiber neuropathy
Vasculitis and autoimmune disorders, infectious neuropathy
Pain syndromes
Visceral pain and hypersensitivity disorders
Small fiber pathology in neurodegenerative disorders
Neuropathic pain in small fiber neuropathy
Therapy for small fiber neuropathy. - DigitalHoon Jai Chun, Sang-Yong Seol, Myung-Gyu Choi, Joo Young Cho, editors.Summary: This book covers all aspects of small intestinal disease with the aim of providing an up-to-date reference of the highest quality that will assist in everyday clinical practice. After introductory chapters on anatomy, pathophysiology, epidemiology, and signs and symptoms, the roles of different imaging modalities in the diagnosis of small intestinal disease are clearly explained, focusing particularly on capsule endoscopy, device-assisted enteroscopy, CT and MR enterography, and nuclear medicine techniques. A series of chapters then address each of the diseases and conditions that may be encountered. The coverage is wide ranging, including, for example, obscure gastrointestinal bleeding, Crohns disease and other inflammatory conditions, celiac disease, Behcets disease, Meckels diverticulum, intestinal tuberculosis, and various malignancies. Numerous informative clinical cases are presented to identify characteristic imaging findings and assist in treatment decision making. Small intestinal disease continues to represent a significant challenge. The scope and detail of this book will make it an invaluable asset for gastroenterologists and other clinicians.
Contents:
1. Anatomy and physiology of small intestine
2. Epidemiology of small intestinal disease
3. Symptoms and signs of small intestinal disease
4. Diagnostic modalities for small intestinal disease
5. Capsule endoscopy
6. Device assisted small bowel endoscopy
7. Radiology (CT/MR enteroscopy)
8. Nuclear medicine and others
9. Clinical manifestations of small intestinal disease
10. Obscure GI bleeding
11. Vascular lesions
12. Crohns disease
13. Other inflammatory lesions
14. NSAID enteropathy
15. Intestinal tuberculosis
16. Behcet disease
17. Meckels diverticulum
18. Cryptogenic Multifocal Ulcerous Stenosing Enteritis
19. Celiac disease
20. Peutz-Jeghers syndrome
21. Adenocarcinoma
22. Lymphoma
23. GIST
24. Primary lymphangiectasia. - Digital/PrintUwe M. Martens, editor.Contents:
Imatinib Mesylate
Dasatinib
Nilotinib
Bosutinib: a potent second-generation tyrosine kinase inhibitor
Ponatinib: a third-generation inhibitor for the treatment of CML
Ruxolitinib
Ibrutinib
Pomalidomide
Enasidenib
Midostaurin: a multiple kinases inhibitor in acute myeloid leukemia and systemic mastocytosis
Venetoclax: targeting BCL2 in hematological cancers
Idelalisib
Carfilzomib
Acalabrutinib, a second-generation Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalUwe M. Martens, editor.Summary: Extensive research into the molecular mechanisms of cancer has heralded a new age of targeted therapy. The field of personalized cancer therapy is now growing rapidly, and the progress being made will result in significant changes in the treatment algorithms for cancer patients. Numerous novel targets that are crucial for the survival of cancer cells can be attacked by small molecules such as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors. This book, written by acknowledged experts, discusses in detail the most recent developments in targeted cancer therapy using small molecules. A wide range of small molecules is covered, including, in addition to tyrosine kinase inhibitors, mTOR, proteasome, and multikinase inhibitors, among others. For each molecule, aspects such as chemical structure, mechanism of action, drug targets, drug interactions, preclinical studies, clinical trials, treatment applications, and toxicity are discussed.
- Digital/PrintUwe M. Martens, editor.Contents:
Erlotinib
Lapatinib
Regorafenib
Crizotinib
Cabozantinib: multi-kinase inhibitor of MET, AXL, RET, and VEGFR2
Vemurafenib
Trametinib (GSK1120212)-- Everolimus
Vismodegib
Larotrectinib (LOXO-101)
Palbociclib, the first of a new class of cell cycle inhibitors
Cobimetinib (GDC-0973, XL518)
Lenvatinib: a tyrosine kinase inhibitor of VEGFR 1-3, FGFR 1-4, PDGFRα, KIT and RET
Afatinib
Olaparib
Gefitinib
Alectinib
Osimertinib .Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Mathieu Rederstorff.Contents:
Small non-coding RNAs : a quick look in the rearview mirror / Guillaume Clerget, Yoann Abel, and Mathieu Rederstorff
Alcoholic precipitation of small non-coding RNAs / Guillaume Clerget, Valérie Bourguignon-Igel, and Mathieu Rederstorff
Quantification and quality control of a small non-coding RNA preparation / Virginie Marchand and Christiane Branlant
Impact of RNA isolation protocols on RNA detection by Northern blotting / Katrin Damm [and seven others]
Improved Northern blot detection of small RNAs using EDC crosslinking and DNA/LNA probes / Katrin Damm [and seven others]
Direct cloning of double-stranded RNAs / Manli Shen [and three others]
Detection and labeling of small non-coding RNAs by splinted ligation / Gabrielle Bourgeois [and three others]
Fluorescence in situ hybridization of small non-coding RNAs / Valentin Vautrot [and three others]
RT-qPCR-based quantification of small non-coding RNAs / Fjoralba Zeka, Pieter Mestdagh, and Jo Vandesompele
Stem-loop RT-PCR based quantification of small non-coding RNAs / Véronique Salone and Mathieu Rederstorff
miR-RACE : an effective approach to accurately determine the sequence of computationally identified miRNAs / Chen Wang and Jinggui Fang
Probing small non-coding RNAs structures / Jean-Vincent Philippe [and three others]
cDNA library generation for the analysis of small RNAs by high-throughput sequencing / Jennifer Gebetsberger, Roger Fricker, and Norbert Polacek
CLIP-Seq to discover transcriptome-wide imprinting of RNA binding proteins in living cells / Jérôme Saulière and Hervé Le Hir
Microarray analysis of small non-coding RNAs / Michael Karbiener and Marcel Scheideler
RML-RACE, PPM-RACE, and qRT-PCR : an integrated strategy to accurately validate miRNA target genes / Chen Wang and Jinggui Fang
Dual luciferase gene reporter assays to study miRNA function / Thomas Clément, Véronique Salone, and Mathieu Rederstorff
Gene expression knockdown by transfection of siRNAs into mammalian cells / Yoann Abel and Mathieu Rederstorff
Efficient and selective knockdown of small non-coding RNAs / Xue-Hai Liang, Wen Shen, and Stanley T. Crooke
Cell-SELEX : in vitro selection of synthetic small specific ligands / Helena Dickinson [and three others]
Small non-coding RNAs and aptamers in diagnostics and therapeutics / Marissa Leonard, Yijuan Zhang, and Xiaoting Zhang.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalSonali Vyas, Deepshikha Bhargava.Summary: The upcoming trends in healthcare are intended towards improving the overall quality of life. In the past,management of health issues were limited to clinics and hospitals and managing patients data and analyzing it. This procedure was difficult and time consuming. A great effort was also needed in diagnosing the cause and type of disease, but this all has changed now. As advancement in research and technologies, a positive impact on healthcare is seen. This book assesses the need and era of smart healthcare and delivers content relevant to current age and time. It describes the trend, usage and practicality of IWMDs i.e. Wearable Medical Device or Sensors (WMSs) and Implantable Medical Devices (IMDs) and how they enhance the awareness of daily healthcare.It establishes a relation and conjunction of daily healthcare monitoring with clinical healthcare. A healthcare system is called smart when there is an ability to make decisions, which comes from data analytics. Smart healthcare systems possess capability of data analytics and IoT based services which can be implemented on smart phones using cloud technology. This book discusses various research trends and technologies related to innovations and advancements for smart healthcare systems. It also elaborates challenges, scope upcoming techniques, devices and future directions for smart healthcare systems.The proposed book would in particular benefit researchers interested in interdisciplinary sciences, It would also be of value to faculty, research communities, and researchers from diverse disciplines who aspire to create new and innovative research initiatives.
Contents:
Smart Health-An Introduction
Technologies for Smart Health
Telehealth
Algorithms and Software for Smart Health
Scalable Smart Health Systems
Devices, Systems and Infrastructure for Smart Health
Cyber Physical System for Healthcare
Big Data Analytics and Cognitive Computing for Smart Health System
Values and Risks of Smart Health
Challenges/ Opportunities and Future Trends in Smart Health. - Digitaledited by Gianni Ciofani.Summary: "Smart Nanoparticles for Biomedicine explores smart nanoparticles that change their structural or functional properties in response to specific external stimuli (electric or magnetic fields, electromagnetic radiation, ultrasound, etc.). Particular attention is given to multifunctional nanostructured materials that are pharmacologically active and that can be actuated by virtue of their magnetic, dielectric, optically-active, redox-active, or piezoelectric properties. This important reference resource will be of great value to readers who want to learn more on how smart nanoparticles can be used to create more effective treatment solutions. Nanotechnology has enabled unprecedented control of the interactions between materials and biological entities, from the microscale, to the molecular level. Nanosurfaces and nanostructures have been used to mimic or interact with biological microenvironments, to support specific biological functions, such as cell adhesion, mobility and differentiation, and in tissue healing. Recently, a new paradigm has been proposed for nanomedicine to exploit the intrinsic properties of nanomaterials as active devices rather than as passive structural units or carriers for medications. Discusses the synthesis, characterization and applications of a new generation of smart nanoparticles for nanomedicine applicationsExplores the problems relating to the biocompatibility of a range of nanoparticles, outlining potential solutionsDescribes techniques for manipulating specific classes of nanoparticles for a variety of treatment types"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1. Introduction: Smart Materials in Biomedicine / Elisa Mele
2. Smart Polymeric Nanoparticles / Clara Mattu, Giulia Brachi, Gianluca Ciardelli
3. Smart Liposomes for Drug Delivery / Tianshu Li, Shinji Takeoka
4. Pharmacologically Active Plant-Derived Natural Products / Adela Pintea, Dumitriţa Rugină, Zoriţa Diaconeasa
5. Nanostructured Cyanoacrylates: Biomedical Applications / Ilker S. Bayer
6. Applications of Carbon Nanotubes in the Biomedical Field / Cécilia Ménard-Moyon
7. Carbon Nanomaterials for Nanomedicine / Marta d'Amora, Silvia Giordani
8. Silica Nanoparticle Applications in the Biomedical Field / Larissa B. Capeletti, Lívia M.D. Loiola, Agustin S. Picco, Michelle da Silva Liberato, Mateus B. Cardoso
9. Magnetic Nanoparticles and Their Bioapplications / Christos Tapeinos
10. TiO2 Nanotube Arrays as Smart Platforms for Biomedical Applications / Giada G. Genchi, Yiqi Cao, Tejal A. Desai
11. Antioxidant Inorganic Nanoparticles and Their Potential Applications in Biomedicine / Austin Burns, William T. Self
12. Zinc Oxide Nanostructures in Biomedicine / Luisa Racca, Marta Canta, Bianca Dumontel, Andrea Ancona, Tania Limongi, Nadia Garino, Marco Laurenti, Giancarlo Canavese, Valentina Cauda
13. Smart Inorganic Nanoparticles for Wireless Cell Stimulation / Attilio Marino, Matteo Battaglini, Ilaria Pezzini, Gianni Ciofani
14. Nanosized Optical Thermometers / Satoshi Arai, Madoka Suzuki
15. Advanced Optical Microscopy Techniques for the Investigation of Cell-Nanoparticle Interactions / Natalia Feiner-Gracia, Sílvia Pujals, Pietro Delcanale, Lorenzo Albertazzi.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalParul Ichhpujani, Sahil Thakur.Summary: This book provides information on how to extract the most from mobile applications and easily adapt and integrate them into daily practice. Today mobile applications that can optimize patient flow, help in examinations, perform anterior/posterior segment imaging, offer differential diagnosis and therapeutic options and even serve as patient drug reminders and councilors are easily available. Most of them have been developed by individuals and as a result lack marketing, even though they are free to download and use. Ophthalmology has always been at the forefront of medicine when it comes to adopting the latest developments -- be they lasers, off-label anti-VEGF drugs or biocompatible implants. Mobile phones and tablets have infiltrated our private and professional lives and they are here to stay. As such, this book explores the endless possibilities that mobile computing offers, and introduces the vista of opportunities for providing better care, one download at a time. As part of the series "Current Practices in Ophthalmology" this volume is intended for residents and fellows in-training, as well as general and specialist ophthalmologists.
Contents:
What are "smart devices"?
Social networking in ophthalmology
Apps and social networking pages for basic workup
Apps and social networking pages for lens disorders
Apps and social networking pages for glaucoma
Apps and social networking pages for retinal diseases
Apps and social networking pages for strabismus and pediatric ophthalmology
Apps and social networking pages for neuro-ophthalmology
Apps and social networking pages for oculoplasty and ocular trauma
Apps and social networking pages for ocular oncology
Teleophthalmology.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Richard L. DotyContents:
Section I: Basic principles. A. Fundamentals.
Epidemiology of smell and taste dysfunction
B. Morphophysiology of the olfactory and nasal trigeminal sensory systems. Anatomy of the olfactory system
Development of the human olfactory system
Anatomy of the olfactory mucosa
Olfactory receptor function
Central olfactory structures
Taste and smell processing in the brain
The intranasal trigeminal system
Cranial nerve 13
C. Morphophysiology of the gustatory and oral trigeminal systems. Anatomy and development of the human taste system
Taste receptor function
Central taste anatomy and physiology
The orotrigeminal system
Section II: Clinical aspects. A. Clinical assessment
Health histories and medical evaluations of patients with complaints of chemosensory dysfunction
Psychophysical testing of smell and taste function
Electrophysiologic assessment of olfactory and gustatory function
Neuroimaging of smell and taste
B. Diseases and disorders. Diseases of the nasal cavity
Neurolocalization of taste disorders
Chemosensory dysfunction in neurodegenerative diseases
Systemic diseases and disorders
Toxic exposures and the senses of taste and smell
The influence of head injury on olfactory and gustatory function
Animal models of olfactory dysfunction in neurodegenerative diseases
C. Treatment and management of chemosensory disorders. Treatments for smell and taste disorders: a critical review.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019 - DigitalChristopher H. Hawkes, Richard L. Doty.Summary: Loss of the sense of smell or taste is often a sign of neurological disease. Evaluating chemosensation (the senses of smell and taste) during neurological examination can help early detection of neurodegenerative conditions such as Parkinson's and Alzheimer's disease. The importance of such testing is now receiving increasingly high profile in the medical curriculum. In this book, olfactory conditions are completely updated and the sense of taste is now included in similar detail. It is written by experts in the field, covering anatomy and physiology of human olfaction and taste, how they can be measured and their relevance to a wide range of major disorders such as diabetes, kidney disease, Alzheimer's and Parkinson's disease. The 'Olfactory Vector Hypothesis' that suggests a neuropathogen may enter the nose en route to the brain is evaluated in detail. This introduction to smell and taste disorders is an essential guide for neurologists, neurosurgeons, otolaryngologists, medical trainees, and chemosensory scientists.Digital Access Cambridge 2017
- Digital/PrintLue, Tom F.; McAninch, Jack W.; Smith, Donald R.; Tanagho, Emil A.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Jonathan Thompson, Iain Moppett, Matthew Wiles.Contents:
Section 1: Basic sciences. General principles of pharmacology
Data, statistics and clinical trials
Inhalational anaesthetics and medical gases
Intravenous anaesthetics and sedatives
Local anaesthetics
Pain
Nausea and vomiting
Muscle function and neuromuscular blockade
Cardiovascular system
Respiratory system
Renal system
Fluid, electrolyte and acid-base balance
Metabolism, the stress response and thermoregulation
Blood, coagulation and transfusion
Section 2: Physics and apparatus. Basic physics
Equipment
Clinical measurement and monitoring
Section 3: Fundamentals of anaesthesia & perioperative medicine. Quality and safety
Preoperative assessment
Coexisting disease
Consent and information
The practical conduct of anaesthesia
Airway management
Pain management
Local and regional anaesthesia
Complications
Management of critical incidents
Resuscitation
Postoperative care
Section 4: Clinical anaesthesia. The high-risk surgical patient
The older surgical patient
The obese patient
Paediatric anaesthesia
Day surgery
General, gynaecological and genitourinary surgery
Orthopaedic surgery
ENT, maxillofacial and dental surgery
Ophthalmic surgery
Vascular, endocrine and plastic surgery
Neurosurgery
Thoracic surgery
Cardiac surgery
Obstetric anaesthesia and analgesia
Emergency and trauma surgery
Anaesthesia in low and middle-income areas
Anaesthesia outside the operating theatre
Organ transplantation
Intensive care medicine.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalJ. Javier Servat, Evan H. Black, Frank A. Nesi, Geoffrey J. Gladstone, Christopher J. Calvano, editors.Digital Access Springer 2021
- Digital[edited by] Peter J. Davis, Franklyn P. Cladis.Summary: Written and edited by renowned experts in pediatric anesthesia, Smith's Anesthesia for Infants and Children provides clear, concise guidance on effective perioperative care for any type of pediatric surgery. The 10th Edition contains significantly revised content throughout, bringing you fully up to date with recent advances in clinical and basic science that have led to changes in today’s clinical practice.
Contents:
Special Characteristics of Pediatric Anesthesia
Behavioral Development
Respiratory Physiology
Airway Physiology and Development
Cardiovascular Physiology
Regulation of Fluids and Electrolytes
Thermoregulation
Developmental Pharmacology
Intravenous Anesthetics
Inhaled Anesthetics
Local Anesthetics
Opioids
Neuromuscular Blocking Agents
Anesthetic Adjuncts
Psychological Aspects of Pediatric Anesthesia
Preoperative Preparation
Equipment
Monitoring
Normal and Difficult Airway Management
Point of Care Ultrasonography
Induction, Maintenance, and Recovery
Transfusion Medicine
Acute Pain Management
Regional Anesthesia
Chronic Pain Management
Palliative Pain Management
Neonatology for Anesthesiologists
Anesthesia for General Surgery in Neonates
Anesthesia for Fetal Surgery
Anesthesia for Congenital Heart Disease
Anesthesia for Neurosurgery
Anesthesia for Thoracic Surgery
Anesthesia for General Abdominal, Urologic Surgery
Anesthesia for Otorhinolaryngologic Surgery
Anesthesia for Plastic Surgery
Anesthesia for Orthopedic Surgery
Anesthesia for Ophthalmic Surgery
Solid Organ Transplantation
Anesthesia for Conjoined Twins
Anesthesia for Pediatric Trauma
Anesthesia for Burns
Anesthesia for Dental Procedures
Anesthesia and Sedation for Out of OR Procedures
Pediatric Sedation
Anesthesia for Surgical Missions
Endocrine Disorders
Respiratory Disorders
Cardiovascular Disorders
Hematology and Coagulation Disorders
Oncologic Disorders
Genetic and Muscular Disorders
Malignant Hyperthermia
Pediatric Obesity
Special Pediatric Disorders
Dermatology for the Anesthesiologist
Infectious Diseases
Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
Critical Care Medicine
Cardiac Critical Care Medicine
Safety and Outcome in Pediatric Anesthesia
History of Pediatric Anesthesia
Medicolegal and Ethical Aspects of Pediatric Anesthesia
Education
StatisticsDigital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - DigitalAuguste H. Fortin, VI, MD, MPH, Professor of Medicine Division of General Internal Medicine, Yale University School of Medicine, Director of Psychosocial Communication, Yale Primary Care Internal Medicine Residency Program, New Haven, Connecticut [and four others].Summary: "A comprehensive, evidence-based introduction to the principles and practices of patient communication in a clinical setting Smith's Patient-Centered Interviewing, Fourth Edition presents a step-by-step methodology for mastering every aspect of the medical interview. Readers will learn how to confidently obtain from patients accurate biomedical facts, as well as critical personal, social, and emotional information, allowing them to make a precise diagnosis, develop effective treatment plans, and forge strong clinician-patient relationships. The most evidence-based guide available on the topic, Smith's Patient-Centered Interviewing, Fourth Edition applies the proven 5-step approach, which integrates patient- and clinician-centered skills to improve effectiveness without adding extra time to the interview duration. The book's user-friendly design features icons, boxed case vignettes, and use of color to highlight key points, and pedagogy includes learning an practice exercises in each chapter"-- Provided by publisher. "Our goal in this text is to present in a logical, step-by-step fashion the behaviors that are necessary to conduct an effective and efficient biopsychosocial interview. Interviewing is the most important and most difficult skill learners must master in their clinical careers. The book is designed for learners in medicine, advanced-practice nursing, physician assistant, and other health-related disciplines where communication and relational skills are central"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2019
- DigitalKenneth Lyons Jones, Marilyn Crandall Jones, Miguel del Campo.Contents:
Dysmorphology approach and classification
Recognizable patterns of malformation
Deletion, duplication, and microduplication syndromes identifiable using molecular technology
Very small stature, not skeletal dysplasia
Moderate short stature, facial, ± genital
Senile-like appearance
Early overgrowth with associated defects
Unusual brain and/or neuromuscular findings with associated defects
Facial defects as major feature
Facial-limb defects as major feature
Limb defect as major feature
Osteochondrodysplasias
Osteochondrodysplasia with osteopetrosis
Craniosynostosis syndromes
Other skeletal dysplasias
Storage disorders
Connective tissue disorders
Hamartoses
Ectodermal dysplasias
Environmental agents
Miscellaneous syndromes
Miscellaneous sequences
Spectra of defects
Miscellaneous associations
Genetics, genetic counseling, and prevention
Minor anomalies : clues to more serious problems and to the recognition of malformation syndromes
Normal standards.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - DigitalHikaru Hashitani, Richard J. Lang, editors.Summary: This book presents the commonality and heterogeneity of the mechanisms underlying smooth muscle spontaneous activity in various smooth muscle organs and in addition discusses their malfunctions in disease and their potential as novel therapeutic targets. To facilitate understanding, the volume is divided into five parts and covers 16 organs: airways, phasic muscle, tonic muscle, renal pelvis, ureter, urinary bladder, urethra, corporal tissue, prostate, uterus, oviducts, seminal vesicle, artery, vein, microvasculature, and lymphatic vessels. This structure will help readers to comprehend the most up-to-date information on the similarities and differences in the contractile mechanisms driving various smooth muscles as well as their potential manipulations in particular visceral organ pathologies. The vast advancements in gene, electrical recording, and imaging technologies in this field are also discussed, with review of past achievements and consideration of likely future developments. This book will be of worldwide interest to clinicians, students, and researchers alike.
Contents:
PART I: Gastrointestinal tract
Phasic muscle
Spontaneous electrical activity and rhythmicity in gastrointestinal smooth muscles
Tonic muscle (Sphincters)
Generation of tone by gastrointestinal sphincters
PART II: Urinary tract
Renal pelvis
Pacemaker mechanisms driving pyeloureteric peristalsis: modulatory role of interstitial cells
Ureter
Excitation-contraction coupling in ureteric smooth muscle: mechanisms driving ureteric peristalsis
Urinary Bladder
Spontaneous activity and the urinary bladder
Urethra
Spontaneous activity in urethral smooth muscle
PART III: Reproductive organs
Corporal tissue
Ion channels and intracellular calcium signalling in corpus cavernosum
Prostate
Generation and regulation of spontaneous contractions in the prostate gland
Seminal vesicle
Mucosa-dependent, stretch-sensitive spontaneous activity in seminal vesicle
Uterus
The myometrium - from excitation to contractions and labour
Oviducts
Myosalpinx contractions are essential for egg transport along the oviduct and are disrupted in reproductive tract diseases
PART IV: Blood vessels
Artery
Cellular and Ionic Mechanisms of Arterial Vasomotion
Vein
Venous Vasomotion
Microvasculature
Role of pericytes in the initiation and propagation of spontaneous activity in the microvasculature
Lymphatic vessels
Lymphatic vessel pumping
PART V: Airways
Regulation of airway smooth muscle contraction in health and disease.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalLawrence E. Wineski.Summary: "This book provides health science students a review of basic anatomy in a strong clinical context. The book is heavily illustrated. Most figures have been kept simple in order to convey the fundamental floor plans that underlie the organization of body regions. Illustrations summarizing the nerve and blood supply of regions have been retained, as have overviews of the distribution of cranial nerves"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
The back
Upper limb
Thorax, Part I: Thoracic wall
Thorax, Part II: Thoracic cavity
Abdomen, Part I: Abdominal wall
Abdomen, Part II: Abdominal cavity
Pelvis, Part I: Pelvic walls
Pelvis, Part II: Pelvic cavity
Perineum
Lower limb
Head and neck.Digital Access Ovid 2019 - DigitalRyan Splittgerber.Summary: "This book contains the basic neuroanatomical facts necessary for the practice of medicine. It is suitable for medical students, dental students, nurses, and allied health students. Residents find this book useful during their rotations. The functional organization of the nervous system has been emphasized and indicates how injury and disease can result in neurologic deficits. The amount of factual information has been strictly limited to that which is clinically important"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction and organization of the nervous system
Neurons and neuroglia
Nerve fibers and peripheral innervation
Spinal cord and ascending, descending, and intersegmental tracts
Brainstem
Cerebellum and its connections
Cerebrum
The structure and functional localization of the cerebral cortex
Reticular formation and limbic system
Basal nuclei (Basal Ganglia)
Cranial nerve nuclei
Thalamus
Hypothalamus
Autonomic nervous system
Meninges
Ventricular system and cerebrospinal fluid
Blood supply of the brain and spinal cord
Nervous system development
Appendix: Neuroanatomical data of clinical significance and clinical neuroanatomy techniques.Digital Access Ovid 2019 - DigitalSusan Basalla and Maggie Debelius.Contents:
Will I have to wear a suit? rethinking life after graduate school
Getting your head ready
Should I finish my dissertation?
How to use your grad school years wisely
So what am I going to do?
Myths about post-academic careers
Questions about graduate school and your future
Your eclectic mix
Post-academic profile: Abby Markoe, A.B.D. history of medicine, executive, director
Squashwise
How do I figure out what else to do? soul-searching before job searching
Take inventory
Break it down
Looking backward: seven stories
Guilty pleasures
"This is your brain on graduate school"
No need for a #2 pencil
Where are all those PhDs anyway?
Create your own possibilities
Post-academic profile: Samantha Sutton, PhD in biology, life coach
Asking the big questions: how to figure out if you want them and if they want you
Asking the big questions
Answering the big questions: three strategies
Transitional tales
So what's next?
Post-academic profile: Xiuwen Tu, PhD in physics, Sun Power Corporation, device and characterization engineer
This might hurt a bit: turning a CV into a résumé
Getting ready to write a résumé
Writing a résumé: the first draft
A few more words of advice
After you've drafted a résumé
Case studies and sample résumés
Cover letters that will get you hired
Post-academic profile: Alyssa Picard, PhD in history, staff representative for the Michigan Affiliate of the American Federation of Teachers
Sweaty palms, warm heart: how to turn an interview into a job
Before the interview
During the interview
After the interview
What if the interview doesn't go well?
The job offer (or lack thereof)
Negotiation
Adjusting to your new job
Post-academic profile: Scott Keeter, PhD in political science, director of Survey Research, Pew Research Center for the People & the Press
Conclusion.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2015Limited to 1 simultaneous users - DigitalFrederick L. Kiechle, editor ; Dorothy M. Adcock, Samuel I. McCash, Deborah Sesok-Pizzini, co-editorsContents:
Why is collecting a blood sample important?
You and your patient
How do you protect your patient and yourself using standard precautions?
Sterility
Disposal of used materials
What is blood?
Recommended volume limits for a single blood draw
How is blood collected?
Blood collection equipment
The phlebotomy area
The test requisition
Representative blood collection tubes
Timed specimens
Approaching the patient
The venipuncture from an arm vein
Recommended order of draw for multiple specimen collection
The difficult venipuncture
Intravenous fluids and the venipuncture
Collection of venous blood gases
Identification and labeling of the blood specimen tube
The difficult patient
The missing patient
The patient has a reaction
The skin puncture
Obtaining blood from babies
The blood smear
The blood culture
Collecting blood specimens under special circumstances
Your safety
Competency assessment
Your attitude
Appendix 1: Drawing blood from existing intravascular devices
Appendix 2: Intraosseous cannulation used for blood analysis and infusion
Appendix 3: Aids for visualizing veins under the skin
Appendix 4: Ultrasound-guided peripheral intravenous cannulation
Appendix 5: Quality assurance
Appendix 6: Additional resources.Digital Access College of American Pathologists Publications [2017] - Digital/PrintIjeoma Oluo.Summary: In this New York Times bestseller, Ijeoma Oluo offers a hard-hitting but user-friendly examination of race in America. Widespread reporting on aspects of white supremacy--from police brutality to the mass incarceration of Black Americans--has put a media spotlight on racism in our society. Still, it is a difficult subject to talk about. How do you tell your roommate her jokes are racist? Why did your sister-in-law take umbrage when you asked to touch her hair--and how do you make it right? How do you explain white privilege to your white, privileged friend? In So You Want to Talk About Race, Ijeoma Oluo guides readers of all races through subjects ranging from intersectionality and affirmative action to "model minorities" in an attempt to make the seemingly impossible possible: honest conversations about race and racism, and how they infect almost every aspect of American life.
Contents:
Introduction : so you want to talk about race
Is it really about race?
What is racism?
What if I talk about race wrong?
Why am I always being told to "check my privilege"?
What is intersectionality and why do I need it?
Is police brutality really about race?
How can I talk about affirmative action?
What is the school-to-prison pipeline?
Why can't I say the "N" word?
What is cultural appropriation?
Why can't I touch your hair?
What are microaggressions?
Why are our students so angry?
What is the model minority myth?
But what if I hate Al Sharpton?
I just got called racist, what do I do now?
Talking is great, but what else can I do?Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019 - Digitalby Philip Graham and Nick Midgley ; drawings by Christine Roche ; foreword by Philip Pullman.Summary: "This book is about depression in children and teenagers during their school years, from 5 to 18. It is written primarily for parents, but we hope that teachers, social workers, health visitors and family doctors will also find it useful. Why do parents need to know about possible depression in their children? All children get sad and miserable from time to time. Sometimes it is difficult to know if such normal unhappiness needs special attention. We aim to help parents in this situation. This is an example of a situation in which a mother describes how first she thought her son's problem was nothing much to worry about but then she had to change her mind: Ben's mother, a teacher, described the change that came over her ten-year-old son after a short viral illness"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- DigitalDaniel C. Maldonado, Cynthia ZúñigaSummary: "Offering step by step guidance on how to properly document patient care, the Third Edition of SOAP for Family Medicine presents 90 of the most common clinical problems encountered on the wards and clinics in an easy-to-read, two-page layout, using the familiar "SOAP" note format. Emphasizing the patient’s clinical problem, not the diagnosis, this pocket-sized quick reference teaches both clinical reasoning and documentation skills and is ideal for use by medical students, PAs, and NPs during the Family Medicine rotation." -- Provided by the publisher.
Contents:
I: Medicine
II: Obstetrics & Gynecology
III: Pediatrics
IV: Dermatology
V: Orthopedic Conditions
VI: Psychiatry/Psychosocial IssuesDigital Access LWW Health Library [2024] - DigitalDaniel C. Maldonado, Cynthia Zúñiga.Contents:
-- I: Medicine
II: Obstetrics & Gynecology
III: Pediatrics
IV: Dermatology
V: Orthopedic Conditions
VI: Psychiatry/Psychosocial IssuesDigital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2019 - DigitalPeter S. Uzelac ; special contributor, Daniel C. Maldonado.Summary: "Rather than attempting to summarize the contents of a thousand-page textbook into a miniature form, the SOAP series focuses exclusively on guidance through patient encounters. In a typical use, "finding out where to start" or "refreshing your memory" with SOAP books should be possible in less than a minute. Subjects are always confined to two pages, and the most important points have been highlighted. Topics have been limited to those problems you will most commonly encounter repeatedly during your training, and contents are grouped according to the hospital or clinic setting. Facts and figures that are not particularly helpful to surviving life on the wards, such as demographics, pathophysiology, and busy tables and graphs have purposely been omitted (such details are much better studied in a quiet environment using large and comprehensive texts)"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2020
- Digital[edited by] Friedrich Paulsen, Jens Waschke ; translated by, T. Klonisch and S. Hombach-Klonisch.Summary: Recognising the structures on the dissection, understanding their relationships and gainingan overview of how they work together assures confident study and transition into clinical practice. The Sobotta Atlas shows authentic illustrations of the highest quality, drawn from genuine specimens, guaranteeingthe best preparation for the gross anatomy class and attestation.
Contents:
General anatomy
Trunk
Upper limb
Lower limb.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2022] - Digital[edited by] Friedrich Paulsen, Jens Waschke ; translated by, T. Klonisch and S. Hombach-Klonisch.Summary: "The Sobotta Atlas shows authentic illustrations of the highest quality, drawn from genuine specimens, guaranteeing the best preparation for the gross anatomy class and attestation. Sobotta focuses on the basics, making it comprehensive. Every tiny structure has been addressed according to current scientific knowledge and can be found in this atlas"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Organs of the thoracic cavity
Organs of the abdominal cavity
Retroperitoneal space and pelvic cavity.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - Digital[edited by] Friedrich Paulsen, Jens Waschke ; translated by, T. Klonisch and S. Hombach-Klonisch.Contents:
Head
Eye
Ear
Neck
Brain and spinal cord.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - Digitaledited by Sabine Hombach-Klonisch, Thomas Klonisch, Jason Peeler.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Friedrich Paulsen and Jen Waschke ; translated by, T. Klonisch and S. Hombach-Klonisch.Contents:
Head
Neck
Trunk
Upper limb
Lower limb
Cranial nerves.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - Digitaledited by Ruth S. Shim, Sarah Y. Vinson.Summary: "Social (In)Justice and Mental Health introduces readers to the concept of social justice and role that social injustice plays in the identification, diagnosis, and management of mental illnesses and substance use disorders. Unfair and unjust policies and practices, bolstered by deep-seated beliefs about the inferiority of some groups, has led to a small number of people having tremendous advantages, freedoms, and opportunities, while a growing number are denied those liberties and rights. The book provides a framework for thinking about why these inequities exist and persist and provides clinicians with a road map to address these inequalities as they relate to racism, the criminal justice system, and other systems and diagnoses. Social (In)Justice and Mental Health addresses the context in which mental health care is delivered, strategies for raising consciousness in the mental health profession, and ways to improve treatment while redressing injustice"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Social (In)Justice and Mental Health / Ruth S. Shim, Sarah Y. Vinson
Social Injustice and the Social Determinants of Mental Health / Ruth S. Shim, Michael T. Compton
Social Injustice and Mental Health Inequities / Sonya M. Shadravan, Nicolás E. Barceló
Social Injustice and Structural Racism / Matthew L. Edwards, Samuel Ricardo Saenz, Roy Collins, Belinda Bandstra
Social Injustice and the Schooling System / Tiffani Marie, Brennin Y. Brown
Social Injustice and the Child Welfare System / Melissa D. Carter, Courtney L. McMickens
Social Injustice and Urban Development / Jacob Michael Izenberg, Mindy Thompson Fullilove
Social Injustice and the Carceral System / LeRoy E. Reese, Seyi O. Amosu, Sarah Y. Vinson
Social Injustice and the Health Care System / Michelle Ko, Angie Lisbeth Cruz, Janet R. Cummings
Social Injustice and Substance Use Disorders / Jessica Isom, Sonya M. Shadravan, Melvin Wilson
Social Injustice and Schizophrenia / Khalima A. Bolden, Poh Choo How, Swati Rao, Deidre M. Anglin
Social Injustice and Personality Disorders / David Freedman, George W. Woods
Social Injustice and Child Trauma / Walter E. Wilson Jr., Nicole Cotton, Sarah Y. Vinson
Social Justice and Mental Health System Reform / Phillip Murray, Ruth S. Shim
Social Justice and Advocacy / Kali D. Cyrus, Sarah Y. Vinson
Social Justice and Mental Health : A Call to Action / Sarah Y. Vinson, Ruth S. Shim.Digital Access - DigitalStelios Stylianidis, editor.Contents:
Preface
A Brief History of Social Psychiatry
Psychiatric Epidemiology and its Applications in Social Psychiatry
Global Mental Health
Psychiatric Reform in Europe
Psychiatric Reform in Greece
Psychoanalysis and public psychiatric care
Mental Health Promotion: good practice in community settings
Social Exclusion and Mental Health in Metropolitan Athens
Psychosocial Rehabilitation and the Recovery Model: Applications in residential units in the community
Mobile Mental Health Units in the Cyclades Islands: Mental Health Care for Adults
Mobile Mental Health Units in the Cyclades Islands: Mental Health Care for Children and Adolescents
A Modern Day Care Centre in Athens
ACT and Home Care
Counselling and Psychodynamic Psychotherapy in community settings
Mental Health Care of itinerant populations in the community
Modern Technologies and Social Psychiatry
Domestic Violence and Mental Health Services in the community: Management and Evaluation
Sexuality in individuals with severe mental illness at PSR units
Evaluating Social Psychiatry Services
Implications of the Socioeconomic Crisis for Staff in Community PSR units: the case of an NGO
Staff Evaluation and Organizational Culture in Mental Health Units
Participation and Empowerment of Users and Families
Involuntary Hospitalization: Legal context, Epidemiology and Outcome
Mental Health and the Financial Crisis.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalKlaus Ranta, Annette M. La Greca, Luis-Joaquin Garcia-Lopez, Mauri Marttunen, editors.Summary: This volume brings together research into diverse aspects of social anxiety and its clinical form, social phobia, in adolescents. Development of the condition, clinical manifestations, and evidence-based prevention and treatment strategies are all addressed, with emphasis on ways in which adolescent development and the broader family and peer context are reflected in the manifestation and treatment of symptoms. The first part of the book reviews epidemiological, neurobiological, and sociopsychological research on vulnerability factors that aim to clarify why both social anxiety and phobia intensify in adolescence. The second part focuses on the phenomenology of social anxiety and phobia in different developmental contexts and provides the reader with a review of developmentally-appropriate evidence-based assessment methods. For example, this section includes chapters on social anxiety in the school environment and in romantic relationships, social phobia in the clinical setting. The third section reviews the psychosocial prevention and treatment options for adolescent social anxiety as well as the psychopharmacological treatment of social phobia. Social Anxiety and Phobia in Adolescents will be informative and interesting for all child and adolescent psychiatrists, clinical psychologists, and psychotherapists as well as for school psychologists and counsellors.
Contents:
Background/Theoretical Accounts: The developmental psychopathology of social anxiety and phobia in adolescents
Developmental Epidemiology of Social Anxiety and Social Phobia in Adolescents
Easier to Accelerate Than to Slow Down: Contributions of Developmental Neurobiology for the Understanding of Adolescent Social Anxiety
Developmental Transitions in Adolescence and their Implications for Social Anxiety
Recognition and Manifestations of Adolescent Social Anxiety and Phobia in Diverse Settings: Assessment of Social Anxiety in Adolescents
Social Anxiety and the School Environment of Adolescents
Social Anxiety and Romantic Relationships
Adolescent Social Phobia in Clinical Services
Cognition-focused Interventions for Social Anxiety Disorder Among Adolescents
Interpersonal Approaches to Intervention: Implications for Preventing and Treating Social Anxiety in Adolescents
School-based Interventions for Adolescents with Social Anxiety Disorder
Social Skills-based Treatment for Social Anxiety Disorder in Adolescents
Pharmacotherapy for Adolescent Social Phobia
Concluding Remarks.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalDavid L. Roberts, David L. Penn, and Dennis R. Combs.Summary: Social Cognition and Interaction Training (SCIT) is a group psychotherapy for individuals with schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders.Digital Access Oxford 2016
- DigitalDevaki Nambiar, Arundati Muralidharan, editors ; with forewords by Mirai Chatterjee and Gita Sen.Summary: Drawing from the work of academics and practitioners from ten states across the country, this edited volume showcases and synthesises the diversity and richness of efforts to understand and act on the social determinants of health in India, the conditions in which we are born, grow, live work and age. Such an effort is salient in the current era of Sustainable Development Goals (SDG), which have foregrounded the issue of equity and the need for a comprehensive, multi-sectoral agenda for health and development. In India, particularly in the last decade, there have been myriad efforts to more critically theorise and intervene in areas with bearing on health, like conflict, nutrition or urbanisation, or to address the concerns of vulnerable groups like women, children and the elderly. From these efforts emerge lessons of convergence for academic and policymaking institutions in India who are looking to operationalise and bring life to the SDG agenda in India and other Low and Middle Income Country settings. The book comprises eleven chapters and six short commentaries that appear in conversation with each other, as well as an annexure of validated, ready to use indicators for monitoring of social determinants of health.Digital Access Springer 2017
- Digitaledited by Katsunori Kondo.Summary: This open access book is the first compilation that reviews a wide range of social determinants of health (SDHs) for non-communicable diseases (NCDs) and healthy ageing in Japan. With the highest life expectancy and the largest elderly population in the world, Japan has witnessed health inequality by region and social class becoming more prevalent since the 2000s. The first half of this volume describes in detail major NCDs, such as cancers, heart and kidney diseases, diabetes, stroke, and metabolic syndrome. The second half, on the other hand, explores various SDHs relating to healthy ageing. All chapters review and focus on SDHs, particularly health inequality associated with socio-economic status and social capital, which are widely addressed in the field of social epidemiology. The book makes the argument that "Health for All" advocated by the WHO should be implemented based on social justice and benefits for the greater society. Public health researchers and policymakers, both in Japan and other nations, will gain scientific evidence from this book to prepare for the coming era as ageing becomes a global issue. Katsunori Kondo is Professor of Social Epidemiology and Health Policy, Center for Preventive Medical Sciences and the Graduate School of Medicine, Chiba University, Japan. He is also Head of Department of Gerontological Evaluation at the Center for Gerontology and Social Science, National Center for Geriatrics and Gerontology. .
Contents:
Acknowledgements
Preface
Table of Contents
Editor Bio
The Social Determinants of Health and Trends Concerning Health Disparity
Behavioral Problems in Children
Metabolic Syndorome
Cancer and Socioeconomic Status
Coronary Heart Disease
Stroke
Chronic kidney disease
Diabetes Mellitus
Suicide
Depression
Dementia
Falls and Related Bone Fractures
Malnutrition in Older People
Oral Health
Healthy aging:IADL and functional disability
Life Course Epidemiology
Social capital and health
Access to Healthcare and Health Inequality
Measures of Health Inequality and Health Impact Assessment
What Measures Can Be Taken to Reduce Health Disparity?
Recommendations
Ministeral notification
Monitoring report (1)
Monitoring Report (3)
Monitoring Report (5)
Monitoring Report (8)
Index. - Digitaledited by Samilia Obeng-Gyasi, Timothy M. Pawlik.Summary: "Social determinants of health has been defined by the World Health Organization as the conditions in which people are born, grow, live, work, and age. These determinants can include factors such as housing, transportation, education, employment, and access to care. Social Determinants of Health: A Primer for the Practicing Surgeon provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art, definitive reference for the surgical community on this important topic, serving as an invaluable resource for surgeons, physicians, fellows, and residents. Offers unique, practical content from experts in the field, with up-to-date information from both national and world leaders. Covers various aspects of social determinants of health related to the surgical field, including internalization of social determinants of health; social determinants of health and disease initiation, progression, and outcomes; and social determinants of health from a research perspective. Contains chapters on a wide range of topics as social determinants of health in surgery, including intersectionality, insurance, stress, finances, neighborhood, healthcare access, community engagement, literacy, and more. Discusses study design and outcomes, interventions, and future directions in social determinants of health in surgery. Consolidates today's available information on this timely topic into a single, convenient resource.
Contents:
Social Determinants of Health in Surgery Overview
Internalizing Social Determinants of Health: The Ecosocial and Weathering Theories
Allostatic Load--Measurement Issues in Cancer Patients and Other Populations
The Conserved Transcriptional Response to Adversity : Prepared for Social Determinants of Health in Surgery
Finances as a Social Determinant of Health in Surgery
Neighborhood as a Social Determinant of Health in Surgery
Addressing the Social Determinants of Health to Enhance Clinical Trial Participation
Race, Ancestry, and Social Determinants of Health in Surgery
Community Engagement as a Social Determinant of Health in Surgery
Insurance as a Social Determinant of Health in Surgery
Health Literacy
Psychological Stress and the Surgical Stressor
Framing Theoretically Informed Social Determinants of Health Research Questions
Social Determinants of Health: Study Designs and Outcomes
Interventions for Redressing Disparities Related to Social Determinants of Health in Surgery
Future Directions.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - DigitalLuisa E. Delgado, Víctor H. Marín, editors.Summary: Human societies are influencing nature in such a way that their independent analysis is no longer suitable. Fortunately, social-ecological systems provide a conceptual framework for the interconnected analysis of societies and ecosystems. However, in the case of Latin America, the complexity of social-ecological processes undermined a much-needed compilation of theoretical concepts, methods and case studies. Increasing readers understanding of such systems using a postnormal approach, the book discusses current concepts and methods with examples of studies from eight countries. It is a useful resource for social actors, government decision makers and scholars.
Contents:
Chapter 1
Social-ecological systems and postnormal science
Chapter 2
Studying social-ecological systems from the perspective of social sciences in Latin America
Chapter 3
Simplifying the complexity of social-ecological systems with conceptual models
Chapter 4
Social actors and participative modelling
Chapter 5
Social-ecological systems and human wellbeing
Chapter 6
Poor-people ecologism
Chapter 7
A new environmental governance
Chapter 8
A hierarchical approach for the valuation of multiple ecosystem services
Chapter 9
Novel ecosystems and social-ecological complexities
Chapter 10
Social-ecological systems and the economy of nature: A Latin-American perspective
Chapter 11
Spatial modelling of social-ecological systems: The Arroyo las Conchas watershed, Argentina
Chapter 12
Analyzing social vulnerability to natural disasters in northeast Brazil: catastrophic flooding cycles at Alagoas littoral zone
Chapter 13
San Rafael Reserve, Paraguay: key social actors and sustainability scenarios through environmental governance schemes
Chapter 14
Valuation of hydrological supply in high Andes wetlands of Chinchiná River, Colombia
Chapter 15
Participative management and local institutional strengthening: the successful case of mangle social-ecological systems in Ecuador
Chapter 16
Integrated assessment of the effects of the payment for hydrological services program at Ajusco, Mexico City
Chapter 17
Influence of the rural/urban context in the implementation of forest conservation programs in Mexico: Oaxaca and Mexico City case studies
Chapter 18
Characterizing social-ecological traps: A case study of forest and marine systems in Southern and Austral Chile
Chapter 19
Ecosystem services from a multi-stakeholder perspective: a case study in a Biosphere Reserve in central Chile
Chapter 20
Restoration of riverside forests: contributing to the fisheries management of river Pich is watershed, central jungle, Perú
Chapter 21
The challenge of integrated management of Isla de Chiloé coastal zone
Chapter 22
Social valuation of ecosystem services at local scale: challenges for the management of a multiple-use coastal and marine protected area (MU-CMPA): Isla Grande de Atacama
Chapter 23
Potential futures of social-ecological systems in Latin America.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalDaniel Stokols (University of California, Irvine).Contents:
1. Discovering social ecology: a personal journey
2. Historical origins and conceptual foundations of social ecology
3. Deriving core principles of social ecology
4. Rise of the internet- navigating our online and place-based ecologies
5. Promoting personal and public health
6. Confronting complex social problems
7. Managing global environmental change
8. Designing resilient and substainable communities
9. Educating the next generation of social ecologists
10. Epilogue.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalHarrison J. Alter, Preeti Dalawari, Kelly M. Doran, Maria C. Raven, editors.Summary: Social Emergency Medicine incorporates consideration of patients social needs and larger structural context into the practice of emergency care and related research. In doing so, the field explores the interplay of social forces and the emergency care system as they influence the well-being of individual patients and the broader community. Social Emergency Medicine recognizes that in many cases typical fixes such as prescriptions and follow-up visits are not enough; the need for housing, a safe neighborhood in which to exercise or socialize, or access to healthy food must be identified and addressed before patients health can be restored. While interest in the subject is growing rapidly, the field of Social Emergency Medicine to date has lacked a foundational text a gap this book seeks to fill. This book includes foundational chapters on the salience of racism, gender and gender identity, immigration, language and literacy, and neighborhood to emergency care. It provides readers with knowledge and resources to assess and assist emergency department patients administrators, and other professionals who recognize that high-quality emergency care extends beyond the ambulance bay.
Contents:
1. History of Social Emergency Medicine
2. Public Health, Population Health, and Health Disparities
3. Race and Racism
4. Gender and Sexual Identity
5. Immigration
6. Language and Literacy
7. Access to Care
8. Frequent Emergency Department Use: A Social Emergency Medicine Perspective
9. Substance Use: A Social Emergency Medicine Perspective
10. Education and Employment
11. Financial Insecurity
12. Food Insecurity
13. Homelessness
14. Housing Instability and Quality
15. Transportation
16. Legal Needs
17. Neighborhoods and the Built Environment
18. Violence
19. Firearm Injury
20. Incarceration
21. Human Trafficking. - DigitalGuy Launoy, Vesna Zadnik, Michel P. Coleman, editors.
- DigitalJoel Paris.Summary: "A quarter century has elapsed since the first edition of this book was published. Since then an enormous body of research has appeared concerning biological and psychological risk factors for personality disorders (PDs), as well as for biological and psychological methods of treatment. However, less attention has been paid to the social context of PDs, i.e., how personality traits and disorders interact with social demands and opportunities. Yet social forces carry important risks for the development of PDs. Personality disorders are rooted in traits. We all have a personality. But it need not become disordered if we can find a social niche that fits our particular characteristics. If we do not find that niche, then psychopathology is more likely to ensue. That is one of the main themes of this new edition. The argument of this book will be backed up by research. Personality traits are heritable variants that lie within a normal range: adaptive under some circumstances but maladaptive under other circumstances. About half of the variance in personality and personality disorders is under genetic influence. Levels of psychosocial risk are complex: some derive from dysfunctional families, but most of the variance is not related to growing up in a specific family. The larger social environment plays a crucial role of its own"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- Digitaledited by Jeff French.Contents:
The case for social marketing in public health / Jeff French
Key principal, concepts, and techniques of social marketing / Jeff French
Social marketing planning / Jeff French
Evaluation of social marketing programmes / Adam Crosier and Dominic McVey
Social marketing and public health strategy / Jeff French
Behaviour and how to influence it / Jeff French
Generating insight and building segmentation models in social marketing / Dominic McVey and Adam Crosier
Commissioning social marketing / Jeff French
Social marketing on a small budget / Jeff French
Building social programme coalitions / Jeff French
Ethical issues in social marketing / Lynne Eagle, Stephan Dahl, and David Low
Using digital and social media platforms for social marketing / Melissa K. Blair
Social franchising: Strengthening health systems through private sector approaches / Julie McBride, Kim Longfield, Dana Sievers, and Dominic Montagu.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - DigitalDavid R. Stukus, Michael D. Patrick and Kathryn E. Nuss.Summary: Medical professionals are increasingly engaging with social media in an effort to provide credible evidence-based information and combat the misinformation that patients are finding online and bringing to office visits. Medical professionals are uniquely poised to recognize the harm that can come from applying the incorrect information to decisions affecting ones health, while they are also able to serve as valued and knowledgeable experts online and engage with patients and the public to provide accurate, up-to-date information. Social Media for Medical Professionals: Strategies for Successfully Engaging in an Online Worldis a unique, first-of-its-kind resource, providing specific social media strategies for engagement, as well as advice regarding best practices for professionals to maintain at all times. Chapters discuss many aspects pertaining to social media, covering the basics, researching and assessing credible medical information online, and best practices for discussing myths and misconceptions with patients. Later chapters cover the benefits of engaging in social media as a medical professional, strategies for increasing engagement and building an audience, various options and platforms for content creation and finding your niche, doss and donts regarding patient privacy, and strategies for dealing with negative comments online. A uniquely practical resource, Social Media for Medical Professionals: Strategies for Successfully Engaging in an Online World will be of interest to medical professionals across the spectrum of healthcare, from the student to the seasoned clinician, providing valuable perspective on practicing medicine in an evolving digital world.
Contents:
Introduction: What is social media? (Overview of the platforms, ways they are utilized)
Finding medical information online in the digital age (Details about patients using online resources for medical information)
Myths and misconceptions (Dangers of searching online for medical information)
Why should medical professionals get involved? (Benefits of engaging in social media) . Start with a target audience (Who are you trying to reach, how does message change by audience)
If you Tweet it, they will come (Strategies to increase engagement and build a following) .-Content curation (How to identify and use information from credible resources)
Content creation (Discuss all the platforms to build an assortment of content; blog posts, podcasts, YouTube and how to cross promote on social media)
Dos and donts for the medical professional (Patient privacy, subject matter)
How to deal with trolls (Strategies for dealing with negative comments/feedback)
The sky is the limit (Ideas for how to take social media to other venues, promotion in academic centers, research). - Digitalguest editors, Megan A. Moreno, MD, MSED, MPH, Victor C. Strasburger, MD.Summary: Today's teens are often referred to as Digital Natives due to their upbringing immersed in technological tools including smartphones and social media, while most of us who provide healthcare for this group remain at best, digital immigrants. These technologies present both new opportunities and challenges to teens' health, as well as their education and life experiences. Pediatricians can play a key role in helping teens and their families navigate critical issues such as balancing online and offline lives, as well as understand links between media and health. This issue of AM:STARS is mean.Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2014
- DigitalDana S. Dunn.Summary: "The book's overarching message is an important one: The experience of most people with disabilities is not what nondisabled persons anticipate--contrary to the latter's beliefs and expectations, the former can lead full and normal lives. Thus, The Social Psychology of Disability is designed to counter stereotypical or biased perspectives aimed at an often overlooked minority group."--Publisher information.
Contents:
Overview: The social psychology of disability
Fundamental psychosocial concepts for understanding disability
Challenges: stigma, stereotyping, and disability
Attitudes toward people with disabilities
Coping with and adjusting to disability
Towards an understanding of disability identity
A positive psychology of disability and rehabilitation
The ecology of disability.Digital Access Ovid 2015 - Digitaledited by Richard Williams, Verity Kemp, S. Alexander Haslam, Catherine Haslam, Kamaldeep S. Bhui, Sue Bailey ; associate editor, Daniel Maughan.Summary: Using current societal dilemmas, this book explores how social factors and social identity influence our health and recovery from illness. It includes recent research to present practitioners, researchers, policymakers and students of many disciplines with the material to support them in better harnessing current knowledge of the impact of social factors on health. The contents will influence collaborative working across policy, disciplinary and practice boundaries to design and deliver healthcare services. The book identifies the importance of social connectedness, social support, agency and self and group efficacy in people's health, longevity and resilience after adversity. Core perspectives include the social identity approach and a values framework for taking public health ethics into decision-making, both of which emphasise valuing people and co-productive relationships. Advocating better targeted mental health promotion and integrated interventions, this book strongly argues for a greater emphasis on social factors in evidence-based and cost-effective practice.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- DigitalJiang Bian, Yi Guo, Zhe He, Xia Hu, editors.Summary: This book presents state-of-the-art research methods, results, and applications in social media and health research. It aims to help readers better understand the different aspects of using social web platforms in health research. Throughout the chapters, the benefits, limitations, and best practices of using a variety of social web platforms in health research are discussed with concrete use cases. This is an ideal book for biomedical researchers, clinicians, and health consumers (including patients) who are interested in learning how social web platforms impact health and healthcare research.
Contents:
1. A literature Review of Social Media-based Data Mining for Health Outcomes Research
2. Social Media-Based Health Interventions: Where Are We Now?
3. Quantifying and Visualizing the Research Status of Social Media & Health Research Field
4. Social Media in Health Communication
5. Consumers' Selection of Sources in Searching for Health Information
6. Understanding and Bridging the Language and Terminology Gap between Health Professionals and Consumers using Social Media
7. Dissemination of Information on Stigmatized Health Issues on Social Media
8. Learning Wellness Profiles of Users on Social Networks: The Case of Diabetes
9. Social Media and Psychological Disorder
10. Content Analysis of the 2015 #SmearForSmear Campaign Using Deep Learning
11. How to Improve Public Health via Mining Social Media Platforms: A Case Study of Human Papillomaviruses (HPV)
12. Learning Hormonal Therapy Medication Adherence from an Online Breast Cancer Forum
13. Ethics in Health Research using Social Media. - DigitalTimothy J. Steiner, Lars Jacob Stovner, editors.Summary: This volume describes the impact of headache disorders on public health, and their adverse consequences for society. It opens with an overview of relevant headache disorders before describing, qualitatively, how the burdens attributable to these disorders fall upon adults, adolescents and children. In the second section, beginning with a methodological introduction discussing the principles and potential pitfalls of epidemiological studies assessing prevalence, headache-attributed burden and functional impact, the burdens of headache including financial cost are examined quantitatively and in detail. The third section critically reviews society's response, its inadequacies and the scope for improvement. Topics here include the political failure to recognize the public ill-health and cost that are the consequences of inadequate headache care; the role of the WHO in addressing the problem; headache service organization, delivery and quality; and the effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of interventions. The book closes by considering the way forward. This volume contains important messages for primary care and is likely to be of even greater interest to headache specialists and those concerned with public health and health policy. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1 Introduction
PART I HEADACHE and public health 2 The meaning of "headache" in the context of society (overview of headache disorders with societal impact)
3 Headache-attributed burden (the qualitative components)
4 Global surveys: WHO's Atlas of headache disorders and resources in the world
5 Global surveys: GBD 2010
PART II METHODOLOGIES 6 Headache epidemiological studies (a summary of the principles and recommendations with focus on pitfalls)
7 Quantifying headache-attributed burden (specific measures, such as symptom and disability burdens, including headache yesterday, interictal burden, cumulative burden, willingness to pay; generic measures such as quality of life; HARDSHIP)
8 Headache, functional impact and environment (ICF). PART III CONSEQUENCES FOR SOCIETY 9 Epidemiology and burden of headache (published studies to 2007 + LTB studies)
10 Cost (financial cost, including Eurolight)
PART IV SOCIETY'S RESPONSE 10 Political insouciance (the failure to recognize headache as a major cause of public ill-health and societal cost, including messages from WHO's Atlas of headache disorders and resources in the world)
11 Responding with the support of WHO (the Global Campaign against Headache)
12 Societal intervention: headache service organization and delivery
13 Societal intervention: headache service quality
14 Interventions (effectiveness and cost-effectiveness)
15 The way forward.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Print
- DigitalGodfrey B. Tangwa [and 3 others], editors.Summary: This volume examines the most important socio-cultural, political, economic, and policy issues related to emerging infectious diseases in Africa. The volume covers the work of the Global Emerging Pathogens Treatment Consortium (GET); it looks at the challenges of science education and communication in Africa, the global health and governance of pandemics and epidemics, and more. It looks beyond such threats as Ebola, SARS, and Zika to consider the ways communities have sought to contain these and other deadly pathogens. The chapters provide a better understanding of a global health problem from an African perspective, which help clarify to readers why some responses have worked while others have not.Overall, the volume captures the state of the art, science, preparedness, and evolution of a topic important to the health of Africa and the world. It has a broad appeal across disciplines, from medical science and biomedical research, through research ethics, regulation and governance, science and health communication, social sciences, and is also of interest to general readers.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalSerge Morand, Jean-Pierre Dujardin, Régine Lefait-Robin, Chamnarn Apiwathnasorn, editors.Contents:
Chapter 1: Introduction to socio-ecological dimensions of infectious diseases and health in Southeast Asia.
Part 1: Infectious Diseases and Societies
Chapter 2: Climate, environment and epidemic febrile diseases: A view from Chinese medicine
Chapter 3: Long life of people living with HIV/AIDS and the practice of medical power
Chapter 4: Socio-environmental global changes and infectious diseases: Interdisciplinary approach applied to tourism studies
Part 2: Socio-Ecosystems and Health
Chapter 5: Heavy metals contamination in the ecosystem of Mae Tang reservoir in Northern Thailand
Chapter 6: Water and health: What is the risk and visible burden of the exposure to environmental contaminations? Insights from a questionnaire-based survey in Northern Thailand
Chapter 7: Melioidosis in Laos
Part 3: Global Changes, Land Use Changes and Vector-Borne Diseases
Chapter 8: Adaptation of mosquito vectors to salinity and its impact on mosquito-borne disease transmission in the South and Southeast Asian tropics
Chapter 9: The malaria landscape: Mosquitoes, transmission, landscape, insecticide resistance and integrated control in Thailand
Chapter 10: Rubber plantations as a mosquito box amplification in South and South-East Asia
Part 4: Monitoring and Data Acquisition
Chapter 11: Rescuing public health data
Chapter 12: The new science of metagenomics and the challenges of its use in both developed and developing countries
Chapter 13: Barcoding, biobanking, e banking: From ecological to ethical and legal aspects. Insights from the PathodivSEA project
Part 5: Managing Health Risks
Chapter 14: Methods for prioritization of diseases: Case study of zoonoses in South-East Asia
Chapter 15: Managing global risks: Vietnamese poultry farmers and avian flu
Chapter 16: The OIE Strategy to address threats at the interface between humans, animals and ecosystems
Part 6: Developing Strategies
Chapter 17: Business for biodiversity and ecosystem services
Chapter 18: Bridging the gap between conservation and health
Chapter 19: Implementation of the One health strategy. Lessons learnt from community based natural resource programs for communities' empowerment and equity within an Eco health approach.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalSummary: A health and social science resource that consists of data sources suitable for use with statistical software; each consists of one or more data files, related documentation, and SAS and SPSS program statement files. Additionally includes evidence-based interventions & programs and professional education & capacity building tools.Digital Access
- DigitalKalevi Kairemo, Homer A. Macapinlac, editors.Summary: This pocket book is the first of its kind on sodium fluoride (18F-NaF)-PET and addresses skeletal as well as cardiovascular applications. In malignant metastatic diseases 18F-NaF-PET has already demonstrated its benefits in cancer staging, re-staging, follow-up and response evaluation. It also has an emerging diagnostic role in the calcified soft-tissue metastases of primary bone tumours, and can be applied to evaluate cardiovascular diseases, such as calcifications in heart valves and peripheral vascular disease. The book is divided into 11 chapters: five on oncology, four addressing the general aspects of skeletal conditions, and two on cardiovascular diseases. It offers a valuable guide for referring colleagues, nuclear medicine physicians/radiologists and aid clinicians, and highlights the main applications and limitations of 18F-NaF-PET hybrid imaging (PET/CT).
Contents:
18F-Fluoride Imaging: Tracer and Technique
18F-Fluoride Imaging: Normal variants and artefacts
Sodium fluoride imaging in oncology
18F-Fluoride Imaging: Monitoring therapy
Determination of Skeletal Tumor Burden on 18F-Fluoride PET/CT
18F-Fluoride: Benign Bone Disease
Dynamic 18F-Fluoride Imaging
18F-Fluoride Imaging: Atlas of interesting images (images with specific teaching points, tracer, technique and pitfalls)
Role of Sodium Fluoride-PET in Primary Bone Tumors
18F-Sodium Fluoride Positron Emission Tomography in Cardiac Disease
18F-Sodium Fluoride positron emission tomography / computed tomography imaging of the peripheral vasculature.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalHemant J. Purohit, Vipin Chandra Kalia, Ravi Prabhakar More, editors.Summary: This book explains how the biological systems and their functions are driven by genetic information stored in the DNA, and their expression driven by different factors. The soft computing approach recognizes the different patterns in DNA sequence and try to assign the biological relevance with available information. The book also focuses on using the soft-computing approach to predict protein-protein interactions, gene expression and networks. The insights from these studies can be used in metagenomic data analysis and predicting artificial neural networks.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors;
Chapter 1: Current Scenario on Application of Computational Tools in Biological Systems; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Protein Structure Prediction and Interaction; 1.3 Emerging Areas in Tool Development; 1.4 Gene Networks and Plasticity; 1.5 Epigenome: Emerging Area; 1.6 Expanding the Domain of Computational Statistical Analysis; 1.7 Pattern Recognition/Barcoding/Diagnostics; References;
Chapter 2: Diagnostic Prediction Based on Gene Expression Profiles and Artificial Neural Networks; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Machine Learning and Artificial Neural Networks. 2.3 Gene Expression Profile2.4 Gene Expression Profile Studies with ANN; 2.4.1 Cancer; 2.4.2 Chemotherapy; 2.4.3 Schizophrenia; 2.5 Perspectives; References;
Chapter 3: Soft Computing Approaches to Extract Biologically Significant Gene Network Modules; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Computational Methods for Detecting Network Modules; 3.3 Soft Computing Methods for Network Module Extraction; 3.3.1 Weighted Gene Co-expression Network Analysis (WGCNA); 3.3.2 Fuzzy Network Module Extraction; 3.3.3 GA-RNN Hybrid Approach; 3.3.4 Multisource Integrative Framework; 3.3.5 AutoSOME; 3.4 Assessment. 3.4.1 Dataset3.4.2 Validation; 3.4.2.1 Functional Enrichment Analysis; 3.4.2.2 Topological Validation; 3.4.2.3 Experimental Results; 3.5 Conclusion and Future Scope; References;
Chapter 4: A Hybridization of Artificial Bee Colony with Swarming Approach of Bacterial Foraging Optimization for Multiple Seq ... ; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Literature Review; 4.2.1 Genetic Algorithm (GA); 4.2.2 Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO); 4.2.3 Artificial Bee Colony (ABC); 4.2.4 Ant Colony Optimization (ACO); 4.2.5 Bacterial Foraging Optimization (BFO); 4.2.6 Bat and Firefly Optimization; 4.2.7 Cuckoo Search. 4.2.8 Frog Leap Algorithm4.2.9 Multiple Sequence Alignment Using Fuzzy Logic; 4.3 Methodology; 4.3.1 Optimizing the Multi-objectives; 4.3.1.1 Sequence Similarity; 4.3.1.2 Penalty of a Gap; Affine Gap Penalty; Variable Gap Penalty; 4.3.2 Hybrid of ABC-BFO; 4.4 Results; 4.4.1 Applications of MSA; 4.4.2 Statistical Analysis; 4.5 Implementation and Discussion; 4.6 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 5: Construction of Gene Networks Using Expression Profiles; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Genetic Regulatory Networks; 5.3 Co-expression Networks; 5.3.1 Identifying Genes with Key Roles. 5.3.2 Construction of Large-Scale Regulatory Networks5.4 Weighted Gene Co-expression Network Analysis (WGCNA); 5.5 Other Gene Co-expression Network Construction Applications; 5.6 Determining the Thresholds and Clusters for Co-expression Networks; 5.7 Network Concepts Useful in Co-expression Network Construction; 5.8 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 6: Bioinformatics Tools for Shotgun Metagenomic Data Analysis; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Shotgun Metagenomics; 6.2.1 CAMERA; 6.2.2 MG-RAST; 6.2.3 IMG/M; 6.2.4 METAREP; 6.2.5 CoMet; 6.2.6 METAVIR; 6.2.7 MetaABC; 6.2.8 VIROME; 6.2.9 metaMicrobesOnline. - DigitalElizabeth A. Montgomery, Aaron W. JamesSummary: "New in the Differential Diagnosis in Surgical Pathology series, this abundantly illustrated title helps you systematically solve tough diagnostic challenges in soft tissue and bone pathology. It uses select images of clinical and pathological findings, together with succinct, expert instructions and diagnostic pearls, to guide you through the decision-making process by distinguishing between commonly confused lesions of soft tissue and bone. By presenting material according to the way pathologists actually work, this user-friendly volume helps you quickly differentiate entities that have overlapping morphologic features"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access Ovid 2021
- Printedited by Cristina R. Antonescu
- DigitalShuichi Matsuda, Sébastien Lustig, Willem van der Merwe, editors.Summary: In this booklet, experts from across the world, including members of the ISAKOS Knee Arthroplasty Committee, offer clear, up-to-date guidance on all aspects of soft tissue or ligament balancing in primary total knee arthroplasty with the aim of enabling the reader to achieve optimal patient outcomes. After an introduction explaining the normal soft tissue condition in the native knee, surgical procedures are described, including techniques for the management of severe deformity. The most striking feature of the booklet, however, is the many pages devoted to the accurate evaluation and clinical relevance of ligament balancing. Different techniques and devices for intraoperative soft tissue assessment are discussed, highlighting, for example, the use of gap-measuring devices or trial liners with load-bearing sensors to achieve more objective evaluation. Above all, special attention is devoted to the crucial issue of the impact of intraoperative soft tissue balance on postoperative results. In the closing chapter, very experienced surgeons introduce intraoperative troubleshooting in order to assist successful completion of arthroplasty.
Contents:
Native knee: Anatomy and biomechanics
Soft tissue balance in native knee
Knee kinematics in native knee. Operative procedure 1
primary TKA: Primary principals in soft tissue balancing
CR: Measured resection technique
PS: Gap technique
BCR: How to achieve near normal kinematics. Operative procedure 2
primary TKA: Varus knee
severe cases included
Valgus knee
severe cases included
Complicated cases
recurvatum, severe contracture
Increasing ROM. Assessment in primay TKA: Intraoperative assessment
tensor
Intraoperative assessment
navigation
Intraoperative assessment
OrthoSenser. Clinical relevance: primary TKA: Postoperative changes in soft tissue balance
Intraoperative soft tissue balance and postoperative knee kinematics
Intraoperative soft tissue balance and clinical results(ROM, function)
Knee kinematics and patient satisfaction. Patella: Avoiding patellar maltracking
Management of patellar baja and alta. Trouble shooting: Intraoperative MCL injury
Patellar tendon rupture.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalKyle Perry.Contents:
Critical Concepts in Soft Tissue Pathology
Lipomatous Lesions
Adult Fibroblastic Lesions
Pediatric Fibroblastic Lesions
Fibrohistiocytic Lesions
Pericytic Tumors
Smooth Muscle Tumors
Skeletal Muscle Tumors
Neural and Nerve Sheath Lesions
Vascular Lesions
Chondroid Lesions
Lesions of Uncertain Differentiation
Select Soft Tissue Lesions of the GI Tract.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalObaid Almeshal, Salah Aldekhayel, Feras Alshomer, editors.Summary: This richly illustrated book provides a comprehensive review of the different surgical modalities for hand soft tissue reconstruction. The indications for and relative merits of various techniques are described in detail, emphasizing the role of loco-regional flaps to avoid the need for advanced microsurgical skills needed for other advanced techniques. Numerous illustrations and case descriptions of the common scenarios provide a rich pictorial database of soft tissue coverage options. This illustrative book will be of value in daily practice for plastic and reconstructive surgeons, residents, and medical students.
- DigitalAngelo Paolo Dei Tos.Contents:
Imaging of tumors and pseudotumours of soft tissues / Valerie Bousson, Jean-Denis Laredo, and Daniel Vanel
Principles of local and systemic treatment of soft tissue sarcomas / Alessandro Gronchi and Paolo G. Casali
Soft tissue sarcomas with spindle cell morphology / Marta Sbaraglia and Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
Soft tissue sarcomas with epithelioid morphology / Marta Sbaraglia and Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
Round cell sarcomas / Alberto Righi, Marco Gambarotti, and Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
Pleomorphic sarcomas / Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
Myxoid sarcomas / Marta Sbaraglia Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
Intermediate malignant and malignant tumors of soft tissue featuring an inflammatory background / Angelo Paolo Dei Tos
Intermediate malignant and malignant tumors of soft tissue resembling normal tissue / Angelo Paolo Dei Tos.Digital Access Cambridge 2019 - Digital[edited by] Steven L. Moran, MD, Professor and Chair of Plastic Surgery, Professor of Orthopedic Surgery, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, S. Andrew Sems, MD, Assistant Professor of Orthopedics, Department of Orthopedic Surgery, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.Contents:
Machine generated contents note: ch. 1 Why Wounds Fail to Heal
ch. 2 Initial Evaluation and Management of Complex Traumatic Wounds / Christin A. Harless / Steven L. Moran
ch. 3 Management of Simple Wounds: Local Flaps, Z-Plasty, and Skin Grafts / Emily N. Morgan / George Nanos III
ch. 4 Integra Bilayer Wound Matrix in Combination with Negative Pressure Wound Therapy for Treatment of Extremity Wounds / John B. Hijjawi / Steven L. Moran
ch. 5 Management of Nerve Injuries Following Soft Tissue and Bony Trauma / Kanu Goyal / Ian L. Valerio
ch. 6 Management of Vascular Injuries Following Soft Tissue and Bony Trauma / Ida K. Fox / Amy M. Moore
ch. 7 Restoration of Shoulder External Rotation / Randall R. DeMartino / Gustavo S. Oderich
ch. 8 Rotational Flaps for Rotator Cuff Repair / Kathleen M. Kollitz / Bassem T. Elhassan
ch. 9 Surgical Exposure of the Elbow Following Bony and Soft Tissue Trauma / Kathleen M. Kollitz / Bassem T. Elhassan Note continued: ch. 10 Radial Forearm Flap for Elbow Coverage / Julie E. Adams / Scott P. Steinmann
ch. 11 Anconeus Muscle Flap and Flexor Carpi Ulnaris Muscle Flap for Soft Tissue Coverage of Elbow / Sean R. Cantwell / Brian T. Carlsen
ch. 12 Bipolar Latissimus Dorsi Rotational Flap for Functional Reconstruction of Elbow Flexion / Morad Askari / Bassem T. Elhassan / Steven L. Moran
ch. 13 Fasciotomies for Forearm and I land Compartment Syndrome / Frances Sharpe / Milan Stevanovic
ch. 14 Soft Tissue Management of Delayed Compartment Syndrome / Laura K. Tom / Jeffrey B. Friedrich
ch. 15 Soft Tissue Interposition Flaps in the Management of Heterotopic Ossification and Proximal Radioulnar Synostosis / Milan Stevanovic / Frances Sharpe
ch. 16 Principles of Hand Incisions / M. Claire Manske / Douglas P. Hanel / Seth D. Dodds
ch. 17 Lateral Arm Flap for Hand and Wrist Coverage / Laura W. Lewallen / Marco Rizzo Note continued: ch. 18 Radial Forearm and Radial Forearm Fascial Flap for Coverage of the Dorsum of the Hand and Wrist / Ryan P. Ter Louw / James P. Higgins
ch. 19 Posterior Interosseous Artery Island Flap for Dorsal Hand Coverage / Yoo Joon Sur / Mohamed Morsy / Michel Saint-Cyr
ch. 20 Fillet Flaps in Cases of Mutilating Trauma / Eduardo A. Zancolli
ch. 21 Free Flaps for Upper Extremity Reconstruction and the Anterolateral Thigh Flap / Ryan W. Schmucker / Michael W. Neumeister
ch. 22 Pedicled Flaps from the Groin and Lower Abdomen for Upper Extremity Coverage / Samir Mardini / Harvey Chim / Steven L. Moran / Chih-Hung Lin
ch. 23 Cross-Finger Flaps for Digital Soft Tissue Reconstruction / S. Raja Sabapathy
ch. 24 Heterodigital Arterialized Flap / Nicholas Pulos / Alexander Y. Shin
ch. 25 Homodigital Island Flaps / Shian Chao Tay / Lam Chuan Teoh
ch. 26 First Dorsal Metacarpal Artery Island Flap / Mark Henry Note continued: ch. 27 Flap Reconstruction of the Thumb / Michael Sauerbier / Gunter Germann
ch. 28 Soft Tissue Management Following Traumatic Injury to the Femur / David Elliot / Adam Sierakowski
ch. 29 Management of Soft Tissue Defects Surrounding the Knee and Tibia: The Gastrocnemius Muscle Flap / Thomas F. Higgins / Lance Jacobson
ch. 30 Revision and Infected Total Knee Arthroplasty / Karim Bakri / Steven L. Moran
ch. 31 Pedicled Soleus Muscle Flap for Coverage of the Middle and Distal Third of the Tibia / David J. Jacofsky / Oren Goltzer
ch. 32 Sural Artery Flap / Salvatore C. Lettieri / Steven L. Moran
ch. 33 Propeller Flaps and Keystone Flaps in the Lower Extremity / Michael Sauerbier / Annika Arsalan-Werner
ch. 34 Fasciotomies of the Lower Extremity / Michel Saint-Cyr / Anita T. Mohan
ch. 35 Amputation and Stump Management / Christopher J. Salgado / Harvey Chim / Emily A. Borsting / Jimmy H. Chim / Handel R. Robinson / Yasmina Zoghbi Note continued: ch. 36 Soft Tissue Management of Ankle Fractures and Use of the Gracilis Muscle Flap / Norman S. Turner / Thomas C. Shives
ch. 37 Calcaneal Fractures/Talar Neck Fractures / Steven L. Moran / S. Andrew Sems
ch. 38 Flap Coverage for the Foot / Roy W. Sanders / Hassan R. Mir
ch. 39 Soft Tissue Coverage of the Cervical and Thoracic Spine / L. Scott Levin / William C. Pederson
ch. 40 Soft Tissue Coverage of the Pelvis and Sacrum: Hemipelvectomy and Pedicled Flap Coverage / Christopher J. Salgado / Harvey Chim
ch. 41 Management of Major Upper Limb Amputations / Matt T. Houdek / Peter S. Rose / Franklin H. Sim / Steven L. Moran
ch. 42 Replantation of Digits / S. Raja Sabapathy / Hari Venkatramani.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2017 - DigitalSimone Mocellin.Summary: The world of soft tissue sarcomas is a highly complex one, due to the large range of tumor types, each of which is characterized by specific features in terms of its epidemiology, pathology diagnosis, clinical behavior, therapy and biomarker pattern (of both diagnostic and therapeutic value). This book offers a practical, clearly structured reference guide, covering all of these aspects for each soft tissue tumor. Thanks to the consistent and user-friendly format, readers can quickly and easily find the information they need; in addition, up-to-date and authoritative literature information helps them to pursue further research. Overall, this book offers professionals and residents in the fields of oncology, surgery, and pathology an essential guide for study, review, and everyday clinical practice.
- DigitalKlaus Reichardt, Luís Carlos Timm.Summary: This textbook presents the concepts and processes involved in the soil-plant-atmosphere system as well as its applications in the water cycle in agriculture. Although reaching the frontier of our knowledge in several subjects, each chapter starts at the graduation level and proceeds to the post-doctoral level. Its more complicated subjects, as math and physics, are well explained, even to readers not well acquainted with these tools. Therefore, it helps students read, understand, and developing their thoughts on these subjects. Instructors also find it an easy book with the needed depth to be adopted in courses related to Soil Physics, Agricultural Management, Environmental Protection, Irrigation and Agrometeorology. It serves also as "lexicon" to engineers and lawyers involved in agricultural, environmental cases.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Man And The Soil
Plant
Atmosphere System.- Chapter 2: Water, The Universal Solvent For Life.- Chapter 3: The Soil As A Water Reservoir For Plants.- Chapter 4: Plant: The Solar Energy Collector.- Chapter 5: Atmosphere: The Fluid Envelope That Covers The Planet Earth.- Chapter 6: The Equilibrium State Of Water In The Systems.- Chapter 7: The Movement Of Water In The Systems.- Chapter 8: Soil Water As A Nutrient Solution.- Chapter 9: Aspects Of The Soil Atmosphere.- Chapter 10: How Heat Is Propagated In The Soil.- Chapter 11: Water Infiltration Into The Soil.- Chapter 12: Water Redistribution After Infiltration Into The Soil.- Chapter 13: Evaporation And Evapotranspiration: The Vapor Losses To The Atmosphere.- Chapter 14: How Do Plants Absorb Soil Water ?.- Chapter 15: The Water Balance In Agricultural And Natural Systems.- Chapter 16: How Plants Absorb Nutrients From The Soil.- Chapter 17: How Soil, Plant And Atmophere Properties Vary In Space And Time In The Spas: An Approach To Geoestatistics.- Chapter 18: Spatial And Temporal Variability Of Spas Attributes: Analysis Of Spatial And Temporal Series.- Index. - DigitalAmitav Bhattacharya.Summary: "This book explores the impact of soil water deficiency on various aspects of physiological processes in plants. The book explains the effects under soil water deficit condition such as lowering of plant water content, disturbance in carbon metabolism such in photosynthesis, photorespiration and respiration as well as effects of soil water deficit on nitrogen metabolism. The book also educates the readers about, mineral nutrition under soil water deficit condition and roles of different nutrient to overcome water deficit. Changes in growth and development pattern of plant under soil water deficit condition and effects on growth and development are elaborated. This book is of interest to teachers, researchers, scientists in botany and agriculture. Also the book serves as additional reading material for undergraduate and graduate students of agriculture, forestry, ecology, soil science, and environmental sciences. National and international agricultural scientists, policy makers will also find this to be a useful read. The in depth description of the major physiological issues in plants under soil water deficit that are presented in this book will help breeders tailoring crops for desirable physiological survival traits in the face of increasing soil water deficit. This book is an impactful addition to the library of any faculty members, researchers, agricultural policy planner, post graduate or student studying in plant physiology, biochemistry, microbiology and other subjects related to crop husbandry."-- EBSCOhost product page, viewed April 29, 2021.
Contents:
Effects of soil water deficits on plant-water relationship : a review
Effects of soil water deficit on carbon metabolism of plants : a review
Effect of soil water deficit on nitrogen metabolism in plants : a review
Mineral nutrition of plants under soil water deficit condition : a review
Effect of soil water deficit on growth and development of plants : a review
Role of plant growth hormones during soil water deficit : a review
Dry matter production, partitioning, and seed yield under soil water deficit : a review. - DigitalAjay Pazhayattil, Naheed Sayeed-Desta, Emilija Fredro-Kumbaradzi, Marzena Ingram, Jordan Collins.Summary: The textbook addresses the lifecycle concepts (Stage 1, 2, 3) of Process Validation. Regulatory bodies such as US FDA, EMEA, WHO, PIC/S have adopted the ICH lifecycle approach. Organizations have an opportunity to harmonize and align PV activities for all regulated markets. The concepts discussed provides a direction on how to approach solid dose manufacturing process validation for regulatory compliance. Solid Oral Dose Process Validation, Lifecycle Approach: Application, Volume Two and the companion Volume One, Solid Dose Process Validation, The Basics, also available as a set, provide directions and solutions for the pharmaceutical industry. The topics and chapters give a systematic understanding for the application of lifecycle concepts in solid dose pharmaceutical manufacturing. Since solid dose formulations encompass majority of the pharmaceutical preparations, it is essential information for pharmaceutical professionals who use the process validation lifecycle approach. This set is published as a comprehensive solution for solid dose process validation.
Contents:
Preface, Introduction, Chapter 1: Stage 1 Quality by Design Product Development QbD product development methodologies
Chapter 2: Stage 1 Scale Up, Tech Transfer Process
Considerations for process scale up and transfer
Chapter 3: Stage 2 Batch determination, Sampling & Testing Plan
PPQ batch determination method, scientifically supported sampling and testing plans
Chapter 4: Stage 3A Continued Process Verification
Stage 3A assessment methodology for newly launched products
Chapter 5: Stage 3B Continued Process Verification
Routine CPV monitoring plan for commercial products. - DigitalStephen P. Dunn, Simon Horslen, editors.Summary: A new textbook of transplantation for infants and children is needed that is at least a first effort at achieving standard work in this field. Solid Organ Transplantation in Infants and Children provides a broad view of the current practice of solid organ transplantation in pediatric patients. It focuses on best practice and measureable outcomes whenever possible. It provides direct guidance for standard work in this broad and young field of clinical work. It portrays the regulatory environment in which this work occurs and the specific program requirements for each clinical program. Organized in two volumes, the first volume is devoted to the pediatric patient and their particular needs or concerns. This volume also contains information on the regulatory environment and pediatric program specific requirements. The second volume is devoted to the standard work in each solid organ transplanted. These volumes will be very useful for every practicing pediatric transplant program in the United States and Canada and much of the developed world. By reading these volumes, the reader will gain a firm understanding and practical knowledge of standard work in solid organ transplantation and the regulatory environment and requirements of programs to do that work.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalStephen R. Byrn, George Zografi, Xiaoming (Sean) Chen.Contents:
1. Solid-state properties and pharmaceutical development
2. Polymorphs
3. Solvates and hydrates
4. Pharmaceutical cocrystals
6. Amorphous solids
7. Crystal mesophases and nanocrystals
8. X-Ray crystallography and crystal packing analysis
9. X-Ray powder diffraction
10. Differential scanning calorimetry and thermogravimetric analysis
11. Microscopy
12. Vibrational spectroscopy
13. Solid-state NMR spectroscopy
14. Particle and powder analysis
15. Hygroscopic properties of solids
16. Mechanical properties of pharmaceutical materials
17. Solubility and dissolution
18. Physical stability of solids
19. Chemical stability of solids
20. Solid-state properties of proteins
21. Form selection of active pharmaceutical ingredients
22. Mixture analysis
23. Product development
24. Quality by design
Index.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaledited by Xiu-Qing Li.Contents:
Polyploidy in animal development and disease / Jennifer L. Bandura and Norman Zielke
Large-scale programmed genome rearrangements in vertebrates / Jeramiah J. Smith
Chromosome instability in stem cells / Paola Rebuzzini, Maurizio Zuccotti, Carlo Alberto Redi and Silvia Garagna
Mechanisms of induced inheritable genome variation in flax / Christopher A Cullis
Environmentally induced genome instability and its inheritance / Andrey Golubov
The mitochondrial genome, genomic shifting and genomic conflict / Gregory G. Brown
Plastid genome stability and repair / Eric Zampini, Sebastien Truche, Etienne Lepage, Samuel Tremblay-Belzile , and Normand Brisson
RNA-mediated somatic genome rearrangement in ciliates / John R. Bracht
Somatic genome instability in yeast and other fungi / Adrianna Skoneczna and Marek Skoneczny
Genome variation in archaeans, bacteria, and asexually reproducing eukaryotes / Xiu-Qing Li
RNA polyadenylation site regions : highly similar in base composition pattern but diverse in sequence : a combination ensuring similar function but avoiding repetitive-regions-related genomic instability / Xiu-Qing Li and Donglei Du
Insulin signaling pathways in humans and plants / Xiu-Qing Li and Tim Xing
Developmental variation in the nuclear genome primary sequence / Xiu-Qing Li
Ploidy variation of the nuclear, chloroplast, and mitochondrial genomes in somatic cells / Xiu-Qing Li, Benoit Bizimungu, Guodong Zhang, and Huaijun Si
Molecular mechanisms of somatic genome variation / Xiu-Qing Li
Hypotheses for interpreting somatic genome variation / Xiu-Qing Li
Impacts of somatic genome variation on genetic theories and breeding concepts / Xiu-Qing Li
Somatic genome variation : what it is and what it means for agriculture and human health / Xiu-Qing Li.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - PrintRidenour, Nina.
- Digital/PrintSiddhartha Mukherjee.Summary: "The discovery of cells--and the reframing of the human body as a cellular ecosystem--announced the birth of a new kind of medicine based on the therapeutic manipulations of cells. A hip fracture, a cardiac arrest, Alzheimer's, dementia, AIDS, pneumonia, lung cancer, kidney failure, arthritis, COVID--all could be viewed as the results of cells, or systems of cells, functioning abnormally. And all could be perceived as loci of cellular therapies. In The Song of the Cell, Mukherjee tells the story of how scientists discovered cells, began to understand them, and are now using that knowledge to create new treatments and new humans"--Dust jacket flap.
Contents:
Prelude: "The elementary particles of organisms"
Introduction: "We shall always return to the cell"
Part one: Discovery
The original cell: an invisible world
The visible cell: "Fictitious stories about the little animals"
The universal cell: "The smallest particle of this little world"
The pathogenic cell: microbes, infections, and the antibiotic revolution
Part two: The one and the many
The organized cell: the interior anatomy of the cell
The dividing cell: cellular reproduction and the birth of IVF
The tampered cell: Lulu, Nana, and the transgressions of trust
The developing cell: a cell becomes an organism
Part three: Blood
The restless cell: circles of blood
The healing cell: platelets, clots, and a "modern epidemic"
The guardian cell: neutrophils and their kampf against pathogens
The defending cell: when a body meets a body
The discerning cell: the subtle intelligence of the T cell
The tolerant cell: the self, horror antitoxicus, and immunotherapy
Part four: Knowledge
The pandemic
Part five: Organs
The citizen cell: the benefits of belonging
The contemplating cell: the many-minded neuron
The orchestrating cell: homeostasis, fixity, and balance
Part six: Rebirth
The renewing cell: stem cells and the birth of transplantation
The repairing cell: injury, decay, and constancy
The selfish cell: the ecological equation and cancer
The songs of the cell
Epilogue: "Better versions of me".Digital Access 2022Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required - Digital/PrintJon Meacham & Tim McGraw.Summary: From "The Star-Spangled Banner" to "Born in the U.S.A.," Jon Meacham and Tim McGraw take readers on a journey through eras in American history and the songs and performers that inspired us. Meacham chronicles our history, exploring the stories behind the songs, and Tim McGraw reflects on them as an artist and performer. Their perspectives combine to create a unique view of the role music has played in uniting and shaping a nation. Beginning with the battle hymns of the revolution, and taking us through songs from the defining events of the Civil War, the fight for women's suffrage, the two world wars, the Great Depression, the civil rights movement, the Vietnam War, and into the twenty-first century, Meacham and McGraw explore the songs that defined generations, and the cultural and political climates that produced them. Readers will discover the power of music in the lives of figures such as Harriet Tubman, Franklin Roosevelt, Eleanor Roosevelt, and Martin Luther King, Jr., and will learn more about some of our most beloved musicians and performers, including Marian Anderson, Elvis Presley, Sam Cooke, Aretha Franklin, Bob Dylan, Duke Ellington, Carole King, Bruce Springsteen, and more
Contents:
A note to the reader
Overture: The music of history
The sensations of freedom
Land where our fathers died
Mine eyes have seen the glory
March, march, many as one
As the storm clouds gather
We shall overcome
Archie Bunker v. the age of Aquarius
Born in the U.S.A.
Finale: Lift every voice.Digital Access EBSCO 2019Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digitaleditors, Hannes Gruber, Alexander Loizides and Berhard Moriggl.Summary: This first of its kind richly illustrated book provides a tabular and schematic representation of all the peripheral nerves in the human body using a standardized landmark-based algorithm for the definition of the nerve's "Point of optimal visibility (POV)". In this atlas the nerves of the human body are depicted with high-frequent ultrasound probes with frequencies up to 24 MHz: it presents not only the "known" large nerves (N. ischiadicus, N. femoralis, N. medianus etc.), but also the tiny nerves you have learned in your anatomy sessions but forgotten in the course of time! Based on clear illustrations using palpaple/visible external and easily accessible internal landmarks, it offers "nerve sonographers" a clear sonoanatomic guidance on how to easily find the nerve. Additionally, it describes the exact positioning of the probe so that each nerve can be found at its point of optimal visibility. These mental maps for nerve sonographeurs are intended not only for beginners but also for "advanced" specialists requiring instructions on how to easily find even tiny peripheral nerves: especially for neurologists, anaesthesiologists, radiologists, pain practionioners, rheumatologists and surgeons who seek a clear standardized step by step manual on "Where do I find a nerve the easiest?".
Contents:
Preamble.- Introduction.- For who and why? The target group and the meaning of this book.- How to use this book effectively
an instruction manual.- Neck.- Ganglion cervicale medium.- Nervus accessories.- Nervus auricularis magnus.- Nervus dorsalis scapulae.- Nervus facialis: Ramus colli.- Nervus hypoglossus 1 (Diaphragma oris).- Nervus hypoglossus 2 (Trigonum caroticum).- Nervus laryngeus inferior.- Nervus laryngeus recurrens.- Nervus laryngeus superior.- Nervus laryngeus superior: Ramus externus.- Nervus laryngeus superior: Ramus internus.- Nervus occipitalis major.- Nervus occipitalis minor.- Nervus occipitalis tertius.- Nervus phrenicus.- Nervus subclavius.- Nervus(i) supraclavicularis(es).- Nervus suprascapularis.- Nervus thoracicus longus 1 (Fossa supraclavicularis major).- Nervus transversus colli.- Nervus vagus.- Plexus cervicalis: Ramus trapezius.- Upper Arm-Lower Arm-Hand.- Upper Arm.- Medianus fork.- Nervus axillaris [anterior approach].- Nervus axillaris [posterior approach].- Nervus cutaneus antebrachii lateralis.- Nervus cutaneus antebrachii medialis 1 (Axilla).- Nervus cutaneus antebrachii medialis 2 (Sulcus bicipitalis medialis).- Nervus cutaneus antebrachii posterior.- Nervus cutaneus brachii lateralis superior.- Nervus cutaneus brachii medialis.- Nervus cutaneus brachii posterior.- Nervus medianus.- Nervus musculocutaneus.- Nervus radialis.- Nervus ulnaris.- Lower Arm-Hand.- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) palmaris(es) communis(es).- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) palmaris(es) proprius(i).- Nervus medianus: Ramus muscularis thenaris.- Nervus medianus: Ramus palmaris.- Nervus radialis: Nervus interosseus antebrachii posterior.- Nervus radialis: Ramus profundus (proximal approach).- Nervus radialis: Ramus superficialis (proximal approach).- Nervus radialis: Ramus superficialis (distal approach).- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus dorsalis manus.- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus palmaris.- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus profundus 1 (Hypothenar: ulnar-proximal).- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus profundus 2 (Hypothenar: palmar-distal).- Nervus ulnaris: Ramus superficialis.- Trunk.- Nervi clunium medii.- Nervi clunium superiores.- Nervus coccygeus.- Nervus genitofemoralis: Ramus femoralis.- Nervus genitofemoralis: Ramus genitalis.- Nervus iliohypogastricus & Nervus ilioinguinalis.- Nervus iliohypogastricus: Ramus cutaneus anterior.- Nervus iliohypogastricus: Ramus cutaneus lateralis.- Nervus(i) intercostobrachialis(es).- Nervus intercostobrachialis II.- Nervi pectorales mediales et laterales (cranial approach).- Nervi pectorales mediales et laterales (caudal approach).- Nervus subscapularis.- Nervus thoracicus longus 2 (Fossa infraclavicularis).- Nervus thoracicus longus 3 (Regio thoracica lateralis).- Nervus thoracodorsalis.- Gluteal region.- Nervi clunium inferiores.- Nervus gluteus inferior.- Nervus gluteus superior.- Nervus ischiadicus 1 (subgluteal).- Nervus pudendus.- Thigh-Lower Leg-Foot.- Thigh.- Nervus cutaneus femoris lateralis.- Nervus cutaneus femoris posterior.- Nervus femoralis.- Nervus femoralis: Rami cutanei anteriores.- Nervus ischiadicus 2 (infragluteal).- Nervus obturatorius.- Nervus obturatorius: Ramus anterior et posterior.- Nervus obturatorius: Ramus cutaneus.- Nervus saphenus 1 (Trigonum femorale).- Nervus saphenus 2 (Canalis adductorius).- Nervus saphenus 3 (Subsartorielles Kompartiment).- Nervus saphenus: Ramus infrapatellaris 1 (suprapatellar: Regio femoralis anterior).- Lower leg-Foot.- Nervus cutaneus dorsalis lateralis.- Nervus cutaneus doraslis medialis et intermedius.- Nervus cutaneus surae lateralis.- Nervus cutaneus surae medialis.- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) dorsalis(es) pedis.- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) plantaris(es) communis(es).- Nervus(i) digitalis(es) plantaris(es) proprius(i).- Nervus fibularis communis.- Nervus fibularis profundus 1 (Dorsum pedis).- Nervus fibularis profundus 2 (terminales Segment).- Nervus fibularis superficialis.- Nervus plantaris lateralis: Ramus profundus.- Nervus plantaris lateralis: Ramus superficialis.- Nervus plantaris medialis et. lateralis 1 (Planta pedis).- Nervus plantaris medialis et lateralis 2 (Tarsaltunnel).- Nervus saphenus 4 (Regio cruralis posterior).- Nervus saphenus 5 (terminales Segment am Unterschenkel).- Nervus saphenus: Ramus infrapatellaris 2 (infrapatellar: Regio genus).- Nervus suralis.- Nervus suralis: Rami calcanei laterales.- Nervus tibialis.- Nervus tibialis: Rami calcanei mediales. - Digitaledited by Wei Guo.Summary: Sorting and Recycling Endosomes provides the latest information on endosomes, the receiving compartment for endocytosed cargos, and the donor compartment and sorting station for cargos designated to lysosomes, Golgi, or plasma membrane. In recent years, the importance of endosomes as a sorting and recycling compartment has become increasingly appreciated. As such, scientists from various fields of cell biology, membrane traffic, and beyond, see the needs to communicate and learn about the methods used to investigate the dynamics and functions of endosomes. This book brings together specialists from the field who contribute their expertise on a broad range of biomedical topics that will provide ideal reading for researchers interested in endosomal sorting and recycling. This volume covers the approaches necessary to study the key components that mediate the generation and transport of membrane-bounded carriers from the endosomes, and how membrane trafficking machinery is coordinated with cytoskeletons during these processes. In addition to studies carried out in mammalian cells, other model systems such as worm and yeast are also included.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
- DigitalGregor Majdic.Summary: Love, one of the most profound of human emotions, love that accompanies us from puberty to old age, love that follows us from ancient times to modern, from ancient writings, through the Bible and the texts of medieval scribes to modern day books and movies. Through the millennia love has lost none of its secrecy, charm, attractiveness, craziness, even in this digital age, when we are overwhelmed by information. But what is love? Where does this emotion originate? Are we humans the only living beings feeling this emotion? Can love be explained by some chemical reactions in our brains? Is love just a trick of nature or is love some kind of higher feeling? We do not have definite answers to any of these questions, nevertheless, neuroscience, behavioral science and others have provided us with some, at least partial answers. We know today a great deal more than ever before about what is happening in the brain when we are madly in love. We understand why our hearts beat faster when we see the person we love, we know why we sweat and why we feel anxious when the loved one is away from us, and we have some ideas about how feelings of attachment form in the brain. This book guides you through the complicated labyrinth of genes, molecules and brain cells that are involved in the feelings of love, attachment, affection, and also simple sexual reproduction.
Contents:
Introduction
Two is better than one
Escherichia coli; do bacteria get it on?
Amoeba likes the smell
Moths in search of love through pheromones
Wild bull and placid ox
Of bees and flowers
Clownfish, afterdark secretes of Nemo's parents?
Graceful swan, a symbol of love
Gosling following their mothers
Why only male deer has antlers?
Depraved hooligan penguins
Mouse mating and fighting
Mating like rabbits
Beware, an elephant in the musth
Steenbook, a faithful dwarf antelope
Is there a love in the world of voles?
Romeo and Juliette among chimpanzees
Human love through the eyes of neuroscientist
Origins of human love
Man and woman madly in love
What is love?. - Digital/PrintJon Meacham.Summary: "We have been here before. In this timely and revealing book ... author Jon Meacham helps us understand the present moment in American politics and life by looking back at critical times in our history when hope overcame division and fear. With clarity and purpose, Meacham explores contentious periods and how presidents and citizens came together to defeat the forces of anger, intolerance, and extremism. Our current climate of partisan fury is not new, and in The Soul of America Meacham shows us how what Abraham Lincoln called 'the better angels of our nature' have repeatedly won the day. Painting surprising portraits of Lincoln and other presidents, including Ulysses S. Grant, Theodore Roosevelt, Woodrow Wilson, Franklin D. Roosevelt, Harry S. Truman, Dwight Eisenhower, and Lyndon B. Johnson, and illuminating the courage of such influential citizen activists as Martin Luther King, Jr., early suffragettes Alice Paul and Carrie Chapman Catt, civil rights pioneers Rosa Parks and John Lewis, First Lady Eleanor Roosevelt, and Army-McCarthy hearings lawyer Joseph N. Welch, Meacham brings vividly to life turning points in American history. He writes about the Civil War, Reconstruction, and the birth of the Lost Cause; the backlash against immigrants in the First World War and the resurgence of the Ku Klux Klan in the 1920s; the fight for women's rights; the demagoguery of Huey Long and Father Coughlin and the isolationist work of America First in the years before World War II; the anti-Communist witch-hunts led by Senator Joseph McCarthy; and Lyndon Johnson's crusade against Jim Crow. Each of these dramatic hours in our national life has been shaped by the contest to lead the country to look forward rather than back, to assert hope over fear--a struggle that continues even now. While the American story has not always--or even often--been heroic, we have been sustained by a belief in progress even in the gloomiest of times. In this inspiring book, Meacham reassures us, 'The good news is that we have come through such darkness before'--as, time and again, Lincoln's better angels have found a way to prevail."--Jacket.
Contents:
Introduction : To hope rather than to fear
The confidence of the whole people : visions of the Presidency, the ideas of progress and prosperity, and "We, the people"
The long shadow of Appomattox : the Lost Cause, the Ku Klux Klan, and Reconstruction
With soul of flame and temper of steel : "the melting pot," TR and his "bully pulpit," and the Progressive promise
A new and good thing in the world : the triumph of women's suffrage, the Red Scare, and a new Klan
The crisis of the old order : the Great Depression, Huey Long, the New Deal, and America First
Have you no sense of decency? : "making everyone middle class," the GI Bill, McCarthyism, and modern media
What the hell is the presidency for? : "segregation forever," King's crusade, and LBJ in the crucible
Conclusion : The first duty of an American citizen.Digital Access 2018Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required - PrintAlexis Wells-Oghoghomeh.Summary: "In The souls of womenfolk, Alexis Wells-Oghoghomeh argues that woman-gendered cosmologies and experiences from the Upper Guinea Coast played a distinct role in shaping the religious consciousness and practices of enslaved communities in the Lower South, and that this process took place concurrently as enslaved peoples in the U.S. South interpreted their new contexts through the cosmological frameworks of their foreparents, while acquiring, innovating, and revising contemporaneous practices"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction: of the faith of the mothers
Georgia genesis: the birth of the enslaved female soul
Womb remembrances: the moral dimensions of enslaved motherhood
Sex, body, and soul: sexual ethics and social values among the enslaved
The birth and death of souls: enslaved women and ritual
Spirit bodies and feminine souls: women, power, and the sacred imagination
When souls gather: women and gendered performance in religious spaces
Conclusion: gendering the "religion of the slave." - PrintMary Herring Wright.Contents:
A bouquet of roses
The beginning
Iron mine school days
More childhood memories
Scary times
Make me a child again
A new kind of life
The nightmare begins
The train ride to a new world
Home!!
Queen of the fairies
The old and the new
Changes, worries, and adventures
Coming of age
Boys and other trouble
More changes and a difficult decision
Accepted at last
Graduation
From student to teacher
Good-bye, school days! Hello, world!
Epilogue. - PrintSounds Wild and Broken : Sonic Marvels, Evolution's Creativity, and the Crisis of Sensory ExtinctionDavid George Haskell.Summary: "A rich exploration of how the evolution of both natural and manmade sounds have shaped us and the world, and how the world's acoustic diversity is currently in grave danger of being destroyed. We live on a planet that is wrapped in the diverse acoustic marvels of song and speech. Yet never has this diversity been so threatened as it is now. Braiding his experience as a listener and an ecologist with the latest scientific discoveries, David Haskell explores the acoustic wonders of our planet. Starting in deep time with the origins of animal song and traversing the whole arc of Earth's history, he illuminates and celebrates the creative processes that have produced the varied sounds of our world. From the powers of animal sexuality and environmental change, to the unpredictable, improvisational whims of genetic evolution and cultural change, sounds on Earth are the products of and catalysts for vibrant ecosystems. Four interconnected sensory crises are currently diminishing the vitality of our sonic world. Deforestation is erasing the most complex communities of sounds the world has ever known. In the oceans, machine noise has created a living hell for the most acoustically sensitive animals on the planet. In cities, noise has resulted in dire sonic inequities among people, the result of racism, sexism, and power asymmetries. Last, in forgetting or being barred from hearing the voices of the living Earth, we lose both the experience of joyful connection and the foundation for ethics and action. As wild sounds disappear forever and human noise smothers other voices, the Earth becomes flatter, blander. According to Haskell, this decline is not a mere loss of sensory ornament. Sound is a generative force, and so the erasure of sonic diversity makes the world less creative. His book is an invitation to listen, wonder, belong, and act."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Origins. Primal sound and the ancient roots of hearing
Unity and diversity
Sensory bargains and biases
The flourishing of animal sounds. Predators, silence, wings
Flowers oceans, milk
Evolution's creative powers. Air, water, wood
In the clamor
Sexuality and beauty
Vocal learning and culture
The imprints of deep time
Human music and belonging. Bone, ivory, breath
Resonant spaces
Music, forest, body
Diminishment, crisis, and injustice. Forests
Oceans
Cities
Listening. In community
In the deep past and future.Digital Access 2022Limited to 1 simultaneous user - PrintToni Morrison.Summary: One of the most celebrated and revered writers in the history of American literature gives us a new nonfiction collection - a gathering of her essays, speeches, and meditations on society, culture, and art, spanning four decades. This book is divided into three parts: the first is introduced by a powerful prayer for the dead of 9/11, the second by a searching meditation on Martin Luther King Ir., and the last by a heart-wrenching eulogy for James Baldwin. In the writings and speeches included here, the author takes on contested social issues: the foreigner, female empowerment, the press, money, "Black matter(s)" and human rights. She looks at enduring aspects of culture: the role of the artist in society, the literary imagination, the Afro-American presence in American literature, and, in her Nobel lecture, the power of language itself. And here too is piercing commentary on her own work (including The Bluest Eye, Sala, Tar Baby, Jazz, Beloved, and Paradise) and that of others, among them painter and collagist Romare Bearden, author Toni Cade Bambara, and theater director Peter Sellars.--description from dust jacket.
Contents:
Peril
The foreigner's home. The dead of September 11 ; The foreigner's home ; Racism and fascism ; Home ; Wartalk ; The war on error ; A race in mind : the press in deed ; Moral inhabitants ; The price of wealth, the cost of care ; The habit of art ; The individual artist ; Arts advocacy ; Sarah Lawrence commencement address ; The slavebody and the blackbody ; Harlem on my mind : contesting memory - meditation on museums, culture, and integration ; Women, race, and memory ; Literature and public life ; The Nobel lecture in literature ; Cinderella's stepsisters ; The future of time : literature and diminished expectations
Interlude : Black matter(s). Tribute to Martin Luther King, Jr. ; Race matters ; Black matter(s) ; Unspeakable things unspoken : the Afro-American presence in American literature ; Academic whispers ; Gertrude Stein and the difference she makes ; Hard, true, and lasting
God's language. James Baldwin eulogy ; The site of memory ; God's language ; Grendel and his mother ; The writer before the page ; The trouble with paradise ; On "Beloved" ; Chinua Achebe ; Introduction of Peter Sellars ; Tribute to Romare Bearden ; Faulkner and women ; The source of self-regard ; Rememory ; Memory, creation, and fiction ; Goodbye to all that : race, surrogacy, and farewell ; Invisible ink : reading the writing and writing the reading. - DigitalTaraprasad Das, Patanjali Dev Nayar, editors.Summary: The book covers all aspects of eye health in South-East Asia from public health to health system to education to industry in 6 sections. The World Health Organization (WHO) South-East Asia region comprises of 11 countries - Bangladesh, Bhutan, DPR Korea, India, Indonesia, Maldives, Myanmar, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Thailand and Timor-Leste. This region is home to 26% of world population; there is a disproportionate amount of blindness (30.6%) and visual impairment (36%). This is a first of its kind book that discusses common conditions of visual impairment and blindness in the South-East Asia region. In addition, the book documents the current eye care industry in the region and the contribution of all eye health INGOs in eye care program planning and service delivery for many decades. Majority of the countries in the South-East Asia region are categorized in middle-income country group. This book discusses the common challenges in these countries such as, suboptimal public expenditure in health, acute shortage of skilled eye health workforce, and rudimentary health industry. The book covers the following 6 sections: 1. Geographic description and health indices of the region 2. Health system evolved over years, including universal eye health, health financing and health management information system (HMIS) 3. Common eye problems including non-communicable disease NCD (and diabetic retinopathy), neglected tropical disease NTD (and Trachoma) 4. Health workforce in the region that includes ophthalmologists, optometrists, and allied ophthalmic personnel 5. Eye health support in the region of 13 international non-government organizations (INGOs) working for decades 6. Eye health industry in the region that includes spectacles, ophthalmic devices and equipment and the pharma industry The book would be a useful resource for ophthalmologists, all public health personnel and policy makers in eye health in the South-East Asia region specifically and all ophthalmologists and scientists interested in public health all over the world as well as for program planning to reach the 'Health for All' strategy by 2030 (United Nations Sustainable Development Goal, SDG 2030).
Contents:
Part I The region
Part II The health system
2.1. Building blocks
2.2. Universal health coverage
2.3. Sustainable development goals
2.4. Integrated people centric eye care
2.5. Public financing
2.6. Health management and information
Part III The problem
3.1. Disease burden
3.2. RAAB and population studies
Part IV Common disorders
4.1. Cataract
4.2. Refractive error and school eye health
4.3. Childhood blindness and VI
4.4. NCD and diabetic retinopathy
4.5. NTD and trachoma
4.6. Glaucoma
4.7. Cornea and eye banking
4.8. Low vision
Part V Workforce, training and education
5.1. Ophthalmology
5.2. Optometry
5.3. Allied ophthalmic personnel
Part VI International NGOs
6.1. CBM
6.2. Combat blindness international
6.3. Essilor foundation
6.4. Fred hollows
6.5. Helen keller International
6.6. Himalayan cataract
6.7. Mission for vision
6.8. OEU
6.9. Orbis
6.10. Seva foundation
6.11. Sight savers
6.12. Vision spring
Part VII Ophthalmic industry
7.1. Spectacles
7.2. Ophthalmic devices and equipment
7.3. Pharma industry. - Digital/PrintImani Perry.Summary: "We all think we know the South. Even those who have never lived there can rattle off a list of signifiers: the Civil War, Gone with the Wind, the Ku Klux Klan, plantations, football, Jim Crow, slavery. But the idiosyncrasies, dispositions, and habits of the region are stranger and more complex than much of the country tends to acknowledge. In South to America, Imani Perry shows that the meaning of American is inextricably linked with the South, and that our understanding of its history and culture is the key to understanding the nation as a whole. This is the story of a Black woman and native Alabaman returning to the region she has always called home and considering it with fresh eyes. Her journey is full of detours, deep dives, and surprising encounters with places and people. She renders Southerners from all walks of life with sensitivity and honesty, sharing her thoughts about a troubling history and the ritual humiliations and joys that characterize so much of Southern life. Weaving together stories of immigrant communities, contemporary artists, exploitative opportunists, enslaved peoples, unsung heroes, her own ancestors, and her lived experiences, Imani Perry crafts a tapestry unlike any other. With uncommon insight and breathtaking clarity, South to America offers an assertion that if we want to build a more humane future for the United States, we must center our concern below the Mason-Dixon Line." -- Publisher's description
Contents:
Introduction
I. Origin stories. An errand into wilderness: Appalachia ; Mother country: Virginia ; Animated roulette: Louisville ; Mary's land: Annapolis and the caves ; Ironic capital: Washington, DC
II. The solidified South. The clearing: upper Alabama ; Tobacco Road in the Bible Belt: North Carolina ; King of the South: Atlanta ; More than a memorial: Birmingham ; Pearls before swine: Princeton to Nashville ; When Beale Street talks: Memphis ; Soul of the South: the Black Belt
III. Water people. Home of the flying Africans: the Low Country ; Pistoles and flamboyán: Florida ; Immobile women: Mobile ; Magnolia graves and Easter lilies: New Orleans ; Paraíso: the Bahamas and Havana
Conclusion.Digital Access 2004Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required - DigitalEssegbemon Akpo, Christopher O. Ojiewo, Lucky O. Omoigui, Jean Claude Rubyogo, Rajeev K. Varshney.Summary: This open access book shares impact stories - testimonies from various value chain actors who have been part of the Tropical Legumes (TL) projects, over the past twelve years. The Tropical Legumes projects led by ICRISAT in three parts (TLI, TLII and TLIII), constitute a major international initiative supported by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) and jointly implemented by the International Center for Tropical Agriculture (CIAT), International Institute of Tropical Agriculture (IITA) and National Agricultural Research Systems (NARS) partners from Sub-Saharan Africa and India. The project developed improved cultivars of common bean, cowpea, chickpea and groundnut (but also soya bean and pigeon pea cultivars in its initial phases) and delivers their seed to smallholders in BMGF-focus areas. It also strengthens the NARS and CGIAR's breeding programs and seed platforms to enhance their ability to deliver high and sustained outputs to smallholder farmers. The book compiles the experiences of a diversity of actors within the grain legume value chains, with a focus on groundnut and common beans in Tanzania and Uganda, groundnut and cowpea in Nigeria, and groundnut in Ghana. All stakeholders involved share their thoughts on being part of a decade-long development project family. National agricultural research institutes, knowledge brokering organizations, NGOs, public and private seed companies, agro-dealers, individual seed entrepreneurs, farm-implement makers, farmer cooperatives, farmer groups, individual men and women farmers, middlemen, processors, traders and consumers were all involved in this project, and as such this book provides valuable insights for development workers, technical staff, and project managers.
Contents:
Chapter 1. A Brief Overview of Smallholder Farmers' Access To Seed Of Improved Legume Varieties
Chapter 2. Impact Stories And Testimonies From Diverse Actors In Groundnut Value Chain In Tanzania
Chapter 3. Common Bean Value Chain Actors Share Their Feeling About TL Projects In Tanzania
Chapter 4. Enthusiasm Of Actors Within The Groundnut Value Chain Sharing Impact Stories In Uganda
5. Empowered Communities Tell Their Own Stories From Common Bean Production In Uganda
6. Breakthroughs In Groundnut Production Communities In Nigeria
7. Women At The Center Of Cowpea Value Chain Development In Nigeria
8. Better-Off Women Boosting Groundnut Business In Ghana
9. Concluding Remarks: The Tropical Legumes Projects Empowered Communities In A Wide Variety Of Assets. - Digitaledited by Visakh P. M and Olga Nazarenko.Contents:
Soy protein : state-of-the-art, new challenges and opportunities / Visakh P. M
Soy protein : introduction, structure and properties relationship / Visakh P. M
Advances in soy protein-based nanocomposites / Huafeng Tian Gaiping Guo and Xiaogang Luo
Applications of soy protein-based blends, composites, and nanocomposites / Ruann Janser Soares de Castro, Andre Ohara, Paula Okuro, Camila Utsunomia, Joelise de Alencar Figueira Angelotti, Fabiola Aliaga de Lima and Helia Harumi Sato
Biomedical applications of soy protein / Blessing A. Aderibigbe
Electrospinning of soy protein nanofibers : synthesis and applications / Carlos L. Salas
Soy proteins as potential source of active peptides of nutraceutical significance / Junus Salampessy and Narsimha Reddy
Soy protein isolate-based films / Shifeng Zhang
Use of soy protein-based carriers for encapsulating bioactive ingredients / Zhen-Xing Tang and Jie-Yu Liang.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalArnauld E. Nicogossian, Richard S. Williams, Carolyn L. Huntoon, Charles R. Doarn, James D. Polk, Victor S. Schneider, editors.Contents:
PART I. Introduction to space medicine
1. Evolution of human capabilities and space medicine
2. The environment of space exploration
3. Living and working in space: an overview of physiological adaptation, performance, and health risks
PART II. Spacecraft Environments
4. Toxicology
5. Microbiology
6. Acoustics and audition
7. Radiation health and protection
PART III. Space Flight and Crew Health: Adaptation, Pathophysiology, Rehabilitation, and Countermeasures
8. Cardiopulmonary system: aeromedical considerations
9. Neurology
10. Regulatory physiology
11. Metabolism and nutrition
12. Clinical pharmacology and therapeutics
13. Musculoskeletal adaptation to space flight
14. Behavioral health and performance
PART IV. Occupational Health and Safety Issues in Space Flight
15. Prinicples of crew health monitoring and care
16. International dimension of space medicine
PART V. Ground-based and academic training programs
17. Simulations and analogs (test-beds)
18. Training in space medicine
PART VI. Future Perspectives
19. Commercial space tourism and space as a biomedical laboratory.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalAlex P. Michael, Christian Otto, Millard F. Reschke, Alan R. Hargens, editors.Summary: This book consolidates the current knowledge of how short and long-duration spaceflight affects the anatomy and physiology of the central nervous system. It also incorporates the methodology and constraints of studying the central nervous system in space. Chapters detail advances in imaging techniques available to assess intracranial and intraocular pathology as well as translational medicine with an emphasis on brain cancer and neurodegenerative disease in spaceflight. Additionally, the book offers theoretical background information, tested laboratory protocols, and step-by-step methods for reproducible lab experiments to aid neuroscientists and neurobiologists in laboratory testing and experimentation. Spaceflight and the Central Nervous System is the first to comprehensively include all aspects of spaceflight-induced changes in the central nervous system. It is an invaluable resource for basic and clinical laboratory trainees and researchers in aerospace medicine and physiology or for those looking to gain specific knowledge in spaceflight neuroscience.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
1: History of Spaceflight and the Central Nervous System
Introduction
Early Discoveries
Early Rocket Science
Early Space Exploration
The Soviet Union
The United States
Early Space Stations
International Cooperation
Development of International Organizations
The International Space Station
History of Spaceflight Medicine
Aerospace Medicine Organizations
Initial Spaceflight Medical Problems
Long-Duration Spaceflight
Conclusion
References
2: Cardiovascular Physiology and Fluid Shifts in Space The Cardiovascular System on Earth and in Space
General Concepts of the Circulatory System on Earth and in Space
Basic Concepts of Blood-Brain Barrier
Adaptations to Microgravity
Acute Adaptations and Microgravity-Induced Fluid Shift
Long-Term Adaptations
Circulation and the Central Nervous System
Endothelial Dysfunction
CSF Hydrodynamics and Brain and Neck Venous Congestion
CSF Hydrodynamics Circulation on Earth and in Space
Brain and Neck Venous Congestion
Space Adaptation Syndrome (SMS)
Visual Impairment Intracranial Pressure Syndrome Integrated Physiologic Countermeasures
Artificial Gravity
Lower Body Negative Pressure With and Without Exercise
Coagulation and LBNP
Sodium Intake
References
3: Effects of Microgravity and Space Radiation on the Nervous System
Introduction
Effects of Microgravity on Neurobiology
Spaceflight-Induced Intracranial Hypertension
Space Motion Sickness
Radiological Changes (Magnetic Resonance Imaging) in Brain Tissue After Microgravity Exposure
Effects of Microgravity on the Vestibular System
Effects of Space Radiation on the Nervous System
Conclusion Cognition upon Return to Earth
Neuromapping
Summary
Potential Positive Effects
Risk Mitigation Strategies
Future Directions
References
5: Spine Biomechanics and Pathology
History of Back Pain and Spinal Injury Associated with Spaceflight
Comparing Epidemiology of Spaceflight-Related Low Back Pain to Terrestrial Low Back Pain
Spinal Anatomy Affected by Gravitational Load
Intervertebral Discs
Paraspinal Muscles
Changes in Spinal Biomechanics During and After Spaceflight
Backpain and Spaceflight
Pain Pathways for Low Back Pain - Digitalby Edward Machtinger, Peter A. Nigrović ; edited by Janice A. Lowe.Summary: "Spanish for Pediatric Medicine features a quick-reference design that enables the user to rapidly identify and explore common medical situations. English and Spanish equivalents are shown side-by-side for quick reference. This convenient guide includes translations for virtually every type of patient visit. General examinations, Bright Futures stage discussions, emergency department interactions, and terms for discussing specific body systems (hematology, respiratory, cardiovascular, etc.) are provided. This convenient resource fits right in your pocket for use throughout the day as you travel between departments or exam rooms. Also included are translations for discussing issues such as developmental milestones, obesity prevention, and lead toxicity screening along with commonly used expressions to help clinicians better connect with patients and parents. This 3rd edition is completely updated and is consistent with the newest Bright Futures Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children, and Adolescents 4th edition content. Visit-specific translations for the 31 age-based visits reflect the organization of the guidelines as well"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction
Part I. Common expressions. Greetings
Helpful phrases
Terms of endearment for children
Part II. General visit. Initial history
Past medical history
Family history
Social history (HEADSS)
Description of pain
Examination instructions
Immunization screening and instructions
Discharge instructions
Part III. Stage visit. Prenatal
Newborn
First week (3 to 5 days)
1 month
2 months
4 months
6 months
9 months
12 months
15 months
18 months
2 years
2½ years
3 years
4 years
5 and 6 years
7 and 8 years
9 and 10 years
11-14 years
15-17 years
18-21 years
Part IV. Target systems. Constitutional and hematology/oncology
Skin
HEENT and Neck
Respiratory
Cardiovascular
Gastrointestinal
Genitourinary
Musculoskeletal
Neurological
Part V. Emergency department visit. Brief emergency department history
Brief emergency department scenarios
Description of pain
Examination instructions
Discharge instructions
Part VI. Special issues. Abuse screening questions
Ancillary services
Developmental milestones
Lead toxicity screening questions
Prevention and treatment of obesity
Tuberculosis screening
Media use guidelines
Part VII. Additional words and phrases.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019 - Digitaledited by Francine L. Dolins, University of Michigan, Dearborn, Christopher A. Shaffer, Grand Valley State University, Michigan, Leila M. Porter, Northern Illinois University, Jena R. Hickey, Nathan P. Nibbelink, University of Georgia.Summary: "Over the last two decades, technological advances in GPS (global positioning devices) and GIS (global information systems) have allowed primatologists to dramatically increase the quantity of spatial location data they can gather in the field, and the complexity of the analyses they can perform on these data. Before 15 years ago, GPS units did not function well in remote locations and/or under dense foliage, thus, they were useless for most field primatologists. In contrast, in the last 15 years, technological advances have made GPS devices functional across the globe and in most environments allowing field researchers to collect detailed spatial data using this technology"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2021
- DigitalEdzer Pebesma, Roger Bivand.Summary: "Spatial Data Science introduces fundamental aspects of spatial data that every data scientist should know before they start working with spatial data. These aspects include how geometries are represented, coordinate reference systems (projections, datums), the fact that the Earth is round and its consequences for analysis, and how attributes of geometries can relate to geometries. In the second part of the book, these concepts are illustrated with data science examples using the R language. In the third part, statistical modelling approaches are demonstrated using real world data examples. After reading this book, a number of major spatial data analysis errors should no longer be made because of lack of knowledge. The book gives a detailed explanation of the core spatial software packages for R: sf for simple feature access, and stars for raster and vector data cubes - array data with spatial and temporal dimensions. It also shows how geometrical operations change when going from a flat space to the surface of a sphere, which is what sf and stars use when coordinates are not projected (degrees longitude/latitude). Separate chapters detail a variety of plotting approaches for spatial maps using R, and different ways of handling very large vector or raster (imagery) datasets, locally, in databases, or in the cloud"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access TandFonline 2023
- DigitalN. Samba Kumar, K. Ullas Karanth, James D. Nichols, Srinivas Vaidyanathan, Beth Gardner, Jagdish Krishnaswamy.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: Large ungulates in tropical forests are among the most threatened taxa of mammals. Excessive hunting, degradation of and encroachments on their natural habitats by humans have contributed to drastic reductions in wild ungulate populations in recent decades. As such, reliable assessments of ungulate-habitat relationships and the spatial dynamics of their populations are urgently needed to provide a scientific basis for conservation efforts. However, such rigorous assessments are methodologically complex and logistically difficult, and consequently many commonly used ungulate population survey methods do not address key problems. As a result of such deficiencies, key parameters related to population distribution, abundance, habitat ecology and management of tropical forest ungulates remain poorly understood. This book addresses this critical knowledge gap by examining how population abundance patterns in five threatened species of large ungulates vary across space in the tropical forests of the Nagarahole-Bandipur reserves in southwestern India. It also explains the development and application of an innovative methodology - spatially explicit line transect sampling - based on an advanced hierarchical modelling under the Bayesian inferential framework, which overcomes common methodological deficiencies in current ungulate surveys. The methods and results presented provide valuable reference material for researchers and professionals involved in studying and managing wild ungulate populations around the globe.
Contents:
Chapter 1. The conservation issue
Chapter 2. Development of hierarchical spatial models for assessing ungulate abundance and habitat relationships
Chapter 3. Model-based assessment of ungulate-habitat relationships
Chapter 4. Assessing threats to ungulates and management responses
Chapter 5. Conservation of tropical forest ungulates: the way forward. - DigitalRobert Fletcher, Marie-Josée Fortin.Summary: This book provides a foundation for modern applied ecology. Much of current ecology research and conservation addresses problems across landscapes and regions, focusing on spatial patterns and processes. This book is aimed at teaching fundamental concepts and focuses on learning-by-doing through the use of examples with the software R. It is intended to provide an entry-level, easily accessible foundation for students and practitioners interested in spatial ecology and conservation.
Contents:
1. Introduction to spatial ecology and its relevance for conservation
2. Scale
3. Land-cover pattern and change
4. Spatial dispersion and point data
5. Spatial dependence and autocorrelation
6. Accounting for spatial dependence in ecological data
7. Species distributions
8. Space use and resource selection
9. Connectivity
10. Population dynamics in space
11. Spatially structured communities
12. What have we learned? Looking back and pressing forward
Appendix: An introduction to R. - DigitalPravat Kumar Shit, Partha Pratim Adhikary, Debashish Sengupta, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This book demonstrates the measurement, monitoring and mapping of environmental contaminants in soil & sediment, surface & groundwater and atmosphere. This book explores state-of-art techniques based on methodological and modeling in modern geospatial techniques specifically focusing on the recent trends in data mining techniques and robust modeling. It also presents modifications of and improvements to existing control technologies for remediation of environmental contaminants. In addition, it includes three separate sections on contaminants, risk assessment and remediation of different existing and emerging pollutants. It covers major topics such as: Radioactive Wastes, Solid and Hazardous Wastes, Heavy Metal Contaminants, Arsenic Contaminants, Microplastic Pollution, Microbiology of Soil and Sediments, Soil Salinity and Sodicity, Aquatic Ecotoxicity Assessment, Fluoride Contamination, Hydrochemistry, Geochemistry, Indoor Pollution and Human Health aspects. The content of this book will be of interest to researchers, professionals, and policymakers whose work involves environmental contaminants and related solutions.
Contents:
Part I. Soil and Sediment Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
Chapter 1. Introduction to Part I: Soil and Sediment Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
Chapter 2. Combating Arsenic Pollution in Soil Environment via Alternate Agricultural Land Use
Chapter 3. Temporal and Seasonal Variation in Leachate Pollution Index (LPI) in Sanitary Landfill Sites- A Case study of Baidyabati landfill, West Bengal, India
Chapter 4.Quantification of Landfill Gas Emission and Energy Recovery Potential: A Comparative Assessment of LandGEM and MTM Model for Kolkata
Chapter 5. Assessment of natural enrichment of heavy minerals along coastal placers of India: Role of lake and river mouth embayment and its implications
Chapter 6. Assessment the Impact of Plastic Contaminated Fertilizers on Agricultural Soil Health: A Case Study in Memari II C.D.Block, Purba Bardhaman,West Bengal, India
Chapter 7. Determining the Role of Leaf Relative Water Content and Soil Cation Exchange Capacity in Phytoextraction Process - Using Regression Modelling
Chapter 8. Phytoremediation of Arsenic using Allium sativum as Model System
Chapter 9. Spatio-temporal analysis of open waste dumping sites using Google Earth: A case study of Kharagpur City, India
Part II. Water Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
Chapter 10. Introduction to Part II: Water Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
Chapter 11. Groundwater Arsenic Contamination Zone based on geospatial modeling, risk and remediation
Chapter 12. Geospatial assessment of surface water pollution and industrial activities in Ibadan, Nigeria
Chapter 13. Aquaculture-based water quality assessment and risk remediationalong the Rasulpur River belt, West Bengal
Chapter 14. Heavy Metal Contamination in Groundwater and Impact on Plant and Human
Chapter 15. Emerging Threats of Microplastic contaminant in freshwater environment
Chapter 16. Exploring Particle Size Transport Variability of Suspended Sediments in two Alpine Catchments over the Lesser Himalayan Region, India
Chapter 17. Salinity and corrosion potential of groundwater in Mewat district of Haryana, India
Chapter 18. Threats to quality in the coasts of the Black Sea: heavy metal pollution of seawater, sediment, macro-algae and sea-grass
Chapter 19. Geospatial assessment of groundwater quality for drinking through Water Quality Index and Human Health Risk Index in an upland area of Chotanagpur Plateau of West Bengal, India
Chapter 20. Existence of Pharmaceuticals and Personal Care Products (PPCPs) in the conventional water treatment process
Chapter 21. Arsenic-rich surface and groundwater around eastern parts of Rupnagar district, Punjab, India
Part III. Environmental Contaminants, Impacts and Sustainable Management
Chapter 22. Introduction to Part III: Environmental Contaminants, Risk Assessment and Remediation
Chapter 23. Dynamics of ultra-fine particles in indoor and outdoor environments: a modelling approach to study the evolution of particle characteristics
Chapter 24. Environmental impacts of coal-mining and coal-fired power-plant activities in a developing country with global context
Chapter 25. Overview of Indoor air pollution: A human health perspective
Chapter 26. Mineralogy and Morphological characterization of Technogenic Magnetic Particles (TMP) from industrial dust: Insights into environmental implications
Chapter 27. Pesticides: Recent Updates on Types Toxicity and Bioremediation Strategies
Chapter 28. Commonly available plant neem (Azadirachtaindica A. Juss) ameliorates dimethoate induced toxicity in climbing perch Anabas testudineus
Chapter 29. Estimating Particulate Matter concentrations from MODIS AOD considering meteorological parameters using Random Forest Algorithm
Chapter 30 Bio-monitoring and bioremediation of a trans-boundary river in India: Functional roles of benthic mollusks and fungi
Chapter 31 Assessing the Maximum Aerobic Biodegradation Potential of Leaf Litter, an Organic Fraction of Municipal Solid Waste, Under Optimum Nutrient Conditions
Chapter 32. Rising trend of air pollution and its decadal consequences on meteorology and thermal comfort over Gangetic West Bengal, India. - DigitalWilliam E. Schiesser.Summary: The focus of this book is a detailed discussion of a dual cancer vaccine (CV)-immune checkpoint inhibitor (ICI) mathematical model formulated as a system of partial differential equations (PDEs) defining the spatiotemporal distribution of cells and biochemicals during tumor growth. A computer implementation of the model is discussed in detail for the quantitative evaluation of CV-ICI therapy. The coding (programming) consists of a series of routines in R, a quality, open-source scientific computing system that is readily available from the internet. The routines are based on the method of lines (MOL), a general PDE algorithm that can be executed on modest computers within the basic R system. The reader can download and use the routines to confirm the model solutions reported in the book, then experiment with the model by varying the parameters and modifying/extending the equations, and even studying alternative models with the PDE methodology demonstrated by the CV-ICI model. Spatiotemporal Modeling of Cancer Immunotherapy: Partial Differential Equation Analysis in R facilitates the use of the model, and more generally, computer- based analysis of cancer immunotherapy mathematical models, as a step toward the development and quantitative evaluation of the immunotherapy approach to the treatment of cancer.
Contents:
Fixed Boundary PDE Model Formulation
Fixed Boundary PDE Model Implementation
Fixed Boundary PDE Model Output
Moving Boundary PDE Model Implementation
Moving Boundary PDE Model Output
Index. - Digital[edited by] Allen Gabriel, G. Patrick Maxwell, Maurice Y. Nahabedian, Toni Storm.Summary: "As mentioned, with the many changes in breast surgery during the last two decades and the increasing need for interspecialty collaboration and cooperation, the seeds of this book were thus sown. I saw an opportunity to write and edit a unifying text/atlas that embraced the plastic surgery principles as espoused by Gilles and Millard and yet span the entire breadth of this discipline from breast oncology to breast augmentation. At the same time, in the Millard tradition, my goal is to show others that beautiful or normal-looking results are not only obtainable but critical for this important area. This book is thus written for plastic surgeons, general surgeons, gynecologists, oncologists, or anyone else who is looking for a unified source of information for practical and principled surgical management of the breast. Although the section dealing with oncology is primary text in nature, most of the remaining chapters are in atlas format, thus allowing the reader to pursue the surgical approach espoused within the text. In total, there are over 130 chapters with over 150 contributing authors. In order to have the most expertise in as many areas as possible, we chose a multiauthored approach to the subject rather than a single-authored text"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2021
- Digital/PrintDigital Access Google Books 1914-
- PrintPrint
- DigitalColin J. McCarthy, T. Gregory Walker, Rafael Vazquez.Contents:
Cover image
Title page
Table of Contents
Copyright
Dedications
Contributing Authors
Preface
Acknowledgments
Sections
Section 1: Introduction
Chapter 1: Treatment of Acute and Periprocedural Pain
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Tables
Chapter 2: Pain Neuroanatomy
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Tables
Chapter 3: Visceral Pain
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 4: Opioid Reduction Strategies
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Tables
Chapter 5: Acute on Chronic Cancer Pain
Key Facts Key Images
Main Text
Tables
Chapter 6: Pediatric Pain
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 7: Shared Decision-Making in Analgesia
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Tables
Section 2: Acute Pain Treatment Modalities
Chapter 8: Peripheral Nerve Blocks
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Tables
Section 3: Chronic Pain Treatment Modalities
Chapter 9: Blocks for Chronic Pain: Facet and Nerve
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 10: Thermal Ablation for Malignancy-Associated Pain
Key Facts
Key Images Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 11: Spinal Cord Stimulator
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Section 4: Imaging Modalities
Chapter 12: Radiography
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 13: Ultrasound
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 14: Computed Tomography
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 15: Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Chapter 16: Radiation Safety
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Tables
Image Gallery Chapter 17: Contrast Agents
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Section 5: Head, Neck, and Upper Extremity
Chapter 18: Functional Anatomy of Head and Neck
Main Text
Image Gallery
Acute Pain Procedures
Chapter 19: Cervical Epidural
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 20: Brachial Plexus Nerve Block
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Video Gallery
Chapter 21: Upper Extremity Blocks
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chronic Pain Procedures Chapter 22: Scalp Block for Migraines and Facial Pain
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Chapter 23: Temporomandibular Joint Injection
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Image Gallery
Chapter 24: Trigger Points
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Chapter 25: Stellate Ganglion Blocks
Key Facts
Key Images
Main Text
Video Gallery
Section 6: Thorax and Chest Wall
Chapter 26: Functional Anatomy of Thorax and Chest Wall
Main Text
Image Gallery
Acute Pain Procedures
Chapter 27: Erector Spinae Plane Block
Key Facts
Key Images
Main TextDigital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020 - DigitalSantiago Martínez-Jiménez, Melissa L. Rosado-de-Christenson, Brett W. Carter.Digital Access Ovid 2017
- Digital/Printnach Vorlesungen bearb. von Dr. Wilhelm v. Leube ...Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Jamieson A. Copsey, Simon A. Black, James J. Groombridge, Carl G. Jones.Summary: Biodiversity studied by researching island species recovery and management.Digital Access Cambridge 2018
- Digital/PrintCenter for Disease Control, Biological Products Division, Diagnostic Products Evaluation Branch.Contents:
v. 1. Bacterial, fungal, parasitic.Digital Access Google Books 1975- - Digital[edited by] Chun K. Kim, Katherine A. Zukotynski.Contents:
Basic principles of SPECT and SPECT/CT and quality control
Radiopharmaceuticals for clinical SPECT studies
SPECT and SPECT/CT in neuroscience
SPECT/CT for the thyroid and parathyroid glands with cases
SPECT and SPECT/CT for the cardiovascular system
SPECT and SPECT/CT for the respiratory system
SPECT and SPECT/CT in neoplastic disease
SPECT and SPECT/CT for the skeletal system
SPECT/CT for infection and inflammation
SPECT in children
Selected interesting SPECT and SPECT/CT cases.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Radiology 2017 - Digitaledited by Katsuyuki Taguchi, Ira Blevis, Krzysztof Iniewski.Summary: "The book is a comprehensive cover of the latest developments in the most prevalent imaging modality (X-ray Computed Tomography (CT)) in its latest incarnation: Spectral, Dual-Energy and Photon Counting CT. Disadvantages of the conventional single-energy technique used by CT technology are that different materials cannot be distinguished and that the noise is larger. To address these problems, a novel spectral CT concept has been proposed. Spectral dual-energy CT (DE-CT) acquires two sets of spectral data and spectral Photon Counting CT (PC-CT) detects energy of x-ray photons to reveal additional material information of objects by using novel energy-sensitive, photon-counting detectors. The K-edge imaging may be a gateway for functional or molecular CT. The book covers detectors and electronics, image reconstruction methods, image quality assessments, a simulation tool, nanoparticle contrast agents, and clinical applications for spectral CT"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access TandFonline [2020]
- DigitalCarsten H. Meyer, Sandeep Saxena, SriniVas R Sadda, editors.Summary: This book aims to build concepts and create a solid foundation in the field of optical coherence tomography (OCT) for the general ophthalmologists as well as for the resident trainees and fellows. The chapters are written by leading international authorities in a style comprehensible to a broad audience. Numerous clinical pictures and SD-OCT scans help elucidate various clinical entities.OCT is the optical analog of ultrasound imaging and has emerged as a powerful imaging technique that enables non-invasive, in-vivo, high-resolution, cross-sectional imaging in retinal tissue. A new generation spectral domain optical coherence tomography (SD-OCT) technology has now been developed, representing a quantum leap in resolution and speed, achieving in vivo optical biopsy. i.e. the visualization of tissue architectural morphology in situ and in real time. This book encompasses the role of SD-OCT in both medical and surgical macular disorders. The book is meant coherent and comprehensive for both vitreoretinal specialists as well as general ophthalmologists.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalHatem Alkadhi, André Euler, David Maintz, Dushyant Sahani, editors.Summary: This book, edited by leading experts in radiology, offers a state-of-the-art overview of the specifics and the added value of dual-energy, multi-energy, and spectral computed tomography (CT). Latest advances and upcoming innovations such as photon-counting detector CT are covered by renown experts in the field. The entire spectrum of clinical applications of dual-energy and spectral CT throughout the body is covered. Book chapters are written by expert authors with a background in physics and radiology and are richly illustrated with high quality figures, graphical illustrations, and tables. The first section covers background issues and the most relevant technical aspects of the technique, including a detailed description of the approaches to dual-energy, spectral and photon-counting CT by different vendors of CT scanners. The second part focusses on the use of dual-energy, spectral and photon-counting CT in daily clinical practice, and individual chapters are devoted to imaging of the brain, cardiovascular system, gastrointestinal tract, abdominal organs, skeletal system, and the chest. The focus of the book ensures that it will be of interest for a multidisciplinary forum of readers comprising radiologists, medical physicists, and other medical professionals and scientists being interested in cutting edge CT imaging.
Contents:
Part I: Technical Principles
Material Decomposition and Post-Processing History and Basic Principles
Dual-Energy - The Siemens Approach
Dual-Energy The Philips Approach
Dual-Energy - The GE Approach
Dual Energy The Canon Approach
Basic Principles and Clinical Applications of Photon-Counting CT
Contrast Media for Modern Computed Tomography
Part II: Clinical Applications
Neuroradiological Imaging
Head and Neck Imaging
Clinical Applications in Cardiac Imaging
Dual- Energy CT Angiography
Thoracic Imaging: Ventilation/Perfusion
Thoracic Oncology
Gastrointestinal Imaging: Oncology (Liver, Pancreas, Bowel Cancer and Treatment Response)
Gastrointestinal Imaging: Liver Fat and Iron Quantification
Bowel Imaging
Role of Dual Energy Computed Tomography (DECT) in an Acute Abdomen
Spectral Computed Tomography Imaging of the Adrenal Glands
Urogenital Imaging: Kidneys (Lesion Characterization)
Urogenital Imaging: Kidneys Urinary Stones
Skeletal Imaging: Bones
Gout
Dual-Energy CT in Radiation Oncology
The Future of Spectral CT - Radiomics and Beyond
Photon-Counting CT: Initial Clinical Experience. - DigitalSylvia L. Asa, Stefano La Rosa, Ozgur Mete, editors.Summary: Neuroendocrine neoplasms comprise a large family of proliferative lesions that involve almost every part of the body. Our understanding of their cells of origin as well as the pathology, pathophysiology and genetics of these neoplasms has made tremendous advances in the last few decades. While they are often discussed as separate entities in textbooks of gastroenteropancreatic pathology and pulmonary pathology, their scope is much broader. The book conveys the similarities and differences of these fascinating tumors that may be found from the hypothalamus and pituitary to the rectum, and in soft tissue as well as in many organs. Written by experts in the field, the authors emphasize their structural, functional, predictive and prognostic features and attempt to provide the clinical context that allows improved diagnosis and therapy while building on the genetics that clarifies patterns of inheritance and predisposition to tumor development through precursor lesions. The Spectrum of Neuroendocrine Neoplasia provides a broad overview of neuroendocrine neoplasms using a practical approach to diagnosis, histological classification and therapy, and presents the most important and significant developments of the technologies used to diagnose, classify and treat them.
- Digital[edited by] Ryan C. Branski, Sonja M. Molfenter.Summary: Speech-Language Pathology Casebook by Ryan Branski, Sonja Molfenter, and an impressive array of contributors presents a diverse spectrum of cases covering communication, voice, and swallowing disorders in children and adults. Readers are provided with rich and varied narratives underscoring the fact that clinical intervention of speech-language disorders is an art form based on science. Evidence-based assessments and treatments cover a variety of settings including medical inpatient, outpatient, and skilled nursing facility; home health; school; community-based; and private practice. Eighty cases following a standardized format encompass a wide range of congenital and acquired disorders spanning the age continuum. Each case includes a clinical history and description, evaluations/testing, diagnosis, treatment, outcomes, questions and answers, suggested readings, and references. With invaluable firsthand insights from practitioners, this unique resource enhances the ability to develop effective, patient-informed interventions.Digital Access Thieme MedOne ComSci [2020]
- DigitalKelly Vess, MA.Summary: "Children with speech sound disorders are at higher risk of academic failure, behavioral difficulties, motor impairments, language delays, and literacy deficits. Speech Sound Disorders: Comprehensive Evaluation and Treatment by Kelly Vess provides the necessary tools to use research-based practices when diagnosing and treating preschoolers. Sophisticated yet readerfriendly, this interactive book is certain to revolutionize the methodology therapists use to treat children with these disorders and globally improve outcomes. Through a step-by-step process, readers will learn to critically review and evaluate research in practice. Guidance is provided on how to create educationally rich activities to comprehensively treat children with speech sound disorders. Readers will not only learn how to integrate research into practice, but also how to research their own practices to continually grow as professionals and advance the field. In addition, invaluable insights are provided on how to make efficient use of limited therapy time by targeting executive function, social communication, motor skills, language skills, and literacy skills while treating children with speech sound disorders"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne ComSci [2021]
- Digital/PrintAyọ̀bámi Adébáyọ̀.Summary: "A dazzling story of modern Nigeria and two people caught in the riptides of wealth, power, poverty, and corruption, by the celebrated author of Stay With Me"-- Provided by publisher. Eniola is tall for his age, a boy who looks like a man. Because his father has lost his job, Eniola spends his days running errands for the local tailor, collecting newspapers, begging when he must, dreaming of a big future. Wuraola is a golden girl, the perfect child of a wealthy family. Now an exhausted young doctor in her first year of practice, she is beloved by Kunle, the volatile son of an ascendant politician. When a local politician takes an interest in Eniola and sudden violence shatters a family party, Wuraola and Eniola's lives become intertwined. In her breathtaking second novel, Ayobami Adebayo shines her light on Nigeria, on the gaping divide between the haves and the have-nots, and the shared humanity that lives in between.Digital Access 2023Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
- DigitalMariano G. Buffone, editor.Contents:
Preface
The acrosome reaction: a historical perspective
The acrosomal matrix
Role of ion channels in the sperm acrosome reaction
The molecules of sperm exocytosis
Sperm capacitation and acrosome reaction in mammalian sperm
Lipid regulation of acrosome exocytosis
Role of actin cytoskeleton during mammalian sperm acrosomal exocytosis
Site of mammalian sperm acrosome reaction.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digital[edited by] Jeffrey tome Jensen, Mitchell Creinin.Summary: "This practical handbook is a current, reliable, and readable guide to today's contraceptive options. The authors provide the essential information that clinicians and patients need to choose the best contraceptive method for the patient's age and medical, social, and personal characteristics. The book concisely covers all available drugs and devices. Each contraceptive method is covered in a single chapter that includes history of the contraceptive, method of action, pharmacology (when applicable), contraindications, and use"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Contraception, Population, and the Environment / Jeffrey Jensen and Mitchell D. Creinin
Reproduction and Hormonal Contraception / Mitchell D. Creinin and Jeffrey Jensen
Interpreting Evidence and Creating Clinical Guidance on Contraception / Kathryn M. Curtis and David Hubacher
Permanent Contraception / Aileen Gariepy and Rebecca H. Allen
Implant Contraception / Rebecca Cohen and Stephanie B. Teal
Intrauterine Contraception / Jennifer E. Kaiser and David K. Turok
Combined Hormonal Contraception / Carolyn Westhoff, Surya Cooper and Ian Bishop
Injectable Contraception / Laneta Dorflinger and Sharon L. Achilles
Shorter-Acting Progestin-Only Contraception / Elizabeth Micks and Sarah Prager
Barrier Methods of Contraception / Jill Schwartz
Behavioral Methods of Contraception / Anita L. Nelson and Diana C. Sokol
Emergency Contraception / Alison Edelman and Nora DotyDigital Access Ovid 2020 - DigitalHugh S. Taylor, Lubna Pal, Emre Seli.Summary: "In the United States, approximately 15% of all couples will face fertility difficulties, many of whom will go on to a reproductive disorder diagnosis. OB/GYNs specialize in reproductive endocrinology & infertility through a fellowship track after their residency. Today there are approximately 500 reproductive endocrinologists in addition to 800 who are board-eligible. Written in a clear and concise voice, Clinical Gynecologic Endocrinology and Infertility provides a complete explanation of the female endocrine system and offers medical guidance for evaluation and treatment of common disorders"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2020
- DigitalYoshiaki Kawashima.Summary: This book describes the principles and applications of the spherical crystallization technique, from the standpoint of its inventor. After an introduction on the history of particle design engineering and nanotechnology, the concept of spherical crystallization itself is clearly explained. Attention then turns to the application of spherical crystallization in pharmaceutical processes. It is explained how the technique can provide physicochemical properties suitable for direct tableting of active pharmaceutical ingredients and how it has enabled the development of a novel particulate design platform from single to complex system. Subsequent chapters describe the roles of polymeric spherical crystallization in the preparation of novel microspheres, microballoons for drug delivery systems (DDS) and the development of biocompatible and biodegradable poly(D, L-lactide-co-glycolide) (PLGA) nanospheres. The various applications of PLGA nanospheres composite within oral-, pulmonary-, transdermal DDS and cosmetics are fully discussed. Finally, future perspectives are presented on use of the technology in the design and industrial-scale manufacture of new drug delivery systems, highlighting how a continuous pharmaceutical process that meets US Food and Drug Administration quality requirements should soon be introduced.
Contents:
Introduction
Concept of spherical crystallization
Paradigm shifted pharmaceutical process introduced by spherical crystallization
Particulate-design platform developed by the Advanced Spherical Crystallization System
Development of Novel Microsphere and Microballoon DDS by Polymeric Spherical Crystallization
Development of PLGA Nanopsphere for Drug Delivery System (DDS) Prepared by Polymeric Spherical Crystallization
Application of PLGA NSs to cosmetics
Future perspectives of PLGA nanospheres for advanced DDSs and continuous preparation systems for spherical crystallizers. - Digitaledited by Chad A. Mirkin.Summary: "Spherical nucleic acids (SNAs) comprise a nanoparticle core and a densely packed and highly oriented nucleic acid shell. They have novel structure-dependent properties that differ from those of linear nucleic acids that makes them useful in chemistry, biology, the life sciences, medicine, materials science, and engineering." Back cover.Digital Access TandFonline [2020]
- DigitalXian-Cheng Jiang, editor.Summary: This book provides an up-to-date review of the fundamentals of sphingolipid metabolism and its role in metabolic diseases. Focusing on the sphingolipid de novo synthesis pathway, the effect of sphingomyelin, ceramide, and sphingosine-1-phosphate, and linkage between sphingolipids and other lipids, such as cholesterol, it covers serine palmitoyltransferase, ceramide synthases, ceramidases, sphingosine kinases, and sphingomyelin synthases, and more. While highlighting how rare diseases related to abnormal glycosphingolipid metabolism, this publication introduces sphingolipid metabolism-related diseases, such as lung diseases and cancers, as well as sphingolipid circadian regulation. The book demonstrates advances and limitations of research on sphingolipid metabolism and its roles in metabolic diseases and other diseases. It offers graduate students and researchers a coherent overview of sphingolipids, as well as the limitations of current research in the field, and promotes further studies on metabolic diseases, as well as pharmaceutical research on drug discovery based on sphingolipid de novo synthase.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Sphingolipids and Cholesterol
Chapter 2: Sphingolipids in adipose: kin or foe?
Chapter 3: De novo sphingolipid biosynthesis in atherosclerosis
Chapter 4: Serine Palmitoyltransferase Subunit 3 and Metabolic Diseases
Chapter 5: Molecular mechanisms of sphingolipid transport on plasma lipoproteins
Chapter 6: Sphingosine 1-phosphate metabolism and signaling
Chapter 7: Sphingomyelin synthase family and phospholipase Cs
Chapter 8: Sphingolipid metabolism and signaling in endothelial cell functions
Chapter 9: Cholesterol metabolism in chronic kidney disease: physiology, pathologic mechanisms, and treatment
Chapter 10: Sphingolipids and asthma
Chaper 11: Manifold Roles of Ceramide Metabolism in Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease and Liver Cancer
Chapter 12: Drug development in the field of sphinogolipid metabolism
Chapter 13: Rare diseases in glycosphingolipid metabolism. - Digital/PrintMichael B.A. Oldstone, Hugh Rosen, editors.Summary: "This volume focuses on the role of sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) and its analogs in the induced sequestration of lymphocytes in secondary lymphoid organs or in the microenvironment of tissues involved in infection or autoimmune disease. Initial chapters define the pathways to understand S1P signaling. They cover the organization of signaling systems, the structural biology of the S1P1 receptor, and the chemical and genetic tools that are available and useful to explore this area of research and therapeutics. The later chapters highlight S1P and endothelial integrity, lymphocyte migration in the spleen, and S1P agonist in controlling immunopathologic manifestations of acute respiratory influenza virus infection (in the lung), and its accompanying cytokine storm as well as immunopathologic disease of the central nervous system, including the beginning of treatments in multiple sclerosis. One chapter reveals the possible involvement of other lipid molecules, their use for better understanding lipid signaling, and their potential in the modulation of immune responses."--Publisher's website.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalJean Marc Vital, Derek T. Cawley, editors.Summary: This richly illustrated and comprehensive book covers a broad range of normal and pathologic conditions of the vertebral column, from its embryology to its development, its pathology, its dynamism and its degeneration. The dynamic anatomy of the living subject is viewed using the latest technologies, opening new perspectives to elucidate the pathology of the spine and improve spinal surgery. The respective chapters review in depth all sections of the vertebral column and offer new insights, e.g. the 3D study of vertebral movements using the "EOS system," which makes it possible to define an equilibrium of posture and its limits. New histological and chemical findings on the intervertebral disc, as well as detailed descriptions of the aponeuroses and fasciae, are also provided. Bringing together the experience of several experts from the well-known French school, this book offers a valuable companion for skilled experts and postgraduate students in various fields: orthopedic surgery, neurosurgery, physiotherapy, rheumatology, musculoskeletal therapy, rehabilitation, and kinesiology.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Contents
Part I: Phylogenesis and Ontogenesis
Comparative Anatomy of the Axial Skeleton of Vertebrates
Introduction
The Organization Plan for the Vertebrates
Adaptive Constraints of the Living Environment
Constraints of the Aquatic Environment
Constraints of the Terrestrial Air Environment
Fish
Terrestrial Vertebrates
Amphibians (About 7000 Species)
Reptiles (Approximately 8950 Species)
The Cervical Spine
Birds (Approximately 10,000 Species)
Mammals (About 5500 Species)
The Cervical Spine
Structure
Movements The Craniovertebral Musculature
Postures
Thoracic Spine and Lumbosacral
Structures
Musculature
Postures
References
Embryology of the Vertebral Column
Genetic and Biochemical Considerations
Embryology of the Vertebromedullary Axis
Early Development
Trilaminar Embryo
The Notochord
Primary Neurulation
Secondary Neurulation
Formation and Differentiation of Somites
References
The Growing Spine
A Mosaic of Growth Cartilage
Vertebral Growth Is Growth by Endochondral Ossification
Embryology Holds First Truths The Fetal Period: The Strongest of All Growth Is the Intra-Uterine Period
Vertebral Curves Are Not Primitive But Acquired
At Birth, 30% of the Spine Is Ossified
The First Five Years of Life Are Decisive: Living Growth
Growth Between 5 Years and the Beginning of the Puberty
Puberty, a Decisive Turn: New Acceleration
Each Level of the Spine: A Different Growth
The Cervical Spine
Central Spinal Canal at the End of Growth
Cervical Spine Height
The Superior Cervical Spine
The Growth of the Atlas (Figs. 27, 28, and 29)
The Growth of the Axis Is Even More Complex The Lower Cervical Spine
The T1-S1 Segment (Figs. 31a, b, 32, and 33)
The Thoracic Spine T1-T12 (Figs. 34 and 35)
The Lumbar Spine L1-L5 (Figs. 36 and 37)
The Sacrum
The Intervertebral Disc
The Growth of the Thorax: 4th Dimension of the Spine
Bodyweight
Parasol Effect
What Size Deficit for Which Arthrodesis?
First Scenario: Arthrodesis of the Thoracic Spine
Second Scenario: Arthrodesis of the Lumbar Spine
All Scoliosis Will in Time Become Identified as a Growth Cartilage Disease
The Growth of the Spine: From Normal to Pathological Managing Infantile Scoliosis Is Controlling the Vilebrequin Effect
Suggested Readings
The Growth Cartilages of the Spine and Pelvic Vertebra
Neurocentral Cartilage (NCC)
The Ring Apophysis
Ossification of the Pelvic Vertebra
Bone Age During Puberty
References
Morphologic and Functional Evolution of the Aging Spine
Age-Related Structural Alterations
The Intervertebral Disc
Structural Modifications
A Fragile Avascular Tissue
A Genetic Predisposition?
Genesis and Contributions to Aging on Histomorphological Features
Aggravating Factors - DigitalLuigi Manfrè, editor.Contents:
Imaging
Biomechanics
Symptoms
CT/X-ray guided technique in lumbar spinal canal stenosis: Spacers
CT/X-ray guided technique in lumbar spinal canal stenosis: MILD
CT/X-ray guided technique in lumbar foramina stenosis.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalWellington K. Hsu, Tyler J. Jenkins, editors.Summary: This concise, user-friendly guide brings together the strongest available evidence with expert recommendations to provide insight into the management of injuries to the athlete's spine, including controversies unique to this area. Divided into three thematic sections, this information will prove invaluable, as many of the real-world questions surrounding care do not have distinct and obvious answers. Considerations for team physician management comprises part I, including on-field assessment of spine injuries and concussion, rehabilitation and return to play, and complications and post-concussion sequelae. The second and third sections discuss injuries to the cervical spine and the thoracolumbar spine, respectively, describing injury evaluation, management, and outcomes in the elite athlete. Spine conditions have been studied extensively in the general population; however, applying this data to the elite athlete is controversial. Numerous external variables make performance of well-designed clinical trials challenging in this population, and consequently evidence-based recommendations are lacking for the athlete's spine. Practical and engaging, Spinal Conditions in the Athlete will be an excellent resource for sports medicine specialists, orthopedic and neurosurgeons, and any clinician treating the active patient.
Contents:
On-Field Assessment and Management of Spine Injuries
Considerations for Spinal Cord Injury in the Athlete
Rehabilitation of the Athlete's Spine
Diagnosis and On-Field Management of Sports-Related Concussion
Return to Play after Sports Concussion
Persistent Post-concussion Symptoms and Long-term Sequelae
Evaluation of Athletes with Neck or Arm Pain
Transient Brachial Plexopathy (Stingers/Burners)
Cervical Cord Neurapraxia
Congenital Cervical Anomalies in Athletes
Cervical Disc Herniation in Athletes
Cervical Stenosis in the Elite Athlete
Cervical Spine Injuries in Athletes
Evaluation of Athletes with Back or Leg Pain
Lumbar Disc Herniation and Degenerative Disc Disease in the Athlete
Lumbar Disc Herniation in the Adolescent Athlete
Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis in Athletes
Traumatic Lumbar Injuries in Athletes
Thoracic Pathology in Athletes. - Digital/PrintDigital Access
- DigitalKenan I. Arnautović, Ziya L. Gokaslan, editors.Summary: This book provides state-of-the-art, in-depth knowledge of spinal cord tumor surgery. After an introduction to the history and etiology of spinal cord tumor treatment, the molecular biology, cytogenetics and pathology of this group of tumors is discussed. The pathological anatomy of spinal cord tumors is described and the book focuses in depth on their diagnosis and the surgical approaches that can be used in their treatment. Microsurgery resection techniques, auxiliary treatment options, prognosis and outcomes of spinal cord, and spinal nerve tumors are all covered in detail. Spinal Cord Tumors is aimed at neurosurgeons and may also be of interest to neurologists, neuro-oncologists, radiologists, physiatrists, pathologists, geneticists, orthopedic surgeons, physical and occupational therapists, and other interested scientists.
- DigitalChristopher J. DeWald, MD, Associate Professor Departments of Orthopedic Surgery and Neurosurgery, Director, Section of Spinal Deformity, Department of Orthopedic Surgery, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois, USA, Ronald L. DeWald, MD, Professor Emeritus, Department of Orthopedic Surgery, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois, USA Founding Member of the Scoliosis Research Society ; associate editors, Ricardo B. V. Fontes, MD, PhD [and three others] .Summary: "Spinal Deformities: The Comprehensive Text, Second Edition, edited by renowned spinal deformity surgeons Christopher J. DeWald and his father Ronald L. DeWald, is a long-awaited, authoritative, one-stop resource that covers the breadth and depth of this specialized field. The first edition textbook edited by Ronald L. DeWald attempted to help formulate a Scoliosis Research Society (SRS) core curriculum for spinal deformity to meet the educational needs of both aspiring and seasoned spine deformity surgeons. This second edition edited by father and son expands and reorganizes the core curriculum concept. Since the publication of the first edition in 2003, significant advancements have been made in this field. This book reflects greater understanding of the mechanics of correction, new implants and techniques that improve three-dimensional correction, emergence of innovative growing constructs for early-onset scoliosis, and introduction of minimally invasive and nonfusion approaches. The textbook features 81 chapters organized into six comprehensive sections: Spinal Anatomy and Evaluation, Spinal Pathologies, Pediatric and Adolescent Spinal Deformity, Adult Spinal Deformity, Spondylolisthesis, and Surgical Considerations and Complications. From perioperative management to intraoperative neuromonitoring techniques, the authors share strategies to enhance patient safety and optimize surgical outcomes. Greatly expanded content covers anatomy, etiologies, pediatric and adult deformities, surgical and nonsurgical treatments, and potential pitfalls"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Robert F. Heary, Todd J. Albert.Contents:
1. The History and Overview of Spinal Deformity
2. Measuring Value in Spinal Deformity Care
3. Intraoperative Neuromonitoring in Spinal Deformity Surgery
4. Anatomy and Evaluation of Spinal Alignment
5. Anatomical Variants with Spinal Deformity
6. The Importance of the Sacrum and Pelvis in Deformity Evaluation and Treatment
7. The Lenke Classification System for Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis
8. Principles of Sagittal Plane Deformity
9. Principles of Coronal Plane Deformity
10. Flexible versus Fixed Spinal Deformity
11. The Natural History of Spinal Deformity
12. Congenital Scoliosis
13. Early-Onset Scoliosis
14. Neuromuscular Scoliosis
15. Anterior Surgery for Thoracic Scoliosis
16. Posterior Approach in Thoracic Deformity
17. Lateral Interbody Fusion Approaches in Spinal Deformity
18. Anterior-Posterior Surgery for Spinal Deformity
19. Minimally Invasive Surgery for Adult Spinal Deformities
20. Scheuermann Kyphosis
21. Technological Advances in Spinal Deformity
22. Surgery for Adult Spinal Deformity
23. Osteotomies and Vertebral Column Resections for Complex Spinal Deformities
24. Adult Spinal Deformity Revision Surgery
25. Surgical Treatment of Spondylolisthesis
26. Prevention and Treatment of Posttraumatic Deformity of the Thoracolumbar Spine
27. Bracing and Nonoperative Treatment of Spinal Deformity.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2014 - DigitalPraveen V. Mummaneni, Paul Park, Charles H. Crawford III, Adam S. Kanter, Steven D. Glassman, editors.Summary: Although there are a number of excellent books dedicated to spinal deformities, this text employs a case-based format which offers the advantage of easy readability. This format will allow the reader to better synthesize the dense information encompassing spinal deformity complications and pearls to avoid them. Example cases highlight the importance of appropriate diagnosis, radiographic assessment, classification, surgical decision making, and complication avoidance. In addition, complication management is emphasized since complications will occur regardless of skill level, experience, or meticulous technique given the complex nature of spinal deformity. Written by key thought leaders, this book not only provides state of the art concepts and techniques but also provides pearls and tips to manage and avoid complications. This book will be useful to the spinal surgeon of any experience level who is interested in optimizing their care for patients with symptomatic spinal deformity. In addition, the concepts presented in this text will be valuable to residents and fellows training in spinal surgery.
Contents:
A Historic Overview of Complications in Spinal Deformity Surgery
Occipital Cervical Surgery Complication
C1-2 Fusion Complication
Mid Cervical Kyphosis Surgery Complication
Cervical Kyphosis (Post-Laminectomy) Surgery Complication
Cervival Osteomyelitis and Kyphosis Complication
Cervical Traumatic Deformity (Bilateral Facet Dislocation) Complication
Cervical Kyphosis (Neuromuscular) Surgery Complication
Cervicothoracic Kyphosis (AS) Surgery Complication
Iatrogenic Cervicothoracic Kyphosis Surgery Complication
Thoracic Scoliosis (AIS) Posterior Surgery Complication
Scheuermann?s Kyphosis Surgery Complication
Thoracic Deformity (Pott?s Disease) Surgery Complication
Thoracolumbar Scoliosis (AIS) Posterior Surgery Complication
Congenital Thoracolumbar Deformity Complication
Thoracolumbar Deformity (Trauma) Surgery Complication
Thoracic Deformity (Tumor) Surgery Complications
Thoracic/Lumbar Deformity (Tumor) MIS Surgery Complication
Lumbar Deformity (Vascular) Surgery Complication
Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) Posterior Surgery Complication
Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) Anterior/Posterior Surgery Complication
Thoracolumbar Deformity MIS (Palsy) Surgery Complication
Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) MIS (Lateral) Surgery Complications
Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) MIS Surgery (PSO/TLIF) Complication
Lumbar Scoliosis (Degenerative) MIS Surgery (PJK) Complication
Lumbar Deformity MIS Lateral (Visceral) Surgery Complication
Thoracolumbar deformity MIS ACR complications
Lumbar Deformity (Infection) Surgery Complication
Sagittal Plane Deformity Surgery?Pedicle Subtraction Osteotomy (PSO) Complication
Sagittal Plane Deformity Surgery (VCR) Complication
Lumbar Deformity Listhesis (Moderate-High grade) Complication
Pediatric Moderate/High Grade Spondylolisthesis Surgery Complication
High Grade Dysplastic Spondylolisthesis Surgery Complication
Sacral Insufficiency Fracture Surgery Complication
Sacral Tumor Surgery Complication. - DigitalJin Woo Shin.Summary: This book introduces a new medical device, the ZiNeu catheter, and explains its use for the non-surgical interventional treatment of degenerative spinal disease, including spinal stenosis. In particular, the device can directly alleviate stenosis of the intervertebral foramen or central canal and perineural adhesions, resulting in reductions in back pain, leg pain, and neurogenic claudication. The ZiNeu device was invented by the author and the JUVENUI company. It now has CE certification and is exportable to Europe. The book opens by explaining the concepts of epidural balloon decompression and adhesiolysis and outlining the types and features of the ZiNeu catheter. The full range of procedures using the ZiNeu series, ZiNeuF series, and the ZiNeuF03 catheter is then described and illustrated, and guidance provided on key aspects of decision making and post-procedure management. The book will be of interest to all specialists in pain management.
Contents:
Chapter 1. The concept of epidural balloon decomrpression and Adhesiolysis
Chapter 2. The types and features of the ZiNeu catheter
Chapter 3. Precautions and notes before the procedure
Chapter 4. Procedures of the ZiNeu series
Chapter 5. Procedures of the ZiNeuF seires
Chapter 6. Procedures of the ZiNeuF03 catheter
Chapter 7. Dura puncture
Chapter 8. Tip for selection of catheter
Chapter 9. Determination of procedure site according to case
Chapter 10. Post-procedure management and prognosis
Chapter 11. Genicular Nerve Radiofrequency Ablation. - DigitalElla Been, Asier Gómez-Olivencia, Patricia Ann Kramer, editors.Summary: The vertebral spine is a key element of the human anatomy. Its main role is to protect the spinal cord and the main blood vessels. The axial skeleton, with its muscles and joints, provides stability for the attachment of the head, tail and limbs and, at the same time, enables the mobility required for breathing and for locomotion. Despite its great importance, the vertebral spine is often over looked by researchers because: a) vertebrae are fragile in nature, which makes their fossilization a rare event; b) they are metameric (seriated and repeated elements) that make their anatomical determination and, thus, their subsequent study difficult; and c) the plethora of bones and joints involved in every movement or function of the axial skeleton makes the reconstruction of posture, breathing mechanics and locomotion extremely difficult. It is well established that the spine has changed dramatically during human evolution. Spinal curvatures, spinal load transmission, and thoracic shape of bipedal humans are derived among hominoids. Yet, there are many debates as to how and when these changes occurred and to their phylogenetic, functional, and pathological implications. In recent years, renewed interest arose in the axial skeleton. New and exciting finds, mostly from Europe and Africa, as well as new methods for reconstructing the spine, have been introduced to the research community. New methodologies such as Finite Element Analysis, trabecular bone analysis, Geometric Morphometric analysis, and gait analysis have been applied to the spines of primates and humans. These provide a new and refreshing look into the evolution of the spine. Advanced biomechanical research regarding posture, range of motion, stability, and attenuation of the human spine has interesting evolutionary implications. Until now, no book that summarizes the updated research and knowledge regarding spinal evolution in hominoids has been available. The present book explores both these new methodologies and new data, including recent fossil, morphological, biomechanical, and theoretical advances regarding vertebral column evolution. In order to cover all of that data, we divide the book into four parts: 1) the spine of hominoids; 2) the vertebral spine of extinct hominins; 3) ontogeny, biomechanics and pathology of the human spine; and 4) new methodologies of spinal research. These parts complement each other and provide a wide and comprehensive examination of spinal evolution.
Contents:
0 Yoel Rak. Introduction
Hominoids
1 Gabrielle E. Russo, Cranial base in Hominoids in relation to posture and locomotion
2 Thierra K. Nalley, Neysa Grider-Potter, Mikel Arlegi, Vertebral morphology in hominoids, posture and locomotion: I-the cervical spine
3 Liza Shapiro, Vertebral morphology in hominoids, posture and locomotion: II-the thoracic and the lumbar spine
4 Masato Nakatsukasa, The spinal plasticity: changes in spinal morphology due to locomotor changes: the example of Japanese macaques
Modern humans
5 Jeannie Bailey, Patricia Kramer, Lumbar lordosis and motion: implications for fossil hominins
6 Eric Castillo, Dan Lieberman, Biomechanical models of the spine, evolutionary perspective
7 Leonid Kalichman, Ella Been, Spinal posture and spinal pathology in modern humans
8 Katherine Whitcome, Sexual dimorphism of the axial skeleton
9 Sandra Martelli, Spinal ontogeny and evolution
Methodology
10 Ella Been, Reconstruction of the spinal curvatures based on skeletal material
11 Markus Bastir, The use of geometric morphometrics in the study of the human spine
12 Kate Robson Brown, Infant vertebral cancellous bone ontogeny (Neanderthals and modern humans)
13 Patricia Kramer, Finite Element Analysis of the vertebral spine- implications to human evolution
Extinct hominins
14 Scott Williams, The spine of Australopith
15 Marc Meyer, The spine of Early Homo
16 Asier Gómez-Olivencia, Ella Been, The spine of Late Homo
17 Martin Haeusler, Spinal paleopathology in hominins
Final chapter, Been et al., Future perspectives into the study of the human spine and its evolution.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digital[edited by] Alaa Abd-Elsayed.Summary: "Spinal Fusion Techniques, a volume in the Atlas of Interventional Pain Management series, is a concise, practical guide that provides clinicians with detailed, step-by-step guidance on how to perform the latest interventional techniques for treating patients with chronic pain as a result of spinal stenosis. This comprehensive, easy-to-follow guide offers expert coverage of how to deliver safe, accurate, and cost-effective pain relief to patients using all clinically useful imaging modalities, including ultrasound-guided techniques and fluoroscopy. With high-quality images and clear, authoritative guidance throughout, it shows exactly how to evaluate the causes of pain, identify the most promising stimulation technique, locate the site with precision, and deliver effective relief"-- Publisher's description.
Contents:
Anatomy of vertebrae
Surgical instruments
Patient selection for minimally invasive spine surgery
Perioperative management and best practices
Minimally invasive posterior lumbar fusion--a novel approach to facet fusion
Posterior spinal fusion
Interspinous fusion with lateral percutaneous technique
Measuring outcomes.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024 - DigitalTheodoros Theodoridis, Juergen Kraemer.Contents:
Basic principles
Diagnostics
Causal orthopedic pain therapy
Symptomatic pain therapy
The spine : anatomy, nociception, and the distribution of pain signals
Special orthopedic injection therapy : contraindications and patient
Information
Cervical injection therapy
Thoracic injection therapy
Lumbar injection therapy
General and specific complications and treatment measures
Multimodal spinal therapy.Digital Access - DigitalLyle Micheli, Cynthia Stein, Michael O'Brien, Pierre d'Hemecourt, editors.Summary: Spinal Injuries and Conditions in Young Athletes provides a comprehensive, in-depth review of the mechanisms and management of back injuries and problems occurring in this ever-growing and active population. Led by Dr. Lyle Micheli and his co-editors, an award-winning group of orthopedists discusses and explores common adolescent spine injuries and procedures, in addition to breakthroughs in gene therapy, tissue engineering, and complex operations. As spine surgery is among the most complex and challenging procedures performed in orthopedics, special considerations and procedures are required in pediatric populations. Since many corrective surgeries run the risk of arthritis later in life, particular efforts must be made in young populations to prevent future injury in a child's adolescence and young adulthood while maximizing return-to-play potential. Chapters cover acute spinal injuries, concussions, overuse injuries, spinal malformations, tumors, infections and inflammatory diseases across the range of athletics, including swimming and combat sports. Spinal Injuries and Conditions in Young Athletes provides an immeasurable guide for back surgery in pediatric populations and will be a go-to resource for practitioners and residents in pediatric orthopedics and sports medicine.
Contents:
1. Anatomy and Development of the Young Spine / Brian A. Kelly and Brian Snyder
2. The Young Athlete's Spinal Mechanics / Robert A. Donatelli and Michael S. Thurner
3. Acute Thoracic and Lumbar Injuries / Michael P. Glotzbecker and Daniel J. Hedequist
4. Acute Cervical Spine Injuries / Robert V. Cantu and Robert C. Cantu
5. Concussion in Youth Sports / Cynthia J. Stein and William P. Meehan III
6. Adolescent Overuse Spine Injuries / Michael O'Brien and Pierre d'Hemecourt
7. Throwing Sports and Injuries Involving the Young Athlete's Spine / Peter Kriz
8. Spine Injuries in Collision/Heavy Contact Sports / Deborah I. Light and Hamish A. Kerr
9. Spine Injuries in the Aesthetic Athlete / Bridget J. Quinn
10. Swimming and the Spine / Erika B. Persson and Merrilee Zetaruk
11. Spinal Injuries in Combat Sports / Merrilee Zetaruk
12. Principles of Rehabilitation / Michellina Cassella, Carl Gustafson and Pierre d'Hemecourt
13. Congenital Spine Malformations and Sports Implications / Kristin S. Livingston and John B. Emans
14. The Young Athlete with Down Syndrome / Benjamin J. Shore
15. Spinal Deformity: Presentation, Treatment and Return to Sport / M. Timothy Hresko
16. Intrinsic Spinal Cord Abnormalities in Sport / Edward R. Smith and Mark R. Proctor
17. Metabolic Spinal Disorders in the Young Athlete / Naomi J. Brown and Kathryn E. Ackerman
18. Infectious and Inflammatory Diseases Affecting the Young Athlete's Spine / Lionel N. Metz, Derek Thomas Ward and Aenor J. Sawyer
19. Spine Tumors in the Young Athlete / Megan E. Anderson
20. Return to Play After Spinal Surgery / Robert G. Watkins, III and Robert G. Watkins, IV
21. Adaptive Sport / David M. Popoli
22. The Spine in Skeletal Dysplasia / Lawrence I. Karlin. - DigitalLuigi Manfrè, editor.Summary: This easy-to-consult guide describes new minimally invasive procedures for the treatment of spinal instability that are accompanied by fewer complications and side-effects, reduce the risks of anesthesia, and lower costs. Clear accounts of a range of CT, X-ray, and MRI guided techniques are provided, including radiofrequency ablation in facet syndrome, cervical spine fusion, posterior and anterior lumbar spine fusion, and lumbosacral fusion. A brief but comprehensive introduction is included on biomechanics, relevant clinical syndromes, and diagnostic imaging. Like other books in the Springer series New Procedures in Spinal Interventional Neuroradiology, this practice-oriented volume will fill a significant gap in the literature and meet the need expressed by a large number of specialists (interventional neuroradiologists and radiologists, neurosurgeons, and orthopedists) for a topical and handy guide that specifically illustrates the presently available materials and methods.
Contents:
1. Biomechanics and Instability
2. Radiology I- X-ray and CT
3. Radiology II- MRI
4. CT/X-ray guided technique in posterior lumbar spine fusion (PIF,TFF, IFF)
5. Anterior and lateral approaches to the lumbar spine
6. CT/X-ray guided thermal ablation in spinal facets and sacroiliac joint syndrome disease
7. CT/X-ray guided technique in sacral fusion.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digital[edited by] Daniel H. Kim, Alexander R. Vaccaro, Richard G. Fessler, Kris Radcliff.Digital Access
- DigitalYan Wang, Oheneba Boachie-Adjei, Lawrence Lenke, editors.Summary: Spinal osteotomy techniques have been dramatically applied as a standard method for severe and rigid spinal deformity. Although clinical results indicate that patients who undergo osteotomy procedures typically experience well deformity correction and ameliorate the clinical appearance, aggressive peri-operative risks and follow-up complications are not rare. More meticulous and standard indication selection, osteotomy plan design and complication prevention strategy and outcome evaluation are critically needed for surgeon majored in spine deformity. The book Spinal Osteotomy is divided into sections that focus on principles of spinal osteotomy, technical and case illustration and outcomes and complications as well as computer navigation and other latest techniques. Each section is heavily illustrated and clearly written for ease of understanding. Orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeon residents and fellows who want to focus on spinal deformity correction will find this instructive and invaluable. Editor Yan Wang is a professor and dean of orthopedics department, Chinese PLA general hospital, China. Oheneba Boachie-Adjei, MD, is Chief of the Scoliosis Service, Hospital for Special Surgery, New York, NY, USA. Lawrence G. Lenke MD, is Professor and Chief of the Department of Orthopedic Surgery, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO, USA.
Contents:
History of spine osteotomy
Clinical and radiographic evaluation
How to determine the levels of osteotomy
Indications for spinal osteotomy
Anesthesia for spine osteotomy surgery
History of Spinal Osteotomy for Thoraco-Lumbar Kyphosis in Ankylosing Spondylitis
Smith-Peterson osteotomy and Ponte osteotomy
Pedicle Subtraction Osteotomy (PSO)
Posterior Vertebral Column Resection (VCR) for Complex Spinal Deformities
Posterior vertebral column decancellation
Hemivertebrae Excision: Technique for Congenital Spine Deformity
The Management of Thoracolumbar Kyphotic Deformity in Ankylosing Spondylitis
Rod Link Reducer Posterior System for Vertebral Column Resection: A Porcine Model
Proximal and Distal Junctional Fixation Technique
Optimizing Safety in Spinal Deformity Surgery
Outcomes of treatment of severe spinal deformity using spinal Outcomes of Treatment of Severe Spinal Deformity Using Spinal Osteotomy
Preoperative and Postoperative Care Including Use of Halo Gravity Traction
Functional Evaluation of Spinal Osteotomy
Neurological deficit after spinal osteotomy
Revision Surgery following Osteotomy
Important Research Principles in the field of Spinal Osteotomy. - DigitalHuizhong Tian, Yuan Ma, Jingming Xie, Yingsong Wang, editors.Summary: Spinal Osteotomy Orthopaedics is a monograph of introducing osteotomy for spinal deformity correction surgery. Its content is prominent and comprehensive. The unique arrangement with the combination of picture and text shows its concise, intuitive and vivid. It is a monograph for the needs of current clinical practice with quite reference value and teaching significance. The publication of Spinal Osteotomy Orthopaedics expands the scope of application of osteotomy and the combined treatment with osteotomy and internal fixation. It solved the difficult problems only by simple instruments in the past and made the spinal osteotomy further recognized by spinal surgeons in clinical application. Spinal Osteotomy Orthopaedics is composed of 13 chapters, including: History of the Development of Spinal Osteotomy, Application of Tian's Spinal Osteotomes, Transverse Laminectomy for Ankylosing Spondylitis Kyphosis, V-shape Laminectomy for Ankylosing Kyphosis, Pedicle Subtraction Osteotomy for Ankylosing Kyphosis Deformity, Vertebral Column Resection for Ankylosing Spondylitis Kyphosis, Non-apex Osteotomy for ASK, Apex Osteotomy for AS Kyphosis, Spinal Osteotomy for Congenital Angular Kyphosis, Hemivertebra Osteotomy, Osteotomy for Tuberculosis Angular Kyphosis, Posterior Vertebral Column Resection (PVCR) Correction for Severe Rigid Spinal Deformity, Osteotomy for Traumatic Spinal Deformity. They are various surgical methods of spinal osteotomy with Tian's Osteotomes, and also described in detail by pictures and text. The feature of this book is to illustrate the method of surgical operation to achieve the purpose of enabling beginners to quickly grasp the surgical skills. A good book is a set of handy tools dedicated to the reader. We believed that readers will benefit from it and improve the ability and application level of spinal osteotomy and surgery.
Contents:
History of Spinal Osteotomy
The application of Tian spinal osteotomes. -Transverse laminosteotomy for ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis
V-shaped laminosteotomy for ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis
Subtotal osteotomy of arch and vertebral for ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis
Total spinal osteotomy for ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis
Non-apex osteotomy orthopaedics for AS kyphosis
Apex osteotomy orthopaedics for AS kyphosis
Osteotomy Orthopaedics for congenital angular kyphosis
Hemivertebral osteotomy resection.-Osteotomy orthopaedics for tuberculous angular kyphosis
PVCR for severe rigid spinal deformity
Osteotomy orthopaedics for traumatic spinal deformity. - Digital[edited by] Todd J. Albert, Thomas A. Zdeblick.Summary: "Part of the highly regarded Master Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery® series,The Spine, Fourth Edition, is a concise, lavishly illustrated reference covering the most advanced, successful surgical techniques for the spine-all in step-by-step detail. Edited by Drs. Todd J. Albert and Thomas A. Zdeblick, this fully revised edition presents the preferred techniques of surgical masters, illustrated with sequential, surgeon's-eye view intraoperative photographs, as well as superb drawings by noted medical illustrators. New contributing authors and new and rewritten chapters keep you fully up to date with recent changes in the field. Provides the up-to-date guidance you need to face the challenges of spinal surgery with confidence-helping you minimize error, improve outcomes and increase patient safety Features a new chapter on Mini ALIF and Oblique Anterior Lumbar Retroperitoneal Approach, as well as up-to-date coverage of robotics and technological advances Covers indications and contraindications, pitfalls and potential complications, pertinent surgical anatomy, and pearls and tips for improving results Includes abundant full-color photographs of surgical practice and clear illustrations that reveal areas not visible to the surgeon during a procedure Helps you acquire both knowledge and skill as you master the art and science of spine surgery with guidance from leading orthopaedic surgeons Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library [2024]
- Digitalbook editors, Christopher M. Bono, Andrew J. Schoenfeld.Contents:
Section I. Examination and diagnostics
Section II. Trauma
Section III. Infection
Section IV. Tumors
Section V. Degenerative Disorders
Section VI. Spinal Deformity
Section VII. Metabolic and Inflammatory Disorders
Section VIII. Surgical Approaches and Techniques
Section IX. General Knowledge.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - Digitaledited by Thomas A. Zdeblick, M.D., AA McBeath Professor and Chairman, Department of Orthopedics and Rehabilitation, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin, Todd J. Albert, M.D., Richard H. Rothman Professor and Chairman, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Professor Of Neurosurgery, Thomas Jefferson University and Hospitals, President, the Rothman Institute, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.Summary: Now in its Third Edition, this volume in the Master Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery Series combines the step-by-step procedural guidance that readers have come to know with new and updated discussions of specific procedures. The text's how-to format helps readers face the challenges of spinal surgery with confidence. NEW to the Third Edition: Six new chapters address Transpedicular Fixation, Anterior Cervical Arthroplasty, Lateral Lumbar Interbody Fusion, and Lumbar Disc Arthroplasty. Expanded coverage of neurologic issues in spinal surgery broadens the text's scope and assists in presurgical planning and choice of technique.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
- Printfounding editors, Richard H. Rothman and Frederick A. Simeone.
- DigitalKern Singh, MD.Summary: "Kern Singh and contributors will present a concise review of key principles of spine surgery: anatomy, clinical evaluation, imaging, diagnostic tests, and select procedures. The chapters will provide broad conceptual overviews of specific topics with end-of-chapter questions to emphasize key subjects within each chapter. This style is appropriate for medical students and postgraduate trainees to function as a primer for their spine surgery rotations. It offers a condensed and high-yield review of spinal healthcare. Also, key high-impact citations will be provided with a summary at the end of each chapter. We have had good success with small books on the spine. This book should follow that pattern"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Neuroanatomy and physiology / Jacob V. DiBattista, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, and Kern Singh
General spine anatomy and long tract pathways / Jacob V. DiBattista, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Atlanto-occipital anatomy / Suzanne LaBelle, Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Cervical spine anatomy / Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Phillip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Thoracic spine / Catherine Maloney, Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Lumbar spine anatomy / Melissa G. Goczalk, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Sacral spine / Antonios Varelas, Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain,Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Spinal history and physical examination / Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Junyoung Ahn, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Common radiographic measurements / Dustin H. Massel, Benjamin C. Mayo, William W. Long, Krishna D. Modi, Kern Singh
Cervical disc disease / Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Lumbar disc disease / Fady Y. Hijji, Ankur S. Narain, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Scoliosis / Lauren M. Sadowsky, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hijji, hilip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Spinal trauma and fractures / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Primary and metastatic spinal tumors / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Spinal infections / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Pediatrics / Jonathan Markowitz, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Anterior cervical discectomy and fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Posterior cervical laminoplasty with intrumentation / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Posterior cervical laminectomy and fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Open posterolateral lumbar fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Anterior lumbar interbody fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Minimally invasive transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Lateral lumbar interbody fusion / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Surgical complications / Ikechukwu Achebe, Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh
Common medical complications following routine spinal surgery / Ankur S. Narain, Fady Y. Hiji, Philip K. Louie, Daniel D. Bohl, Kern Singh.Digital Access - Digitaledited by Shivani Gupta, Daniel M. Sciubba, Mark M. Mikhael, Savvas Nicolaou.Summary: This volume features multi-modality imaging studies and management guidance of spine pathologies for the consulting radiologist as well as the neurologist, orthopedist, or emergency clinician diagnosing and managing spinal patients.Digital Access Oxford 2016
- PrintEfrat Saraf-Lavi.
- Digitaleditor, Andrew C. Hecht, Chief, Spine Surgery, Mount Sinai Hospital and Mount Sinai Health System, Director, Mount Sinai Spine Center, Associate Professor Orthopaedic and Neurosurgery, Mt. Sinai Medical Center and Icahn school of Medicine, New York, New York.Contents:
General. The epidemiology of spine injuries in athletes / Barrett Boody, Brett D. Rosehnthal, Shah-Nawaz M. Dodwad, Alpesh A. Patel
Biomechanics of the spine in sports and prevention considerations / Eeric Truumees, Erik E. Swartz
Rehabilitation of athletes after spine injury and spine surgery / Robert G. Watkins, Michael Kordecki
On-field evaluation and transport of the injured athlete / Tristan B. Weir, Michael J. Cendoma, Ehsan Jazini, Kelley E. Banagan, Steven C. Ludwig
Spinal cord injury: pharmacologic agents, thermal cooling, and timing of interventions / Allan R. Martin, Michael G. Fehlings
Diagnostic imaging of sports-related spinal disorders / Mitchel B. Harris, Micah Blais
Spine injuries in pediatric athletes / John M. Flynn, Mark A. Seeley, Artistides I. Cruz, Jr.
Role of the spine surgeon with professional sports teams, agents, and coaches / Robert G. Watkins. Cervical spine injuries in athletes. Differential diagnosis of upper extremity disorders (neck and arm pain) / Laith Al-Shihabi, Howard S. An
Stingers and burners / Andrew B. Dossett
Cervical cord neuropraxia / Frank H. Valone III, K. Daniel Riew
Cervical disk herniation in athletes / Andrew C. Hecht, Steven McAnany, Sheeraz Qureshi
Congenital cervical anomalies and special needs athletes / Jun Sup Kim, Evan Baird, Lindsay Andras, Nomaan Ashraf
Degenerative disorders of the cervical spine and cervical stenosis / Kevin L. Ju, John G. Heller
Fractures of the cervical spine and spinal cord injuries / Gregory D. Schroeder, Tristan Fried, Christie Stawicki, Peter Deluca, Alexander R. Vaccaro. Lumbar spine. Incidence of low back pain in athletes and differential diagnosis and evaluation of athletes with back or leg pain / Kenneth Nwosu, Christopher M. Bono
Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis in immature and adult athletes / Rahul Basho, Andre M. Jakoi, Jeffrey C. Wang
Lumbar disk herniation in immature and adult athletes / Tyler J. Jenkins, Willington Hsu
Lumbar degenerative disk disease and spinal stenosis in athletes / Heath P. Gould, Colin M. Haines, William J. Kemp, Timothy T. Roberts, Thomas Mroz
Piriformis syndrome, sacral stress fractures, and hip labral disorders / Diana Patterson, Brian Neri, Alexis Chiang Colvin
Lumbar spine disorders in aging athletes / Gordon R. Bell
Thoracic injuries and pain syndromes in athletes / Tanvir Choudhri, Haroon Fiaz Choudhri, Julian E. Bailes, Jr. Concussion. Concussion: introduction-the controversy / Vin Shen Ban, Richard G. Ellenbogen, H. Hunt Batjer
Definitions of sports concussion, initial diagnosis, and on-field evaluation / Leah G. Concannon, Brian C. Liem, Stanley A. Herring
Determining short-term prognosis and return to play / Margot Putukian, Siatta B. Dunbar
Neuropsychological testing in the treatment and management of sport-related concussion / Melissa A. Lancaster, Lindsay D. Nelson, Michael A. McCrea
Postconcussion syndrome / Javier Cardenas
Concussion: long term sequelae-the controversy / Rajiv Saigal, Mitchel Berger.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - DigitalJianren Mao, editor.Summary: This multi-faceted book provides readers with comprehensive guidance to spine pain care. Unique in structure, the contents integrate various specialties involved in spine pain care, thereby bringing in new prospective and expanding readership. This six part reference begins with a review on the epidemiology and economic impacts that present clinical and financial challenges for spine pain care. Part two then brings the reader into a review of the anatomy, pathophysiology, and etiology of spine pain. Subsequent parts then dive into clinical evaluation tactics, unique disease conditions and treatment options. Finally, the book closes with two chapters discussing the challenges of spine pain medicine and the potential future directions of the field. Written by experts in their respective fields, Spine Pain Care - A Comprehensive Clinical Guide is a first-of-its-kind, barrier breaking work designed for all professionals involved in spine pain care, including physicians and nurses, as well as medical students, residents and fellows as a supplementary educational material. .
Contents:
Part I. Epidemiology and Economic Impact
Chapter 1. Spine Pain Care: Clinical Challenges and Unmet Research Needs
Chapter 2. The Epidemiology and Economic Impact of Spine Pain
Chapter 3. Current and Emerging Payment Models for Spine Pain Care: Evidence-Based, Outcomes-Based, or Both?
Part II. Anatomy, Pathophysiology, and Etiology
Chapter 4. Functional Anatomy of the Human Spine
Chapter 5. Pathophysiology of Spinal Pain
Chapter 6. Clinical and Research Tools for Pain Assessment
Part III. Clinical Evaluation
Chapter 7. History and Physical Examination
Chapter 8. Radiological Evaluation of the Lumbar Spine
Chapter 9. Neurological Exam and Neurophysiologic Evaluation for the Pain Patient
Chapter 10. Psychological and Psychiatric Evaluation of the Spine Pain Patient: An Interface of the Mind/Body Dynamic
Part IV. Spine Pain Conditions
Chapter 11. Spinal Stenosis
Chapter 12. Disk Herniation and Radiculopathy
Chapter 13. Degenerative Spine Joint Disease
Chapter 14. Degenerative Disk Disease
Chapter 15. Cervicogenic Headache
Chapter 16. Infectious and Autoimmune Disease and Spine Pain
Chapter 17. Oncology and Spine Pain
Chapter 18. Pediatric Spine Pain
Part V. Treatment of Spine Pain
Chapter 19. Opioid and Non-Opioid Therapy
Chapter 20. Surgical Interventions for Spine Pain Management
Chapter 21. Minimally Invasive Surgical Procedures for Spine Pain Management
Chapter 22. Epidural Steroid Injections
Chapter 23. Nerve Block and Radiofrequency Ablation
Chapter 24. Neuromodulation for Spine Pain Care
Chapter 25. Intrathecal Drug Delivery
Chapter 26. Vertebroplasty and Kyphoplasty
Chapter 27. Fluoroscopic Images of Spinal Procedures and Radiation Safety
Chapter 29. Sympathetic Neural Blockade and Trigger Point Injections
Chapter 30. Miscellaneous Spine Procedures: Nucleoplasty, Intradiscal Electrothermal therapy
Chapter 31. Complications of Interventional Therapy for the Management of Low Back Pain
Chapter 32. Regional Anesthesia in Patients with Spine Pain
Chapter 33. Radiation Therapy for Oncologic Spine Pain
Chapter 34. Rehabilitation Approaches to Spine Care: Physical therapy, Occupational Therapy, and Aquatic Therapy
Chapter 35. Psychological Assessment and Behavioral Management of Spine Pain
Chapter 36. Integrative Medicine
Chapter 37. Organizational and Nursing Issues Related to Spine Pain Care
Part VI. Challenges and Future Directions
Chapter 38. Basic Research for Pain
Chapter 39. Chronic Low Back Pain: Improving Approach to Diagnosis and Treatment. . - Digitaledited by Dino Samartzis, Jaro I. Karppinen, Frances M. K. Williams.Summary: "The era of big data and personalized spine care has arrived. Within that, imaging and clinical phenotypes are key in establishing personalized algorithms for patient care. This is particularly important in developing novel diagnostics and therapeutics as well as predicting outcomes and establishing preventative measures for various spinal disorders. Spine Phenotypes is a comprehensive resource that outlines phenotype descriptions, their imaging measurements and classifications, and provides an in-depth discussion regarding spine pathology and its clinical relevance."--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Anatomy of the spine
Biomechanics of the spine
Biomechanical models to study spinal phenotypes
Animal models to study spinal intervertebral disc phenotypes
Imaging technologies of the spinal discs
Intervertebral disc degeneration
Disc space narrowing and osteophytes
Displacement of intervertebral discs
High-intensity zones and annular tears
Vertebral endplate abnormalities, defects, and changes
Vertebral bone marrow (Modic) changes
Ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament
Lumbar spinal stenosis
Facet joints
Paraspinal muscles
Spinal alignment.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2022] - Digital[edited by] Peter C. Gerszten, Samuel Ryu.Contents:
Radiobiology of radiosurgery / Jae Ho Kim and Stephen Brown
Clinical spinal cord tolerance to radiosurgery / Simon S. Lo [and 10 others]
Management of spinal cord toxicity / Samuel Ryu, Steve Brown, and Jae Ho Kim
Histopathologic examination of spinal lesions after radiosurgery / Nathan T. Zwagerman [and 6 others]
Stereotactic spine radiotherapy : image guidance and patient immobilization / Max Dahele and Ben Slotman
Treatment planning for spine radiosurgery / David Schlesinger, K. Martin Richardson, Kelly M. Spencer, Brian Winey, and Jason Sheehan
Quality assurance and treatment delivery / Fang-fang Yin, Zheng Chang, and Justus Adamson
Contemporary devices for spinal radiosurgery / Christoph Fürweger [and 5 others]
Imaging, target delineation, and dose prescription / Eric Chang, Omar Ragab, Sukhjeet Batth, Shelly Bian, and Lydia Nng
Radiosurgery for the re-treatment of progressive spine metastases / Andrew A. Kanner and Benjamin W. Corn
Clinical outcomes after spinal radiosurgery / Peter C. Gerszten and John C. Flickinger
Clinical outcomes of pain and quality of life after spinal radiosurgery / Lily Angelov, Sam Chao, and John Suh
Radiosurgery for spinal canal compromise and spinal cord compression / Richard A. Rammo, Ian Y. Lee, Jack P. Rock, and Samuel Ryu
Postoperative radiosurgery and minimally invasive surgical techniques / Tobias A. Mattei [and 7 others]
Radiosurgery and percutaneous cement augmentation / Michael Decuypere and Jason A. Weaver
Treatment failure, complications, and their management / Nicolaus Andratschke and Matthias Guckenberger
Patient evaluation and treatment selection for spinal canal compromise / Samuel Ryu and Mark Bilsky
Radiosurgery for benign extramedullary tumors of the spine / Iris C. Gibbs, Navjot Chaudhary, Steven D. Chang, Robert L. Dodd, and John R. Adler, Jr
Radiosurgical treatment of spinal chordomas / James P. Caruso, Mark H. Bilsky, Josh Yamada, and Ilya Laufer
The role of radiosurgery in the treatment of primary malignant spine and spinal cord tumors / Moon-Jun Sohn, Dong-Joon Lee, and Hye-Ran Lee
Radiosurgery for spinal cord arteriovenous malformations / Maziyar A. Kalani, Iris C. Gibbs, John R. Adler, Jr., and Steven D. Chang
Multidisciplinary approach for the evaluation and treatment of metastatic spinal tumors / Ganesh M. Shankar, Kevin Oh, Kristina Shultz, and John H. Shin.Digital Access - Digitaleditor, Vincent J. Devlin.Contents:
Clinically relevant anatomy of the cervical region
Clinically relevant anatomy of the thoracic region
Clinically relevant anatomy of the lumbar and sacral region
Evaluation of cervical spine disorders
Evaluation of thoracic and lumbar spine disorders
Evaluation of spinal deformities
Evaluation of impairment, disability, and workers’ compensation
Strategies for imaging and diagnosis in spinal disorders
Radiographic assessment of the spine
Magnetic resonance imaging of the spine
Computed tomography and CT-myelography
Nuclear imaging and spinal disorders
Cervical spinal disorders: Nonsurgical management strategies
Thoracic and lumbar spinal disorders: Nonsurgical management strategies
Pharmacologic management of pain in spine disorders
Diagnostic and therapeutic spinal injections
Electrodiagnosis in spinal disorders
Spinal orthoses
Indications for surgical intervention in spinal disorders and when not to operate
Preoperative assessment and planning for patients undergoing spine surgery
Anesthetic considerations and intraoperative management during spine surgery
Intraoperative neurophysiologic monitoring during spinal procedures
Postoperative management and adverse events after spine surgery
Procedures for decompression of the spinal cord and nerve roots
Spinal arthrodesis, graft materials, and graft techniques
Surgical approaches to the occiput and cervical spine
Surgical approaches to the thoracic, lumbar, and lumbosacral spine
Occipital and cervical spine instrumentation
Thoracic and lumbar spine instrumentation
Instrumentation and fusion at the lumbosacral junction and pelvis
Minimally invasive spine surgery
Artificial disc replacement
Revision spine surgery
Spinal cord stimulation and implantable drug delivery systems
Pediatric back pain
Pediatric cervical disorders
Early-onset scoliosis
Idiopathic scoliosis
Congenital spinal deformities
Neuromuscular spinal deformities
Sagittal plane deformities in pediatric patients
Spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis in pediatric patients
Pediatric spinal trauma
Pathophysiology and pathoanatomy of degenerative disorders of the adult spine
Cervical degenerative disorders
Thoracic disc herniation and stenosis
Lumbar disc herniation
Discogenic low back pain
Lumbar spinal stenosis
Disorders of the sacroiliac joint
Adult idiopathic and degenerative scoliosis
Sagittal plane deformities in adults
Spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis in adults
Evaluation of the spine trauma patient
Spinal cord injury
Upper cervical spine trauma
Lower cervical spine injuries
Thoracic and lumbar spine fractures
Sacral fractures
Spinal injuries in athletes
Disorders of the spinal cord and related structures
Primary spine tumors
Metastatic spine tumors
Metabolic bone diseases of the spine
Treatment options for osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures
Spinal infections
Rheumatoid arthritis
Ankylosing spondylitis and diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis
Spinal navigation, robotic surgery, and three-dimensional printing.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - Digital[edited by] Alexander R. Vaccaro, Eli M. Baron.Contents:
Closed cervical skeletal tong placement and reduction techniques
Halo placement in the pediatric and adult patient
Anterior odontoid resection : the transoral approach
Odontoid screw fixation
Anterior C1-C2 arthrodesis : lateral approach of Barbour and Whitesides
Anterior cervical corpectomy/diskectomy
Anterior resection of ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament
Cervical total disk replacement
Occipital-cervical fusion
C2 translaminar screw fixation
Posterior C1-C2 fusion : harms and Magerl techniques
Cervical spine : lateral mass screw fixation
Cervical pedicle screw fixation
Posterior cervical osteotomy techniques
Posterior cervical laminoplasty
Posterior cervical foraminotomy, microdiskectomy
Subaxial cervical trauma classification and treatment
Anterior thoracic diskectomy and corpectomy
Anterior thoracolumbar spinal fusion via open approach for idiopathic scoliosis
Operative management of scheuermann kyphosis
Resection of intradural intramedullary or extramedullary spinal tumors
Endoscopic thoracic diskectomy
Vertical expandable prosthetic titanium rib opening wedge thoracostomy for congenital spinal deformities
Posterior thoracolumbar fusion techniques for adolescent idiopathic scoliosis
Thoracoplasty for rib deformity
Complete vertebral resection for primary spinal tumors
Surgical treatment of arachnoid cysts
The adult surgical management of syringomyelia
Surgical treatment of dural arteriovenous fistulas and arteriovenous malformations
Adult scoliosis : classification and treatment
Spinopelvic balance : preoperative planning and calculation
Sacropelvic fixation
Posterior far lateral diskectomy
The lateral extracavitary approach for vertebrectomy
Pedicle subtraction osteotomy for fixed sagittal imbalance
Spondylolysis repair
Surgical treatment of high-grade spondylolisthesis
Interspinous process motion-sparing implant
Anterior lumbar interbody fusion
Transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion
The transpsoas approach for thoracolumbar interbody fusion
Lumbar total disk arthroplasty
Kyphoplasty
Minimally invasive exposure techniques of the lumbar spine
Hemivertebrae resection
Lumbar internal laminectomy
Cortical screw fixation in the lumbar spine
Spinal navigation : setup and workflow
Thoracolumbar trauma classification and surgical treatment
Sacral fixation
Minimally invasive sacroiliac joint fusion.Digital Access - DigitalBernhard Meyer, Michael Rauschmann, editors.Summary: This book covers the content of European postgraduate spine surgery courses, using a case-based approach. A step-wise solution to a real clinical problem is described and compared to the best available evidence. A weighted conclusion is provided on how to bridge the gap (if there is one) between standard of care and evidence-based medicine. Spine Surgery: A Case-Based Approach is aimed at postgraduate students of spine surgery (both trainee neurosurgeons and trainee orthopedic surgeons), and may also be of interest to medical students.
Contents:
Part 1: Basics and Conservative Therapy
Psychosomatics/behaviour therapy.-Indications for emergency treatment
Part 2: Surgical treatment of degenerative cervical, thoracic and lumbar spinal pathologies
Anterior cervical sub-axial treatment (fusion)
Cervical motion preserving procedures (TDR)
Posterior motion preserving procedures (Frykholm, laminoplasty)
Cervical myelopathy: indication and operative procedure
Thoracic disc herniation and myelopathy
Lumbar disc herniation, nucleo-and sequestrectomy
Lumbar spinal stenosis
Degenerative spondylolisthesis
Slipped vertebra and degenerative lumbar scoliosis
Lumbar non-fusion techniques
Surgical treatment options at the sacroiliac joint
Navigation in cervical, thoracic and lumbar spine
Part 3: Deformity
Diagnosis and conservativetreatment of AIS
Operative treatment of AIS
Congenital and neuromuscular scoliosis
Adult scoliosis and complication management
^Conservative treatment options and indication for surgery in spondylolisthesis
Operative treatment of spondylolisthesis
Parameters of spinopelvic balance, etiology and pathogenesis of disturbed spinopelvic balance
Diagnosis, classification, and general treatment options in hyperkyphosis
Scheuermann Disease and M. Bechterew
Surgical correction and special features in traumatic and congenital kyphotic deformities
Part 4: Spinal fractures
Pre-hospital management, physical examination, polytrauma management
Upper cervical trauma (C0-C2)
Subaxial cervical trauma (C2 - C7)
Management criteria for thoracic, thoracolumbar and lumbar fractures
Conservative management of spinal fractures
Sacral fractures
Pediatric spine injuries
Spine injuries in the elderly
Injuries in ankylosed spine condition
Part 5: Tumors of spine and inflammatory diseases
Vertebral osteomyelitis
Rheumatic diseases
Metabolic bone diseases
Primary tumors
^Metastases
Part 6: Intradural pathologies
Vascular malformations: arteriovenous malformations (AVMs)/Cavernoma, spinal dAVFs
Inflammation of spinal cord (myelitis)
Intradural, extramedullary tumors
Intradural, intramedullary tumors
Dysraphia, tethered cord, segmentation disorders
Syringomyelia, sacral cysts
Spinal cord injury
classification and diagnostics
Spinal cord injury
surgical and pharmaceutical therapy
Spontaneous CSF leak and ideopathic spinal cord herniation
Intraoperative neurophysiological monitoring
Management of intraoperative dural tear
Therapy of chronic pain syndromes (pumps, DCS, DBS, CS)
Part 7: Extended indications and advanced operative techniques
Craniocervical junction
Basilar invagination
Cervicothoracic junction
Kyphosis in ankylosing spondylitis
Thoracic spine
Primary bone tumor
Adolescent idiopathic scoliosis (AIS)
Lumbar degenerative scoliosis
Adult degenerative scoliosis
^Long vs short contructs
High-grade lumbar spondylolisthesis
Spondyloptosis
Sacrum
Intradural tumors
Oligosymptomatic intramedullary lesion
Part 8: Revisions and complication management
Positioning of the patient and related complications
Postlaminectomy kyphosis
Failed Back Surgery Syndrome (epidural scar)
Adjacent segment degeneration
Management of post-op infections
Pseudoarthrosis management (case with implant failure)
Coronal decompensation
Proximal junctional kyphosis
Blood management and thromboprophylaxis in spinal surgery
Management of failure of osteoporotic fixation
Visceral complications of deformity surgery (pulmonary, esophageal injury or chylothorax)
Revision of adult deformity
Iatrogenic neurologic injury
Management of CSF fistula
Management of mechanical failure of cervical spine
Pitfalls of anterior lumbar revision surgery (vasculary or uretheral injury). - Digital[edited by] Alexander R. Vaccaro, Todd J. Albert.Digital Access
- DigitalVikas V. Patel, Alpesh Patel, James S. Harrop, Evalina Burger, editors.Summary: Spine surgery has increasingly become a surgical field of its own, with a distinct body of knowledge. While available textbooks cover the intricacies of spine surgery and provide extensive information on each pathology, these books are not geared towards the requirements of the novice and are insufficiently portable for the busy resident to carry while on rounds or on call. This easy-to-use book, written by acknowledged experts, is designed to meet such needs by providing essential information on spine pathology, diagnostic evaluation, surgical procedures, and other treatments. After an opening general section, degenerative spinal disease, pediatric spine conditions, spine trauma, spine tumors, infections, inflammatory disorders, and metabolic conditions are all discussed in more depth. Alongside description and evaluation of surgical options, important background information is included on pathology, presentation, diagnosis, and nonsurgical treatments. Potential complications of surgery are also carefully considered. Spine Surgery Basics will be an invaluable practical aid for all who are embarking on a career in spinal surgery or require a ready reference that can be consulted during everyday clinical practice.
Contents:
General: Anatomy
Physical Exam: Cervical
Physical Exam: Lumbosacral
Imaging Basics (basics of anatomy on radiographic imaging plus bone scans, DEXA, etc.)
Diagnostic Evaluations (injections, EMG, etc)
General Surgical Principles (guidelines for informed consent, patient positioning for surgery, equipment needed, post operative considerations)
Surgical Approaches
Cervical and Thoracic Instrumentation
Lumbar and Lumbosacral Instrumentation
Bone graft and Bone Substitute Biology
Neuromonitoring. Degenerative Spine: Cervical Disc Herniation and Radiculopathy
Cervical Stenosis and Myelopathy
Thoracic Disc Herniation
Lumbar Disc Herniation
Lumbar Spinal Stenosis
Lumbar Degenerative Spondylolisthesis
Spondylolysis and Isthmic spondylolisthesis
Degenerative Disc Disease with and without Facet Arthritis
Degenerative Spinal Scoliosis/Deformity. Pediatric Spine: Scoliosis
Kyphosis
Congenital
Spondylolysis and Isthmic Spondylolisthesis
Spondylolysis and Isthmic Spondylolisthesis
Occipital and Upper cervical spine (Occ-C2)
Sub-axial cervical spine (C2-C7)
Thoracolumbar spine (T1-L2)
Low lumbar spine (L3-L5)
Sacral spine and pelvis
Acute Spinal Cord Injury. Tumor, Infection, Inflammatory and Metabolic Conditions: Primary spine tumors
Primary spine tumors
Metastatic spine tumors
Primary spine infections
Intradural spine tumors
Rheumatoid Arthritis
Ankylosing Spondylitis and DISH
Osteoporosis and the Aging Spine. Complications: Postoperative Infection
Dural tear
Neurological injury
Pseudarthrosis/Nonunion
Pseudarthrosis/Nonunion
Medical complications (VTE, Pneumonia, Cardiac Disease, Mortality). - DigitalNathaniel P. Brooks, MD, FAANS, Associate Professor, University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, Department of Neurological Surgery, Madison, Wisconsin, USA, Andrea L. Strayer, MS, NP, CNRN, Neurosurgery Nurse Practitioner (Distinguished), University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, Department of Neurological Surgery, Madison, Wisconsin, USA.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Alexander E. Ropper [and 3 others].Summary: Lessons learned from soft tissue reconstruction, wound healing, and infection prevention in plastic surgery and bony arthrodesis strategies and spinal alignment in orthopaedic surgery and neurosurgery have merged to create a new field of surgery. Spinoplastic Reconstruction, edited by Alexander E. Ropper, Sebastian J. Winocour, Michael A. Bohl, and Edward M. Reece provides in-depth discussion of multidisciplinary techniques and complication management in complex bony and soft tissue reconstruction, with the goal of improved outcomes for spine surgery patients. This textbook encompasses the nomenclature, indications, evidence-based techniques, outcomes, and alternatives that laid the groundwork for spinoplastic surgery. Organized into nine sections and 42 chapters, the book begins by delineating the historical and future relevance of multidisciplinary surgery and advent of spinoplastic surgery to ease the growing global disease burden of spine disease. The second section discusses applied anatomy, biomechanics, and bony spinal stability. Sections three to nine provide detailed discussion and pearls on bone healing, bone adjuncts, perioperative management, surgical spine exposures, vascularized autologous bone grafts and flaps, soft tissue spinal reconstruction, and complication management. -- Publisher
Contents:
Anatomy and Biomechanics for the Spinoplastic Surgeon: Applied Anatomy of the Cervical Spine
Applied Anatomy of the Thoracic and Lumbar Spine
Applied Anatomy of the Sacral Spine
Biomechanics and Bony Spinal Stability
Bone Healing: Bone Modeling and Remodeling
Biology and Anatomy of Spinal Fusion
Patient Considerations in Bone Healing
Bone Grafts versus Flaps: How to Evaluate the Spinal Fusion Bed to Determine Which Is Best for Your Patient
Bone Adjuncts: Bone Void Fillers: Allograft
Bone Void Fillers: Autograft and Harvest Techniques
Biologics in Spine Fusion
Perioperative Management of the Spinoplastic Patient: Preoperative Optimization of the Spinoplastic Patient
Postoperative Management of the Spinoplastic Patient
Perioperative Management of the Pediatric Spine Patient
Surgical Spine Exposures: Exposures to the Cervical Spine: Anterior and Posterior
Exposures to the Thoracic Spine: Lateral and Posterior
Exposure to the Lumbar and Sacral Spine
Exposures of the Previously Operated Spine
Vascularized Autologous Bone Grafts and Flaps: The History of Pedicled Myo-Osseous Flaps in Spinal Reconstruction --- Vascularized Rib Bone Flap: Indications, Techniques, and Outcomes
The Free Fibula Flap for Reconstruction of the Spine and Pelvis
Nomenclature of Vascularized Bone Grafts
Vascularized Occipital Bone Grafting: Indications, Techniques, Clinical Outcomes, and Alternatives
Vascularized Clavicle Graft for Anterior Cervical Arthrodesis
Vascularized Scapular Bone Grafting: Indications, Techniques, Clinical Outcomes, and Alternatives
Vascularized Posterior Iliac Crest Bone Grafting: Indications, Techniques, Clinical Outcomes, and Alternatives
Soft Tissue Spinal Reconstruction: Principles and Techniques to Wound Closure
Biologics and Adjuncts to Wound Healing
Soft Tissue Flap Coverage in the Cervical Spine
Soft Tissue Flap Coverage in the Thoracic Spine
Soft Tissue Flap Coverage in the Lumbosacral Spine
Free Flap Soft Tissue Coverage of the Spine and Pelvis
Soft Tissue Reconstruction in the Pediatric Patient
Complications in Spine Surgery and Their Management: Management of Soft Tissue Complications
Failure in Cervical Spinal Fusion and Management
Failure in Thoracic Spinal Fusions and Management
Failure in Lumbar Spine Fusion and Management
Management of Infection in the Instrumented Spine
Management of Pharyngoesophageal Complications in Spine Surgery
Appendix: IndexDigital Access - DigitalMke King.Summary: Through stories of achievements, challenges and calamities at five large public hospitals in the United States, the author shows that medical excellence resides where few people expect to find it...and how those centers are threatened by misplaced public priorities and political mythologies.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2016
- DigitalMelanie Rogers, editors.Summary: This book recognises the challenges associated with the concept of spirituality. An awareness of this concept is integral to the provision of person-centred holistic care. However, APNs ability to provide spiritual care is often impeded by time pressures and the prioritisation of clinical tasks. Confusion about the meaning of spiritually and its relationship to religion compound the challenges involved in providing spiritual care leaving APNs feeling ill-equipped to address this area of care. Many APNs view spirituality as synonymous with religion. This book will provide clarity with the assumption that spirituality is innate to all of our patients and is related to what gives them hope, meaning and purpose. Fundamentally it is about being human. APNs ability to practice with kindness, compassion and empathy will naturally resonate with spiritually competent practice. It begins with an outline of the definitions of spirituality in addition to the concept of spiritually competent practice. An emphasis on the importance of personal development follows. Case studies from countries across the globe illustrate the benefit of integrating spirituality and provide evidence of the importance and relevance of integrating spirituality into practice. These include discussion and presentations of the related concepts of availability and vulnerability which will give APNs more confidence and competence to integrate spirituality into practice. This book is relevant for APNs, students, educators and researchers.
Contents:
Introduction
What is Spirituality? How does it impact APN Clinical Practice
Spiritually Competent Practice and Cultural aspects of spirituality
Personal Spirituality and Self-Compassion?
Global Case studies in Spirituality
United Kingdom
Israel
USA
Ireland
Canada
China
Australia or Canada Indigenous Populations
Operationalising Spirituality
Availability and Vulnerability Framework for Opertationalising Spirituality
Spirituality Competencies
Conclusion. - DigitalAdele and Doug Calhoun, Clare and Scott Loughrige ; foreword by Jerome Wagner.Summary: The Enneagram opens a remarkable window into the truth about us, but simply diagnosing our number doesn't do justice to who we are. Transformation happens as we grow in awareness and learn how to apply Enneagram insights to the rhythms of our daily lives. Filled with exercises to engage, challenge, encourage, and sustain, this handbook will help us grow in greater awareness and lead us to spiritual and relational transformation.Digital Access 2019
- Digitaledited by Michael J. Balboni, John R. Peteet.Contents:
Religion and spirituality in OBGYN / Rachel Peragallo and John Thorp
Religion and spirituality in pediatrics / Ray Barfield and Sarah Barton
Religion and spirituality in family medicine / Timothy P. Daaleman
Religion and spirituality in psychiatry / Dan G. Blazer
Religion and spirituality in internal medicine / Lydia S. Dugdale and Daniel P. Sulmasy
Religion and spirituality in surgery / John Tarpley and Margaret Tarpley
Religion and spirituality in gerontology / Harold G. Koenig
Religion and spirituality in oncology / Alan Astrow
Religion and spirituality in palliative medicine / Tracy Balboni and Michael Balboni
Religion and spirituality in the intensive care unit / Alex Cist and Philip Choi
Religion and spirituality in medical ethics / Farr A. Curlin
Religion and spirituality in medical education / Marta Herschkopf and Christina Puchalski
Religion and spirituality in nursing / John Swinton and Lynn Vanderpot
Medicine, spirituality, religion and psychology / Kelly Trevino and Kenneth Pargament
Spirituality, resistance, and modern medicine : a sociological perspective / Jonathan Imber
Anthropologies of medicine, religion, and spirituality and their application to clinical practice / Lance D. Laird and L. Linda Barnes
Law, religion, and the physician-patient relationship / Michael P, Moreland and O. Carter Snead
Medicine and spirituality : a historical perspective / Gary B. Ferngren
Philosophical perspectives on medicine and religion / James A. Marcum
Medicine, religion and spirituality in theological context / Brett McCarty and Warren Kinghorn
Religion and health : a synthesis / Tyler VanderWeele.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digitaleditors, Fiona Timmins and Sílvia Caldeira.Summary: This book provides a condensed but comprehensive up-to-date overview of spirituality and its application to health care. The need for healthcare workers to provide spiritual care or meet patients’ spiritual needs is gaining increasing importance in nursing and midwifery policy at local, national and international level. Internationally, there is a growing belief in spirituality as a valid dimension of care.The book highlights a range of examples and case studies facilitating the practical application of the recommendations discussed. In addition to presenting new psychological perspectives, various activities throughout will encourage readers to form their own opinion on the issues covered. The suggestions for further reading and useful websites will also help readers interested in exploring specific areas in more depth. Combining contributions by authors from various disciplines, the book offers a valuable tool for qualified professional healthcare workers in practice, including nurses, social workers, doctors and chaplains. With its handy format, this practical pocket guide offers a faithful companion for practitioners.
Contents:
What is Spirituality?
The psychology of spirituality and religion in healthcare
Spiritual assessment in healthcare: an overview of comprehensive, sensitive approaches to spiritual assessment for use within the interdisciplinary healthcare team
Spirituality is a Public Health Issue – The potential role of spirituality in promoting health
Health Outcomes of Religious and Spiritual Belief, Behavior, and Belonging: Implications for Healthcare Professionals
Spirituality and Childbirth
Providing spiritual care – An exploration of required spiritual care competencies in health care and their impact on health care provision
The role of the nurse in providing spiritual care – A case study approach to exploring specific care provision by healthcare workers in the context of an interdisciplinary healthcare team
Loss and Grief in people with Intellectual disability
The Role of the Healthcare Chaplain – A summary of the contribution of healthcare chaplains to modern health care practice
Teaching and Learning about Spirituality in Healthcare Practice Settings
Working with diversity – An overview of diversity in contemporary society and the effect of this on healthcare situations
Being Human: Cultivating Mindfulness and Compassion for Daily Living. - PrintBen Adler, editor.Summary: Spirochetes comprise a fascinating group of bacteria. Although diverse in terms of their habitat, ecology and infectivity for vertebrate and non-vertebrate hosts, they are often considered together because of their similar cellular morphologies. This volume brings together an international group of experts to provide essential insights into spirochete biology, with an emphasis on recent advances made possible by the availability of genome sequences. As such, it offers a valuable resource for microbiologists and other scientists with an interest in spirochete biology.
Contents:
The Treponema pallidum Outer Membrane
Gene regulation, two component regulatory systems, and adaptive responses in Treponema denticola
Physiologic and Genetic Factors Influencing the Zoonotic Cycle of Borrelia burgdorferi
Regulation of gene and protein expression in the Lyme disease spirochete
Genetic manipulation of Borrelia spp.
Toolbox of molecular techniques for studying Leptospira spp.
Interaction of Leptospira with the innate immune system
Leptospiral genomics and pathogenesis
Complement immune evasion by spirochetes
Spirochetal lipoproteins in pathogenesis and immunity
Colonic spirochetes: what has genomics taught us? . - Digitaledited by Klemens J. Hertel.Contents:
The pre-mRNA splicing reaction / Somsakul Pop Wongpalee and Shalini Sharma
Diversity and evolution of spliceosomal systems / Scott William Roy and Manuel Irimia
Mechanisms of spliceosomal assembly / Ni-ting Chiou and Kristen W. Lynch
Alternative pre-mRNA splicing / Stacey D. Wagner and J. Andrew Berglund
Regulation of alternative pre-mRNA splicing / Miguel B. Coelho and Christopher W.J. Smith
Introduction to cotranscriptional RNA splicing / Evan C. Merkhofer, Peter Hu, and Tracy L. Johnson
Chromatin and splicing / Nazmul Haque and Shalini Oberdoerffer
Preparation of splicing competent nuclear extracts / Chiu-Ho T. Webb and Klemens J. Hertel
Preparation of yeast whole cell splicing extract / Elizabeth A. Dunn and Stephen D. Rader
Efficient splinted ligation of synthetic RNA using RNA ligase / Martha R. Stark and Stephen D. Rader
In vitro assay of pre-mRNA splicing in mammalian nuclear extract / Maliheh Movassat, William F. Mueller, and Klemens J. Hertel
Kinetic analysis of in vitro pre-mRNA splicing in HeLa nuclear extract / William F. Mueller and Klemens J. Hertel
In vitro systems for coupling RNAP II transcription to splicing and polyadenylation / Eric G. Folco and Robin Reed
Isolation and accumulation of spliceosomal assembly intermediates / Janine O. Ilagan and Melissa S. Jurica
Complementation of U4 snRNA in S. cerevisiae splicing extracts for biochemical studies of snRNP assembly and function / Martha R. Stark and Stephen D. Rader
Expression and purification of splicing proteins from mammalian cells / Eric Allemand and Michelle L. Hastings
Single molecule approaches for studying spliceosome assembly and catalysis / Eric G. Anderson and Aaron A. Hoskins
Cell-based splicing of minigenes / Sarah A. Smith and Kristen W. Lynch
Quantifying the ratio of spliceosome components assembled on pre-mRNA / Noa Neufeld, Yehuda Brody, and Yaron Shav-Tal
Antisense methods to modulate pre-mRNA splicing / Joonbae Seo, Eric W. Ottesen, and Ravindra N. Singh
Using yeast genetics to study splicing mechanisms / Munshi Azad Hossain and Tracy L. Johnson
Medium throughput analysis of alternative splicing by fluorescently labeled RT-PCR / Ryan Percifield, Daniel Murphy, and Peter Stoilov
Chromatin immunoprecipitation approaches to determine co-transcriptional nature of splicing / Nicole I. Bieberstein, Korinna Straube, and Karla M. Neugebauer
Computational approaches to mine publicly available databases / Rodger B. Voelker, William A. Cresko, and J. Andrew Berglund
Approaches to link RNA secondary structures with splicing regulation / Mireya Plass and Eduardo Eyras
Methods to study splicing from high-throughput RNA sequencing data / Gael P. Alamancos, Eneritz Agirre, and Eduardo Eyras
Global protein-RNA interaction mapping at single nucleotide resolution by iCLIP-seq / Chengguo Yao, Lingjie Weng, and Yongsheng Shi
Predicting alternative splicing / Yoseph Barash and Jorge Vaquero Garcia.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalAdam L. Wollowick, Vishal Sarwahi, editors.Contents:
Section I: Basic Principles, Diagnosis, and Non-surgical Management
Spondylolisthesis: A Historical Perspective on Etiology, Diagnosis, and Treatment
Anatomy and Biomechanics Relevant to Spondylolisthesis
Pain Generators in Spondylolisthesis
Clinical Evaluation of Pediatric Patients with Spondylolisthesis.-Clinical Evaluation of Adult Patients with Spondylolisthesis
Imaging Techniques for the Diagnosis of Spondylolisthesis
Classification of Spondylolisthesis
Role of the Pelvis in the Diagnosis and Management of L5-S1 Spondylolisthesis.-Non-Operative Treatment of Spondylolisthesis
Non-surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis in Children and Adolescents
Non-surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis in Adults
Section II: Surgical Techniques.-Surgical Techniques: Spondylolysis Repair.-Decompression and Spinal Fusion.-Surgical Techniques: Posterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion.-Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (ALIF).-Minimally Invasive TLIF for Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Surgical Technique: Lateral Interbody Fusion for Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Pre-sacral Fusion for Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Surgical Techniques: Management of High-Grade Spondylolisthesis including Reduction Techniques.-Management of Spondyloptosis.-Management of Traumatic Spondylolisthesis: Cervical and Lumbar.-Spondylolisthesis Associated with Scoliosis.-Section III: Results of Treatment and Complications
Results of Surgical Treatment of Adult Degenerative Spondylolisthesis
Results of Surgical Treatment of Low Grade Adult Isthmic Spondylolisthesis.-Results of Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis.-Complications Associated with Surgical Treatment of Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Complications Associated with Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Spondylolisthesis
Intraoperative Neuro-monitoring During Spondylolisthesis Surgery.-Value Considerations in the Surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis. Results of Surgical Treatment of Low Grade Adult Isthmic Spondylolisthesis.-Results of Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis.-Complications Associated with Surgical Treatment of Adult Spondylolisthesis.-Complications Associated with Surgical Treatment of Pediatric Spondylolisthesis
Intraoperative Neuro-monitoring During Spondylolisthesis Surgery.-Value Considerations in the Surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis. Intraoperative Neuro-monitoring During Spondylolisthesis Surgery.-Value Considerations in the Surgical Management of Spondylolisthesis. - DigitalSiobhan C. Budd, Jean-Christophe Egea.Summary: This book aims to explore the intricate interrelationship between oral health and sport, with the focus on highly popular team games, endurance sports, and explosive events. In order to understand the vulnerability of athletes of all levels of ability to oral health problems, relevant aspects of sports physiology and training are outlined, as are the predisposing behavioral, psychological, and physiological elements. Specific sports-related oral risk factors are identified and detailed, and the dental conditions frequently observed in athletes are explained. The dental clinical reality of athletes reveals a wide spectrum of oral consequences, affecting both soft and hard tissues, that can adversely impact on training and competitiveness. Principles of dental management are highlighted, and therapeutic solutions provided for the most common dental lesions. Emphasis is placed on preventative measures and solutions adapted to the athlete's individual needs, as well as the importance of effective collaboration with a diverse team of professionals. The book will be of interest to dentists, health professionals, sports coaches, athletes, and teachers and students of dentistry and medical disciplines.
Contents:
Setting the Scene: Endurance Sport, Athletes & Training: A Brief History of Sport
The Current Popularity of Endurance Sports: Why?
A Definition of Sport
Physiological Basics of Endurance Sports
Regulatory Medical Surveillance of Sport. Oral Health: Sports-Related Risk Factors: The Importance of Oral Health and Athletes
A Summary of The Risk Factors Affecting Oral Health
Nutrition of Endurance Athletes: Risk Factor
Too Much of a Good Thing? The Time Factor Risk
Exercise Induced Immune Suppression: Risk Factor
Salivary Alterations: Risk Factor
Psychology of The Endurance Athlete: Risk Factor
Medication And The Endurance Athlete: Risk Factor
Dental Traumatology and the Endurance Athlete: Risk Factor
Education, Knowledge and Motivation: Risk Factor
Access to Dental Treatment: Risk Factor. Clinical Reality: Physiological Processes & Oral Health: Periodontal Consequences
Dental Consequences
The Dry Mouth Syndrome of Athletes
Clinical Reality: Dental Occlusion And Performance
One Step Further: The Influence of Physical Effort on the Manducator System
The Spread of Oral Infections and Performance
Dental Pain and Performance
Notion of Life Quality. Dental Management and Care of Athletes: General Principles
Specific Principles: Dental Practice
Therapeutic Solutions for the Most Common Dental Lesions in Endurance Athletes
The Treatment of Dental Trauma
Doping, Prescription and Dentistry
Conclusion (and Final Remarks). Appendix.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalDouglas J. Casa, editor.Summary: This unique book is the first of its kind to specifically explore the science, medicine, challenges and successful experiences of assisting those who must perform and thrive in hot conditions, with an eye toward maximizing both performance and safety. Beginning with both human and comparative physiology as it relates to coping with the heat, key concepts are subsequently elaborated, including heat acclimatization, work-to-rest ratios, hydration, sleep, the effects of altitude, and the use of drugs and supplements. The sections that follow discuss heat-related considerations in individual and team sports and other populations, monitoring techniques, and medical and legal issues. Athletes, warfighters and laborers are often forced to perform intense physical activity in the heat as a part of their jobs or lifestyle. The process of properly preparing for this challenge is multifaceted and often not fully understood or utilized. Sport and Physical Activity in the Heat is an excellent resource for team physicians, high-level coaches, serious athletes, athletic trainers, exercise scientists, strength and conditioning coaches, industrial hygienists, military commanders, or anyone involved in the process of maximizing performance and safety during exercise in the heat for the athlete, warfighter, or laborer.
Contents:
Part I: Foundational Concepts
Part II: Enhancing Exercise Heat Tolerance
Part III: Tools Available to Assist
Part IV: Populations
Part V: Individual Issues.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Vincent Walsh, Mark Wilson, Beth Parkin.Contents:
Great British medalists: psychosocial biographies of super-elite and elite athletes from Olympic sports
On elite and super-elite Great British athletes: some theoretical implications from Hardy et al.'s (2017) findings
The psychosocial development of world-class athletes: additional considerations for understanding the whole person and salience of adversity
The journey of a thousand miles...: notes on Hardy et al.'s Great British Medalists Project
Embedding the psychosocial biographies of Olympic medalists in a (meta-)theoretical model of dynamic networks
Assessing risk factors for athletic excellence
In search of the golden skill
Much ado about...? A response to Hardy et al.
The stress test: does what doesn't kill me, make me a super-elite athlete?
Adversity-related experiences are essential for Olympic success: additional evidence and considerations
Getting gritty about practice and success: motivational characteristics of great performers
Great British medalists: a commentary based on developmental systems theory perspective
Eventual sport performance level: what about the role of types of sport, perception of critical life events, and practice quality?
Is a peaceful mind a winning mind? Comment on Hardy et al. (2017)
Super-elite athletes: some complimentary observations from Australia and some lessons for sports expertise research: comment on Hardy et al.
A culture of striving augments use of working memory? Implications for attention control
The tales athletes tell: narrative structure and identity in Great British medalists
Great British medalists: response to the commentaries
Index.Digital Access - DigitalPietro Delise, Paolo Zeppilli, editor.Summary: Sudden death in athletes is a global problem. Although it is a relatively rare phenomenon (1/100,000 persons), when it does occur, it is often as an incomprehensible event. In fact, it strikes subjects who presumably should be much healthier than the general population. In the previous 20 years, many authors have studied this problem in an attempt to understand the causes and prevent these events, and it has been determined that, in the vast majority of cases, athletes who die suddenly have an underlying heart disease (arrhythmogenic cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, coronary anomalies, channelopathies, etc.). In most cases these diseases do not produce major symptoms and do not preclude sports activity even at the highest levels, although they do increase the incidence of sudden death. How to discover these diseases in asymptomatic athletes is a hotly debated issue. In particular, there is controversy as to whether all athletes should undergo detailed medical screening, including electrocardiogram, or whether the costs of this screening are too high in relation to the event incidence. The purpose of this book is to accurately analyze the causes of sudden death in athletes and to provide cardiologists and sports physicians with useful tips on how to identify at-risk individuals.
Contents:
1 Athlete's heart: anatomical and functional adaptations in the normal population. 2 Sudden death in the athletes: role of autopsy
3 Electrocardiographic physiological, borderline and pthologic alterations in athlete's heart
4 Benign arrhythmias in athletes
5 Usefulness of Italian model of pre-partecipation screening for prevention of sudden death in athletes
6 Hypertrophic cardiomiopathy and left ventricular non compaction
7 Arrhythmogenic cardiomiopathy
8 Acute and chronic myocarditis
9 Congenital and acquired anomalies of coronary arteries
10 Interpretation and diagnostic work-up of premature ventricular beats
11 Long QT syndrome
12 Short QT syndrome
13 J wave syndromes: Brugada Syndrome and early repolarization
14 Cathecolaminergic ventricular tachycardia and idiopathic ventricular fibrillation
15 Sport activity in subjects with implantable defibrillator. - DigitalGeorg Stuebinger.Summary: Georg Stuebinger verifies each of the 24 most common and deadliest cancer diseases worldwide including well-established and potential risk factors resp. important symptoms by using current literature and comprehensive scientific studies with a direct relation to the impact of various parameters of sports and exercise training such as training type, intensity, volume, duration and frequency complete with the corresponding effects. The impact of sports and exercise training as a potential therapy on reduced risk of cancer has been widely discussed in many scientific articles over the last few years, but is still widely unknown. In 2012, about 14 m cancer cases and 8.2 m cancer deaths appeared worldwide whereby cancer represents one of the most frequent causes of death accounting for approximately 13% with a continuously rising number.Digital Access Springer 2015
- DigitalDavid Conrad, Alan White, editors ; foreword by Mike Farrar.Contents:
Introduction: The Role of Sport in Public Health
Part I: Sport and Disaster Response
Post-Earthquake, Iran
Civil War, Ivory Coast
Part II: Peace and Social Capital Building through Sport
Open Fun Football Schools, Balkans
Right to Play, International
Dads and Lads, UK
Fight for Peace, Brazil
Part III: Sport and Immunisation
Olympic Sport and Immunisation Festival, Ghana
Kick Polio Out of Africa
Part IV: Sport and Screening
"Sex and Sport" Chlamydia Screening, Australia
"Kick N Test" HIV and TB Screening Football Tournament, Kenya
Part V: Health Promotion in Sports Settings
CALM Mental Health Promotion in Rugby Clubs, UK
Healthy Stadia, Europe
Tackling Men's Health, UK
Golf for People with Severe and Enduring Mental Health Problems, UK
Premier League Health, UK
Developing Health Promotion Resources for Use in Sports Settings, UK
Part VI: Health Promotion with a Sport Theme
HIV/AIDS Projects in Africa
"It's a Goal" Mental Health Intervention, UK
Liverpool FC Men's Health Work
Conclusion. - DigitalDavid J. Engel, Dermot M. Phelan, editors.Contents:
Chapter 1. The Cardiovascular History and Examination
Chapter 2. Using an electrocardiogram as a component of athlete screening
Chapter 3. Downstream Cardiac Testing
Chapter 4. Practical use of genetic testing in athletes
Chapter 5. Management of Hypertension in the Athlete
Chapter 6. Valvular Heart Disease
Chapter 7. Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
Chapter 8. Other Cardiomyopathies
Chapter 9. Inflammatory Cardiac Disorders in the Athlete
Chapter 10. Atrial Fibrillation
Chapter 11. Sports Participation in Patients with Congenital Long QT Syndrome
Chapter 12. Sports Cardiology: A Clinical Guide to Diagnosis and Management
Chapter 13. Cardiovascular Implantable Electronic Devices in Athletes
Chapter 14. Sports Cardiology: A Clinical Guide to Diagnosis and Management Coronary artery disease in athletes
Chapter 15. Marfan Syndrome and Other Genetic Aortopathies
Chapter 16. Congenital Heart Disease: Approach to Evaluation, Management, and Physical Activity
Chapter 17. Sleep disorders in Athletes
Chapter 18. Chest Pain and Dyspnea
Chapter 19. The Evaluation of Palpitations and Dizziness in the Athlete
Chapter 20. The Collapsed Athlete
Chapter 21. Cardiac Arrest in the Athlete
Chapter 22. Commotio Cordis
Chapter 23. The Impact of COVID-19 on Sports Cardiology. - Digitalvolume editors, Fabio Lanfranco, Christian Strasburger.Contents:
Growth hormone-insulin-like growth factor axis, thyroid axis, prolactin, and exercise / Hackney, A.C., Davis, H.C., Lane, A.R.
Exercise and the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal axis / Duclos, M., Tabarin, A.
Exercise, training, and the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis in men and women / Cano Sokoloff, N., Misra, M., Ackerman, K.E.
Metabolic effects of exercise / Moghetti, P., Bacchi, E., Brangani, C., Don, S., Negri, C.
Endocrine eesponses to exercise in the developing child and adolescent / Richmond, E., Rogol, A.D.
Impact of physical exercise on endocrine aging / Janssen, J.A.M.J.L.
Androgens / Iyer, R., Handelsman, D.J.
Growth hormone and insulin-like growth factor-1 / Nicholls, A.R., Holt, R.I.G.
Erythropoietin / Jelkmann, W.
Ergogenic aids and supplements / Porrini, M., Del Bo', C.
Methods for doping detection / Ponzetto, F., Giraud, S., Leuenberger, N., Boccard, J., Nicoli, R., Baume, N., Rudaz, S., Saugy, M.Digital Access Karger 2016 - DigitalDavid R. Diduch, L. Michael Brunt, editors.Summary: Sports hernias are an increasingly recognized problem in athletics, presenting a challenge for team physicians and other health care providers regarding their diagnosis and management. Confusion is magnified by the various treatment methods that exist, both surgical and non-surgical. Sports Hernia and Athletic Pubalgia is the first text devoted solely to the topic of sports hernia and will examine its etiology and diagnosis, as well as how to differentiate it from other problems involving the athlete's hip area and other injuries it often correlates and interacts with, such as femoroacetabular impingement. It covers all current approaches to treatment, from open approaches to minimally invasive approaches, and discusses rehabilitation and return to play. Comprised of contributions from an international array of expert clinicians and thought leaders, this is the immediate authoritative book on the subject of sports hernias.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalMahmut Nedim Doral, Jon Karlsson, editors.Summary: Sports Injuries: Prevention, Diagnosis, Treatment and Rehabilitation covers the whole field of sports injuries and is an up-to-date guide for the diagnosis and treatment of the full range of sports injuries. The work pays detailed attention to biomechanics and injury prevention, examines the emerging treatment role of current strategies and evaluates sports injuries of each part of musculoskeletal system. In addition, pediatric sports injuries, extreme sports injuries, the role of physiotherapy, and future developments are extensively discussed. All those who are involved in the care of patients with sports injuries will find this textbook to be an invaluable, comprehensive, and up-to-date reference.
- DigitalKazuyuki Kanosue, editor in chief ; Tetsuya Ogawa, Mako Fukano, Toru Fukubayashi, editors.Contents:
Preface
Part I: Sports Injury Surveillance
Sports Injury Surveillance in Japan (from Sports Safety Association)
Sports Injury Surveillance in Japanese Junior and Senior High School Students
Injury and Illness Surveillance among Olympic Athletes
Part II: Concussion and Severe Head-Neck Injury
Concussions in Junior Rugby Football Athletes and their Prevention
Prevention of head and neck trauma in rugby
Severe Head & Neck Injury and its Prevention in Judo
Concussion and Severe Head-Neck Injury: An Approach for their Prevention in Rugby and Judo
Part III: ACL Injury: Injury Mechanism, Prevention Programs and Their Usefulness
Video analysis of ACL injuries in sports
Video Analysis of ACL Injury Mechanisms Using a Model-Based Image-Matching Technique
Injury Rate of Soccer Players and the Efficacy of the FIFA 11 + Program
Biomechanical Studies on ACL Injury Risk Factor During Cutting; Utilizing the Point Cluster Technique
Biomechanical Risk Factors and Prevention of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury
Risk Factor Analysis of Female Soccer Tournament Players
Prevention of Anterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL) Injury
Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury Prevention in Female Adolescents
FIFA 11+
Injury Prevention in Amateur Football
From Development to Worldwide Dissemination
Influence of Changing Direction on the Center of Gravity and Knee Joint Angle in Rugby Players
Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury Prevention in Female Lacrosse Players Based on an Examination of Knee and Hip Joint Mechanics During Drop Vertical Jumps Performed While Holding a Lacrosse Stick
ACL Injury Mechanism in Badminton: Survey of Injury Situation and Motion Analysis Study
Part IV: ACL Injury: Post-Operative Rehabilitation, Recovery of Function and Tendon Regeneration
Functional Hop Tests Contribute to Safe Return to Sports after Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
Biomechanical Adaptations in Subjects after Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction: Preventing Secondary Injury
Morphology and Function of the Semitendinosus Muscle-Tendon Complex after Harvesting its Tendon for Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction
Part V: Muscle Functions, Occurrence Mechanisms, and Program to Prevent Strain in the Hamstring Muscles
Functional Differences among Hamstring Muscles in Hip Extension and Knee Flexion Exercises
Anatomical and Functional Differences of Hamstrings
Differences in Activation Patterns of the Hamstring Muscles during Sprinting
The Relationship between Eccentric Exercise and Muscle Damage in Hamstring Muscles
Risk factors and prevention of hamstring strain
Part VI: Function in Arches of the Feet and Occurrence Mechanisms of Foot Disorders, Characteristics and Their Prevention
Kinematics of the Foot and Ankle
Biomechanical Analysis of the Effects of Footwear
Risk Factors and Mechanisms of Fifth Metatarsal Stress Fracture
Part VII: Lumbar Disorder and an Approach for Its Prevention
Low Back Disorders Among Athletes and Its Prevention
The Epidemiology of Low Back Disorders in Athletes
The Prevention of Low Back Disorders in Divers
Electromyographic Analysis of Deep Trunk Muscles During Sports Activities.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalRosa Mónica Rodrigo, Joan C. Vilanova, José Martel.Summary: This introduction to sports injuries in children and adolescents is written in a user-friendly format and takes into account the fact that sports injuries in the pediatric population are not an easy topic for non-pediatric orthopedic surgeons, pediatricians, and non-pediatric radiologists. The book is divided into five chapters on musculoskeletal particularities in children, head and spine trauma, muscle strains and avulsion injuries, bone fractures, overuse injuries, and miscellanea. Each of these chapters comprises ten cases, and each case study includes up to four figures, a description of the clinical case, a review of the pathophysiology of the condition described in the case, and a final section on imaging findings. Sports Injuries in Children and Adolescents is a case-based book aimed at pediatricians, pediatric orthopedic surgeons, and radiologists.
Contents:
Head and Spine Trauma
Muscle Strains and Avulsion Injuries
Bone Fractures
Overuse Injuries
Miscellanea. - DigitalAdam C. Watts, Lennard Funk, Michael Hayton, Chye Yew Ng, Mike Walton, editors.Summary: This book provides a concise guide to the diagnosis, investigations, surgical principles and post-operative rehabilitation to sports injuries of the elbow. It features guidance on best practice and information on the appropriate use of the latest diagnostic and therapeutic techniques. Injuries seen in athletes who participate in overhead and contact sports are discussed along with a range of other injury types. Relevant concepts in applied biomechanics and information on sport-specific rehabilitation are also covered enabling the reader to develop a deep understanding of how to develop appropriate treatment plans tailored to individual needs. Sports Injuries of the Elbow comprehensively covers the diagnosis and treatment of patients with elbow injuries acquired during sporting activities, and is an indispensable resource for all medical professionals seeking an up-to-date reference on how to diagnose and treat a range of sports injuries that affect the elbow. .
Contents:
Clinical Anatomy of the Elbow
Imaging of the Elbow
Biomechanics of the Elbow Joint
Elbow Injuries in the Throwing Athlete
Posterolateral Rotatory Instability of the Elbow
Osteochondritis Dissecans of the Elbow
The Stiff Painful Elbow in the Athlete
Tendon Injuries around the Elbow
Myofascial Syndromes
Rehabilitation. - DigitalTerrence M. Philbin, editor.Summary: Sports Injuries of the Foot is the go-to text for the management and treatment of foot injuries in athletes, demonstrating the current state-of-the-art techniques in assessment, testing and treatment. Organized anatomically beginning with the toes and working down the foot, it covers such common athletic injuries as turf toe, bunions, MTP instability, and midfoot and navicular fractures, all in the context of athletic activity. Attention is also given to special considerations for the adolescent and female athlete, with an eye toward return to play. Written by clinicians for clinicians, it will be an invaluable resource for orthopedists, podiatrists, team physicians, athletic trainers and primary care providers alike.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalGian Luigi Canata, Pieter d'Hooghe, Kenneth J. Hunt, Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Umile Giuseppe Longo, editors.Summary: This book explores in a comprehensive manner the best current treatment options for sports injuries of the foot and ankle. Particular attention is devoted to advanced surgical techniques, with practical and clear explanation of every step of the described procedures. The coverage encompasses management of the full range of ligament, bone and joint, and tendon injuries, and a concluding section addresses special considerations such as outcome assessment and advances in rehabilitation techniques. Foot and ankle injuries are extremely common in athletes and may endanger their sporting activity. The approach to these injuries is constantly evolving with the aim of achieving the best possible functional restoration. In presenting a state of the art update covering all aspects of treatment, this book will be of value for established foot and ankle surgeons, fellows and residents in orthopaedics, and all those involved in sports medicine. The authors are leading international experts renowned within their fields, and the book is published in collaboration with ISAKOS.
Contents:
Ligament Injuries: Acute Ligamentous injuries in the ankle
Chronic Ankle Instability
Syndesmosis Injuries
Subtalar Joint Instability
Lisfranc Complex Injuries. Bone and Joint Injuries: Ankle Fractures
The role of arthroscopy in ankle fractures
Osteochondral Lesions of the Talus
Jones Fractures
Anterior Ankle Impingement Syndromes
Posterior Impingement and Os Trigonum
Arthritis of the Foot and Ankle
Hallux Rigidus
Hallux Valgus
Minimally Invasive Techniques to correct alignment
Advanced Techniques in Arthroscopy of the foot. Tendons and Biology: Achilles Ruptures
Peroneal Tendon Injuries
Insertional Achilles Tendinopathy
Non-insertional Achilles Tendinopathy
Biologics in the Foot and Ankle
Cartilage Techniques for osteochondral lesions of the talus. Special Considerations: Outcome
Outcomes Assessment for the Athlete
Advances in Rehabilitation Techniques
Footwear and Orthotics for the Athlete
Special Athlete Considerations. - Digitaleditors, Mike Hayton, Chye Yew Ng, Lennard Funk, Adam Watts and Mike Walt.Summary: This book provides insights into sports medicine addressing trauma of the hand and wrist. This collection of injuries invites readers to trace aetiology, diagnosis, relevant pathology, management principles, and outcomes of numerous injuries in elite and non-elite athletes. The authors present management principles and outcomes. It is an ideal reference for postgraduate musculoskeletal doctors and therapists for Orthopaedic and Sports Medicine postgraduate degrees. Each approach to deal with an injury is underlined by case reports. Readers will also find valuable questions and answers fro self-assessment purpose. Sports Injuries of the Hand and Wrist is aimed at sports doctors, musculoskeletal doctors, senior orthopedic trainees with an interest in upper limb, orthopedic trainees preparing for the FRCSOrth exam and similar international exams, as well as upper hand and wrist surgeons in the earlier years of their practice.
- Digitaledited by Lennard Funk, Mike Walton, Adam Watts, Michael Hayton, Chye Yew Ng.Summary: This book provides a practical guide detailing the aetiology, diagnosis, relevant pathology, management principles, and outcomes of a variety of injuries to the shoulder including rotator cuff disorders, glenoid bone loss, and pectoralis major ruptures in both elite and non-elite athletes. Each chapter features clinical pearls and a question and answer section to emphasize key points. Sports Injuries of the Shoulder is an essential book for those seeking an up-to-date resource. It is aimed at sports doctors and musculoskeletal doctors; senior orthopedic trainees with an interest in upper limb and those preparing for the FRCSOrth exam and similar international exams, as well as surgeons with a particular interest in shoulder conditions.
Contents:
Clinical Anatomy and Biomechanics of the Sporting Shoulder
Shoulder Injuries in overhead athletes
Scapular Dyskiness in Athletes
Rotator Cuff Disorders in Athletes
Labral Injuries in Athletes
Glenoid bone loss in athletes
Acromioclavicular joint injuries
The sternoclavicular joint
Glenohumeral Arthritis in Athletes
Pectoralis Major Ruptures
Principles of Sport-specific Rehabilitation.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalEric Shamus, Jennifer ShamusContents:
Chapter 1: Biomechanics: An Interdisciplinary Tool
Chapter 2: Baseball
Chapter 3: Tennis
Chapter 4: Volleyball
Chapter 5: Swimming
Chapter 6: Diving
Chapter 7: Golf
Chapter 8: Dinghy Sailing
Chapter 9: Running
Chapter 10: Alpine Skiing
Chapter 11: Ice Hockey
Chapter 12: Football
Chapter 13: Basketball
Chapter 14: Soccer
Chapter 15: Martial Arts
Chapter 16: Mixed Martial Arts
Chapter 17: Cycling
Chapter 18: Lacrosse
Chapter 19: Javelin
Chapter 20: Cheerleading
Chapter 21: Pilates in Sports
Chapter 22: Evaluation and Rehabilitation for Anterior Knee Pain.Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2017 - DigitalMouhanad M. El-Othmani, Henry T. Goitz, J. Antonio Bouffard.Summary: Ideal for all practitioners of musculoskeletal medicine, this practical pocket guide provides a standardized approach, through detailed checklists and protocols, for a complete ultrasonographic examination of the musculoskeletal system to assist in the diagnosis and management of orthopedic and sports medicine pathologies. As the trend in the US healthcare system continues to move towards optimizaing value in care delivery, the utilization of ultrasound has been in the spotlight as a cost-efficient and accurate diagnostic modality for musculoskeletal pathology Ultrasound assessment remains user-dependent, and multiple pathologies can often be overlooked due to the lack of a standardized approach to assess a specific joint or anatomic structure. To address this challenge, this user-friendly text presents a quick, accessible, and structured approach for a complete sonographic examination. After a general overview of the use of ultrasound in musculoskeletal medicine, each chapter proceeds anatomically and includes a detailed, step-by-step approach to the ultrasound diagnostic assessment, covering all major joints and pathologies of clinical importance: shoulder, elbow, hand and wrist, hip, knee, and foot and ankle. Plentiful images support this stepwise approach, covering the entire spectrum from patient positioning to ultrasound findings and appearance. Students, residents, and fellows in orthopedics and sports medicine will find this text especially valuable, however all healthcare providers dealing with the diagnosis and management of musculoskeletal conditions will benefit from its clear and concise approach.
Contents:
General Overview of Musculoskeletal Ultrasound
Ultrasound of the Shoulder
Ultrasound of the Elbow
Ultrasound of the Hands and Wrist
Ultrasound of the Hip
Ultrasound of the Knee
Ultrasound of the Foot and Ankle. - DigitalJordan D. Metzl with David T. Bernhardt [and 8 others] ; with foreword by Lewis R. First.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
- DigitalSérgio Rocha Piedade, Andreas B. Imhoff, Mark Clatworthy, Moises Cohen, João Espregueira-Mendes, editors.Summary: This superbly illustrated book provides information of outstanding quality on the presentation and management of the entire range of sports injuries and conditions likely to be encountered by the sports medicine physician, as well as many other topics relating to sports activity, events, and outcomes. It is the product of close collaboration among members of several ISAKOS committees, and the chapter authors are clinicians and scientists from across the world who are acknowledged experts in sports medicine and orthopedics. The book opens by discussing fundamental topics and principles, covering subjects such as the biomechanics of injuries, physiological demands in sports practice, sports activity at different ages, nutrition and hydration, strength and conditioning, injury prevention, recovery, rehabilitation, and return to play. Subsequent chapters focus in depth on overtraining injuries, neurological disorders, sports trauma to different parts of the body, and special clinical conditions. Further topics to be addressed are different scenarios in sports (e.g., indoor vs outdoor), sports equipment, biologic treatment of sports injuries, major sporting events, and patient-recorded outcome measures.
Contents:
PART 1 Sports Practice Principles
Multidisciplinary Sports Medicine Team
Pre-participation Evaluation in Sports Practice
Biomechanics of Musculoskeletal Injuries
Physiological Demands in Sports Practice
Sports Activity at Childhood and Adolescence
Sports Activity at Adult Life and Old Age
Oriented Warm-up
Nutrition and Hydration
Sports Rehabilitation
Role of Strength and Conditioning Coach
Sports Injuries Primary and Secondary Prevention
Return to Play
PART 2 Overtraining Injuries
Achilles Tendinopathy
Muscle Injuries
Stress Fractures
Shin Pain
Groin Injuries
PART 3 Neurological Disorders
Seizures and Epilepsies
Spine Injuries
PART 4 Sports Trauma
Face
Thoracic
Abdomen
Shoulder
Elbow
Wrist and Hand
Hip
Knee
Ankle and Foot
PART 5 Special Conditions
Female Athlete Triad and RED-S
Sudden Cardiac Arrest
Concussion
Dopping
Dermatological Injuries
Oral Health
Travelling Management
Sports Management in Extreme Conditions
Sports After Knee Arthroplasty
Ringside physician
PART 6 Different Scenarios in Sports
Indoor Sports
Outdoor Sports: Winter
PART 7 Sports Equipment
Sports Footwear: Problems and Advances
PART 8 Biologics in Sports Injuries
Biologic Treatment in Tendon and Muscle Injuries
Biologic Treatment in Ligament Injuries
Biologic Treatment in Meniscus Injuries
PART 9 Major Events in Sports
Olympic Games
Paralympic Games
FIFA World Cup
Extreme Sports
JUDO, Brazilian jiu-jistsu, and Mix Martial arts
PART 10 PROMS
Proms in Sports Medicine. - Digitaledited by Brian Hainline, Robert A. Stern.Contents:
Section I: Introduction. Sports and the human brain: an evolutionary perspective
Sports neurology as a multidisciplinary field
Section II: Traumatic brain injury and concussion. Mild traumatic brain injury and concussion: terminology and classification
Catastrophic neurologic injuries in sport
Concussive and subconcussive brain trauma: the complexity of impact biomechanics and injury
risk in contact sport
Concussion: pathophysiology and clinical translation
Epidemiology of sports concussion in the United States
Sideline assessment of concussion
Emergency department evaluation of the concussed athlete
Office-based concussion evaluation, diagnosis, and management: adult
Office-based concussion evaluation, diagnosis, and management: pediatric
The relationship of migraine and other headache disorders to concussion
Sleep disorders and concussion
Vestibular dysfunction and concussion
Neuro-ophthalmologic disorders following concussion
Neuropsychiatry of sport-related concussion
Postconcussion syndrome
The role of neuropsychologists in concussion evaluation and management
Return to play following sports-related concussion
Return to learn
Neuroimaging of brain trauma in sports
Blood and cerebrospinal fluid biomarkers
Measuring head impacts: accelerometers and other sensors
Subconcussive trauma
The evolving landscape of policies, rules, and law in sport-related concussion
The modern landscape of sport-related concussion research: key achievements and future directions
Section III: Neurodegeneration and other long-term consequences of concussion and
repetitive head impacts. Chronic traumatic encephalopathy: clinical presentation and in vivo diagnosis
The neuropathology of chronic traumatic encephalopathy
Chronic traumatic encephalopathy: neuroimaging biomarkers
Chronic traumatic encephalopathy: fluid biomarkers
Section IV: Cervical spinal cord injuries. Biomechanics and common mechanisms of injury of the cervical spine
Cervical spine trauma evaluation
Acute management of cervical spine trauma
Cervical spine trauma: prevention strategies
Classification in para sport for athletes following cervical spine trauma
Section V: Peripheral nerve injuries. Peripheral nerve injury in sport: an overview
Neuromuscular adaptations in shoulder function and dysfunction
Common peripheral nerve injuries in sport: diagnosis and management
Section VI: Pain. Sport-related injury and pain classification
Pain management in sport: therapeutic injections
Section VII: Special neurologic considerations in sport. Athletes with neurologic disease
Neurologic benefits of sports and exercise
Future directions.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalKazuyuki Kanosue, editor in chief ; Tomoyuki Nagami, Jun Tsuchiya, editors.Digital Access Springer 2015
- Digitaledited by Hua Yan.Summary: This book covers sports-related eye injuries, presenting standard processes to enable clinical practitioners to make appropriate decisions on the management of these patients. Sports-related activities are responsible for a large percentage of ocular injuries, particularly among young people, and can even lead to blindness. Given the increasing trend in these injuries and the potential functional loss they entail, it is important to understand how to prevent and to accurately diagnose and treat them. This book discusses the definition, etiology, clinical presentations and signs, treatment, and prevention of sports-related eye injuries, and includes typical clinical cases, together with a wealth of images and illustrative figures. Offering a systematic and symptom-based guide to clinical practice, it will help clinical practitioners to fully prepare for the various challenges posed by sports-related eye injuries.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Epidemics of Sports-related Eye Injuries
3. Risk Classification of Sports Events
4. Classification and Mechanism of Sports related eye injury
5. Sports-related injuries of the anterior segment
6. Posterior Segment of Sports-related Eye Injuries
7. Ocular Adnexal of Sports-Related Eye Injuries
8. Burns and Radiation Exposure
9. Prevention of Sports-related Eye Injuries
10. The application of protective devices in sports-related eye injuries
11. Guideliness of Return To Play
12. Sideline evaluation of the injured player
13. Screening of Sports-related Eye Injuries
14. Controversial Issue. - Digitaledited by Morteza Khodaee, Anna L. Waterbrook, Matthew Gammons.Summary: This exciting, user-friendly text covers everything sports medicine and emergency clinicians need to know when encountering sports-related injuries and trauma, whether on the field or in the office. Divided into eight thematic sections, all aspects of musculoskeletal and other trauma care are described in detail, with each chapter including key points for quick reference. The opening section presents general approaches to sports-related trauma, from initial evaluation and acute management to stabilization, anesthesia and imaging. The different types of fractures and dislocations, as well as musculoskeletal healing complications, are covered in part two. The next three sections then take in-depth looks at bone and joint trauma in the upper extremity, lower extremity and axial skeleton, respectively. Soft tissue and other sports-related trauma comprise parts six and seven - from tendons, ligaments, nerves and more to chest, head and facial injuries. The final and largest section presents sports-specific injuries, covering more than 30 individual and team activities from baseball, basketball and hockey to swimming, sailing and triathalon. Throughout, copious figures, photographs and tables enhance and advance the content for a complete, well-rounded examination of the field. Comprehensive but not complex, Sports-related Fractures, Dislocations and Trauma is a practical, high-yield manual for sports medicine and emergency care specialists, primary care physicians and any other professionals caring for athletes both on the field and in the office.
Contents:
Part I: General Approaches to Sports Trauma
Part II: General Synopsis of Acute Musculoskeletal Care in Sports
Part III: Acute Sports-related Bones and Joints Trauma: Upper Extremity
Part IV: Acute Sports-related Bones and Joints Trauma: Lower Extremity
Part V: Acute Sports-related Bones and Joints Trauma: Axial Skeleton
Part VI: Acute Soft Tissue Injuries in Sports
Part VII: Other Sports-related Trauma
Part VIII: Sports-specific Injuries.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalGraham B. Erickson.Summary: From basic eye care services to visual performance training, this evidence-based resource explores a range of sports vision services, including assessment and treatment procedures, outcome expectations, and applications to a variety of sports. Optometrists, ophthalmologists, and sports medicine practitioners will find a thorough review and discussion of the role of vision care in an athlete's performance, as well as practical recommendations for applying current research findings to clinical practice. Contains practical, clinically oriented chapters on visual assessment, prescribing, and ocular injuries in athletes. Takes a task analysis approach allowing the reader to develop solid reasoning skills and evaluate information needed for clinical practice. Includes a new chapter on Assessment and Management of Sports-Related Concussion. Features visual aids throughout including photographs, tables, and boxes to help clarify and visualize important concepts. Addresses sports vision training approaches and updated digital options reflecting the collaboration between athletic trainers, optometrists, and ophthalmologists in helping optimize vision in athletes.
Contents: <br/
>1. Introduction to Sports Vision;
2. Visual Task Analysis in Sports;
3. Visual Information Processing in Sports;
4. Visual Performance Evaluation;
5. Sports Vision Screening and Report Strategies;
6. Prescribing for the Athlete;
7. Management of Sport-Related Ocular Injuries and Concussion;
8. Sports Vision Training;
9. Sports Vision Practice Development; Multiple appendicesDigital Access - PrintAnne Swift, editor ; essays by Molly Caldwell Gordon, Vicki Jacobs, Susie McGlynn, Elaine Oldham, Reenie Post Raschke, Ann Swift, Jean Kunkel Wieler.Contents:
The less than one percent
Dr. Adrian J. Ebell
The Ebell Society for the Advancement of Women
Biographical sketches : Emma Babson & Maria Babson Friend, Franklina Gray Bartlett, Mary Park Seavy Benton, Katherine Bulkley, Dr. Chloe Annette Buckel, Ina Coolbrith, Sarah E. Hanshaw, Dr. Myra Knox, Emma Wixom Palmer, Mabel Thayer Gray Potter, Katherine Olivia Sessions, Marietta Bell Stow
The ladies of the club (members in the Victorian era)
Selected bibliography
Reading beyond the exhibit. - DigitalDietmar Schomburg and Ida Schomburg (eds.).Contents:
v. 1. Class 5: Isomerases
v. 2. Class 6: Ligases
v. 3. Class 4: Lyases I
v. 4. Class 4: Lyases II
v. 5. Class 4: Layases III
v. 6. Class 3.4: Hydrolases I
v. 7. Class 3.4: Hydrolases II
v. 8. Class 3.4: Hydrolases III
Index A: Synonym
v. 9. Class 3.1: Hydrolases IV
v. 10. Class 3.1: Hydrolases V
v. 11. Class 3.1: Hydroclass VI
v. 12. Class 3.2: Hydrolases VII
v. 13. Class 3.2: Hydrolases VIII
v. 14. Class 3.2-3.5: Hydrolases IX
v. 15. Class 3.5-3.12: Hydrolases X
v. 16. Class 1: Oxidoreductases I
v. 17. Class 1: Oxidoreductases II
v. 18. Class 1: Oxidoreductases III
v. 19. Class 1: Oxidoreductases IV
v. 20. Class 1: Oxidoreductases V. Class 1: Oxidoreductases VI
v. 22. Class 1: Oxidoreductases VII
v. 23. Class 1: Oxidoreductases VIII.
v. 24. Class 1: Oxidoreductases IX
v. 25. Class 1: Oxidoreductases X
v. 26. Class 1: Oxidoreductases XI
v. 27. Class 1: Oxidoreductases XII
v. 28. Class 2: Transferases I
v. 29. Class 2: Transferases II
v. 30. Class 2: Transferases III
v. 31. Class 2: Transferases IV
v. 32. Class 2: Transferases V
v. 33. Class 2: Transferases VI EC 2.4.2.1-2.5.1.30
v. 34. Class 2: Transferases VI EC 2.5.1.31-2.6.1.57
v. 35. Class 2: Transferases VIII
v. 36. Class 2: Transferases IX
v. 37. Class 2: Transferases X
v. 38. Class 2: Transferases XI
v. 39. Class 2: Transferases XII
v. S1. Class 1: Oxidoreductases EC 1
v. S2. Class 2: Transferases EC 2.1-2.7.10
v. S3. Class 2: Transferases EC 2.7.11.1-2.7.11.16
v. S4. Class 2: Transferases EC 2.7.11.17-2.8
v. S5. Class 3: Hydrolases EC 3.1-3.4.21
v. S6. Class 3: Hydrolases EC3.4.22-3.13
v. S7. Class 4-6: Lyases, Isomerases, Ligases EC 4-6.Digital Access - DigitalWolfgang Glänzel, Henk F. Moed, Ulrich Schmoch, Mike Thelwall (eds.).Summary: This handbook presents the state of the art of quantitative methods and models to understand and assess the science and technology system. Focusing on various aspects of the development and application of indicators derived from data on scholarly publications, patents and electronic communications, the individual chapters, written by leading experts, discuss theoretical and methodological issues, illustrate applications, highlight their policy context and relevance, and point to future research directions. A substantial portion of the book is dedicated to detailed descriptions and analyses of data sources, presenting both traditional and advanced approaches. It addresses the main bibliographic metrics and indexes, such as the journal impact factor and the h-index, as well as altmetric and webometric indicators and science mapping techniques on different levels of aggregation and in the context of their value for the assessment of research performance as well as their impact on research policy and society. It also presents and critically discusses various national research evaluation systems. Complementing the sections reflecting on the science system, the technology section includes multiple chapters that explain different aspects of patent statistics, patent classification and database search methods to retrieve patent-related information. In addition, it examines the relevance of trademarks and standards as additional technological indicators. The Springer Handbook of Science and Technology Indicators is an invaluable resource for practitioners, scientists and policy makers wanting a systematic and thorough analysis of the potential and limitations of the various approaches to assess research and research performance.
Contents:
PART A: Analysis of Data Sources and Network Analysis.- The Journal Impact Factor: A Brief History, Critique, and Discussion of Adverse Effects.- Bibliometric Delineation of Scientific Fields.- Knowledge Integration: Its Meaning and Measurement.- Using Google Scholar for Research Assessment. A New Data Source for Bibliometric Studies: Strengths Versus Weaknesses
Disentangling Gold Open Access.- Science Forecasts: Measuring, Predicting, and Communicating Scientific Developments.- Science Mapping Analysis Software Tools: A Review.- Creation and Analysis of Large-Scale Bibliometric Networks.- Science Mapping and the Identification of Topics: Theoretical and Methodological Considerations.- PART B: Advancement of Methodology for Research Assessment.- Measuring Science: Basic Principles and Application of Advanced Bibliometrics.- Field Normalization of Scientometric Indicators.- All Along the h-Index-Related Literature: A Guided Tour.- Citation Classes: A Distribution-Based Approach for Evaluative Purposes.- Author-Level Indicators of Research Performance.- Challenges, Approaches and Solutions in Data Integration for Research and Innovation.- Synergy in Innovation Systems: Redundancy in the Triple Helix of University-Industry-Government Relations.- PART C: Science Systems and Research Policy.- Scientometrics Shaping Science Policy, Science Policy Shaping Scientometrics: Experience from the ECOOM Case.- Different Processes, Similar Results? A Comparison of Performance Monitoring in the UK, Australia and Germany.- Scientific Collaboration Among BRICS: Trends and Priority Areas.- The Relevance of National Journals from a Chinese Perspective.- Bibliometric Approaches to Gender Studies.- How Biomedical Research Can Inform both Clinicians and the General Public.- Societal Impact Measurement of Research Papers.- Econometric Approaches to the Measurement of Research Productivity.- Developing Current Research Information Systems as Data Sources for Studies of Research.- PART D: New Indicators for Research Assessment.- Social Media Metrics for New Research Evaluation.- Reviewing, Indicating, and Counting Books for Modern Research Evaluation Systems.- Scholarly Twitter Metrics.- Readership Data and Research Impact.- Data Collection from the Web for Informetric Purposes.- Web Citation Indicators for Wider Impact Assessment of Articles.- Usage Bibliometrics as a Tool to Measure Research Activity.- Online Indicators for Non-Standard Academic Outputs.- PART E: Advancement of Methodology for Patent Analysis.- Information Technology-Based Patent Retrieval Models.- The Role of the Patent Attorney in the Filing Process.- Exploiting Images for Patent Search.- Methodological Challenges for Creating Accurate Patent Indicators.- Similarity of Patents and Publications.- Application of Text-Analytics in Quantitative Study of Science and Technology.- Functional Patent Classification.- PART F: Patent System, Patents and Economics.- Computer-Implemented Inventions in Europe.- Interplay of Patents and Trademarks as Tools in Economic Competition.- Post Catch-up Science and Technology Trajectories: Publishing and Patenting Activities of China and Korea.- Standardization and Standards as Science and Innovation Indicators.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019 - DigitalSummary: Springer Publishing Connect offers full-text HTML and PDF access to over 400 books to both individuals and institutions. A publishing pioneer celebrating 65 years in the industry, Springer Publishing Company is known as an innovative nursing, social sciences, and medical publisher.Digital Access Database
- DigitalDigital Access Springer v. 1-
- DigitalDigital Access Springer v. 1-, 2007-
- PrintRobert A. Novelline.Summary: In this long-awaited 7th edition, Robert Novelline provides more than 600 new high-resolution images representing the current breadth of radiological procedures. The clear choice for excelling in the practice of radiology, this textbook covers essential topics in the curriculum and features hundreds of cases clinicians can turn to again and again.-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Basic concepts
The imaging techniques
Normal radiologic anatomy
How to study the chest
The lung
Lung consolidations and pulmonary nodules
The diaphragm, the pleural spaces, and pulmonary embolism
Lung overexpansion, lung collapse, and mediastinal shift
The mediastinum
The heart
How to study the abdomen
Bowel gas patterns, free fluid, and free air
Contrast examinations and CT of the gastrointestinal tract
The abdominal organs
The musculoskeletal system
Women, men, and children
The vascular system
The central nervous system
Interventional radiology
The latest in diagnostic imaging. - Digitaledited by Bettina Warscheid.Contents:
1. Fifteen Years of Stable Isotope Labeling by Amino Acids in Cell Culture (SILAC) / Matthias Mann
2. Stable Isotope Labeling by Amino Acids Applied to Bacterial Cell Culture / Boumediene Soufi and Boris Macek
3. SILAC Labeling of Yeast for the Study of Membrane Protein Complexes / Silke Oeljeklaus, Andreas Schummer, Ida Suppanz, and Bettina Warscheid
4. Whole Proteome Analysis of the Protozoan Parasite Trypanosoma brucei Using Stable Isotope Labeling by Amino Acids in Cell Culture and Mass Spectrometry / Olivera Cirovic and Torsten Ochsenreiter
5. Stable Isotope Labeling by Amino Acids in Cultured Primary Neurons / Guoan Zhang, Katrin Deinhardt, and Thomas A. Neubert
6. SILAC and Alternatives in Studying Cellular Proteomes of Plants / Annemarie Matthes, Karin Köhl, and Waltraud X. Schulze
7. In Vivo Stable Isotope Labeling by Amino Acids in Drosophila melanogaster / Matthias D. Sury, Jia-Xuan Chen, and Matthias Selbach
8. Stable Isotope Labeling for Proteomic Analysis of Tissues in Mouse / Soraya Hölper, Aaron Ruhs, and Marcus Krüger
9. Identification of Novel Protein Functions and Signaling Mechanisms by Genetics and Quantitative Phosphoproteomics in Caenorhabditis elegans / Julius Fredens, Kasper Engholm-Keller, Jakob Møller-Jensen, Martin Røssel Larsen, and Nils J. Færgeman
10. SILAC-Based Temporal Phosphoproteomics / Chiara Francavilla, Omid Hekmat, Blagoy Blagoev, and Jesper V. Olsen
11. Global Ubiquitination Analysis by SILAC in Mammalian Cells / Zhiping Wu, Chan Hyun Na, Haiyan Tan, and Junmin Peng
12. Quantifying In Vivo, Site-Specific Changes in Protein Methylation with SILAC / Ho-Tak Lau, Karen A. Lewis, and Shao-En Ong
13. Applying SILAC for the Differential Analysis of Protein Complexes / Karsten Boldt, Christian J. Gloeckner, Yves Texier, Felix von Zweydorf, and Marius Ueffing
14. Defining Dynamic Protein Interactions Using SILAC-Based Quantitative Mass Spectrometry / Xiaorong Wang and Lan Huang
15. Identifying Nuclear Protein-Protein Interactions Using GFP Affinity Purification and SILAC-Based Quantitative Mass Spectrometry / H. Irem Baymaz, Cornelia G. Spruijt, and Michiel Vermeulen
16. Analyzing the Protein Assembly and Dynamics of the Human Spliceosome with SILAC / Carla Schmidt, Monika Raabe, Reinhard Lührmann, and Henning Urlaub
17. Identification and Validation of Protein-Protein Interactions by Combining Co-immunoprecipitation, Antigen Competition, and Stable Isotope Labeling / Frederik Sommer, Timo Mühlhaus, Dorothea Hemme, Daniel Veyel, and Michael Schroda
18. Protein Correlation Profiling-SILAC to Study Protein- Protein Interactions / Anders R. Kristensen and Leonard J. Foster
19. Autophagosomal Proteome Analysis by Protein Correlation Profiling-SILAC / Andrea C. Becker and Jörn Dengjel
20. Design and Application of Super-SILAC for Proteome Quantification / Yair Pozniak and Tamar Geiger
21. Proteomics Meets Genetics: SILAC Labeling of Drosophila melanogaster Larvae and Cells for In Vivo Functional Studies / Alessandro Cuomo, Roberta Sanfilippo, Thomas Vaccari, and Tiziana Bonaldi
22. Analysis of Secreted Proteins Using SILAC / Jeanette Henningsen, Blagoy Blagoev, and Irina Kratchmarova
23. Identification of MicroRNA Targets by Pulsed SILAC / Markus Kaller, Silke Oeljeklaus, Bettina Warscheid, and Heiko Hermeking
24. MaxQuant for In-Depth Analysis of Large SILAC Datasets / Stefka Tyanova, Matthias Mann, and Jürgen Cox.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalStahl, Stephen M.Summary: Comprehensive and regularly updated, providing full access to the entire current Cambridge portfolio of neuropsychopharmacology books by Dr Stahl. A one-stop shopDigital Access Database
- Digitaledited by Jeffrey R. Strawn, Stephen M. Stahl.Summary: "The fourth volume in Stahl's Case Studies series describing the approach, diagnosis, and treatment of children and adolescents with psychiatric disorders. Demonstrating core principles that allow clinicians to individualize treatment and engage families, creating the best outcomes. Essential reading for mental health professionals and students"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2024
- DigitalStephen M. Stahl ; editorial assistant, Meghan M. Grady ; with illustrations by Nancy Muntner.Summary: "For this 5th edition of Stahl's Essential Psychopharmacology you will notice that every figure in the book has been revised, refreshed and updated with new colors, shading and outlining. About half the figures are entirely new. The number of chapters has decreased by one, with merger of mood stabilizers into treatments for mood disorders; the text itself and the total number of figures and tables are all approximately the same in length and number, although all chapters have been edited, most of them extensively with the details of what has changed listed below. The number of references has now been doubled. Overall, 14 drugs have new uses and indications presented, and 18 brand new drugs are introduced and discussed"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2021
- DigitalStephen Stahl ; editorial assistant, Meghan M. Grady ; with illustrations by Nancy Muntner ; consultant child psychiatry reviewers, DeeAnn Wong, Desiree Shapiro.Contents:
Amphetamine-D
Amphetamine-D, L
Aripiprazole
Asenapine
Atomoxetine
Bupropion
Chlorpromazine
Citalopram
Clomipramine
Clonidine
Clozapine
Duloetine
Escitalopram
Fluoxetine
Fluvoxamine
Guanfacine
Haloperidol
Lisdexamfetamine
Lithium
Lurasidone
Methylphenidate-D
Methylphenidate-D, L
Olanzapine
Paliperidone
Paroxetine
Pimozide
Quetiapine
Risperidone
Sertraline
Trazodone
Valproate
VenlafaxineDigital Access Cambridge 2019 - DigitalStephen M. Stahl, Gabriela Alarcón ; Nancy Muntner, illustrations.Summary: "The new edition of 'Stahl's Illustrated Pharmacological Treatments for Psychosis' (previously entitled 'Stahl's Illustrated Antipsychotics') provides the essential practical support required by anyone treating people with psychosis in the field of mental health. Incorporating information on the newest indications, formulations, recommendations, and safety data, all presented in a clear concise manner alongside informative and easy-to-understand illustrations. 'Stahl's Illustrated Pharmacological Treatments for Psychosis 3e' is a concise guide, with all concepts illustrated by full-color figures and tables, that will be familiar to readers of 'Stahl's Essential Psychopharmacology' and the 'Prescriber's Guide'. The visual learner will find that this book makes psychopharmacological concepts easier to master, and the non-visual learner will enjoy this book's short explanations of complex psychopharmacological concepts. Each chapter builds upon previous ones, synthesizing information about basic biology, diagnostics, treatment plans, complications, and comorbidities. This book is the essential guide for mental health providers caring for psychiatric patients."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Schizophrenia as the prototypical psychotic disorder
Three neurotransmitter networks linked to psychosis
Circuits to mechanisms of treatments for psychosis and side effects
Pharmacological properties of selected dopamine receptor blocking agents
Switching strategies and converting to long-acting injectables
Future treatments.Digital Access Cambridge 2024 - DigitalStephen M. Stahl, University of California, San Diego, Debbi Ann Morrissette, Neuorscience Education Insitute ; Nancy Muntner, illustrations.Digital Access Cambridge 2016
- DigitalStephen M. Stahl, Sabrina K. Segal.Summary: Describes the spectrum of symptoms included in mood disorders, the neurocircuitry that underlies those symptoms, and the evidence-based therapeutic targets for the treatment of those symptoms. Also addresses best practices for early screening/detection and longterm management/treatment of mood disorders.Digital Access Cambridge 2023
- DigitalStephen M. Stahl, Debbi Ann Morissette ; Nancy Muntner, illustrations.Digital Access Cambridge 2014
- DigitalStephen M. Stahl.Summary: "As many readers know, Essential Psychopharmacology started in 1996 as a textbook (currently in its fourth edition) on how psycho- tropic drugs work and then expanded to a companion Prescriber's Guide in 2005 (currently in its sixth edition) on how to prescribe psychotropic drugs. In 2008, a website was added (stahlonline.org) with both of these books available online in combination with several more, including an Illustrated series of several books covering specialty topics in psychopharmacology. In 2011 a case book was added, called Case Studies: Stahl's Essential Psychopharmacology that shows how to apply the concepts presented in these previous books to real patients in a clinical practice setting. Now comes a compre- hensive set of questions and answers that we call Stahl's Self- Assessment Examination in Psychiatry: Multiple Choice Questions for Clinicians, designed to be integrated into the suite of our mental health/psychopharmacology books and products in the manner that I will explain here"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Basic neuroscience
Psychosis and schizophrenia and antipsychotics
Unipolar depression and antidepressants
Bipolar disorder and mood stabilizers
Anxiety disorders and anxiolytics
Chronic pain and its treatment
Disorders of sleep and wakefulness and their treatment
Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and its treatment
Dementia and cognitive function and its treatment
Substance use and impulsive compulsive disorders and their treatment
CME: posttest and certificate.Digital Access Cambridge 2019 - Printwritten by Jason Reynolds ; adapted from Stamped from the beginning by and with an introduction from Ibram X. Kendi.Summary: "The construct of race has always been used to gain and keep power, to create dynamics that separate and silence. Racist ideas are woven into the fabric of this country, and the first step to building an antiracist America is acknowledging America's racist past and present. This book takes you on that journey, showing how racist ideas started and were spread, and how they can be discredited"--Dust jacket flap The thief known as racism is all around. The construct of race has always been used to gain and keep power, to create dynamics that separate and silence. Racist ideas are woven into a fabric of this country, and the first step to building an antiracist America is acknowledging America's racist past and present. This book takes you on that journey, showing you racist ideas started and were spread, and how they can discredited. Through a gripping, fast-paced, and energizing narrative, Stamped shines a light on the many insidious forms of racist ideas -- and on ways YOU can identify and stamp out racist thoughts, leading to a better future. -- From dust jacket.
Contents:
Section 1: 1415-1728. The story of the world's first racist ; Puritan power ; A different Adam ; A racist wunderkind ; Section 2: 1743-1826. Proof in the poetry ; Time out ; Time in ; Jefferson's notes ; Uplift suasion ; The great contradictor
Section 3: 1826-1879. Mass communication for mass emancipation ; Uncle Tom ; Complicated Abe ; Garrison's last stand
Section 4: 1868-1963. Battle of the Black brains ; Jack Johnson vs. Tarzan ; Birth of a nation (and a new nuisance) ; The mission is in the name ; Can't sing and dance and write it away ; Home is where the hatred is
Section 5: 1963-today. When death comes ; Black power ; Murder was the case ; What war on drugs? ; The soundtrack of sorrow and subversion ; A million strong ; A bill too many ; A miracle and still a maybe. - DigitalAllison J. Applebaum.Summary: Compassionate, groundbreaking, and urgently needed, Stand By Me provides caregivers with new ways to juggle the responsibilities and emotional ups and downs of caregiving.As the founder of the only devoted Caregivers Clinic in the country, clinical psychologist Dr. Allison Applebaum is no stranger to the intensity of being an unpaid, untrained family caregiver. She also understands that it is often the strength and well-being of these very caregivers--the parents, children, partners, siblings, and friends of patients--that are the true linchpin determining each patient's illness experience. This book puts the practical tools and transformative support of the Caregivers Clinic in your hands, empowering you to provide your loved one with the best quality of life and care possible, while promoting your own wellbeing. The book covers crucial topics including: -Getting the most from any healthcare system -Productive advance care planning -Navigating changing roles and relationship dynamics -Finding meaning and purpose in the caregiving experience Stand By Me draws on a decade of clinical and research experience as well as Dr. Applebaum's personal journey as the primary caregiver for her own father, legendary composer Stanley Applebaum, at the end of his life. Dr. Applebaum recognizes caregivers for who they truly are: invaluable healthcare team members. Offering critical insight and takeaways, Stand By Me is an essential resource throughout your caregiving journey.Digital Access OverDrive. 2024Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- PrintNational Commission on Correctional Health Care.Summary: NCCHC's nationally recognized standards lay the foundation for constitutionally acceptable health services and can help jails improve health services delivery. The standards address seven general areas: (1) governance and administration; (2) health promotion, safety, and disease prevention; (3) personnel and training; (4) ancillary health care services; (5) patient care and treatment; (6) special needs and services; and (7) medical-legal issues.
- PrintNational Commission on Correctional Health Care.Summary: This manual contains 70 standards grouped under nine general areas. Every standard is categorized, numbered, and named. The statement below the standard's name is designated as the standard, a succinct sentence or two about the topic and statement of the expected outcome. Following the standard are compliance indicators, which specify how meeting the standard can usually be assessed. Next is the discussion section, the first sentence of which states the intent of the standard.
Contents:
Governance and administration
Safety
Personnel and training
Health care services and support
Patient care and treatment
Health promotion
Special needs and services
Health records
Medical-legal issues. - PrintNational Commission on Correctional Health Care.
- PrintNational Commission on Correctional Health Care.Contents:
Governance and administration
Safety
Personnel and training
Mental health care services and support
Patient care and treatment
Mental health promotion
Special mental health needs and services
Clinical records
Medical-legal issues. - DigitalBrian C. Gilger, Cynthia S. Cook, Michael H. Brown, editors.Summary: "This book is an international effort to standardize the language, terms, and methods used in ocular toxicology. With over 300 color illustrations this consensus volume provides standards and harmonization for procedures, terminology, and scoring schemes for ocular toxicology. it is essential for industry, pharmaceutical companies, and governmental agencies to help improve the drug development process and to reduce and refine the use of animals in research"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Standards for conducting ophthalmic examinations in laboratory animals
Standard operating procedures for common laboratory animal ocular procedures
Harmonization of lesion nomenclature in laboratory animals
Spontaneous incidence of ocular abnormalities in laboratory animals
Standardized scoring of ocular findings in the context of drug and device development programs. - DigitalSummary: "Adopted by nurses and healthcare organizations worldwide these expert developed and reviewed benchmarks are the standards for nursing care of women and newborns. The AWHONN Standards summarize the specialty's core principles of nursing practice. This new edition reflects AWHONN's commitment to promote the health of women and newborns by describing women's health, obstetric and neonatal nursing practice and nurses' roles and responsibilities to their patients. This edition emphasizes the nursing profession's important role in providing evidence-based care that is developmentally and culturally appropriate. Featured in the eighth edition are the enduring Standards of Practice and Standards of Professional Performance that are based on and adapted from the current American Nurses Association (ANA) Nursing Scope and Standards of Practice that reflect key elements of obstetric, women's health and newborn nursing. Also included is a customizable 8th Edition Clinical Ladder for you to use in your hospital setting"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction to the eighth edition
Components of the standards of practice, eighth edition. Standard 1: Assessment
Standard 2: Diagnosis
Standard 3: Outcomes
Standard 4: Planning
Standard 5: Implementation
Standard 6: Evaluation
Components of the standards of professional performance, eighth edition. Standard 7: Ethics
Standard 8: Culturally congruent practice
Standard 9: Communication
Standard 10: Collaboration
Standard 11: Leadership
Standard 12: Education
Standard 13: Evidence-based practice and research
Standard 14: Quality of practice
Standard 15: Professional practice evaluation
Standard 16: Resource utilization
Standard 17: Environmental health
Application of the standards into clinical practice
Introduction to the clinical ladder template
AWHONN sample clinical ladder template.Digital Access R2Library 2019Limited to 1 simultaneous user - PrintContents:
v. 1. Suggested standards for homes for the aged and nursing homes
v. 2. Methods of establishing and maintaining standards
v. 3. Bridging the gap between existing practices and desirable goals in homes for the aged and nursing homes. - PrintJoan Halifax.Contents:
A view from the edge
1. Altruism. At the high edge of altruism ; Falling over the edge of altruism: pathological altruism ; Altruism and the other edge states ; Practices that support altruism ; Discovery at the edge of altruism
2. Empathy. At the high edge of empathy ; Falling over the edge of empathy: empathic distress ; Empathy and the other edge states ; Practices that support empathy ; Discovery at the edge of empathy
3. Integrity. At the high edge of integrity ; Falling over the edge of integrity: moral suffering ; Integrity and the other edge states ; Practices that support integrity ; Discovery at the edge of integrity
4. Respect. At the high edge of respect ; Falling over the edge of respect: disrespect ; Respect and the other edge states ; Practices that support respect ; Discovery at the edge of respect
5. Engagement. At the high edge of engagement ; Falling over the edge of engagement: burnout ; Engagement and the other edge states ; Practices that support engagement ; Discovery at the edge of engagement
6. Compassion at the edge. Survival of the kindest ; Three faces of compassion ; The six perfections ; Compassion's enemies ; Mapping compassion ; Compassion practice ; Compassion in the charnel ground.Print - PrintWilliam L. Dauterman, Richard M. Suinn.
- PrintBerreyesa, Pat; Clark, Sarah; Ellington, Donnie; Jamison, Dede; Miller, Françoise; Roberts, Jan; Smith, Carolyn; Whitby, Jill; Winterburn, Alice.Summary: Appendix at end includes list of presidents, 1959-2015, thank you letter from Amir Dan Rubin, list of gifts to the Medical Center, 1959-2008 ($4.3M); services to Stanford Hospital, 1983-2014; scholarships, 1971-May 2014 ($1M); volunteer hours (over 3 million); and copy of the Auxiliary stationery, 1929.
- DigitalSummary: This collection includes materials from the Stanford University Medical Center Auxiliary from its beginning in 1959 as the Palo Alto Hospital Auxiliary to its dissolution in 2015. It is made up of seven series: Overview and History, Business Records, Financial and Legal Records, Activities, Newsletters, Photographs, and Scrapbooks.
- PrintFabio Bagnoli, Rino Rappuoli, Guido Grandi, editors ; responsible series editor: Rino Rappuoli.Contents:
Clinical microbiology, transmission and carriage of Staphylococcus aureus
Worldwide epidemiology and antibiotic resistance of Staphylococcus aureus
Structure and function of surface polysaccharides of Staphylococcus aureus
Cell wall-anchored surface proteins of Staphylococcus aureus: many proteins, multiple functions
Staphylococcus aureus pore-forming toxins
The role of two-component signal transduction systems in Staphylococcus aureus virulence regulation
Staphylococcus aureus-associated skin and soft tissue infections: anatomical localization, epidemiology, therapy and potential prophylaxis
Staphylococcus aureus-associated musculoskeletal infections
Bacteremia, sepsis, and infective endocarditis associated with Staphylococcus aureus
Amphixenosic aspects of Staphylococcus aureus infection in man and animals
Treatment of Staphylococcus aureus infections
The innate immune response against Staphylococcus aureus
Adaptive immunity against Staphylococcus aureus
Staphylococcal immune evasion proteins: structure, function, and host adaptation
Vaccines for Staphylococcus aureus and target populations
Lysin therapy for Staphylococcus aureus and other bacterial pathogens. - Digitaleditor, Stephanie J. Dancer.Contents:
Staphylococcus aureus antibiotic resistance / Stephanie J. Dancer
Understanding resistance mechanisms / Efthimia Petinaki & Iris Spiliopoulou
Staphylococcus aureus epidemiology and screening : best practice / Iris Spiliopoulou & Efthimia Petinaki
Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus : impact on care in the neonatal unit / Melissa U. Nelson, Matthew J. Bizzarro & Patrick G. Gallagher
Environmental cleaning : the effect of cleaning on MRSA transmission risk / Stephanie J. Dancer
Computational simulation modeling of Staphylococcus aureus outbreaks / Bruce Y. Lee & Leslie E. Mueller
Role of rapid diagnostics in selecting optimal therapy for Staphylococcus aureus infections / Richard A. Proctor & Drew Smith
Novel compounds for therapy : antibiotics and alternative therapies / Kimberly Hammer, Melissa A. Rohrich, Catherine Wieser & Tze Shien Lo
Multiple choice questions : answers. - Digitaledited by Paul D. Fey.Contents:
Clinical characteristics of infections in humans due to Staphylococcus epidermidis / Mark E. Rupp
Staphylococcus epidermidis pathogenesis / Michael Otto
Identification of Staphylococcus epidermidis in the clinical microbiology laboratory by molecular methods / Amity L. Roberts
Pulsed field gel electrophoresis of Staphylococcus epidermidis / Richard V. Goering and Paul D. Fey
Multilocus sequence typing of Staphylococcus epidermidis / Jonathan C. Thomas and D. Ashley Robinson
Growth and preparation of Staphylococcus epidermidis for NMR metabolomic analysis / Greg A. Somerville and Robert Powers
The isolation and analysis of phenol-soluble modulins of Staphylococcus epidermidis / Hwang-Soo Joo and Michael Otto
Genetic manipulation of staphylococci / Jeffrey L. Bose
Isolation of chromosomal and plasmid DNA from Staphylococcus epidermidis / Jill K. Lindgren
Isolation of Staphylococus sp. RNA / Tess Eidem
Use of electroporation and conjugative mobilization for genetic manipulation of Staphylococcus epidermidis / Katherine L. Maliszewski and Austin S. Nuxoll
Methods to generate a sequence-defined transposon mutant library in Staphylococcus epidermidis strain 1457 / Todd J. Widhelm [and four others]
Examination of Staphylococcus epidermidis biofilms using flow-cell technology / Derek E. Moormeier and Kenneth W. Bayles
Rapid quantitative and qualitative analysis of biofilm production by Staphylococcus epidermidis under static growth conditions / Elaine M. Waters [and five others]
Bacteriophage transduction in Staphylococcus epidermidis / Michael E. Olson and Alexander R. Horswill
Mouse model of post-arthroplasty Staphylococcus epidermidis joint infection / Tyler D. Scherr [and five others]
A mouse model of Staphylococcus catheter-associated biofilm infection / Cortney E. Heim, Mark L. Hanke, and Tammy Kielian
Generation of a central nervous system catheter-associated infection in mice with Staphylococcus epidermidis / Jessica N. Snowden
Rat jugular catheter model of biofilm-mediated infection / Carolyn R. Schaeffer, Keith M. Woods, and G. Matthew Longo.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaleditors Michelle Gray, Ellen Kitson-Reynolds and Allison Cummins.Summary: This volume explores the unique challenges midwifery graduates face as they move into practice. It identifies the similarities and differences in midwifery education, regulation, and clinical practice faced by graduate midwives in all continents, examining the various support systems available for graduate midwives in many countries, and identifying the common strategies (formal and informal) and approaches that have proved to be effective in supporting midwifery graduates. The book volume brings together the experiences of new midwives starting out in registered practice, to share the challenges and triumphs during their transition to confident practitioners. It identifies, explains and details both established and innovative new mechanisms in place to support new midwives in each country, and examines the effects the experiences of transitioning to practice may have on future professional practice, resilience and sustainability. Lack of support during the new-graduate transition to practice has been associated with early attrition from the midwifery profession. Stress, disillusion, and horizontal violence have been identified as factors that influence midwifery attrition rates. Exploration of the various support mechanisms currently available in different countries may stimulate the sharing of best practices in providing new midwives with transition to practice programmes and generate further research. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
IntroductionChapter 1. AustraliaMichelle Gray, Allison CumminsContext of Midwifery Practice in Australia Preparation for Clinical Practice/Midwifery Education; BMid, Post graduate programs, dual degreeRegistration and Regulation of New MidwivesTraditional new graduate program Mentorship and support: benefits, challenges, innovations, exemplars Current Research: highlight recent or ongoing research regarding the transition to clinical practice that is unique to AustraliaRecommendations for the implementation of innovations to support new graduates into COC modelsThe lived experience of newly qualified midwives in their first year as registrants Chapter 2 . BelgiumGenevieve Castiaux The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your country A brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
discussing what support systems exist (if any), what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife)Reflective experiences by new midwives in their first year of practise Chapter 3. BrazilDulce Maria Rosa and Edemilson The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your country A brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
discussing what support systems exist (if any),what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife)A reflective experience written by a new midwife in their first year of practise.The lived experience of newly qualified midwives in their first year as registrants Chapter 4. CanadaChristine Sandor, Beth Murray-Davis bmurray@mcmaster.caContext of midwifery practice and education in Ontario, Canada • Overview of scope of practice, models of practice , funding and remuneration• Midwifery education in Canada Registration and Regulation of New MidwivesMentorship, Supervision and Support for New MidwivesNew Midwives process of learning, transitioning and identifying Chapter 5. EthiopiaAnnette Bennett The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your countryA brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
discussing what support systems exist (if any), what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife)Reflective experience by new midwives in their first year of practice Chapter 6. GermanyMarina Weckend Chapter 7. Hong Kong Hau wai Lei The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your country A brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
discussing what support systems exist (if any), what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife) Reflective experience by new midwives in their first year of practise Chapter 8 . Iran/TeheranAnahita Esbati The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your country A brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
discussing what support systems exist (if any), what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife)Reflective experience by new midwives in their first year of practise Chapter 9. JamaicaCynthia Pearl Pitter The legislation related to regulation of midwifery in your country A brief outline of the education leading to registration as a midwifeThe regulation related to initial and ongoing registrationThe transition of new midwives after registration as a midwife
discussing what support systems exist (if any), what program involve (such as additional training of extended skills and/or mentorship from an experienced midwife)The lived experience of newly qualified midwives in their first year as registrants Chapter 10. New Zealand Jacqui Anderson, Lesley Dixon Context of midwifery practice in New Zealand (employed/self-employed, place of work, autonomous practice) Undergraduate Preparation for practice (preparing for NZ context, standards of education theoretical and practice requirements)Registration and regulation (HPCAA)• Frameworks for Midwifery Practice (Professional standards, expectations, ethics, code of conduct)• The Midwifery First Year of Practice Programme ( supporting successful transition)Mentoring and support (importance of relationships and networks)Experiences of new graduate Midwives in New Zealand (feedback from new graduates in New Zealand) Chapter 11. The Netherlands Liesbeth Kool and Esther Feijen-de JongContext of midwifery practice in The Netherlands (history of midwifery, place of birth, the birth of the clinical midwife, organisation of midwifery practice) Preparation for clinical practice/midwifery education (midwifery education, competences of a midwife in the educational system, midwifery education at the AVAG)Registration and regulation of new midwives Mentorship and support: benefits, challenges, innovations, exemplarsCurrent research: highlight recent or ongoing research regarding the transition to clinical practice that is unique to that countryThe lived experience of newly qualified midwives in their first year as registrants Chapter 12. United KingdomEllen Kitson Reynolds and Liz CluettThe context of Midwifery Practice: National policy/England, Ireland, Scotland, Wales policy on supporting new graduate midwives onto practice Preparation for Clinical Practice/Midwifery Education: Changes to the university funding and the consequences to midwifery educationNew graduate Midwives' experiences of the current graduate programmes? Changes to include the introduction of associate professionals and the potential impact on the newly qualified midwifeThe changing landscape in view of the Morecambe bay review, changes to legislation, and Francis reportsPreceptorship and developing competence/extended rolesDeveloping a career planThe lived experience of newly qualified midwives in their first year as registrants.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalAlan Davies, Alwyn Scott.Summary: This book follows Starting to Read ECGs: The Basics by the same authorship and provides the beginner in electrocardiogram (ECG) interpretation with a concise, practical and systematic guide to interpreting ECGs. The authors have included an introduction to the pediatric ECG and genetic cardiac conditions in attempt to deepen readers awareness of some of the broader clinical issues. Starting to Read ECGs: A Comprehensive Guide to Theory and Practice expands on some of the topics introduced in the first book, but offers a deeper perspective with more detailed background information and a variety of practical interpretation methods. It can be read as a standalone book for those who already possess some basic ECG knowledge or for those who have read the first book in the series and wish to consolidate and expand on what they have already read. The book uses numerous diagrams, tables and practical examples to reinforce learning and summarize information succinctly, and will be an essential resource for medical students, junior doctors, and other health care professionals involved in the recording and interpretation of ECGs who wish to build their knowledge and confidence.
Contents:
Chapter 1 Anatomy and physiology
Advanced anatomy and physiology
Cellular physiology (action potential of pacemaker/non-pacemaker cells)
Wiggers diagram
Revision of waveform
Chapter 2 Revision of recording ECG and basic interpretation skills
Advanced lead placement (posterior ECGs / right sided ECGs)
Explanation of leads / electrical flow
Review of normal values and paper timings
Different methods of rate calculation
Chapter 3 Calculating cardiac axis
What it is
Why it's useful
The quick look method
The Hexaxial method
Making it more accurate
The vector method
Worked examples
Chapter 4 Brady-arrhythmias
Background
Genetic factors
treatment options
Chapter 5 Tachy-arrhythmias
Background
Genetic factors
treatment options
Chapter 6 conditions
Conduction blocks
PE, electrolye
Brugada (type I
III)
Cardiomyopathy
Hypertrophy
Chapter 7 Implantable devices and the ECG
PPM
AICDs
Various implanted monitors (i.e. Reveal)
Considerations
ECG appearance
Chapter 8 Drugs and the ECG
Tricyclics
Long QT causing drugs
Arrythmogenic drugs
Cardiac specific drugs
Chapter 9 Paediatric ECGs
Normal paediatric ECG
Childhood cardiac abnormalities appearance on the ECG (i.e. congenital issues like holes in hearts, accessory pathways etc)
Chapter 10 ACS and re-profusion arrhythmia's
Bloods (enzymes)
physiology and pathology of arteriosclerosis
Treatment options
MI's
Posterior MIs
Vasospasm
Ideoventricular rhythms
Treatment options (PPCI, CABG, thrombolytic therapy). . - DigitalAlan Davies, Alwyn Scott.Contents:
Chapter 1: How to record a 12-lead ECG
Physiology
What is an ECG
Patient positioning
Electrode placement
Attaching the cables
The machine
What to write on the ECG
Summary of key points
Quiz
Chapter 2: ECG basics
How does the 12-lead ECG work?
ECG paper
Details found on a standard 12-lead ECG
12-lead ECG leads
The PQRST waveform
Deflection
Summary of key points
Quiz
Chapter 3: Quality issues pertaining to ECG recording
Background
Leads
Calibration markers
ECG Documentation
Summary of key points
Quiz
Chapter 4: Principles of ECG analysis
Background
Basic quality control checks
The rate
The rhythm
The P wave
The PR interval
The QRS complex
The ST segment
The T wave
The QT interval
Electrical axis
Additional features
The normal ECG and normal variants
Summary of key points
Quiz
Chapter 5: Chamber abnormalities
Physiology
Atrial abnormality
Ventricular abnormality
Normal variants
Summary of key points
Quiz
Chapter 6: Arrhythmias
Background
Ectopic beats
Atrial arrhythmias
Junctional arrhythmias
Ventricular Arrhythmias
Summary of key points
Quiz
Chapter 7: Conduction delay
Background
Bundle Branch Blocks
Atrioventricular Blocks (AV Blocks)
Sinoatrial blocks (SA blocks)
Sick Sinus Syndrome (SSS)
Summary of key points
Quiz
Chapter 8: Miscellaneous cardiac conditions
Background
Paced rhythms
Types of permanent pacemaker (PPM)
ECG identification of Pacemakers
Pericarditis
Long QT syndromes
Summary of key points
Quiz
Chapter 9: Non cardiac conditions identifiable on the ECG
Background
Electrolyte imbalances
Hypothermia
Digoxin use
Pulmonary Embolism (PE)
Summary of key points
Quiz
Chapter 10: Acute Coronary Syndromes
Background
Atherosclerosis
Modifiable and non-modifiable risk factors for CHD
Angina
Acute Coronary Syndromes (ACS)
Evolution of STEMI
Left Bundle Branch Block (LBBB) and chest pain
Summary of key points
Quiz.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalAlister C. Ward, editor.Summary: This volume, which includes contributions from leading scientists and clinicians in the field, provides definitive, state-of-the-art information on STAT inhibitors in a biological and clinical context. It gives an overview of the biology of the STAT family of transcription factors and their role in cancer etiology. Additionally, it describes the raft of therapeutic approaches being used to inhibit STATs in the context of various cancers, covering the full spectrum of therapeutic approaches to inhibiting STATs, and presenting emerging data from clinical trials.
Contents:
STATs in Health and Disease
STAT Proteins in Cancer
Translating STAT Inhibitors from the Lab to the Clinic
Historical Development of STAT3 Inhibitors and Early Results in Clinical Trials
STAT3 Inhibitors in Cancer: A Comprehensive Update
Targeting Upstream Janus Kinases
Inhibitors of Upstream Inducers of STAT Activation. - Digital/PrintU.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public Health Service, Center for Disease Control, Bureau of Health EducationDigital Access
- Digital/PrintWorld Health Organization ; International Center for Equity in Health, Pelotas.Summary: "Achieving equity in health requires a commitment to monitoring health inequalities which, in turn, necessitates strong, equity-oriented health information systems. High-quality data and robust monitoring systems ensure that efforts can be targeted appropriately and that progress can be tracked. Countries must strengthen health information systems to generate better data and evidence to measure progress. Integral to the health inequality monitoring process is the task of reporting data in a meaningful way. This State of inequality report exemplifies effective reporting practices, featuring the topic of reproductive, maternal, newborn and child health. The report addresses the challenge of how to best communicate a large and complex body of data in a manner that is comprehensible, flexible and appealing to a wide readership. Foreword viii Feature stories provide an in-depth look at the state of inequality for selected indicators and highlight key observations in reproductive health interventions, maternal health interventions, care-seeking for sick children, childhood immunization, child malnutrition and child mortality. Perhaps most notable, however, is the innovative use of electronic visualization technology. Story-point dashboards, for instance, guide the reader through a succession of visuals where readers can use interactive tools to further explore, sort and filter the data. Similarly, interactive maps and tables engage readers in customizing how data are viewed. The report reveals that significant inequalities exist in low- and middle-income countries in the area of reproductive, maternal, newborn and child health. The good health of women, infants and children is essential for sustainable development, and there is still much work to be done. Discussions will increasingly call into question how efforts to improve reproductive, maternal, newborn and child health can achieve early and accelerated progress among those who are falling behind."--Pages viii-ix
Contents:
Foreword
Acknowledgements
Executive summary
1. Introduction
2. Background
2.1. Inequality
2.2. Health inequality
2.3. Reproductive, maternal, newborn and child health
3. Monitoring the state of inequality in RMNCH
3.1. Data
3.1.1. Data sources
3.1.2. Health indicator data
3.1.3. Dimension of inequality data
3.1.4. Country selection
3.2. Analysis
3.2.1. Data disaggregation
3.2.2. Summary measures
3.3. Reporting
3.3.1. Data visualization
3.3.2. Feature stories
4. The state of inequality in RMNCH: stories from low- and middle-income countries
4.1. Reproductive health interventions
4.2. Maternal health interventions
4.3. Care-seeking for sick children
4.4. Childhood immunization
4.5. Child malnutrition
4.6. Child mortality
4.7. RMNCH interventions, combined
4.8. Potential for improvement in RMNCH interventions
5. Reporting the state of inequality: taking stock
5.1. The importance of data disaggregation
5.2. Equity orientation of policies, programmes and practices
5.3. Equity-oriented health information systems
5.4. Reducing inequality across health topics and the post-2015 sustainable development agenda
References
Appendices
Appendix 1. Data and analysis methods
Appendix 2. Assessing health inequality: methodological considerations
Appendix 3. Visualizing disaggregated data using maps
Appendix 4. Guide to interpreting the visuals used in this report
Appendix 5. Interactive visualization of health data
Appendix 6. Additional interactive visuals: references for further data exploration
Appendix 7. Patterns of inequality
Supplementary tables
Index.Digital Access WHO 2015 - DigitalMan Koon Suh, editor.Summary: In this book, Korean rhinoplasty masters present their current techniques for the correction of common nasal deformities and explain how to achieve an ideal balance between esthetic and functional outcomes. Among the procedures covered are the harvesting of autogenous tissue, nasal dorsal augmentation, diverse nasal tip techniques, alar rim and alar base surgery, mid-vault surgery, deviated nose correction, and secondary rhinoplasty techniques. Aspects of nasal anatomy of importance for Asian rhinoplasty are also carefully explained. A wealth of illustrative material documents the key steps in each procedure. The book is a collaborative enterprise between highly respected plastic surgeons and otolaryngologists with expertise in rhinoplasty. It will be an invaluable practical resource for all who perform rhinoplasty in Asian patients, whether in Asian countries or in countries with large Asian populations. The book contains various latest techniques that be usefully applied to Caucasian rhinoplasty as well.
Contents:
(1) Clinically oriented anatomy of the nose
(2) Harvest of autogenous tissues for rhinoplasty
(3) Nasal dorsal augmentation using implant and autogenous tissues
(4) Nasal tip techniques: augmentation, lengthening
(5) Nasal tip techniques: reduction, shortening
(6) Alar rim & alar base surgery
(6) Mid-vault surgery
(7) Deviated nose correction and functional surgery
(8) Secondary rhinoplasty (midvault, implant-related complications)
(9) Secondary rhinonplasty (tip, contracture). - DigitalKonstantin Yastrebov, editor.Summary: This book covers all aspects of modern techniques used in the rapidly developing field of adult critical care echocardiography, 3D transthoracic and transesophageal echocardiography, myocardial tissue velocity and deformation assessment, and contrast echocardiography. Featuring multiple color illustrations and echocardiographic images, it provides essential information on the technical aspects and current specifics of the equipment, anatomical imaging guidance, and physiological and pathological approaches with a focus on critically ill population. This book helps practitioners to not only understand the techniques and the applicability of these new technologies in various disease states, but also to apply them in a clinical setting. 3D echo, tissue deformation and contrast are opening tremendous new horizons for intensive care practitioners, offering them previously unimaginable insights into cardiac mechanics and anatomy and using non-invasive approaches for central hemodynamic diagnostic and monitoring management of intensive care patients. It also opens the way for completely new areas in clinical research. This book is useful for intensive care physicians, cardiologists, anesthesiologists, emergency physicians and sonographers involved in the provision of advanced echocardiographic services in intensive care units and in critical care environments. It is also suitable for students undertaking a Diploma of Diagnostic Ultrasound (Critical Care) with the Australasian Society of Ultrasound Medicine, adding to the existing literature used to prepare for the second and third parts examinations. .
Contents:
Three-dimensional echocardiography
Tissue velocity and deformation imaging
Contrast echocardiography.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digital/Printby George Chandler Whipple.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Klaus Jung.Contents:
Introduction to proteomics technologies / Christof Lenz and Hassan Dihazi
Topics in study design and analysis for multistage clinical proteomics studies / Irene Sui Lan Zeng
Preprocessing and analysis of LC-MS-based proteomic data / Tsung-Heng Tsai, Minkun Wang, and Habtom W. Ressom
Normalization of reverse phase protein microarray data : choosing the best normalization analyte / Antonella Chiechi
Outlier detection for mass spectrometric data / HyungJun Cho and Soo-Heang Eo
Visualization and differential analysis of protein expression data using R / Tomé S. Silva and Nadège Richard
False discovery rate estimation in proteomics / Suruchi Aggarwal and Amit Kumar Yadav
Nonparametric bayesian model for nested clustering / Juhee Lee ... [etal.]
Set-based test procedures for the functional analysis of protein lists from differential analysis / Jochen Kruppa and Klaus Jung
Classification of samples with order-restricted discriminant rules / David Conde ... [et al.]
Application of discriminant analysis and cross-validation on proteomics data / Julia Kuligowski, David Pérez-Guaita, and Guillermo Quintás
Protein sequence analysis by proximities / Frank-Michael Schleif
Statistical method for integrative platform analysis : application to integration of proteomic and microarray data / Xin Gao
Data fusion in metabolomics and proteomics for biomarker discovery / Lionel Blanchet and Agnieszka Smolinska
Reconstruction of protein networks using reverse-phase protein array data / Silvia von der Heyde ... [et al.]
Detection of unknown amino acid Substitutions using error-tolerant database search / Sven H. Giese, Franziska Zickmann, and Bernhard Y. Renard
Data analysis strategies for protein modification identification / Yan Fu
Dissecting the iTRAQ data analysis / Suruchi Aggarwal and Amit Kumar Yadav
Statistical aspects in proteomic biomarker discovery / Klaus Jung.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalJoseph W. Goodman.Summary: This book discusses statistical methods that are useful for treating problems in modern optics, and the application of these methods to solving a variety of such problems This book covers a variety of statistical problems in optics, including both theory and applications. The text covers the necessary background in statistics, statistical properties of light waves of various types, the theory of partial coherence and its applications, imaging with partially coherent light, atmospheric degradations of images, and noise limitations in the detection of light. New topics have been introduced i.
Contents:
Random variables
Random processes
Some first-order statistical properties of light
Temporal and spatial coherence of optical waves
Some problems involving higher-order coherence
Effects of partial coherence in imaging systems
Imaging through randomly inhomogeneous media
Fundamental limits in photoelectric detection of light.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2015 - DigitalJames B. Schreiber, Melanie T. Turk.Summary: "Drs. Schreiber and Turk's book, Statistics and Data Analysis Literacy for Nurses, fills a void and meets this need. Students and educators alike will benefit from its straightforward, pragmatic style in explaining applied statistical analysis. Chapters are replete with various quantitative methods including novel chapters on Visual Representation and Humility, and examples to assist the reader in understanding what is generally complex content. Drawing on the deep expertise of its authors, the book should become a go-to reference for anyone looking to gain knowledge in applied statistics. The end of chapter review questions is an additional resource for readers to evaluate their mastery of the topic"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Statistical understanding
Background of design, measurement, and analysis
Descriptive analyses
Visual representations
Traditional study design
Variability between and within groups
Variability between and within groups expanded
Correlation and regression
Logistic regression
Introduction to Bayesian analysis
Quality improvement
Humility.Digital Access R2Library [2023] - DigitalMarco Ceresoli, Fikri M. Abu-Zidan, Kristan L. Staudenmayer, Fausto Catena, Federico Coccolini, editors.Summary: The main aim of this book is to offer an easy tool to read a scientific article with greater awareness, to understand and evaluate it more thoroughly, and to better plan research. Today, in the era of evidence-based medicine, both research and daily patient-focused clinical practice are no longer possible without a thorough knowledge of the literature and its continuous updates. Written by surgeons for surgeons, this practical book makes the basic concept of statistics and research methodology easy to understand and apply for young surgeons and researchers, students and residents.
- DigitalJulie Dawn Thompson.Summary: Statistics for Bioinformatics: Methods for Multiple Sequence Alignment provides an in-depth introduction to the most widely used methods and software in the bioinformatics field. With the ever increasing flood of sequence information from genome sequencing projects, multiple sequence alignment has become one of the cornerstones of bioinformatics. Multiple sequence alignments are crucial for genome annotation, as well as the subsequent structural, functional, and evolutionary studies of genes and gene products. Consequently, there has been renewed interest in the development of novel multiple sequence alignment algorithms and more efficient programs.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
- DigitalMyoungJin Kim, Caroline Mallory, Teresa D. Valerio.Summary: "Statistics for Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing is an accessible and comprehensive learning tool for nurses returning to graduate school or engaged in evidence-based practice. Peer-reviewed and course tested, the current edition continues to present statistics in a readable, user-friendly format to meet the learning needs of students. Through numerous updates on screenshots, data sets, instructor as well as student materials, additional figures, and hyperlinks in the electronic books, the current edition includes key terms, critical thinking questions, and case studies incorporating research and evidence-based practice to help nurses connect statistics with everyday work in the healthcare field"--Publisher's description
Contents:
Evidence-based practice in nursing, or why do i need to take statistics?
Statistical essentials I
Statistical essentials II: measurement
Working with Microsoft Excel and IBM SPSS statistics software (SPSS)
Organizing and displaying data
Descriptive statistics
Hypothesis testing
Getting ready for the analysis
Examining relationships between and among variables
Modeling relationships
Tests for comparing group means: part I
Tests for comparing group means: part II
Nonparametric tests
Categorical data analysis: nonparametric tests of association
Avoiding common statistical mistakes
Appendices. Random number table
How to select the correct statistical test
Critical values.Digital Access R2Library 2022 - DigitalElizabeth Heavey.Summary: "Today's nurse faces even more questions about understanding and interpreting data. Although statistics has not changed in its essence, nurses are leveraging new technologies to interpret data in the clinical space. Understanding how to use that information and make successful clinical decisions are the essence of the role of the nurse. The 4th edition will provide new research and highlight an unfolding case study that is used throughout the text to connect concepts to situations, equipping students and instructors with the right tools to leverage the data in a safe and accurate way"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction to statistics and levels of measurement
Presenting data
Descriptive statistics, probability, and measures of central tendency
Measuring data
Sampling methods
Generating the research idea
Sample size, effect size, and power
Chi-square
Student t-test
Analysis of variance (ANOVA)
Correlation coefficients
Regression analysis
Relative risk vs. absolute risk and other public health measures you commonly see.Digital Access R2Library [2024] - DigitalSusan K. Grove [and] Daisha J. Cipher.Summary: Get the review and practice you need to critically appraise the statistical methods used in published research! Statistics for Nursing Research, 4th Edition helps you understand and interpret statistical methods, sampling and measurement techniques, and statistical analysis techniques. This unique and practical workbook is divided into two parts to differentiate between basic and advanced statistical methods, with dozens of hands-on exercises that will help you practice working with the statistical methods needed for building an evidence-based practice. This workbook is an indispensable resource for any nursing student or practicing nurse wishing to gain competency in conducting statistical analyses. -- Provided by publisher
Contents:
PART 1: Understanding Statistical Methods
Identifying Levels of Measurement: Nominal, Ordinal, Interval, and Ratio
Identifying Probability and Nonprobability Sampling Methods in Studies
Understanding the Sampling Section of a Research Report: Population, Sampling Criteria, Sample Size, Refusal Rate, and Attrition Rate
Understanding Reliability of Measurement Methods
Understanding Validity of Measurement Methods
Understanding Frequencies and Percentages
Interpreting Line Graphs
Measures of Central Tendency: Mean, Median, and Mode
Measures of Dispersion: Range and Standard Deviation
Description of a Study Sample
Interpreting Scatterplots
Algorithm for Determining the Appropriateness of Inferential Statistical Techniques
Understanding Pearson Product-Moment Correlation Coefficient
Understanding Simple Linear Regression
Understanding Multiple Linear Regression
Understanding Independent Samples t-test
Understanding Paired or Dependent Samples t-test
Understanding Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) and Post Hoc Analyses
Understanding Pearson Chi Square
Understanding Spearman Rank-Order Correlation Coefficient
Understanding Mann-Whitney U Test
Understanding Wilcoxon Signed-Rank Test
PART 2: Conducting and Interpreting Statistical Analyses
Selecting Appropriate Analysis Techniques for Studies
Describing the Elements of Power Analysis: Power, Effect Size, Alpha, and Sample Size
Conducting Power Analysis
Determining the Normality of a Distribution
Calculating Descriptive Statistics
Handling Missing Data NEW!
Calculating Pearson Product-Moment Correlation Coefficient
Calculating Simple Linear Regression
Calculating Multiple Linear Regression
Calculating t-tests for Independent Samples
Calculating t-tests for Paired (Dependent) Samples
Calculating the Mann-Whitney U Test NEW!
Calculating Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) and Post Hoc Analyses Following ANOVA
Calculating Sensitivity and Specificity
Calculating Pearson Chi-Square
Calculating Odds Ratio and 95% Confidence Intervals
References
Appendices
Appendix A: Critical Values for Student's t Distribution
Appendix B: Critical Values of r for Pearson Product Moment Correlation Coefficient
Appendix C: Critical Values of F for a = 0.05 and a = 0.01
Appendix D: Critical Values of the ?2 Distribution
IndexDigital Access ClinicalKey Nursing [2024] - PrintNeil J. Salkind, Bruce B. Frey, University of Kansas.Summary: Now in its Seventh Edition, Neil J. Salkind's bestselling Statistics for People Who (Think They) Hate Statistics with new co-author Bruce B. Frey teaches an often intimidating subject with a humorous, personable, and informative approach that reduces statistics anxiety. With instruction in SPSS®, the authors guide students through basic and advanced statistical procedures, from correlation and graph creation to analysis of variance, regression, non-parametric tests, and more. The Seventh Edition includes new real-world examples, additional coverage on multiple regression and power and effect size, and a robust interactive eBook with video tutorials and animations of key concepts. In the end, students who (think they) hate statistics will understand how to explain the results of many statistical analyses and won't be intimidated by basic statistical tasks.Print
- PrintRobert W. Broyles, Colin M. Lay.Contents:
v
.1. Basic concepts and applications ; v.2 Advanced concepts and applications. - DigitalNicole Wellbrock, Andreas Bolte, editors.Summary: This book is an open access publication. Forest ecosystems in Central Europe are changing as a result of anthropogenic influences and changing climate conditions. As such, a large-scale monitoring programme was undertaken in order to understand the influence of site modification, deposition of air pollutants, and climate. This book presents the scientific findings of this study for Germany, including the major challenges with regard to the future preservation and management of forest ecosystems under environmental change. In addition, it addresses a number of central questions: what are the main factors affecting forest stands and soil integrity? How, and how rapidly, are forest ecosystems changing? How diverse are the changes across Germany? What will be the main risks in sustainable forest management in the future? And how can policy support the development and maintenance of adaptive and resilient forests that provide essential ecosystem services, today and in the future? Helping readers understand the importance of soils and related ecosystem processes for future sustainable forestry, and sharing essential findings on environmental change and related changes in forest status and dynamics, the book is a valuable resource for researchers and policymakers interested in science-based decisions.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Concept and Methodology of the National Forest Soil Inventory.- Chapter 2. Environmental Settings and TheirChanges in the Last Decades.- Chapter 3. Soil Water Budget and Drought Stress.- Chapter 4. Soil Acidification in German Forest Soils.- Chapter 5. Nitrogen status and dynamics in German forest soils.- Chapter 6. Carbon Stocks and Carbon Stock Changes in German Forest Soils.- Chapter 7. Heavy Metal Stocks and Concentrations in Forest Soils.- Chapter 8. Occurrence and Spatial Distribution of Selected Organic Substances in Germany's Forest Soils.- Chapter 9. Nutritional Status of Major Forest Tree Species in Germany.- Chapter 10. Plants as Indicators of Soil Chemical Properties.- Chapter 11. Spatial Response Patterns in Biotic Reactions of Forest Trees and Their Associations with Environmental Variables in Germany.- Chapter 12. Sustainable Use and Development of Forests and Forest Soils
A Resume. - DigitalDietger Mathias.Contents:
Pivotal long-term
The human body
A giant chemical factory
Our food
An energy transfer medium
Energy production
Energy production when food is scarce
Energy expenditure I
Basal metabolic rate
Energy expenditure II
Heat production
Energy expenditure III
Active metabolic rate
Physical activity level
Control of energy metabolism in the brain
Control of energy metabolism by endogenous hormones
Control of energy metabolism
The reward system.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalStephen Z. Fadem, editor.Summary: Patients with kidney disease often find it difficult to understand and undertake the lifestyle changes that will help them stay as healthy as possible. This book offers patients information and guidance on how to stay healthy with kidney disease in a clear, comprehensive, and encouraging way. The first section explains the basics of the disease and how it interacts with other common health issues, such as diabetes, cardiovascular disease, and aging. The second section breaks down the changes a patient can make to their exercise, treatment, and diet to maximize their kidney function, including helpful tips and healthy recipes. Written by top nephrologists with experience writing for non-specialists, this easy-to-read guide will help kidney disease patients and caregivers manage the illness and keep patients healthy.
Contents:
1. Introduction to Kidney Disease
2. Aging – Challenges and Interventions
3. The Kidney and Cardiovascular Disease
4. Diabetes and Kidney Disease
5. Hypertension and Kidney Disease
6. Inflammation in Kidney Disease – Glomerulonephritis
7. Diet to Preserve Kidney Function
8. Healthy Diet for Kidney Function
9. Muscle Breakdown in Kidney Disease - Mechanisms and Management Strategies
10. Exercises for People with Chronic Kidney Disease and Seniors
11. Falls in CKD Patients and Seniors - Causes and Prevention
12. Medication to Avoid with Chronic Kidney Disease
13. Available Treatments if My Kidneys Do Fail
14. Appendix - The Cell and the Kidney. - DigitalAllan D. Peterkin and Derek Puddester.Summary: "The ultimate survival guide for medical students, interns, residents, and fellows, Staying Human during Residency Training provides time-tested advice and the latest information on every aspect of a resident’s life--from choosing a residency program to coping with stress, enhancing self-care, and protecting personal and professional relationships. The book features hundreds of tips on how to cope with sleep deprivation, time pressures, and ethical and legal issues. Updated to reflect the latest research and resources, the seventh edition provides new emphasis on Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion, social justice, and accountability in the context of medical education. It offers practical strategies learned from new technologies and new insight on the COVID-19 pandemic regarding public health, virtual appointment protocols, and AI developments. Presenting practical antidotes regarding cynicism, careerism, and burnout, the book also offers guidance on fostering more empathic connections with patients and deepening relationships with colleagues, friends, and family. Acknowledged by thousands of doctors across North America as an invaluable resource, Staying Human during Residency Training has helped to shape notions of trainee well-being for medical educators worldwide. Offering wise, compassionate, and professional counsel, this new edition again shows why it is required reading for medical students and new physicians pursuing postgraduate training."-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2024Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- DigitalDavid L. Skaggs, John M. (Jack) Flynn, Mininder S. Kocher, Kenneth J. Noonan, Michael G. Vitale ; consulting gurus, Lindsay Andras ... [and 37 others]Summary: "Filled with pearls and wisdom from experts in the field, Staying Out of Trouble in Pediatric Orthopaedics, 2nd Edition, is a concise, easy-to-read guide to managing difficult orthopaedic problems in children. This high-yield, highly illustrated reference provides practical advice on how to deal with commonly seen issues as well as those that are less common but that pose grave threats to the patient. Focusing on preventing problems and avoiding serious complications and prepared by editors, authors, and gurus with more than 1000 years of combined experience in pediatric orthopaedics, this title is an invaluable resource for pediatric orthopaedic surgery fellows and all orthopaedists who care for children"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access Ovid 2021
- Printpresented by G.E. Stechert & co., Alfred Hafner.
- Digitalsenior editor, Scott R. Steele ; section editors, Justin A. Maykel, Amy L. Lightner, Joshua I.S. Bleier.Summary: "Offering comprehensive coverage of all diseases and conditions affecting the colon, rectum, and anus, Steele's Colon and Rectal Surgery provides authoritative guidance on the full range of today's operative procedures. Edited by Dr. Scott R. Steele, Chairman of the Department of Colorectal Surgery at the Cleveland Clinic, and section editors Drs. Justin A. Maykel, Amy L. Lightner, and Joshua I.S. Bleier, this new reference contains 81 concise, tightly focused chapters that take you step by step through each procedure, guided by the knowledge and expertise of key leaders in the field from across the world. Includes comprehensive coverage of the latest laparoscopic, robotic, and open diagnostic and surgical management techniques in all areas of colon and rectal surgery. Each chapter includes insightful section editor commentary throughout and concludes with a senior editor commentary written by Dr. Steele. Features a full-color design with hundreds of unique, detailed illustrations and photographs depicting the steps in today's operative procedures"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library [2023]
- Digitaleditors, Sumit (Sam) Garg, Douglas D. Koch ; associate editors, Adi Abulafia, David F. Chang, Marjan Farid, Nicole R. Fram, Soosan Jacob, Thomas Kohnen, Michael E. Snyder, Mitchell P. Weikert.Summary: Offering authoritative coverage, Steinert's Cataract Surgery, 4th Edition, takes you step by step from preoperative evaluation and preparation through the full range of surgical techniques and the mitigation and management of complications. New editors, Drs. Sumit (Sam) Garg and Douglas D. Koch, along with a who’s who list of top international experts, provide practical technical guidance on all aspects of cataract surgery in a newly streamlined, easy-to-read format. From IOL calculations to glaucoma and astigmatism considerations, perioperative drug delivery to methods of iris repair, this up-to-date 4th Edition delivers essential clinical information, core foundational knowledge, and advanced techniques from cover to cover.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
- DigitalJanette K. Burgess, Irene H. Heijink, editors.Summary: This book presents state-of-the-art pre-clinical models and clinical applications of stem-cell-based therapies applied to different lung diseases, with a special focus on the translation of bench data into clinical studies. Starting with the assumption that abnormal lung tissue repair and regeneration has emerged as the driving force underlying pathogenesis and progression in many lung diseases, it sheds new light on the potential of stem/stromal cells as drivers of repair and sources of reparative factors in the lung. The first part of the book offers an overview of stem cell types and mechanisms involved in lung development, homeostasis, repair and regeneration, and reveals the crucial role of the extracellular matrix within the lung microenvironment. In the second part, leading experts present the latest pre-clinical evidence and clinical applications of stem-cell-based therapies in a wide variety of lung diseases, ranging from COPD and lung fibrosis to other rare lung diseases. The last section discusses stem cell delivery systems and devices, such as aerosolised spray application. This book appeals to pneumologists, stem cell and matrix biologists, as well as bioengeneers with a special interest in regenerative medicine applied to pulmonary diseases.
Contents:
1 Chronic lung pathologies that require repair and regeneration
I Stem/stromal cells populations in the lung
2 Characterization of stromal/stem cells in the lung and translation of knowledge of stem/stromal cell population to human lung
3 Comparison of the regenerative potential for lung tissue of mesenchymal stromal cells from different sources/locations within the body
4 The potential of factors released from mesenchymal stromal cells as therapeutic agents in the lung
II Preclinical evidence and clinical applications in Chronic Lung Diseases
5 Preclinical evidence for the role of stem/stromal cells in COPD
6 Clinical application of stem/stromal cells in COPD
7 Evidence for the role of stem/stromal cells in lung fibrosis
8 Preclinical evidence for the role of stem/stromal cells and their therapeutic potential in treating BPD and PAH
9 Crispr-Cas9 editing in induced pluripotent stem cells: a way forward for treating Cystic Fibrosis?
10 Clinical application of stem/stromal cells in cystic fibrosis
11 Preclinical evidence for the role of stem/stromal cells in targeting ARDS
12 The safety and efficiency of addressing ARDS using stem cell therapies in clinical trials
III Stem cell delivery systems and devices
13 Spraying as route of delivery for stem cells to the lungs
IV Conclusion
14 Conclusion. - DigitalFabin Han, Pengzhe (Paul) Lu, editors.Summary: This book reviews the state-of-the-art in stem-cell-based therapies for neurodegenerative diseases, and highlights advances in both animal models and clinical trials. It comprehensively discusses most neurodegenerative diseases, including such as Parkinson's, Alzheimer's and Huntington's diseases, amyotrophic sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, muscular dystrophy and retinal degeneration, in which stem cells could potentially be used for therapy in the future. It also addresses the challenges and problems relating to the translation of stem-cell-based therapies into treatments. As such, the book will appeal to research scientists, physicians, graduate students, and medical professionals in the field of stem cells, neuroscience, neurology, neurorestoratology and major neurological disorders.
Contents:
Chapter 1: General Introduction
Chapter 2: Clinical-grade stem cells for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
Chapter 3: Stem cell treatment for Parkinson's disease
Chapter 4: Stem cell treatment for Alzheimer's disease
Chapter 5: Stem cell treatment for Huntington's disease
Chapter 6: Stem cell treatment for amyotrophic sclerosis disease
Chapter 7: Stem cell treatment for multiple sclerosis
Chapter 8: Stem cell treatment for muscular dystrophy
Chapter 9: Stem cell treatment for spinal muscular atrophy
Chapter 10: Stem cell treatment for Retinal Degeneration
Chapter 11: Conclusion and future perspective. - Digital/PrintMoneeb Ehtesham, editor.Summary: "This volume presents the most current reviews on how cancer stem cells (CSCs) hypothesis dictates that the continued proliferation of a tumor is dependent on a sub-population of self-renewing and asymmetrically dividing neoplastic stem cells that supply a largely differentiated tumor. This volume provides a comprehensive overview of the characteristics of CSCs, their role in central nervous system (CNS) tumors, and the recent CSC-specific treatment modalities being used. The emerging focus on CSCs in brain tumors represents a paradigm shift in our understanding of the pathogenesis of these neoplasms. Importantly, the realization that a distinct sub-population of cells contributes disproportionately to the growth and sustenance of central nervous system tumors has important implications for the treatment of such tumors. To treat CNS tumors, there is now a growing need to treat CSCs to achieve adequate tumor control"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Regulation of subventricular zone-derived cells migration in the adult brain
The SVZ and its relationship to stem cell based neuro-oncogenesis
Isolation and characterization of stem cells from human central nervous system malignancies
The role of stem cells in pediatric central nervous system malignancies
Laboratory models for central nervous system tumor stem cell research
Radiation therapy for glioma stem cells
Chemoresistance and chemotherapy targeting stem-like cells in malignant glioma
Immunobiology and immunotherapeutic targeting of glioma stem cells
Emerging strategies for the treatment of tumor stem cells in central nervous system malignancies.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalSheldon Krimsky.Summary: Employing a series of Socratic dialogues, this study of the use of stem cells in medicine and medical research examines the ethical and public policy issues that confront scientists, clinicians, and the public health community.
Contents:
Harnessing stem cells for regenerative medicine
Hope
Why is this cell different from other cells?
The president's stem cells
The Dickey-Wicker enigma
The moral status of embryos
Creating good from immoral acts
Circumventing embryocide
My personalized beta cells for diabetes
Repairing brain cells in stroke victims
Reversing macular degeneration
My stem cells, my cancer
Reprogramming cells
My personalized disease cells
To clone or not to clone : that is the question
Patenting human embryonic stem cells is immoral and illegal (in Europe)
My embryo is auctioned on the internet
Here comes the egg man : oocytes & embryos.org
Human-animal chimeras and hybrids
Stem cell tourism
Social media meets science hype
Feminism and the commercialization of human eggs/embryos
Was my birth embryo me?
Embryos without ovaries
How my cells became drugs
A clinical trial for paralysis treatment.Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015 - DigitalRaul Delgado-Morales, editor.Summary: This book looks at where stem cell technology is presently and how it is instrumental in advancing the field of disease modeling and cell transplantation. By focusing on major human disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, cancer, and heart disorders, the book summarizes the major findings in the field of human stem cells and dissect the current limitations on our understanding of stem cells biology. The chapters focus on the genetics, genomics, epigenetics and physiology of stem cells models, together with technological advances on molecular biology such as CRISPR/Cas9 or epigenetic editing, that will be instrumental in the future of human disease modeling and treatment. In base of the limitations of current disease models and in front of the unmet necessity of finding therapeutical interventions for human disorders, the availability of stem cell technology has opened new doors for several fields. The unlimited self-renewal capacity and more extensive differentiation potential of stem cells offers a theoretically inexhaustible and replenishable source of any cell subtype. Since Professor Shinya Yamanaka described it, 10 years ago in his seminal paper, that somatic cells could be reprogrammed to inducible stem cells (iPSC) just by expressing four transcription factors, the field of has exploded, especially its applications in biomedical research.
Contents:
Part I: Stem cells for brain disorders
Chapter 1: Human induced pluripotent stem cell-derived neurons to model and gain insights into Alzheimer's disease pathogenesis
Chapter 2: Modeling schizophrenia with human stem cells
Chapter 3: Rett Syndrome and Stem Cell research
Chapter 4: Stem Cell Applications in Spinal Cord Injury: A Primer
Chapter 5: Cell-Based Therapy for Retinal Degenerative Disease
Chapter 6: Past, present and future of cell based-therapy in progressive multiple sclerosis
Part II: Stem cells for cardiovascular diseases
Chapter 7: Cardiac Stem Cells: a plethora of potential therapies for myocardial regeneration within reach
Chapter 8: Human Induced Pluripotent Stem Cell-derived Cardiomyocytes in the Evaluation of Cardiotoxic Potential of Drugs
Part III: Stem cells for general medicine
Chapter 9: Regenerative medicine for diabetes treatment: new cell sources
Chapter 10: Dental pulp stem cells promote wound healing and muscle regeneration
Chapter 11: From bench to bedside of mesenchymal Stem Cells use for Rheumatoid Arthritis treatment
Chapter 12: Stem Cells and Cancer
Chapter 13: The relevance of induced pluripotent stem cells for the study of physiological and premature aging
Part IV: Technical challenges and future
Chapter 14: Pluripotent stem cell banks
Chapter 15: Genetic and Epigenetic engineering: the CRISPR/Cas9 era. - DigitalAlexander Birbrair, editor.Contents:
1. Stem cell microenvironments and beyond
2. The bone marrow microenvironment for hematopoietic stem cells
3. Leukemia stem cells microenvironment
4. Developmental HSC microenvironment: the ependyma as a stem cell niche
6. Being a neural stem cell: a matter or character but defined by the microenvironment
7. Glioblastoma stem cells and their microenvironment
8. Plasticity of the muscle stem cell microenvironment
9. The macula flava of the human vocal fold as a stem cell microenvironment
10. Oesophageal stem cells and cancer
11. Oral cancer stem cells microenvironment
12. Fetal membranes-derived stem cells microenvironment
13. Current technologies base on the knowledge of the stem cells microenvironments
Index. - Digitaledited by Ivan N. Rich.Contents:
Short primer in stem cell biology / Ivan N. Rich
Measurement of hematopoietic stem cell proliferation, self-renewal, and expansion potential / Ivan N. Rich
Measuring the aging process in stem cells / Yi Liu, Gary Van Zant, and Ying Liang
Measuring the potency of a stem cell therapeutic / Holli Harper and Ivan N. Rich
Culturing protocols for human multipotent adult stem cells / Bart Vaes [and six others]
Isolation of murine bone marrow scavenging sinusoidal endothelial cells / Peter A. G. McCourt [and three others]
Analysis of circadian rhythms in embryonic stem cells / Jiffin K. Paulose, Edmund B. Rucker III, and Vincent M. Cassone
Measuring stem cell circadian rhythm / William Hrushesky and Ivan N. Rich
Cryopreservation of human pluripotent stem cells : a general protocol / Takamichi Miyazaki and Hirofumi Suemori
Biological differences between native and cultured mesenchymal stem cells : implications for therapies / Elena Jones and Richard Schäfer
The use of multiparameter flow cytometry and cell sorting to characterize native human bone marrow mesenchymal stem cells (MSC) / Sally Boxall and Elena Jones
High yield recovery of equine mesenchymal stem cells from umbilical cord matrix/Wharton's jelly using a semi- automated process / Timo Z. Nazari-Shafti [and five others]
Isolation and functional assessment of cutaneous stem cells / Yanne S. Doucet and David M. Owens
Isolation of adult stem cell populations from the human cornea / Matthew J. Branch [and three others]
Advanced imaging and tissue engineering of the human limbal epithelial stem cell niche / Isobel Massie [and ten others]
Isolation and characterization of stem cells in the adult mammalian ovary / Seema Parte [and three others]
Clonal culture of adult mouse lung epithelial stem/progenitor cells / Jonathan L. McQualter and Ivan Bertoncello
Culture and characterization of mammary cancer stem cells in mammospheres / Eleonora Piscitelli [and eight others]
Isolation and culture of primary glioblastoma cells from human tumor specimens / Sascha Seidel, Boyan K. Garvalov, and Till Acker.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Kursad Turksen.Contents:
Laboratory Control and Basic Culture Protocols for Stem Cell Self-Renewal / Lim, Jeong Mook and others
Advanced Fixation for Transmission Electron Microscopy Unveils Special Extracellular Matrix Within the Renal Stem/Progenitor Cell Niche / Minuth, Will W. and others
Multiplex Immunoassays for Quantification of Cytokines, Growth Factors, and Other Proteins in Stem Cell Communication / Valekova, Ivona and others
Porous Membrane Culture Method for Expansion of Human Pluripotent Stem Cells / Kim, Jin-Su and others
Tuning Differentiation Signals for Efficient Propagation and In Vitro Validation of Rat Embryonic Stem Cell Cultures / Meek, Stephen and others
Generation, Expansion, and Differentiation of Human Pluripotent Stem Cell (hPSC) Derived Neural Progenitor Cells (NPCs) / Brafman, David A.
Isolation, Long-Term Expansion, and Differentiation of Murine Neural Stem Cells / Bizy, Alexandra and others
Generation, Expansion, and Differentiation of Cardiovascular Progenitor Cells from Human Pluripotent Stem Cells / Cao, Nan and others
A Practical Guide for the Isolation and Maintenance of Stem Cells from Tendon / Lui, Pauline Po Yee
A Human Colonic Crypt Culture System to Study Regulation of Stem Cell-Driven Tissue Renewal and Physiological Function / Parris, Alyson and others
Ca²⁺ Handling in Mouse Embryonic Stem Cell-Derived Cardiomycetes / Wei, Wenjie and others
Potential Application of Extracellular Vesicles of Human Adipose Tissue-Derived Mesenchymal Stem Cells in Alzheimer's Disease Therapeutics / Katsuda, Takeshi and others
Application of Fluid Mechanical Force to Embryonic Sources of Hemogenic Endothelium and Hematopoietic Stem Cells / Li, Nan and others
Electrophysiological Recordings from Neuroepithelial Stem Cells / Yamashita, Masayuki
In Vivo Stem Cell Transplantation Using Reduced Cell Numbers / Tsutsui, Takeo W.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJeffrey N. Weiss, author.Summary: This book examines the application of stem cell surgery for diabetes and heart failure. Organized into two sections, the first identifies and summarizes the current worldwide stem cell trials for heart failure. Subsequent chapters in part two analyze the current worldwide stem cell trials in patients with Diabetes Mellitus. Both sections utilize studies that include non-expanded stem cells; each study is grouped by stem cell type and geographic location. Stem Cell Surgery Trials in Diabetes and Heart Failure is a comprehensive, convenient reference for cardiologists, endocrinologists, internists, and family physicians.
Contents:
1. U.S. Studies
2. Europe
3. Iran
4. China. - DigitalTulio Pinho Navarro, Lara Lellis Navarro Minchillo Lopes, Alan Dardik, editors.Summary: Vascular diseases are the leading cause of death worldwide. Distinguished clinical and surgical approaches have attempted to overcome its morbidity and mortality; still 17.9 million people die every year due to vascular afflictions. Stem cell therapy has emerged as a promising therapeutic strategy. Stem cells synthesize and secrete cytokines that promote cell recruitment, immunomodulation, extracellular matrix remodeling, angiogenesis, and neuroregeneration, all of which promote regeneration. Besides that, stem cells are also capable of differentiating in various cell types, being employed in tissue engineering. Preclinical and clinical investigations have reported efficacy of stem cell therapy for various vascular diseases. Even though results are encouraging, the studies demonstrate variation in stem cell type and origin, route and protocol for administration, and concomitant use of other treatment strategies, impairing easy interpretation of results and clinical application. The purpose of this book is to compile and comprise the current state of the evidence regarding stem cell therapy for each vascular disease, elucidating possible clinical applications. More than an objective guide for readers on the use of this novel treatment strategy, this publication will advocate for stem cell therapy use and development and will be of significant interest to physicians in a wide range of disciplines as well as researchers.
Contents:
1. Introduction to Stem Cell Therapy and its Application in Vascular Diseases
2. Types And Origin of Stem Cells
3. Stem Cell Delivery Techniques for Stroke and Peripheral Artery Disease
4. The Ethical Challenges of Stem Cell Therapy in Vascular Disorders
5. Bone Marrow-Derived Cells: from the Laboratory to the Clinic
6. Angiogenesis: Perspectives From Therapeutic Angiogenesis
7. Stem Cell Therapy for Diabetic Foot Ulcers
8. Venous Foot and Leg Ulcers
9. Induced Pluripotent Stem Cell-Derived Vascular Smooth Muscle Cells for Vascular Regeneration
10. Mesenchymal Stem Cell and Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation for Vasculitis
11. Mesenchymal Stem Cell and Endothelial Progenitor Cell Transplantation for Buerger's Disease
12. Changing the Course of Peripheral Arterial Disease Using Adult Stem Progenitor Cells
13. Stem Cell Delivery for the Treatment of Arteriovenous Fistula Failure
14. Stem Cell Therapy to Improve Acute Myocardial Infarction Remodeling
15. Stem Cell Therapy for Stroke
16. Use of Stem Cells in the Treatment of Erectile Dysfunction
17. Stem Cell Therapy for Ophthalmic Vascular Disease
18. Stem Cell Therapy Delivery in Liver Disease
19. Stem Cell Therapy for Lymphedema. - Digitaledited by Benjamin L. Kidder.Contents:
Efficient Library Preparation for Next-Generation Sequencing Analysis of Genome-Wide Epigenetic and Transcriptional Landscapes in Embryonic Stem Cells
Analysis of Next-Generation Sequencing Data Using Galaxy
edgeR for Differential RNA-seq and ChIP-seq Analysis: An Application to Stem Cell Biology
Use Model-based Analysis of ChIP-Seq (MACS) to Analyze Short Reads Generated by Sequencing Protein-DNA Interactions in Embryonic Stem Cells
Spatial Clustering for Identification of ChIP-Enriched Regions (SICER) to Map Regions of Histone Methylation Patterns in Embryonic Stem Cells
Identifying Stem Cell Gene Expression Patterns and Phenotypic Networks with AutoSOME
Visualization and Clustering of High-Dimensional Transcriptome Data Using GATE
Interpreting and Visualizing ChIP-seq Data with the seqMINER Software
A Description of the Molecular Signatures Database (MSigDB) Website
Use of Genome-Wide RNAi Screens to Identify Regulators of Embryonic Stem Cell Self-Renewal and Pluripotency
Correlating Histone Modification Patterns with Gene Expression Data During Hematopoiesis
In Vitro Maturation and In Vitro Fertilization of Mouse Oocytes and Preimplantation Embryo Culture
Derivation and Manipulation of Trophoblast Stem Cells from Mouse Blastocysts
Conversion of Epiblast Stem Cells to Embryonic Stem Cells Using Growth Factors and Small Molecule Inhibitors
Generation of Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells Using Chemical Inhibition and Three Transcription Factors
Transdifferentiation of Mouse Fibroblasts and Hepatocytes to Functional Neurons
Direct Lineage Conversion of Pancreatic Exocrine to Endocrine Beta-Cells In Vivo with Defined Factors
Direct Reprogramming of Cardiac Fibroblasts to Cardiomyocytes Using MicroRNAs
Reprogramming Somatic Cells into Pluripotent Stem Cells Using miRNAs. - DigitalPhuc Van Pham, editor.Summary: This book introduces many new technologies and clinical applications of hematopoietic stem cells and mesenchymal stem cell transplantation for the treatment of autoimmune diseases and inflammatory diseases. Presented in two parts, Part 1 focuses on stem cell therapies for autoimmune disease treatment; Part 2 focuses on stem cell therapies and their application in the treatment of common inflammatory diseases, including chronic knee osteoarthritis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, liver cirrhosis, Crohn's Disease, Multiple Sclerosis, and more. This book is an essential source for all advanced students and researchers involved with these diseases, stem cells, or both. Stem Cell Transplantation for Autoimmune Diseases and Inflammation and the other books in the Stem Cells in Clinical Applications series are invaluable to scientists, researchers, advanced students and clinicians working in stem cells, regenerative medicine, or tissue engineering as well as cancer or genetics research.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Stem Cell Therapy for Autoimmune Diseases;
Chapter 1: Current Status of Stem Cell Transplantation for Autoimmune Diseases; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Mechanisms of Autoimmune Disease and Stem Cell Therapy Strategy; 1.3 Immune Correction by Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation; 1.3.1 Hematopoietic Stem Cells; 1.3.2 Sources of HSCs for Transplantation; 1.3.3 HSC Transplantations in AD Treatment in Preclinical Trials; 1.3.4 HSC Transplantation for AD Treatment in the Clinic; 1.3.4.1 HSCT for Systemic Sclerosis (SSc) 1.3.4.2 HSCT for Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE)1.3.4.3 HSCT for Rheumatoid Arthritis (RA); 1.3.5 The Mechanisms of HSC Transplantation for AD Treatment; 1.4 Immunomodulation by MSC Transplantation; 1.4.1 Mesenchymal Stem Cells; 1.4.2 MSC Transplantation for ADs in Preclinical Studies; 1.4.3 MSC Transplantation for ADs in the Clinic; 1.4.3.1 MSC Transplantation for SLE; 1.4.3.2 MSC Transplantation for Crohn's Disease; 1.4.3.3 MSC Transplantation for Multiple Sclerosis (MS); 1.5 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 2: Mechanisms of Mesenchymal Stem Cells for Autoimmune Disease Treatment 2.1 Introduction2.2 Cellular Mechanism of Autoimmunity; 2.3 Molecular Mechanism of Autoimmunity; 2.4 MSCs in Treating Autoimmunity; 2.5 Mechanism of MSCs in Treating Autoimmune Diseases; 2.6 Mechanism of EVs from MSCs in Treating Autoimmune Diseases; 2.7 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 3: Stem Cell Therapy for Multiple Sclerosis: An Exciting Challenge or a Treatment Hope; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Objectives; 3.1.2 The Importance of Stem Cells; 3.2 Stem Cell Therapy for MS; 3.3 Evidence-Based Experimental Tests of Stem Cell Therapy for MS; 3.4 Epidermal Nerve Stem Cells (EPI-NCSCs) 3.5 Mesenchymal Stem Cells (MSCs)3.6 Neural Stem Cells (NSCs); 3.7 Olfactory Ensheathing Cells (OECs); 3.8 Hematopoietic Stem Cells (HSCs); 3.9 Oligodendrocyte Precursor Cells (OPCs); 3.10 Evidence-Based Clinical Trial of Stem Cell Therapy for MS; 3.11 Hematopoietic Stem Cells (HSCs); 3.12 Mesenchymal Stem Cells (MSCs); 3.13 Adipose Stem Cells (ASCs); 3.14 Nervous Stem Cells (NSCs); 3.15 Conclusion and Future Perspectives; References;
Chapter 4: Mesenchymal Stem Cell Transplantation in Rheumatoid Arthritis; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Mechanism of Inflammation in Rheumatoid Arthritis and the MSC 4.2.1 Innate Immunity in Rheumatoid Arthritis-Macrophages4.2.2 Innate Immunity in RA-Osteoclasts; 4.2.3 Innate Immunity in RA-NK Cells; 4.2.4 Innate Immunity in RA-Dendritic Cells; 4.2.5 Adaptive Immunity in RA-T Cell Mechanisms; 4.2.6 Adaptive Immunity in RA-B Cell Mechanisms; 4.3 Autologous and Allogeneic Use in RA; 4.3.1 Intravenous vs. Intra-articular Injection; 4.3.2 Priming MSCs; 4.3.3 Clinical Trials; 4.3.3.1 Intravenous Infusion of Umbilical Cord MSCs-Single-Dose Regime; 4.3.3.2 Intravenous and Intra-articular Infusion of Adipose Tissue MSCs-A Split Dose Regime - DigitalNicole Arrighi.Contents:
1. Definition and classification of stem cells
2. Stem cells as a necessary experimental platform in medical research
3. Stem cells at the core of cell therapy
4. Stem cells for regenerative medicine in humans
5. Bioethics: regulatory framework for human stem cells
Glossary
Bibliography
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalPhuc Van Pham, editor.Summary: This new series, based on a bi-annual conference and its topics, represents a major contribution to the emerging science of cancer research and regenerative medicine. Each volume brings together some of the most pre-eminent scientists working on cancer biology, cancer treatment, cancer diagnosis, cancer prevention and regenerative medicine to share information on currently ongoing work which will help shape future therapies. These volumes are invaluable resources not only for already active researchers or clinicians but also for those entering these fields, plus those in industry. Stem Cells: Biology and Engineering is a proceedings volume which reflects papers presented at the Innovations in Regenerative Medicine and Cancer Research conference; taken with its companion volume Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine it provides a complete overview of the papers from that meeting of international experts.Digital Access Springer 2018
- Digital/PrintMarnix Jansen, Nicholas A. Wright, editors.Contents:
1. Distal esophageal adenocarcinoma and gastric adenocarcinoma: time for a shared research agenda
2. Clonal evaolution of stem cells in the gastrointestinal tract
3. The complex, clonal and controversial nature of Barrett's esophagus
4. A new pathologic assessment of gastroesophageal reflux disease: the squamo-oxyntic gap
5. Diagnosis by endoscopy and advanced imaging of Barrett's neoplasia
6. Endoscopic treatment of early Barrett's neoplasia: expanding indications, new challenges
7. Definition, derivation, and diagnosis of Barrett's esophagus: pathological perspectives
8. What makes an expert Barrett's histopathologist?
9. Staging early esophageal cancer
10. Transcommitment: paving the way to Barrett's metaplasia
11. Studying cancer evolution in Barrett's esophagus and esophageal adenocarcinoma
12. Genomics of esophageal cancer and biomarkers for early detection
13. Common variants confer susceptibility to Barrett's esophagus: insights from the first genome-wide association studies
14. Endoluminal diagnosis of early gastric cancer and its precursors: bridging the gap between endoscopy and pathology
15. Endoscopic submucosal dissection for early gastric cancer: getting it right!
16. The Japanese viewpoint on the histopathology of early gastric cancer
17. Syndromic gastric polyps: at the crossroads of genetic and environmental cancer predisposition
18. Histopathological, molecular, and genetic profile and hereditary diffuse gastric cancer: current knowledge and challenges for the furture
19. Helicobacter pylori, cancer, and the gastric microbiota
20. Helicobacter pylori and gastric cancer: timing and impact of preventive measures
21. Genomics study of gastric cancer and its molecular subtypes
22. Recapitulating human gastric cancer pathogenesis: experimental models of gastric cancer
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Yun-Wen Zheng.Summary: Stem Cells and Cancer in Hepatology: From the Essentials to Application offers basic scientists and clinicians in the fields of stem cells, hepatology and oncology an overview of the interaction between liver biology, stem cells and cancer. It discusses how the liver performs regeneration and repair, the role stem cells play in these processes, and the mechanisms by which liver cancers are initiated and developed. As the field of stem cells and cancer stem cells in hepatology is new and dynamic, thus making it difficult for researchers and clinicians to understand the most relevant historic and novel studies, this volume addresses that challenge.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalMohamed Al-Rubeai, Mariam Naciri, editors.Contents:
Use of Human Embryonic Stem Cells in Therapy
Human Neural Stem Cell-based Cell- and Gene-therapy for Neurological Diseases
Vascular Stem Cell Therapy
Bioprocessing of Human Pluripotent Stem Cells for Cell Therapy Applications
Blood Cell Bioprocessing: The Haematopoietic System and Current Status of In-vitro Production of Red Blood Cells
Bioprocessing Challenges Associated with the Purification of Cellular Therapies
Separation Technologies for Stem Cell Bioprocessing. - Digitaledited by Kursad Turksen.Contents:
Therapeutic mesenchymal stromal cells : where we are headed / Patrick J. Hanley
Suspension culture of undifferentiated human pluripotent stem cells using spinner flasks / Vincent C. Chen and Larry A. Couture
Scalable expansion of human-induced pluripotent stem cells in xeno-free microcarriers / Sara M. Badenes [and 4 others]
Derivation of GMP-compliant integration-free hiPSCs using modified mRNAs / Jens Durruthy Durruthy and Vittorio Sebastiano
Labeling pluripotent stem cell-derived neural progenitors with iron oxide particles for magnetic resonance imaging / Sebastien Sart [and 3 others]
Using the quantum cell expansion system for the automated expansion of clinical-grade bone marrow-derived human mesenchymal stromal cells / Gema Martin-Manso and Patrick J. Hanley
Isolation and expansion of mesenchymal stromal/stem cells from umbilical cord Under chemically defined conditions / Heba Badraiq, Liani Devito, and Dusko Ilic
Production of good manufacturing practice-grade human umbilical cord blood-derived mesenchymal stem cells for therapeutic use / Phuc Van Pham and Ngoc Kim Phan
Xeno-free culture of human periodontal ligament stem cells / Oriana Trubiani and Francesca Diomede
GMP-compliant human adipose tissue-derived mesenchymal stem cells for cellular therapy / Hamid-Reza Aghayan, Parisa Goodarzi, and Babak Arjmand
cGMP-compliant transportation conditions for a prompt therapeutic use of marrow mesenchymal stromal/stem cells / Elena Veronesi [and 8 others]
GMP-grade human fetal liver-derived mesenchymal stem cells for clinical transplantation / Bagher Larijani, Hamid-Reza Aghayan, Parisa Goodarzi, and Babak Arjmand
Purification of human induced pluripotent stem cell-derived neural precursors using magnetic activated cell sorting / Goncalo M.C. Rodrigues [and 4 others]
Scalable ex vivo expansion of human mesenchymal stem/stromal cells in microcarrier-based stirred culture systems / Joana G. Carmelo, Ana Fernandes-Platzgummer, Joaquim M.S. Cabral, and Claudia Lobato da Silva
Media fill for validation of a good manufacturing practice-compliant cell production process / Marta Serra, Livia Roseti, and Alessandra Bassi
Standard operating procedure for the good manufacturing practice-compliant production of human bone marrow mesenchymal stem cells / Livia Roseti, Marta Serra, and Alessandra Bassi
Culture of human limbal epithelial stem cells on tenon's fibroblast feeder-layers : a translational approach / Gaia Scafetta [and 3 others]
Bioreactor expansion of human mesenchymal stem cells according to GMP requirements / Christiane L. Elseberg, Denise Salzig, and Peter Czermak.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Chrissa Kioussi.Contents:
Culturing and differentiating mouse embryonic stem cells / Axel P. Gross and Chrissa Kioussi
Neural stem cell transplantation in an animal model of traumatic brain injury / Dimitra Thomaidou
Experimental cell transplantation for traumatic spinal cord injury regeneration : intramedullar or intrathecal administration / Ana Alastrue-Agudo [and six others]
Generation of murine xenograft models of brain tumors from primary human tissue for in vivo analysis of the brain tumor-initiating cell / Maleeha Qazi [and six others]
Growth of bone marrow and skeletal muscle side population stem cells in suspension culture / Christina A. Pacak and Douglas B. Cowan
Isolation, culture and immunostaining of skeletal muscle fibres to study myogenic progression in satellite cells / Louise A. Moyle and Peter S. Zammit
Human neural crest stem cells derived from human pluripotent stem cells / Qiuyue Liu, Andrzej Swistowski, and Xianmin Zeng
Dental pulp stem cell (DPSC) isolation, characterization, and differentiation / Federico Ferro, Renza Spelat, and Chelsea S. Baheney
Dental pulp stem cells isolation and osteogenic differentiation : a good promise for tissue engineering / Adriana Di Benedetto, Claudia Carbone, and Giorgio Mori
Efficient hepatic differentiation of human induced pluripotent stem cells in a three-dimensional microscale culture / Ran-Ran Zhang [and nine others]
The generation and maintenance of rat induced pluripotent stem cells / Tomoyuki Yamaguchi, Sanae Hamanaka, and Hiromitsu Nakauchi
Protocol for cutaneous wound healing assay in a murine model / Gitali Ganguli-Indra
Adipose-derived stem cells : methods for isolation and applications for clinical use / Brian Mailey [and seven others]
In vitro detection of residual undifferentiated cells in retinal pigment epithelial cells derived from human induced pluripotent stem cells / Takuya Kuroda, Satoshi Yasuda, and Yoji Sato
Whole-mount immunohistochemistry to study spermatogonial stem cells and spermatogenic lineage development in mice, monkeys, and humans / Kathrin Gassei, Hanna Valli, and Kyle E. Orwig
Differentiating the stem cell pool of human hair follicle outer root sheath into functional melanocytes / Marie Schneider [and four others]
Pancreas development ex vivo : culturing embryonic pancreas explants on permeable culture inserts, with fibronectin-coated glass microwells, or embedded in three-dimensional Matrigel [trademark] / Hung Ping Shih and Maike Sander
Ultra-rapid manufacturing of engineered epicardial substitute to regenerate cardiac tissue following acute ischemic injury / Vahid Serpooshan and Pilar Ruiz-Lozano.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalAlexander Birbrair, editor.Summary: This book presents a comprehensive discussion on the novel concepts in stem cell heterogeneity, from pluripotent stem cells to human mesenchymal stem cells, adult and cancer stem cells of the thyroid, sarcoma, and more. Thus, Stem Cell Heterogeneity - Novel Concepts starts from a timely update on the current information on stem cells heterogeneity in various tissues and discusses new concepts and future directions. It also provides a solid foundation of the history of stem cells from specific tissues and the current applications of this knowledge in regenerative medicine. When taken as a whole, alongside its companion volumes Stem Cells Heterogeneity in Different Organs, and Stem Cells Heterogeneity in Cancer, these three books present a comprehensive reference on stem cell heterogeneity in various tissues and current and future applications for regenerative medicine. It is essential reading for advanced cell biology students as well as researchers in stem cells and clinicians.
Contents:
Stem cells heterogeneity
Heterogeneity in epiblast stem cells
Progenitor cell heterogeneity in the adult carotid body germinal niche
Planarian stem cell heterogeneity
The cellular origin of Barrett's esophagus and its stem cells
Pluripotent stem cell heterogeneity
Sarcoma stem cell heterogeneity
Heterogeinity in adipose derived stem cells
Unveiling stem cell heterogeneity towards the development of salivary gland regenerative strategies
Heterogeneity of human mesenchymal stromal/stem cells
Mitochondrial heterogeneity in stem cells
The heterogeneity of renal stem cells, and their interaction with bio- and nano-materials
Index. - DigitalAlexander Birbrair, editor.Summary: This book presents a comprehensive discussion on the heterogeneity existing between different types of stem cells within the same tissue, for several types of cancers, e.g. glioblastoma stem cells. Recent developments have revealed completely different roles of distinct stem cells within the same organ. Thus, Stem Cells Heterogeneity in Cancer provides a timely update us on the current information on stem cells heterogeneity in various tissues. It also provides a solid foundation of the history of stem cells from specific tissues and the current applications of this knowledge in regenerative medicine. When taken as a whole, alongside its companion volumes Stem Cells Heterogeneity – Novel Concepts, and Stem Cells Heterogeneity in Different Organs, these three books present a comprehensive reference on stem cell heterogeneity in various tissues and current and future applications for regenerative medicine. It is essential reading for advanced cell biology students as well as researchers in stem cells and clinicians.
Contents:
Multilayered heterogeneity of glioblastoma stem cells: biological and clinical significance
Heterogeneity of head and neck squamous cell carcinoma stem cells
Heterogeneity of small cell lung cancer stem cells
Heterogeneity of hepatic cancer stem cells
Heterogeneity and plasticity of breast cancer stem cells
Heterogeneity of melanoma with stem cell properties
Heterogeneity of colon cancer stem cells
Urothelial cancer stem cell heterogeneity
Acute myeloid leukemia stem cell heterogeneity and its clinical relevance
Contribution of chronic myeloid leukaemia (CML) as a disease model to define and study clonal heterogeneity
The heterogeneity of osteosarcoma: the role played by cancer stem cells
Ovarian cancer stem cell heterogeneity
Index.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalAlexander Birbrair, editor.
- DigitalMelvin A. Shiffman, Alberto Di Giuseppe, Franco Bassetto, editors.Summary: Interest in the use of stem cells in aesthetic procedures has been increasing rapidly, reflecting the widespread acknowledgment of the tremendous potential of stem cell fat transfer. This is, however, the first book to be devoted entirely to the subject. The book opens by reviewing the history of the development of pluripotent stem cells and the results of research into the biochemistry and physiology of stem cells. Adipose tissue anatomy and survival are discussed, and the wide range of aesthetic procedures involving stem cell fat transfer are then described in detail. These procedures relate to the face, breast, buttocks, legs, hands, penis, and Poland syndrome. In addition, potential risks and complications are identified. Stem Cells in Aesthetic Procedures: Art, Science, and Clinical Techniques is completely up to date and has been written by leading experts in the field. It will be an invaluable source of information for students, beginners, and experienced surgeons in the fields of plastic surgery, general surgery, cosmetic surgery, facial plastic surgery, otolaryngology, ophthalmology, and oral maxillofacial surgery.
Contents:
Stem Cell Applications: An Overview
Adipose Cell Precursors: Stem Cells in Medicine, Tissue Engineering, and Reconstructive Surgery
Tissue Engineering of Vascularized Adipose Tissue for Soft Tissue Reconstruction
Surface Antigenic Profiles of Stem Cells from the Human Bone Marrow, Subcutaneous Fat, and Omentum Fat
Human Adipose Tissue as a Source of Multipotent Stem Cells
Adipocytes and Osteoblasts from Human Adipose Tissue Mesenchymal Stem Cells for the Production of Compatible and Safe Biomaterial Crucial in Cosmetic, Reconstructive, and Regenerative Medicine
Adipogenesis Using Human Adipose Tissue-Derived Cells Impregnated with Basic Fibroblast Growth Factor
The Adipose Organ: Morphological Perspectives of Adipose Tissues
Pericytes: a Ubiquitous Source of Multipotent Adult Tissue Stem Cells
Adipose-Derived Stem Cells to Modulate Scar Tissue: From Biological Basis to Clinical Applications
Stem Cells, Mature Adipocytes, and Extracellular Matrix: What Does Each Contribute to Fat Graft Survival?
Multipotential Aspects of Adipose-Derived Stem Cells and Their Spheroids
The Influences of the Density of ASCs and the Stromal Condensation Rates (SCR) on Volume Maintenance Rates (VMR) in the Fresh Fat Graft
Adipose-Derived Stem and Regenerative Cells as Fillers in Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery
Advantages of the Transplantation of Fat in Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery
Autologous Fat Transfer: Risk or Benefit?
Adipose Tissue Anatomy
Adipose-Derived Stem and Regenerative Cells: Harvesting, Processing, and Administration
Cell, Tissue, and Organ Culture: Coulter Counter Use in the Enumeration of Muscle and Fat Stem Cells
Adipose-Derived Regenerative Cells
Adipose Tissue: From Energy Reservoir to a Source of Cells for Epithelial Tissue Engineering
The Role of Adipose Tissue-Derived Stem Cells and of Angiogenesis
Extensive Characterization of Stem Cells Derived from Skin
Current Therapeutic Uses of Adipose-Derived Stem and Regenerative Cells
Mesenchymal Stem Cells in Clinical Practice
Adipose-Derived Stem Cells (ADSCs): Current Findings and Future Perspectives in Structural Facial Fat Grafting
The Stem Cell-Enhanced Regenerative Facelift
Facial Rejuvenation with Stem Cell Fat Graft: The FAM [TM] Procedure
Specialized Stem Cell Fat Transfer to Face
Fat Transfer for Face Volume Enhancement
Fat Transplantation for Hemifacial Atrophy: In Search for Improved Techniques
Secondary Correction of Facial Deformities Following Major Resection and Reconstruction: Fat Stem Cell for Restoration of Facial Asymmetries
Ear Lobe Revolumization
Breast Augmentation and Augmentation of the Tuberous Breast with Adipose Tissue Transfer
Breast Augmentation with Stem Cell Fat Transfer and VASE [TM]
Fat Grafting Supplemented by Adipose-Derived Stem Cells for Breast Augmentation
Breast Augmentation with Stem Cell-Enhanced Fat Transfer: Comparison Between Enhanced and Unenhanced Fat Grafting
Multipotential Aspects of Breast Periprosthetic Capsule Stem Cells
Tuberous Breast Correction with Stem Cell Fat Transfer
Stem Cell Fat Transfer for Mastoplasty Using VASE [TM] Ultrasound and Office-Devised Stem Cell
Adipocyte and Stem Cell Grafting: Impact on Cancer Detection
Fat Grafting for Deep Inferior Epigastric Perforator Flap Refinements in Breast Reconstruction: The Hybrid Autologous Reconstruction
Stem Cell Enhanced Fat Grafting to Buttocks
Buttock Recontouring
Improved Methods of Autologous Fat Transplantation in Correcting Buttock Asymmetry
Buttock Biomolding with Autologous Adipose Tissue-Derived Stem Cells
Hand Rejuvenation
Hand Rejuvenation with Stem Cell Fat Transfer
Free Fat Graft for Cosmetic Phalloplasty: Twenty-Year Retrospective
Stem Cell-Assisted Fat Transfer to the Penis
Vaginal Rejuvenation
Free Fat Transfer in Irradiated Tissue
The GID: A New Device for Fat Harvesting and Washing in Aesthetic Plastic Surgery
Complications of Stem Cell-Assisted Fat Transfer
Interactions Between Adipose Stem Cells and Cancer
Editor's Commentary. - DigitalSeyed Mohammad Kazem Aghamir, editor.Summary: This contributed volume emphasizes the potential of stem cells to be pertained in the urology field and attempts to disclose the history of the field up to the latest advances to date. It gathers the majority of papers that advocate utilizing stem cells as the best option for treating, diagnosing, and managing diseases related to urological system. This book covers a broad spectrum of issues, including mesenchymal stem cells, cancer stem cells, organoids, regenerative medicine, erectile dysfunction, bladder dysfunction, and kidney transplant. From several decades ago, as characteristic features of stem cells have been explored, it has attracted a great amount of interests. In view of their multiple capacity of differentiating into various lineages, many studies were conducted to assess their beneficial potential. Despite considerable progress into applying stem cells in animal models, for translating into clinical practices there are several obstacles to be resolved. However, few clinical studies have been performed in each field and outcomes were delightful. There is an ongoing hope for stem cells to someday, be the mainstream treatments of urological diseases, although stem cells treatments already exist they are not well-known. Indeed, this book is essential for anyone who is working with the purpose of employing stem cells to treat the urological diseases and discusses at length the latest advances as well as their limitations.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
Contributors
Chapter 1: Introduction
References
Chapter 2: Overview of Mesenchymal Stem Cells
2.1 Background
2.2 Stem Cell Characteristics
2.2.1 Differentiation
2.2.2 Anti-Inflammation Ability
2.2.3 Homing
2.3 Tissue Regeneration
2.4 Clinical Application
2.5 Conclusions
References
Chapter 3: Cancer Stem Cells
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Cancer Stem Cells Specific Properties
3.3 Testicular Germ Cell Tumors (TGSTs)
3.4 Prostate Cancer Stem Cells (PCSC)
3.5 Bladder Cancer Stem Cells (BCSC)
3.6 Renal Cancer Stem Cell (RCSC) 3.7 The Process of Epithelial to Mesenchymal Transformation (EMT)
3.8 Metastasis in Urothelial Cancer
3.9 Liquid Biopsy in Urological Malignancies
3.10 Conclusion
References
Chapter 4: Organoids
4.1 Introduction
4.2 History of Organoids
4.3 What Is an Organoid?
4.4 Organoids in Cystoplasty
4.5 Organoids in Pelvic Floor
4.6 Organoids in Urethra
4.7 Organoids in Ureter
4.8 Kidney and Organoids
4.9 MSC in Renal Disorders
4.10 Conclusions
References
Chapter 5: Regenerative Medicine in Urology
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Stem Cells 5.3 Embryonic Stem Cells
5.4 Perinatal Stem Cells
5.5 Adult Stem Cells
5.6 Wound Healing in Urology Using Mesenchymal Stromal Cells
5.7 Regenerative Medicine in Bladder
5.8 Regenerative Medicine for Bladder Using Cell Transplantation
5.9 Detrusor Dysfunction
5.10 Stress Urinary Incontinence
5.11 Penile Reconstruction
5.12 Penile Transplantation
5.13 Spermatogonial Stem Cell (SSC) Autotransplantation
5.14 Conclusion
References
Chapter 6: Erectile Dysfunctions
6.1 Stem Cell Niches
6.2 Endogenous Stem Cells
6.3 Stem Cells Mobilization 6.4 Stem Cell Localization
6.5 Penile Endogenous Stem Cells
6.6 Endogenous Stem Cell Activation
6.7 Conclusions
References
Chapter 7: Bladder Dysfunction
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Stem Cells Sources and Their Mechanism of Action in Bladder Dysfunction Recovery
7.3 Stem Cell Therapy and Pathogenic Models of Bladder Dysfunction
7.3.1 Bladder Outlet Model
7.3.2 Bladder Ischemia Model
7.3.3 Diabetes Model
7.3.4 Spinal Cord Injured Model
7.3.5 Cryo-Injured Model
7.3.6 Other Bladder Dysfunction Models
7.4 Regeneration of the Bladder
7.4.1 Tissue Engineering 7.4.2 Bioreactors
7.4.3 Bioprinting
7.5 Conclusion
References
Chapter 8: Transplant and Kidney Repair
8.1 MSC Immunomodulation
8.2 Renoprotective Modes of Action
8.3 Clinical Use of MSCs in Treatment of Kidney Diseases
8.4 Acute and Chronic Kidney Injury
8.5 AKI Induced by Ischemia/Reperfusion
8.6 AKI Induced by Chemotherapy
8.7 Chronic Kidney Disease
8.8 Diabetic Nephropathy
8.9 Focal Segmental Glomerulosclerosis
8.10 Polycystic Kidney Disease
8.11 Autoimmune Disease: Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
8.12 MSCs in Kidney Transplantation - Digitalby USMLE Junkies & Dr. LalaSummary: "A must-have study guide to review for the United States Medical Licensing Examination, USMLE Step 3 and easily recall medical scenarios while proving a linkage or a way each medical condition correlates to one another. There is no other Step 3 review book that uses a stepwise, quick, and high-yield approach in this manner. Step 3 Board-Ready USMLE Junkies will help you achieve success. For such an exam that is fast paced and intense, a guide that helps to see the interrelationships of diseases is a great choice to review. Features: · Updated content and material focusing on clinical perspectives to aid with passing the USMLE Step 3 examination. · It is an easy read: 1, 2, 3...style; yet detailed materials for USMLE Step 3. · High-yield formats which include signs and symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment. · Easy to recall short phrases and mnemonics. · Tips on when to admit to ICU. · Initial workup to consider in the emergency room. · Tips to consider during or while taking the examination. · Easy computer-based case simulation tips. · 1-liner Junky cases to help you with clinical cases. · It will help you achieve higher scores on your Step 3"-- From ProQuest Ebook Central product page
Contents:
Cardiology
Endocrinology
Dermatology
Gastroenterology
Hermatology
Oncology
Pulmonology
Infectious disease
Nephrology
Pediatrics
Obstetrics
Gynecology
Trauma/ER and surgery
Biostatistics
Neurology
Psychiatry and ethics
Immunology
Rheumatology
OphthalmologyDigital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2022Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalNarayanan Janakiram, Dharambir S. Sethi, Onkar K. Deshmukh, Arvindh K. Gananathan.
- Digitaleditors, Martin Huecker, MD, FAAEM, Assistant Professor, Department of Emergency Medicine, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky, Scott H. Plantz, MD, FAAEM, Associate Professor, Department of Emergency Medicine, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky.Summary: An important addition to the popular Step-Up series, Step-Up to Emergency Medicine uses the proven series format to provide a high-yield review of emergency medicine, ideal for preparing for clerkships/clinical rotations, end of rotation/shelf exams, and the USMLE Step 2. Clinical pearls, full-color illustrations, an.
Contents:
Resuscitation
Cardiovascular emergencies
Pulmonary emergencies
Gastrointestinal emergencies
Urogenital emergencies
Infectious disease emergencies
Metabolic emergencies
Neurologic emergencies
Rheumatologic and allergic emergencies
Dermatologic emergencies
Eye, ear, nose, throat, and dental emergencies
Obstetric and gynecologic emergencies
Psychiatric emergencies
Obstetric and gynecologic emergencies
Pediatric emergencies
Hematologic and oncologic emergencies
Traumatic emergencies
Orthopedic emergencies
Wound emergencies
Toxicologic emergencies
Environmental emergencies
Medicolegal considerations.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2016 - DigitalRobert V. Ellis, MD, Assistant Professor of Family Medicine, Department of Family and Community Medicine, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio.Summary: "Efficiently prepare for your family medicine rotation and exams! This high-yield review book gives you exactly the help you need to succeed on your family medicine clerkship, the NBME Family Medicine Shelf Exam, and the ambulatory component of the USMLE Step 2 CK. Focus on what you really need to know with chapters and topics based on the Society of Teachers of Family Medicine National Clerkship Curriculum, as well as content areas of the NBME Family Medicine Shelf Exam. Succinct outline approach keeps "extra" material to a minimum, focusing on the core content you need to know. "Quick Hits" in the margins highlight highly testable topics. Easy-to-follow algorithms show examples of effective clinical reasoning, particularly for similar complaints Includes must-know information on causes, risk factors, history and physical exam, lab studies and radiology, treatment, and complications for the most common diseases and disorders. Review questions with full explanations at the end of each chapter test your knowledge"-- Provided by publisher "When creating Step-Up to Family Medicine, we set out to write a review book to aid students on their family medicine clerkship and to study for the NBME Family Medicine Shelf Exam as well as to study for the ambulatory component of Step 2 CK"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Family medicine in context
Preventive care
Common symptoms
Immunologic disorders
Disorders of the blood
Mental disorders
Diseases of the nervous system
Cardiovascular disorders
Diseases of the respiratory system
Nutritional and digestive disorders
Gynecologic disorders
Renal, urinary, and male reproductive system
Pregnancy, childbirth, and puerperium
Disorders of the skin and subcutaneous tissue
Diseases of the musculoskeletal system and connective tissue
Endocrine and metabolic disorders
Care of the older adult
Appendix 1. Herbal medicines and supplements
Appendix 2. Over-the-counter medications
Appendix 3. Preventive medicine guidelines.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2018 - DigitalSteven Agabegi, Elizabeth Agabegi ; leader editors, Mark D. Duncan, Kelley ChuangDigital Access LWW Health Library [2024]
- Digitaleditors Steven S. Agabegi, MD, Elizabeth D. Agabegi, MD.Summary: This book provides a review of medicine, ideal for preparing for clerkships or clinical rotations, shelf exams, and the USMLE Step 2.
Contents:
Diseases of the cardiovascular system
Diseases of the pulmonary system
Obstructive lung diseases
Diseases of the gastrointestinal system
Endocrine and metabolic diseases
Diseases of the central and peripheral nervous systems
Connective tissue and joint diseases
Diseases of the renal and genitourinary system
Fluids, electrolytes, and acid-base disorders
Hematologic diseases and neoplasms
Infectious diseases
Diseases of the skin and hypersensitivity disorders
Ambulatory medicine.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2016 - DigitalSteven Agabegi, MD, Elizabeth Agabegi, MD ; lead editors, Mark D. Duncan, MD, Kelley Chuang, MD.Summary: Thoroughly updated and revised, this new edition provides a high-yield review of medicine, ideal for preparing for clerkship or clinical rotations, shelf exams, and the USMLE Step 2. This book provides essential information in an efficient, easy-to-remember manner to help you excel on your exams and succeed in a clinical setting. -- Publisher description
Contents:
Diseases of the cardiovascular system
Diseases of the pulmonary system
Diseases of the gastrointestinal system
Endocrine and metabolic diseases
Diseases of the central and peripheral nervous systems
Connective tissue and joint diseases
Diseases of the renal and genitourinary system
Fluids, electrolytes, and acid-base disorders
Hematologic diseases and neoplasms
Infectious diseases
Diseases of the skin and hypersensitivity disorders
Ambulatory medicine.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2020 - Digital[edited by] Frank W. Ling, Russell R. Snyder, Sandra Ann Carson, Wesley C. Fowler.Summary: "Step-Up to Ob/Gyn is a primary review tool to prepare students for both the Ob/Gyn clerkship and the end-rotation NBME shelf examination. Texts in this series blend a bullet-outline format with comprehensive paragraphs, as needed, for optimal study and rotation preparation. Illustrations, charts, tables, graphs, mnemonics, and "Quick Hit" pearls for the clerkship all speed and supplement learning. Ample content without superfluous detail is the hallmark of this growing series. 100 USMLE-style clinical vignette-based questions with answers are provided in the print text, along with a companion Website on thePoint, which will offer an additional 100 USMLE-style questions in a quiz bank, an image bank, as well as an online ebook"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Section 1. Overview of women's health. The woman's health examination
The obstetrician/gynecologist's role in screening and preventive care
Ethics in obstetrics and gynecology
Embryology and anatomy
Reproductive physiology
Section 2. Obstetrics. Endocrinology of pregnancy
Maternal-fetal physiology
Preconception and antepartum care
Prenatal diagnosis, genetic disorder assessment, and teratology
Normal labor and delivery
Intrapartum fetal surveillance
Immediate care of newborn
Abnormal labor and malpresentation
Postpartum care/complications
Ectopic pregnancy
Common medical and surgical problems in pregnancy
Infectious diseases in pregnancy
Hypertension in pregnancy
Multifetal gestation
Fetal growth abnormalities: fetal growth restriction and macrosomia
Isoimmunization
Preterm labor
Third-trimester bleeding
Premature rupture of membranes
Postterm pregnancy and intrauterine fetal demise
Obstetric procedures
Section 3. Gynecology. Contraception
Sterilization
Reproductive tract congenital anomalies
Reproductive tract benign conditions
Vulvovaginitis and sexually transmitted diseases
Pelvic support defects, urinary incontinence, and urinary tract infection
Endometriosis
Dysmenorrhea and chronic pelvic pain
Breast disorders
Gynecologic procedures
Sexual function and dysfunction
Sexual assault and domestic violence
Section 4. Reproductive endocrinology and infertility. Puberty
Amenorrhea and abnormal uterine bleeding
Hirsutism and virilization
Menopause
Infertility
Premenstrual syndrome and premenstrual dysphoric disorder
Section 5. Gynecologic oncology. Cell biology and principles of cancer therapy
Getational trophoblastic neoplasia
Benign vulvar disease
Cervical dysplasia and carcinoma
Cancer of the uterine corpus
Ovarian and adnexal disease.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2015 - DigitalSamir S. Shah, Jeanine C. Ronan, Brian Alverson.Summary: "A guide for third year medical students preparing for the end-of-rotation NBME shelf exam, the pediatrics clerkship, and the USMLE Step 2 CK"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Diseases of the cardiovascular system
Disease of the pulmonary system
Diseases of the gastrointestinal system
Endocrine and metabolic diseases
Neurologic disorders
Rheumatologic disorders and orthopedic conditions
Diseases of the renal and genitourinary system
Fluids and electrolytes
Hematologic and oncologic diseases
Infectious diseases
Allergic and immunologic disorders
Dermatologic conditions
Diseases unique to adolescent medicine
Diseases unique to the newborn
Developmental and behavioral disorders
Dysmorphology and genetic disorders
Ophthalmologic disorders
Emergency medicine, critical care, toxicology, and child abuse
Diseases of the ear, nose and throat
Appendix: epidemiology and biostatistics.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2014 - DigitalStanley Zaslau, MD, MBA, FACS, Professor, Chief, Urology Residency Program Director, Associate Chair, Education and Research, Department of Surgery, West Virginia University, Morgantown, West Virginia, Richard A. Vaughan, MD, FACS, Professor, Department of Surgery, West Virginia University, Morgantown, West Virginia.Summary: This is an effective high-yield review of general and subspecialty surgery, written specifically for medical, physician assistant, and nurse practitioner students in their surgery clerkship/rotation. This text packs clinical pearls, illustrations, and Quick Hits in a single, ingenious tool, tailoring each element for immediate content absorption and faster, more efficient review. This review book gives you exactly what you need to prepare for the surgery clerkship, accompanying shelf exams, and more.
Contents:
Surgical physiology
Acute abdomen
Trauma and burns
Hernias
Esophagus and stomach
Small bowel
Colon, rectum, and appendix
Hepatobiliary system
Pancreas and spleen
Endocrine surgery
Breast
Skin and soft tissue
Vascular surgery
Pediatric surgery
Orthopedic surgery
Neurosurgery
Urology
Otolaryngology
Cardiothoracic surgery
Transplantation.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2014 - PrintMichael McInnis, MD, Internal Medicine, Chief Educator, Doctors in Training.com, LLC, Forth Worth, Texas, Samir Mehta, MD, Assistant Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Chief, Orthopaedic Trauma Service, the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Chris Lewis, Family Medicine, Chief Educator, Doctors in Training.com, LLC, Austin, Texas, Sonia Mehta, MD, Fellow, Emory Eye Center, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia, Sonul Mehta, MD, Assistant Professor, Department of Ophthalmology, Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, LCDR Edmund A. Milder, MC USNR, Department of Pediatrics, Naval Medical Center, Sand Diego, California, Adam J. Mirarchi, MD, Assistant Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Oregon Health & Science University, Portland, Oregon.Contents:
Basic Concepts
the nervou system
The cardiovascular system
The respiratory system
The gastrointestinal system
The renal system
The endocrine system
The reproductive system
The musculoskeletal system
Hematology
Biochemistry and Genetics
Microbiology
Immunology
Crunch time review. - DigitalBrian Jenkins, MD, Michael McInnis, MD, Chris Lewis, MD.Summary: This book provides a high-yield, systems-based review - ideal for preparing for the end-of-rotation NBME shelf exam and studying for the USMLE Step 2 CK.
Contents:
Cardiovascular disorders
Pulmonary disorders
Gastrointestinal disorders
Genitourinary disorders
Endocrine disorders
Hematology and oncology
Selected topics in emergency medicine, critical care, and surgery
Neurologic disorders
Musculoskeletal disorders
Dermatology
Gynecologic and breast disorders
Obstetrics
Pediatrics
Psychiatric disorders
Epidemiology and ethics.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2016 - Digitaleditors, Latha Ganti, David C. Lebowitz, Javier Rosario, Ariel E. Vera.Summary: This book provides a high-yield, systems-based review - ideal for preparing for the end-of-rotation NBME shelf exam and studying for the USMLE Step 2 CK.
Contents:
Cardiovascular disorders
Gastrointestinal disorders
Hematology and oncology
Selected topics in emergency medicine, critical care, and surgery
Musculoskeletal disorders
Pulmonary disorders
Genitourinary disorders
Endocrine disorders
Dermatology
Pediatrics
Neurologic disorders
Gynecologic and breast disorders
Obstetrics
Psychiatric disorders
Epidemiology and ethics.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2020 - DigitalStepped Care for Borderline Personality Disorder : Making Treatment Brief, Effective, and AccessibleJoel Paris.Summary: Synthesizing the latest research and treatment developments, Stepped Care for Borderline Personality Disorder: Making Treatment Brief, Effective, and Accessible aims to make treatment for borderling personality disorder (BPD) more accessible by providing clinicians with innovative brief and targeted intervention methods. Focusing on integrative treatment models, it offers clinicians a vital guide to the management of patients who are difficult to treat. Acknowleding the early developmental roots of BPD, the book includes sections on BPD in adolescence, childhood precursors of the disorder, and a broad range of etiological factors. It looks at the pitfalls clinicians face when trying to treat BPD, and offers a roadmap to avoiding them.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
- DigitalHanyi Min, editor.Summary: This book introduces up-to-date knowledge of vitreal and retinal diseases with color fundus illustrations. The retinal layers of different lesions normally look like a single plane for junior doctors in Ophthalmology. With the help of the fundus camera, the stereo color images with different shooting angles are taken and the retina looks vivid and stereoscopic in the photograph. Although the technology of "deciphering" retina diseases is constantly advancing, the stereo fundus photography (SFP) is still indispensable, which can not only reveals the retina stereoscopically and comprehensively, but also has been the gold standard for certain diseases, such as glaucoma and retina angiomatous proliferation (RAP). Meanwhile, the equipment demands for SFP are not so high and can be easily promoted in the grass-roots hospitals. In this book, we carefully collected and organized more than 300 stereo color fundus images and angiography pictures of various vitreal and retinal diseases for readers to recognize the three dimensional features at first glance, such as retinal bleeding at different layers, optic disc change of glaucoma, macular diseases, tumors, RAP and polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy (PCV).
Contents:
Basic principles of stereo fundus photography
Retinal diseases
Macular diseases
Vitreal diseases
Optic disc diseases
Choroidal diseases
Fundus changes after vitreal-retinal surgeries. - DigitalPu Dai, Dong-yi Han, Vincent C. Cousins, Yue-shuai Song, editors.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalPu Dai, Vincent C. Cousins, Yue-shuai Song, Xue Gao, editors.Summary: Featuring a set of 3-D anatomic images of ear surgery based on innovative photographic devices, this book introduces anatomical details of ear surgery in the main areas of the temporal bone and lateral skull base. After overviewing basic anatomy of temporal bone and lateral skull base, the following 8 chapters covers step by step anatomic and surgical procedures of various ear surgeries, including transcanal approach, retroauricular approach, translabyrinthine approach, middle fossa approach, retrosigmoid approach, infratemporal fossa approach, and the stereoscopic virtual anatomy of the temporal bone. It is a practical and useful resource for residents in head and neck surgery, and related field.
Contents:
1 Overview
2 Bony Landmarks of the Temporal Bone
3 Transcanal approach
4 Postauricular Approach
5 Translabyrinthine Approach
6 Middle Cranial Fossa Approach
7 Retrosigmoid Approach
8 Infratemporal Fossa Approach
9 Stereoscopic Virtual Anatomy of Temporal Bone. - Digitaleditors Simon S. Lo, Arjun Sahgal, Bin S Teh, Peter C Gerszten & Eric L ChangSummary: The ten chapters of this book provide a concise overview of the various aspects of stereotactic body radiation therapy for non-small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC), including general, radiobiological, technical and clinical issues.Digital Access TandFonline 2014
- DigitalAndrew Gaya, Anand Mahadevan, editors.Summary: This practical guide covers the basic aspects of stereotactic radiotherapy systems and treatment. As an emerging field, stereotactic body radiotherapy (SBRT) offers image-guided radiation that is directed at extremely well-defined tumor targets within the body, delivering very high doses of radiation. Indications for SBRT have expanded extensively in recent years from intracranial treatment to extracranial, leading to the development of a thriving subspecialty within radiation oncology. The expertise on these methods is concentrated across a few centres, mainly in the USA. However, as the technique is increasingly being adopted worldwide, specialists require further training in using it. Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy ? A Practical Guide provides a valuable aid for this purpose and is of particular interest to clinical oncologists and their trainees.
- Digitaledited by Daniel M. Trifiletti, Samuel T. Chao, Arjun Sahgal, Jason P. Sheehan.Summary: This book is a comprehensive review of stereotactic radiosurgery (SRS) and stereotactic body radiation therapy (SBRT): its physics, clinical evidence, indications, and future directions. The utilization of stereotactic radiosurgery (SRS) and stereotactic body radiation therapy (SBRT) is increasing internationally because of several factors. First, it offers patients a local treatment option that has demonstrated effectiveness similar to traditional surgery without the morbidity of general anesthesia and open surgical resection. Second, recent advancements in the quality of scientific evidence supporting a SRS or SBRT-containing approach in patients continues to evolve and demonstrate favorable disease-specific outcomes with little, if any, toxicity in various anatomic disease sites and for various conditions including cancer, benign tumors, and other psychiatric and neurologic conditions. Third, and most provocatively, is the notion that definitive local therapy (i.e. SRS or SBRT) in patients with cancer can boost the immune system to fight cancer in other sites throughout the body. While traditional medical knowledge would suggest that all patients with metastatic cancer are incurable, there is a mounting body of evidence that there is a subset of these patients that can be cured with definitive SRS or SBRT. This volume thus delves into each of these benefits and aspects of treatment, guiding physicians to the best treatment plan for their patients. Expert, international authors provide guidelines for SRS and SBRT use by clinicians. Chapters are divided into six main sections: Radiobiology of Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy, Intracranial Radiosurgery Technique, Intracranial Radiosurgery by Indication, Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy Technique, Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy by Indication, The Future of Radiosurgery and SBRT. Overall physics are explained, as well as specific considerations for particular surgical tools (including the L eksell Gamma Knife and Accuray CyberKnife), techniques (including fractionated and charged particle radiosurgery), and anatomic sites (including brain metastases, pituitary tumors, and the prostate). Detailed images and charts enhance the chapters. This book provides physicians with a single, practical resource incorporating both of these broad categories of treatment, SRS and SBRT, and better defines the current role and the direction of radiosurgery.
Contents:
Section I: Radiobiology of Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy
Vascular-Mediated Mechanisms
Immune-Mediated Mechanisms
Rationale for Fractionated and Single Session Approaches
Section II: Intracranial Radiosurgery Technique
Physics of Radiosurgery
Leksell Gamma Knife Radiosurgery
Accuray CyberKnife Robotic Radiosurgery
Linear Accelerator-Based Radiosurgery
Fractionated Radiosurgery
Charged Particle Radiosurgery
Section III: Intracranial Radiosurgery by Indication
Brain Metastases
Pituitary Tumors
Meningioma
Vascular Malformations
Trigeminal Neuralgia
Movement Disorders and Obsessive Compulsive Disorder
Glial Tumors
Pediatric Tumors
Section IV: Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy Technique
Physics of SBRT
Immobilization
Motion Management
Charged Particle SBRT
Section V: Stereotactic Body Radiation Therapy by Indication
Primary Lung Cancers
Lung Metastes
Spinal Tumors
Gastrointestinal Cancers
Prostate Cancer
Head and Neck Cancer
Section VI: The Future of Radiosurgery and SBRT
Patient Selection
SRS and SBRT Complications and Management
SRS AND SBRT Integration with Supportive Care
Targeted Agents and Immunotherapy
Diagnostic Imaging Advances
Comparative Effectiveness. - Printby the Healthcare Sterile Processing Association.
- Digitaleditor, Stacey E. Mills, MD, W.S. ; associate editors, Joel K. Greenson, MD, Jason L. Hornick, MD, PhD, Teri A. Longacre, MD, Victor E. Reuter, MD.Summary: "Sternberg's Diagnostic Surgical Pathology is the flagship book on LWW's pathology list. This classic 2-volume reference presents advanced diagnostic techniques and the latest information on all currently known diseases. The book emphasizes the practical differential diagnosis of the surgical specimen while keeping to a minimum discussion of the natural history of the disease, treatment and autopsy findings. Contributors are asked to provide their expert advice on the diagnostic evaluation of every type of specimen from every anatomic site. This approach distinguishes it from its key competition and provides a style of a personal consultation"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2015
- Digitaledited by Gabriella Castoria, Ferdinando Auricchio.Contents:
Progesterone receptor interaction with chromatin / Guillermo P. Vicent [and others]
Mapping the genomic binding sites of the activated retinoid X receptor in murine bone marrow-derived macrophages using chromatin immunoprecipitation sequencing / Bence Daniel, Balint L. Balint, Zsuzsanna S. Nagy, and Laszlo Nagy
Analysis of chromatin-nuclear receptor interactions by laser-chromatin immunoprecipitation / Rosaria Benedetti [and others]
Examining estrogen regulation of cancer stem cells through multicolor lineage tracing / Yongshu Zhang, Gabriel Eades, and Qun Zhou
Reporter mice for the study of long-term effects of drugs and toxic compounds / Nicoletta Rizzi [and others]
Analysis of histone posttranslational modifications in the control of chromatin plasticity observed at estrogen-responsive sites in human breast cancer cells / Annalisa Di Santi [and others]
In silico analysis of genomic data for construction of nuclear receptor network / Yun-Young Park and Ju-Seog Lee
Cofactor profiling of the glucocorticoid receptor from a cellular environment / Sofie J. Desme [and others]
Paxillin and steroid signaling : from frog to human / Stephen R. Hammes, Susanne U. Miedlich, and Aritro Sen
Analysis of the androgen receptor/filamin a complex in stromal cells / Pia Giovannelli [and others]
Multi-well plate immunoassays for measuring signaling protein activations/deactivations and membrane vs. intracellular receptor levels / Cheryl S. Watson [and others]
Proximity ligation assay to detect and localize the interactions of ER-alpha with PI3-K and Src in breast cancer cells and tumor samples / Coralie Poulard [and others]
Phosphoinositide 3-kinase assay in breast cancer cell extracts / Antonio Bilancio and Antimo Migliaccio
Rapid estrogen effects on aromatase phosphorylation in breast cancer cells / Stefania Catalano, Ines Barone, and Sebastiano Andò
Mouse monoclonal antibodies against estrogen receptor / Caterina De Rosa, Valentina Rossi, and Ciro Abbondanza
Analysis of estrogen receptor-beta interacting proteins using pull-down assay and MALDI-MS methods / Mahendra Kumar Thakur and Vijay Paramanik
Analysis of the conformation of the androgen receptor in spinal bulbar muscular atrophy by atomic force microscopy / Tobias Jochum and Andrew C.B. Cato
Imaging of corticosteroid receptors in live cells / Mayumi Nishi
Physiological techniques in the study of rapid aldosterone effects / Yamil R. Yusef, Warren Thomas, and Brian J. Harvey
Detection of the glucocorticoid receptors in brain protein extracts by SDS-PAGE / Fernanda Marques [and others].Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalJames S. Lowe, Peter G. Anderson.Contents:
Histology
The cell
Epithelial cells
Support cells and the extracellular matrix
Contractile cells
Nervous tissue
Blood cells
Immune system
Blood and lymphatic circulatory systems and heart
Respiratory system
Alimentary tract
Liver
Musculoskeletal system
Endocrine system
Urinary system
Male reproductive system
Female reproductive system
Skin and breast
Special senses.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - DigitalJames S. Lowe, Peter G. Anderson, Susan I. Anderson.Contents:
Histology
The cell
Epithelial cells
Support cells and the extracellular matrix
Contractile cells
Nervous tissue
Blood cells
Immune system
Blood and lymphatic circulatory systems and heart
Respiratory system
Alimentary tract
Liver
Musculoskeletal system
Endocrine system
Urinary system
Male reproductive system
Female reproductive system
Skin and breast
Special senses
Self-assessment questions.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalRanna Parekh, Ed W. Childs, editors.Contents:
1. Stigma and Persons with Disabilities
2. Stigma and Persons with Obesity
3. Religious Minorities and Medicine: The Collision of Health Care and Faith
4. The Poor and Economically Vulnerable in Public and Safety-Net Healthcare Institutions: Outcomes and Attitudes
5. Stigma and Prejudice Against Individuals Experiencing Homelessness
6. VIP Patients: An Unexpectedly Vulnerable Population
7. Stigma and Persons with Substance Use Disorders
8. Borderline Personality Disorder: From Stigma to Compassionate Care
9. Diagnosed with Breast Cancer: Stigmatized or a Member of an Empowered Sisterhood
10. Stigma and Prejudice in Patients with HIV/AIDS
11. Commercially Sexually Exploited & Trafficked Minors: Our Hidden and Forgotten Children
12. Stigma and Veterans
13. I Pity the Poor Immigrant: Stigma and Immigration
14. Limited English Proficient (LEP) Patient: The Importance of Working with Trained Medical Interpreters to Promote Equitable Health Care
15. Improving Workforce Diversity in Minority and Majority Institutions
16. Leveraging Technology for Health Equity
17. Research with Diverse and Vulnerable Populations
18. Building Diversity Initiatives in Academic Medicine
19. Looking Outward and Inward: The Role of Introspection in Expanding and Consolidating Our Understanding of Diversity
20. Pharmacology: Cultural and Genetic Considerations.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Jonathan D. Avery, Joseph J. Avery.Summary: This book explores the stigma of addiction and discusses ways to improve negative attitudes for better health outcomes. Written by experts in the field of addiction, the text takes a reader-friendly approach to the essentials of addiction stigma across settings and demographics. The authors reveal the challenges patients face in the spaces that should be the safest, including the home, the workplace, the justice system, and even the clinical community. The text aims to deliver tools to professionals who work with individuals with substance use disorders and lay persons seeking to combat stigma and promote recovery. The Stigma of Addiction is an excellent resource for psychiatrists, addiction medicine specialists, students across specialties, researchers, public health officials, and individuals with substance use disorders and their families.
Contents:
Introduction
Self-Stigma and Addiction
Family, Stigma, and Addiction
Relationships, Stigma, and Addiction
The Language of Stigma and Addiction
Doctors, Stigma, and Addiction
The Stigma of Addiction Treatments
Race, Stigma, and Addiction
The Legal System, Stigma, and Addiction
The Stigma of Addiction in the Workplace
The Stigma of Addiction in the Media. - DigitalWolfgang Gaebel, Wulf Rössler, Norman Sartorius, editors.Summary: This book makes a highly innovative contribution to overcoming the stigma and discrimination associated with mental illness - still the heaviest burden both for those afflicted and those caring for them. The scene is set by the presentation of different fundamental perspectives on the problem of stigma and discrimination by researchers, consumers, families, and human rights experts. Current knowledge and practice used in reducing stigma are then described, with information on the programmes adopted across the world and their utility, feasibility, and effectiveness. The core of the volume comprises descriptions of new approaches and innovative programmes specifically designed to overcome stigma and discrimination. In the closing part of the book, the editors - all respected experts in the field - summarize some of the most important evidence- and experience-based recommendations for future action to successfully rewrite the long and burdensome 'story' of mental illness stigma and discrimination.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalDeborah Rowland.Contents:
. Introduction
Is change changing?
Still moving : the inner and outer skills
It all starts in mindfulness
The power of the systemic
Make disturbance your friend
Holding the fire
The time for emergence
A tale of still moving and business transformation
Still moving and your leadership
The sense of an ending.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitalvolume editor, Konstantin V. Slavin.Contents:
Technology for peripheral nerve stimulation / Parker, J.L., Cameron, T.
Theoretical basis of vagal nerve stimulation / Attenello, F., Amar, A.P., Liu, C., Apuzzo, M.L.J.
Vagal nerve stimulation : surgical technique and complications / Tronnier, V.M.
Vagus nerve stimulation for epilepsy : an evidence-based approach / Cukiert, A.
Vagus nerve stimulation for major depressive episodes / Eljamel, S.
Phrenic nerve stimulation : technology and clinical applications / Abdunnur, S.V., Kim, D.H.
Trigeminal ganglion stimulation / Van Buyten, J.-P.
Carotid sinus/nerve stimulation for treatment of resistant hypertension and heart failure / Yin, D., Slavin, K.V.
Hypoglossal nerve stimulation for obstructive sleep apnea / Mwenge, G.B., Rombaux, P., Lengele, B., Rodenstein, D.
Sphenopalatine ganglion stimulation in neurovascular headaches / Schoenen, J.
Occipital stimulation for migraine : update from recent multicenter trials
Schwedt, T.J., Green, A.L., Dodick, D.W.
Peripheral nerve stimulation for back pain / Verrills, P., Russo, M.
Peripheral nerve stimulation for pain in extremities : an update / Pope, J.E., Carlson, J.D., Rosenberg, W.S., Slavin, K.V., Deer, T.R.
Peripheral neuromodulation to treat postamputation pain / Soin, A., Fang, Z.-P., Velasco, J.
Peripheral neurostimulation with a microsize wireless stimulator / Yearwood, T.L., Perryman, L.T.
Sacral neuromodulation for genitourinary problems / Banakhar, M., Hassouna, M.
Sacral nerve stimulation in the treatment of bowel disorders / Nordenstam, J., Boller, A.-M., Mellgren, A.
Stimulation of the dorsal root / Ganglion Liem, L.
Regulation of peripheral nerve stimulation technology / Birk, D.M., Yin, D., Slavin, K.V.Digital Access Karger 2016 - DigitalJosé Javier G. Quezada-Euán.Summary: The stingless bees are the most diverse group of highly social bees and are key species in our planet's tropical and subtropical regions, where they thrive. In Mexico, the management of stingless bees dates back centuries, and they were an essential part of the culture and cosmogony of native peoples like the Maya. In recent decades a vast amount of information has been gathered on stingless bees worldwide. This book summarizes various aspects of the biology and management of stingless bees, with special emphasis on the Mexican species and the traditions behind their cultivation. Much of the information presented here was produced by the author and the team of researchers at the Universidad Autonoma de Yucatán in the course of three decades of working with these insects. Given the breadth of its coverage, the book offers an equally valuable reference guide for academics, students and beekeepers alike.
Contents:
Taxonomy and diversity of the stingless bee
Nesting biology
Anatomy and physiology
Sex determination and caste production
Colony function and communication
Reproduction
Services provided by stingless bees
Managing and preserving stingless bees
The past, present, and future of meliponiculture in Mexico
Annex 1: List of abbreviations of the genera of stingless bees used in the book and recognized species for Mexico
Annex 2: Nectar- and pollen-producing plants in the Yucatan Peninsula
Annex 3: Record sheet template, nest dimensions, and hive sizes for stingless bees in the Yucatan Peninsula. - Digitaleditors, Aliya N. Husain, MD, J. Thomas Stocker, MD, Louis P. Dehner, MD; Attending Surgical Pathologist, Lauren V. Ackerman Laboratory of Surgical Pathology, Barnes-Jewish and St. Louis Children's Hospitals at the Washington University Medical Center, St. Louis, Missouri.Digital Access Ovid 2016
- DigitalStocker and Dehner's Pediatric Pathology : Edited by Aliya N. Husain, Louis P. Dehner. Fifth editionDehner, Louis P.; Husain, Aliya N.Summary: "Virtually all aspects of the pathology in children are unique in pathogenesis and histogenesis from the moment of conception to adolescence whose range includes developmental anomalies to dysembryonic neoplasms. Stocker and Dehner’s Pediatric Pathology provides encyclopedic but very usable coverage of this complex subspecialty, detailing all major aspects of the pathologic anatomy of childhood disorders ranging from chromosomal syndromes and infections to forensic pathology. Upholding the standard of excellence established in previous editions, this thoroughly updated Fifth Edition offers the in-depth, richly illustrated guidance you need to confidently evaluate and dependably report your findings"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access Ovid 2021
- Digitaledited by Roberta L. Hines, Stephanie B. Jones.Summary: "A valuable resource for anesthesia providers at all levels of training and practice, Stoelting's Anesthesia and Co-Existing Disease, 8th Edition, provides concise, thorough coverage of pathophysiology of the most common diseases and their medical management relevant to anesthesia. Noted authority Dr. Roberta L. Hines and new editor Dr. Stephanie Jones lead a stellar team of contributing authors who provide clear, detailed guidance on successfully managing or avoiding complications stemming from pre-existing conditions."-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
- Digital[edited by] Pamela Flood, James P. Rathmell, Richard D. Urman.Summary: "Stoelting's Pharmacology and Physiology in Anesthetic Practice provides trainees and practitioners an indepth but concise presentation of those aspects of pharmacology and physiology that are relevant either directly or indirectly to the perioperative anesthetic management of patients. This is a difficult topic but is foundational to the practice of anesthesia and trainees face questions on it in their in-training and qualifying exams"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part I: Basic principles of physiology and pharmacology. Basic principles of physiology ; Basic principles of pharmacology
Part II: Neurologic system. Neurophysiology ; Inhaled anesthetics ; Intravenous sedatives and hypnotics ; Pain physiology ; Opioid agonists and antagonists ; Centrally acting nonpioid analgesics ; Peripheraly acting analgesics ; Local anesthetics ; Neuromuscular-blocking drugs and reversal agents ; Neurologically active drugs ; Circulatory physiology ; Cardiac physiology ; Renal physiology ; Intravenous fluids and electrolytes ; Sympathomimetic drugs ; Sympatholytics ; Vasodilators ; Antiarrhythmic drugs ; Diuretics ; Lipid-lowering drugs
Part IV: Pulmonary system. Gas exchange ; Respiratory pharmacology ; Acid-base disorders
Part V: Blood and hemostasis. Physiology of blood and hemostasis ; Blood products and blood components ; Procoagulants ; Anticoagulants ; Physiology and management of massive transfusion
Part VI: Gastrointestinal system and metabolism. Gastrointestinal physiology. Metabolism ; Antiemetics ; Antacids and gastrointestinal motility drugs ; Nutrition
Part VII: Endocrine system. Normal endocrine function ; Drugs that alter glucose regulation ; Drugs for the treatment of hypothyroidism and hyperthyroidism ; Other endocrine drugs
Part VIII: Miscellaneous. Antimicrobials, antiseptics, disinfectants, and management of perioperative infection ; Chemotherapeutic drugs ; Psychopharmacologic drugs
Part IX: Special populations. Physiology of the newborn ; Maternal and fetal physiology and pharmacology ; Physiology and pharmacology of the elderly ; Physiology and pharmacology of resuscitation.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022 - Digital/PrintPamela Flood, James P. Rathmell, Steven Shafer.Contents:
PART I: Basic principles of physiology and pharmacology
Basic principles of physiology / Pamela Flood, Seven Shafer
Basic principles of pharmacology / Pamela Flood, Seven Shafer
PART II: Neurologic system
Neurophysiology / Pamela Flood, Seven Shafer
Inhaled anesthetics / Pamela Flood, Seven Shafer
Intravenous sedatives and hypnotics / James P. Rathmell, Carl E. Rosow
Pain physiology / Hui Yang, Bihua Bie, Mohamed A. Naguib
Opioid agonists and antagonists / Kenneth Cumming III, Mohamed A. Naguib
Centrally acting nonopioid analgesics / Hesham Elsharkawy, Mohamed A. Naguib
Peripherally acting analgesics / Hesham Elsharkawy, Mohamed A. Naguib
Local anesthetics / Kamal Maheshwari, Mohamed A. Naguib
Neuromuscular physiology / Mohamed A. Naguib
Neuromuscular blocking drugs and reversal agents / Mohamed A. Naguib
Antiepileptic and other neurologically active drugs / Pamela Flood, Mark Burbridge
PART III: Circulatory system
Circulatory physiology / James Ramsay, Barrett Larson
Cardiac physiology / Sumeet Goswami, Bessie Kachulis, Teresa A. Mulaikal, Jack S. Shanewise
Renal physiology / Jonathan Hastie, Jack S. Shanewise
Intravenous fluids and electrolytes / Jessica Spellman, Jack S. Shanewise
Sympathomimetic drugs / Sansan S. Lo, Jack S. Shanewise
Sympatholytics / Steven Miller
Vasodilators / James Ramsay, Carter Peatross
Antiarrhythmic drugs / James Ramsay, Nicholas Anast
Diuretics / Maya Jalbout Hastie, Jack S. Shanewise
Lipid-lowering drugs / Sarah C. Smith, Jack S. Shanewise
PART IV: Pulmonary system
Gas exchange / Peter Slinger
Respiratory pharmacology / Peter Slinger
Acid-base disorders / Peter Slinger
PART V: Blood and hemostasis
Physiology of blood and hemostasis / Jerrold H. Levy
Blood products and blood components / Jerrold H. Levy
Procoagulants / Jerrold H. Levy
Anticoagulants / Jerrold H. Levy
Physiology and management of massive transfusion / Jerrold H. Levy
PART VI: Gastrointestinal system and metabolism
Gastrointestinal physiology / Michael J. Murray
Metabolism / Michael J. Murray
Antiemetics / Michael J. Murray, David A. Grossblatt
Gastrointestinal motility drugs / Michael J. Murray, Jillian A. Maloney
Nutrition / Michael J. Murray
PART VII: Endocrine system
Normal endocrine function / Vivek K. Moitra
Drugs that alter glucose regulation / Vivek K. Moitra
Drugs for the treatment of hypothyroidism and hyperthyroidism / Vivek K. Moitra
Other endocrine drugs / Vivek K. Moitra
PART VIII: Miscellaneous
Antimicrobials, antiseptics, disinfectants, and management of perioperative infection / Pamela Flood
Chemotherapeutic drugs / James P. Rathmell, Mihir M. Kamdar
Drugs used for psychopharmacologic therapy / Joseph Kwok, Pamela Flood
PART IX: Special populations
Physiology of the newborn / Pamela Flood
Maternal and fetal physiology and pharmacology / Pamela Flood
Physiology and pharmacology of the elderly / Pamela Flood
Physiology and pharmacology of resuscitation / Michael J. Murray.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2015 - PrintDavid W. Stoller, MD, FACR, National Director, Orthopaedic and Musculoskeletal Imaging, RadNet, Medical Director, Orthopaedic and Musculoskeletal Imaging, Beverly Radiology, Northern California, San Francisco, California, Affiliate Member, American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons.
- DigitalKlaus Groschner, Wolfgang F. Graier, Christoph Romanin, editors.Summary: "This second edition of the book on Store-operated Ca2+ Entry Pathways has been updated with the newest discoveries that emerged in the field within the last five years. The crystal structure of the Ca2+ signaling core complex is described which adds to a new understanding of the molecular interactions involved. Each chapter has been revised and extended. The book retains its interdisciplinary approach and supplies biochemists, cell biologists and biophysicists as well as clinicians in immunology, neurology and cardiology with valuable information on Ca2+ signaling mechanisms, functions, dysfunctions and their consequences"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
SOCE: fundamental mechanistic concepts. Introduction / James W. Putney
The STIM-Orai pathway: STIM-Orai structures: isolated and in complex / Jinhui Zhu, Qingping Feng, Peter B. Stathopulos
The STIM-Orai pathway: Orai, the pore-forming subunit of the CRAC channel / Aparna Gudlur, Patrick G. Hogan
The STIM-Orai pathway: the interactions between STIM and Orai / Marc Fahrner, Rainer Schindl, Martin Muik, Isabella Derler, Christoph Romanin
The STIM-Orai pathway: conformational coupling between STIM and Orai in the activation of store-operated Ca2+ entry / Robert M. Nwokonko, Xiangyu Cai, Natalia A. Loktionova, Youjun Wang, Yandong Zhou [and others]
The STIM-Orai pathway: regulation of STIM and Orai by thiol modifications / Barbara A. Niemeyer
The STIM-Orai pathway: light-operated Ca2+ entry through engineered CRAC channels / Guolin Ma, Shufan Wen, Yun Huang, Yubin Zhou
STIM-TRPpathways and microdomain organization: Ca2+ influx channels: the Orai-STIM1-TRPC complexes / Dora Bodnar, Woo Young Chung, Dongki Yang, Jeong Hee Hong, Archana Jha, Shmuel Muallem
STIM-TRP pathways and microdomain organization: contribution of TRPC1 in store-operated Ca2+ entry: impact on Ca2+ signaling and cell function / Hwei Ling Ong, Indu S. Ambudkar
STIM-TRP pathways and microdomain organization: auxiliary proteins of the STIM/Orai complex / Jonathan Pacheco, Luis Vaca
SOCE: crosstalk between organelle and cellular compartments. introduction / Alexei V. Tepikin
New aspects of the contribution of ER to SOCE regulation: the role of the ER and ER-plasma membrane junctions in the regulation of SOCE / Hayley Dingsdale, Emmanuel Okeke, Lee Haynes, Gyorgy Lur, Alexei V. Tepikin
New aspects of the contribution of ER to SOCE regulation: TRPC proteins as a link between plasma membrane ion transport and intracellular Ca2+ stores / Alexis Bavencoffe, Michael Xi Zhu, Jin-bin Tian
The role of mitochondria in the activation/maintenance of SOCE: store-operated Ca2+ entry and mitochondria / András Spät, Gerg̲ Szanda
The role of mitochondria in the activation/maintenance of SOCE: membrane contact sites as signaling hubs sustaining store-operated Ca2+ entry / Nicolas Demaurex, Daniele Guido
The role of mitochondria in the activation/maintenance of SOCE: the contribution of mitochondrial Ca2+ uptake, mitochondrial motility, and location to store-operated Ca2+ entry / Roland Malli, Wolfgang F. Graier
Tissue specificity: the role of organellar membrane nanojunctions in smooth muscle Ca2+ signaling / Nicola Fameli, A. Mark Evans, Cornelis van Breemen
Tissue specificity: SOCE: implications for Ca2+ handling in endothelial cells / Lothar A. Blatter
Tissue specificity: store-operated Ca2+ entry in cardiac myocytes / Martin D. Bootman, Katja Rietdorf
SOCE: molecular and cellular (patho)physiology. Introduction: overview of the pathophysiological implications of store-operated calcium entry in mammalian cells / Juan A. Rosado
Immunological disorders: regulation of Ca2+ signaling in T lymphocytes / Sonal Srikanth, Jin Seok Woo, Zuoming Sun, Yousang Gwack
Cardiovascular and hemostatic disorders: role of STIM and Orai proteins in vascular disorders / Jyoti Tanwar, Mohamed Trebak, Rajender K. Motiani
Cardiovascular and hemostatic disorders: SOCE and Ca2+ handling in platelet dysfunction / Jose J. Lopez, Gines M. Salido, Juan A. Rosado
Cardiovascular and hemostatic disorders: SOCE in cardiovascular cells: emerging targets for therapeutic intervention / Klaus Groschner, Niroj Shrestha, Nicola Fameli
Cardiac remodeling and disease: SOCE and TRPC signaling in cardiac pathology / Petra Eder
Cardiac remodeling and disease: current understanding of STIM1/Orai1-mediated store-operated Ca2+ entry in cardiac function and pathology / Fiona Bartoli, Jessica Sabourin
Neurological and motor disorders: neuronal store-operated Ca2+ signaling: an overview and its function / Sunitha Bollimuntha, Biswaranjan Pani, Brij B. Singh
Neurological and motor disorders: TRPC in the skeletal muscle / Sophie Saüc, Maud Frieden
Fertility: store-operated Ca2+ entry in germ cells: role in egg activation / Zoltan Machaty, Chunmin Wang, Kiho Lee, Lu Zhang
Metabolic disorders and cancer: hepatocyte store-operated Ca2+ channels in nonalcoholic fatty liver disease / Eunüs S. Ali, Grigori Y. Rychkov, Greg J. Barritt
Metabolic disorders and cancer: store-operated Ca2+ entry in cancer: focus on IP3R-mediated Ca2+ release from intracellular stores and its role in migration and invasion / Abigael Ritaine, George Shapovalov, Natalia Prevarskaya.Digital Access Springer 2017 - PrintJames J. O'Connell, M.D.Summary: "Dr. O'Connell's collection of stories and essays, written during thirty years of caring for homeless persons in Boston, gently illuminates the humanity and raw courage of those who struggle to survive and find meaning and hope while living on the streets."
- Digital/Printvolume editor, Giorgio Semenza.Digital Access
- Printvon Dr. Wilhelm Stekel.Contents:
1. Nervöse Angstzustände und ihre Behandlung
2. Onanie und Homosexualität. 2., verb. und verm. Aufl.
3. Die Geschlechtskälte der Frau
4. Die Impotenz des Mannes
5. Psychosexualler Infantilismus
6. Impulshandlungen
7. Der Fetischismus
8. Sadismus und Masochismus.Print Access - Digital/PrintHope Jahren.Summary: The author uses several the key inventions--from electric power to large-scale farming and automobiles--to illustrate that the science improves human life, but also releases untenable amounts of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. The author explains the current and projected consequences of greenhouse gases--from superstorms to rising sea levels--and shares the science-based tools that could help us fight back.
Contents:
Part one. Life
Our story begins
Who we are
How we are
Where we are
Part two. Food
Growing grain
Raising meat
Finding fish
Making sugar
Throwing it all away
Part three. Energy
Keeping the lights on
Moving around
The plants we burn
The wheels we turn
Part four. Earth
Altered air
Warming weather
Melting ice
Rising waters
The big good-bye
Another page
Appendix: The story of less
The action you take
The difference you make
An environmental catechism
Sources and suggested reading.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalIrene H. Ludwig.Summary: "Strabismus correction is the third most common ophthalmic surgery in the US, with 1.2 million procedures performed each year. Strabismus Surgery : Innovative and Classic Approaches by renowned pediatric ophthalmologist Irene H. Ludwig provides comprehensive coverage of strabismus treatment - featuring state-of-the-art techniques based on recent anatomical research and discoveries. Throughout the text and accompanying videos, an impressive group of contributors share clinical pearls and firsthand knowledge"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Strabismus Surgery: Innovative and Classic Approaches
MedOne Access Information
Title Page
Copyright
Contents
Videos
Foreword
Preface
Dedication and Acknowledgments
My Search for Relief from Double Vision
Editor's Discussion of Mr. Watson's Essay
Contributors
Part I Introduction
1 The History of Strabismus Surgery
Part II Strabismus Diagnosis and Surgical Planning
Section 1 General Preoperative Evaluation
Introduction: Surgical Planning-Gathering Data
2 The History and Examination in StrabismusDigital Access - DigitalSebastien Gagneux, editor.Contents:
1. The nature and evolution of genomic diversity in the Mycobacterium tuberclosis complex
2. The biology and epidemiology of Mycobacterium canettii
3. The evoluation of strain typing in the Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex
4. Genomic epidemiology of tuberculosis
5. Biological and epidemiological consequences of MTBC diversity
6. The biology and epidemiology of Mycobacterium africanum
7. Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex members adapted to wild and domestic animals
8. Evolution and strain variation in BCG
9. Antigenic variation and immune escape in the MTBC
10. PE and PPE genes: a tale of conservation and diversity
11. Epidemiology of drug-resistant tuberculosis
12. Evolution of phenotypic and molecular drug susceptibility testing
13. DNA replication fidelity in the Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex
14. Strain diversity and the evolution of antibiotic resistance
15. Mathematical models for the epidemiology and evolution of Mycobacterium tuberculosis
Index.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaleditors, R. Eugene Zierler, MD, Professor of Surgery, University of Washington School of Medicine, Medical Director, D.E. Strandness Jr Vascular Laboratory, University of Washington Medical Center and Harborview Medical Center, Seattle, Washington, David L. Dawson, MD, Professor, Department of Surgery, University of California, Davis, UC Davis Medical Center, Sacramento, California.Digital Access Ovid 2016
- Digitalsenior editors, Robert Schafermeyer, Milton Tenenbein ; editors, Charles G. Macias, Ghazala Q. Sharieff, Loren G. Yamamoto.Digital Access AccessEmergency Medicine 2015
- Digitalsenior editor, Milton Tenenbein ; editors, Charles G. Macias, Ghazala Q. Sharieff, Loren G. Yamamoto ; editor emeritus, Robert Schafermeyer.Digital Access
- DigitalSeung-Suk Seo, editor.Summary: This book presents the latest knowledge on all aspects of osteoarthritis of the knee. Beyond offering a thorough evidence-based review of the available treatment options, it provides helpful information on such fundamental aspects as anatomy, biomechanics, biochemistry, etiology, pathogenesis, and radiologic assessment. The treatment-oriented chapters cover non-pharmacologic treatment, drug treatment, intra-articular drug and/or cell-based injection therapy, arthroscopic treatment, osteotomy, and joint replacement surgery. The goal is to equip the reader with a sound understanding of both the condition itself and the appropriate treatment strategy in different situations. The importance of taking into account factors such as the degree of arthritis, patient activity, lifestyle, and pain when formulating that strategy is emphasized. The fact that the book extends well beyond the description of surgical treatments means that it will be an excellent source of information and guidance for general clinicians as well as for those who specialize in the management of musculoskeletal disorders.
Contents:
Anatomy and Biomechanics
Structure, function and healing response of articular cartilage and meniscus
Etiology and risk factors
Knee osteoarthritis and sports
Epidemilogy and Pathogenesis
Radiographic Findings of the Knee Osteoarthritis
Diagnosis and differential diagnosis
Non-pharmacologic Management
Pharmacologic Treatment
Intra-articular Injection Therapy and Biologic Treatment
Arthroscopic treatment
Osteotomy around knee
Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
Total knee arthroplasty
How to Make a Strategy for Knee Arthritis Treatment. - DigitalGiorgio Capogna, Pier Luigi Ingrassia, Emanuele Capogna, Michela Bernardini, Elisa Valteroni, Giada Pietrabissa, Giorgio Nardone.Summary: This book provides an in-depth and complete guide explaining how to incorporate the strategic dialogue and strategic communication methods into the debriefing after the scenario, characteristics that make it unique. After examining all the aspects that allow a correct use of the simulation, such as knowledge of models, logical schemes, use of the different simulators, planning of the didactic activities and of learning process, this practical book aims to explore the advanced technique of the strategic debriefing. It encourages not only those who are approaching this new debriefing tool but also it provides a useful update to all those who are already more familiar with the standard debriefing after simulation technique.The strategic language, an effective tool in strategic psychotherapy and business problem solving, is ideal and complementary to the standard debriefing methods, making them more performing and functional because, next to common logic, it makes use of non-ordinary logical language. The book is intended for healthcare simulation debriefers and instructors, for hospitals managers, university teachers and to all the physicians who are increasingly showing interest in active teaching processes with simulation.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
1: What You Need to Know Before You Start
1.1 Error in Medicine: From Fault to Resource
1.1.1 Error Classification
1.1.2 Working with Error in Simulation for Patient Safety
1.1.3 The Human Factor: Training Non-technical Skills with CRM
1.2 Adult Learning in Simulation
1.2.1 Experiential Learning: The Kolb Cycle
1.2.2 Learning from the Experience of the Other: Mirror Neurons
1.2.3 Protected Learning and Psychological Safety
1.3 Training Methods: From Frontal Lesson to Simulation
1.4 Elements and Characteristics of Communication 3: Effective Communication for Strategic Change
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Knowing to See by Learning How to Act: Theory Informing the Brief Strategic Approach
3.3 The Structure of the Strategic Dialogue
3.3.1 Use of the Strategic Questioning
3.3.2 Reframing and Paraphrases
3.3.3 Evoking Sensation
3.3.4 Summarize to Redefine
3.4 Prescription as an Outcome
3.5 Conclusion
References
4: Strategic Debriefing: A Corrective Emotional Experience
4.1 Emotions and Simulation
4.2 How to Help Learners Deal with the Emotions Felt During the Scenario 4.3 Descriptive Phase
4.4 Analytical Phase
4.5 Application Phase
4.6 General Considerations
4.7 Psychotraps and Their Use in Simulation
4.7.1 The Deception of Expectations
4.7.2 The Illusion of Ultimate Knowledge
4.7.3 The Myth of Perfect Reasoning
4.7.4 I Felt It, Then Is
4.7.5 Consistency at All Costs
4.7.6 Overestimate/Underestimate
References
5: Strategic Debriefing in Practice
5.1 Briefing Before the Scenario
5.2 What to Do During the Scenario
5.3 Reaction and De-roling Phase
5.3.1 In Basic Debriefing 5.3.2 In Strategic Debriefing
5.4 How to Start Debriefing: The Introduction to the Method
5.5 Descriptive Phase
5.5.1 In Basic Debriefing
5.5.2 In Strategic Debriefing
5.6 The Analytical Phase
5.6.1 In Basic Debriefing
5.6.2 In Strategic Debriefing
5.7 The Application Phase
5.7.1 In Basic Debriefing
5.7.2 In Strategic Debriefing
5.8 The Difficult Debriefing
5.9 How to Evaluate the Debriefing
References
Appendixes
Appendix A: Debriefing with Regular Staff
Debriefing
Introduction
Descriptive Phase
Analytic Phase - DigitalStephen L. Walston.Summary: "Developing and implementing strategy is one of the most challenging tasks for healthcare leaders, as it requires a wide range of skills and knowledge. Strategic Healthcare Management: Planning and Execution provides a thorough overview of strategic principles and the competencies needed to apply them, such as communication, decision making, goal setting, data analyses, project management, and financial analysis. The book emphasizes both competitive and collaborative strategies to help healthcare leaders further their organization's mission rather than merely outperform competitors. The third edition includes 10 brand-new cases and expanded content, including new chapters on: The growing trend of healthcare data analytics, with emphasis on data-driven strategic analysis. Project management principles to support strategy implementation, with an exploration of tools and techniques such as Gantt charts. The fundamental concepts and theories of strategy, as well as the actual execution and assessment of strategic plans, are all covered in this book. Readers will gain the theoretical foundation and hands-on experience they need to comprehend, apply, and assess strategies."--Vitalsource.com viewed June 14, 2023
Contents:
Strategy and Strategic Management
Understanding Market Structure and Strategy
Business Models and Common Strategies
Growth and Integration Strategies
Strategic Alliances
Stakeholders, Values, Mission, and Vision
External Environment and Strategy
Internal Environment and Strategy
Healthcare Analytics and Strategic Management
Strategic Financial Analysis
Development and Execution of a Strategic Plan
Business Plans and Strategic Management
Organizational Structure and Strategy
Strategic Change Management
Strategic Leadership
Implementing, Monitoring, and Evaluating Strategy
Project Planning and Management.Digital Access R2Library [2023], ©2023 - DigitalMadrean Schober.Summary: This eagerly anticipated book equips readers to understand the dynamics of policy processes, relevant decision-making and the significance of key decision-makers. It also emphasizes the usefulness of negotiation and diplomacy skills in order to support the development of an advanced nursing practice (ANP) initiative that involves the identification of pivotal issues to ensure that nurses unlock their full potential. Topics include a definition of strategic planning, essential factors to bear in mind, and frameworks to use in the context of formulating effective policies. By addressing outcome indicators and research, this volume offers a comprehensive approach to coordinated planning, and will appeal to advanced practice nurses, healthcare planners and policymakers, as well as administrators at hospitals and healthcare institutions.
Contents:
Strategic planning for advanced nursing practice
Theories of social and healthcare policy
Evidence-based policy decisions
Politics : the art of diplomacy and negotiation
Effective change : a strategic approach
Policy analysis
Rational policy decision-making : idealism versus realism.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalPieter H. Joubert, Silvia M. Rogers.Summary: A document may be based on accurate medical and scientific information, follow guidelines precisely, and be well written in clear and correct language, but may still fail to achieve its objectives. The strategic approach described in this book will help you to turn good medical and scientific writing into successful writing. It describes clearly and concisely how to identify the target audience and the desired outcome, and how to construct key messages for a wide spectrum of documents. Irrespective of your level of expertise and your seniority in the pharmaceutical, regulatory, or academic environment, this book is an essential addition to your supporting library. The authors share with you many years of combined experience in the pharmaceutical and academic environment and in the writing of successful outcome-driven documents.
Contents:
Introduction
Written Communication in Drug Development
Written Communication in Academic Settings
Language Pitfalls: Native English Speakers
Language Pitfalls: Non-Native English Speakers
Scientific Misconduct
Key Statistical Concepts
Tables and Graphs
International Conference on Harmonization (ICH) and Other Guidelines
The Investigators' Brochure
Initiating Clinical Programs (IND & IMPD)
The CTD: Overviews and Summary Documents
Study Protocols and Reports
Scientific Papers
Publication Strategy. - DigitalA.L. Hamdan.Contents:
Chapter 1: Introduction
Chapter 2: Strategic directions and views
Chapter 3: Porter's strategies in healthcare
Chapter 4: Sources of competitive advantage
Chapter 5: Innovation in hospital settings
Chapter 6: Strategic framework in hospital settings
Chapter 7: Eight strategic tools implemented
Chapter 8: Application of Porter's strategies in Lebanese hospitals
Chapter 9: Correlation between type of strategy and performance
Conclusion. - DigitalCharles C. Okigbo, editor.Summary: Strategic Urban Health Communication Charles C. Okigbo, editor People are bombarded with messages continuously and sorting through them constantly. In this milieu, critical ideas about health promotion and illness prevention are forced to compete with distracting, conflicting, even contradictory information. To get vital messages through, communication must be effective, targeted, artful-in a word, strategic. Strategic Urban Health Communication provides a road map for understanding strategy, enhancing strategic planning skills, and implementing strategic communication campaigns. Deftly written chapters link the art and science of strategic planning to world health goals such as reducing health inequities and eradicating diseases. Flexibility is at the heart of these cases, which span developed and developing countries, uses of traditional and digital media, and chronic and acute health challenges. And the contributors ground their dispatches in the larger context of health promotion, giving readers useful examples of thinking globally while working locally. Included in the coverage: Urbanization, population, and health myths: addressing common misconceptions. Integrating HIV/family planning programs: opportunities for strategic communication. The role of sports in strategic health promotion in low-income areas. The Internet as a sex education tool: a case study from Thailand. Advertising and childhood obesity in China. Health communication strategies for sustainable development in a globalized world. Balancing depth of understanding of audiences and methods of reaching them, Strategic Urban Health Communication is a forward-looking resource geared toward professionals and researchers in urban health, global health, and health communication.
Contents:
Strategy: What It Is
Strategic Communication Campaigns.
Urbanization, Population, and Health Myths: Addressing Common Misconceptions with Strategic Health Communication
'Soaps' for Social and Behavioral Change
Strategic Health Communication in Urban Settings: A Template for Training Modules
Risk, Crisis, and Emergency Communication in Developing Countries: Identifying the Needs of Urban Populations
Strategic Health Communication for Cancer Prevention
Strategic Health Communication: Making a Difference in Reproductive Health
Integrating HIV/FP Programs: Opportunities for Strategic Communication
Communicating for Action: Tackling Health Inequity in Urban Areas
Beyond Thinking and Planning Strategically to Improve Urban Residents' Health
Health Communication Strategies for Sustainable Development in a Globalized World Urbanization and Strategic Health Communication in India
Urban Health Communication Strategy of Pro-poor Growth for Sustained Improvement in Health in South Asia
The Role of Sports in Strategic Health Promotion in an Urban Slum Setting
The Internet as a Sex Education Tool: A Case Study of an Online Thai Discussion Board
Advertising and Childhood Obesity in China.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digital/Printedited by Gerard Schmets, Dheepa Rajan, Sowmya Kadandale.Summary: "This handbook is designed as a resource for providing up-to-date and practical guidance on national health planning and strategizing for health. It establishes a set of best practices to support strategic plans for health and represents the wealth of experience accumulated by WHO on national health policies, strategies and plans (NHPSPs)" -- publisher's website.Digital Access WHO 2016
- Printchief editors, Robert W. Strauss, Thom A. Mayer ; senior associate editor, Kirk Jensen.
- Digitalchief editors, Robert W. Strauss, Thom A. Mayer ; associate editors, Kirk Jensen, Barbara Weintraub ; assistant editors, Jay Kaplan, Richard Salluzzo ; section editors, Ronald A. Hellerstern [and 17 others].Digital Access AccessEmergency Medicine 2015
- DigitalJ. David Allan, Maria M. Castillo, Krista Capps.Summary: Stream Ecology: Structure and Function of Running Waters is designed to serve as a textbook for advanced undergraduate and graduate students, and as a reference source for specialists in stream ecology and related fields. This Third Edition is thoroughly updated and expanded to incorporate significant advances in our understanding of environmental factors, biological interactions, and ecosystem processes, and how these vary with hydrological, geomorphological, and landscape setting. The broad diversity of running waters from torrential mountain brooks, to large, lowland rivers, to great river systems whose basins occupy sub-continents makes river ecosystems appear overwhelming complex. A central theme of this book is that although the settings are often unique, the processes at work in running waters are general and increasingly well understood. Even as our scientific understanding of stream ecosystems rapidly advances, the pressures arising from diverse human activities continue to threaten the health of rivers worldwide. This book presents vital new findings concerning human impacts, and the advances in pollution control, flow management, restoration, and conservation planning that point to practical solutions. Reviews of the first edition: ".. an unusually lucid and judicious reassessment of the state of stream ecology" Science Magazine "..provides an excellent introduction to the area for advanced undergraduates and graduate students" Limnology & Oceanography " a valuable reference for all those interested in the ecology of running waters." .
Contents:
Dedication
Preface to the Third Edition
Acknowledgements
Preface to the Second Edition
1. Rivers in the Anthropocene
2. Streamflow
3. Fluvial Geomorphology
4. Stream Chemistry
5. The Abiotic Environment
6. Primary Producers
7. Detrital Energy and the Decompposition of Organic Matter
8. Stream Microbial Ecology
9. Trophic Relationships
10. Species Interactions
11. Lotic Communities
12.Energy Flow and Nutrient Cycling in Aquatic Communities
13. Nutrient Dynamics
14. Carbon Dynamics and Stream Ecosystem Metabolism
15. How We Manage Rivers, And Why. - DigitalMaxwell Bennett, Jim Lagopoulos.Summary: This book provides detailed insights into the cellular and molecular alterations that occur in the brain following stress and trauma. The changes to the grey matter in certain areas of the brain are similar in stressed humans and animals, with the most likely basis for these changes being the degeneration of synaptic connections. In the book?s initial sections, the reader will learn about the core network of synaptic connections that are affected by stress and trauma disorders. These connections are chiefly modulated by dopamine, serotonin and Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor (BDNF). In subsequent chapters, the NMDA-receptor-mediated plasticity of these synapses is discussed, with particular attention paid to how glucocorticoids can interfere with the function of BDNF and thereby affect the synapse?s physical stability. The book concludes by integrating the observations made in the previous sections so as to present plausible hypotheses regarding the identity of the networks, synapses and molecular pathways that promote fear and extinction. Providing an up-to-date overview of the mechanisms of synaptic plasticity and physiological changes in the stressed and traumatized brain, this book will appeal to researchers, clinicians and students in the neurosciences.
Contents:
Grey matter changes in the brain following stress and trauma
Synaptic changes responsible for grey matter changes in the brain of animal models following stress
Identification of the core neural network subserving PTSD in animal models and their modulation
Modulation of the core neural network in stress: the role of Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor & LTP
Modulation of the core neural network in stress: the role of Endocannabinoids & LTD
Functioning of the core neural network in fear and extinction
Modulation of the core synaptic network in extinction: the role of Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor
Appendix 1: F-actin determination of dendritic spine integrity
Appendix 2: Regulation of NMDA receptors. - DigitalDonald M. Broom, Ken G. Johnson.Contents:
Intro; Animal Welfare Series Preface; Preface to Second Edition; Acknowledgements; Contents;
Chapter 1: One Welfare, One Health, One Stress: Humans and Other Animals; 1.1 The Terms Animal, Welfare, Health and Stress; 1.2 Animal Welfare and Social Change; 1.3 The Debate About Animal Usage; 1.4 Genetics, Epigenetics and What the Environment Can Change; 1.5 The Challenge Ahead; References;
Chapter 2: Adaptation, Regulation, Sentience and Brain Control; 2.1 Adaptation; 2.2 Homeostatic Control; 2.3 Sentience and the Role of the Brain in Coping; 2.4 Habituation and Sensitisation 2.10 Other Feelings and Emotions: Positive and Negative2.11 Development of Regulatory Systems; 2.11.1 Early Abilities, Preferences and Experiences; 2.11.2 Learning and Memory; 2.11.3 Lifetime and Evolutionary Changes; References;
Chapter 3: Limits to Adaptation; 3.1 Limitations of Timing and Temporal Aspects of Stimulus Modality; 3.1.1 Changes in Frequency; 3.1.2 Changes in Duration; 3.1.3 The Impact of Novelty; 3.1.4 The Value of Forewarning; 3.2 Limitations of Intensity as an Information Basis for Adaptation; 3.2.1 Changes in Intensity; 3.2.2 Hazard Avoidance and Lethal Limits 2.5 Motivational State2.6 Outputs from Decision Centres; 2.6.1 Neural and Muscular Outputs; 2.6.2 Hormonal and Neurohormonal Outputs; 2.7 Control Systems and Needs; 2.7.1 Simple Models of Control; 2.7.2 Motivational State as the Determinant of Action; 2.7.3 Other Concepts that Have Been Used to Explain Motivation; 2.7.4 The Concepts of Needs and Freedoms; 2.7.5 Motivational Dilemmas and the `Trade-off ́Concept; 2.8 Types of Control; 2.8.1 Rates of Neural and Hormonal Response; 2.8.2 Feedback and Feedforward Controls; 2.8.3 Predictability of Stimulation; 2.9 Pain 3.3 Variation in Adaptation Has Consequences for Responses to Stimulation3.4 Integrating Time, Intensity and Mode of Stimulation; 3.5 The Concepts of Tolerance and Coping; 3.6 Variations in Patterns of Adaptation; 3.6.1 Differing Rates and Methods of Adaptation; 3.6.2 Hypersensitivity; 3.6.3 Hyposensitivity and Stress-Induced Analgesia; 3.7 Other Factors Affecting Adaptation and Coping; 3.7.1 Lack of Stimulation; 3.7.2 Unpredictable Stimulation; 3.7.3 Frustration of Behavioural Output; 3.8 Effects of Human Selection of Animals on Their Ability to Adapt; References
Chapter 4: Stress and Welfare: History and Usage of Concepts4.1 Stress; 4.2 Welfare; 4.3 Welfare Assessment; 4.4 Welfare in Relation to Stress; 4.5 Welfare in Relation to Naturalness; 4.6 Welfare and Well-Being; 4.7 Welfare and Quality of Life; 4.8 Welfare and a Life Worth Living; 4.9 Welfare in Other Languages; 4.10 Welfare and Sentience; References;
Chapter 5: Assessing Welfare: Short-Term Responses; 5.1 Behavioural Measures of Welfare; 5.1.1 Orientation and Startle Responses; 5.1.2 Individual Differences in Behavioural Responses; 5.1.3 Measures for Assessing PainDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalVsevolod Rozanov.Contents:
Recent tendencies in suicide and mental health among younger generations and current explanations
Neurobiology of stress
What is epigenetics? Is it transgenerational?
Biological embedding
Interactions and integrations
Ideas fo prevention
Conclusions.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalFrancis Hartmann, Gérard Cucchi ; with contribution by Jacques Orofino.Summary: Are oral disorders only an issue for dentists? The answer is no. If your patients complain of pain and/or discomfort, if some are diagnosed as suffering from migraines, fibromyalgia or chronic fatigue, and if classical therapies have remained ineffective, this book could help in your daily practice. When it comes to the complex pathology called Temporo-Mandibular Disorders (TMD) most specialists favour a multidisciplinary approach and treatment of socio-psycho-emotional factors as well as dental, lingual or postural disorders. Yet little is known - from a clinical point of view - about a tricky oral spastic habit called severe teeth clenching. In view of the lack of clinical findings from classical investigations on the subject, it could be considered as the hidden part of an oral parafunctional iceberg. Neuroscience has been able to shed some light on the multiple connections between trigeminal and non-trigeminal nervous centres, which confirms the significant involvement of the stomatognathic system and trigeminal nerves (V) in both oral as well as non-oral major functions such as eating, breathing, speaking, hearing, and standing and also confirms the extensive participation of the paired Vs in the human adaptation process. Too many physicians are still reluctant to admit the pathological responsibilities of the Vs. Therefore their role remains largely underestimated by clinicians. Stress conditions in introverted people cause a parafunctional habit (i.e. severe clenching), which in turn produces trigeminal overstimulation and nociception. Through a process of sensitization this can perturb some non-trigeminal nervous areas, such as the vestibular nuclei and cerebellum (involved in equilibrium). Would you then be willing to accept the possibility that a stressed and introverted patient who clenches hard, durably or frequently may end up suffering from dizziness? If not, this book is not for you. But if you accept the scientific data and clinical facts this book will offer a concrete therapeutic protocol: the Relaxing and Moderating Treatment (RMT), which can greatly help you to familiarize yourself with and neutralize this little known deleterious spastic oral parafunction and its many disconcerting pain-causing and dysfunctional clinical effects. Prepare to be amazed by the results, just as we were!
Contents:
Diagnosis. Introduction ; Symptoms ; Objective signs ; Stomatognathic parafunctions
Pathophysiology ; Introduction ; Characteristics of periodontal proprioception ; The trigeminal nerve pathways and their central projections ; Useful physiological reminders ; Pathophysiological conditions ; The behavioral side of clenching ; Painful outcomes of parafunctional clenching ; Discomfort as the outcome of parafunctional clenching
Therapeutics. Introduction ; Objectives ; The relaxing and moderating treatment (RMT)
Medical prospects. Medical prospects
General synthesis. - DigitalKatlein França, Mohammad Jafferany, editors.Summary: Dermatological conditions are intimately related to stress. Stress can affect, reveal or even exacerbate a number of skin disorders, including alopecia, seborrheic dermatitis, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, pruritus, herpes, lichen planus, rosacea and urticarial. On the other hand, the skin disease itself could induce a secondary stress for the patient, influencing his or her quality of life. There is increasing evidence that stress influences disease processes and contributes to inflammation through the modulating hypothalamicpituitary- adrenal axis - releasing neuropeptides, neurotrophins, lymphokines and other chemical mediators from nerve endings to dermal cells. This is one of the first books published on this topic, focusing more on the basic science aspects of stress in dermatopathology (oxidants, antioxidants, and oxidative injury in dermatopathology, dermatopharmacology, and dermatotoxicology.) Most Psychodermatology texts adopt a practical approach to identify all types of Psychodermatology disorders, focusing on clinical treatment. This concise title offers a comprehensive and didactic approach to skin diseases caused or exacerbated by stress, as well as covers the immunology, role and effect of stress on skin disease, and quality of life in dermatology. In the current programs of medical residency in dermatology, little is taught about the relationship between stress and skin diseases and this book is an important tool for young dermatologists and psychodermatologists in training. .Digital Access Springer 2017
- Printedited by Hamilton I. McCubbin & Charles R. Figley.Contents:
v. 1. Coping with normative transitions
v. 2. Coping with catastrophe. - Digitaledited by Alexander Choukèr.Summary: This book explains how stress - either psychological or physical - can activate and/or paralyse human innate or adaptive immunity. Adequate immunity is crucial for maintaining health, both on Earth and in space. During space flight, human physiology is specifically challenged by complex environmental stressors, which are most pronounced during lunar or interplanetary missions. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach, the book identifies the impact of these stressors - the space exposome - on immunity as a result of (dys-)functions of specific cells, organs and organ networks. These conditions (e.g. gravitation changes, radiation, isolation/confinement) affect immunity, but at the same time provide insights that may help to prevent, diagnose and address immune-related health alterations. Written by experts from academia, space agencies and industry, the book is a valuable resource for professionals, researchers and students in the field of medicine, biology and technology. The chapters "The Impact of Everyday Stressors on the Immune System and Health", "Stress and Radiation Responsiveness" and "Assessment of Radiosensitivity and Biomonitoring of Exposure to Space adiation" are available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.
Contents:
Part I Prelude
1 Space Travel: A Personal View from Above
2 Prelude: An integrative and up-dated view from the Scientists of the Topical Team "Stress and Immunity"
Part II "Stress and Immunity"
Research: A Link Between Space and Earth
3 What Is Stress?
4 The special relation of mitochondria, metabolism and stress
5 The Impact of Everyday Stressors on the Immune- System and Health
Part III Stress and Immune Allostasis in Space, from Brain to Immune Responses
6 Neurobiological and Molecular Mechanisms of Stress and Glucocorticoid Effects on Learning and Memory: Implications for Stress Disorders on Earth and in Space
7 The Autonomic Nervous System
8 Circadian Rhythm and Stress
9 Endocannabinoids, "New-Old" Mediators of Stress Homeostasis
10 Immune System in Space: General Introduction and Observations on Stress-Sensitive Regulations
11 Innate Immunity Under Conditions of Space Flight
12 NK Cells Assessments: A Fourty-Year-Old History of Immune Stress Interaction in Space
13 Adaptive Immunity and Spaceflight
14 B-cell Immunology in Space
15 Stress, Hypoxia, and Immune Response
16 Gravitational Force: Triggered Stress in Cells of the Immune System
17 Microbial Stress: Spaceflight-induced Alterations in Microbial Virulence and Infectious Disease Risks for the Crew
18 Stress, Spaceflight, and Latent Herpes Virus Reactivation
19 Stress and Radiation-Immune-Responsiveness
Part IV Preventive and Diagnostic Tool and Strategies
20 Considerations for Development and Application of Health Monitoring Tools in Space
21 Psychological Monitoring
22 Technology up-date for monitoring Autonomic Activity
23 Breath Gas Analysis
24 Monitoring the Microbial Burden in Manned Space Stations and Analogue environments
25 Monitoring of Body Core Temperature in Space
26 Flow Cytometry and cryopreservation Methods to Monitor Immune Dysregulation Associated with Spaceflight
27 Assessment of Rad iosensitivity and Monitoringof Radiation-Induced Cellular Damage
28 Hair analyses
growing evidence
Part V Therapeutic Strategies
29 Considerations for Preventive and Therapeutic Strategies
30 Psychological Countermeasures
31 Physical Countermeasures to Stress
32 Nutritional Countermeasures for Spaceflight-Related Stress
33 The Microbiome perspective: Immune
gut- axis modulation
34 Pharmacological Countermeasures to Spaceflight-Induced Alterations of the Immune System
Part VI Perspectives for Manned Space Exploration
from Visions to Realities
35 Platforms for Stress and Immune Research in Preparation of Long-Duration Space Exploration Missions
36 MARS500 the first preparation of Long-Duration Space Exploration Missions
lessons learned for space exploration and health on Earth
37 On the ICE: Isolated, Confined and Extreme Environment
39 Moon, Mars and Beyond- the exploration roadmap and further visions.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalEugenio Picano.Summary: The sixth edition is enriched by over 300 figures, 150 tables and a video-companion collecting more than 100 cases also presented in the format of short movies and teaching cartoons.This extensively revised and enlarged edition of this long-seller (first edition 1991) documents the very significant advances made since the fifth (2009) edition and is entirely written by Eugenio Picano, a pioneer in the field sharing his lifetime experience with the help of an international panel of 50 contributors from 22 countries representing some of the best available knowledge and expertise in their respective field. For a long time, the scope and application of stress echo remained focused on coronary artery disease. In the last years, it has exploded in its breadth and variety of applications. From a black-and-white, one-fits-all approach (wall motion by 2D-echo in the patient with known or suspected coronary artery disease) now we have moved on to a omnivorous, next-generation laboratory employing a variety of technologies (from M-Mode to 2D and pulsed, continuous, color and tissue Doppler, to lung ultrasound and real time 3D echo, 2D speckle tracking and myocardial contrast echo) on patients covering the entire spectrum of severity (from elite athletes to patients with end-stage heart failure) and ages (from children with congenital heart disease to the elderly with low-flow, low-gradient aortic stenosis).
Contents:
1. Stress echocardiography: a historical perspective
2. Anatomical and functional targets of stress testing
3. Symptoms and signs of myocardial ischemia
4. Rational basis of stress echocardiography
5. Pathogenetic mechanisms of stress
6. Echocardiographic signs of ischemia
7. Segmentation of the left ventricle
8. Right heart stress echocardiography
9. Coronary flow reserve
10. Stress echocardiography: instructions for use.- 11. Exercise echocardiography
12. Dobutamine stress echocardiography
13. Dipyridamole stress echocardiography
14. Adenosine and Regadenoson stress echocardiography.- 15. Pacing stress echocardiography
16. Ergonovine stress echocardiography.- 17. Hyperventilation, handgrip, cold pressor and squatting stress echocardiography
18. Grading of ischemic response
19. Diagnostic results and indications
20. Myocardial viabili.- 21. Diagnostic flowcharts
22. Prognosis
23. New technologies
24. Contrast stress echocardiography
25. Diastolic stress echocardiography.- 26. Endothelial function in the stress echo laboratory
27. Special subsets of angiographically defined patients
28. Special subsets of electrocardiographically defined patients.- 29. Special subsets of clinically defined patients
30. Microvascular disease
31. Hypertension
32. Diabetes
33. Stress echocardiography in dilated cardiomyopathy
34. Stress echocardiography in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
35. Stress echocardiography after cardiac transplantation
36. Stress Doppler echocardiography in valvular heart disease
37. Pediatric Stress echocardiography
38. Stress echocardiography and nuclear imaging
39. Stress echo vs MSCT
40. Stress echo vs cardiac magnetic resonance imaging
41. Appropriateness in the cardiac imaging and stress echo laboratory. - DigitalTimothy L. Miller, Christopher C. Kaeding, editors.Contents:
Part I: Presentation and Diagnosis of Stress Fractures
Pathophysiology and Epidemiology of Stress Fractures
General Treatment Concepts for Stress Fractures
Biomechanics and Gait Analysis for Stress Fractures
Classification of Stress Fractures
Imaging of Stress Fractures
Part II: Management of Stress Fractures
Stress Fractures of the Lumbar Spine
Stress Fractures of the Pelvis
Stress Fractures of the Femur
Stress Fractures of the Patella
Stress Fractures of the Tibia
Stress Fractures of the Fifth Metatarsal
Stress Fractures of the Ankle
Stress Fractures of the Calcaneus, Sesamoids and Metatarsals
Stress Fractures of the Ribs and Shoulder Girdle
Upper Extremity Stress Fractures
Insufficiency Fractures.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalTimothy L. Miller, Christopher C. Kaeding, editors.Summary: Now completely revised and expanded, this second edition not only includes updated chapters detailing treatment of the most common and troublesome sites for stress fractures, but also more recent research regarding risk factors for the development of stress fractures. As in the original edition, general principles of evaluation, healing considerations and management strategies are discussed in three thematic sections. However, unlike the previous text, this edition will focus on a holistic approach to the treatment of these increasingly common injuries with new chapters on nutritional optimization of athletes at risk for stress fractures, systemic treatment strategies for healing including vitamin D supplementation and parathyroid hormone stimulation, and surgical and injectable biologic treatment modalities for enhanced bone healing. This edition will also include guidelines for on-the-field and training room management of stress fractures for team physicians. This revision is timely, given the increasing rate and severity of bony stress injuries encountered in elite and professional athletes related to single-sport specialization and the increased popularity of endurance sports such as cross-fit, obstacle course racing, and ultramarathon competitions. It will be an ideal resource for sports medicine practitioners including orthopedic surgeons, primary care sports medicine specialists, athletic trainers, and physical therapists.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Part I: General Evaluation Principles for Stress Fractures
1: Risk Factors for Developing Stress Fractures
Introduction
Intrinsic Risk Factors
Non-modifiable Intrinsic Risk Factors
Demographics
Gender
Race
Age
Previous History of Stress Fracture
Genetics
Lower Extremity Alignment
Modifiable Intrinsic Risk Factors
Relative Energy Deficiency Syndrome
Low Energy Availability with or Without Disordered Eating
Functional Hypothalamic Amenorrhea
Osteoporosis
Calcium and/or Vitamin D Deficiency Low Body Weight/BMI
Biomechanics and Strengthening
Medication Use
Contraceptives
Other Medications
Substance Abuse
Tobacco and Alcohol Consumption
Extrinsic Risk Factors
Non-modifiable Extrinsic Risk Factors
Time of Season
Modifiable Intrinsic Risk Factors
Training Variables
Equipment Variables (Footwear and Inserts)
Type of Sport
Prediction Algorithms Based on Risk Factors
Conclusion
References
2: Sideline and Training Room Evaluation and Treatment for Suspected Stress Fractures Philosophy Behind the Decision-Making on the Sideline and in the Training Room
Evaluation
History
Physical Examination
Imaging
Stress Fractures of the Hip
History
Physical Examination
Imaging
Return to Play Current Game
Game Day Treatment
Training Room Treatment
Decision Points
Stress Fractures of the Femur
History
Physical Examination
Imaging
Return to Play Current Game
Game Day Treatment
Training Room Treatment
Decision Points
Stress Fractures of the Tibia
History
Physical Examination
Imaging
Return to Play Current Game Game Day Treatment
Training Room Treatment of Stress Fractures
References
3: Pathophysiology and Epidemiology of Stress Fractures
Stress Fracture Pathophysiology
Bone Biology
Bone Pathophysiology in Stress Fracture
Host Risk Factors for the Development of Bone Stress Injury
Bone Mineral Density and Bone Thickness
Genetics
Nutritional Factors
Menstrual Irregularity
Summary
Stress Fracture Epidemiology
Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Military
Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Athletics
Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Tennis Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Pediatric/Adolescent Athletes
Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Other Sports
Stress Fracture Epidemiology - Incidence and Return to Play
Summary - Epidemiology
References
4: Diagnostic Imaging Evaluation of Stress Fractures
Evolution of Imaging
Imaging Techniques
Radiography
Radionuclide Scintigraphy
Ultrasound
Computed Tomography
Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Conclusion
References
5: Classification of Stress Fractures
Defining a Stress Fracture
Features of a Quality Classification System - DigitalWen-Yan Han, Xin Li, Golam Jalal Ahammed, editors.Summary: This book focuses on the existing knowledge regarding the effect of global climate change on tea plant physiology, biochemistry, and metabolism as well as economic and societal aspects of the tea industry. Specifically, this book synthesizes recent advances in the physiological and molecular mechanisms of the responses of tea plants to various abiotic and biotic stressors including high temperature, low temperature or freezing, drought, low light, UV radiation, elevated CO2, ozone, nutrient deficiency, insect herbivory, and pathogenic agents. This book also discusses challenges and potential management strategies for sustaining tea yield and quality in the face of climate change. Dr. Wen-Yan Han is a Professor and Dr. Xin Li is an Associate Professor at the Tea Research Institute of the Chinese Academy of Agricultural Sciences (TRI, CAAS), Hangzhou, PR China. Dr. Golam Jalal Ahammed is an Associate Professor at the Department of Horticulture, College of Forestry, Henan University of Science and Technology, Luoyang, PR China.
Contents:
Intro; Dedication; Foreword; Preface; Contents;
Chapter 1: Global Climate Change, Ecological Stress, andTea Production; 1 Introduction; 2 Global Climate Change Trends; 3 Climate Change Effects onAgriculture andTea Physiology; 4 Socioeconomic Implications ofClimate Change inMajor Tea-Producing Areas Globally; 5 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 2: Understanding Response ofTea Plants toHeat Stress andtheMechanisms ofAdaptation; 1 Introduction; 2 Identification ofHeat Stress-Related Functional Genes fromTea Plant 2 Cold Acclimation: ANecessary Process toIncrease Low-Temperature Tolerance2.1 Freezing Tolerance Measurements andPhysiological Changes DuringCA; 2.2 Identification andCharacterization ofLow-Temperature-Responsive Genes; 2.3 Major Signals andPathways Involved intheRegulation ofLow-Temperature Tolerance; 3 Bud Dormancy: AnImportant Strategy forSurviving Freezing Cold DuringWinter; 3.1 Physiological or Biochemical Changes inOverwintering Buds; 3.2 Major Mechanisms Involved intheRegulation ofBud Dormancy 3 Identification ofHeat Stress-Related Transcription Factor Genes ofTea Plant4 Reliable Reference Genes forNormalization ofExpression Profiles ofGenes Related Heat Stress inTea Plant; 5 Verification ofHeat Stress-Related Genes ofTea Plant inTransgenic Plants; 6 Transcriptome Analysis ofTea Plant; 7 MiRNA Analysis ofTea Plant; 8 Proteomic, Metabolomic, andGenomic Approaches ofHeat Stress inTea Plant; 9 Future Perspectives; References;
Chapter 3: Response andAdaptation Mechanisms ofTea Plant toLow-Temperature Stress; 1 Introduction 3.3 Key Genes andTranscription Factors Involved intheRegulation ofBud Dormancy4 Secondary Metabolic Changes that Are Affected byLow Temperature; 5 Challenges andFuture Perspectives; References;
Chapter 4: Response ofTea Plants toDrought Stress; 1 Introduction; 2 Morphological Responses; 3 Physiological andBiochemical Responses; 3.1 Water Relations; 3.2 Photosynthesis; 3.3 Photosynthetic Pigments; 3.4 Nutrient Elements; 3.5 Plant Growth Substances; 3.6 Osmotic Adjustment; 3.7 Carbohydrates; 3.8 Oxidative Damage; 3.9 Antioxidants; 4 Molecular Responses; 5 Conclusion; References
Chapter 5: Molecular andPhysiological Adaptations ofTea Plant inResponse toLow Light andUV Stress1 Codifying theSunlight: "Bright" Information forTea Plant Metabolism; 2 Shade inCamellia sinensis: Is It Beneficial?; 2.1 Ecophysiological Adaptations; 2.2 Anatomical andUltrastructural Changes andColor Variation; 2.3 Biochemical Responses; 3 Ultraviolet-B Radiation inCamellia sinensis: Stressor or Enhancer?; 4 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 6: UV-B Radiation-Induced Changes inTea Metabolites andRelated Gene Expression; 1 IntroductionDigital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalMarek Skoneczny, editor.Summary: This book covers both the molecular basics of fungal stress response strategies as well as biotechnological applications thereof. The complex regulatory mechanisms of stress response pathways are presented in a concise and well-readable manner. Also, light will be shed on the interconnection of pathways responding to different types of stress. Profound knowledge of stress responses in yeast and filamentous fungi is crucial for further optimization of industrial processes. Applications are manifold, for example in fungicide development, for improving the resistance of crop plants to fungal pathogens, but also in medicine to help curing fungal infections.
Contents:
Response mechanisms to oxidative stress in yeast and filamentous fungi
Response mechanisms to chemical and physical stresses in yeast and filamentous fungi
How do yeast and other fungi recognize and respond to genome perturbations
The nutrient stress response in yeast
Response and cytoprotective mechanisms against proteotoxic stress in yeast and fungi
Importance of stress response mechanisms in filamentous fungi for agriculture and industry
In the crossroad between drug resistance and virulence in fungal pathogens. - DigitalJean-Charles Preiser, editor.Summary: This book demonstrates how the latest insights into the physiopathology of the stress response can be integrated into clinical practice. The topic is particularly relevant since the metabolic changes triggered by acute stress, including adaptive responses such as resistance to anabolic signals, have recently been more precisely delineated. The underlying mechanisms of these changes are also now better understood. The authors analyse how these advances could result in better management and more effective prevention of the long-term clinical consequences of the alterations occurring during the acute phase. An international panel of respected experts discusses these topics and describes the management of some common clinical conditions.
Contents:
Foreword
Introduction
Part 1: Metabolic changes
Successive phases
Bioenergetics of the stress response
Hibernation and mitochondrial adaptation
Resistance to anabolic signals
Use of lipids as energy substrates
Use of carbohydrates
Stress hyperglycemia
Protein metabolism
Micronutrients
Part 2: Hormonal regulation
Hypothalamic-pituitary axis
Thyroid
Adrenal
Sex hormones
Enterohormones
Adipokines
Part 3: Particular clinical situations
Severe undernutrition
Traumatic brain injury
Sepsis and MOF
Morbid obesity
Burn injury.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Christine M. Oslowski.Contents:
Methods for studying ER stress and UPR markers in human cells / Donna Kennedy, Afshin Samali, and Richard Jäger
Assays for induction of the unfolded protein response and selective activation of the three major pathways / Ananya Gupta, Danielle E. Read, and Sanjeev Gupta
Assays to characterize molecular chaperone function in vitro / Martin Haslbeckand Johannes Buchner
Analysis of the heat shock factor complex in mammalian HSP70 promoter / Mitsuaki Fujimoto ... [et al.]
Immunofluorescence-based methods to monitor DNA end resection / Bipasha Mukherjee, Nozomi Tomimatsu, and Sandeep Burma
Visualizing the spatiotemporal dynamics of DNA damage in budding yeast / Chihiro Horigome ... [et al.]
Detecting reactive oxygen species by immunohistochemistry / Geou-Yarh Liou and Peter Storz
Investigating inflammasome activation under conditions of cellular stress and injury / Clare C. Cunningham ... [et al.]
Methods for studying microRNA functions during stress / Yoshinari Ando and Anthony K. L. Leung
Measuring autophagy in stressed cells / Marina N. Sharifi ... [et al.]
Detection of apoptosis using fluorescent probes / Grishma Khanal ... [et al.]
Measuring death of pancreatic beta cells in response to stress and cytotoxic T cells / Jibran A. Wali ... [et al.]
Adaptation of the secretory pathway in cancer through IRE1 signaling / Stéphanie Lhomond ... [et al.]
Studying nitrosative stress in Parkinson's disease / Kenny K. K. Chung
Cross talk between ER stress, oxidative stress, and inflammation in health and disease / Aditya Dandekar, Roberto Mendez, and Kezhong Zhang
Stress responses during ageing : molecular pathways regulating protein homeostasis / Emmanouil Kyriakakis, Andrea Princz, and Nektarios Tavernarakis
Targeting stress responses for regenerative medicine / Irina Milisav, Samo Ribarič, and Dušan Šuput.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalNikos C. Apostolopoulos.Summary: In this manuscript, practitioners and students who are concerned with sports and rehabilitation medicine, kinesiology, as well as coaches and athletes, are introduced to numerous concepts, including mechanotransduction, inflammation, pro- and anti-inflammatory cytokines, calpains, the extracellular matrix, neutrophils and macrophages, and their relevance to stretching, particularly stretching intensity. Although the quantitative parameters of training, duration, and frequency are important, it is the qualitative criterion of intensity ("how much") that the author suggests is ultimately of greater concern. Intensity, the rate and magnitude of force, may be responsible for the proper recovery, regeneration, and adaptation of the musculoskeletal tissues from training, competition, or rehabilitation from injuries. Research suggests that too much force results in the stimulation of an inflammatory response, one associated with a biochemical feedback emerging from a mechanical stimulus. The intent of this manuscript is twofold: to initiate the discussion of the importance of stretching intensity with regard to proper recovery, regeneration, and adaptation, and to suggest that researchers need to explore its potential role in addressing numerous inflammatory (RA) and non-inflammatory (OA, recurrent tendinitis etc.) musculoskeletal conditions as well.
Contents:
1. INTRODUCTION
2. LITERATURE REVIEW
3. STUDY ONE
Acute Inflammatory Response to Stretching
4. STUDY TWO
Stretch Intensity vs. Inflammation: Is There a Dose-Dependent Association?
5. STUDY THREE
The Effects of Different Passive Static Stretching Intensities on Perceived Muscle Soreness and Muscle Function Recovery Following Unaccustomed Eccentric Exercise
A Randomised Trial
6. SUMMARY DISCUSSION
7. LIMITATIONS
8. FUTURE RESEARCH
9. CONCLUSIONS. - DigitalHinanit Koltai, Cristina Prandi, editors.Summary: This book describes the exciting biology and chemistry of strigolactones. Outgrowth of shoot branches? Development of lateral roots? Interactions with beneficial microorganism? Avoiding parasitic plants? Responding to drought conditions? These important "decisions" made by the plant are all regulated by a group of plant hormones, termed Strigolactones. Latest research unveiled some new biological concepts, such as a redefinition of plant hormones and their crosstalk, new functional diversity of receptors, evolvement of plants to parasitic life habit, smoke and hormone mirrors, core signaling pathways, and even phloem transport of receptor proteins. Another important aspect of Strigolactones is its developed synthetic chemistry, and the opening of a variety of potential applications in agriculture and medicine. The book will address teachers, lecturers and (post- ) graduate students in biology and agronomy, and will clearly present the role strigolactones play in plant development, in induction of parasitic plant germination, interaction of plants with soil biota and abiotic stress conditions, prospects of strigolactone biochemistry and evolution, and chemical synthesis of natural strigolactones and analogs, and their potential applications. Glossary and synopses that may ease comprehension of the related terms and concepts will also be included.
Contents:
1. Strigolactone natural biosynthesis
2. Strigolactones as plant hormones
3. Strigolactones and parasitic plants
4. Strigolactones and the soil microbiota
5. Strigolactones likes and evolution
6. Strigolactones synthetic chemistry and applications
7. Synopses. - Digital[edited by] Louis R. Caplan, Vasileios-Arsenios Lioutas.Contents:
Confused after a nap
Headache after a beach trip
Why are you staring over there?
Dizziness and ataxia after lifting a vacuum
Two generations with stroke and cognitive decline
Ms H heads to the hospital
The weak construction worker
Twisted tongue and dizzy head
Right hemibody weakness in a man with lighting-like transient facial pain
Blurry vision
Gastroenteritis with dizziness and ataxia
Neck pain soon followed by right hemiparesis
Sudden onset of double vision and left ataxic hemiparesis. Arm pain and swelling followed by headache, right weakness, and aphasia
More than meets the eye
A rusty pipe
Eyelid droopiness and body weakness
A pain in the hand
A ticking time bomb
"Dancing" hand
Double vision and jumpy eyes
Between a rock and a hard place
Follow you heart or your brain?
A bloody mesh
A Lernaean Hydra
It looks like a stroke, walks like a stroke, and behaves like a stoke. But is it a stroke?
A relentless headache.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - Digital[edited by] James C. Grotta, Gregory W. Albers, Joseph P. Broderick, Arthur L. Day, Scott E. Kasner, Eng H. Lo, Ralph L. Sacco, Lawrence K.S. Wong.Digital Access
- DigitalS.K. Gill, M.M. Brown, F. Robertson, N. Losseff, editors.Contents:
A Rapidly Progressive Dementia
A Headache after Starting the Oral Contraceptive Pill
A Child with Enlarged Pupils
Locked in or Break Out?- An Unusual TIA
Hemianopic Alexia
Recurrent Miscarriages and Neurological Symptoms
A Pain in the Neck
A Painless Loss of Vision
Sickle Cell Disease and Stroke
A New Mother with Rapidly Developing Blindness
A Potentially Fatal Complication
A Funny Turn in the Toilet
A Strategic Infarct Leading to Mild Cognitive Impairment
A Misbehaving Limb
More than Just A Sore Throat
An MRI Saves a Patient from Unnecessary Surgery
Confusion after the 'Flu
One Night with Venus, a Lifetime with Mars
A Hypertensive Spike
Lying in Wait: Stroke and a Blistering Rash
An Unusual Case of Paradoxical Embolus
Reaching a Crescendo
Bihemispheric Infarcts
Sleep Disordered Breathing and Stroke
A Possible Remedy for Post Stroke Confusion
A Headache with a Difference
An Alternative Solution to a Difficult Problem
Botox Saves the Day
A Diagnosis not to Forget
A Migraine with Persistent Focal Symptoms
Stroke and Systemic Disease
An Unusual Hypertensive Headache
Recurrent Thunderclap Headaches
Stroke in Pregnancy
Cortical Blindness
Cerebrovascular Disease in Childhood
Recurrent Neurological Symptoms Mistaken as Multiple Sclerosis
Intracerebral Haemorrhage and Oral Anticoagulants
Choked in the Night.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalKathy J. Morrison.Contents:
Chapter 1: Foundations of Stroke Care
Chapter 2: About the SCRN® Exam
Chapter 3: Anatomy, Physiology, and Etiology of Strokes
Chapter 4: Associated Stroke Disorders
Chapter 5: Hyperacute Stroke Care
Chapter 6: Stroke Diagnostics
Chapter 7: Neurological and Functional Assessment and Severity Scores
Chapter 8: Acute Stroke Care
Chapter 9: Medications
Chapter 10: Postacute Stroke Care
Chapter 11: Primary and Secondary Preventive Care
Chapter 12: Case Studies
Chapter 13: Practice Exam
Chapter 14: Practice Exam: Answers.Digital Access R2Library 2023Limited to 2 simultaneous users - Digitaledited by Jeffrey L. Saver, Graeme J. Hankey.Summary: "In this second edition of Stroke Treatment and Prevention we aim to update stroke clinicians and practitioners with the optimal evidence for strategies and interventions to treat stroke and prevent first and recurrent stroke. Where available, randomised controlled trials (RCTs) and systematic reviews of RCTs of the interventions are described, and sourced predominantly from the Cochrane Library"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Stroke : the size of the problem / Graeme Hankey
Understanding evidence / Jeffrey Saver and Graeme Hankey
Prehospital stroke care and regionalized stroke systems / Kori Sauser Zachrison and Lee Schwamm
Organized acute inpatient stroke care / Peter Langhorne
Supportive care during acute cerebral ischemia / Askiel Bruno, Subhashini Ramesh, and Jeffrey Saver
Reperfusion of the ischemic brain by intravenous thrombolysis / Jeffrey Saver and Joanna Wardlaw
Reperfusion of the ischemic brain by endovascular thrombectomy and thrombolysis / Meng Lee and Jeffrey Saver
Collateral flow enhancement : blood pressure lowering and alteration of blood viscosity / Else Sandset and Eivind Berge
Acute antiplatelet therapy for the treatment of acute ischemic stroke and transient ischemic attack /Jeffrey Saver
acute anticoagulant therapy for the treatment of acute ischemic stroke and transient ischemic attack / Xinyi Leng and Lawrence Wong
Treatment of brain edema / Jeffrey Saver and Salvador Cruz-Flores
Neuroprotection for acute brain ischemia / Jeffrey Saver and Nerses Sanossian
Acute treatment of intracerebral hemorrhage / Tom Moullaali, Rustam Al-Shahi Salamn, and Craig Anderson
Acute treatment of subarachnoid hemorrhage / Sherri Braksick and Alejandro Rabinstein
Prevention of stroke by lowering blood pressure / Meng Lee, Jeffrey Saver, and Bruce Ovbiagele
Prevention of stroke by lowering blood cholesterol concentrations / Maurizio Paciaroni
Prevention of stroke by modification of modification of vascular and lifestyle risk-factors / Amytis Towfighi and Jeffrey Saver
Drugs, devices, and procedural therapies to prevent recurrent cardiogenic embolic stroke / Graeme Hankey
Long-term antithrombotic therapy for large and small artery occlusive disease / Graeme Hankey
Carotid and vertebral artery revascularization / Mandy D. Müller, Leo H. Bonati, and Martin M. Brown
Cervical artery dissections and cerebral vasculiti / Philippe Lyrer
Prevention of intracerebral and subarachnoid hemorrhage / James Klaas and Robert Brown
Evidence-based motor rehabilitation after stroke / Gert Kwakkel and Janne Veerbeek
Language and cognitive rehabilitation after stroke / Marian Brady and Jonathan Evans
Using pharmacotherapy to enhance stroke recovery / Larry Goldstein
Electrical and magnetic brain stimulation to enhance post-stroke recovery / Mark Parsons and Jodie Marquez.Digital Access Cambridge 2020 - DigitalSeung-Hoon Lee, Dong-Wan Kang, editors.Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on diabetes in stroke, covering both basic and clinical aspects in detail. The focus is in particular on two major areas: general knowledge of diabetes and diabetes from a stroke neurologist's perspective. Readers will find up-to-date information on glucose metabolism, the pathophysiology of diabetes, the clinical significance of diabetes in stroke, the differential influence of diabetes on stroke mechanisms, principles of diabetes care, advances in treatment options, and clinical practice in the real world. The individual components of pathophysiology, management, and key issues are fully addressed with the aid of complementary illustrations that facilitate understanding of practical aspects and enable the reader to retrieve fundamental information quickly. The book is timely in bringing together within one volume the most important current knowledge on diabetes in stroke. It will be invaluable for stroke physicians, epidemiologists, and students seeking to acquire up-to-date knowledge.
Contents:
Part 1 Basic Science: diabetes and stroke
1 Glucose metabolism
2 Pathophysiology and risk factors of diabetes
3 Macro- and microvascular complications of diabetes
4 Hyperglycemia in acute stroke
Part II Clinical significance of diabetes in cerebro-cardiovascular disease
5 Clinical impact of diabetes mellitus in cardiovascular disease
6 Epidemiology of stroke patients with diabetes
7 Differential influence of diabetes on stroke subtypes
Part III. Treatment of diabetes
8 Principles of diabetes care and lifestyle modification
9 Metformin and sulfonylurea
10 Insulin therapy
11 Thiazolidinedione (TZD)
12 Dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitors
13 SGLT2 inhibitors
14 Glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonist
15 Standard pharmacological treatment of diabetes based on the guidelines
16 Future therapies of diabetes
Part IV Actual clinical practice in patients with diabetes
17 Diabetes in pregnancy
18 Glucose lowering strategy in acute stroke
19 Management of acute complications of diabetes mellitus
20 Long-term glycemic control for stroke survivors. - DigitalSeung-Hoon Lee, editor.Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on stroke management in a unique organizational style. Ischemic stroke is extensively covered, with inclusion of overviews that dynamically describe all relevant diagnostic and therapeutic processes in a time sequence mirroring real practice. The individual components of management and key issues are fully discussed with the aid of complementary illustrations that facilitate understanding of practical aspects and enable the reader to retrieve fundamental information quickly. In addition, the book considers the various causes of stroke and provides detailed guidance on means of secondary prevention. The recent demonstration of the substantial benefit of intra-arterial thrombectomy using stentrievers in patients with acute ischemic stroke represents a great moment in the history of stroke management. As we embark on a new era, there is an urgent need to review and evaluate current modalities for stroke diagnosis and treatment. In tackling this task, this book will be invaluable for physicians, angiographic interventionists, surgeons, and students seeking to acquire up-to-date knowledge on stroke.
Contents:
1. Initial assessment of patients with stroke-like symptoms
2. Diagnosis and treatment of ischemic stroke: acute stage
3. Diagnosis and treatment of hemorrhagic stroke: acute stage
4. Certain, but relatively frequent causes of ischemic stroke
5. Secondary prevention of stroke
6. Clinical practice guidelines. - DigitalSeung-Hoon Lee, Min Kyoung Kang, editors.Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on dyslipidemia in stroke, covering both basic and clinical aspects in detail. The focus is in particular on two major themes: the clinical significance of dyslipidemia in stroke and the treatment of dyslipidemia in stroke patients. Readers will find up-to-date information on lipid metabolism, biomarkers, and advances in treatment options, including novel biologic drugs. Specific management considerations and pitfalls are also discussed. The individual components of pathophysiology, treatment, and key issues are addressed with the aid of complementary illustrations that facilitate understanding of practical aspects and enable the reader to retrieve fundamental information quickly. This book is timely in bringing together within one volume the most important current knowledge on dyslipidemia in stroke. It will be invaluable for stroke physicians, pharmacists, and students seeking to acquire up-to-date knowledge.
Contents:
Part 1 Basic Science: Dyslipidemia and Stroke
1 Role of Dyslipidemia in Atherosclerosis
2 Effects of Dyslipidemia on the Cerebral vessels
Part 2 Clinical Significance of Dyslipidemia in Stroke
3 Impact of Dyslipidemia on Ischemic Stroke
4 Dyslipidemia and Hemorrhagic Stroke
5 Clinical biomarkers of Dyslipidemia. Part 3 Treatment of Dyslipidemia in Stroke Patients
6 Therapeutic Lifestyle Modification
7 Statins
8 Ezetimibe
9 Fibrate and Niacin
10 Fish Oils
11 PCSK9 inhibiting monoclonal antibodies
12 PCSK9 inhibiting siRNA
13 Understanding of Clinical Practice Guidelines for Dyslipidemia
Part 4 Management of Dyslipidemia in Clinical Practice of Stroke
14 Practical Management of Dyslipidemia in Stroke Patients
15 Practical Dyslipidemia Management in Stroke-specific Situations
16 Dyslipidemia in Women: Etiology and Management
17 Safety Considerations of Pharmacological Treatment. - DigitalSeung-Hoon Lee, editor ; Dong-Wan Kang, associate editor.Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on hemorrhagic stroke in a unique organizational style. All aspects are covered, including risk factors, pathophysiology, diagnostic modalities, treatment, and prevention. Individual procedures and issues are fully discussed with the aid of complementary illustrations that facilitate understanding of practical aspects and enable the reader to retrieve fundamental information quickly. Furthermore, in an accompanying overview diagnostic and therapeutic processes are dynamically described in a time sequence mirroring real practice. The recent striking advances in brain imaging have resulted in a better understanding of the causes and pathophysiology of hemorrhagic stroke, and management has been enhanced by a variety of surgical techniques, intensive monitoring, and administration of novel medical treatment. Against this background, it is timely to summarize current understanding of hemorrhagic stroke and its management from a practical perspective. This textbook will be invaluable for stroke physicians, surgeons, and students seeking to acquire up-to-date knowledge on the subject.
Contents:
Introduction: practical use of the textbook - 1. Introduction on hemorrhagic stroke - 1.1. Definition and classification - 1.2. Statistics on hemorrhagic stroke - 1.3. Ethnic differences - 2. Risk factors and pathophysiology - 2.1. Risk factors of intracerebral hemorrhage - 2.2. Classification of hemorrhagic stroke - 2.3. Pathophysiology of intracerebral hemorrhage - 2.4. Pathophysiology of subarachnoid hemorrhage.- 2.5. Pathophysiology of arteriovenous malformation - 2.6. Pathophysiology of dural arteriovenous fistula - 2.7. Pathophysiology of cerebral amyloid angiopathy - 2.8. Pathophysiology of moyamoya disease - 2.9. Pathophysiology of genetic causes of hemorrhagic stroke - 3. Diagnosis and treatment of hemorrahgic stroke - 3.1. Triage of patients with hemorrhagic stroke: overview - 3.2. Organization of stroke care.- 3.3. Principles of brain imaging for hemorrhagic stroke diagnosis - 3.4. Blood pressure management - 3.5. Acute treatment of subarachnoid hemorrhage - neurosurgery and intervention.- 3.6. General medical management
fluid, fever, glucose and heart - 3.7. Neurocritical care for hemorrhagic stroke patients - 3.8. Dysphagia assessment - 3.9. Prevention and management of stroke complication.- 3.10. Specific medical treatment for hemostasis - 3.11. Neurosurgery for intracererbral hemorrhage - 3.12. Rehabilitation.- 4. Primary or secondary prevention.- 4.5. Risk factor control - 4.2. Surgery for stroke prevention - 4.3. Angiographic intervention for stroke prevention - 4.4. Management of post-stroke sequlae: depression, dementia, and motor deficit.- 5. Clinical practice guidelines - 5.1. History, purpose and use of clinical practice guidelines for stroke - 5.2. Discrepancy and pitfalls of clinical practice guidelines - 5.3. Smart use of clinical practice guidelines.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Seung-Hoon Lee, Jae-Sung Lim.Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on vascular cognitive impairment (VCI). The focus is in particular on two major representative clinical syndromes of VCI: subcortical VCI and post-stroke cognitive impairment. Individual chapters address a wide range of topics and issues, providing up-to-date information on epidemiology, cognitive evaluation, pathophysiology, established and emerging neuroimaging biomarkers, amyloid imaging, serum and genetic biomarkers, prognosis, prevention, and treatment. The accompanying illustrations and photos enable the reader to achieve a ready understanding of the contents and to retrieve fundamental information quickly. The book will be an invaluable resource for stroke physicians, surgeons, and students wishing to learn more about the latest advances, from efforts to harmonize neuropsychological evaluation and improvements in diagnostic criteria through to the role of advanced neuroimaging techniques in deepening understanding of VCI and progress toward more targeted treatment.
Contents:
1. Definition and concept of VCI
2. Clinical syndromes of VCI and representative clinical vignettes
3. Epidemiology of VCI
4. Cognitive evaluations for VCI
5. Pathophysiology of VCI
Theoretical background
6. Neuroimaging biomarkers and pathophysiological implications
7. Emerging neuroimaging biomarkers in VCI
8. Amyloid imaging in VCI
9. Serum/Genetic biomarkers of VCI
10. Prognosis of VCI
11. Prevention and Treatment
12. Perspectives and future directions. - Digitaledited by Chaim Putterman, David Cowburn, Steven Almo.Summary: Structural Biology in Immunology, Structure/Function of Novel Molecules of Immunologic Importance delivers important information on the structure and functional relationships in novel molecules of immunologic interest. Due to an increasingly sophisticated understanding of the immune system, the approach to the treatment of many immune-mediated diseases, including multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, and inflammatory bowel disease has been dramatically altered. Furthermore, there is an increasing awareness of the critical role of the immune system in cancer biology. The improved central structure function relationships presented in this book will further enhance our ability to understand what defects in normal individuals can lead to disease.
Contents:
1. Organization of immunological synapses and kinapses
2. Principles of protein recognition by small T-cell adhesion proteins and costimulatory receptors
3. Synthetic antibody engineering: concepts and applications
4. Natural killer cell receptors
5. Structure-function in antibodies to double-stranded DNA
6. The role of the constant region in antibody-antigen interactions: redefining the modular model of immunoglobulin structure
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalHelena Hansen, Jonathan M. Metzl, editors.Summary: This book documents the ways that clinical practitioners and trainees have used the "structural competency" framework to reduce inequalities in health. The essays describe on-the-ground ways that clinicians, educators, and activists craft structural interventions to enhance health outcomes, student learning, and community organizing around issues of social justice in health and healthcare. Each chapter of the book begins with a case study that illuminates a competency in reorienting clinical and public health practice toward community, institutional and policy level intervention based on alliances with social agencies, community organizations and policy makers. Written by authors who are trained in both clinical and social sciences, the chapters cover pedagogy in classrooms and clinics, community collaboration, innovative health promotion approaches in non-health sectors and in public policies, offering a view of effective care as structural intervention and a road map toward its implementation. Structural Competency in Mental Health and Medicine is a cutting-edge resource for psychiatrists, primary care physicians, addiction medicine specialists, emergency medicine specialists, nurses, social workers, public health practitioners, and other clinicians working toward equality in health.
- Digitaledited by Yu Wai Chen.Contents:
1. DisMeta : a meta server for construct design and optimization / Yuanpeng Janet Huang, Thomas B. Acton, and Gaetano T. Montelione
2. Stable expression clones and auto-induction for protein production in E. coli / F. William Studier
3. High-throughput expression screening and purification of recombinant proteins in E. coli / Natalie J. Saez and Renaud Vincentelli
4. Medium-throughput production of recombinant human proteins : ligation-independent cloning / Claire Strain-Damerell, Pravin Mahajam, Opher Gileadi and Nicola A. Burgess-Brown
5. Medium-throughput production of recombinant human proteins : protein production in E. coli / Nicola A. Burgess-Brown, Pravin Mahajan, Claire Strain-Damerell, Opher Gileadi and Susanne Gräslund
6. Medium-throughput production of recombinant human proteins : protein production in insect cells / Pravin Mahajan , Claire Strain-Damerell, Opher Gileadi and Nicola A. Burgess-Brown
7. OmniBac : universal multigene transfer plasmids for baculovirus expression vectors systems / Deepak B. Thimiri Govinda Raj, Lakshmi S. Vijayachandran, and Imre Berger
8. Multiprotein complex production in insect cells by using polyproteins / Yan Nie, Itxaso Bellon-Echeverria, Simon Trowitzch, Christoph Bieniossek and Imre Berger
9. Expression screening in mammalian suspension cells / Susan D. Chapple and Michael R. Dyson
10. Cell-free expression of protein complexes for structural biology / Takaho Terada, Takehi Murata, Mikako Shirouzu and Shigeyuki Yokoyama
11. Cell-free protein synthesis for functional and structural studies / Shin-ichi Makino, Emily T. Beebe, John L. Markley and Brian G. Fox
13. Insoluble protein purification with sarkosyl : facts and precautions / Ben Chisnall, Courtney Johnson, Yavuz Kulaberoglu and Yu Wai Chen
13. Estimation of crystallization likelihood through a fluorimetric thermal stability assay / Vincent Mariaule, Florine Dupeux, and José A. Márquez
14. CrystalDirect : a novel approach for automated crystal harvesting based on photoablation of thin films / José A. Márquez and Florent Cipriani
15. Methods to refine macromolecular structures in cases of severe diffraction anisotropy / Michael R. Sawaya
16. Applications of NMR-based PRE and EPR-based DEER spectroscopy to homodimer chain exchange characterization and structure determination / Yunhuang Yang, Theresa A. Ramelot, Shuisong Ni, Robert M. McCarrick and Michael A. Kennedy
17. Cost-effective protocol for the parallel production of libraries of 13CH3-specifically labeled mutants for NMR studies of high molecular weight proteins / Elodie Crublet, Rime Kerfah, Guillaume Mas, Marjolaine Noirclerc-Savoye, Violaine Lantez, Thierry Vernet and Jerome Boisbouvier
18. High-throughput SAXS for the characterization of biomolecules in solution : a practical approach / Kevin N. Dyer, Michael Hammel, Robert P. Rambo, Susan E. Tsutakawa, Ivan Rodic, Scott Classen, John A. Tainer and Greg L. Hura
19. Measuring spatial restraints on native protein complexes using isotope-tagged chemical cross-linking and mass spectrometry / Franz Herzog
20. Modeling of proteins and their assemblies with the integrative modeling platform / Benjamin Webb, Keren Lasker, Javier Velázquez-Muriel, Dina Schneidman-Duhovny, Riccardo Pellarin, Massimiliano Bonomi, Charles Greenberg, Barak Raveh, Elina Tjioe, Daniel Russel and Andrej Sali
21. Quality and validation of structures from structural genomics / Marcin J. Domagalski, Heping Zheng, Matthew D. Zimmerman, Zhigniew Dauter, Alexander Wlodawer and Wladek Minor
22. Navigating the global protein-protein interaction landscape using iRefWeb / Andrei L. Turinsky, Sabry Razick, Brian Turner, Ian M. Donaldson and Shoshana J. Wodak
23. Mespeus-a database of metal interactions with proteins / Marjorie M. Harding and Kun-Yi Hsin
24. High-quality macromolecular graphics on mobile devices : a quick starter's guide / Chin-Pang Benny Yiu and Yu Wai Chen.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by Wayne F. Anderson.Contents:
Data Management in the Modern Structural Biology and Biomedical Research Environment
Structural Genomics of Human Proteins
Target Selection for Structural Genomics of Infectious Diseases
Selecting Targets from Eukaryotic Parasites for Structural Genomics and Drug Discovery
High Throughput Cloning for Biophysical Applications
Expression and Solubility Testing in a High Throughput Environment
Protein Production for Structural Genomics Using E. coli Expression
Eukaryotic Expression Systems for Structural Studies
Automated Cell-free Protein Production Methods for Structural Studies
Parallel Protein Purification
Oxidative Refolding from Inclusion Bodies
High throughput Crystallization Screening
Screening Proteins for NMR Suitability
Salvage or Recovery of Failed Targets by in situ Proteolysis
Salvage of Failed Protein Targets by Reductive Alkylation
Salvage or Recovery of Failed Targets by Mutagenesis to Reduce Surface Entropy
Data Collection for Crystallographic Structure Determination
Structure, Determination, Refinement, and Validation
Virtual High-Throughput Ligand Screening
Ligand Screening using Fluorescence Thermal Shift Analysis (FTS)
Ligand Screening using Enzymatic Assays
Ligand Screening using NMR
Screening Ligands by X-ray Crystallography
Case Study Structural Genomics and Human Protein Kinases. - DigitalPaul Sorajja.Summary: "Using a practical, case-based format, this superbly illustrated atlas by Dr. Paul Sorajja is a comprehensive collection of more than 130 professional experiences in treating structural heart disease. Organized by pathology, each case presents key clinical points for practitioners at all levels, from beginner to expert. Cases are provided by interventionalists and surgeons with extensive hands-on experience, and edited by experts in the field"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Section I: Mitral disease. Transcatheter repair
Uncomplicated transcatheter mitral valve repair with MitraClip
Commissural mitral regurgitation therapy
Advanced steering in the left atrium for an aortic hugger
Transcatheter repair of ruptured papillary muscle
Optimal intraprocedural guidance for mitral therapy
Challenges of transcatheter therapy for functional mitral regurgitation
The zip-and-clip technique in transcatheter mitral valve repair
Mitral annular calcification and transcatheter mitral valve repair
Optimization for multiple clip placement
Importance of hemodynamics for assessing residual regurgitation
Use of low profile pressure wire for simultaneous left atrial pressure during repair
Barlow's valve therapy
Transcatheter mitral repair for cardiogenic shock
A space too small for additional clipping
Treatment of leaflet perforation with vascular plugs
Occluder therapy for residual mitral regurgitation after transcatheter repair
Clip-to-annuloplasty ring
Transcatheter repair of severe mitral regurgitation after surgical annuloplasty
Unsuccessful transcatheter repair after prior cardiac surgery
MitraClip in a patient with radiation heart disease
A difficult case of transcatheter mitral valve repair
Stuck on the atrial septum
Ensuring mitral leaflet insertion
One of my most difficult transcatheter repair cases
Single leaflet device attachment and clip embolization
Lessons learned from a difficult MitraClip case
Percutaneous treatment of ventricular dysfunction and secondary mitral regurgitation (Accucinch)
Percutaneous annuloplasty for severe mitral regurgitation (MitraAlign)
Left ventricular therapy for mitral regurgitation (Myocor)
Coronary sinus approach for mitral regurgitation (Carillon)
Plugging a hole near a mitral surgical ring
Anatomical intelligence and image fusion for image guidance of transcatheter mitral valve repair
Valve replacement
Computed tomography imaging for transcatheter mitral replacement
Retrograde transcatheter mitral valve replacement for mitral regurgitation (Twelve)
Retrograde transcatheter mitral valve replacement for mitral regurgitation (Tendyne)
Retrograde transcatheter mitral valve replacement for mitral regurgitation (Tiara)
Antegrade valve replacement in severe mitral annular calcification
Self expanding prosthesis for severe mitral annular calcification
Retrograde valve replacement in severe mitral annular calcification with a rail
Management of LVOT obstruction from mitral valve replacement
Transcatheter valve placement in a mitral ring
Balloon commissurotomy
Hemodynamic assessment of mitral disease
Balloon mitral valvuloplasty for rheumatic mitral stenosis
Rupture of mitral valve with balloon mitral valvuloplasty
The banking technique for Inoue balloon movement
Section II: Aortic valve disease. Valve replacement
Caseous mitral annular calcification distorting the aortic annulus
Transfemoral balloon-expandable transcatheter aortic valve replacement (Sapien 3)
Double Valve Transcatheter Therapy for Mitral and Aortic Stenosis
Transvenous antegrade transcatheter aortic valve replacement
Valve embolization in transcatheter aortic valve replacement
Transcatheter aortic valve therapy for ascending aortic dissection with aortic regurgitation
Superior placement to overcome severe left ventricular outflow tract calcification
Retrieval of transaortic sheath marker loss
Left ventricular perforation during transcatheter aortic valve replacement
Subaortic ring therapy
Bicuspid aortic valve therapy - transcatheter challenges
Transcatheter aortic valve-in-valve therapy with high risk of coronary obstruction
A difficult case of transcatheter aortic valve replacement
Valve embolization during transcatheter aortic therapy
Transcaval transcatheter aortic valve replacement
Subclavian management during transcatheter aortic valve replacement
Rapid ventricular pacing and demise of left ventricular function
Pure aortic regurgitation treatment
Aortic regurgitation treatment in the presence of a left ventricular assist device
Prosthetic valve thrombosis
Fractures and twists during transcatheter aortic valve implantation
Transcatheter aortic valve therapy without pre-procedural computed tomography
Section III: Prosthetic valve. Paravalvular regurgitation
Computed tomography for paravalvular leak closure
Retrograde repair of aortic paravalvular regurgitation
Retrograde repair of mitral paravalvular regurgitation
Retrograde Repair of a Multi-Orifice Mitral Paravalvular Leak by Hopscotch Technique
Antegrade repair of mitral paravalvular regurgitation
Benefit of accurate transseptal puncture in paravalvular closure
Challenging echocardiographic imaging for leak closure
Coronary dissection from paravalvular leak closure
Treatment of Coronary Obstruction after Paravalvular Leak Closure
Papillary muscle rupture during paravalvular leak closure
Step up technique with coronary guidewire use for paravalvular leak closure
The anchor wire technique for aortic paravalvular leak closure
Venous-arterial rail and anchor
Simultaneous plug placement for paravalvular leaks
Closure of aorta to right ventricle fistula
The aortic-arterial rail technique
Repair of paravalvular regurgitation in a balloon-expanding prosthesis
Valve-in-valve
Mitral valve-in-valve therapy with an apical rail
Antegrade mitral valve-in-valve therapy
Bioprosthetic valve fracture at the time of valve-in-valve TAVR
Self-expanding prosthesis for aortic valve-in-valve
Small prosthesis therapy
Transcatheter valve-in-valve therapy for tricuspid disease
Complex self-expanding aortic valve therapy
A very difficult case of valve-in-valve therapy
Antegrade balloon-expandable valve for tricuspid valve-in-valve therapy
Complex tricuspid valve-in-valve therapy
Fusion imaging for apical access and mitral valve placement
Fusion Imaging for Mitral Valve-in-Valve Replacement
Challenging case of surgical mitral ring therapy
Section IV: Cardiomyopathy. Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
Mitral valve abnormalities in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
Closure of eccentric atrial septal defect" and place in congenital section
Reversed pulsus paradoxus
Percutaneous mitral valve repair in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
Recurrent obstruction after percutaneous plication in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
Complicated alcohol septal ablation
Untoward myocardial targeting with contrast during alcohol septal ablation
Case selection for alcohol septal ablation
Assessment of aortic stenosis in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
Dilated cardiomyopathy
Volume reduction through infarct exclusion
Section V: Congenital abnormalities, pseudoaneurysms, and shunts. Patent ductus arteriosus
Closure of patent ductus arteriosus
Patent foramen ovale
Complicated patent foramen ovale closure
Techniques of ASD Closure with Deficient Rims
Closure of patent foramen ovale (Helex)
Coarctation of the aorta
Transcatheter open-cell stent implantation for treatment of native coarctation of the aorta
Ventricular septal defect
Transcatheter device closure of a post myocardial infarction ventricular septal defect
Gerbode therapy
Congenital muscular ventricular septal defect closure
Treatment of post-infarct ventricular septal defect
Patent foramen ovale closure from the right internal jugular vein
Pulmonary
Pulmonary homograft therapy
Treatment of a chicken wing left atrial appendage
Complicated left atrial appendage closure
Pearls from a case of left atrial appendage closure
Residual leak treatment after left atrial appendage closure
Pseudoaneurysm
Closure of multiple pseudoaneurysms in the ascending aorta
Apical pseudoaneurysm
Transventricular therapy of pulmonary homograft
Atrial shunt creation
Induction of left-to-right atrial shunting for heart failure (Corvia)
Section VI: Tricuspid disease. Tricuspid regurgitation
Transcatheter tricuspid valve annuloplasty with pledgets implantation for severe tricuspid regurgitation
Imaging for the tricuspid valve: tips and techniques
Tricuspid transcatheter repair
Transcatheter tricuspid valve repair with the FORMA Repair System
Transapical valve in tricuspid ring.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalTengchuan Jin, Qian Yin, editors.
- Digitaledited by Raymond J. Owens, Oxford Protein Production Facility UK, Research Complex at Harwell, Oxfordshire, UK.Digital Access Springer 2015
- Digitaleditors, R. Lipowsky, E. Sackmann.Contents:
v. 1A From cells to vesicles
v. 1B Generic and specific interactions. Biological membranes architecture and function / E. Sackmann
The evolution of membranes / M. Bloom and O.G. Mourttsen
Polymorphism of lipid-water systems / J.M. Seddon and R.H. Templer
Phospholipid monolayers / H. Möhwald
Physical basis of self-organization and function of membranes : physics of vesicles / E. Sackmann
Lateral diffusion in membranes / P.F.F. Almeida and W.L.C. Vaz
Molecular theory of chain packing, elasticity and lipid-protein interaction in lipid bilayers / A. Ben-Shaul
Morphology of vesicles / U. Seifert and R. Lepowsky
Material transport across permeability barriers by means of lipid vesicles / G. Cevc
Applications of liposomes / D.D. Lasic
Generic interactions of flexible membranes / R. Lipowsky
Electrostatic properties of membranes : the Poisson-Boltzmann theory / D. Andelman
Interaction in membrane assemblies / V.A. Parsegian and R.P. Rand
Tension-induced mutual adhesion and a conjectured superstructure of lipid membranes / W. Helfrich
Physical actions in biological adhesion / E. Evans
Adhesion of cells / P. Bongrand
Cell membranes and the cytoskeleton / P. Janmey
Electroporation and electrofusion of membranes / D.S. Dimitrov
Cation-induced vesicle fusion modulated by polymers and proteins / K. Arnold.Digital Access ScienceDirect 1995- - DigitalChriston J. Hurst, editor.Summary: This book discusses how aquatic microbial communities develop interactive metabolic coordination both within and between species to optimize their energetics. It explains that microbial community structuration often includes functional stratification among a multitude of organisms that variously exist either suspended in the water, lodged in sediments, or bound to one another as biofilms on solid surfaces. The authors describe techniques that can be used for preparing and distributing microbiologically safe drinking water, which presents the challenge of successfully removing the pathogenic members of the aquatic microbial community and then safely delivering that water to consumers. Drinking water distribution systems have their own microbial ecology, which we must both understand and control in order to maintain the safety of the water supply. Since studying aquatic microorganisms often entails identifying them, the book also discusses techniques for successfully isolating and cultivating bacteria. As such, it appeals to microbiologists, microbial ecologists and water quality scientists.
Contents:
Intro; Series Preface; Volume Preface; Contents;
Chapter 1: Understanding Aquatic Microbial Communities; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Water Has Depth and Divides; 1.3 And Its Ecosystems Are Filled with Amazing Life Forms; 1.4 It Often Takes a Biofilm to Nurture a Microbe; 1.5 When Life Hits the Mat; 1.6 The Fungi Will Get You If You Land in the Water; 1.7 Researching Microbiology Even When You Are Up to Your Waist in Alligators While Studying Respiration Without Oxygen, in a ... ; 1.8 And Microbes Are even in the Water that We Would Want to Drink 1.9 They Are more than Just Nameless Faces: There Are Ways to Culture and Identify even the Seemingly UngrowableReferences;
Chapter 2: Relationship Between Lifestyle and Structure of Bacterial Communities and Their Functionality in Aquatic Systems; 2.1 Conceptual Idea; 2.2 How Much Free-Living Is Free-Living?; 2.3 Microhabitat Descriptions; 2.3.1 Diffusion-Controlled Water Phase (DifP) and Colloidal Phase (ColP); 2.3.1.1 Physiochemical Characterization and Major Dynamics; 2.3.1.2 Bacterial Adaptations: To Eat and Not Be Eaten; 2.3.2 Marine and Freshwater Particles (Par) 2.3.2.1 Physiochemical Characterization and Major Dynamics2.3.2.2 Bacterial Adaptations; 2.3.3 Living Biosphere (Bio); 2.3.3.1 Physiochemical Characterization and Major Dynamics; 2.3.3.2 Bacterial Adaptations; 2.4 Human-Mediated Implications; 2.5 Scaling Up to the Biomes; 2.6 Future Perspectives; References;
Chapter 3: Biofilms: Besieged Cities or Thriving Ports?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Rationale; 3.2.1 Living Beings Interact with the Environment; 3.2.2 Points of Consideration for the Next Generation of Biofilm Researchers; 3.3 Background; 3.3.1 Microbiology Legacy 3.3.2 Spatial and Temporal Heterogeneity Associated with Biofilms3.4 Appropriate Analogies and Rubrics; 3.4.1 Thriving Port City or Besieged City?; 3.5 Key Physical Parameters; 3.5.1 Microbes in Aqueous Solutions; 3.5.2 The Reynolds Number; 3.5.2.1 Inertial Force of a Fluid; 3.5.2.2 Viscosity of a Fluid; 3.5.2.3 Reynolds Number Equation; 3.5.2.4 Points for Consideration When Applying the Reynolds Number; 3.5.2.5 Reynolds Number for a Swimming Body Such as a Bacterium; 3.5.3 Reduced Flow Velocity Near a Surface; 3.5.4 Flow in Non-Newtonian Fluids Such as a Biofilm; 3.6 Bacterial Locomotion 3.6.1 Single Cell Swimming3.6.2 Collective Swimming; 3.6.3 Surface Interaction; 3.6.3.1 Swimming Close to a Surface; 3.6.3.2 Surface Sensing; 3.6.3.3 Shear Trapping; 3.6.3.4 Swimming Upstream; 3.7 Dissolved Nutrients; 3.7.1 Diffusion and Advection; 3.7.2 Chemotaxis; 3.8 Evaluating the Port City Analogy; 3.8.1 Biofilm Formation or Association: Immigration; 3.8.2 Motility in or Around the Biofilm; 3.8.3 Biofilm Detachment: Emigration; 3.8.3.1 Modes of Biofilm Detachment; 3.8.3.2 Erosion, Planktonic Cell Yield, and Seeding Dispersion; 3.8.3.3 Rates and Extent of Biofilm DetachmentDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalHaixia Chen, Min Zhang, editors.Summary: The purpose of this book is to introduce the classified chemical components of hypoglycemic compounds in natural products, summarize the recent research progress of natural products with hypoglycemic activity in the past 20 years, and provide the original analysis and development opinions of relevant scholars. Hypoglycemic compounds are to target diabetes mellitus, an important public health problem, one of four priority noncommunicable diseases (NCDs) targeted for action by world leaders. Diabetes mellitus is a common endocrine and metabolic disease, which not only causes physiological damage to patients' kidneys, cardiovascular and cerebrovascular vessels, peripheral blood vessels, nerves and eyes, but also causes mental and psychological pressure to patients. Due to the evidence that traditional medicine and natural herbal formula have advantages in treating diabetes, natural products with hypoglycemic activity have been studied extensively in recent years and have been accepted by many scholars all over the world. This book focuses on the progress on the study of the structure, hypoglycemic activities, structure-activity relationships and mechanism of a wide range of polysaccharides, flavonoids, saponins, alkaloids, terpenoids, polyphenols and other constituents. It will help students and researchers to understand current approaches and progress in the treatment of diabetes with natural products, which may also be beneficial to develop new hypoglycemic drugs.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction of diabetes melitus and future prospects of natural products on diabetes melitus
Chapter 2. An overview of hypoglycemic modern drugs
Chapter 3. An overview of hypoglycemic biological drugs
Chapter 4. An overview of hypoglycemic traditional drugs
Chapter 5. Glycosides from natural sources in the treatment of diabetes mellitus
Chapter 6. Isolation and Structure Elucidation of Hypoglycemic Compounds
Chapter 7. Structural Characterization and Health Effects of Polysaccharides from Momordica charantia on Diabetes Mellitus
Chapter 8. Effects of polysaccharides on reducing blood glucose based on gut microbiota alteration
Chapter 9. An Overview of Polysaccharides and the influencefactors of Hypoglycemic Activity
Chapter 10. Plant Secondary Metabolites with α-Glucosidase Inhibitory Activity.
Chapter 11. Rhinacanthin-C and Its Potential to Control Diabetes Mellitus
Chapter 12. Regeneration of beta cells by inhibition of pro-apoptotic proteins through phytocompound in STZ induced diabetic albino wistar rats-invivo and insilico approach.
Chapter 13. Nitrogenous Compounds from Plant Origin in Management of
Chapter 14. Plant Alkaloids with Antidiabetic Potential
Chapter 15. The role of Alkaloids in the Management of Diabetes Mellitus
Chapter 16. Traditional Indian Herbs for the Management of Diabetes Mellitus and their Herb-Drug Interaction Potentials: An Evidence-Based Review
Chapter 17. Role of Micronutrients and Trace elements in Diabetes mellitus: A Review. - DigitalKazuhiro Yamaguchi, editor.Summary: This book elucidates the morphological backgrounds of various functional parameters of the human respiratory system, including the respiratory control system, dynamics of the upper and lower airways, gas transport and mixing in the lower airways, gas exchange in the acinus, and gas transfer through the alveolar wall. Presenting the latest findings on the interrelationships between morphology and physiology in the respiratory system, the book's goal is to provide a foundation for further exploring structure-function relationships in various respiratory systems, and to improve both the quality of basic science, and that of clinical medicine targeting the human respiratory system. Edited and written by internationally recognized experts, Structure-Function Relationships in Various Respiratory Systems offers a valuable asset for all physicians and researchers engaging in clinical, physiological, or morphological work in the field of respiration. Moreover, it provides a practical guide for physicians, helping them make more precise pathophysiological decisions concerning patients with various types of lung disease, and will be of interest to respiratory physiologists and respiratory morphologists.
Contents:
Part I Respiratory control system
1.Anatomy and physiology of respiratory control system
2.Anatomy and physiology of chemical regulatory mechanisms in respiration
3.Coordination of swallowing and breathing
Part II Upper airway
4.Anatomy and function of upper airway during sleep
5.Instability of upper airway during anesthesia and sedation
Part III Lower airway
6.Convective and Diffusive Mixing in Lower and Acinar Airways
7.Radiological evaluation of lower airway dimensions deciding ventilatory dynamics
8.Functional properties of lower airway estimated by oscillometry
Part IV Acinus
9.Inhomogeneous distribution of ventilation-perfusion (VA/Q) and diffusing capacity-perfusion (D/Q) in the lung
10.Physiological Basis of Effective Alveolar-Arterial O2 Difference (AaDO2) and Effective Physiological Dead Space (VD/VT)
11.Oxygen transport from air to tissues as an integrated system
Part V Alveolar wall
12.Pathophysiological and clinical implication of diffusing capacity for CO (DLco) and Krogh factor (Kco)
13.Basic perspective of simultaneous measurement of DLCO and DLNO
14.Reference equations for simultaneously measured DLCO and DLNO
15.Differential diagnosis based on newly developed indicator of DLNO/DLCO
16.Clinical significance of simultaneous measurements of DLCO and DLNO: Can DLCO and DLNO differentiate various kinds of lung diseases?. - Digitaledited by Christine Ziegler.Summary: New chapters in the updated serial include Cryo-EM on membrane proteins embedded in nanodics, Solid-Supported membrane-based electrophysiology on membrane transporters and channels, Saposin-lipoprotein scaffolds for structure determination of membrane transporters and channels, Single-molecule FRET on transporters, Dynamics of channels and transporters investigated by NMR, Structure-function studies on channels and transporters, and a section on MemStar, a new GFP-based expression and purification system for transporters and channels.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Lipid Nanodiscs as a Tool for High-Resolution Structure Determination of Membrane Proteins by Single-Particle Cryo-EM / Rouslan Efremov, Christos Gatsogiannis and Stefan Raunser
Chapter 2: SSM-Based Electrophysiology for Transporter Research / Andre Bazzone, Maria Barthmes and Klaus Fendler
Chapter 3: Saposin-Lipoprotein Scaffolds for Structure Determination of Membrane Transporters / Joseph Lyons, Andreas Bøggild, Poul Nissen and Jens Frauenfeld
Chapter 4: Single-Molecule Fluorescence Studies of Membrane Transporters Using Total Internal Reflection Microscopy / Joris M.H. Goudsmits, Antoine M. van Oijen and Dirk J. Slotboom
Chapter 5: The MEMbrane Protein Single ShoT Amplification Recipe: MemStar / Aziz Abdul-Qureshi, Pascal F. Meier, Chiara Lee and David Drew
Chapter 6: Efficient Screening and Optimization of Membrane Protein Production in Escherichia coli / Jacopo Marino, Katharina Holzhüter, Benedikt Kuhn and Eric R. Geertsma
Chapter 7: Pinning Down the Mechanism of Transport: Probing the Structure and Function of Transporters Using Cysteine Cross-Linking and Site-Specific Labeling / Christopher Mulligan and Joseph A. Mindell
Chapter 8: Ion Channel Conformation and Oligomerization Assessment by Site-Directed Spin Labeling and Pulsed-EPR / Christos Pliotas
Chapter 9: Strategy for the Thermostabilization of an Agonist-Bound GPCR Coupled to a G Protein / Annette Strege, Byron Carpenter, Patricia C. Edwards and Christopher G. Tate.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Printby Richard Bandler and John Grinder.
- DigitalMansoor Fatehi, Daniel Pinto dos Santos, editors.Summary: This book provides practitioners and scientists with insights into diverse aspects of structured reporting to allow them to develop tools and a knowledge base to ensure that this electronic reporting trend is widely applied. After an introduction to reporting in radiology, various parts of structured reporting are discussed in detail, including an overview of standardized reporting systems, standardized reporting language, DICOM structured reporting, template based structured reporting, and modular reporting. The last chapter addresses the interaction of structured reporting with artificial intelligence and its impact on the future of radiology. The last chapter addresses the interaction of structured reporting with artificial intelligence and its impact on the future of radiology. Endorsed by the European Society of Medical Imaging Informatics (EuSoMII), the scope of the book is based on the Medical Imaging Informatics sub-sections of the European Society of Radiology (ESR) European Training Curriculum Level I and II. It is a valuable resource for residents, radiologists and students.
Contents:
Introduction to reporting in radiology
Basics of structured reporting
Standardized reporting systems
Standardizing reporting language
Interoperable reporting standards
Template based structured reporting
Common data elements and modular reporting
Multimedia-enhanced structured reporting
Strucrtured reporting and artificial intelligence
Structured reporting beyond radiology. - DigitalRupert Riedl.Summary: In this book, the author Rupert Riedl investigates the structural and functional correlations of issues considered as "complex". He brilliantly analyzes the definition of complexity, the occurrence of complexity, the meaning of complexity, and last-but-not-least the way complexity is dealt with professionally. In recent years, our view of the world has been split into ever smaller segments - in part due to the increasing importance of the natural sciences and their associated analytical power. This calls for once again focusing on complexity and the holistic aspects, on interdisciplinary and synoptic approaches. This book is a translation of the original German version "Strukturen der Komplexität", which was published in 2000. The discussion of complexity from the perspective of a biologist has long been overdue when it was published and is still up-to-date.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Foreword; Preface; Contents;
Chapter 1: The Issues Tackled Here: An Introduction; 1.1 The Topic at Hand; 1.1.1 Research into Complexity Today; 1.1.2 Complexity: Its Characteristics and Its Meaning; 1.1.3 Why, of All Things, Structures?; 1.2 On Methods; 1.2.1 Morphology, Systems Theory and Gestalt; 1.2.2 Structuralism and Functionalism; 1.2.3 On cognition, Explanation and EE; 1.2.4 Biology as the Conceptual Framework;
Chapter 2: The World and Cognition as a Problem; 2.1 What Appears Reasonable to Us; 2.1.1 What Arose with Consciousness? 2.1.2 The Conceivable Validations of Perception and Knowledge Gain2.1.3 Forms of Perception Versus Communication; 2.2 How Knowledge Is Gained; 2.2.1 The Levels of Cognition; 2.2.2 What All This Can Tell Us About the World; 2.2.3 The Purpose Served by Such Knowledge; 2.3 The Nature of Our Knowledge; 2.3.1 Construction and Reality; 2.3.2 Emergence, Notions and Language; 2.3.3 Perceiving (Cognition) and Explaining;
Chapter 3: The Systems of Cognition; 3.1 Conditions of Perception; 3.1.1 Perception Means Problem Solving; 3.1.2 Fundamentals of Association and Conditioning 3.1.3 The Transition to Cognitive Processes3.2 Processing Consecutive Coincidences; 3.2.1 The Composition of the Algorithm; 3.2.2 Wherein the Seeds of Success Lie; 3.2.3 Wherein the Deficiencies Lie; 3.2.4 How to Overcome the Deficiencies; 3.3 Processing Simultaneous Coincidences; 3.3.1 The Composition of the Algorithm; 3.3.2 The Reasons for Success; 3.3.3 The Deficiencies of the Program; 3.3.4 The Path to Overcoming These Deficiencies; 3.4 On Structures and Classes; 3.4.1 The Evolution of Memory; 3.4.2 Fields of Similarity; 3.4.3 On Structural and Class Hierarchies 4.4.3 The Nature of the Natural System
Chapter 5: The Systems of Explanation and Understanding; 5.1 The Conditions and Our Faculties; 5.1.1 The Preconditions; 5.1.2 The Hypotheses of Causes and Purposes; 5.1.3 Common Sense and Intuition; 5.1.4 The Psychology of Explaining and Understanding; 5.2 Changes in Cultural History; 5.2.1 The Beginnings in Our Culture; 5.2.2 Antiquity and the Middle Ages; 5.2.3 The Modern Era; 5.2.4 The Concepts of Understanding Today; 5.3 The Conditions of Explaining; 5.3.1 On Causal Explanations; 5.3.2 The Double Pyramid of Explanation
Chapter 4: Structuring the Perceived4.1 A Theory of the World; 4.1.1 The Hierarchic Structure of Things; 4.1.2 On Transformation and Emergence; 4.1.3 The Broadest Parameters; 4.2 The Order of Things; 4.2.1 The Process of Reciprocal Enlightenment; 4.2.2 The Three Fundamental Types of Complex Similarity; 4.2.3 The Four Fundamental Forms of Complex Order; 4.3 The Principles of Morphology; 4.3.1 The Theorem of Homology; 4.3.2 Type and Bodyplan; 4.3.3 A Theory of the Phene and Character; 4.4 The Principles of Systematics; 4.4.1 The Weighting Problem; 4.4.2 Optimizing the Class ConceptsDigital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaledited by Sarah A. Woodson and Frédéric H.T. Allain.Contents:
Native purification and analysis of long RNAs
Characterizing RNA excited states using NMR relaxation
Quantifying nucleic acid ensembles with x-ray scattering interferometry
2-aminopurine fluroescence as a probe of local RNA structure and dynamics and global folding
Mod-seq: a high-throughput method for probing RNA secondary structure
Reproducible analysis of sequencing-based RNA structure probing data with user-friendly tools
Computational methods for RNA structure validation and improvement
Structures of large RNAs and RNA-protein complexes: toward structure determination of riboswitches
One, two, three, four! How multiple RRMs read the genome sequence
Combining NMR and EPR to determine structures of large RNAs and protein-RNA complexes in solution
Structural analysis of protein-RNA complexes in solution using NMR paramagnetic relaxation enhancements
Resolving individual components in protein-RNA complexes using small-angle x-ray scattering experiments
Small-anlge neurtron scattering for structural biology of protein-RNA complexes
Strudying RNA-protein interactions of Pre-mRNA complexes by mass spectrometry
RNA bind-n-Seq: measuring the binding affinity landscape of RNA-binding proteins
Using molecular simulation to model high-resolution Cryo-EM reconstructions
In vitro reconstitution and crystallization of Cas9 endonuclease bound to a guide RNA and a DNA target
Single-molecule pull-down FRET to dissect the mechanisms of biomolecular machines
Single-molecule imaging of RNA splicing in live cells.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - Digitaledited by Michael T. Compton, Marc W. Manseau.Summary: "Struggle and Solidarity presents seven key pieces of federal legislation and demonstrates how public policies--even when not explicitly mental health related--can shape social determinants and improve mental health"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Fixing the "endlessly revolving door" : how laws impact social determinants and thus mental health / Marc W. Manseau, Michael T. Compton
Saving farmers and striving for food security : the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1933 / Michael T. Compton, Julie C. Suarez
From worker exploitation to union solidarity : the National Labor Relations Act of 1935 / Flávio Casoy, Marc W. Manseau
A stay against financial catastrophe : the Social Security Act of 1935 / Caroline L. Bersak, Matthew Wolfe
Clearing the air for mental health : the Clean Air Act of 1963 / Benson S. Ku, Elizabeth Haase
Still on the road to freedom : the Civil Rights Act of 1964 / Daniel Neghassi, Taiwo P. Alonge
The times they are a-changin' : the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 / Rebecca A. Powers
Remodeling and breaking new ground : the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1965 / Jacob M. Izenberg, Brie A. Garner, Andrew T. Turk
Learning from history's lessons : how mental health professionals can participate in policy change / Michael T. Compton, Marc W. Manseau.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2023 - DigitalNoel Entwistle.Summary: The research described in Student Learning and Academic Understanding had its origins in the pioneering work of Ausubel, Bruner, and McKeachie and followed two complementary lines of development. The first line extended the ideas of Marton on approaches to learning through an inventory designed to assess these approaches among large samples of students and using in-depth interviews with students about their experiences of academic understanding. The second line drew on a range of studies to explore the influences of university teaching and the whole teaching-learning environment on the quality of student learning. Taking the research as a whole shows the value of complementary research approaches to describing student learning, while the findings brought together in the final chapter suggest ways of supporting deep approaches and the development of personal academic understanding among students. Student Learning and Academic Understanding covers a wide range of concepts that have emerged from interviews in which students use their own experiences to describe how they study and what they find most useful in developing an academic understanding of their own. These concepts differ from the traditional psychological concepts by being focused on the specific contexts of university and college, although they are also relevant to the later stages of school education.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- Digitaledited by Sara Holder and Amber Lannon.Summary: Academic libraries have always promoted student success through teaching and research support and through instruction in information literacy, a skill that is understood to be useful not just for academic success but also for life success. For college and university students, learning to live well and attend to their mental health are life skills they can and should develop during this time, and academic libraries are increasingly playing a role in this part of the student experience. Student Wellness and Academic Libraries can help those charged with leading these efforts gain valuable insigh. Post secondary institutions are high stress environments for many students: Undergraduates may be living on their own for the first time, coping with demanding academic requirements, and experimenting with drugs, alcohol, and new social relationships and identities. Advanced degree students tend to have a high level of job insecurity and are also more likely than other students to be juggling family obligations on top of their studies, research, and teaching. Mental health disorders have their peak onset during the university and college years, and severe anxiety is on the rise. Many university libraries across North America are expanding their service offerings to include student wellness initiatives or are making their space available to other campus entities to provide wellness support as mental health issues and awareness of mental health challenges on campus have increased. Student Wellness and Academic Libraries gathers multiple perspectives on wellness programming and discussions of current activities, with case studies, commentary, and research on student wellness initiatives in academic libraries. Some chapters explore one initiative in detail, and others look at a variety of activities and how they fit within a strategy; some focus on a particular aspect of wellness, and others on a particular at-risk group.Academic libraries have always promoted student success through teaching and research support and through instruction in information literacy, a skill that is understood to be useful not just for academic success but also for life success. For college and university students, learning to live well and attend to their mental health are life skills they can and should develop during this time, and academic libraries are increasingly playing a role in this part of the student experience. Student Wellness and Academic Libraries can help those charged with leading these efforts gain valuable insight into ideas and directions the library can take in pursuit of that goal -- Publisher's description.
Contents:
Preface / Sara Holder and Amber Lannon
Acknowledgments
Introduction / Sara Holder and Amber Lannon
Chapter 1. Then You Can Start to Make It Better: How Academic Libraries Are Promoting and Fostering Student Wellness / Lorna E. Rourke
Chapter 2. Peer Assisted Study Sessions: How Academic Libraries Can Influence Student Well-Being through Academic Programs and Intentional Partnerships / Christina Sylka, Cassie Gilpin, Kimberly Fama
Chapter 3. A Case for the Empathetic Librarian / Melissa Beuoy
Chapter 4. "I'll Go With You": Safety and Wellness Initiatives to Support Trans and Gender-Nonconforming Academic Library Users / Heather Cyre
Chapter 5. Cultivating Belonging: Diversity and Inclusion Initiatives at the Leonard Lief Library, Lehman College--CUNY / Joan Jocson-Singh, Alison Lehner-Quam, and Rebecca Arzola
Chapter 6. Welcoming Students with Children: Building a Family Study Space at the University of Toronto Libraries / Kyla Everall and Jesse Carliner
Chapter 7. Wellness Support for Student Library Employees: A Staff Development Tool Kit for Library Employees Who Supervise Students / Heather Burroughs and Judy Quist
Chapter 8. The Development of Multiuse Meditation Rooms / JJ Pionke
Chapter 9. Supporting Digital Wellness and Well-Being / Julia Feerrar
Chapter 10. Designing for Wellness: A Student/Librarian Collaboration / Barbara Rockenbach, Shyamolie Biyani, and Francie Mrkich
Chapter 11. Beyond Therapy Dogs: Rethinking Animal Policies to Protect and Promote Student Wellness for All Library Users / Jacqueline Frank
Chapter 12. Student Wellness through Physical Activity: Promotion in the Academic Library / Noah Lenstra
Chapter 13. Wellness Overdue? Check In at the Weldon Library Wellness Station: Partnering for Student Wellness / Nicole Maddock, Melanie-Anne Atkins, Monica Fazekas, and Jennifer Robinson
Chapter 14. Welcoming Wellness: Collaborating with Campus Wellness Programs to Promote Student Wellness Activities in the Library and across Campus / Theresa McDevitt, Li Teng, Susan Graham, Ann Sesti, and Sara Dillon.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020 - Printvon Erling Rustung.Contents:
I. Untersuchung über das Rachitisvorkommen in einem norwegischen Binnental.Access via Acta paediatrica 1935; 27 - PrintAccess via Public health bulletin ; 1920; 106.
- Printby N. Hamilton Fairley ... Lieut.-Colonel F.P. Mackie ... and F. Jasudasan ...
- PrintEdited by S. B. Sells. Foreword by Lois R. Chatham. Contributions by Robert G. Demaree, and others.Contents:
v. 1. Evaluation of treatments.--
v. 2. Research on patients, treatments, and outcomes.--
v. 3. Further studies of drug users, treatment typologies, and assessment of outcomes during treatment in DARP.--
v. 4. Evaluation of treatment outcomes for 1971-1972 DARP admission cohort.--
v. 5. Evaluation of treatment outcomes for 1972-1973 DARP admission cohort. - DigitalPaul C. Guest, editorSummary: The Middle East is known as the cradle of civilization. It was the crossroads of ancient empires and the birthplace of major world religions. Today it is the center of many world issues due to its economic, religious and political importance. Although it has lagged behind many other regions of the world in medicinal research, this has increased dramatically in recent years with increasing numbers of relevant publications and the country of Iran has spearheaded this progress. Much of the research has focused on increasing our understanding of the aging process and attempting to identify biomarkers and natural products to improve the human healthspan. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the research conducted in the Middle East on the health benefits of curcumin, a phytochemical derived from the famous spice turmeric. Hundreds of studies have now been published describing the health benefits of this spice. The importance of this research is exemplified by poor data regarding health and longevity as only 0.08% of the population in Iran consists of individuals over 90 years of age. This is approximately 10 times lower than the percentage of this same age group in the United Kingdom and the United States of America and almost 20 times lower than that in Japan. This book presents a series of reviews and meta-studies describing research which has resulted in identification potential new biomarkers and drug targets for age-related disorders. All of the studies have focussed on the testing of curcumin and related products, which have already shown some promising leads in age-related conditions such as heart-disease, diabetes, cognitive impairment and cancer. The authors in this series come from different centers and cities of Iran, including Mashhad, Tehran, Isfahan, Ahvaz, Birjand, Quchan and Yazd, and many of the chapters feature collaborations with other countries of the Middle East and throughout the world, including Brazil, Italy, Mexico, Oman, Poland, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States of America. This underscores the emergence of the Middle East into this arena of research. The book will be of high interest to scientific and clinical researchers in the subject of aging and age-related disease, and to physicians and pharmaceutical company scientists since it gives insights into the latest strategies, biomarkers and targets involved in the mechanism of action of curcumin to promote healthy aging. It will also provide important information on disease mechanisms related to age-related disorders, as each chapter will be presented in the context of specific chronic diseases. .
- PrintGeralyn Ochs, RN, AGACNP-BC, ACNP-BC, ANP-BC, Associate Professor of Nursing, Coordinator of the Adult Gerontological Acute Care Nurse Practitioner Program, St. Louis University School of Nursing, St. Louis, Missouri.
- Digitaledited by Philip R. Muskin, M.D., M.A., Anna L. Dickerman, M.D., Oliver M. Stroeh, M.D.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2018
- DigitalParikh, Tapan; Dulcan, Mina K.Summary: This is a question-and-answer guide that allows you to evaluate your mastery of the subject matter as you progress through the companion textbook. It is made up of approximately 295 questions and each answer is accompanied by a brief discussion that not only addresses the correct response but also explains why other responses are not correct.
Contents:
Cover
Half Title
Title
Copyright
Contents
Contributors
PART I: Questions
CHAPTER 1 Process of Assessment and Diagnosis
CHAPTER 2 Assessing Infants and Toddlers
CHAPTER 3 Assessing the Preschool-Age Child
CHAPTER 4 Assessing the Elementary School
Age Child
CHAPTER 5 Assessing Adolescents
CHAPTER 6 Neurological Examination, Electroencephalography, Neuroimaging, and Neuropsychological Testing
CHAPTER 7 Intellectual Disability
CHAPTER 8 Autism Spectrum Disorders
CHAPTER 9 Communication Disorders, Specific Learning Disorder, and Motor Disorder CHAPTER 10 Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder
CHAPTER 11 Oppositional Defiant Disorder and Conduct Disorder
CHAPTER 12 Substance Use Disorders and Addictions
CHAPTER 13 Depressive and Disruptive Mood Dysregulation Disorders
CHAPTER 14 Bipolar Disorder
CHAPTER 15 Anxiety Disorders
CHAPTER 16 Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Persistent Complex Bereavement Disorder
CHAPTER 17 Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder
CHAPTER 18 Early-Onset Schizophrenia
CHAPTER 19 Eating and Feeding Disorders
CHAPTER 20 Tic Disorders
CHAPTER 21 Elimination Disorders CHAPTER 22 Sleep-Wake Disorders
CHAPTER 23 Evidence-Based Practice
CHAPTER 24 Child Abuse and Neglect
CHAPTER 25 Cultural and Religious Issues
CHAPTER 26 Youth Suicide
CHAPTER 27 Gender and Sexual Diversity in Childhood and Adolescence
CHAPTER 28 Aggression and Violence
CHAPTER 29 Psychiatric Emergencies
CHAPTER 30 Family Transitions: Challenges and Resilience
CHAPTER 31 Legal and Ethical Issues
CHAPTER 32 Telemental Health and e-Mental Health Applications With Children and Adolescents
CHAPTER 33 Principles of Psychopharmacology CHAPTER 34 Medications Used for ADHD
CHAPTER 35 Antidepressants
CHAPTER 36 Mood Stabilizers
CHAPTER 37 Antipsychotic Medications
CHAPTER 38 Individual Psychotherapy
CHAPTER 39 Parent Counseling, Psychoeducation, and Parent Support Groups
CHAPTER 40 Behavioral Parent Training
CHAPTER 41 Family-Based Assessment and Treatment
CHAPTER 42 Interpersonal Psychotherapy for Depressed Adolescents
CHAPTER 43 Cognitive-Behavioral Treatment for Anxiety and Depression
CHAPTER 44 Motivational Interviewing
CHAPTER 45 Systems of Care, Wraparound Services, and Home-Based Services CHAPTER 46 Milieu Treatment: Inpatient, Partial Hospitalization, and Residential Programs
CHAPTER 47 School-Based Interventions
CHAPTER 48 Collaborating With Primary Care
CHAPTER 49 Collaborating With Inpatient and Subspecialty Pediatrics
Part II: Answer Guide
CHAPTER 1 Process of Assessment and Diagnosis
CHAPTER 2 Assessing Infants and Toddlers
CHAPTER 3 Assessing the Preschool-Age Child
CHAPTER 4 Assessing the Elementary School
Age Child
CHAPTER 5 Assessing AdolescentsDigital Access PsychiatryOnline 2023 - Digitaledited by Philip R Muskin, Anna L. Dickerman, Sara Siris Nash.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2020
- Digitaledited by Philip R. Muskin, Anna L. Dickerman, Claire C. Holderness, Vivian P. Liu.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2022
- DigitalHaifa Alotaibi.Summary: The book provides A-Z information of surgical disorders in a concise and engaging format and serves as a complete reference for surgical trainees to prepare for the annual promotion and final clinical board exam specially the oral exam. It enhances the subject knowledge and provides distilled information required for clinical exams. The book teaches the resident how to approach a patient with a particular complaint, covering all the possible diagnoses, the operative techniques, and the post-operative follow up. The book provides evidenced based up-to-date information on the examination references in a very simple way. It includes algorithms and illustrations that provide better understanding and eliminate common areas of confusion that result in misdiagnosis and mismanagement; it focuses on the areas in which candidates commonly fail during the exams. Every chapter includes a practice section that provides the opportunity to practice learning outcomes in the form of multiple case scenarios and questions for discussion, along with ideal answers against which readers can test their knowledge using the provided checklist. These case scenarios are very interesting and unique asset of this book. The book is useful for surgical trainees and graduate students, who are preparing for their surgery board clinical exam. It may also be beneficial to the surgeons who have just qualified and passed their board, particularly who are in the early part of their professional career.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgment
Contents
About the Author
1: Surgical Aspects of Breast Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
1.1 Part I: Knowledge
1.1.1 Approach to Patient with Breast Lesion
1.1.2 Management of Benign Breast Lesions
1.1.3 Management of Invasive Breast Cancer
1.1.4 Operations for Breast Cancer
1.1.5 Modified Radical Mastectomy
1.1.6 Postoperative Follow-Up
1.2 Part II: Practice
1.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
1.2.2 Answer Key
References
2: Surgical Aspects of Thyroid Diseases for Clinical Board Exams 2.1 Part I: Knowledge
2.1.1 History of Thyroid Complaint
2.1.2 Approach to Patient with Thyroid Nodule
2.1.3 Management of Common Benign Thyroid Disease
2.1.3.1 Thyroiditis
2.1.3.2 Hyperthyroidism
2.1.4 Operation for Thyroid Gland
2.2 Part II: Practice
2.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
2.2.2 Answer Key
References
3: Surgical Aspects of Parathyroid Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
3.1 Part I: Knowledge
3.1.1 Approach to Patient with Hypercalcemia
3.2 Part II: Practice
3.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
3.2.2 Answer Key
References 4: Surgical Aspects of Adrenal Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
4.1 Part I: Knowledge
4.1.1 Approach to Patient with Adrenal Incidentaloma
4.1.2 Pheochromocytoma
4.1.3 Cushing Syndrome
4.1.4 Approach to Patient with Suspected Hyperaldosteronism
4.1.5 Adrenocortical Cancer
4.1.6 Adrenalectomy
4.1.7 Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy
4.2 Part II: Practice
4.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
4.2.2 Answer Key
References
5: Surgical Aspects of Liver Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
5.1 Part I: Knowledge 5.1.1 History of Right Upper Abdominal Pain or Mass
5.1.2 Approach to Patient with Liver Mass
5.1.3 Benign Liver Lesions
5.1.4 Malignant Liver Lesions
5.1.5 Portal Hypertension
5.1.6 Hepatic Operations
5.2 Part II: Practice
5.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
5.2.2 Answer Key
References
6: Surgical Aspects of Biliary Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
6.1 Part I: Knowledge
6.1.1 Management of Asymptomatic Gallstones
6.1.2 Management of Acute Cholecystitis
6.1.3 Approach to Patient with Jaundice
6.1.4 Approach to Patient with Cholangitis 6.1.5 Management of Choledocholithiasis
6.1.6 Management of Mirizzi Syndrome
6.1.7 Management of Gallstone Ileus
6.1.8 Management of Cystic Disorders of the Bile Duct
6.1.9 Management of Bile Duct Injury
6.1.10 Management of Gallbladder Cancer
6.1.11 Management of Extrahepatic Cholangiocarcinoma
6.1.12 Biliary Operations
6.2 Part II: Practice
6.2.1 Case Scenarios for Practice
6.2.2 Answer Key
References
7: Surgical Aspects of Pancreatic and Splenic Diseases for Clinical Board Exams
7.1 Part I: Knowledge - DigitalRichard K. RiegelmanSummary: This complete package of textbook, interactive exercises, and real research articles is designed for use alongside Journal Clubs conducted in medical, nursing, and other health professions programs, as well as in evidence-based medicine courses. It employs the authors' proven, step-by-step framework, and strengthens students' and residents' ability to recognize a meaningful study, identify potential study flaws, and apply solid evidence in clinical decision making.
Contents:
Half Title Page
Title Page
Copyright Page
Contents
Preface: Why "Reading Evidence-Based Health Research"-A Preface to the Seventh Edition
Acknowledgments
Introduction
Unit 1 Studying a Study
1 Studying a Study: M.A.A.R.I.E. Framework-Method, Assignment, Assessment
2 Studying a Study: M.A.A.R.I.E. Framework-Results
3 Studying a Study: M.A.A.R.I.E. Framework-Interpretation, Extrapolation
4 Randomized Controlled Trials
5 Observational Studies
6 Safety
7 Meta-analysis
Studying a Study: Flaw-Catching Exercises
Unit 2 Testing a Test
8 Testing a Test-M.A.A.R.I.E. Framework: Method, Assignment, and Assessment
9 Testing a Test-M.A.A.R.I.E. Framework: Results, Interpretation, and Extrapolation
10 Screening for Asymptomatic Disease
11 Prediction and Decision Rules
12 Decision Analysis and Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: M.A.A.R.I.E. Framework-Method, Assignment, Assessment
13 Decision Analysis and Cost-Effectiveness Analysis: M.A.A.R.I.E. Framework Results, Interpretation, Extrapolation
14 A Guide to the Guidelines
Testing a Test: Flaw-Catching Exercises
Glossary
Index.Digital Access - Digital[edited by] Patricia M. Zebrowski, Julie D. Anderson, Edward G. Conture.Summary: A student-friendly resource on stuttering and related fluency disorders by a who's who of global experts Stuttering and Related Disorders of Fluency, Fourth Edition honors the philosophy that discoveries of the past are the bedrock of the present and the inspiration for future explorations--in this context--the nature and treatment of stuttering. Initially developed over 30 years ago, the first two editions were edited by the late Richard F. Curlee and the third edition was co-edited by Richard F. Curlee and Edward G. Conture. The latest edition, co-edited by Patricia M. Zebrowski, Julie D. Anderson, and Edward G. Conture, brings together contemporary insights and a multinational perspective from 44 world-class academicians, clinicians, and researchers in the field of stuttering and related disorders. The book is organized into six sections and 17 chapters, with the first section describing basic facts and theories. The second section covers genetic, neural, linguistic, cognitive, and physiological factors. The third section features three dedicated chapters on the diagnosis of preschool-age children, school-age children, and adolescents and adults. The fourth section discusses treatment guidelines with three chapters organized by the same age demographics, while the fifth section covers language and phonological, bilingual and multicultural, and pharmacological considerations for treatment. The sixth, and last, section provides guidance on cluttering and acquired stuttering--from causes and symptoms to diagnosis and treatment. Key Highlights Up-to-date, reader-friendly text is ideal for students with no or limited background or experience in the nature and treatment of stuttering and related fluency disorders Comprehensive content covering all relevant aspects of stuttering in diverse populations across the lifespan, including etiology. Development, diagnosis, and treatment Contributions from a diverse group of top scholars and practitioners from the United States, Canada, Western Europe, and Australia This text is essential reading for upper-class undergraduates and early-stage graduate students in communication sciences and disorders. It also provides an invaluable classroom tool for instructors teaching basic courses on this subject and is a helpful sourcebook for researchers investigating stuttering and related fluency disorders.
Contents:
Common characteristics / Edward G. Conture, Victoria Tumanova, and Dahye Cho
Some 20th- and 21st-century theories of stuttering : a brief overview / Edward G. Conture, Julie D. Anderson, and Patricia M. Zebrowski
Genetic processes / Shelly Jo Kraft and Jennifer E. Below
Speech, language, and cognitive processes / Julie D. Anderson, Katerina Ntourou, and Stacy Wagovich
Neural and physiological processes / Deryk Beal, Evan Usler, and Anna Tendera
Temperamental and emotional processes / Robin Jones, Kurt Eggers, and Hatun Zengin-Bolatkale
Preschool-age children / Ellen M. Kelly, Corrin I. Gillis, and Cara M. Singer
School-age children / Kenneth J. Logan and Hayley S. Arnold
Adolescents and adults / Eric S. Jackson and Anthony DiLollo
Preschool-age children / Marie-Christine Franken, Sharon Millard, and Anna Hearne
School-age children / J. Scott Yaruss, Craig Coleman, Janet Beilby, and Caryn Herring
Adolescents and adults / Patricia M. Zebrowski, Naomi Rodgers, and Hope Gerlach-Houck
Language and phonological considerations / Nancy E. Hall, Julianne Garbarino, and Nan Bernstein Ratner
Bilingual and multicultural considerations / Courtney Byrd, Kia Noelle Johnson, and Julie Fortier-Blanc
Pharmacological considerations / Lisa LaSalle, Angharad Ames, and Gerald Maguire
Cluttering : etiology, symptomology, identification, and treatment / Kathleen Scaler Scott, Hilda Sønsterud, and Isabella Reichel
Acquired stuttering : etiology, symptomology, identification, and treatment / Catherine Theys and Luc F. De Nil. - DigitalRobert D. Martin, Warren Boling, Gang Chen, John H. Zhang, editors.Summary: This book highlights the latest developments in acute and delayed neurovascular injury studies including delayed cerebral vasospasm, early brain injury, micro-circulation compromise, spreading cortical depolarization, neuroinflammation, and long-term cognitive dysfunctions after subarachnoid hemorrhage. About 32 chapters cover original presentations from the 14th international conference on neurovascular events after subarachnoid hemorrhage, held in Los Angeles in October 2017. Neurosurgeons, neurologists, and neuro-ICU practitioners discuss clinical observations, new pilot treatments, clinical trials, academic and industrial interactions, including surgical and endovascular approaches, brain injury monitoring, new developments in brain imaging, ICU management, early brain injury scales and management, counter cortical depolarization management and anti-inflammation management. In addition, animal models used to study acute and delayed neurovascular events, the basic mechanisms of vascular, neuronal, and CSF physiology, new experimental treatment strategies, new frontiers in the treatment of neurovascular injuries, and new research directions are discussed.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Vasospasm: A Personal Odyssey; History of Vasospasm; B.K.A. Weir; Selected Bibliography: Aneurysms and Vasospasm; Clinical Studies; Prognostic Factors and Outcome; Grade and Vasospasm; Cigarette Addiction; Outcome; Time Course of Vasospasm; Management Mortality and Timing of Surgery; Perioperative Care; Blood Flow and Angiographic Studies; Sequelae of Hemorrhage; Edema; Cerebral Infarction; Hematologic and Metabolic; Hydrocephalus; Types of Hemorrhage; Subarachnoid; Intracerebral; Intraventricular; Subdural; Prospective Human Drug Trials; Nimodipine; Nicardipine TirilazadTissue Plasminogen Activator; Unruptured Aneurysms; Experimental Studies; In Vitro Pharmacological and Genetic Studies; In Vitro Physiological Studies; Animal Models; Liquid Blood Injections; Chronic Clot Application to Arteries; Drug Trials in Animals; Anatomical Observations; General; Musings from an Old World of Thought; History of Vasospasm Research in Japan: Commemoration of Professor Tomio Ohta; Dawn; Sunrise and Sunset; Heparin Treatment in Aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage: A Review of Human Studies; Introduction; Heparin and Subarachnoid Hemorrhage; Complications of Heparin ConclusionReferences; Subarachnoid Hemorrhage-Related Epilepsy; Introduction; The Epileptic Focus; Subarachnoid Hemorrhage-Related Epilepsy; AED Prophylaxis; Conclusion; References; Part I: Basic Science Section; Cell Culture Model to Study Cerebral Aneurysm Biology; Introduction; Vascular Smooth Muscle Cells; In Vitro VSMC Culture Model to Study CA Biology; Conclusions; References; Rat Model of Intracranial Aneurysm: Variations, Usefulness, and Limitations of the Hashimoto Model; Introduction; Animal Model of IAs; Special Insight in Some Modifiable Factors; BAPN; Strains Ligation of Pterygopalatine ArteryLimitations; References; Possible Involvement of Caspase-Independent Pathway in Neuronal Death After Subarachnoid Hemorrhage in Mice; Introduction; Materials and Methods; SAH Modeling and Study Protocol; SAH Grade; Neurological Score; Histology; Cell Counting; Statistics; Results; Cleaved Caspase-3-Positive Neurons Appeared 24 h After SAH; Both Caspase-3-Related and Caspase-3-Unrelated Dying Neurons Were Observed After SAH; Discussion; References; Nox2 and Nox4 Participate in ROS-Induced Neuronal Apoptosis and Brain Injury During Ischemia-Reperfusion in Rats IntroductionMaterials and Methods; Ethical Approval; Establishing the MCAO Model in Rats; Experimental Group and Drug Administration; Assay of ROS; TTC Staining; Ischemic Penumbra Dissection; Terminal Deoxynucleotidyl Transferase dUTP Nick End-Labeling (TUNEL) Staining and Fluoro-Jade B Staining; Western Blot Analysis; Statistical Analysis; Results; General Observation; Nox2 Inhibitor (gp91ds-tat) and Nox4 Inhibitor (GKT137831) Treatments Reduce ROS Levels in Brain Tissues of Rats After MCAO - DigitalGabriel J. E. Rinkel, Paut Greebe.Summary: "This pocket-sized book is a quick-reference practical guide for physicians who deal with patients with subarachnoid hemorrhage or intracranial aneurysms outside the hospital. It describes briefly the epidemiology of subarachnoid hemorrhage, the early recognition and clinical course, and in more depth the aftercare, residual symptoms and deficits. The prognosis and management in the long term are discussed in detail. It also provides information on the counselling and treatment of patients with unruptured intracranial aneurysms. Subarachnoid Hemorrhage in Clinical Practice is aimed at general practitioners and family physicians and will also be informative for other specialists such as rehabilitation physicians, nursing home physicians, and physicians working for health insurance companies. It may also be of interest to patients, relatives, and paramedics."--Back cover.
Contents:
Introduction
What is an aneurysm and what is a subarachnoid hemorrhage
Aneurysms and subarachnoid hemorrhage in general practice
In hospital course
Initial post-hospital course and after-care
Long-term prognosis
Clinical research and patient participation. - DigitalMehmet Turgut, Ali Akhaddar, Walter A. Hall, Ahmet T. Turgut, editors.Summary: This book provides an in-depth review of the current state of knowledge on the intracranial chronic subdural hematoma, with an emphasis on the etiology, risk factors, pathophysiology, anatomic pathology, epidemiology, clinical presentation, imaging findings, and treatment modalities, both medical and surgical. Sections on the postoperative complications, prognosis, and medicolegal aspects of this illness are also included. Lastly, the book considers future areas of investigation and innovative therapeutic philosophies. This richly illustrated book will help the reader choose the most appropriate way to manage this challenging neurosurgical disease process. It is an ideal resource for neuroscientists at all levels, from graduate students to research scientists, including neurosurgeons, neurologists, neuroradiologists, and pediatricians, and for those seeking both basic and more advanced information regarding the craniospinal subdural hematoma, including acute, subacute and chronic ones.
- DigitalRehana Rehman, Aisha Sheikh.Summary: "With the increased prevalence of subfertility (any form of reduced fertility with prolonged time of unwanted non-conception) and the number of subfertile patients turning to assisted reproductive clinics for help, Subfertility: Recent Advances for Management and Prevention is a much-needed resource for today’s health care providers. Written by doctors with extensive expertise in the areas of reproductive physiology and endocrinology, it provides a description of the methods for achieving conception, an overview of the causes of subfertility and how to detect them, a review of the psychological impact of subfertility, guidelines for the treatment of subfertility, and a look at assisted reproductive technologies"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Anatomy and embryology of male and female reproductive systems
Reproductive endocrine physiology
Reproductive cycle
Ovarian reserve
Introduction to subfertility
Impact of subfertility
Polycystic ovary syndrome and subfertility
Endometriosis and subfertility
Thyroid imbalance and subfertility
Pituitary disorders and subfertility
Oxidative stress and oocyte microenvironment
Assisted reproductive techniques
Way forward.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - Digitaledited by Jane A. Stewart.Summary: Reproductive medicine and surgery is a major subspecialty in the practice of obstetrics and gynaecology. This textbook provides an introduction to the field of subfertility and reproductive endocrinology, with contributions written by leading experts in the field. This book is based on and compliments a training programme run jointly by the British Fertility Society and the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists, making it an indispensable handbook for medical trainees. It will also appeal to clinicians embarking on a career in obstetrics and gynaecology who want an excellent grounding in this area. Specialist nurses will also find the book a valuable resource, and scientists specialising in reproductive medicine and embryology will gain insight into the related clinical areas.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- PrintSummary: There are 9 vols. in the Subject section; 5 vols. in the Biographical section and 4 vols. in the Topographical section. This series reproduces the card subject catalog of the library and includes a cumulation of Current Work in the History of Medicine (No. 6451.1). Material is included until 1977.
Contents:
Subject section (9 v.). - Digitaledited by James E. Maddux.Summary: The quality of people's relationships with and interactions with other people are major influences on their feelings of well-being and their evaluations of life satisfaction. The goal of this volume is to offer scholarly summaries of theory and research on topics at the frontier of the study of these social psychological influences--both interpersonal and intrapersonal--on subjective well-being and life satisfaction. The chapters cover a variety of types of relationships (e.g., romantic relationships, friendships, online relationships) as well as a variety of types of interactions with others (e.g., forgiveness, gratitude, helping behavior, self-presentation). Also included are chapters on broader social issues such as materialism, sexual identity and orientation, aging, spirituality, and meaning in life. Subjective Well-Being and Life Satisfaction provides a rich and focused resource for graduate students, upper-level undergraduate students, and researchers in positive psychology and social psychology, as well as social neuroscientists, mental health researchers, clinical and counselling psychologists, and anyone interested in the science of well-being.
Contents:
Foundational issues
Subjective well-being and life satisfaction : an introduction to conceptions, theories, and measures / James E. Maddux
Social neuroscience of subjective well-being and life satisfaction / Alex W. daSilva and Todd F. Heatherton
Cultural differences in subjective well-being : how and why / William Tov and Ze Ling Serene Nai
Interpersonal influences
Intimate relations, subjective well-being, and health behavior : insights from a dyadic perspective / Chloe O. Huelsnitz, Alexander J. Rothman, and Jeffry A. Simpson
The role of friendships in well-being / Beverley Fehr and Cheryl Harasymchuk
Leave well enough alone? : the costs and benefits of solitude / Robert J. Coplan, John M. Zelenski, and Julie C. Bowker
Forgiveness / Everett L. Worthington, Jr., Brandon J. Griffin, and Caitlin Provencher
Humility / Everett L. Worthington, Jr., Don E. Davis, Joshua N. Hook, and Caitlin Provencher
Helping and well-being : a motivational perspective / David A. Lishner and Eric L. Stocks
Gratitude / Philip C. Watkins and Daniel Schriebe
Social comparison processes / Pieternel Dijkstra, Abraham P. Buunk, Dick P.H. Barelds
Social media use and well-being / Jung-Hyun Kim
The social psychology of employee well-being : a needs-based perspective / Nathan A. Bowling
Intrapersonal and self-related influences
Meaning in life in context / Samantha J. Heintzelman
The impact of a materialistic value orientation on well-being / Helga Dittmar and Megan Hurst
Religiosity, spirituality, and well-being / Joshua A. Wilt, Nick Stauner, and Julie J. Exline
Self-presentation and subjective well-being / James M. Tyler, Katherine E. Adams, and Peter Kearns
Self-awareness, hypo-egoicism, and psychological well-being / Mark R. Leary
Sexual orientation and well-being / Adam W. Fingerhut
Motives, goals, and well-being throughout the lifespan / Jutta Heckhausen and Joseph S. Kay
Strategies for enhancing subjective well-being and life satisfaction
Positive activity interventions to enhance well-being : looking through a social psychological lens / Julia Revord, Lisa C. Walsh, and Sonja Lyubomirsky
Index.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - DigitalAlan David Kaye, Nalini Vadivelu, Richard D. Urman, editors.Summary: This book is written for any clinician who encounters substance abuse in a patient and wonders what to do. Experts from a cross-section of specialties and health professions provide up-to-date, evidence-based guidance on how non-expert clinicians can recognize, understand, and approach the management of substance abuse in their patients. They detail the range of treatments available and whether and how they work. The central importance of using a carefully selected multimodal approach that is tailored to the individual patient is emphasized throughout and illustrated in case scenarios from actual clinical practice.
Contents:
Demographics
Legal Issues
The multidisciplinary approach to substance abuse management
Why a multidisciplinary approach?
The role of the physician
The role of the psychologist
The role of the nurse
The role of the physical therapist and the occupational therapist
The role of the pharmacist
Screening and assessment for substance abuse
Inpatient screening and assessment
Outpatient screening and assessment
Substances of Abuse
Food
Alcohol (genetics, prevention, complications, and treatment)
Tobacco
Induction agents (propofol, nitrous oxide, and inhaled agents)
Prescription drugs
Cocaine
Amphetamines
Herbs
Opioids
Treatment Modalities
Pharmacotherapy in substance abuse and addiction
Methadone
Buprenorphine
Opioid sparing drugs(ketamine, clonidine, gabapentin, and novel analgesics)
Non-pharmacological approaches (relaxation techniques, acupuncture, nerve stimulation, hypnosis, etc.)
Special Clinical Scenarios
Post-operative pain management (including regional anesthesia)
Management of chronic pain
Management of acute pain
Unique Issues in Selected Populations
Children and adolescents
Older adults
Healthcare professionals. - DigitalPedro Ruiz, Professor and Executive Vice-Chair, Director of Clinical Programs, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Miller School of Medicine, University of Miami, Miami, Florida, Eric C. Strain, Professor, Director, Johns Hopkins Center for Substance Abuse Treatment and Research, Medical Director, Behavioral Pharmacology Research Unit, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland.Summary: "Stay up to date with the latest substance abuse treatments and modes of intervention with The Substance Abuse Handbook, 2e. The editors are both nationally recognized clinicians, and provide authoritative, clinically oriented information on the subject of substance use, abuse, and dependence, with an emphasis on diagnosis, treatment, and prevention.You'll find focused, expert information on every aspect of the field, including etiological factors; substances of abuse; compulsive and addictive behaviors; evaluation and diagnostic classification; treatment modalities, management of associated medical conditions; substance abuse in youth and the elderly; women's issue; special groups and settings; models of prevention; training and education; and policy issues. Succinctly presenting the most clinically relevant information from Lowinson and Ruiz's Substance Abuse, 5e, this concise, portable handbook is a must-have reference for anyone involved directly or indirectly in the addiction field.New to This Edition Find the practical information you need fast with this edition's focused coverage of basic science and greater emphasis on clinical concerns. Stay current with the latest information in the field, including changes reflecting the release of DSM-5. Access updated information in key topic areas, including "Special Populations," "Special Settings," and "Models of Prevention."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Etiology
Epidemiology
Evaluation and diagnosis
Alcohol
Opiates
Cocaine and crack
Cannabis
Amphetamines and other stimulants
Sedative-hypnotics
Hallucinogens
PCP, MDMA, and designer drugs
Inhalants
Nicotine
Caffeine
Anabolic-androgenic steroids
Eating disorders
Pathologic gambling
Sexual addiction
Internet addiction
Methadone maintenance treatment
Buprenorphine treatment
Naltrexone and other pharmacotherapies for opioid dependence
Alcohol abstinence pharmacotherapy treatment
Vaccines for substance use disorders
Acupuncture
Nicotine treatment
Psychosocial treatment
The therapeutic community
Individual psychotherapy
Group therapy
Family/couples therapy
Cognitive-behavioral therapy
Contingency management
Motivational interviewing and enhancement
Relapse prevention
Management of associated medical conditions
Medical complications of drug use/dependence
Psychiatric complications of HIV-1 infection and drug abuse
Acute and chronic pain
Psychiatric comorbidity
Medication interactions
Models of prevention
Substance abuse among adolescents and the elderly
Women and addictions
Special populations
Incarcerated populations
Substance use disorders among health-care professionals
The homeless
Training and education
Forensics.Digital Access - DigitalXiaochu Zhang, Jie Shi, Ran Tao, editors.Contents:
Part I. Overview of Substance and Non-substance Addictions
1. Received view of addiction, relapse and treatment
2. Definition of substance and non-substance addiction
Part II. Comparison Between Substance and Non-substance Addictions in Mechanism
3. Similarities and differences in neurobiology
4. Similarities and differences in genetics
5. Similarities and differences in neuroimaging
6. Similarities and differences in psychology
Part III. Comparison Between Substance and Non-substance Addictions in Diagnosis
7. Similarities and differences in diagnostic criterion
8. Similarities and differences in diagnostic scales
9. Biochemical diagnosis in substance and non-substance addiction
10. Development of new diagnostic techniques- machine learning
Part IV. Comparison Between Substance and Non-substance Addictions in Treatment
11. Drug therapy
12. Physical therapy
13. Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) therapy
14. Nutrition support therapy
15. Psychotherapy
16. Cognitive-behavioral therapy
Part V. Summary and Prospect
17. Summary and Prospect
Erratum
Index.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalEvaristo Akerele, editor.Summary: This book reviews the myriad of elements that layer substance abuse disorder, a significant public health issue. It addresses the strong stigma associated with the disease, particularly in regard to the doctor patient relationships. The book begins by explaining the importance of integrating psychiatric and substance use disorder treatment by demonstrating the efficacy of this treatment model. Subsequent to this are chapters dedicated to specific addiction disorders, including cocaine, opioids, gambling, food, and sex addictions. Chapters also examine how addiction can differ among various neurobiological, genetic, socioeconomic, and age demographics. The book closes with histories, policies, and modalities of drug use which serve as a key component to building a foundation for effective and ethical health policy. Written by international experts in addiction psychiatry, Substance and Non-Substance Related Addictions: A Global Approach is a valuable resource for all practitioners seeking to expand their knowledge of addiction medicine.
Contents:
Section 1: Comorbid & Age Related Drug Use
Drug Use and Mental Health: Comorbidity between Substance Use and Psychiatric Disorders
ADHD and Co-Occurring Substance Use Disorders
Substance Use in Older Adults
Child and Adolescent Substance Abuse Disorders
Section 2: Nonsubstance Addictions
Compulsive Sexual Behavior
Food Addiction
Internet Addiction
Gambling Disorder
Section 3: Mechanisms, Race and Gender
Neurobiological process of Addiction
The Genetics of Substance Use
Drug Abuse and Race
Women and Substance Use Disorders
Section 4: Key Drugs of Abuse
Cannabinoids: The case for legal regulation that permits recreational adult use
Cocaine
Opioids
Designer Drugs
Prescription Drugs
Section 5: Special Issues in Substance Use
Drug Policy
Global Drug Use
Drug Abuse and Education
Drug Abuse and Pain. - Digitaleditors, Abigail L. Donovan and Suzanne A. Bird.Summary: This book fills a gap in the existing medical literature by providing a best-practice approach to the evaluation and acute treatment of patients presenting for emergency care with identifiable substance use and/or co-occurring psychiatric disorders. As the first interdisciplinary book to integrate psychiatric and emergency care, the text uniquely covers a myriad of serious medical conditions, acute mental status and dangerous behavioral abnormalities. The book focuses on guidelines that support emergency room physicians with little formal medical training in addiction medicine. The first section focuses on the diagnosis and management of substance-specific intoxication and withdrawal states, as well as common medical co-morbidities and disposition considerations. The book lends particular attention to the identification and stabilization of high risk medical conditions associated with each substance of abuse. The second section is psychiatrically focused, addressing the most common psychiatric symptoms and syndromes, their association with SUDs, an approach to differential diagnosis, and discussion of crucial treatment considerations for both safe ED management and post-ED disposition. A final section includes other pertinent topics, for example, the assessment of patient safety, responding to the medication-seeking patient, assessment and treatment of pregnant patients and working with adolescents and their families around substance use. Substance Use and The Acute Patient is a unique and valuable contribution to the literature for both consulting psychiatrists, emergency medicine specialists, addiction medicine specialists, and all other medical professionals who provide care for these most complex and underserved patients. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Opioid Use Disorders and Related Emergencies
Alcohol and Sedative Use Disorders and Related Emergencies
Stimulant Use Disorders and Related Emergencies
Cannabis Use Disorders and Related Emergencies
Management of Acute Substance Use Disorders: Hallucinogens and Associated Compounds
Substance/Medication-Induced Mood States and Co-Occurring Mood and Substance Use Disorders: Evaluation and Management in Emergency Department and Psychiatric Emergency Service Settings
Substance-Induced Psychosis and Co-Occurring Psychotic Disorders
Substance-Induced Anxiety and Co-Occurring Anxiety Disorders
Patients with Co-Occurring Substance Use and Personality Disorders
Preventing and Managing Risk of Violence and Suicide in Substance Abusing Patients in the Emergency Department
Responding to the Medication-Seeking Patient
Substance Use in Children and Adolescents
Emergency Management of Substance Use in Pregnant Patients.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalKristin Waite-Labott.Summary: This book develops on substance use disorder in healthcare workers, a topic not often discussed. While the phenomena is nothing new, the desire to learn about it is. This book describes why substance use disorder occurs in healthcare workers, explains how to recognize substance use disorder in peers and how to care for them. It discusses the barriers to seeking treatment, provides different monitoring programs and disciplinary actions, and educates on the recovery and how those with long term recovery maintain it. This book also intends to decrease stigmatizing behaviors. While the main focus is nursing, this book can be helpful to any healthcare professional group.
- DigitalMichael A. Nader, Yasmin L. Hurd, editors.Summary: The purpose of this book is to provide a broad scope of substance use disorder research and how these findings can impact treatment outcomes. The research and outcomes described in this book represent important principles related to identifying and understanding factors related to substance use disorders. The first section is dedicated to methodology including population-based surveys, basic neuroanatomy, chemistry, molecular biology, behavioral models and brain imaging. The second section utilizes this methodology in research related to opioids, cocaine, marijuana, alcohol and nicotine. The book is aimed at both professionals (academics, clinicians, practitioners) and students or trainees.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
References
Contents
Methods for Population Research on Substance Use and Consequences
1 Introduction
2 Population Research on Substance Use and Consequences
2.1 Data Collection Methods
2.1.1 Surveys
2.1.2 Ecological Momentary Assessment
2.1.3 Administrative Data
2.1.4 Audit Methods
2.1.5 Unobtrusive Assessment of Substance Use
3 Measures
3.1 Measures of Own Use
3.1.1 Type of Substance
3.1.2 Mode of Consumption
3.1.3 Quantity and Frequency of Use
3.1.4 Setting
3.1.5 Source
3.1.6 Problems Associated with Use 3.2 Harming Others
4 Causal Factors and Correlates of Substance Use and Consequences
4.1 Individual Causal Factors and Correlates
4.1.1 Sociodemographic Factors
4.1.2 Sexual Orientation and Identity
4.1.3 Personality and Attitudinal Factors
4.1.4 Personality and Attitudinal Factors
4.1.5 Mental Health
4.2 Environmental Causal Factors and Correlates
4.2.1 Situational Factors
4.2.2 Family Factors
4.2.3 Peer Networks
4.2.4 Availability of Substances
4.2.5 Price
4.2.6 Marketing
4.2.7 Policy
4.2.8 Enforcement Practices
4.2.9 Community Characteristics 4.3 GWAS Identified a nAChR Subunit Risk Variant Associated with Nicotine Dependence
4.4 Molecular and Pharmacological Approaches Have Defined Roles for Genetic Polymorphisms in Substance Use Disorder Physiology
4.5 Animals: Behavioral Models of Substance Use Disorder
4.6 Use of Animal Models to Explore Genetic Polymorphisms Associated with Substance Use Disorder
4.7 Transcriptomics and Substance Use Disorder
4.8 Cell-Type Specificity: Single-Cell and FACS-Based Approaches
5 Epigenetic Components of SUD
5.1 Histone Modifications
5.2 DNA Methylation 5 Summary and Conclusion
5.1 Accumulation of Knowledge
5.2 Translation of Knowledge
5.3 Limitations
References
Translational Molecular Approaches in Substance Abuse Research
1 Introduction
2 The Neurobiology of Substance Use Disorder
3 Substance Use Disorder Heritability
4 Genetic Components of SUD
4.1 Consideration of SUD Phenotypes in Human Clinical Populations
4.2 Genome-Wide Associations and Functional Validation Studies Reveal Genetic Susceptibility and Neurobiological Mechanisms of... 5.3 Chromatin Structure
6 Conclusions and Future Directions
References
Small Molecule Neuropeptide S and Melanocortin 4 Receptor Ligands as Potential Treatments for Substance Use Disorders
1 SUDs Medications Development
2 Neuropeptide S (NPS)
2.1 Oxazolo[3,4-a]pyrazin-3-ones
2.2 Pyranopyrimidine Derivatives
2.3 Furo[3,4-c]pyridine Derivatives
2.4 Imidazopyridines
2.5 Quinolinone Derivatives
2.6 Tricyclic Imidazole Derivatives
2.7 Indan-1,3-dione and Indan-1-one Derivatives
2.8 Pyrroloimidazole Derivatives
3 Melanocortin 4 (MC4)
3.1 SpiropiperidinesDigital Access Springer 2020 - Digital/PrintTiffany Jana and Michael Baran.Summary: "This practical, accessible, nonjudgmental handbook is the first to help individuals and organizations recognize and prevent microaggressions, so that all employees can feel the sense of belonging in the workplace that they deserve"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access O'Reilly 2020
- DigitalJohn P. Sánchez, editor.Summary: This first-of-its-kind book for underrepresented racial and ethnic minorities (URM), women, and sexual and gender minorities in medicine offers the core knowledge and skills needed to achieve a well-planned, fulfilling career in academic medicine. The knowledge and skills provided by the esteemed co-authors, successful diverse pre-faculty, and junior and senior academicians, are complemented by their inspirational and motivational stories. Increasing diversity in the academic medicine workforce has been identified and embraced as a core value of institutional excellence at nearly all academic institutions and professional associations. Despite this established core value, certain groups such as Black/African-American, Latino/Hispanic, American Indian/Alaska Native-identified individuals, women, and sexual and gender minorities, are still present in lower proportions compared with the general population and lack inclusion. In 12 chapters and with a unique focus on a practical approach to increasing diversity and inclusion in academic medicine, this book demystifies the often-insular world of academic medicine. It comprehensively outlines career opportunities and associated responsibilities, how to transform academic-related work to scholarship, and offers a clear and transparent look into the academic appointment and promotion process. By focusing on the practical steps described in this handy book, students and residents can develop a strong foundation for an academic medicine career and succeed in becoming the next generation of diverse faculty and administrators.
- DigitalHerbert Chen, Lilian S. Kao, editors.Summary: This book reinforces the curriculum of the AAS courses and also provides guidance to individual surgeons who have not had the opportunity to attend these courses. This is a valuable reference title for medical students and surgical residents.Digital Access Springer 2017
- PrintMelina R. Kibbe, Scott A. LeMaire, editors.Summary: Academic surgeons play an essential role in advancing the field and improving the care of patients with surgical disease. As the Association for Academic Surgery (AAS) Fall Courses (www.aasurg.org) and international courses continue to evolve to address the rapidly expanding scope and complexity of academic surgery, there is a greater need for an accompanying textbook to supplement the material presented in the courses. Success in Academic Surgery: Basic Science is a unique and portable handbook that focuses on the basic and translational research. It includes new educational materials that are necessary to address not only the rapid evolution and rise of novel research methodologies in basic science and translational research, but also the changing environment for academic surgeons. Success in Academic Surgery: Basic Science is a valuable text for medical students, surgical residents, junior faculty and others considering a career in surgical research.
Contents:
How to set up, staff and fund your basic science or translational research laboratory
Choosing a good basic science or translational research mentor
Effective time management strategies
How to read the literature, develop a hypothesis, and design an experiment for basic science and translational research
Tips on maintaining an effective lab notebook for bench research
How to conduct cell culture
Modern techniques for protein assessment
Modern techniques for DNA and RNA assessments
Utilizing flow cytometry effectively
Considerations for immunohistochemistry
Stem cells: are they pertinent to my research?
Use of genetically engineered mice for research
Getting you IACUC proposal approved
How to protect your intellectual property: invention disclosures and patents
Statistics for bench research
Ethics in laboratory research. - Digital/PrintGregory Kennedy, Ankush Gosain, Melina Kibbe, Scott A. LeMaire, editors.Summary: "This updated volume provides the foundation for starting a basic science research career as an academic surgeon. Taking a practical approach, the book covers the suggested timeline for the initial academic appointment, including how to setup and fund the laboratory and identifying appropriate scientific mentors and lab personnel. It also describes the application of basic and advanced research techniques, including animal models, flow cytometry, gene editing, tissue engineering, and microbiome analysis. Success in Academic Surgery: Basic Science aims to give guidance on the application of basic and advanced techniques in surgical research. This book is relevant to senior residents and fellows approaching their first academic appointment, as well as more senior investigators interested in expanding their research horizons"--Publisher's description
Contents:
Intro; Preface; References; Contents;
1: How to Set Up, Staff, and Fund Your Basic Science or Translational Research Laboratory; Introduction; Protected Time; Schedule and Time Management; Research Space; Equipment and Supplies: Things You Will Need to Purchase; Laboratory Personnel and Technical Assistance; Mentorship; Collaborators; Grant Funding; Putting It All Together in "The Package"; Responding to Failure; Summary; Reference;
2: Choosing a Good Scientific Mentor and Being a Good Mentee; Introduction; Defining Mentorship; Mentorship by Career Stage; Choosing a Good Scientific Mentor - Digital/PrintCarla M. Pugh, Rebecca S. Sippel, editors.Summary: This updated volume provides a guide on how to maximize the career and research opportunities available within surgical education. The book includes new chapters on opportunities to develop training in new surgical techniques, utilizing surgical coaching and video review for practice improvement, and getting promoted as a surgical educator. How to develop a research program in surgical education as well as offering guidance on applying for research grants, leadership positions, and other career enhancing opportunities are also covered. This book is relevant to medical students, surgical residents, young faculty, and others considering a career within surgical education.
Contents:
1. An Overview of Opportunities in Educational Leadership
2. Opportunities in Medical Student Education
3. Opportunities in Resident Education
4. Opportunities in Simulation Centers
5. Opportunities to Develop Training in New and Novel Techniques
6. Utilizing Surgical Coaching and Video Review for Practice Improvement and Training
7. Getting Involved at a National Level
8. Getting Promoted as a Surgical Educator
9. Leadership Courses
10. The Business and Finance of Surgical Education
11. Mentors and Mentoring
12. Training Opportunities in Medical and Surgical Education
13. Exploring Advanced Degrees
14. Overview of Education Research
15. Research Methods
16. Research Funding
17. Getting your work published. - DigitalMelina R. Kibbe, Scott A. LeMaire, editors.Summary: Academic surgeons play an essential role in advancing the field and improving the care of patients with surgical disease. As the Association for Academic Surgery (AAS) Fall Courses (www.aasurg.org) and international courses continue to evolve to address the rapidly expanding scope and complexity of academic surgery, there is a greater need for an accompanying textbook to supplement the material presented in the courses. Success in Academic Surgery: Basic Science is a unique and portable handbook that focuses on the basic and translational research. It includes new educational materials that are necessary to address not only the rapid evolution and rise of novel research methodologies in basic science and translational research, but also the changing environment for academic surgeons. Success in Academic Surgery: Basic Science is a valuable text for medical students, surgical residents, junior faculty and others considering a career in surgical research.
Contents:
How to set up, staff and fund your basic science or translational research laboratory
Choosing a good basic science or translational research mentor
Effective time management strategies
How to read the literature, develop a hypothesis, and design an experiment for basic science and translational research
Tips on maintaining an effective lab notebook for bench research
How to conduct cell culture
Modern techniques for protein assessment
Modern techniques for DNA and RNA assessments
Utilizing flow cytometry effectively
Considerations for immunohistochemistry
Stem cells: are they pertinent to my research?
Use of genetically engineered mice for research
Getting you IACUC proposal approved
How to protect your intellectual property: invention disclosures and patents
Statistics for bench research
Ethics in laboratory research. - DigitalGregory Kennedy, Ankush Gosain, Melina Kibbe, Scott A. LeMaire, editors.Summary: Combining breadth of coverage with a portable format, this reference has been expertly prepared by Association for Academic Surgery members and guides readers through techniques in reviewing academic literature, laboratory work, statistics and ethical issues.
- Digitaledited by Timothy M. Pawlik, Julie A. Sosa.Contents:
Building Your Clinical Trial Research Team
Clinical Trials: Ensuring Quality and Standardization
Statistics: Setting the Stage
Clinical Trials: Handling the Data
Data Safety Monitoring Boards
Planning for Data Monitoring and Audits
The Budget
Regulatory Considerations in Human Subjects Research
Publishing a Clinical Trial
Device Versus Drug Clinical Trials: Similarities and Important Differences
Defining the Study Cohort: Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
The History of Clinical Trials
Ethics of Clinical Trials
Trial Design: Overview of Study Designs (Phase I, II, III, IV, Factorial Design).Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalJustin B. Dimick, Caprice C. Greenberg, editors.Summary: Success in Academic Surgery: Health Services Research is a unique handbook which will help researchers and surgeons in obtaining National Institutes of Health funding and other grants, as well as breaking through the barriers to developing a career in academic surgery. Aimed at surgical residents and young surgical faculty, Success in Academic Surgery: Health Services Research is written by expert authors from around the world who are members of the Association for Academic Surgery, and it offers a practical and personal insight on working in academic surgery.
Contents:
An Introduction to Health Services Research
Comparative Effectiveness Research
Understanding Variations in the Use of Surgery
Health Policy Research in Surgery
Studying Surgical Disparities: It's Not All Black and White
Measuring Health Care Quality in Surgery: Strategies, Limitations, and Currently Available Initiatives
Using Data for Local Quality Improvement
Implementation Science and Quality Improvement
Understanding and Changing Organizational Culture in Surgery
Assessing Patient-Centered Outcomes
Studying What Happens in the OR
Collaborative Quality Improvement
Large Databases Used for Outcomes Research
Methods for Enhancing Causal Inference in Observational Studies
Systematic Review and Meta-analysis: A Clinical Exercise
Medical Decision-Making Research in Surgery
Survey Research
Qualitative Research Methods
Engaging Students in Surgical Outcomes Research
Finding a Mentor in Outcomes Research
What Every Outcomes Research Fellow Should Learn
Funding Opportunities for Outcomes Research
Choosing Your First Job as a Surgeon and Health Services Researcher
Building a Health Services Research Program. - Digital/PrintMark S. Cohen, Lillian Kao, editors.Summary: This book provides a guide to innovation and entrepreneurship within academic surgery and details how these approaches can develop new technologies and programs that advance healthcare. The pathways, barriers, and opportunities for commercialization and entrepreneurship are identified and discussed in relation to licenses, start-ups, and obtaining funding. The book aims to help create a culture of innovation and entrepreneurship across academic medical centres around the world, with the belief that this can improve patient care. This book is relevant to surgeons of all disciplines, as well as medical students and researchers.
Contents:
Developing a surgical innovation: creating a meaningful value proposition and a compelling pitch for impact
Understanding the impact of your innovation: customer discovery
Intellectual property, patents, and conflicts of interest
Navigating the regulatory process
Getting funding for a surgical innovation: opportunities and challenges
Industry-academic partnerships in innovation and entrepreneurship: where is the pendulum swinging?
The biodesign model : training surgeon innovators and entrepreneurs
The shared investment model: partnering a venture capital fund with a department of surgery/health system
Creating an innovation center for surgical devices at an academic medical center
Leveraging multiple schools into a multidisciplinary I & E program at an academic medical center
Improving industry-academic engagement through development of a surgery department contract research organization
Funding engineering/surgical partnerships to accelerate commercialization of institutional surgical innovations: the Coulter model
Creating a multidisciplinary surgical innovations group at an academic medical center to stimulate surgery faculty technology development
Engaging SBIR funding for development of surgical innovations coming out of academia
The partners fund model for accelerating surgical innovations
Training the next generation of surgical innovators and entrepreneurs through a novel innovation pathway and curriculum. - DigitalMark S. Cohen, Lillian Kao, editors.Summary: This book provides a guide to innovation and entrepreneurship within academic surgery and details how these approaches can develop new technologies and programs that advance healthcare. The pathways, barriers, and opportunities for commercialization and entrepreneurship are identified and discussed in relation to licenses, start-ups, and obtaining funding. The book aims to help create a culture of innovation and entrepreneurship across academic medical centres around the world, with the belief that this can improve patient care. This book is relevant to surgeons of all disciplines, as well as medical students and researchers.
Contents:
Developing a surgical innovation: creating a meaningful value proposition and a compelling pitch for impact
Understanding the impact of your innovation: customer discovery
Intellectual property, patents, and conflicts of interest
Navigating the regulatory process
Getting funding for a surgical innovation: opportunities and challenges
Industry-academic partnerships in innovation and entrepreneurship: where is the pendulum swinging?
The biodesign model : training surgeon innovators and entrepreneurs
The shared investment model: partnering a venture capital fund with a department of surgery/health system
Creating an innovation center for surgical devices at an academic medical center
Leveraging multiple schools into a multidisciplinary I & E program at an academic medical center
Improving industry-academic engagement through development of a surgery department contract research organization
Funding engineering/surgical partnerships to accelerate commercialization of institutional surgical innovations: the Coulter model
Creating a multidisciplinary surgical innovations group at an academic medical center to stimulate surgery faculty technology development
Engaging SBIR funding for development of surgical innovations coming out of academia
The partners fund model for accelerating surgical innovations
Training the next generation of surgical innovators and entrepreneurs through a novel innovation pathway and curriculum. - Digitalvolume editors,Solange Peters, Rolf A. Stahel.Contents:
Targeting oncogenic drivers / Zhao, Y.; Adjei, A.A. (Buffalo, N.Y.)
Successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in breast cancer / Curigliano, G.; Criscitiello, C. (Milan)
Successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in colon cancer / Khne, C.-H. (Oldenburg)
Successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in gastrointestinal stromal tumors / Casali, P.G. (Milano)
Successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in lung cancer / Suda, K. (Osaka-Sayama/Fukuoka); Mitsudomi, T. (Osaka-Sayama)
Successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in melanoma / Romano, R.; Michielin, O. (Lausanne)
/ successes and limitations of targeted cancer therapy in ovarian cancer / Damia, G. (Milan); Sessa, C. (Bellinzona)
Successes and limitations of targeted therapies in renal cell carcinoma / Pracht, M.; Berthold, D. (Lausanne).Digital Access Karger 2014 - DigitalMaria Kidner.Summary: This book starts by discussing the APN role and the roles of the APN nurses in specific countries and around the globe. It then analyzes the concept of role transition to provide a basis for exploring and developing professional identity, and describes the APN roles of educator, communicator, advocate, mentor, team member and leader to facilitate role transition and professional identity formation. The transition from registered nurse to advanced practice nurse is typically a dramatic life event. Providing insights into role transition, role ethics, and developing a professional identity, the book encourages readers to explore issues that help ensure that the transition is successful. This unique book allows readers to gain the skills to help them negotiate role transition through the development of their professional identity. It describes precise steps for developing personal values, visions, and mission and goal statements; communication skills to enhance authority, accountability, and responsibility of all parties; team-working skills to improve outcomes; and processes for self-understanding. This book is intended for students in APN programs, new graduates, nurses changing roles where there is role transition confusion, and APNs seeking to understand their professional identity and /or gain insights into the multiple roles of the APN.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgments
About This Book
Message to Readers
References
Contents
1: APN Role Transition Introduction
1.1 Definitions
1.2 What Is Role Transition?
1.3 What Is Professional Identity?
1.4 What Is the APN Role All About?
1.4.1 Nursing and APN Role Definitions
International Council of Nursing (ICN) (2020)
World Health Organization
Florence Nightingale
China (2004)
Royal College of Nursing, England (2002)
United States of America (2010)
1.4.2 APN's Providing Healthcare
1.4.3 Why Should I Become an APN? 1.5 How Will Gaining a Professional Identity Impact My Role Transition?
1.6 How Does This Book Work?
1.7 Expected Outcomes from This APN Role Transition Book
1.8 Summary
Appendix: References Concerning APN Quality of Care
References
2: Gaining Insight into Who You Will Become
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Definitions
2.3 A Day in Clinical Practice
2.4 The APN Role
2.4.1 Assumptions About APN
2.4.2 Characteristics of APN
2.4.3 Scope of Practice of the APN
2.4.4 Developing an APN Scope of Practice
2.4.5 APN as Nurse Anesthetist (NA) 2.5 What Should Be the APN Professional Protected Title?
2.5.1 Title Confusion and Consensus
2.6 APN Core Functions
2.7 Influences on the Development of the APN Role
2.8 Stakeholders
2.9 APNs Impacting Health Worldwide
2.10 Local Culture and Impact
2.11 Summary
Appendix: Stakeholders
References
3: Factors Influencing Perceptions
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Definitions
3.3 Curiosity and Courage to Change
3.4 Looking at History
3.4.1 The Courage and Vision of Role Developers
3.4.2 Self as a Factor of Perception: Finding Strength Within 3.4.3 Your Experiences and Personal factors
3.4.4 Personal-Insight Learning Activity
3.5 Role as a Factor of Perception
3.6 Concept Analysis of Professional Identity
3.6.1 What Is a Concept Analysis?
3.6.2 Professional Identity Concept Analysis Attributes
3.6.3 Concept Antecedents
3.6.4 Concept Consequences
Conclusion of Professional Identity Concept Analysis
3.7 Anticipate and Plan Role Impact on Personal Decisions
3.7.1 Self-Reflection
3.8 Understand Context as Barrier or as Potential to Improve Relationships
3.9 Self as Clinical Leader Perspective 3.10 Summary
References
4: APN Role Transition: Starting the Process
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Definitions
4.3 Role Transition
4.3.1 Role Transition Concept Analysis
4.3.2 Defining Attributes of the Barnes (2015) Role Transition Concept Analysis
4.3.3 Questions on APN Role Transition Attributes to Guide Your Personal Journey
4.3.4 Antecedents of the APN Role Transition Concept Analysis
4.3.5 Role Transition Personal Antecedents
4.3.6 Questions to Review Personal Antecedents
4.3.7 Role Transition Environmental Antecedents - DigitalDebra Jackson, Patricia M. Davidson, Kim Usher.Summary: This textbook is a practical, user-friendly and essential guide for doctoral students, their supervisors and advisors and administrators of doctoral programs in nursing and health sciences. Nurses and health scientists have a relatively young tradition of doctoral training, and this means students often come to doctoral studies without a clear understanding of what is required to be successful at this level of education. Supporting students to successful completion of doctoral studies involves a complex fusion of skills, and yet researchers and academics receive little specialist training in this crucial area of teaching and learning. Strong pedagogies around doctoral supervision and writing are essential because in addition to the scientific, research and educative skills required, it is important to be able to establish and maintain enabling professional relationships within which both parties can thrive, and that can withstand the years of critique needed for doctoral work. The authors offer supervisors, advisors, students and administrators practical advice on helping students thrive, and steering them through various challenges that can arise during doctoral candidature. With a focus on nursing and health sciences, the authors take a global approach, recognising the international focus of doctoral training in nursing and health sciences. The authors of this book are experienced supervisors and advisors to doctoral students and together, have well over 100 successful doctoral completions and more than 1000 publications. They draw on a series of interviews and case studies to share their knowledge and experience and provide insights and guidance to inspire and support student progression and ensure students get the most out of their doctoral studies.
Contents:
Chapter 1. What is doctoral training?
Chapter 2. Approaches to supervision
Chapter 3. Forming and developing the supervision team
Chapter 4. Establishing and maintaining student/supervisory relationships
Chapter 5. Managing critique and feedback
Chapter 6. When students get stuck
Chapter 7. Cultural considerations in doctoral training
Chapter 8. Developing doctoral writing
Chapter 9. Preparing for examination. - Digitaledited by János Fischer and Wayne E. Childers.Digital Access
- DigitalLaura N. Gitlin, Ann Kolanowski, Kevin J. Lyons.Summary: "This edition presents the fundamental principles for effectively securing funds. The book describes an approach to thinking about and engaging in grant writing and the necessary vocabulary and knowledge to effectively read a funding opportunity, determine its appropriateness to pursue vis-à-vis your ideas and level of professional development, and the processes for applying for funding. This edition also includes expanded coverage of key areas such as how to write an effective aims page, considerations for specific types of study designs, how to write a compelling literature review"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Why Write a Grant?
Becoming Familiar with Funding Sources
Developing Your Ideas for Funding
Infrastructure to Support Grantsmanship
Everyone Needs a Mentor
Strategies for Effective Writing
Overview of Common Sections of Proposals
Heart of the Matter : The AIMS
Background and Significance
The Approach
Concept Papers, Pilot Studies, and Supporting Documentation
Common Pitfalls in Proposals
Budget Basics
Putting It All Together to Create a Budget
Technical Considerations in Budget Development
Four Project Structures
Understanding the Process of Collaboration
Collaborating for Team Science
Learning about your Institution
Electronic Considerations
Understanding the Review Process
Responding to the Proposal Review
Welcome to the World of Post-Award
Building a Program of Research
A Case Study : Putting it All Together.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 2 simultaneous users - DigitalPhilip K. Louie, Michael H. McCarthy, Todd J. Albert, editors.Summary: The goal of this concise guide is to provide a resource of "non-medical" skills and practices that have been shown to help healthcare trainees reach their peak performance. There are many aspects of the healthcare education and training process that are necessary for excelling, preparing for the next stage, and thriving at the level of the trainees end goal. However, certain additional skills and principles are essential in reaching peak performance during training, career, and life. Often overlooked in formal training, these skills and principles can be found in a range of areas, including leadership, goal-setting, mentorship, relationships, skills-training, stoicism, and financial planning, to name just several. All are critical in medical-career development, but learning these skills and principles often requires searching through numerous resources to aquire the needed information. Having completed the rigorous training involved in these professions, the accomplished chapter authors of this easy-to-read title offer insightful key points and tangible action items in each section, geared specifically to the trainee and their training education. In addition, authors from various non-medical sectors and professional backgrounds have contributed their expertise to this compendium, giving the book important interdisciplinary coverage. An invaluable and timely contribution to the health career development literature, The Successful Health Care Professionals Guide will be of great interest to medical students, residents, fellows and all allied health professionals looking to develop the most successful and fulfilling career possible.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Mentorship
3. Perseverance/grit/stoicism
4. Skills-training: how other professions train (athletes/performing arts -musicians/dancers)
5. Goal setting
6. Career planning
7. Work/life balance/well-being/avoiding burnout
8. Relationships: family, romantic, friends
9. Overcoming failures/disappointments/disasters
10. Financial planning
11. Insurance: life, disability (long-term and short-term)
12. The value of teaching
13. Lessons from Stoicism
14. Leadership lessons from History (Washington , Churchill, Grant, Lombardi)
15. Generalization vs specialization (outside of your specific medical specialty)
16. What next? Next Step. - DigitalChris Chanyasulkit.Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Endorsement; About the Author; About the Contributors;
Chapter 1: Health Disparities: What Are "Health Disparities"? Why Do We Care? Should We Care?; Introduction; Public Health and Politics; Becoming the Chief Health Strategist; Advocacy; Coalition Building; Conclusion; References;
Chapter 2: "The More You Know, the Further You'll Go" or What Do Legislators Know About Health Disparities and What Does This Mean for Public Health Advocates?; Notes in the Field; References;
Chapter 3: How to Get Your Legislator's Attention; Introduction Building Relationships and Political CapitalBuilding Relationships; Building Political Capital; The Anatomy of the Ask; Decide What the Specific Ask Is; Do Your Homework; Effective Messaging; The One-Pager or "Leave-Behind" Document; Get on Their Schedule; Perfect Your Elevator Speech; Follow-Up, Follow-Up, Follow-Up; Conclusion; References;
Chapter 4: If at First You Don't Succeed ... ; The Planned Parenthood Advocacy Fund of Massachusetts' Legislative Priorities in the 2017-2018 Legislative Agenda; Our 2017-2018 Legislative Successes Included:; Best Practices for Legislative Advocacy ConclusionReferences; Appendix A: Interview Questions for Legislators; IndexDigital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaleditor, Lawrence D. Dorr.Contents:
Successful techniques for total hip replacement / Lawrence D. Dorr
The first 51 years of total hip arthroplasty : now, a surprising new era / William H. Harris
Principles of total hip replacement / Lawrence D. Dorr & Yohei Yukizawa
Approaches for total hip arthroplasty / Michael P. Ast & Amar S. Ranawat
Orthopedic biomaterials / Eddie Ebramzadeh, Roberto Chiesa, Sophia N. Sangiorgio & Donald B. Longjohn
Posterior mini-incision / Lawrence D. Dorr
Technique of direct anterior approach / Jose A Rodriguez, John Stirton & Jonathan Robinson
Pain management and rapid recovery / Michael B. Cross & Richard A. Berger
Dislocation / Lawrence D. Dorr
Venous thromboembolic prophylaxis after total joint arthroplasty / Vamsi Aribindi & Jay R. Lieberman
Prevention and treatment of infection / Thorsten Gehrke & Daniel O. Kendoff
Computers and the hip arthroplasty operating room / Justin Cobb, Simon Harris & Susannah Clarke
Primer for computerized instruments for total hip replacement / Yohei Yukizawa & Lawrence D. Dorr
Functional acetabular cup positioning using anatomic landmarks with posterior approach / Chitranjan S. Ranawat, Morteza Meftah, Akhilesh Yadav & Amar S. Ranawat. - DigitalDeborah L. Dillon.Summary: "The transition from nursing school graduate to professional nursing practitioner can be stressful and confusing. Unlike educational programs, life doesn't provide a set syllabus. After graduation, what steps do you need to take? How do you get certified? Where should you apply for work? Successful Transition to Practice is a much-needed guide to help you navigate the path from new graduate to the certification and on-boarding process and successful employment. Successful Transition to Practice walks you through the most confusing aspects of transitioning, from studies to full-time work, including applying for licensure, what to expect in an interview, insurance needs, hospital credentialing and more. Filled with expert advice, illuminating examples, and essential information, this important resource provides a framework to help you complete the transition to nurse practitioner with confidence. The book includes valuable information on: Planning for graduation; Getting board certified; Applying for state Licensure; How to ace a job interview; Employment contracts; Negotiating salaries; Malpractice insurance; Hospital credentialing and privileging; Billing and coding; Full practice authority, and more"--Page 4 of cover
Contents:
Chapter 1. Preparingfor graduation
Chapter 2. National Certification Examination
Chapter 3. Applying for Licensure
Chapter 4. Organizinga Portfolio
Chapter 5. The Interview
Chapter 6. Employment Contracts
Chapter 7. Negotiating a Salary
Chapter 8. Malpractice Insurance
Chapter 9 Insurance Credentialing
Chapter 10. Hospital Credentialing
Chapter 11. Reimbursement.Digital Access AccessAPN 2021 - Digitaleditors, Leonard G. Feld, John D. Mahan ; associate editor, Charles F. Willson.Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015
- Digital/PrintKiley Reid.Summary: "A striking and surprising debut novel from an exhilarating new voice, Such a Fun Age is a page-turning and big-hearted story about race and privilege, set around a young black babysitter, her well-intentioned employer, and a surprising connection that threatens to undo them both. Alix Chamberlain is a woman who gets what she wants and has made a living, with her confidence-driven brand, showing other women how to do the same. So she is shocked when her babysitter, Emira Tucker, is confronted while watching the Chamberlains' toddler one night, walking the aisles of their local high-end supermarket. The store's security guard, seeing a young black woman out late with a white child, accuses Emira of kidnapping two-year-old Briar. A small crowd gathers, a bystander films everything, and Emira is furious and humiliated. Alix resolves to make things right. But Emira herself is aimless, broke, and wary of Alix's desire to help. At twenty-five, she is about to lose her health insurance and has no idea what to do with her life. When the video of Emira unearths someone from Alix's past, both women find themselves on a crash course that will upend everything they think they know about themselves, and each other. With empathy and piercing social commentary, Such a Fun Age explores the stickiness of transactional relationships, what it means to make someone 'family, ' and the complicated reality of being a grown up. It is a searing debut for our times."--Provided by publisher.Digital Access EBSCO 2019Limited to 2 simultaneous users
- DigitalGaetano Thiene, Domenico Corrado, Cristina Basso.Summary: This text atlas focuses on the pathology and molecular genetics of sudden cardiac death in the young and in athletes, presenting the state of the art in the field as the basis for development and implementation of more effective prevention strategies, including, ultimately, molecular therapy that will cure the underlying biological defect. A wealth of high-resolution color images, accompanied by clear supporting text, are presented to document the anatomic pathology of the cardiac diseases most frequently responsible for sudden cardiac death in this population, including coronary artery diseases, cardiomyopathies, myocarditis, valve diseases, conduction system abnormalities, congenital heart diseases, and ion channel diseases. The role of the molecular autopsy in overcoming the limitations of morphological investigations and offering new insights and avenues for prevention is explained. The approach is, however, interdisciplinary, with close attention also to epidemiologic and clinical aspects. The authors draw throughout on their experience gained over 30 years in the course of a prospective study carried out in the Veneto Region, North East Italy. This text atlas will be of great value not only for cardiologists but also for geneticists, sports physicians, and residents in cardiology and pathology.
Contents:
1 Definition, epidemiology and pathophysiologic mechanisms
2 Coronary Artery Diseases
3 Cardiomyopathies
4 Myocarditis
5 Valve diseases
6 Conduction system abnormalities
7 Congenital heart diseases
8 Ion channel diseases
9 How to study sudden death at autopsy: protocol of investigation
10 Molecular pathology and genetic screening
11 The Veneto Region experience
12 Prevention. - DigitalHaiyan Zhu, editor.Summary: This book provides up-to-date guidance on the diagnosis and treatment of sudden death, including sudden cardiac and non-cardiac death. Sudden death (SD) has become a major challenge confronting not only cardiologists, but also specialists in respiratory medicine, endocrine medicine, infectious diseases, etc. Chronic diseases are also among the causes of SD. This book summarizes the occurrence of SD, especially in specific groups (such as women, young and middle-aged groups), its causes, predisposing factors, lifestyle, morbidity, point of care testing, and advanced treatment methods including extra-corporeal membrane oxygenation, cardiopulmonary resuscitation and hypothermia treatment. In order to improve the early diagnosis, prevention and treatment of SD in clinical practice, the book also provides extensive data on its pathophysiological mechanism, epidemiology and etiology, together with detailed analyses.
Contents:
1 Introduction of Sudden Death
Part I Sudden cardiac death
Pathophysiological mechanism
2 Etiology of Sudden Death
3 Etiology Mechanism of Sudden Death Derived from Brain
4 Progress in Pathophysiological mechanism of global cerebral ischemia-reperfusion injury
5 Neuro-prognostication after cardiopulmonary resuscitation
6 Progress in cardiorespiratory ischemia-reperfusion injury
7 Progress in Reperfusion Injury of Other Important Organs in Cardiovascular Events
Part 2 Diagnosis of sudden cardiac death
8 Improvement in diagnosis of sudden cardiac death
9 Chronic fatigue stress and sudden death
10 The Children and infant Sudden Death
Part 3 Treatment and progress of sudden cardiac death
11 Prevention of Sudden Cardiac Death
12 Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
13 Defibrillation in sudden cardiac death
14 Airway management of sudden cardiac death
15 Respiratory support strategy for sudden cardiac death
16 The Use of Extracorporeal Lift Support (ECLS) in Sudden Cardiac Death
17 Hypothermia therapy in sudden death
18 Progress in clinical application of subcutaneous implantable cardioverter defibrillator in patients with sudden cardiac death
Part 4 Sudden non-cardiac death
19 Progress in diagnosis and treatment of sudden death of respiratory diseases
20 Sudden Unexpected Death in Endocrine Diseases
21 Infectious Diseases
22 Sudden Non-cardiac Deaths Caused by Poisoning
23 Digestive system disease and sudden death
Part 5 Chinese medicine to prevent sudden death
24 Prevention and Control of Sudden Death in Traditional Chinese Medicine. - DigitalToshiko Sawaguchi, editor.Summary: Sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) is characterised by the sudden death of an infant that is not predicted by prior medical history and it is still responsible for a large percentage of infant mortalities. The exact causes have long remained unknown, though some risk factors such as including exposure to tobacco smoke, no breast feeding, and prone sleeping position, have been identified. However an analysis linking neurophysiological and neuropathological aspects in a prospective study of SIDS suggests that one of the causes of SIDS is arousal deficiency. This unique book provides the latest, comprehensive information on SIDS research from epidemiology to physiology.
Contents:
Sudden infant death syndrome and the pedunculpontine tegmental nucleus
Developmental alteration of hypocretins (orexins) in the brainstem in the sudden infant death syndrome
Sudden infant death syndrome from epidemiology to pathophysiology: Exploring the connections
Sleep deprivation in infants, children and adolescents
Sleep disturbance in children resulting from noises exposure
Sudden infant death syndrome from the perspective of arousal deficiency
Cerebral blood oxygenation changes over the occipital and frontal cortexes during sucking in infants: an optical topographic study
Mismatch negativity in healthy neonates and premature babies. - Digitaleditors, David J. Sugarbaker, Raphael Bueno, Bryan M. Burt, Shawn S. Groth, Gabriel Loor, Andrea S. Wolf with Marcia Williams, Ann Adams.Summary: "This book is intended for residents preparing for a case, surgeons seeking management tips, and surgeon specialists preparing for board recertification and remains steadfast in its mission to provide a comprehensive yet practical guide to the modern practice of general thoracic surgery"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessSurgery 2020
- DigitalMuhammad Tahir KhanImtiaz, Ahmed Khan, editors.Summary: Sugarcane exhibits all the major characteristics of a promising bioenergy crop including high biomass yield, C4 photosynthetic system, perennial nature, and ratooning ability. Being the largest agricultural commodity of the world with respect to total production, sugarcane biomass is abundantly available. Brazil has already become a sugarcane biofuels centered economy while Thailand, Colombia, and South Africa are also significantly exploiting this energy source. Other major cane producers include India, China, Pakistan, Mexico, Australia, Indonesia, and the United States. It has been projected that sugarcane biofuels will be playing extremely important role in worlds energy matrix in recent future. This book analyzes the significance, applications, achievements, and future avenues of biofuels and bioenergy production from sugarcane, in top cane growing countries around the globe. Moreover, we also evaluate the barriers and areas of improvement for targeting efficient, sustainable, and cost-effective biofuels from sugarcane to meet the worlds energy needs and combat the climate change.
Contents:
1. Sugarcane as a Bioenergy Source
2. Biofuels Production from Sugarcane
Various Routes of Harvesting Energy from the Crop
3. Energy Cane: A Sound Alternative of a Bioenergy Crop for Tropics and Subtropics
4. Genetically Modified Sugarcane for Biofuels Production: Status and Perspectives of Conventional Transgenic Approaches, RNA Interference and Genome Editing for Improving Sugarcane for Biofuels
5. Biofuels Production from Sugarcane in Brazil
6. Sugarcane Production and Its Utilization as a Biofuel in India: Status, Perspectives, and Current Policy
7. Sugarcane biofuels production in China
8. Biofuels Production from Sugarcane in Thailand
9. Sugarcane Biofuels and Bioenergy Production in Pakistan: Current Scenario, Potential, and Future Avenues
10. Ethanol Production from the Mexican Sugar Industry: Perspectives and Challenges
11. Sugarcane Biofuels Production in Colombia
12. Environmental, Economic and Social Impacts of Biofuels Production from Sugarcane in Australia
13. Sugarcane Biofuels Production in Indonesia
14. Sugarcane Biofuel Production in the USA
15. Sugarcane Biofuels Production in South Africa, Guatemala, Philippines, Argentina, Vietnam, Cuba, and Sri Lanka
16. Source-Sink Relationship of Sugarcane Energy Production at the Sugar Mills
17. Challenges, Constraints, and Limitations of Cane Biofuels
18. Sustainability and Environmental Impacts of Sugarcane Biofuels
19. Future Perspectives of Sugarcane Biofuels
Index.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalRichard T. McKeon, former Clinical Division Director, American Association of Suicidology.Summary: "A new edition with the latest approaches to assessment and treatment of suicidal behavior With more than 800,000 deaths worldwide each year, suicide is one of the leading causes of death. The second edition of this volume incorporates the latest research, showing which empirically supported approaches to assessment, management, and treatment really help those at risk. Updates include comprehensively updated epidemiological data, the role opioid use problems, personality disorders, and trauma play in suicide, new models explaining the development of suicidal ideation, and the zero suicide model. This book aims to increase clinicians' access to empirically supported interventions for suicidal behavior, with the hope that these methods will become the standard in clinical practice. The book is invaluable as a compact how-to reference for clinicians in their daily work and as an educational resource for students and for practice-oriented continuing education. Its reader-friendly structure makes liberal use of tables, boxed clinical examples, and clinical vignettes. The book, which also addresses common obstacles in treating individuals at risk for suicide, is an essential resource for anyone working with this high-risk population."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1 Description
2 Theories and Models of Suicidal Behavior
3 Risk Assessment and Treatment Planning
4 Treatment
5 Case Vignette
6 Case Example
7 Further Reading
8 References
9 Appendix: Tools and Resources - DigitalIgor Galynker.Contents:
Psychological models of suicide
The narrative-crisis model of suicide
Trait vulnerability assessment
Stressful life events
Suicidal narrative
Suicidal crisis
Emotional response
Conducting short-term risk assessment interviews
Interventions
Conclusion : being vigilant.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digitaledited by Danuta Wasserman ; foreword by Norman L. Farberow and Shekhar Saxena.Summary: 'Suicide' examines the pharmacological, psychotherapeutic, and psychosocial measures adopted by psychiatrists, GPs, and other health-care staff, and emphasizes the need for a clearer psychodynamic understanding of the self if patients are to be successfully recognized, diagnosed and treated.
Contents:
Section I Epidemiology
Suicide in the world, Alexandra Fleischmann
Section II Theoretical models of suicide behaviour
Stress-vulnerability model of suicidal behaviours / Danuta Wasserman and Marcus Sokolowski
The suicidal process / Danuta Wasserman
Neurobiology of suicide and attempted suicide / J. John Mann and Victoria Arango
Social dimensions of suicide / Ilkka Henrik Makinen
Section III Risk groups for suicide
IIIA Psychiatric disorders
Depression, bipolar disorders and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
Alcohol, other psychoactive substance use disorders and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
Anxiety and suicide / Jan Fawcett
Eating disorders and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
Adjustment disorders and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
Suicide risk in schizophrenia / Alec Roy and Maurizio Pompili
IIIB Personality disorders
Personality disorders and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
IIIC Somatic disorders
Physical illnesses and suicide / Jouko Lonnqvist
Section IV Risk situations for suicide
Negative life events and suicide / Danuta Wasserman
Suicidal people's experiences of trauma and negative life events / Danuta Wasserman
Attempted suicide as a risk factor for suicide / Lars Mehlum
Immigrant populations and suicide / Ahmed Hankir and Dinesh Bhugra
Suicide in the Criminal Justice System / Marco Sarchiapone
Suicide in the Armed Forces / Vsevolod A. Rozanov
Section V Age-related suicide
Adolescent suicide and attempted suicide / Alan Apter and Yari Gvion
Older adults and suicide / Siobhan T. O'Dwyer and Diego De Leo
Section VI Suicide Risk Assessment
Suicide risk assessment / Danuta Wasserman
The suicidal patient-doctor relationship / Danuta Wasserman
Heuristics and biases in suicide risk assessment / Gergo Hadlackzy
Psychometric scales in suicide risk assessment / Per Bech, Lis R. Olsen, and Goran Hogberg
Strategies in suicide prevention / Danuta Wasserman
Section VII Suicide prevention
VIIA Health care perspective
Pharmacological treatment of underlying psychiatric disorders in suicidal patients / Hans-Jurgen Moller
Psychological Treatments for Suicidal Individuals / Megan Chesin, Andriy Yuryev, and Barbara Stanley
Education of general practitioners in depression and suicide prevention / Wolfgang Rutz and Zoltan Rihmer
Collaboration between psychiatrists and other physicians / Jean-Pierre Soubrier
The work environment for healthcare staff / Danuta Wasserman
A psycho-educational perspective on family involvement in suicide prevention and postvention / Karl Andriessen and Karolina Krysinska
VIIB Public Health Perspective
Perestroika in the former USSR: history's most effective suicide-preventive programme for men / Danuta Wasserman and Airi Varnik
Controlling the environment to prevent suicide / Annette L. Beautrais
Suicide prevention through the Internet / Vladimir Carli
Suicide prevention in schools / Danuta Wasserman and Veronique Narboni.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - DigitalElla Arensman, Diego De Leo, & Jane Pirkis (eds.).Summary: "A global look at the current challenges and strategies in suicide prevention. Suicide is one of the most personal yet one of the most complex acts people can engage in. It continues to be a major global public health problem with an estimated 800,000 deaths annually. Suicide prevention is an important target in the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) for 2030, which aim to reduce premature mortality from noncommunicable diseases by one-third. Suicide is a global problem, but what differences are there is in the challenges faced and the solutions found regionally? Written by leading experts, the nine chapters of this volume provide a clear outline of the major milestones and achievements so far in six different geographical regions using the data collated by the International Association for Suicide Prevention (IASP) and the WHO Department of Mental Health and Substance Abuse, as well as information on recent progress in the development and implementation of national suicide prevention programs in different countries. In two concluding chapters, the evidence base and best practice of suicide prevention programs are reviewed, as well as the future directions for suicide prevention at the global level. This is essential reading for all those involved in suicide research and prevention as well as public health policy and epidemiology who want to keep up-to-date with the latest global developments."-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid [2020]
- DigitalCésar A. Alfonso, Prabha S. Chandra, Thomas G. Schulze, editors.Summary: This book addresses biopsychosocial and transcultural determinants of suicide by self-immolation, populations at risk throughout the world and prevention strategies specifically designed for young women in fragile environments. Self-immolation, the act of burning oneself as a means of suicide, is rare in high-income countries, and is usually a symbolic display of political protest among men that generally receives international media coverage. In contrast, in low- and-middle-income countries it is highly prevalent, primarily affects women, and may be one of the most common suicide methods in regions of Central and South Asia and parts of Africa. Psychiatric conditions, like adjustment disorders, traumatic stress disorders, and major depression, and family dynamics that include intimate partner violence, forced marriages, the threat of honor killings, and interpersonal family conflicts in a cultural context of war-related life events, poverty, forced migration and ethnic conflicts are important contributing factors. Written by over 40 academic psychiatrists from all continents, sociologists, and historians, the book covers topics such as region-specific cultural and historical factors associated with suicide; the role of religion and belief systems; marginalization, oppression, retraumatization and suicide risk; countertransference aspects of working in burn centers; responsible reporting and the media; and suicide prevention strategies to protect those at risk.
Contents:
Transcultural Aspects of Suicide by self-immolation
Suicide by self-immolation-Historical
overview
Self-immolation in Iran
Self-immolation in Afghanistan
Self-immolation in India
Self-immolation in Indonesia and Papua
Self-immolation in Sub-Saharan Africa
Self-Immolation in the Tibet Autonomous Region and Tibetan Diaspora
Self-Immolation in the Tibet Autonomous Region and Tibetan Diaspora
Self-Immolation in High-Income Countries
Affective States in Suicide
Early-Life Adversity, Suicide Risk and Epigenetics of Trauma
Social Sciences, Suicide and Self-Immolation
Religion, Spirituality, Belief Systems and Suicide
Caring for the Suicidal Person
The Role of Mental Health Professionals in Burn Centers and Units
Media, Suicide and Contagion - Safe Reporting as Suicide Prevention
Suicide Prevention Strategies to Protect Young Women at Risk. - DigitalTatiana Falcone, Jane Timmons-Mitchell, editors.Summary: The book begins by establishing the neurobiology of suicide before discussing the populations at risk for suicide and the various environments where they may present. The book addresses the epidemiology, including groups at heightened risk; etiology, including several types of risk factors; prevention, including large-scale community-based activities; and postvention, including the few evidence-based approaches that are currently available. Unlike any other text on the market, this book does not simply focus on one particular demographic; rather, the book covers a wide range of populations and concerns, including suicide in youths, racial minorities, patients suffering from serious mental and physical illnesses, psychopharmacological treatment in special populations, and a wide array of challenging scenarios that are often not addressed in the very few up-to-date resources available. Suicide Prevention is an outstanding resource for psychiatrists, psychologists, hospitalists, primary care doctors, nurses, social workers, and all medical professionals who may interface with suicidal patients.
- Digital/PrintDigital Access Google Books 1953-
- Digital/PrintVan G. Wilson, editor.Contents:
Introduction to Sumoylation / Van G. Wilson
Molecular function. Roles of sumoylation in mRNA processing and metabolism / Patricia Richard, Vasupradha Vethantham, James L. Manley
SUMO and chromatin remodeling / David Wotton, Lucy F. Pemberton, Jacqueline Merrill-Schools
Functions of SUMO in the maintenance of genome stability / Nicola Zilio, Karolin Eifler-Olivi, Helle D. Ulrich
Regulation of cellular processes by SUMO: understudied topics / Jorrit M. Enserink
The molecular interface between the SUMO and ubiquitin systems / Jeff L. Staudinger
SUMO and nucleocytoplasmic transport / Christopher Ptak, Richard W. Wozniak
SUMO modification of ion channels / Mark Benson, Jorge A. Iñiguez-lluhí, Jeffrey Martens
The roles of SUMO in metabolic regulation / Elena Kamynina, Patrick J. Stover
Cell growth regulation. The SUMO pathway in mitosis / Debaditya Mukhopadhyay, Mary Dasso
Wrestling with chromosomes: the roles of SUMO during meiosis / Amanda C. Nottke, Hyun-Min Kim, Monica P. Colaiácovo
Sumoylation in development and differentiation / Adeline F. Deyrieux, Van G. Wilson
The role of sumoylation in senescence / Lyndee L. Scurr, Sebastian Haferkamp, Helen Rizos
Regulation of plant cellular and organismal development by SUMO / Nabil Elrouby
SUMO in drosophila development / Joseph Cao, Albert J. Courey
Diseases. Sumoylation: implications for neurodegenerative diseases / Dina B. Anderson, Camila A. Zanella, Jeremy M. Henley, Helena Cimarosti
Sumoylation and its contribution to cancer / Jason S. Lee, Hee June Choi, Sung Hee Baek
Sumoylation modulates the susceptibility to type 1 diabetes / Jing Zhang, Zhishui Chen, Zhiguang Zhou, Ping Yang, Cong-Yi Wang
Sumoylation in craniofacial disorders / Erwin Pauws, Philip Stanier
Coordination of cellular localization-dependent effects of sumoylation in regulating cardiovascular and neurological diseases / Jun-ichi Abe, Uday G. Sandhu, Nguyet Minh Hoang, Manoj Thangam [and others]
Sumoylation as an integral mechanism in bacterial infection and disease progression / Chittur V. Srikanth, Smriti Verma.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Printedited by Jörg Reichrath.Summary: "The goal of this volume is to comprehensively cover a highly readable, updated and extended, overview on our present knowledge of positive and negative effects of UV-exposure, with a focus on vitamin D and skin cancer. Topics that are discussed in-depth by leading researchers and clinicians range from the newest findings in endocrinology, epidemiology, histology, photobiology, immunology, cytogenetics and molecular pathology to new concepts for prophylaxis and treatment. Experts in the field as well as health care professionals not intimately involved in these specialized areas are provided with the most significant and timely information related to these topics. It is the aim of the second edition of this book to summarize essential up-to-date information for every clinician or scientist interested in how to balance between positive and negative effects of UV-exposure to minimize the risks of developing vitamin D deficiency and skin cancer"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Sunlight, ultraviolet radiation, vitamin D and skin cancer: how much sunlight do we need? / Michael F. Holick
Vitamin D and cancer: an overview on epidemiological studies / José Manuel Ordóñez Mena and Hermann Brenner
Vitamin D status and cancer incidence and mortality / Irene Shui and Edward Giovannucci
Solar ultraviolet irradiance and cancer incidence and mortality / William B. Grant
Vitamin D receptors polymorphisms and cancer / Sara Gandini, Patrizia Gnagnarella, Davide Serrano, Elena Pasquali and Srar Raimondi
The role of vitamin D for cardiovascular disease and overall mortality / Armin Zittermann and Sylvana Prokop
Epidemiology of skin cancer / Ulrike Leiter, Thomas Eigentler and Claus Garbe
Histology of melanoma and nonmelanoma skin cancer / Cornelia S.L. Müller
Cytogenetics of melanoma and nonmelanoma skin cancer / Melanie A. Carless and Lyn R. Griffiths
The immune system and skin cancer / Sherry H. Yu, Jeremy S. Bordeaux and Elma D. Baron
Human papillomaviruses and skin cancer / Sigrun Smola
Ultraviolet damage, DNA repair and vitamin D in nonmelanoma skin cancer and in malignant melanoma: an update / Jörg Reichrath and Knuth Rass
Molecular biology of basal and squamous cell carcinomas / Steffen Emmert, Michael P. Schön and Holger A. Haenssle
Solar ultraviolet radiation, vitamin D and skin cancer surveillance in organ transplant recipients (OTRS): an update / Jörg Reichrath
Therapy of metastatic malignant melanoma: on the way to individualized disease control / Thomas Vogt
The vitamin D receptor: a tumor suppressor in skin / Daniel D. Bikle
Protection from ultraviolet damage and photocarcinogenesis by vitamin D compounds / Clare Gordon-Thomson, Wannit Tongkao-on, Eric J. Song, Sally E. Carter, Katie M. Dixon and Rebecca S. Mason
Interaction of hedgehog and vitamin D signaling pathways in basal cell carcinomas / Benedikt Albert and Heidi Hahn
Solar ultraviolet exposure and mortality from skin tumors / Marianne Berwick, Claire Pestak and Nancy Thomas
Ultraviolet radiation and cutaneous malignant melanoma / Johan Emilian Moan, Zivile Baturaite, Arne Dahlback and Alina Carmen Porojnicu
Sun exposure and melanomas on sun-shielded and sun-exposed body areas / Asta Juzeniene, Aivile Baturaite and Johan Moan
Sunlight, vitamin D and malignant melanoma: an update / Jörg Reichrath and Sandra Reichrath
Ultraviolet exposure scenarios: risks of erythema from recommendations on cutaneous vitamin D synthesis / Ann R. Webb and Ola Engelsen
Ultraviolet-radiation and health: optimal time for sun exposure / Johan Moan, Mantas Grigalavicius, Arne Dahlback, Zivile Baturaite and Asta Juzeniene
Sunscreens / Guido Bens
Sunscreens in the United States: current status and future outlook / Paul C. Jou and Kenneth J. Tomecki
Health initiatives for the prevention of skin cancer / Rüdiger Greinert, Eckhard W. Breitbart, Peter Mohr and Beate Volkmer
Optimal serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels for multiple health outcomes / Heike A. Bischoff-Ferrari. - DigitalJörg Reichrath, editor.Summary: The third edition is a comprehensive and updated overview of positive and negative effects of UV-exposure, with a focus on Vitamin D and skin cancer. Researchers, oncologists,and students will be provided with the most significant and timely information related to topics such as the epidemiology of skin cancer, the immune system and skin cancer, ultraviolet damage, DNA repair and Vitamin D in Nonmelanoma skin cancer and malignant melanoma. There have been a number of new, scientific findings in this fast moving field that necessitated a thoroughly updated and revised edition including new Vitamin D metabolites and skin cancer, new findings on the beneficial effects of UV and solar UV and skin cancer, adverse effects of sun protection and sunscreens, sun exposure and mortality, and more. The book will summarize essential, up-to-date information for every clinician or scientist interested in how to balance the positive and negative effects of UV-exposure to minimize the risks of developing vitamin D deficiency and skin cancer.
Contents:
Section I: Introduction
Lessons learned from paleolithic models and evolution for human health: a snap shot on beneficial effects and risks of solar radiation
Section II: UV-induced cutaneous synthesis of vitamin D and the physiologic consequences (I)
Sunlight, UV-radiation, vitamin D and skin cancer: how much sunlight do we need?
Section III: Solar radiation, Vitamin D and human health
Vitamin D status and cancer incidence and mortality
Vitamin D receptors polymorphisms and cancer
On the relationship between sun exposure and all-cause mortality
Lindqvist PG (2020) Women with greater sun exposure habits seem to be healthier and to live longer. Are these results in contrast to other research? No
Section IV: Epidemiology of skin cancer
Epidemiology of skin cancer and UV radiation
update 2019
Solar UV exposure and mortality from skin tumors: an update
Solarium Use and Risk for Malignant Melanoma: many open questions,not the time to close the debate
Section V: Photocarcinogenesis of skin cancer
Molecular biology of basal and squamous cell carcinomas
Human papillomaviruses and skin cancer
The immune system and pathogenesis of melanoma and nonnmelanoma skin cancer
Section VI: The relevance of the vitamin D endocrine system for skin cancer
Protection from ultraviolet damage and photocarcinogenesis by vitamin D compounds
The role of classical and novel forms of vitamin D in the pathogenesis and progression of non-melanoma skin cancers
The Vitamin D Receptor as tumor suppressor in skin
Cancer prevention in skin and other tissues via cross-talk between vitamin D- and p53- signalling
Section VII: Prevention and Management of Skin Cancer
Sunscreens in the United States: Current Status and Future Outlook
A handful of sunscreen for whole body application
Sunlight, vitamin D and Xeroderma pigmentosum
Update: Solar UV-radiation, vitamin D and skin cancer surveillance in organ transplant recipients (O TRs)
Section VIII: UV-induced cutaneous synthesis of vitamin D and the physiologic consequences
II. promise and outlook
Ultraviolet exposure scenarios: balancing risks of erythema and cutaneous vitamin D synthesis
The Paleolithic nutrition model in relation to ultraviolet light and vitamin D
Index.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Eugenio F. Fornasiero, Silvio O. Rizzoli.Contents:
Light Microscopy and Resolution
Super-Resolution Microscopy: Principles, Techniques, and Applications
Foundations of STED Microscopy
Application of Real-Time STED Imaging to Synaptic Vesicle Motion
Photoactivated Localization Microscopy for Cellular Imaging
Data Analysis for Single-Molecule Localization Microscopy
Super-Resolution Fluorescence Microscopy Using Structured Illumination
Application of Three-Dimensional Structured Illumination Microscopy in Cell Biology: Pitfalls and Practical Considerations
Scanning Near-Field Optical Microscopy for Investigations of Bio-Matter
Atomic Force Microscopy of Living Cells
X-Ray Microscopy for Neuroscience: Novel Opportunities by Coherent Optics
Nonlinear Optics Approaches Towards Sub-Diffraction Resolution in CARS Imaging
Photo-Oxidation Microscopy: Bridging the Gap Between Fluorescence and Electron Microscopy
Requirements for Samples in Super-Resolution Fluorescence Microscopy
Probing Biological Samples in High-Resolution Microscopy: Making Sense of Spots. - PrintCharles Duhigg.Summary: "We all know people who seem capable of connecting with almost anyone. They are the ones we turn to for advice, the ones who ask deep questions but also seem to hear what we are trying to say. What do they know about conversation that makes them so special? And what can they tell us about how communication really works? Supercommunicators, Charles Duhigg argues, understand--some by intuition, some by hard-won experience--that there is a science to how human beings connect through words. They understand that whenever we speak, we're actually participating in one of three distinct conversations: What is this really about? How do we feel? And who are we? They know the importance of recognizing--and then matching--each kind of conversation, and how to hear the complex emotions, subtle negotiations and hidden beliefs that color and inform everything we say. Our pasts, our values, our affiliations, our identities shape every discussion we have, from who will pick up the kids to how we want to be treated at work"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The three kinds of conversation. The matching principle : how to fail at recruiting spies
A guide to using these ideas, part I : the four rules for a meaningful conversation
The what's this really about? conversation. Every conversation is a negotiation : the trial of Leroy Reed
A guide to using these ideas, part II : asking questions and noticing clues
The how do we feel? conversation. The listening cure : touchy-feely hedge funders
How do you hear emotions no one says aloud? : The big bang theory
Connecting amid conflict : talking to the enemy about guns
A guide to using these ideas, part III : emotional conversations, in life and online
The who are we? conversation. Our social identities shape our worlds : vaccinating the anti-vaxxers
How do we make the hardest conversations safer? : the problem Netflix lives with
A guide to using these ideas, part IV : making hard conversations easier. - DigitalCharles Duhigg.Summary: "We all know people who seem capable of connecting with almost anyone. They are the ones we turn to for advice, the ones who ask deep questions but also seem to hear what we are trying to say. What do they know about conversation that makes them so special? And what can they tell us about how communication really works? Supercommunicators, Charles Duhigg argues, understand--some by intuition, some by hard-won experience--that there is a science to how human beings connect through words. They understand that whenever we speak, we're actually participating in one of three distinct conversations: What is this really about? How do we feel? And who are we? They know the importance of recognizing--and then matching--each kind of conversation, and how to hear the complex emotions, subtle negotiations and hidden beliefs that color and inform everything we say. Our pasts, our values, our affiliations-our identities-shape every discussion we have, from who will pick up the kids to how we want to be treated at work"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The matching principle : how to fail at recruiting spies
A guide to using these ideas, part I : the four rules for a meaningful conversation
Every conversation is a negotiation : the trial of Leroy Reed
A guide to using these ideas, part II : asking questions and noticing clues
The listening cure : touchy-feely hedge funders
How do you hear emotions no one says aloud? : the big bang theory
Connecting amid conflict : talking to the enemy about guns
A guide to using these ideas, part III : emotional conversations, in life and online
Our social identities shape our worlds : vaccinating the anti-vaxxers
How do we make the hardest conversation safer? : the problem Netflix lives with
A guide to using these ideas, part IV : making hard conversations easier.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2024Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalJavier H. Signorelli.Summary: This book identifies all valid species belonging to the superfamily Mactroidea living in American waters, distributed across fourteen biogeographical provinces. It also provides an updated classification of the widely occurring Mactroidea superfamily, which comprises eight subfamilies grouped into four families: Mactridae (Lamarck, 1809); Anatinellidae (Deshayes, J.Gray 1853); Cardiliidae (Fischer, 1887) and Mesodesmatidae (J. Gray, 1840). The species included in this superfamily are known to have existed in North America since the Early Cretaceous.
Contents:
Chapter 1
Introduction
Chapter 2
Subfamily Mactrinae (Mollusca: Bivalvia), Part 1
Chapter 3
Subfamily Mactrinae (Mollusca: Bivalvia), Part 2
Chapter 4
Subfamilies Lutrariinae and Darininae (Mollusca: Bivalvia)
Chapter 5
Family Anatinellidae(Mollusca: Bivalvia)
Chapter 6
Family Mesodesmatidae (Mollusca: Bivalvia). - Digitaledited by Jill A. Harrington, Robert A. Neimeyer.Summary: "Superhero Grief uses modern superhero narratives to teach the principles of grief theories and concepts and provide practical ideas for promoting healing. Chapters offer clinical strategies, approaches, and interventions, including strategies based in expressive arts and complementary therapies. Leading researchers, clinicians, and professionals address major topics in death, dying, and bereavement, using superhero narratives to explore loss in the context of bereavement and to promote a contextual view of issues and relationship types that can improve coping skills. This volume provides support and psychoeducation to students, clinicians, educators, researchers, and the bereaved while contributing significantly to the literature on the intersection of death, grief, and trauma"-- Provided by publisher.
- Digitaledited by Sallie G. De Golia, M.D., M.P.H., Kathleen M. Corcoran, Ph.D.Summary: This guide explores a range of supervisory techniques--from role-playing and working with process notes to live supervision and cotherapy--as well as a variety of venues--from inpatient and community-based settings to diverse administrative contexts and scholarly environments. It also features a thorough discussion of unique issues in supervision, as well as legal issues and the current state of professional development--back cover.
Contents:
Part 1. Introduction
Part 2. Supervision Formats
Part 3. Supervision Techniques
Part 4. Clinical Supervision Venues
Part 5. Nonclinical Supervision Venues
Part 6. Special Issues in Supervision
Part 7. Legal and Ethical Issues
Part 8. Professional Development.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019 - DigitalCesare Marco Scoffone, Andras Hoznek, Cecilia Maria Cracco, editors.Summary: PNL is the gold standard for the management of large and/or otherwise complex renal stones. Since its introduction in the seventies PNL has undergone considerable evolution, mainly driven by the improvement in access techniques, endoscopic instrument technology, lithotripsy devices and drainage management. The conventional prone position for PNL has been challenged in the last two decades by a variety of modifications, including the supine and Galdakao-modified supine Valdivia positions, which make simultaneous retrograde working access to the collecting system possible and have proven anesthesiological advantages. The Galdakao-modified supine Valdivia position allowed the development of ECIRS (Endoscopic Combined IntraRenal Surgery), a technique exploiting a combined antegrade and retrograde approach to the upper urinary tract, using both rigid and flexible endoscopes with the related accessories. The synergistic teamwork of ECIRS provides a safe and efficient, minimally-invasive procedure for the treatment of all kinds of urolithiasis. The aim of this book is to share with the urologic community worldwide our experience, our standardization of all the steps, and tips and tricks for the procedure.
Contents:
Introduction
History of PNL
Prone PNL: Review and results
PNL Indications and guidelines
Anatomy for PNL
Radiology for stone disease
Anesthesiological considerations (especially position related issues) before, during, after
Supine PNL
Endoscopic Combined Intrarenal surgery
Technical aspects of percutaneous management of ureteral stenoses and upper urinary tract transitional cell carcinoma
Complications: how to manage them?
PNL in pediatric patient
Results: published series
Conclusions. - Digitaledited by Jacqueline A. Brown and Shane R. Jimerson.Summary: "Supporting Bereaved Students at School provides educational professionals with essential information to support bereaved students"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Section I. Foundational knowledge to support bereaved students at school
1.The importance of supporting bereaved students at school / Jacqueline A. Brown and Shane R. Jimerson
2. Defining loss: preparing to support bereaved students / Tina Barrett and Lindsey M. Nichols
3. Cognitive developmental considerations in supporting bereaved students / Victoria A. Comerchero
4. The importance of assessment in supporting bereaved students / Catherine B. Woahn and Benjamin S. Fernandez
5. The importance of consultation in supporting bereaved students / Jeffrey C. Roth
6. Cross-cultural considerations in supporting bereaved students / Sandra A. López
7. Family considerations in supporting bereaved students / Melissa J. Hagan and Allie Morford
8. The role of digital and social media in supporting bereaved students / Carla J. Sofka
Section II. Interventions to support bereaved students at school
9. Using grief support groups to support bereaved students / Renée Bradford Garcia
10. Using cognitive and behavioral methods to support bereaved students / Rosemary Flanagan
11. Using bibliotherapy to support bereaved students / Ellie L. Young, Melissa A. Heath, Kathryn Smith, Afton Phillbrick, Karli Miller, Camden Stein, and Haliaka Kama
12. Using music therapy-based songwriting to support bereaved students / Thomas A. Dalton and Robert E. Krout
13. Using play therapy to support bereaved students / Karrie L. Swan and Rebecca Rudd
14. Using creative art interventions to support bereaved students / Grace Zambelli
15. Using writing interventions to support bereaved students / Lysa Toye and Andrea Warnick
16. Using acceptance and commitment therapy to support bereaved students / Tyler L. Renshaw, Sarah J. Bolognino, Anthony J. Roberson, Shelley R. Upton, and Kelsie N. Hammons.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - DigitalJen Alexander, M.A., NCC, SB-RPT.Summary: When schools reopen after COVID-19 closures, both students and staff will have experienced months of unprecedented challenges, from social isolation and family illness to stretches of prolonged stress and anxiety. Your elementary school will need a compassionate, intentional, trauma-sensitive plan for easing the back-to-school transition--and acclaimed trauma expert Jen Alexander is here to help. Author of the bestselling guidebook Building Trauma-Sensitive Schools, "Ms. Jen" has developed a concise, reader-friendly blueprint for making the return to school as smooth as possible for everyone involved. In this ebook, you'll get timely, adaptable guidance on designing and implementing a trauma-sensitive transition plan that puts relationships first, prioritizes emotional and social supports, breaks down barriers to learning, and empowers everyone in your learning community. You'll also find simple, specific activities and strategies for helping every student and staff member feel safe, be connected, get regulated, and get ready to learn. Packed with the practical, immediately useful information every educator will be looking for, this must-have guide is your key to making a thoughtful, trauma-sensitive transition plan--and creating a learning environment that meets everyone's needs better than ever before. DISCOVER HOW TO: Apply the four essentials of trauma-sensitive schools to your transition planning; Facilitate team discussions and professional development sessions to prepare for the "new normal"; Gather critical input from families about their concerns, experiences, and needs; Address the specific challenges of school reopenings, including separation anxiety, elevated stress, safety fears, the need to feel in control, and sensory overload after months of isolation and remote learning; Notice and meet needs: both your own and those of students and their families; Help students develop social-emotional skills to navigate the transition back to school (four lessons and extension activities included!); Commit to examining and disrupting systemic inequities that affect children and families who have often been marginalized; Make a plan for self-care and maintain a healthier work-life balance. PRACTICAL MATERIALS: In addition to the activities, games, and social-emotional lessons in the book, you'll get more than 50 downloadable resources, including journal pages, handouts, activities, planning forms, posters, and professional development PowerPoint slides
Contents:
Section 1. Preparing for Back to School: Focus on Staff and Families. Why understand trauma? COVID-19 and its effects on students
Who do we choose to be? Educators rising up and reaching out
What do we include in our schoolwide transition plan? Getting ready
How will we create our new normal? Team reflection
How can we tend to staff needs? Professional development
What will families need? Gathering input
What will students feel and need? Anticipating and planning
Section 2. Making the Transiton: Set Up Your School for Success. How do we design the components of our trauma-sensitive plan? Getting started
How do we meet families' needs? Establishing a caregiver lounge
How do we help students find their way? Community building
How do we help our team be well? Fostering educator resilience.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2021 - DigitalDavid Alberts, Maria Lluria-Prevatt, Stephanie Kha, Karen Weihs, editors.Contents:
Introduction
Patient Navigation and Second Opinion Counseling
Psychosocial Oncology
Patient and Family Education and Training.- Cancer Surviovorship.- Lifestyle Change Counseling.- Palliative Care.- Symptom Management
Cancer Risk and Genetic Counseling
Cancer Health Disparities and Survivorship.- Financial Planning, Insurance and Disbility counselling
Financing and Housing
Certification of Surviovrship Professionals.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalJames H. Feusner, Caroline A. Hastings, Anurag K. Agrawal, editors.Contents:
1. Febrile neutropenia
2. Transfusion support
3. Tumor lysis syndrome
4. Cardiopulmonary emergencies
5. Neurologic emergencies
6. Hyperleukocytosis
7. The acute abdomen
8. Thrombotic disorders
9. Pain management
10. Nausea and vomiting
11. Oral mouth care and mucositis
12. Nutrition
13. Management of acute radiation side effects
14. Prevention of infection
15. Hematopoietic growth factors
16. Immunization practice in pediatric oncology
17. Central venous catheters: care and complications
18. Knowledge gaps and opportunities for research.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Laura Finn, Alva R. Roche Green.Summary: This book provides up-to-date, clinically relevant information on a range of complex issues relating to supportive care strategies for the recipients of hematopoietic cell transplantation. The topics addressed include the prevention, recognition, and treatment of transplant-related side effects; management of pretransplant comorbidities; supportive care for specific age groups; quality of life issues in patients who experience graft-versus-host disease; mental and spiritual health care; caregiver and healthcare provider support strategies; and important issues related to end of life care. The aim is to supply hematologists, oncologists, transplant specialists, and palliative care physicians with practical knowledge that can be immediately applied in patient care to optimize transplant-related outcomes. The book's format, which offers concise, non-exhaustive coverage of these and other unique topics, is supplemented by a wealth of working tables, algorithms, and figures, ensuring that it will also serve hematology, oncology and transplant trainees as a reliable companion during their daily work. The authors are world-renowned experts in the field of hematopoietic transplantation and palliative care medicine, and present well-reasoned opinions based on their own experiences and draw attention to relevant results from potentially high-impact clinical trials.
- Digitaledited by Maria Cristina Cuturi and Ignacio Anegon.Digital Access
- DigitalShohista Saidkasimova, Thomas H. Williamson, editors.Summary: This book provides a practical overview of pathology and interventions in the suprachoroidal space of the eye. Concise and well-structured chapters examine anatomy, physiology and pathophysiology, suprachoroidal haemorrhage, choroidal effusions and ocular hypotony management, imaging, suprachoroidal buckling for retinal detachment, drug delivery, suprachoroidal glaucoma devices, subretinal gene therapy and suprachoroidal retinal implant. Suprachoroidal Space Interventions meets the need for a book that improves awareness of established and novel interventions in the suprachoroidal space, particularly as it has been increasingly recognised as a potential space for glaucoma surgery, drug deliveries and retinal surgery. Ophthalmologists and scientists with an interest in glaucoma and retinal surgery will find the book to be an easy to use reference tool for a rapidly developing area of ophthalmology that can be applied in modern clinical practice.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
Anatomy and Physiology of the Suprachoroidal Space
Introduction
Embryogenesis
Sclera
Choroid
Suprachoroid
Vessels in the Suprachoroid
Nerves in the Suprachoroid
Supraciliary Space
Topographic Anatomy for Interventive Procedures
Suprachoroidal Space and Uveal Effusion
Suprachoroid in High Myopia
Suprachoroidal Changes with Age
Physiology
Uveoscleral Outflow
Fluid Dynamics in the Eye and the Suprachoroidal Space
Summary
References
Imaging the Suprachoroidal Space
Introduction Methods of Imaging the Suprachoroidal Space
Contact B-Scan Ultrasonography
Optical Coherence Tomography
Evaluation of the Choroid and Ambiguities Introduced by the Suprachoroidea
Evaluating the Suprachoroidal Space
Summary
References
Suprachoroidal Haemorrhage
Introduction
Pathogenesis
Dynamics of Suprachoroidal Haemorrhage
Phase 1: Ciliary Artery Rupture
Phase 2: Dissemination of Blood into the Extravascular Space
Bruch's Membrane and Sclera
Scattered Focal Adhesions Between Eye Wall Layers
Linear Adhesions at Ora Serrata
Clinical Presentation Investigation: Ultrasound
Management of SCH
References
Choroidal Detachment
Introduction
Pathophysiology
Clinical Findings
Differential Diagnoses
Causes
Inflammatory Causes of Serous Choroidal Detachment
Hydrostatic Causes of Serous Choroidal Detachment
Uveal Effusion Syndrome (UES)
Management
References
Suprachoroidal Space and Glaucoma
Introduction
Pharmacological Manipulation of the Uveoscleral Outflow
Prostaglandin Analogues
Surgical Exploration of Suprachoroidal Space in Glaucoma
Cyclodialysis Cleft Cyclodialysis as Surgical Treatment
Glaucoma Implants for Suprachoroidal Space
SOLX Gold Microshunt
Cypass Suprachoroidal Microshunt
Future Suprachoroidal Glaucoma Devices
iStent Supra
MINIject
Summary
References
Suprachoroidal Buckling for Peripheral Retinal Breaks
Introduction
Suprachoroidal Hydrogel Buckle
Combining the Best of Both Worlds
The Rationale of Suprachoroidal Hydrogel Buckle
Historical Development
Working in the Suprachoroidal Space
Milestones in Technical Refinement
Surgical Technique Two Surgical Approaches to Suprachoroidal Buckling Surgery
Suprachoroidal Hydrogel Buckle Combined with Vitrectomy
Suprachoroidal Hydrogel Buckle as a Stand-Alone Procedure
Catheter or Cannula?
Catheter
Olive Tip Cannula
Laser or Cryo Retinopexy
Biocompatibility and Resorption Time of the Different Hydrogels
Complications and the Learning Curve
Conclusion
References
Suprachoroidal Buckling for Myopic Macular Holes
Introduction
Surgical Management of MTM
Suprachoroidal Surgery for MTM
Pearls and Pitfalls of Suprachoroidal Buckle Surgery
Conclusion - DigitalGianfranco Lamberti, Donatella Giraudo, Stefania Musco, editors.Summary: This book provides a detailed review of neurogenic pelvic dysfunctions following a suprapontine lesion, since a clear understanding of the pathogenesis of vesical and bowel dysfunctions has become increasingly important in medical education. It covers both urinary incontinence and retention, constipation and faecal incontinence resulting from ischemic, haemorrhagic and traumatic brain injury and Parkinson's disease. It also offers a concise yet comprehensive summary of the neurologic examination of the pelvis: all chapters include the most up-to-date scientific and clinical information with the relevant level of clinical evidence. The book is divided into three sections, which integrate basic science with clinical medicine. The first section features a general introduction and essential background into micturition and bowel neural control, focusing on cortical control. Section 2 is devoted to common clinical problems regarding the neurologic assessment of the perineum, while the last section summarises urological and bowel dysfunction in suprapontine lesions. Providing a clear, concise and informative introduction to urology, it is a practical guide for professionals, medical students and residents in Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, Urology and Neurology.
Contents:
Micturition Control
Bowel Control
Micturition Reflexes
Somatic Innervation Of The Perineum
Superficial (Esteroceptive) Reflexes
Adult Neurogenic Lower Urinary Tract Dysfunctions
Neurogenic Bowel Dysfunction
Ischemic And Haemorrhagic Stroke
Parkinson Disease.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Printby A.B. Appleton [and others].
- DigitalYashwant V Pathak, editor.Summary: This unique book discusses various new techniques developed to enhance the application of nanoparticulate drug delivery systems using surface modification of nanoparticles. The understanding of the surface characteristics of nanoparticles is growing significantly with the advent of new analytical techniques. Polymer chemistry is contributing to the development of many new versatile polymers which have abilities to accommodate many different, very reactive chemical groups, and can be used as a diagnostic tool, for better targeting, for more effective therapeutic results as well as for reducing the toxic and side effects of the drugs. Surface modification of such polymeric nanoparticles has been found by many scientists to enhance the application of nano-particles and also allows the nanoparticles to carry specific drug molecule and disease /tumor specific antibodies which refine and improve drug delivery. Surface Modification of Nanoparticles for Targeted Drug Delivery is a collection of essential information on various applications of surface modification of nano-particles and their disease specific applications for therapeutic purposes.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword: Nanobiotechnology Convergence for Drug Delivery; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
Chapter 1: Understanding Surface Characteristics of Nanoparticles; 1 Introduction; 2 Characterization of Nanoparticles; 2.1 Electron Microscope; 2.2 X-Ray Diffraction; 2.3 Infrared/Visible Spectroscopy and Photoluminescence; 3 Synthesis of Nanoparticles; 3.1 Gas-Phase Synthesis; 3.2 Liquid-Phase Synthesis; 3.3 Solid-Phase Synthesis; 4 Applications of Nanoparticles; 4.1 Drug Delivery; 4.2 Tissue Engineering; 4.3 Nonbiological Applications; 5 Conclusion; 6 Future Trends; References 4.3 The "Click Chemistry"5 Work Explored by Various Researchers for Targeting of PLGA NPs to Brain in Different Neuronal Diseases; 6 Patents and Clinical Trial Status; 7 Concluding Remarks and Future Perspectives; References;
Chapter 4: Surface-Functionalized Lipid Nanoparticles for Site-Specific Drug Delivery; 1 Introduction; 2 Lipid-Based NPs; 3 Parameters Affecting the In Vivo Fate of Lipid NPs; 3.1 Influence of Particle Size; 3.2 Influence of Surface Charge; 3.3 Influence of Hydrophobicity; 4 Passive Targeting Based on Pegylation; 5 Active Targeting 5.1 Functionalization with Antibody Ligands5.2 Functionalization with Saccharide ligands; 5.3 Functionalization with Transferrins; 5.4 Functionalization with Cell-Penetrating Peptides; 5.5 Functionalization Based on Avidin-Biotin Affinity; 5.6 The Antiangiogenic Strategy; 6 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 5: Stealth Properties of Nanoparticles Against Cancer: Surface Modification of NPs for Passive Targeting to Human Cancer Tissue in Zebrafish Embryos; 1 Cancer: Introduction, History, Geographical Distribution, and Causes
Chapter 2: Surface Modification of Nanoparticles for Targeted Drug Delivery1 Introduction; 2 Surface Modification Using Cobalt Oxide Nanoparticles for Targeted Drug Delivery in Anticancer Treatments; 3 Use of Bromelain for Surface Modification of Silica Nanoparticles for Drug Delivery in the Tumor Extracellular Matrix; 4 Surface Modification of MPEG-B-PCL Nanoparticles for Malignant Melanoma Therapy; 5 Nanoparticles for Cellular-Based Applications of Stavudine; 6 Toxicopharmacological Aspects; 7 Conclusion; References
Chapter 3: Surface-Modified PLGA Nanoparticles for Targeted Drug Delivery to Neurons1 Introduction; 1.1 Neuronal Diseases; 1.2 Introduction to Various Neuronal Diseases; 1.2.1 Alzheimer's Disease (AD); 1.2.2 Parkinson's Disease (PD); 1.2.3 Brain Cancer/Brain Tumors; 1.3 Blood-Brain Barrier (BBB); 1.4 Nasal Drug Delivery to Brain; 2 Nanoparticles as Drug Delivery Vehicles; 3 Dual-/Multi-targeting Strategies; 3.1 Lectins; 3.2 Cell-Penetrating Peptides (CPPs); 3.2.1 Glutathione (GSH); 4 Strategies for Targeted Nanoparticles; 4.1 Carbodiimide Chemistry; 4.2 Michael Addition - Digitaledited by Mehmet Gürsoy and Mustafa Karaman.Summary: A step-by-step guide to the topic with a mix of theory and practice in the fields of biology, chemistry and physics. Straightforward and well-structured, the first chapter introduces fundamental aspects of surface treatments, after which examples from nature are given. Subsequent chapters discuss various methods to surface modification, including chemical and physical approaches, followed by the characterization of the functionalized surfaces. Applications discussed include the lotus effect, diffusion barriers, enzyme immobilization and catalysis. Finally, the book concludes with a look at future technology advances. Throughout the text, tutorials and case studies are used for training purposes to grant a deeper understanding of the topic, resulting in an essential reference for students as well as for experienced engineers in R & D.
Contents:
Surfaces in Nature / Mehmet Gürsoy, Mustafa Karaman
Chemical and Physical Modification of Surfaces / Mustafa Karaman, Mehmet Gürsoy, Mahmut Kus, Faruk Ozel, Esma Yenel, Ozlem G Sahin, Hilal D Kivrak
Surface Characterization Techniques / Gokhan Erdogan, Günnur Güler, Tugba Kilic, Duygu O Kilic, Beyhan Erdogan, Zahide Tosun, Hilal D Kivrak, Ugur Türkan, Fatih Ozcan, Mehmet Gürsoy, Mustafa Karaman
Surface Modification of Polymeric Membranes for Various Separation Processes / Woei-Jye Lau, Chi-Siang Ong, Nik Abdul Hadi Md Nordin, Nur Aimie Abdullah Sani, Nadzirah Mohd Mokhtar, Rasoul Jamshidi Gohari, Daryoush Emadzadeh, Ahmad Fauzi Ismail
Langmuir-Blodgett Films: Sensor and Biomedical Applications and Comparisons with the Layer-by-Layer Method / Epameinondas Leontidis
Surface Modification of Biopolymer-Based Nanoforms and Their Biological Applications / Susana CM Fernandes
Enzyme-Based Biosensors in Food Industry via Surface Modifications / Nilay Gazel, Huseyin B Yildiz
Heterogeneous Catalysis from the Perspective of Surface Science / Aydin Cihanoglu, Diego Hernan Quinones-Murillo, Gizem Payer.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalKahyun Yoon-Flammery, Carla Fisher, Marc Neff, editors.Summary: This text provides a comprehensive review of what comes after the completion of a general surgery residency, and will serve as a valuable resource for those surgeons, residents, and medical students interested in a career in general surgery. This book reviews several areas of fellowships and how to navigate through the application process, provide a guide for finding a job, negotiating through your first position, and also discusses other difficult topics such as how to deal with malpractice lawsuits. All chapters are written by experts who have gone through the various processes.
- Printby Karel B. Absolon.
- DigitalTobias S. Köhler, Bradley Schwartz, editors.Contents:
Part I. Foundations of teaching. Chapter 1: "See one, do one, teach one?" A story of how surgeons learn ; Chapter 2: Surgical curriculum development ; Chapter 3: Curriculum development ; Chapter 4: Measurement in education: a primer on designing assessments ; Chapter 5: Performance assessment in minimally invasive surgery ; Chapter 6: Crowdsourcing and large-scale evaluation ; Chapter 7: Teaching residents to teach: why and how ; Chapter 8: Teaching in the operating room.
Part II. Program optimization. Chapter 9: Resident duty hours in surgical education ; Chapter 10: Generational differences and resident selection ; Chapter 11: The role of educators in quality improvement ; Chapter 12: Role of the surgeon educator in leading surgical skills center development ; Chapter 13: Modern theory for development of simulators for surgical education ; Chapter 14: The surgical workplace learning environment: integrating coaching and mentoring ; Chapter 15: Optimizing research in surgical residents and medical students ; Chapter 16: Promoting professionalism ; Chapter 17: Optimizing success for the underperforming resident.
Part III. Lessons and insights of surgical education. Chapter 18: Surgeons' reactions to error ; Chapter 19: Quality improvement and patient safety ; Chapter 20: Teaching surgeons how to lead ; Chapter 21: Teaching surgical ethics ; Chapter 22: Surgical ergonomics ; Chapter 23: Evaluation and management documentation, billing, and coding ; Chapter 24: Simulation in surgery ; Chapter 25: Resident physician burnout: improving the wellness of surgical trainees ; Chapter 25: Preparations beyond residency. - DigitalChristian de Virgilio, editor ; Areg Gregorian, associate editor ; Paul N. Frank, assistant editor.Summary: Surgery: A Case Based Clinical Review provides the reader with a comprehensive understanding of surgical diseases in one easy-to-use reference that combines multiple teaching formats. The book begins using a case based approach. The cases presented cover the diseases most commonly encountered on a surgical rotation. The cases are followed by a series of short questions and answers, designed to provide further understanding of the important aspects of the history, physical examination, differential diagnosis, diagnostic work-up and management, and questions that may arise on surgical rounds. Key figures and tables visually reinforce the important elements of the disease process. Surgery: A Case Based Clinical Review will be of great utility for medical students when they rotate on surgery, interns, physician assistant students, nursing students, and nurse practitioner students.
Contents:
Nausea, Vomiting and Left Groin Mass
Abdominal Pain, Nausea, and Vomiting
New Palpable Mass in Right Breast
Abnormal Screening Mammogram
Chest Pain, Diaphoresis, and Nausea
Chest Pain and Syncope
Chest and Back Pain
Incidentally Discovered Adrenal Mass on CT Scan
Fatigue, Constipation, and Depressed Mood
Intermittent Episodes of Sweating, Palpitations, and Hypertension
Neck Mass That Moves with Swallowing Progressively Hoarse Voice
Lump on Neck Increasing in Size
Aural Fullness, Hearing Loss, and Tinnitus
Post-Prandial RUQ Pain
RUQ Pain, Fever, Nausea, and Vomiting
Severe Epigastric Pain with Nausea and Vomiting
New Onset of Painless Jaundice
Bright Red Blood per Rectum
RLQ Abdominal Pain
Pencil-Thin Stools and Intermittent Constipation
Chronic Constipation Presenting With Severe Abdominal Pain
Left Lower Quadrant Pain and Fever
Neck Pain and Paralysis Following Trauma
Loss of Consciousness Following Head Trauma
Multiple Extremity Injuries after Motorcycle Accident
Immediate Swelling after Trauma to the Knee
Right Groin Pain and Limp
Chronic Right Hand Pain
Full Term Male Infant with Respiratory Distress
Newborn with Bilious Emesis
Infant with Bilious Emesis
Infant with Nonbilious Emesis
Infant Born with Abdominal Wall Defect
Excessive Drooling in a Newborn
Recently Changed Skin Lesion
Right Leg Pain, Swelling, and Erythema for Two Days
Postoperative Bleeding
Postoperative Decreased Urine Output
Shortness of Breath Five Days after Surgery
Abdominal Pain Following Motor Vehicle Accident
Penetrating Abdominal Trauma
Pedestrian Struck By Motor Vehicle
Gunshot Wound to the Left Neck
Stab Wound to the Chest
Burns to Face, Trunk, and Extremities
Severe Right Leg Pain after Tibia Fracture
Bloody Emesis
Severe Epigastric Abdominal Pain
Weight Loss and Early Satiety
Chest Pain after Vomiting
Scrotal Pain
Scrotal Mass
Red Urine
Transient Loss of Vision in Right Eye
Right Calf Pain with Walking
Sudden Onset of Severe Left Sided Abdominal Pain
Cold, Painful Right Lower Extremity. - DigitalChristian de Virgilio, editor ; Areg Grigorian, associate editor ; Paul N. Frank, assistant editor.
- DigitalUmut Sarpel.Contents:
Preparing for the OR
Incisions
Laparoscopy
Fundoplication
Esophagectomy
Gastrectomy
Cholecystectomy
Hepatectomy
Pancreatectomy
Splenectomy
Small Bowel Resection
Bariatric Surgery
Enteral Access
Colectomy
Appendectomy
Rectal Resections
Anorectal Procedures
Thyroidectomy
Parathyroidectomy
Adrenalectomy
Breast Surgery
Lymphadenectomy
Inguinal Hernia Repair
Ventral Hernia Repair
Surgical Airway
Trauma Laparotomy
Central Venous Access
Carotid Endarterectomy
Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Repair
Vascular Bypass. - DigitalUmut Sarpel.Summary: The operating room can be an intimidating place for medical students. Preparing to scrub in on a case requires pulling together information from multiple sources on anatomy, pathology, physiology, yet none truly fit the needs of the surgical student. Surgery: An Introductory Guide for Medical Students 2nd Edition, written expressly for students, fills this void by providing an all-in-one reference in a unified, concise, and portable format. The operations covered represent the breadth of general surgery. Each chapter provides focused information on the pathophysiology relevant to the corresponding procedure. The main steps of each case are described, allowing the student to follow along and interact with the surgical team. A color diagram of the operative field from the vantage point of the surgeon accompanies every chapter. Radiologic imaging highlighting key findings are provided. The most common post-operative complications and their clinical presentation are also detailed. Each chapter concludes with a description of a classic patient case, a list of top questions likely to be posed to students, and an essential knowledge checklist. Written by Dr. Sarpel, a general surgery residency program director with multiple teaching awards, Surgery: An Introductory Guide for Medical Students 2nd Edition provides the critical content students need to succeed in their surgical clerkship.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
Abbreviations
1: Preparing for the OR
Suggested Reading
2: Incisions
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Surgical Technique
2.3 Complications
2.4 Classic Case
2.5 OR Questions
Suggested Reading
3: Minimally Invasive Surgery
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Surgical Technique
3.3 Complications
3.4 Classic Case
3.5 OR Questions
Suggested Readings
4: Fundoplication
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Surgical Technique
4.3 Complications
4.4 Classic Case
4.5 OR Questions
Suggested Reading 5: Esophagectomy
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Surgical Technique
5.3 Complications
5.4 Classic Case
5.5 OR Questions
Suggested Reading
6: Gastrectomy
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Surgical Technique
6.3 Complications
6.4 Classic Case
6.5 OR Questions
Suggested Reading
7: Cholecystectomy
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Surgical Technique
7.3 Complications
7.4 Classic Case
7.5 OR Questions
Suggested Reading
8: Hepatectomy
8.1 Introduction
8.2 Surgical Technique
8.3 Complications
8.4 Classic Case
8.5 OR Questions - Digital/Print[edited by] Lillian S Kao, Casey B. Duncan, & Ethan Taub.Summary: "Surgery: PreTest Self-Assessment & Review is the perfect way for students to assess their knowledge of surgery for the USMLE Step 2 CK and shelf exams. It includes 500 USMLE-style questions and answers that address the clerkship's core competencies along with detailed explanations of both correct and incorrect answers. Readers will find vignette-style questions and updates on the latest surgical techniques. All questions have been reviewed by students who recently passed the boards and completed their clerkship to ensure they match the style and difficulty level of the exam"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessSurgery 2019
- DigitalSeiichi Takenoshita, Hiroshi Yasuhara, editors.Summary: This book presents cutting-edge surgical techniques and the new operating rooms supporting them, as well as their future developments. In recent years, with the advances in surgical medicine, surgical techniques have undergone great changes. However, safety and reliability are still the major requirements of the operating room, and these are closely linked to the patients wellbeing. The new medical instruments and medical materials being developed to perform surgery more safely, reliably and efficiently are vital technologies supporting this. New techniques involve the introduction of innovative medical instruments and medical materials, and these, too, are increasing in terms of performance and size every year. Surgery and Operating Room Innovation discusses these issues from the perspective of various professionals involved with operating rooms. .
Contents:
Part I. Surgical devices and the operating room
1) Lightweight Carbon-reinforced Resin Surgical Instruments
2) Forceps-type palpation system for laparoscopic surgery
3) Ultrahigh definition (8K UHD) video system and video-assisted surgery in the near future
4) Monitoring of surgeons surgical skills using Internet-of-Things-enabled medical instruments
Part II. Medical materials and regenerative medicine
5) Regenerative medicine in the operating room at present and in the near future
6) Surgery and Operating Room for Restoring Organs Organ Regeneration by Tissue Engineering in The Near Future
Part III. Artificial intelligence and virtual reality
7) Extended reality (XR:VR/AR/MR), 3D printing,Holography, A.I. , Radiomics, and online VR tele-medicine for precision surgery
8) Application of AI in endoscopic surgical operations
Part IV. Navigation surgery
9) Application of ICG fluorescent endoscope systems in identifying small lung cancers on the periphery of the lungs in thoracoscopic surgery
10) Novel multispectral device for quantitative imaging of tissue oxygen saturation and hemoglobin as surgical navigation device
11) Clinical benefit of mixed reality holographic cholangiography for image-guided laparoscopic cholecystectomy
Part V. Robotic Surgery
12) Development of laparoscopic surgery by means of foldable small humanoid robot handswith tactile sensation for laparoscopic surgery
13) Robotic surgery - Currently and in the near future. - DigitalCOL Robert B. Lim, editor.Contents:
Disaster Medicine: Lessons Learned from the Crash of Asiana Airlines Flight
Disaster Preparedness
Trauma Surgery in an Austere Environment: Trauma and Emergency Surgery in Unusual
Difficult Triage Decisions in the Combat or Austere
Removal of Unexploded
Hostage Rescue
Awake Tracheostomy in an Austere
Pediatric Emergencies in the Combat or Austere Environment: As Easy as A, B, C
The Oklahoma City
The Experience of Disaster Response in Sri Lanka: From Reaction to Planning
A Surgical Response to the Haiti Earthquake
Surgery on Public Enemy #1
Lessons Learned in Combat Burn
Operating in a Tent
Dismounted Complex Blast
Surgery Under Fire
Lessons Learned From the Boston Marathon Bombing
Chemical Warfare: A Brief History and Summary of Current Threats and Initial Management
Providing Surgical Training and Assistance in a Developing Country during Military Assistance
Use What You?ve Got: Resource Utilization in a Mass Casualty in Afghanistan. . - DigitalChai Kiat Chng, Narayan H. Gandedkar and Eric J. W. Liou.Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to the surgery-first orthognathic approach (SFOA), which overcomes the problem of the very prolonged treatment period associated with conventional orthognathic surgery by avoiding the presurgical phase. The shorter duration of the treatment is due to a phenomenon triggered by the surgery, termed the regional acceleratory phenomenon, whereby higher osteoclastic activity and metabolic changes at the dentoalveolar level accelerate postoperative orthodontic tooth movement. In this book, readers will find in-depth discussion of integration of the basic biological principles of SFOA with sound biomechanical doctrines. The authors own treatment protocol for surgical and orthodontic management is fully explained. Diagnosis and treatment plans are presented for various skeletal maxillofacial deformities, and key considerations in pre- and postsurgical patient care are highlighted. Detailed attention is given to complication management and to the impact of recent advances such as 3D image integration, virtual surgical planning, and rapid prototyping of surgical wafers. This richly illustrated book will be an ideal resource and quick reference guide for orthodontists at all levels of experience.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalJong-Woo Choi, Jang Yeol Lee.Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to the surgery-first orthognathic approach for patients with malocclusion and skeletal disharmony, which has been successfully applied by the authors in their practices over the past 15 years. The approach breaks with the time-tested principles of traditional orthognathic surgery in that corrective bone surgery is performed first, without the removal of dental compensations, followed by orthodontic finishing. All aspects are covered with the aid of numerous illustrations, the aim being to provide surgeons with a systematic educational tool that will enable them to introduce the approach into their own practice. In addition, the book addresses one of the hot issues in orthodontics, occlusal plane-altering orthognathic surgery, in which surgical modification of the occlusal plane is employed to treat various types of dentofacial deformity and improve facial proportions. This promises to become a very powerful tool in modern orthognathic surgery.
Contents:
Introduction: History and Evolutions in Orthodontic treatment & Orthognathic surgery
Part I: Orthodontic Strategy in Surgery First Approach
1. Introduction of Surgery-first Approach in Surgico-orthodontics
2. STO & Clinical Procedure of Surgery-first Approach
3. Dental Model set up in Mock surgery for Surgery-first approach
4. Post-operative Care in Surgery-first Approach and Post-op Orthodontics Combined with TADs
5. Orthodontic perspective in Treatment Strategy for Cl II Orthognathic Surgery
6. Orthodontic perspective in Treatment Strategy for Facial Asymmetry
7. Soft tissue changes following Surgery-first Approach ; IVRO vs SSRO
Part II: Orthodontic Strategy in Surgery First Approach
8. Update in Orthognathic surgical techniques
9. 3D Computer Simulation in Orthognathic Surgery
10. 3D Photogrammetric analysis in Orthognathic surgery
11. Clinical applications of Surgery first orthongathic approach in Class III dentofacial deformities
12. Clinical applications of Surgery first orthongathic approach in Class II dentofacial deformities
13. Considerations for Facial Asymmetry & Genioplasty in Surgery-first Approach
14. Long Term Stability of Surgery first appraoch
15. Total Treatment Time in Surgery first approach. - DigitalJoseph Kim, Julio Garcia-Aguilar, editors.Summary: This book provides an educational resource of modern and advanced operative techniques for patients with GI cancers. The textbook is designed to provide a step-by-step surgical approach, highlighting key learning points and potential operative pitfalls. When appropriate, two or more different approaches on an operative procedure are presented to provide additional perspective on surgical techniques. Written descriptions of laparoscopic and robotic cancer operations are paired with online video presentations of the same cancer operation. Written by experts in the field, Surgery for Cancers of the Gastrointestinal Tract: A Step-by-Step Approach provides a concise summary of the current management of each GI cancer and is of great utility to not only surgeons at all levels of training, but also for surgeons in practice who seek to reinforce or learn new surgical techniques.
Contents:
Open Technique for Ivor Lewis Esophagectomy
Minimally Invasive Ivor Lewis Esophagectomy
Open Technique for Transhiatal Esophagectomy
Open Radical En Bloc Esophagectomy
Minimally Invasive Three-Field Esophagogastrectomy
Open Distal Gastrectomy for Gastric Cancer
Laparoscopic Distal/Subtotal Gastrectomy
Minimally Invasive Total Gastrectomy for Gastric Carcinoma
Total Gastrectomy and Splenectomy with Roux-en-Y esophagojejunostomy
Open Pancreaticoduodenectomy for Peri-ampullary Cancers: A Step-By-Step Approach
Laparoscopic Pancreaticoduodenectomy
Robotic Technique for Pancreaticoduodenectomy
Open Technique for Resection of Cancers in the Jejunum and Ileum
Minimally Invasive Surgical Techniques for Cancers of the Small Intestine (Jejunum and Ileum)
Open Right Colectomy
Laparoscopic technique for right colectomy
Robotic Technique for Right Colectomy
Open Left Colectomy
Laparoscopic Left Colectomy
Open Technique for Low Anterior Resection
Laparoscopic Technique for Low Anterior Resection
Totally Robotic Low Anterior Resection of the Rectum
Hybrid Laparoscopic-Robotic Low Anterior Resection
Open Abdominoperineal Resection in Lithotomy Position
Robotic Abdominoperineal Resection
Open Technique for Transanal Resection
Transanal Minimally Invasive Surgery for Rectal Cancer
Transanal Endoscopic Surgery in Rectal Tumors. - DigitalGary W. Raff, Shinjiro Hirose, editors.Summary: This book was conceived and written to provide a contemporary view of critical urban transport issues, policies, and initiatives in twelve countries with emerging economies, each at somewhat different stages of development. With dedicated chapters on Brazil, China, Colombia, India, Indonesia, Iran, Mexico, Nigeria, Russia, South Africa, Turkey, and Vietnam, the book contains detailed, comparable information about the current urban transport situation in the major cities in these countries. Written by specialists in the field, the book draws on a wide range of information sources to provide up-to-date accounts of each of these countries. By assembling this information in one volume, it provides a valuable source for academics as well as policy-makers with an interest in the current and emerging urban transport needs of a large portion of the world's population.
Contents:
Surgical Anatomy of the Chest Wall
Pectus Excavatum
Magnetic Mini-Mover Procedure for Pectus Excavatum
Pectus Carinatum
Anesthetic Considerations for Chest Wall Surgery
Poland's Syndrome
Sternal Clefts and Anomalies
Chest Wall Tumors.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalMario Sanna, Rolien Free, Paul Merkus, Maurizio Falcioni.Contents:
History of auditory implantation
Surgical anatomy in auditory implantation
Radiology in auditory implantation
Instruments and implants
Cochlear implantation
Special considerations in pediatric cochlear implantation
Complications and revision surgery in cochlear implantation
Auditory brainstem implantation
Electroacoustic stimulation
Subtotal petrosectomy in cochlear implantation
Cochlear implantation in cochlear ossification
Meningitis and implantation
Auditory implantation in otosclerosis patients
Otomastoiditis and cochlear implantation
Inner ear malformations and implantation
Neurofibromatosis type 2 and auditory implantation
Implantation in skull base and temporal bone lesions
Bone conduction implants
Active middle ear implants : vibrant soundbridge.Digital Access - Digitaledited by Sung Hoon Noh, Woo Jin Hyung.Summary: This book clearly describes the surgical procedures employed in patients with gastric cancer. The techniques used in the various types of gastrectomy are presented step by step, and the roles of endoscopic treatment and chemotherapy are also discussed. A distinctive practical feature is the provision of accompanying online videos of standard surgical procedures, which will serve as excellent learning aids for novice practitioners and provide ideal teaching material for experienced surgeons. Surgery remains the mainstay in the treatment of gastric cancer. With advances in tumor biology and technical developments, gastric cancer surgery has become more diverse and its outcomes have steadily improved. However, further improvement of certain aspects of surgical procedures and techniques is still required. Surgery for Gastric Cancer will acquaint readers with the state of the art in the field and prove a valuable tool in the quest for optimal practice.
Contents:
PART 1: History of Gastric Cancer Surgery
PART 2: Gastric Pathophysiology
1. Preneoplastic lesions, Gastric Carcinogenesis and Molecular Mechanisms (including Role of H. pylori)
2. Pathology and Pathologic Classifications
3. Staging
PART 3: Diagnosis of Gastric Cancer
1. Endoscopic Diagnosis (EGD & EUS)
2. Radiologic Diagnosis (CT, MRI, & PET-CT)
PART 4: Treatment of Gastric Cancer
1. Endoscopic Treatment
2. Open surgery for Gastric Cancer
1) Distal Subtotal gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
2) Total Gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
3) Gastrectomy with D3 lymph node dissection
4) Reconstruction
3. Laparoscopic surgery for Gastric Cancer
1)Distal Subtotal gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
2) Total Gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
3) Reconstruction
4. Robotic surgery for Gastric Cancer
1) Distal Subtotal gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
2) Total Gastrectomy with D2 lymph node dissection
3) Reconstruction
5. Function-preserving Surgery
1) Pylorous-preserving gastrectomy
2) Proximal Gastrectomy
3) Vagus-preserving gastrectomy
6. Sentinel node navigation surgery
7. Surgery for EG Junction Cancer
8. Surgery after neoadjuvant chemotherapy; Schuhmacher
9. Surgery for Remnant gastric Cancer
1) Open surgery
2) Laparoscopic Surgery
3) Robotic Surgery
10. Peritonectomy and HIPEC
11. Palliative surgery (including resection, bypass & stent)
PART 5: Postoperative Management& Follow-up
1. Management of early postoperative complications
2. Management of late postoperative complications
3. Follow-up after Gastric cancer treatment
PART 6: Neoadjuvant and Adjuvant Treatments for Gastric Cancer
1. Neoadjuvant Treatment
2. Adjuvant Treatment
3. Radiation Therapy
4. Novel Agents and the Future perspectives. . - DigitalMikio Mikami, editor.Summary: This comprehensive volume provides exhaustive interpretations of surgery for gynecologic cancer. In these chapters, expert authors expound the history, principles and indications, preoperative evaluations, techniques, morbidity, and the future prospects for each surgical procedure. Also included are comparisons of the training systems of gynecologic surgeons in Japan and the USA. Recently, minimally invasive surgeries such as laparoscopic and robotic approaches have been introduced into the gynecologic oncology field. Readers will be interested to know the history, advances, and current status of gynecologic surgery in Japan. This collection methodically broadens understanding of new surgical methods with quality assurance aimed at saving the cancer patient's life, from the point of view of gynecologic oncologists. Thus the book benefits not only experienced gynecologists, but also young physicians and all medical oncologists who are involved in gynecologic cancers.
Contents:
Part I. Introduction
1. Introduction
2. Subspecialty Training of Gynecologic Surgery in Japan
3. Subspecialty Training of Gynecologic Surgery in USA.-Part II. Surgical Anatomy of Pelvis
4. Surgical Anatomy of Pelvis.-Part III. Cervical Cancer
5. Conization
6. Abdominal Hysterectomy
7. Semiradical
8. Abdominal Radical Hysterectomy
9. Vaginal RH
10. SuperRadical Hysterectomy
11. Laparoscopic Surgery
12. Robotic Surgery
13. Radical Trachlectomy
14. Paraaortic dissection
15. Pelvic Excentration
16. Sentinel Nodes Navigation Surgery.-Part IV. Corpus Cancer
17. Outline of Surgery
18. Retrperitoneal Lymphnode Dissection
19. Laparoscopic Surgery
20. SNNS.-Part V. Ovarian Cancer, Follopian Tube Cancer, Peritoneal Cancer
21. Outline of Surgery
22. Staging Lapa (Early Ovarian Cancer)
23. PDS (Advanced)
24. Upper Abdomen
25. Lynphnode Dissection
26. Intestinal Surgery
27. IDS
28. Fertility Preseaveation.-Part VI. Vulvar Cancer and Vaginal Cancer
29. Outline. - Digitalvolume editors, Nikhila Raol, Christopher J. Hartnick.Contents:
Anatomy and physiology of velopharyngeal closure and insufficiency / Raol, N., Hartnick, C.J
Nasometry, videofluoroscopy, and the speech pathologist's evaluation and treatment / de Stadler, M., Hersh, C.
Nasal endoscopy : new tools and technology for accurate assessment / Raol, N.
New technology : use of cine MRI for velopharyngeal insufficiency / Raol, N., Sagar, P., Nimkin, K., Hartnick, C.J
Validated patient-reported outcome instruments for velopharyngeal insufficiency / Skriko, J.R., Sie, K.C.Y.
Prosthodontics rehabilitation in velopharyngeal insufficiency / Jackson, M.
Superiorly based pharyngeal flap / Raol, N., Hartnick, C.J.
Sphincter pharyngoplasty / Raol, N., Hartnick, C.J.
Furlow double-opposing z-plasty / Raol, N., Hartnick, C.J.
Posterior pharyngeal wall augmentation / Perez, C.F., Brigger, M.T.
Persistent velopharyngeal insufficiency / Willging, J.P.
Obstructive sleep apnea / Willging, J.P.Digital Access Karger 2015 - Digitaledited by Ruming Zhang.Summary: This book addresses surgical management for recurrent soft tissue sarcomas (RSTS) based on a wealth of clinical cases. With aim to reduce recurrence rate, a surgical strategy of barrier resection plus repair reconstruction referring to natural barriers in human body for enhancing curative effect is presented in details. The first part introduces the general theory of surgical treatment for RSTS. The second part is a portfolio of clinical cases, showing the essential of the surgical strategy from hundreds of cases with tumour of different anatomical sites. Each case report is composed of detailed medical history, radiographic images and operational photos. It will help readers to make proper decisions on the basis of specific purposes. This book will be of benefit to oncologists, orthopaedic surgeons, general surgeon, plastic surgeons, and medical students.
Contents:
Overview of RSTS
Principles of Surgical Treatment for RSTS
Barrier Resection
Simplified Repair of Surgical Wound
Relationship between Muscle and Soft Tissue Sarcoma
Bone Structure Invasion by RSTS
Extensive Resection
Surgical Intervention for Complications
RSTS in Front Upper Trunk
RSTS in Rear Upper Trunk and Upper Arm
RSTS in Lower Trunk
RSTS in Thigh
RSTS in Knee, Proximal Leg
RSTS in Foot, Ankle and Distant Leg
RSTS in Forearm and Elbow
RSTS of Wrist, Palms and Hands Back.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digital[edited by] Sefan Sell, Stefan Rehart.Contents:
Principles of orthopedic rheumatology
The hand
The elbow
The shoulder
The foot
The ankle
The knee
The hip
The spine.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2017 - DigitalBruce E. Dall, Sonia V. Eden, Michael D. Rahl, editors.Summary: Filling a significant knowledge gap, this book brings the latest information to the evaluation and treatment of patients with a dysfunctional sacroiliac (SI) joint. Beginning with an overview of current anatomical knowledge and the role of pain and surgery, diagnosis and treatment approaches are carefully presented as individual chapters - featuring the origin of each surgical approach, the approach itself, its literary foundation, and overall available results. The final emphasis of the book is on post-operative concerns - including complications, bracing options, rehabilitation and managing patient expectations. Spine surgeons, physical therapists, and other professionals who treat the SI joint will find Surgery for the Painful, Dysfunctional Sacroiliac Joint to be an invaluable resource.
Contents:
Introduction
Surgical Treatment for the Painful, Stable Sacroiliac Joint: What does the literature tell us?
Anatomy & Biomechanics
Biomechanics of the injured SIJ: results from an in vitro study
Pathology of the sacroiliac joint leading to surgery
Algorithm for the diagnosis and treatment of the dysfunctional sacroiliac joint
Considerations for the surgeon new to sacroiliac joint surgery
Lateral approach, minimally invasive
Posterior midline approach
Posterior lateral into the longitudinal joint Axis approach, minimally invasive
Posterior Lateral Open Approach For Sacroiliac Joint Arthrodesis
Posterior-inferior approach, minimally invasive
The Sacroiliac Joint and Long Lumbosacral Fusions
Post-Surgical Rehabilitation
Complications of sacroiliac joint fusion and salvage considerations
Round table discussion 4/2/14. - Digitaleditors, Fabiola Atzeni, Ignazio Francesco Masala, Daniel Aletaha, Marcus Lee, Xenofon Baraliakos.Summary: "Surgery in Systemic Autoimmune Disease, Volume 15, describes the state-of-the-art of the use of surgery in treating the most common systemic autoimmune diseases (SADS). The volume consists of an introductory chapter concerning the impact of surgery on SADs, follow by eight chapters describing the use of surgery in the treatment of specific diseases in various areas (cardiology, gastroenterology, orthopedics, neurology. etc.) and the possible difficulties and complications. The final five chapters deal with the possible complications arising during the course of biological and non-biological treatment, also providing recommendation concerning their management. International in scope, the list of more than 20 contributors from Europa and America reads like a who's who of clinical researchers in the field. Written by leading international clinical/surgical and scientific experts on surgical problems in SADsProvides a practical guide to the safer use of surgery in patients with autoimmune diseasesIncludes a number of problems and recommendations that cannot be found in other booksDesigned as a 'guide to clinical practice' for surgical interventions required by patients with SADsGives a comprehensive review of the available surgical options"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1. The spectrum of rheumatic diseases
2. Comorbidities in patients with rheumatic disease
3. Drugs used in rheumatic disease
4. Essential and optional drugs for rheumatic diseases
5. Monitoring of disease and treatment of patients with rheumatic disease
6. Surgical intervention for rheumatoid arthritis and complication risks
7. Conventional and biological DMARDs in systemic rheumatic diseases: perioperative risk/benefit management
8. The relevance of preoperative education among healthcare providers, family caregivers, and patients with systemic rheumatic diseases.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Digitaledited by Suryasnata Rath, Milind N. Naik.Summary: This surgical manual provides a step-by-step guide to various surgical procedures for patients with thyroid eye disease (TED). The key surgical steps are covered in detail, with intra-operative photographs. The manual addresses all aspects of TED, including the basic anatomy, surgical preparation, evaluation of imaging, and surgical procedures. TED is commonly encountered by oculoplastic surgeons and general ophthalmologists in their daily practice, and restoration of the normal appearance is vital to patients and their families. Surgical treatments for TED include basic oculoplastic surgery, complex eyelid surgery, strabismus surgery, orbital surgery, and aesthetic procedures. All of the contributing authors are eminent experts with vast experience in treating TED. High-resolution images will help readers understand the key surgical steps, and are combined with a minimal amount of text, reflecting the book's focus on surgical technique. Offering a complete guide that contains all relevant surgical knowledge on TED, presented in a highly practice-oriented format, the book is a must-read for every surgeon whose work involves managing TED.
Contents:
Anatomy of the Eyelid Pertaining to Thyroid Eye Disease
Anatomy of the Orbit Pertaining to Thyroid Eye Disease
Imaging for the Surgical Management of Thyroid Eye Disease
Pre-Operative Planning for TED Surgery
Management of Eyelid Retraction in Active Thyroid Eye Disease
Tarsorrhaphy for Active TED
Surgical Management of Compressive Optic Neuropathy in Active TED
Endonasal Apical Decompression for Compressive Optic Neuropathy in Active TED
Orbital Decompression: Approaches to the Orbit & Surgical Planning
Deep Lateral Wall Decompression
Medial Wall Decompression for TED
Trans-Antral Orbital Decompression
Customized Orbital Decompression
Balanced Two Wall Decompression
Endonasal Approach to Orbital Decompression
Pediatric Orbital Decompression
Video-endoscope assisted Medial/Floor Orbital Decompression
Management of Strabismus in TED
Surgical Management of Eyelid Retraction: Transconjunctival approach
Surgical Management of Eyelid Retraction: Trans-cutaneous Approach
Surgical Management of Severe Eyelid Retraction: Eyelid Spacers
Botulinum Toxin in Eyelid Retraction
Lower Eyelid Fat Prolapse in TED
Eyelid Aesthetics in TED. - Digitaledited by Francois Lacour-Gayet, Edward L. Bove, Viktor Hraška, Victor O. Morell, Thomas L. SpraySummary: This book addresses the most technically demanding cardiac surgical techniques, many of which are often performed on small infants. Conotruncal heart defects are a group of congenital anomalies of the cardiovascular system that are a leading cause of symptomatic cyanotic cardiac disease diagnosed in utero. Surgery of Conotruncal Anomalies provides a wealth of practical information and has been written by a collection of world renowned experts. They discuss the most challenging but life-changing surgeries which, if performed perfectly, allow the child to lead a normal adult life in the majority of cases. This book and the large number of truly stunning explanatory illustrations contained within is an essential resource for junior surgeons as well as trainees and practicing cardiac surgeons, pediatric cardiologists and surgeons, and cardiac imagers, to be used as a critical reference when performing these complex cases.Digital Access Springer 2016
- DigitalPietro Ruggieri, Andrea Angelini, editors.Summary: Approaches to complex pelvic surgery have changed dramatically in recent years thanks to the development of the entire field of orthopedic surgery. This volume focuses on the mastery of diagnosis, management and operative techniques for tumors of the pelvis. It also provides a thorough understanding of how to select the best procedure, how to avoid complications, and what outcomes to expect. Written by experts from leading institutions around the globe, it is a comprehensive reference on treating the full range of musculoskeletal tumors frequently encountered in the pelvis. It offers an overview and an update on the epidemiology, principles of initial assessment, clinical presentation and imaging characteristics of pelvic tumors, guiding clinicians through key questions for developing a differential diagnosis and selecting the appropriate surgical technique. This book is an indispensable resource for orthopedists, oncologists, as well as radiologists and pathology specialists treating patients with bone and soft-tissue tumors.
Contents:
1 Surgical approaches on pelvic bone tumors
2 The history of pelvic tumor surgery
3 Imaging of pelvic bone tumors
4 Most common histotype of pelvic bone tumors
5 Benign pelvic bone tumors
6 Chondrosarcoma of the pelvis
7 Osteosarcoma of the pelvis
8 Ewing's sarcoma of the pelvis
9 Pelvic metastases: diagnosis and treatment
10 Demolitive surgery for pelvic bone tumors
11 Principles of pelvic tumor surgery
12 Innovative techniques in pelvic reconstructions
13 Navigation in pelvic surgery
14 Spino-pelvic stabilization
15 Reconstruction VS no reconstruction
16 The hip transposition as a reconstructive technique after pelvic resection
17 The use of stemmed cups in pelvic reconstruction
18 3D printed reconstructions
19 3D printed reconstructions
20 Particles radiotherapy
21 Chemotherapy for pelvic bone tumors
22 Role of plastic surgery in the treatment of pelvic tumors
23 Anesthesiology for pelvic tumor surgery: from risk evaluation to postoperative course
24 The importance of a multidisciplinary approach to pelvic tumors
25 Functional rehabilitation after pelvic resection and reconstruction. - DigitalChun Kee Chung, editor.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This book describes and illustrates an approach to surgery for spinal cord tumors that is based on a refined concept of anatomic compartmentalization. The aim of this approach is to enable maximum preservation of spinal cord function through confinement of the surgical work to the involved compartment or compartments. Importantly, this involvement differs according to tumor type, and the classification favored by the author takes this fully into account. After introductory chapters on epidemiology and pathology, the anatomy of the spinal cord relevant to surgery for spinal cord tumors is discussed in detail and the proposed classification is clearly explained. The surgical approach to each of the identified anatomic compartments is then described, with attention to the roles of intraoperative mapping techniques, diffusion tensor imaging, and electrophysiologic studies in ensuring that spinal cord functions are spared. Examples of the author's experience when applying the proposed approach are presented. The book is meant for neurosurgeons at all levels of experience. .
Contents:
Chapter 1. Epidemiology of spinal cord tumors
Chapter 2. Pathology of spinal cord tumors
Chapter 3. Anatomy of spinal meninges and meningeal spaces: Relevant to surgery of spinal cord tumors
Chapter 4. Anatomical compartment of spinal cord tumors with anatomical classification. - DigitalIstvan Sziklai, editor.Summary: This book provides the first comprehensive overview of the various conventional and cutting-edge surgical techniques for stapes fixations. After describing the broad range of stapes fixations, it discusses the preoperative diagnostic workup, with special emphasis on the role of CT scanning. It reviews stapedectomy and stapedotomy via the classic tympanotomy approach using different stapes footplate fenestration methodologies, and describes the increasingly popular technique of middle ear endoscopy. A subsequent chapter is devoted to the important topic of robot-assisted surgery. The book then reviews the evolution of the piston prosthesis, highlighting the practical aspects of the different types of piston, their benefits, and their impact on hearing. Lasers are also discussed, and the closing chapters focus on revision surgery and consider outcome measures following stapes surgery. To better illustrate the subject matter, the book features a wealth of photographs (including more than 50 in color), as well as in-depth surgical videos.
Contents:
History of stapes surgery
Heterogeneity of stapes fixations
Preoperative examinations before surgery of stapes fixations. The role of CT in the diagnostics
Stapedectomy
Laser stapedotomy
Surgery of congenital stapes fixation
Intraoperative complications in stapedectomy/stapedotomy
Endoscopic stapes surgery
Robot assisted surgery of stapes fixations
Middle ear implantation in stapes fixation
Cochlear implantation and auditory brainstem implantation in advanced otosclerosis
Piston design for reconstruction of the ossicular chain
Revision stapes surgery
Outcome measures after stapes surgery.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digital/Printby Bayard Holmes.Contents:
pt.
1. Appendicitis, and other diseases about the appendix.Digital Access Google Books 1904- - PrintJoaquín Barraquer, Richard C. Troutman, Joaquín Rutllán ; translation and adaptation by Richard D. Binkhorst.Contents:
v. 1. General consideratons and intracapsular cataract extraction / by J. Barraquer, J. Rutllán ; with the cooperation of R.C. Troutman
v. 2. Surgery of the cornea. - Digitaledited by Jonathan A. Hyam, Erlick A.C. Pereira, Alexander L. Green.Summary: This book reviews the basic science underpinning the autonomic control of various body systems as well as the state-of-the-art clinical applications by which these systems are surgically modulated in patients today.Digital Access Oxford 2016
- Digital[edited by] Robert F. Spetzler, M. Yashar S. Kalani, Michael T. Lawton.Digital Access
- DigitalNicholas C. Bambakidis, Cliff A. Megerian, Robert E. Spetzler, editors.Summary: Now in a fully revised and expanded second edition, this book remains the gold standard guide to the surgical treatment of diseases in the cerebellopontine angle (CPA), the fragile area of the skull base that Harvey Cushing famously described as "the bloody angle." This edition combines current information on the relevant clinical diseases of the CPA with dramatically improved surgical management of its diseases, arranged in five thematic sections. The first section presents the basis and rationale for treatment, including historical perspectives, microsurgical anatomy, relevant radiology and neurology. Part two is composed of chapters on surgical approaches, and parts three and four provide detailed descriptions of surgical management techniques for vestibular schwannomas and non schwannomatous lesions, respectively. The final section provides 21 distinct clinical cases with associated video segments, demonstrating the approaches and techniques in real time. With images courtesy of the renowned Barrow Neurological Institute, Surgery of the Cerebellopontine Angle, Second Edition is a boon resource for expert specialists in neurosurgery, neurotology, neuroradiology, otolaryngology/head and neck surgery, and endovascular surgery.
Contents:
Part I. Foundations for Treatment
Historical Perspectives
Microsurgical Anatomy of the Cerebellopontine Angle and Its Suboccipital Retromastoid Approaches
Radiology
Neurology
Part II. Surgical Approaches
Approaches to the Cerebellopontine Angle
Combined Surgical Approaches
Functional Surgery of the Cerebellopontine Angle
Endoscopy in the Cerebellopontine Angle
Part III. Vestibular Schwannomas
Biology and Genetics of Vestibular Schwannomas in Tumors of the Cerebellopontine Angle
Treatment Options for Acoustic Neuroma, Including Stereotactic Radiosurgery
Translabyrinthine Approach
Hearing Rehabilitation Following Acoustic Neuroma Surgery
Acoustic Neuroma Surgery: Retrosigmoid Techniques
Acoustic Neuroma Surgery: The Middle Fossa Approach
Complications and Cranial Nerve Rehabilitation
Facial Reanimation
Hearing and Surgical Considerations in Neurofibromatosis Type 2
Prevention and Management of Postoperative Cerebrospinal Fluid Leakage
Part IV. Nonschwannomatous Lesions of the CPA
Temporal Bone Neoplasms
Congenital Rest Lesions and Rare Tumors
Vascular Lesions of the Cerebellopontine Angle
Part V. Cases and Approaches (animations and videos)
Case 1: Retrosigmoid Approach for Vestibular Schwannoma
Case 2: Combined Transpetrosal Approach with Hearing Preservations for Resection of a Meningioma
Case 3: Far-Lateral Approach for a Foramen Magnum Meningioma
Case 4: Resection of an Acoustic Schwannoma Complicated by Tumor Encasement of the Anterior Inferior Cerebellar Artery Using a Translabyrinthine Approach
Case 5: Transcondylar Approach for Giant Aneurysm with Posterior Inferior Cerebellar Artery Bypass
Case 6: Far-Lateral Approach for a Posterior Inferior Cerebellar Artery Aneurysm Clipping
Case 7: Right Retrosigmoid Craniotomy for Microvascular Decompression for Trigeminal Neuralgia (Endoscope-Assisted)
Case 8: Right Retrosigmoid Craniotomy for Microvascular Decompression of Hemifacial Spasm
Case 9: Left Retrosigmoid Craniotomy for Microvascular Decompression of Glossopharyngeal Neuralgia
Case 10: Anterior Transpetrosal Approach for Resection of Petroclival Meningioma
Case 11: Vestibular Schwannoma Resection with Facial Nerve Displaced Dorsally
Case 12: Right Retrosigmoid Craniotomy for Pontine Cavernous Malformation
Case 13: Lateral Transcondylar Craniotomy for PICA Aneurysm
Case 14: Left Retrosigmoid Approach in Large Vestibular Schwannoma in Patient with NF2
Case 15: Retrosigmoid Approach for a Left-sided Trigeminal Schwannoma
Case 16: Retrosigmoid Approach to Right-sided Epidermoid Cyst
Case 17: Translabrynthine Transtemporal Approach for Left Vestibular Schwannoma
Case 18: Middle Cranial Fossa Craniotomy for a Left Petrous Apex Lesion
Case 19: Extended Translabyrinthine Approach for Left-sided Vestibular Schwannoma
Case 20: Right-sided Retrosigmoid Approach to Small Vestibular Schwannoma
Case 21: Transotic Approach to Left-sided Jugular Paraganglioma/Glomus Tumor for Partial Debulking
Appendix: Anatomic Dissection. - DigitalEnrico Tessitore, Amir R. Dehdashti, Claudio Schonauer, Claudius Thomé, editors.Digital Access Springer 2020
- Digital[edited by] Daniel J. Berry, MD, Jay R. Lieberman, MDSummary: "Offering authoritative, comprehensive coverage of hip surgery, the 2nd Edition of Surgery of the Hip is the definitive guide to hip replacement, other open and arthroscopic surgical procedures, and surgical and nonsurgical management of the hip across the lifespan. Modeled after Insall & Scott Surgery of the Knee, it keeps you fully up to date with the latest research, techniques, tools, and implants, enabling you to offer both adults and children the best possible outcomes. Detailed guidance from expert surgeons assists you with your toughest clinical challenges, including total hip arthroplasty, pediatric hip surgery, trauma, and hip tumor surgery."--Provided by publisher.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
- Digital/Printedited by Raymond G. Tronzo.Digital Access
- DigitalDaniel Azoulay, Chetana Lim, Chady Salloum, editors.Contents:
Anatomy of the inferior vena cava / Jean-Marc Chevalier
Imaging and radiological assessment of the inferior vena cava / Hicham Kobeiter, Alain Luciani
Anesthetic and hemodynamic considerations of inferior vena cava clamping / Daniel Eyraud
Inferior vena cava resection and reconstruction in the surgical management of tumors involving the inferior vena cava / Laurent Chiche (Paris, France).- Primary leiomyosarcoma of the inferior vena cava / Gary N. Mann.- Retroperitoneal sarcoma involving inferior vena cava / Marco Fiore.- Renal cell carcinoma / Gaetano Ciancio
Surgery of the Inferior vena cava combined to in situ hypothermic liver surgery / Daniel Azoulay
Ex situ resection of inferior vena cava with hepatectomy / Karl J. Oldhafer
Adrenocortical carcinoma / Radu Mihai, Bruno Carnaille
Malignancy with cavoatrial extension / Jean-Noel Fabiani
Inferior vena cava reconstruction in liver cadaveric transplantation / Andrea Tzakis.- Inferior vena cava reconstruction in liver living donor transplantation / Kokudo Norihiro.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalPhilippe Neyret, Guillaume Demey, editors.Summary: The knee presents numerous challenges to the orthopaedic surgeon and this book presents techniques and guidance both for common surgical procedures and also for rare and difficult interventions in knee surgery. Surgical techniques and approaches in knee surgery are covered as well as postoperative complications and rehabilitation. Chapters also discuss clinical examination and preparation of the patient prior to the procedure. Surgery of the Knee is a comprehensive step-by-step guide that features more than 500 operative photographs, radiological and surgical drawings of exceptional quality. The Editors have brought together a team of experts within the field ensuring that orthopaedic surgeons in training and those wishing to improve their knowledge of the knee will find this book to be an indispensable resource for performing knee surgery.
Contents:
The general principals of patient positioning and set up
Arthroscopy of the knee
Meniscectomy
Meniscal sutures
Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction : surgical technique
Revision anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction
Surgical technique for the arthroscopic reconstruction of the posterior cruciate ligament
Posterolateral corner and lateral collateral ligament reconstruction
Dislocations and bicruciate lesions
Synovectomies of the knee
Surgical management of chondral and osteochondral lesions
Iliotibial band syndrome
Surgical indications in the treatment of osteoarthritis
Osteotomy: general conceptions and indications
Distal opening wedge femoral osteotomy for the treatment of valgus deformity.-High tibial osteotomy
High tibal varus osteotomy
Anterior opening wedge osteotomy of the tibia for the treatment of genu recurvatum
Surgical technique for a double osteotomy
Lateral opening wedge tibial osteotomy
Patello femoro arthritis and the lateral vertical partial patellectomy
Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) after unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) to the other compartment
Total knee replacement in medial arthritis: surgical technique
Total knee replacement in lateral arthritis specifics and surgical techniques.-Computer assisted total knee arthroplasty
Total knee prosthesis after valgus osteotomy of the tibia
Revision unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
Revision total knee arthroplasty : planning and technical considerations
Episodic patellar dislocation
Deepening femoral trochleoplasty
Shortening the patella tendon
Acute ruptures of the quadriceps tendon
Chronic rupture of the extensor apparatus
Patella fractures
Surgical management of the stiff knee
Lenghthening of the patella tendon
Stiffness of the knee: release according to judet
Post operative complications. . - DigitalPhilippe Neyret, Chris Butcher, Guillaume Demey, editors.Summary: This heavily revised second edition provides a practical guide to the treatment of a range of common knee pathologies, using tried and tested solutions from the Lyon School of Knee Surgery. Extensively revised chapters focus on equipping the reader with a solid foundation in the areas of sports, degenerative and patellofemoral surgery. New chapters cover robotic arthroplasty and strategies in total knee arthroplasty, along with a collection of more unusual cases, enabling the reader to develop their confidence in dealing with a range of clinical scenarios. Surgery of the Knee systematically reviews a range of knee surgery indications and techniques. It represents a timely and valuable resource for both trainee orthopaedic specialists, and practising surgeons who seek to develop a deeper understanding of how to approach treating their patients.
Contents:
The general principals of patient positioning and set up
Arthroscopy of the knee
Meniscectomy
Meniscal sutures
Classification of knee laxities
Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction : surgical technique
Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction using hamstrings : surgical technique
Revision anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction
Surgical technique for the arthroscopic reconstruction of the posterior cruciate ligament
Posterolateral corner and lateral collateral ligament reconstruction
Dislocations and bicruciate lesions: classification and treatment
Synovectomies of the knee
Surgical management of chondral and osteochondral lesions
Iliotibial band syndrome
Surgical indications in the treatment of osteoarthritis
Osteotomy: general conceptions and indications
Distal opening wedge femoral osteotomy for the treatment of valgus deformity
High tibial osteotomy
High tibal varus osteotomy
Anterior opening wedge osteotomy of the tibia for the treatment of genu recurvatum
Surgical technique for a double osteotomy
Lateral opening wedge tibial osteotomy
Patello femoro arthritis and the lateral vertical partial patellectomy
Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) after unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (UKA) to the other compartment
Total knee replacement: steps and strategies
Total knee replacement in medial arthritis: surgical technique
Total knee replacement in lateral arthritis specifics and surgical techniques
Computer assisted total knee arthroplasty
Robotic assisted knee arthroplasty
Total knee prosthesis after valgus osteotomy of the tibia
Revision unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
Revision total knee arthroplasty: planning and technical considerations
Rotatory hinge prosthesis: indications and technical considerations
Episodic patellar dislocation
Deepening femoral trochleoplasty
Shortening the patella tendon
Acute ru ptures of the quadriceps tendon
Chronic rupture of the extensor apparatus
Patella fractures
Surgical management of the stiff knee
Lengthening of the patella tendon
Stiffness of the knee: release according to Judet
Clinical cases
Post operative complications.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalChristophe Hulet, Helder Pereira, Giuseppe Peretti, Matteo Denti, editors.Summary: This book, published in cooperation with ESSKA, provides an exhaustive review of the meniscus and its pathology, covering all aspects from the basic science of the normal meniscus to clinical and imaging diagnosis, meniscus repair and meniscectomy, outcomes and complications, postoperative management, and emerging technologies. The book opens by examining in depth aspects such as anatomy, histology, physiology, biomechanics, and physiopathology. Clear guidance is offered on arthroscopy and the classification of meniscal lesions, with consideration of the full range of meniscal pathology, including traumatic lesions, degenerative lesions, root tears, meniscal cysts, and congenital lesions. Choice of treatment in different settings is explained, and the various surgical techniques - meniscectomy, meniscal repair, and reconstruction with allografts - are described in detail with the aid of accompanying videos and with presentation of long-term results. The concluding chapter takes a look into the future of meniscus reconstruction, for example through regeneration using mesenchymal stem cells.
Contents:
Introduction
Meniscus Basic Science
Classification Meniscal Lesions
Preoperative Clinical Examination and Imaging
Surgical Technique
Postoperative Evaluation
Results
Indications: Adults
Lavage, Debridement, and Osteoarthritis
Post-meniscectomized Knee
Meniscal Reconstruction
Allograft
Meniscal Reconstruction
Substitutes
Substitutes and Future Technology
Conclusion.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalWei Guo, Francis J. Hornicek, Franklin H. Sim, editors.Summary: This book introduces the current state of surgical treatment in this particular location-sacrum and pelvis, presenting progress and innovation, describing in detail the related procedures. The book comprises three main parts, pelvic, sacral and typical cases. In each part, chapters are organized in a parallel fashion, with general considerations, surgical approaches and commonly used procedures. This helps to illustrate and detail the surgical techniques involved. This book is valuable for surgeons dealing with this challenging disease. Additionally, it summarizes and reinforces the previous knowledge of techniques in this field. Wei Guo is a Professor at Musculoskeletal Tumor Center, Peoples Hospital, Peking University, China. Francis Hornicek is Chief at Orthopaedic Oncology Service, Massachusetts General Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA. Franklin H. Sim is a Professor of Orthopedics at the Department of Orthopedics, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN, USA.
Contents:
Intro
Surgery of the Pelvic and Sacral Tumor
Contents
Part I: Pelvic Tumors: The Fundamentals
1: Pelvis: General Considerations
1.1 Important Considerations When Planning Treatment of Pelvic Tumours
1.2 Aetiology of Pelvic Tumours
1.2.1 Primary Tumours
1.2.2 Secondary Tumours
1.3 Symptoms of Pelvic Tumours
1.4 Imaging Modalities
1.4.1 Plain Radiography
1.4.2 Computed Tomograph
1.4.3 Magnetic Resonance Imaging
1.4.4 Angiography
1.4.5 Functional Imaging
1.5 Anatomic Considerations
1.6 Anaesthetic Considerations 1.7 Positioning and Pressure Care
1.8 Post-operative Analgesia
References
2: Anatomy and Physiology of the Pelvis
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Osteology
2.2.1 Sacrum
2.2.2 Innominate Bones
2.2.2.1 Sacroiliac Joint
2.2.2.2 Sacrospinous Ligament
2.2.2.3 Sacrotuberous Ligament
2.2.2.4 Pubic Symphysis
2.3 Musculature
2.4 Vascular Anatomy
2.5 Genitourinary System
2.6 Large Bowel
2.7 Lumbar/Sacral Nerves
Bibliography
3: Imaging Modalities and Differential Diagnosis
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Imaging Modalities
3.2.1 Plain Radiographs 3.2.2 Computed Tomography
3.2.3 Magnetic Resonance Imaging
3.2.4 Positron Emission Tomography/Computed Tomography
3.3 Imaging Features of Common Pelvic Tumors
3.3.1 Malignant Lesions
3.3.1.1 Chondrosarcoma
3.3.1.2 Osteogenic Sarcoma
3.3.1.3 Ewing Sarcoma
3.3.1.4 Chordoma
3.3.1.5 Liposarcoma
3.3.1.6 Metastatic Disease
3.3.2 Benign Lesions
3.3.2.1 Giant Cell Tumor
3.3.2.2 Osteochondroma
3.3.2.3 Aneurysmal Bone Cyst
3.4 Summary
References
4: Tumors of the Pelvis: Pathologic Aspect
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Soft Tissue Sarcomas 4.2.1 Liposarcoma
4.2.2 Leiomyosarcoma
4.3 Primary Bone Sarcomas
4.3.1 Chondrosarcoma
4.3.2 Ewing Sarcoma
4.3.3 Osteosarcoma
4.3.4 Chordoma
4.3.4.1 Benign Lesions
Osteochondroma
Giant Cell Tumor
Aneurysmal Bone Cyst
4.4 Summary
References
5: Staging, Preoperative, and Surgical Planning
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Preoperative Virtual Planning
5.2.1 PVP Summary
5.3 Intraoperative Virtual Navigation
5.3.1 IVN Summary
5.4 Accuracy in PVP and IVN
5.5 Conclusion
References
Part II: Pelvic Tumors: Surgical Procedures 6: Overview on Pelvic Resections: Classification, Operative Considerations and Surgical Approaches
6.1 Classification of Tumours According to Location
6.2 Classification of Internal Hemipelvectomy According to Surgical Margins
6.3 Indications and Contraindications for Limb-Sparing Surgery
6.4 Availability of Resources
6.5 Preoperative Preparation
6.5.1 Staging Investigations
6.5.2 Blood Transfusion Requirements
6.5.3 Preoperative Optimisation
6.5.4 Informed Consent
6.5.5 Urinary Catheterisation
6.5.6 Prophylactic Antibiotic 6.5.7 Anaesthetic ConsiderationsDigital Access Springer 2020 - Digital[edited by] Ali A. Baaj, U. Kumar Kakarla, Han Jo Kim.Digital Access
- Digitaleditor, Gregory W. Randolph.Summary: "Surgery of the Thyroid and Parathyroid Glands empowers the reader to diagnose benign and malignant diseases effectively, implement the latest cutting-edge techniques, and achieve optimal patient outcomes. This surgical reference book encompasses the most up to date state of the art knowledge, presented by world-renown authors in thyroid and parathyroid surgery, in one concise yet comprehensive source, offering the detailed guidance you need to produce the best results"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
History of thyroid and parathyroid surgery
Applied embryology of the thyroid and parathyroid glands
Thyroid physiology and thyroid function testing
Thyroiditis
Thyroglossal duct cysts and ectopic thyroid tissue
Surgery of cervical and substernal goiter
Approach to the mediastinum: transcervical, transsternal, and video-assisted
Surgical management of hyperthyroidism
Reoperation for benign thyroid disease
The evaluation and management of thyroid nodules
Fine-needle aspiration of the thyroid gland : the 2Bethesda system
Fine-needle aspiration and molecular analysis
Ultrasound of the thyroid and parathyroid glands
Preoperative radiographic mapping of nodal disease for papillary thyroid carcinoma
Laryngeal examination in thyroid and parathyroid surgery
Radiofrequency and laser ablation of thyroid nodules and parathyroid adenoma
Differentiated thyroid cancer incidence
Molecular pathogenesis of thyroid neoplasia
Papillary thyroid cancer
Papillary thyroid microcarcinoma
Papillary carcinoma observation
Follicular thyroid cancer
Noninvasive follicular thyroid neoplasm with papillary-like nuclear features (NIFTP)
Dynamic risk group analysis and staging for differentiated thyroid cancer
Hürthle cell tumors of the thyroid
Sporadic medullary thyroid carcinoma
Syndromic medullary thyroid cancer: MEN 2A and MEN 2B
Anaplastic thyroid cancer and primary thyroid lymphoma
Pediatric thyroid cancer
Familial nonmedullary thyroid cancer
Principles in thyroid surgery
Robotic and extracervical approaches to the thyroid and parathyroid glands
Transoral thyroidectomy
Minimally invasive video-assisted thyroidectomy
Surgical anatomy and monitoring of the superior laryngeal nerve
Surgical anatomy and monitoring of the recurrent laryngeal nerve
Surgery for locally advanced thyroid cancer: larynx, tracheal invasion, and esophageal
Central neck dissection: indications and technique
Lateral neck dissection: indications and technique
Incisions in thyroid and parathyroid surgery
Surgical pathology of the thyroid gland
Pathophysiology of recurrent laryngeal nerve injury
Management of recurrent laryngeal nerve paralysis
Nonneural complications of thyroid and parathyroid surgery
Quality assessment in thyroid and parathyroid surgery
Ethics and malpractice in thyroid and parathyroid surgery
Postoperative management of differentiated thyroid cancer
Postoperative radioactive iodine ablation and treatment of differentiated thyroid cancer
External beam radiotherapy for thyroid malignancy
Reoperative thyroid surgery
Nonsurgical treatment of thyroid cysts, nodules, thyroid cancer nodal metastases, and hyperparathyroidism: the role of percutaneous ethanol injection
Medical treatment horizons for metastatic differentiated and medullary thyroid cancer
Primary hyperparathyroidism: pathophysiology, surgical indications, and preoperative workup
Guide to preoperative parathyroid localization testing
Principles in surgical management of primary hyperparathyroidism
Standard bilateral parathyroid exploration
Minimally invasive single gland parathyroid exploration
Minimally invasive video-assisted parathyroidectomy
Intraoperative PTH monitoring during parathyroid surgery
Surgical management of multiglandular parathyroid disease
Surgical management of secondary and tertiary hyperparathyroidism
Parathyroid management in the men syndromes
Revision parathyroid surgery
Parathyroid carcinoma
Surgical pathology of the parathyroid glands.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - PrintWilliam W. Montgomery.
- DigitalLee J. Skandalakis, John E. Skandalakis, editors ; with contributions by Panagiotis N. Skandalakis.Summary: Generations of residents and general surgeons have relied upon and worn out their copies of Surgical Anatomy and Technique: A Pocket Manual. Thoroughly revised and with dozens of new illustrations, the fourth edition continues the tradition of providing a concise, accessible, and generously illustrated memory refresher for both novice and experienced clinicians. The editors have included techniques to keep the content fresh, relevant, and practice-based. Among the new topics are hand surgery, a section on central venous access, and creating an AV fistula for dialysis. All the existing chapters have been updated and expanded to reflect current surgical approaches and instrumentation. This fourth edition of Surgical Anatomy and Technique: A Pocket Manual provides the gold standard in correlating clear, practical anatomy with the correct technique in the pursuit of the best possible patient outcomes. This handy pocket manual remains a "must have" for every resident and general surgeon.
Contents:
Skin, Scalp, and Nail
Neck
Breast
Abdominal Wall and Hernias
Diaphragm
Esophagus
Stomach
Duodenum
Pancreas
Small Intestine
Appendix
Colon and Anorectum
Liver
Extrahepatic Biliary Tract
Spleen
Adrenal Glands
Vascular System
Uterus, Tubes, and Ovaries
Carpal Tunnel
Microsurgical Procedures
Miscellaneous Procedures
Bariatric Surgery. - DigitalLee J. Skandalakis, editor.Summary: This book continues the tradition of providing a concise, accessible, and generously illustrated refresher for both novice and experienced clinicians. It contains thoroughly revised chapters and dozens of new richly colored illustrations, which make it much easier to follow the technique and better appreciate the anatomy. This fifth edition now includes robotic techniques for each relevant chapter. All the existing chapters have been updated to reflect current surgical approaches and instrumentation as well as a section on anatomical complications. Three new chapters on sports hernia, ablative techniques for venous disease, and on the kidney and ureter have also been added to help surgeons learn more about these structures. The fifth edition of Surgical Anatomy and Technique: A Pocket Manual provides the gold standard in correlating clear, practical anatomy with the correct technique in the pursuit of the best possible patient outcomes and remains a "must have" for every resident and general surgeon.
Contents:
Skin, Scalp, and Nail
Neck
Breast
Abdominal Wall and Hernias
Diaphragm
Esophagus
Stomach
Duodenum
Pancreas
Small Intestine
Appendix
Colon and Anorectum
Liver
Extrahepatic Biliary Tract
Spleen
Adrenal Glands
Vascular System
Uterus, Tubes, and Ovaries
Carpal Tunnel Release
Microsurgical Procedures
Miscellaneous Procedures
Bariatric Surgery
Sports Hernia
Ablative Techniques for Management of Symptomatic Superficial Venous Disease
Kidney and Ureter. - Digital[edited by] Mark O. Jensen ; illustrations by Gary Baune.Summary: "In today's surgical environment, open operations have declined in frequency, but the need for a practical, superbly illustrated reference in this area is still great. Ideal for both trainee and experienced surgeons, Surgical Anatomy and Mastery of Open Operations: A Multimedia Curriculum for Training Residents achieves this goal with expert coverage of essential open procedures, both common and uncommon. In print and on video, this "go to" resource includes clinical highlights, practical tips, and detailed illustrations"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Head and neck
Breast and neurovascular system of the upper extremity
Thorax
Abdominal wall
Small and large intestine
Stomach, duodenum, and esophagus
Liver, biliary system, pancreas, and spleen
Kidney, adrenal, ureters, and bladder
Pelvis
Aorta, Iliac arteries, and blood supply to the lower extremity (Vascular exposure)Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019 - Digitaledited by R. Shane Tubbs [and more].Summary: The first work of its kind devoted to the surgical anatomy of the cervical plexus, Surgical Anatomy of the Cervical Plexus and Its Branches clearly explains and illustrates this important subset of peripheral nervous system anatomy. Ideal for physicians and residents from a wide range of medical and surgical disciplines, this unique title details new methods of imaging the cervical plexus, as well as its pathology and appropriate surgical approaches. Key Features: Using fresh cadaveric dissections, the surgical anatomy of each branch of the cervical plexus will be demonstrated. Nerves are to be color-coded to differentiate them from other tissues and dissected in a layer-by-layer method. New methods of imaging the cervical plexus as well as its pathology and appropriate surgical approaches will be covered in detail.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
- DigitalBeth Schrope.Contents:
Physics : include medical precautions
Instrumentation
Advanced technologies : 3D ultrasound, contrast ultrasound
Ultrasound of the neck, thyroid and parathyroid
Breast ultrasound
Abdominal ultrasound : principles (transabdominal, intraoperative, laparoscopic)
Hepatobiliary ultrasound : include rf and other ablative therapies
Ultrasound of pancreas
FAST : trauma ultrasound
Critical care ultrasound : includes chest ultrasound
Endoscopic ultrasound : foregut including esophagus, stomach, small intestine, biliary
Endoscopic ultrasound : hindgut including endorectal
Genitourinary ultrasound
Vascular ultrasound
Ultrasound-guided regional anesthesia
Therapeutic ultrasound
Documentation, coding, billing, and compliance
Credentialing.Digital Access AccessSurgery 2014 - DigitalDeepak Narayan, Shanta E. Kapadia, Gopal Kodumudi, Nalini Vadivelu, editors.Summary: This evidence-based guide is the first of its kind to outline the surgical and perioperative management of patients with anatomical anomalies and support clinical decision-making under these difficult circumstances. Presented in a simple, accessible format and organized by anatomical area, this book contains all the essential topics required by trainees and practitioners to assess the patient quickly, diagnose anatomic anomalies, determine the feasibility and safety of the planned surgical and anesthetic procedures, and arrange for advanced consults and care, if needed. Newer techniques for surgical and anesthetic management of patients with anatomic anomalies are presented to facilitate practitioners' development of their skills. Chapters include the latest ultrasound techniques and images, as well as case studies. Physicians, nurses, and trainees involved in the surgical, anesthetic, perioperative, or critical care of patients will find this guide to be their go-to resource in the OR, lab, or pain clinic.
Contents:
Section I: Head and Neck
1. Anatomy of the Head and Neck
2. Challenges of Dental Surgery and Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery in Patients with Anatomical Anomalies
3. Airway Management
Section II: Thorax and Its Contents
4. Head and Neck Variations: Vessels
5. Head and Neck Variations: Soft Tissue, Nerves, and Bones
6. Common Congenital Syndromes and Disease States Impacting Regional Anesthesiology Techniques
7. Thoracic Aorta and Its Variants
Section III: Abdominal Cavity
8. Anatomy of the Gastrointestinal System
9. Anomalies of the Gastrointestinal Tract
10. Surgical Anatomy of the Hepatobiliary System
11. Surgical Anatomy, Anomalies, and Normal Variants of the Pancreas
12. Anatomy of the Genitourinary System
13. Urologic Anomalies and Surgical Implications
14. Duodenal Fossae
15. Acquired Spinal Disorders Anatomy
16
Neuraxial and Peripheral Nerve Block Placement in Patients with Anatomical Anomalies
Section IV: Upper and Lower Extremities
17. Upper Extremity Variations
18. Anomalies of the Foot and Ankle
19. Upper and Lower Extremity Vascular Variations
Section V: Vascular Access and Anesthesia
20. Vascular Access and Anesthesia for Patients with Cardiac Anatomic Anomalies. - DigitalEdward Ellis, III, DDS, MS, Professor, Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Director of Residency Training, The University of Texas Southwestern Medicial Center and Chief of Oral and Maxillofacial Suregery, Parkland Memorial Hospital, Michael F. Zide, DMD, Associate Director, Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, John Peter Smith Hospital, Fort Worth, Texas ; surgical videos by Eric W. Wang, MD, Associate Professor, Department lf Otolaryngology, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Director, Maxillofacial Trauma, UPMC Presbyterian Hospital, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Jenny Y. Yu, MD, Associate Professor, Clinical Operations, Departrment of Ophthalmology, Assistant Professor, Department of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania ; illustrations by Jennifer Carmichael, MA, and Lewis Calver, BFA, MS.Summary: "This text/atlas is a step-by-step guide to the surgical approaches used to expose the facial skeleton. The authors describe in detail the key anatomic structures and the technical aspects of each approach, so that the surgeon can safely gain access to the region of the craniofacial skeleton requiring surgery"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Basic principles for approaches to the facial skeleton
Transcutaneous approaches through the lower eyelid
Transconjunctival approaches
Supraorbital eyebrow approach
Upper eyelid approach
Coronal approach
Approaches to the maxilla
Mandibular vestibular approach
Submandibular approach
Retromandibular approach
Rhytidectomy approach
Preauricular approach
External (open) approach
Endonasal approach.Digital Access Ovid 2018 - DigitalStephen Haggerty, editor.Contents:
1. The epidemiology of renal replacement therapy
2. Physiology of peritoneal dialysis
3. Patient selection for peritoneal dialysis
4. Perioperative planning assessment and preparation
5. Overview of catheter choices and implantation techniques
6. Surgical considerations for open placement of peritoneal dialysis catheters
7. Fluoroscopic guided percutaneous insertion of PD catheters
8. Advanced laparoscopic insertion of peritoneal dialysis catheters
9. Pre-sternal and extended catheters
10. Buried catheters: how and why?
11. Post-operative protocol and maintenance of function
12. Diagnosis and management of catheter dysfunction
13. Mechnical complications of peritoneal dialysis
14. Infection complications of peritoneal dialysis
15. Management of hernias in the context of peritoneal dialysis
Index.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Xiaodong Zhu.Contents:
Cardiac Anatomy: Nomenclature and Abbreviations
Position and Observation of the Heart and Surgical Approaches
The Right Atrium
The Right Ventricle
The Coronary Artery
The Conduction System of the Heart
The Left Atrium
The Left Ventricle
The Cardiac Skeleton and the Aortic Root
General Considerations of Cardiac Embryology
Atrial Septal Defect and Cor Triatriatum
Atrioventricular Septal Defect
Ventricular Septal Defect
Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Drainage
Aortic Arch Coarctation and Interrupted Aortic Arch
Congenital Anomalies of the Tricuspid Valve
Right Ventricular Outflow Tract Obstruction
Mitral Atresia and Hypoplastic Left Ventricle
Single Ventricle
Persistent Truncus Arteriosus
Aortopulmonary Window
Aneurism of the Sinus of Valsalva
Tetralogy of Fallot
Double Outlet Right Ventricle
Complete Transposition of the Great Arteries
Corrected Transposition of the Great Arteries
Pulmonary Atresia
Double-outlet of Left Ventricle. - DigitalYing Mao, Wei Zhu, Jianping Song, editors.Summary: This Atlas summarizes current surgical strategy for cerebral revascularization in the treatment of complex neurovascular diseases. It focuses on complex intracranial aneurysms, which are mostly large/giant, irregular and short of enough collateral compensation. In the first part, it starts from the extracranial-intracranial (EC-IC) bypass strategy. For the complex middle cerebral artery aneurysms, the types of EC-IC bypass are determined based on the angioarchitecture. Furthermore, various intracranial-intracranial (IC-IC) bypasses are introduced, with the advantage of no need for graft vessel harvesting and preferable matching of donor and receipt arteries. This Atlas provides useful knowledge and cases about this basic and indispensable skill for neurosurgeons.
Contents:
External carotid artery - Radial artery - Middle cerebral artery bypass
Superficial temporal artery - Radial artery - Middle cerebral artery bypass
Superficial temporal artery - Middle cerebral artery bypass
Anterior cerebral artery (A3) - Anterior cerebral artery (A3) bypass
Middle cerebral artery - Middle cerebral artery bypass
Occipital artery - Posterior inferior cerebellar artery bypass
Posterior cerebral artery - Posterior cerebral artery bypass
Posterior inferior cerebellar artery - Vertebral artery bypass
Anterior cerebral artery (A2) - Radial artery - Anterior cerebral artery (A4) bypass
Carotid endarterectomy
Computational fluid dynamics of cerebral revascularization
Functional magnetic resonance imaging study of cerebral revascularization
Perspective: The topographic model of cerebral revascularization. - DigitalGhulam Qadir Fayyaz, editor.Summary: Globally there is a burden of approximately 1, 60,000 new cases of cleft lip and palate every year, yet there is no single comprehensive source on this problem. This surgical atlas fills the gap in the knowledge of appropriately handling cleft lip and palate cases. This pictorial resource has been compiled and edited by an expert who operates one of the highest cleft lip and palate correction programs in the world and has performed more than 34,000 surgeries, restoring function to numerous patients across the globe. It covers all variants and types of cleft lip and palate defects, including both primary cases as well as in previously operated cases. It starts with an in-depth elaboration on anatomy, physiology, and pathology of the (normal) palate and cleft palate, moving towards, classification and identification of defects with the help of clear flow charts and simple algorithms enabling better diagnosis and decision making. With over 1500 high definition images and hand-drawn sketches, this atlas provides a detailed description of diagnosis, problems and the management of each type of defect. The underlying objective of such surgeries is to best restore the good function of the palate and enable better speech production, which is highlighted amply in each chapter. This atlas is a valuable resource for all plastic surgeons, paediatric surgeons, maxillofacial surgeons, ENT surgeons and other medical professionals involved in cleft lip and palate defect surgeries.
Contents:
Anatomy and Patho-Phsyiology of Cleft Palate
Classification of Cleft Palate
Management of Cleft Palate Patient
Objectives of Palate Repair
Different Techniques of Palate Repair
New Techniques and Innovations
Post Operative Management of Cleft Palate Repair
Complications of Cleft Palate Repair
Pakistan Comprehensive Fistula Classification
Management of Midline Palatal Fistula
Management of Lateral Palatal Fistula
Management of Subtotal Fistulae
Management of Multiple Fistulae & FAR
Dehiscence/Almost Total Loss of Palatal Tissue
Difficult to Repair Secondary Palate Patients
Speech Therapy
Orthognathic Surgery after Cleft Palate Repair. - DigitalBin Qiao, Zhing Min Liu, Yu Guo Weng, Ajit P. Yoganathan, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive surgical atlas of functional single ventricle and hypoplastic left heart syndrome, based on theoretical insights and a wealth of clinical practice. It offers anatomical morphology and descriptive texts, while also highlighting key aspects of each procedure. The book is divided into three major parts, the first two of which illustrate the procedures for the palliation of functional single ventricle and hypoplastic left heart syndrome respectively, including the fundamental concepts, derivatives, evolutionary process, and criterion for the staged Fontan procedure. In turn, part three highlights advances in computational simulation for cardiological applications. Featuring well-illustrated, clearly structured instructions, the book offers a valuable guide to functional single ventricle and hypoplastic left heart syndrome for cardiologists around the globe.
Contents:
Functional single ventricle
Hypoplastic left heart syndrome
Part III. - DigitalYing-bin Liu, editor.Summary: This book comprehensively discusses advanced surgical techniques for pancreatic cancers, including open, laparoscopic and robotic-assisted surgery, as well as palliative surgery and total meso-pancreas excision. It also features high-resolution illustrations taken from selected clinical cases to enhance the descriptions of the surgical procedures. Providing details of technical issues and commenting on the outcome, it a timely reference resource for pancreatic surgeons, pancreatic physicians, and interns interested in pancreatic cancer surgery.
Contents:
Introduction
Part 1 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Pancreatoduodenectomy
1. Pancreatoduodenectomy: Total Meso-Pancreas Excision Approach
2. Pancreatoduodenectomy: Artery First Approach
3. Pancreatoduodenectomy: pancreatoduodenectomy other Approach
4. Pylorus-Preserving Pancreatoduodenectomy
5. Stomach-Preserving Pancreaticoduodenectomy
6. Pancreatoduodenectomy with Venous Reconstruction
Part 2 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Distal Pancreatectomy
7. Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenectomy
8. Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenic Preservation
9. Modified Appleby Operation for Advanced Malignant Tumors of the Body and Tail of the Pancreas
Part 3 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Pancreatectomy
10. Total Pancreatectomy
11. Pancreatectomy with Other Organ Resection
Part 4 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Laparoscopic Surgery
12. Laparoscopic pancreaticoduodenectomy with single stitch method
13. Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenectomy
14. Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenic Preservation
15. Role of Staging Laparoscopy for Pancreatic Cancers
Part 5 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Robotic-Assisted Laparoscopic Surgery
16. Robotic-Assisted Laparoscopic Pancreatoduodenectomy(RPD)
17. Robotic-Assisted Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenectomy
18. Robotic-Assisted Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy with Splenic Preservation
Part 6 Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas: Palliative Surgical Therapy
19. Endoscopic Retrograde Biliary Drainage for Unresectable Pancreatic Cancer
20. Palliative Surgical Therapy: Palliative Bypass Procedure
Part 7 Surgical Treatments for Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
21. Central Pancreatectomy
22. Duodenum-Preserving Pancreatic Head Resection
Part 8 Surgical Treatment of Pancreatic Cystic Neoplasms
23. Surgical Treatment of Mucinous Cystic Neoplasms of the Pancreas
24. Surgical Treatment of Serous Cystadenomas Neoplasm of the Pancreas
25. Surgical Treatment of Solid Pseudopapillary Neoplasm of the Pancreas
Part 9 Surgical Treatment of Complications and Recurrences after Pancreatoduodenectomy
26. Surgical Treatment of Post-Operative Haemorrhage
27. Surgical Treatment of Pancreatico-enteric Anastomosis Stenosis and Post-operative Chronic Pancreatitis
28. Surgical Treatment of Pancreatic Fistula after Pancreatoduodenectomy
Part 10 Pancreatic Anastomosis
29. Binding Pancreaticojejunostomy
30. Binding Pancreaticogastrostomy. - DigitalChunlin Hou, Shimin Chang, Jian Lin, Dajiang Song.Contents:
A brief history of perforator flaps
Anatomy, classification and nomenclature
Intra-operative techniques in perforator dissection
Pedicled perforator flaps
Combined perforator flaps
Thinned perforator flaps
Flow-through perforator flaps
Lateral Arm Perforator Flap
Medial arm perforator flap
Radial Artery Perforator Flap
Ulnar Artery Perforator Flap
posterior interosseous artery perforator flap
Posterolateral mid-forearm perforator flap
Dorsal Metacarpal Artery Perforator Flaps
Dorso-ulnar metacarpal perforator flap of the little finger
Digital artery perforator flap
Perforator flaps in the lateral thoracic region
Deep inferior epigastric artery perforator (DIEP) flap
Anterolateral thigh perforator flap
Vastus medialis perforator flap
Saphenous artery perforator flap
Posterior thigh perforator flap
Anterior tibial artery perforator flap
Posterior tibial artery perforator flap
Peroneal artery perforator flap
Medial sural artery perforator flap
Peroneal artery anterolateral supramalleolar flap
Anterior supramalleolar perforator flap
Medial supramalleolar perforator flap
Dorsal metatarsal artery perforator flap.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalAndreas B. Imhoff, Matthias J. Feucht (eds.) ; translated and edited by Dr. Mohamed Aboalata.Summary: This atlas depicts and describes the newest arthroscopic and open techniques for dealing with sports orthopaedic injuries and problems. More than 75 surgical procedures are presented step by step with the aid of superb illustrations. Arthroscopic views, artist drawings, X-rays, and clinical and operative photographs are all included to demonstrate exactly how each procedure should be performed. Individual sections are devoted to the shoulder, elbow, pelvis/hip, knee, and ankle/foot. By offering complete illustrated guidance on the surgical management of sports-related injuries, the Surgical Atlas of Sports Orthopaedics and Sports Traumatology will prove invaluable to both novice and experienced surgeons.
Contents:
Shoulder: Positioning, Portals
Subacromial Space
Rotator Cuff
Instability
Osteochondral Lesion
Osteoarthritis Shoulder. Elbow: Positioning, Portals
Cartilage
Tendon. Pelvis / Hip: Positioning, Portals
Tendon. Knee: Positioning, Portals
Meniscus
Ligaments
Patella
Osteochondral Lesion
Osteotomy
Osteoarthrosis. Ankle / Foot: Positioning, Portals
Instability
Osteochondral Lesion
Osteoarthrosis. - DigitalEdgar N. Weaver, Jr ; with James B. Macon, Lydia Prokosch.Summary: The learning curve in the management of painful degenerative lumbar spine patients is steep because every case has singular characteristics. Surgical Care of the Painful Degenerative Lumbar Spine: Evaluation, Decision-Making, Techniques by Edgar Weaver reflects more than 35 years of neurosurgical practice devoted to refining degenerative spine disease evaluation and techniques. The book emphasizes and instructs a symptom-focused approach in the surgical decision-making process, with determinant radiographic features used mainly supportively. The text begins with a thorough overview of anatomy,
Contents:
Symptom-focused care of the PDLS
Fundamental anatomy
Spino-pelvic parameters and sagittal balance
Stabilization in SFC surgery on the PDLS
Clinical evaluation of the patient with a PDLS
The fundamental open surgical method
Lateral intramuscular planar [Limp] approach for instrumentation/stabilization L3 to sacrum
Minimally invasive surgical method
Post-operative care
Surgical situations of complex decision-making
Socio-economics in spine surgery.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2018 - Digital/PrintDigital AccessPrint Access
- Digitaledited by Forrest O. Moore [and others].Contents:
Surgical Critical Care. Respiratory and Cardiovascular Physiology / Marcin Jankowski, Frederick Giberson
Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation, Oxygen Delivery, and Shock / Filip Moshkovsky, Luis Cardenas, Mark Cipolle
ECMO / Andy Michaels
Arrhythmias, Acute Coronary Syndromes, and Hypertensive Emergencies / Rondi Gelbard, Omar K Danner
Sepsis and the Inflammatory Response to Injury / Juan C Duchesne, Marquinn D Duke
Hemodynamic and Respiratory Monitoring / Stephen M Welch, Christopher S Nelson, Stephen L Barnes
Airway and Perioperative Management / Stephen M Welch, Jeffrey P Coughenour, Stephen L Barnes
Acute Respiratory Failure and Mechanical Ventilation / Adrian A Maung, Lewis J Kaplan
Infectious Disease / Yousef Abuhakmeh, John Watt, Courtney McKinney
Pharmacology and Antibiotics / Michelle Strong, CPT Clay M Merritt
Transfusion, Hemostasis, and Coagulation / Erin Palm, Kenji Inaba
Analgesia and Anesthesia / Marquinn D Duke, Juan C Duchesne
Delirium, Alcohol Withdrawal, and Psychiatric Disorders / Peter Bendix, Ali Salim
Acid-Base, Fluid, and Electrolytes / Joshua Dilday, Asser Youssef, Nicholas Thiessen
Metabolic Illness and Endocrinopathies / Andrew J Young, Therese M Duane
Hypothermia and Hyperthermia / Raquel M Forsythe
Acute Kidney Injury / Remigio J Flor, Keneeshia N Williams, Terence O'Keeffe
Liver Failure / Muhammad Numan Khan, Bellal Joseph
Nutrition Support in Critically Ill Patients / Rifat Latifi, Jorge Con
Neurocritical Care / Herb A Phelan
Thromboembolism / Herb A Phelan
Transplantation, Immunology, and Cell Biology / Leslie Kobayashi, Emily Cantrell
Obstetric Critical Care / Gerard J Fulda, Anthony Sciscione
Pediatric Critical Care / Erin M Garvey, J Craig Egan
Envenomations, Poisonings, and Toxicology / Michelle Strong
Common Procedures in the ICU / Joanelle A Bailey, Adam D Fox
Diagnostic Imaging, Ultrasound, and Interventional Radiology / Keneeshia N Williams, Remigio J flor, Terence O'Keeffe
Emergency Surgery. Neurotrauma / Faisal Shah Jehan, Bellal Joseph
Blunt and Penetrating Neck Trauma / Leslie Kobayashi, Barret Halgas
Cardiothoracic and Thoracic Vascular Injury / Leslie Kobayashi, Amelia Simpson
Abdominal and Abdominal Vascular Injury / Leslie Kobayashi, Michelle G Hamel
Orthopedic and Hand Trauma / Brett D Crist, Gregory J Della Rocca
Peripheral Vascular Trauma / Amy V Gore, Adam D Fox
Urologic Trauma and Disorders / Jeremy Juern, Daniel Roubik
Care of the Pregnant Trauma Patient / Ashley McCusker, Terence O'Keeffe
Esophagus, Stomach, and Duodenum / Matthew B Singer, Andrew Tang
Small Intestine, Appendix, and Colorectal / Vishal Bansal, Jay J Doucet
Gallbladder and Pancreas / Matthew B Singer, Andrew Tang
Liver and Spleen / Cathy Ho, Narong Kulvatunyou
Incarcerated Hernias / Cathy Ho, Narong Kulvatunyou
Necrotizing Soft Tissue Infections and Other Soft Tissue Infections / Jacob Swann, LTC Joseph J DuBose
Obesity and Bariatric Surgery / Gregory Peirce, LTC Eric Ahnfeldt
Thermal Burns, Electrical Burns, Chemical Burns, Inhalational Injury, and Lightning Injuries / Joseph J DuBose, Jacob Swann
Gynecologic Surgery / K Aviva Bashan-Gilzenrat
Cardiovascular and Thoracic Surgery / Jonathan Nguyen, Bryan C Morse
Pediatric Surgery / Matthew Martin, Aaron Cunningham, Mubeen Jafri
Geriatrics / K Aviva Bashan-Gilzenrat, Bryan Morse
Telemedicine and Telepresence for Surgery and Trauma / Kalterina Latifi, Rifat Latifi
Statistics / Alan Cook
Ethics, End-of-Life, and Organ Retrieval / Allyson Cook, Lewis J Kaplan
Index
Supplemental Images.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalMazyar Kanani, Simon Lammy.Summary: This updated book continues the ABCDE chapter format from the second edition, incorporating an escalating level of diagnostic and management complexity and a concise bibliography in each chapter. It remains demarcated into two sections: the first (e.g. ABCDE chapters) equips surgical trainees in managing non-ICU-based patients, whilst the second provides a basic introduction to ICU care. The chapters introduce standard definitions, pathological processes, diagnostic features and common management plans. These are based on a range of updated recommended guidelines from NICE and SIGN and common ALS principles in critical care patients, as well as current ATLS® and CCrISP® standards. The most common causes of systemic complications in surgical patients are explained, e.g. updated sections on sepsis and major haemorrhage protocols, to name but a few. A must-have revision guide for all surgical trainees, from final-year medical students through to junior surgical registrars.Digital Access Cambridge 2021
- DigitalAli Salim, Carlos Brown, Kenji Inaba, Matthew J. Martin, editors.Digital Access Springer 2018
- Digital[edited by] Robert C. McIntyre, Richard Schulick.Summary: "Using a proven, practical, algorithmic approach, Surgical Decision Making summarizes evidence-based guidelines and practice protocols in an easy-to-follow format. Designed to sharpen the decision-making skills of both trainees and practicing surgeons, the 6th Edition directs your focus to the critical decision points in a wide range of clinical scenarios, helping you determine optimal evaluation and management to secure the best possible patient outcomes. Algorithms are accompanied by annotations that explain all critical factors affecting decisions in a concise, readable manner"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Part I: Perioperative care. Preoperative laboratory evaluation
Preoperative cardiac evaluation
Preoperative pulmonary evaluation
Bleeding disorders in surgical patients
Hypercoagulable patient
Postoperative fever
Bridge anticoagulation
Intraabdominal infection
Preoperative evaluation of the geriatric patient
Part II: Critical care
Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
Perioperative arrhythmia
Perioperative myocardial ischemia and infarction
Shock
Goal-directed resuscitation
Pulmonary embolism
Ventilator-associated pneumonia
Nutritional support
Acute respiratory failure
Acute hypoxic event
Acute renal failure
Acid - base disorders
Sodium disorders
Potassium disorders
Calcium disorders
Hypothermia
Part III: Head & neck. Neck mass
Nonmelanoma skin cancer of the face
Management of melanoma of the head and neck
Part IV: Thoracic. Lung nodule
Mediastinal tumors
Pleural effusion and empyema
Part V: Alimentary tract. Achalasia
Esophageal motility disorders (other than achalasia)
Esophageal perforation
Caustic ingestion
Gastroesophageal reflux disease
Barrett's esophagus
Esophageal diverticulum
Paraesophageal hiatal hernia
Gastric ulcer
Duodenal ulcer
Morbid obesity
Upper GI bleeding
Bleeding esophageal varices
Jaundice
Obstructive jaundice: interventional options
Cholelithiasis
Choledocholithiasis
Hepatic abscess
Cystic liver disease
Solid liver lesion
Acute pancreatitis
Chronic pancreatitis
Pancreatic pseudocysts
Pancreas divisum
Small bowel obstruction
Acute mesenteric vascular occlusion
Short bowel syndrome
Enterocutaneous fistula
Crohn's disease of the small bowel
Right lower quadrant pain
Volvulus
Diverticulitis
Lower gastrointestinal bleeding
Ulcerative colitis
Ischemic colitis
Toxic megacolon
C. dif colitis
Large bowel obstruction
Rectal prolapse
Constipation
Appendicitis
Anorectal abscess and fistula-in-ano
Hemorrhoids
Pilonidal disease
Anal fissure
Groin hernia
Ventral hernia
Part VI: Oncology. Cancer of unknown primary
Esophageal cancer
Gastric cancer
Cholangiocarcinoma
Hepatocellular carcinoma
Gallbladder carcinoma
Gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GISTs)
Pancreatic neuroendocrine tumor
Periampullary carcinoma
Pancreatic cystic neoplasms
Pancreatic mass
Retroperitoneal mass
GI lymphoma
Colon polyp
Colon cancer
Rectal cancer
Anal cancer
96 metastatic colorectal carcinoma
Breast and soft tissues: nipple discharge
Gynecomastia
Palpable breast mass
Nonpalpable breast lesions
Early breast cancer
Advanced breast cancer
Recurrent breast carcinoma
Familial breast cancer
Breast reconstruction
Soft tissue masses of the extremities
Cutaneous melanoma
Nonmelanoma skin cancer
Part VII: Endocrine. Thyrotoxicosis
Thyroid nodule
Well-differentiated thyroid cancer
Medullary thyroid carcinoma
Hypercalcemia and hyperparathyroidism
Hypoglycemia and insulinoma
Zollinger-Ellison syndrome
Adrenal incidentaloma
Pheochromocytoma
Cushing's syndrome
Primary aldosteronism
Part VIII: Trauma. Initial evaluation and resuscitation
Airway management
Cervical spine injury
Resuscitative endovascular balloon occlusion of the aorta (REBOA)
Emergency department thoracotomy
Penetrating neck trauma
Blunt cerebrovascular injury
Rib fractures
Hemo-pneumothorax
Blunt thoracic aortic injury
Blunt cardiac injury
Annotations to thoracoabdominal trauma
Blunt abdominal trauma
Penetrating abdominal injury
Blunt splenic injury
Liver injury
Abdominal vascular injuries
Pancreatic injury
Duodenal injury
Penetrating injury of the colon
Penetrating rectal injury
Damage-control laparotomy
Abdominal compartment syndrome
Traumatic hematuria
Renal injury
Ureteral injuries
Bladder and urethral trauma
Pelvic fractures
Closed head injury
Cervical spine fractures
Spinal cord injury
Popliteal artery injury
Burns
Acute frostbite
Electrical burn injuryDigital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - Digital[edited by] Kimberly A. Davis, Raul Coimbra.Summary: "The combination of surgeon shortage and poor access to emergency surgical care led to establishment of the Acute Care Surgery paradigm and subspecialty in 2003. Concurrently, minimally invasive approaches revolutionized surgical practice in the 21st century. In the United States, acute care surgeons stand at the front line of patient care for emergency general surgery, trauma, and surgical critical care, and thus are positioned to positively impact healthcare delivery and costs. Surgical Decision Making in Acute Care Surgery by renowned surgeons Kimberly Davis and Raul Coimbra is the first text that comprehensively discusses when to use minimally invasive techniques and advanced technology versus traditional open procedures in acute traumatic and non-traumatic surgical emergencies. The text begins with three opening chapters covering the background of the Acute Care Surgery subspecialty, anatomic and physiological considerations, and the impact of acute surgical illness on pre- and postoperative critical care decisions. Subsequent chapters outline surgical approaches for commonly encountered acute conditions. Trauma chapters cover interventions for cervical, blunt and penetrating abdominal, and thoracic injuries. Emergency general surgery topics run the gamut from appendicitis to emergency management of paraesophageal hernias and esophageal perforations. An impressive group of senior surgeons and younger rising stars in American surgery share their expertise throughout the book"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The Definition of acute care surgery / Robert D. Becher, Raul Coimbra, and Kimberly A. Davis
Anatomic and physiological considerations / Bishwajit Bhattacharya and Kimberly A. Davis
Impact of acute surgical illness on critical care decisions pre- and postoperatively / Lena M. Napolitano and Jay Doucet
Cervical trauma / Aaron Richman and Clay Cothren Burlew
Blunt abdominal trauma / Morgan Schellenberg and Kenji Inaba
Penetrating abdominal trauma / Lyndsey E. Wessels, Michael J. Krzyzaniak, and Matthew J. Martin
Thoracic trauma / Benjamin J. Moran, Katherine M. Kelley, and James V. O'Connor
Vascular trauma / Jason Pasley, Megan Brenner, and Raul Coimbra
Appendicitis / Edward Lineen, Yee Wong, and Nicholas Namias
Acute cholecystitis / Giana H. Davidson and Eileen M. Bulger
Acute Diverticulitis / Maryanne L. Pickett, Joseph P. Minei, and Michael W. Cripps
A modern approach to complicated pancreatitis / Chris Javadi, Monica Dua, and Brendan Visser
Inflammatory/infectious bowel disease / Cigdem Benlice, Ipek Sapci, and Scott R. Steele
Gastroduodenal ulcers requiring surgery / Robert D. Winfield and Marie L. Crandall
Intestinal bowel obstruction / Bishwajit Bhattacharya and Adrian A. Maung
Surgical management of incarcerated hernias / Jessica Koller Gorham and William S. Richardson
Mesenteric ischemia / James Becker, Todd W. Costantini, and Joseph M. Galante
Esophageal emergencies : emergency management of paraesophageal hernias and esophageal perforations / Geoffrey P. Kohn.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2020 - Digitaledited by Rifat Latifi.Summary: This book is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of the-art approach to all aspects of geriatric surgery within the broad confines of surgery in geriatrics including general surgery, neurosurgery, thoracic surgery, vascular surgery, cardiac surgery, surgical oncology, hepatobiliary and transplant surgery, plastic, colorectal, orthopedic, gynecologic, and urologic surgery. The text is split into four parts. The first part is organized under general considerations on the geriatric surgical patient and includes current trends in geriatric surgery, and a number of important general issues such as practical approaches to reversal of bleeding/anticoagulation, role of anesthetic concerns in advanced age, frailty index and measurements of physiological reserves, nutritional support in the elderly, quality of life in the elderly, drug use, and family involvement. Part two of the book focuses on surgery specific system-based problems in geriatric surgical patients. The third part addresses many other important aspects of geriatric surgery including palliative and end of life care for the elderly, religious issues and the elderly care surgery, elderly with mental health issues, and nursing care of elderly patients. The fourth and final part describes the need for geriatric surgical care education and the components that are essential for the curriculum of current and future generations of students. Written by experts in the field, Surgical Decision Making in Geriatrics addresses patient selection, pre-operative considerations, technical conduct of the most common operations, and avoiding complications.
Contents:
Decision Making in Geriatric Surgery: More Surgery or Less Surgery?
Is There Room for Common Sense in Surgical Decision-Making?
Emergency Medicine Department Management of the Elderly
Cardiovascular Comorbidities in the Elderly Undergoing Surgery
Reversal of Oral Anticoagulants in the Elderly
Frailty Assessment as Measurement of Physiologic Reserves in the Elderly
Anesthetic Concerns in the Elderly
Nutrition Support in Elderly Patients Undergoing Surgery
Neurosurgery in the Elderly
Caring for the Geriatrics Trauma Patient: The Challenges and the Opportunities
ENT Surgery in the Elderly
Thoracic Surgery in the Elderly
Cardiac Surgery in the Elderly
Surgical Decisions in Breast Cancer in the Elderly
Emergency General Surgery in the Elderly
Inguinal Hernia Repair in the Elderly
Abdominal Wall Reconstruction in the Elderly: Techniques, Outcomes, and Pitfalls
Bariatric Surgery in the Elderly
Vascular Surgery in the Elderly
Operative Surgical Oncology in the Elderly: Epidemiology, Opportunity, Outcome, and Ethical Issues
Colorectal Surgery in the Elderly
Liver Transplant Surgery in the Elderly
Renal Transplantation in the Elderly
Hepatopancreaticobiliary Surgery in the Elderly
Plastic Surgery in the Elderly
Drug Use in Elderly During Surgery: They Were Youngsters Once
Urologic Surgery in the Elderly
Gynecologic Surgery in the Elderly
Postoperative Quality of Life in the Elderly
Surgical Decision Making in the Elderly with Serious Surgical Illness: The Role of Palliative Care
Family Involvement: What Does a Loved One Want at the End-of-Life?
Spiritual and Religious Considerations in the Care of the Elderly
Perioperative Care in the Elderly with Mental Health Issues
How Do We Teach Medical Students to Care for the Elderly. - DigitalSavio George Barreto, John A. Windsor, editors.Summary: This book provides an evidence-based approach to the diagnosis and surgical management of the diseases of the pancreas and biliary tree, highlighting the most recent findings. The chapters are designed to accompany the reader on a step-by-step approach to the patient, providing the latest evidence to justify each recommendation. Wherever feasible and indicated, emphasis is placed on the use of tables and algorithms to simplify decision-making. The information contained in this well-referenced book is thus relevant not only to practicing pancreatobiliary and general surgeons, but also offers valuable guidance for surgical trainees. This book covers 14 diseases of the pancreas and biliary tree, from the more common gallstones and common bile duct stones, acute and chronic pancreatitis, to more complex benign conditions such as biliary fistulae and strictures, as well as cystic tumors of the pancreas, and finally the major malignancies include gallbladder cancer, pancreatic cancer and hilar cholangiocarcinoma. .
- DigitalYuman Fong, Rondi Marie Kauffmann, Emily Marcinkowski, Gagandeep Singh, Hans F. Schoellhammer, editors.Contents:
Preoperative Evaluation of the Cancer Patient for Emergency Surgery
Toxicity of Anti-Neoplastic Therapy and Considerations for Peri-operative Care
Surgical Considerations and Emergencies in the Cancer Patient Receiving Immunotherapy
Surgery in the Thrombocytopenic and Coagulopathic Patient
Emergency Surgery after Previous Radiation Therapy
Emergent Image Guided Treatments in the Cancer Patient
Cross-sectional and Nuclear Imaging as part of Emergency Workup
Thoracic Emergencies: Tracheobronchial, Pulmonary, and Pleural Diseases
Esophageal and Mediastinal Emergencies in the Cancer Patient
Diagnostic Approach to Life-threatening Pulmonary Infiltrates
Colon and Rectal Surgical Emergencies
Hepatobiliary Emergencies
Pancreatic Emergencies in the Cancer Patient
Endocrine Surgical Emergencies in the Cancer Patient
Surgical Emergencies in Gynecologic Oncology
Fulminating Soft Tissue Infections
Neurological Emergencies
Vascular Emergencies in Oncologic Surgery
Surgical Management of Head & Neck Emergencies in the Cancer Patient
Surgical Emergencies in Breast Surgery
Pediatric Perioperative Complications and Emergencies
Dermatologic Emergencies
Management of Catheter-related Blood Stream Infections in Cancer Patients
Management of Perioperative Medications including Steroids, Growth Factors, and Hormone Receptors
Emergencies in Patients with Bone-marrow Transplant
Emergencies after Solid Organ Transplant: Liver Transplantation
Surgery for Cancer after Previous Bariatric Surgery
Emergencies after Cytoreductive Surgery and Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy (HIPEC)
Hepatic Artery Infusion (HAI) for Colorectal Liver Metastases and Complications of HAI Pump.-Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJanice L. Pasieka, James A. Lee, editors.Contents:
Part I. The thyroid gland
Thyroid physiology
Emil Theodor Kocher
Karl von Basedow
Jan Wolff and Israel L. Chaikoff
Hyperthyroidism and thyroiditis
Robert James Graves
Henry Stanley Plummer
Hakaru Hashimoto
Fritz de Quervain
George W. Crile
Multinodular goiter
Hugh Spear Pemberton
Medullary thyroid carcinoma
John Richard Farndon
Well-differentiated thyroid cancer: papillary, follicular, and oncocytic (Hürthle) cell cancer
Karl Hürthle
Update of the treatment guidelines for well-differentiated thyroid cancer
Frank Lahey
Thomas Dunhill
Part II. The parathyroid glands
Primary hyperparathyroidism: diagnosis and workup
Sir Richard Owen
Fuller Albright
James Bertram Collip
Surgical management of hyperparathyroidism
Felix Mandl
Oliver Cope
Parathyroidectomy: postoperative considerations/complications
Frantis̆ek Chvostek
Armand Trousseau
Theodor Billroth
Part III. The adrenal glands
Adrenal physiology
Thomas Addison
Primary aldosteronism
Jerome W. Conn
Cushing's Syndrome
Harvey Cushing
J. Aidan Carney
Pheochromocytoma and paraganglioma
Charles Horace Mayo
Arthur M. Shipley
Emil Zuckerkandl
Part IV. Neuroendocrine tumors of the pancreas
Part IV. Neuroendocrine tumors of the pancreas
Insulinomas
Sir Fredrick Grant Banting
Charles Herbert Best
Allen Oldfather Whipple
William J. Mayo
Gastrinoma
Robert Milton Zollinger
Edwin H. Ellison
VIPoma
John V. Verner Jr. and Ashton B. Morrison
Glucagonoma
Small bowel neuroendocrine tumors
Carcinoid syndrome
Sigfried Oberndorfer
Part V. Hereditary endocrine syndromes
von Hippel-Lindau Disease
Eugen von Hippel and Arvid Lindau
Multiple endocrine neoplasia type 1
Paul Wermer
Norman W. Thompson
Multiple endocrine neoplasia 2 syndromes
John H. Sipple
Index.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digital[edited by] Charles J. Prestigiacomo, E. Jesus Duffis, Chirag D. Gandhi.Summary: "Few medical fields have enjoyed the explosive growth and continued maturation as the subspecialty of endovascular surgical neuroradiology. In pouring through the literature on all things associated with neurointerventional, I recognized the need to develop a resource that brought focus to the many devices and the techniques and procedures we do. This book does just that: It brings to sharp focus the most current, and up-to-date methods of an ever-changing specialty. It brings this information to you, through the lens of experts in their respective fields by focusing all their research into the textbook that sits before you. The "Clinical Practice" portion of this textbook integrates and translates this theory into a working paradigm that brings benefit to our patients. By focusing on technique and emphasizing complication avoidance and in those unfortunate times when the complication occurs, complication management, your patient benefits"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2015
- DigitalAlberto R. Ferreres, editor.Summary: This book encompasses the theoretical and practical aspects of surgical ethics, with a focus on the application of ethical standards to everyday surgical practice and the resolution of ethical conflicts in the surgical arena. It provides surgeons (both prospective and practicing) in the different surgical fields with deep, practical insights into the topic. A 21st century surgeon requires complete competence (superb clinical skills, expert surgical decision-making and outstanding performance and technical skills) as well as solid ethical values. Ethics are placed at the core of surgical professionalism, so surgeons must be not only proficient and expert but also ethically and morally reliable. Surgical decision-making can be considered as a two-step process: the "how to treat" aspect is a matter of surgical science, while "why to treat" issues are a matter of surgical ethics and are based on ethical principles. As such, every surgeon should have a moral compass to guide his or her actions, always placing the welfare and rights of the patients above their own. The book provides invaluable background and insights for solving the ethical conflicts surgeons around the globe encounter in their daily practice. Surgical Ethics - Principles and Practice is an authoritative work in the field designed for experienced surgeons, surgical residents, and fellows, all of whom are confronted with ethics issues and conflicts in practice.
Contents:
Principles and foundations of surgical ethics
Surgical ethics in everyday surgical practice. - DigitalStanley Hoppenfeld, Piet deBoer, Richard Buckley ; illustrations by Hugh A. Thomas.Contents:
The shoulder
The humerus
The elbow
The forearm
The wrist and hand
The spine
Pelvis and acetabulum
The hip
The femur
The knee
The tibia and fibula
The ankle and foot
Approaches for external fixation.Digital Access - DigitalPiet de Boer, Richard Buckley, Stanley Hoppenfeld ; illustrations by Bernie Kida and Hugh A. Thomas.Contents:
The shoulder
The humerus
The elbow
The forearm
The wrist and hand
The spine
Pelvis and acetabulum
The hip
The femur
The knee
The tibia and fibula
The foot and ankle
Approaches for external fixation.Digital Access - Digital[edited by] Michael Karsy [and 4 others].Summary: "The Surgical Handbook by Michael Karsy and esteemed colleagues addresses training gaps by exposing early trainees, medical students, residents, advanced practice providers, and non-specialists to a diverse array of surgical subspecialty diseases and acute management topics. The impressive breadth of content presented in this resource reflects multidisciplinary contributions. The text covers far more than existing medical handbooks, while featuring concise distillation of key points conducive to learning. The book is organized by 16 sections starting with general perioperative and operative management of topics that apply to all surgeons, such as critical care, trauma, and general surgery. Subsequent chapters encompass a full spectrum of surgical specialties-from vascular and cardiothoracic-to neurosurgery and orthopaedics, as well as handy evidence-based reference guides. The focused collection of topics within each section serves as a useful resource for learning about management of specific diseases and also a starting point for self-directed learning"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2020
- DigitalEditors, Jeanne E. Poole, Lyle W. Larson.Contents:
The hardware of ICD and pacemaker pulse generators and leads / Brian Olshansky
Surgical anatomy / Corinne Fligner and Lyle W. Larson
Surgical tools and techniques / Otway Louie and Lyle W. Larson
Anesthesia for interventional cardiology / Stefan Lombaard, Joanna M. Davies, and Alec Rooke
Radiation safety / Melissa Robinson
Patient preparation / Christine Cramer-Mitchell and Lyle W. Larson
The surgical procedure / Jeanne E. Poole
Transvenous lead placement / Andrea M. Russo and Ulrika Birgersdotter-Green
Considerations for novel or alternative lead placement / Nazem Akoum and Joshua Hermsen
Implanting the subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibrillator
Kristen K. Patton
Challenges in the pediatric and young adult patients requiring a cardiac rhythm device / Frank Cecchin
Special circumstances and obstacles / Roger Carrillo and Chris Healy
Pitfalls and complications / Marye Gleva and Charles Huddleston
Prevention, evaluation, and management of cardiac rhythm device infections / Jordan M. Prutkin and Paul Pottinger
Post-operative management / Linda Mariott and Lyle W. Larson.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalJohn R. Samples, Iqbal Ike K. Ahmed, editors.Summary: There is a revolution in new glaucoma surgical techniques. New glaucoma surgical devices are taking precedence in glaucoma surgery, with the new surgeries drastically cutting down on the chances for patient infection as well as higher success rates compared to the older types of surgery. Surgical Innovations in Glaucoma is the only book of its kind written by the top experts in the field, from inventors, clinical trial investigators, and top specialists experienced with the new devices. Written for general ophthalmologists who perform glaucoma surgery, the text walks the reader through the what, where, when, and how of the new glaucoma surgical tools, and includes supplementary online how-to videos for those interested in seeing the latest glaucoma procedures performed with these devices.
Contents:
Part I. Considerations in Device Development
Part II. Laser Technologies
Part III. Ultrasound Technologies
Part IV. Internal Outflow Enhancement
Part V. External Outflow Enhancement
Part VI. Suprachoroidal Outflow Devices
Part VII. Cataract Surgery. - Digitaledited by Hooman Khorasani, Eyal Levit ; series editors, Jeffrey S. Dover, Murad Alam.Summary: "Offering a step-by-step, practical approach to increasingly requested cosmetic procedures, Procedures in Cosmetic Dermatology: Surgical Lifting, enables you to master the up-to-date cosmetic techniques that produce the superior results your patients expect. Edited by expert surgeons Drs. Hooman Khorasani and Eyal Levit, along with hand-selected experts in each individual area, it covers minimally invasive surgical lifting techniques that can be performed by dermatologic surgeons--all abundantly illustrated and evidence based. A substantial video library demonstrating surgical lifting techniques helps you successfully incorporate the latest procedures into your practice"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Anatomical considerations of the face and eyelids
Preoperative assessment of the face, neck, and eyes
Brow and forehead lifting
Upper eyelid blepharoplasty
Lower eyelid blepharoplasty
Asian blepharoplasty
Facelift: Superficial and deep plane with and without resuspension of the retaining ligaments--a practical step-by-step guide
The modern neck lift without a facelift
Thread lifting
Contouring procedures of the face: Handling the soof, the nasojugal fold, and the infraorbital hollowness
Non-surgical skin tightening and resurfacing: Lasers, chemical peels and other devices
Complications in facial surgery and correction of complications: Forehead lift, blepharoplasty, facelift
Establishing an office-based surgery center
Pearls in facial surgery, a multi-specialty approach.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digitaledited by Michael E. Kelly and Desmond C. Winter.Contents:
From Early Pioneers to the PelvEx Collaborative / anna J Ryan, P Ronan O'Connell
The Role of the Multidisciplinary Team in the Management of Locally Advanced and Recurrent Rectal Cancer / Dennis P Schaap, Joost Nederend, Harm JT Rutten, Jacobus WA Burger
Preoperative Assessment of Tumor Anatomy and Surgical Resectability / Akash M Mehta, David Burling, John T Jenkins
Neoadjuvant Therapy Options for Advanced Rectal Cancer / Alexandra Zaborowski, Paul Kelly, Brian Bird
Preoperative Optimization Prior to Exenteration / Marta Climent, Miguel Pera
Patient Positioning and Surgical Technology / Ben Creavin, Michael E Kelly, Desmond C Winter
Intraoperative Assessment of Resectability and Operative Strategy / Rory Kokelaar, Dean Harris, Martyn Evans
Anterior Pelvic Exenteration / Jan WA Hagemans, Jan M Rees, Joost Rothbarth, Cornelis Verhoef, Jacobus WA Burger
Posterior Pelvic Exenteration / Werner Hohenberger, Maximilian Brunner, Susanne Merkel
Total Pelvic Exenteration / Satish K Warrier, Andrew C Lynch, Alexander G Heriot
Extended Exenterative Resections Involving Bone / Timothy Chittleborough, Gordon Beadel, Frank Frizelle
Exenterative Resections Involving Vascular and Pelvic Sidewall Structures / Brian K Bednarski, George J Chang
Extended Exenterative Resections for Recurrent Neoplasm / Peter Sagar
Pelvic Exenteration in the Setting of Peritoneal Disease / Niels Kok, Arend Aalbers, Geerard Beets
Minimally Invasive Pelvic Exenteration / Danielle Collins, Christos Kontovounisios, Shahnawaz Rasheed, Paris Tekkis
Stoma Considerations Following Exenteration / Gabrielle H Ramshorst, Jurriaan B Tuynman
Reconstructive Techniques Following Pelvic Exenteration / Dimitrios Patsouras, Alexis Schizas, Mark George
Minimizing Morbidity from Pelvic Exenteration / Meara Dean, Alex Colquhoun, Peter Featherstone, Nicola S Fearnhead, R Justin Davies
Crisis Management / Henrik Kidmose Christensen, Mette Mller Srensen, Victor Jilbert Verwaal
Quality of Life and Patient-Reported Outcome Measures Following Pelvic Exenteration / Daniel Steffens, Cherry Koh, Michael Solomon
Adjuvant Therapy options after Pelvic Exenteration for Advanced Rectal Cancer / Ka On Lam, Jeremy Yip, Wai Lun Law
Adjuvant Therapy Options after Pelvic Exenteration for Gynecological Malignancy / Nisha Jagasia
Adjuvant Therapy Options for Urological Neoplasms / Gregory J Nason, Clare O'Connell, Paul K Hegarty
The Role of Re-irradiation for Locally Recurrent Rectal Cancer / Johannes HW Wilt, Jacobus WA Burger
Palliative Pelvic Exenteration / Hidde M Kroon, Tarik Sammour
Outcomes of Pelvic Exenteration for Locally Advanced and Recurrent Rectal Cancer / Awad M Jarrar, Scott R Steele
Outcomes Following Exenteration for Urological Neoplasms / Frank McDermott, Ian Daniels, Neil Smart, John McGrath
Outcomes Following Exenteration for Gynecological Neoplasms / Pivi Kannisto, Fredrik Liedberg, Marie-Louise Lydrup
Mesenchymal and Non-Epithelial Tumors of the Pelvis / Eugenia Schwarzkopf, Patrick Boland. - DigitalOlaf H. Stanger, John R. Pepper, Lars G. Svensson, editors.Summary: This book follows the concept of perceiving the entire aorta as one functional organ assuming that all individual pathologies and local interventional procedures affect the up- and downstream segments with consequences for complications and disease progression. Thus any preventive or surgical strategy must recognize the aortic disease in its entirety. The book intends to cover the full spectrum of aortic pathologies, mechanisms and functional interplay. The latest available diagnostic tools and options for surgical treatment are presented by the foremost experts in their field in state-of-the-art reviews. The reader is provided with the most current and comprehensive insight into all fundamental and clinical aspects of aortic disease. All chapters are carefully complemented with figures and illustrations.
Contents:
Introduction
Imaging
Principals
Congenital diseases
Connective tissue pathologies
Aortic root and aortic valve surgery
TAVI & new technologies
Ascending aorta
Aortic arch
Descending aorta. - DigitalAlana L. Grajewski, Elena Bitrian, Maria Papadopoulos, Sharon F. Freedman, editors.Summary: This comprehensive guide thoroughly covers the characteristics and presentations of childhood glaucoma, as well as all surgical options for treatment. Surgical Management of Childhood Glaucoma: Clinical Considerations and Techniques addresses a variety of surgical methods, ranging from angle surgery with recent modifications to cyclodestruction, reviewing each option's particular set of advantages and disadvantages, and features illustrations and instructional videos of these techniques. Later chapters consider best-practices to providing surgery in developing countries, surgical considerations for patients with corneal opacities and cataracts, and the impact of glaucoma upon quality of life of pediatric patients. Written by leaders in the field of ophthalmology, this book offers readers an exceptional resource on the evaluation and surgical management of childhood glaucoma.
Contents:
Childhood glaucoma surgery : perioperative considerations
Anesthetic considerations int he evaluation of children with glaucoma and associated conditions
Pediatric examination under anesthesia
Angle surgery : goniotomy
Angle surgery : trabeculotomy
Pediatric trabeculectomy
Glaucoma drainage devices
Cyclodestruction
Other procedures for pediatric glaucoma surgery : new devices and techniques
Surgical considerations in children with corneal opacities and cataracts
Childhood glaucoma surgery in developing countries
Impact of childhood glaucoma and glaucoma surgery on quality of life. - DigitalNasser Nadjmi.Summary: This atlas provides comprehensive, step-by-step guidance on surgical management of the cleft lip, alveolus, and palate. In particular, it demonstrates how an anatomical approach to management provides a sound basis for dealing with the many variations in cleft type. The displaced anatomical borders and landmarks, as well as the functional and aesthetic units, are fully described. The art of dissecting them from their abnormal position is illustrated, and their reconstruction into a normal and functional shape is meticulously explained. The main treatment philosophy underlying the described approach is that children born with cleft deformity should be “cleftless” by the time they enter the first grade of primary school. They must have normal speech. They should not have a fistula or residual cleft in the palate and/or the alveolus. And they should have a normal face so that they can confront the challenges of life without cleft stigma. Both novice and more experienced surgeons will find this atlas to be a valuable aid to optimal treatment, and readers will have online access to videos of the described surgical procedures.
- DigitalAntonio Crucitti, editor.Contents:
General principles of epidemiology
Endocrine surgery
Gastrointestinal system
Vascular disorders
Hepato-biliary system
Abdominal wall defect and soft tissue sarcoma
Trauma and non-traumatic emergencies.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digital[edited by] Kim J. Burchiel.Summary: Surgical Management of Pain, Second Edition, is a completely updated state-of-the-art reference on neurosurgical pain management. This new edition is in full color and includes the following sections: Anatomic and Physiologic Foundations for Nociceptive and Neuropathic Pain, Pain Medicine, Pain Diagnoses, Surgical Procedures for Pain, and New Directions for Pain Surgery. The chapters in the book focus on procedures that are currently performed by neurosurgeons to relieve pain. Key Features: Emphasizes best evidence treatment options free online access to videos demonstrating surgical technique.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2015
- DigitalGeorge Tsoulfas, Jamal J. Hoballah, George C. Velmahos, Yik-Hong Ho, editors.Summary: This book is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of the-art approach to the diagnosis and surgical management of parasitic diseases involving different organ systems, with emphasis on the gastrointestinal tract. It is divided into five parts that address the various etiologies, current diagnostic dilemmas and methods, as well as the key principles involved in their surgical management. The introduction presents the overall epidemiology and classification of parasitic diseases, followed by chapters that focus on different types of the most frequently encountered parasitic diseases of the gastrointestinal tract found in different parts of the world, with special attention given to the existing surgical debates regarding the use of minimally invasive procedures. The next part places special emphasis on hydatid disease by describing the current extent of this disease, changes in its management, and the most frequent complications and tips on how to avoid them. The following part discusses the surgical management of parasitic diseases affecting different organ systems, including the heart, the lungs, the brain and the urinary system. The final part presents the surgical dilemmas encountered in special situations, such as pregnancy, and the pediatric patient. The Surgical Management of Parasitic Diseases is an important and authoritative resource to surgeons of all specialties dealing with parasitic diseases.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Epidemiology and Classification
1: Epidemiology of Parasitic Diseases
Global Epidemiology of Parasitic Diseases
Global Burden of Parasitic Diseases
Public Health and Research Directions
Types of Parasites
Global Burden of Disease from Helminthic Infections
Epidemiology of Cestodes
Echinococcosis: Epidemiological Aspects
Cystic Echinococcosis
Echinococcosis: A Worldwide Snapshot
Echinococcosis by Region
Western Developed Countries
South America
China and Southeast Asia Africa and the Middle East
Echinococcosis: Costs
Public Health and Research Status
Eradication
E. multilocularis
Cysticercosis
Intestinal Cestodes
Nematodes
Clinical Burden of Intestinal Nematode Disease
Tissue Nematodes
Other Nematodes
Epidemiology of Trematodes
Schistosomasis
Liver Flukes
Intestinal and Lung Flukes
Epidemiology of Protozoan Parasites
References
2: Classification of Parasitic Diseases
Classification
Diagnosis of Parasitic Diseases
Protozoa
Amebae
Entamoeba Free-living amebae are Acanthamoeba, Naegleria, and Balamuthia
Flagellates
Trypanosoma
Leishmania
Giardia
Trichomonas
Sporozoa
Babesia
Toxoplasma
Cryptosporidium
Cystoisospora, Cyclospora
Plasmodium
Helminths
Trematodes (Flukes)
Schistosoma Species (Blood Flukes)
Liver/Biliary Flukes
Fasciolia hepatica
Clonorchis and Opisthorchis (Asian/Oriental Fluke)
Lung Flukes
Paragonimiasis
Intestinal Flukes (Heterophyes heterophyes and Fasciolopsis buski)
Cestode Infections
Intestinal (Non-invasive) Cestodes
Taenia saginata (Beef Tapeworm) Taenia solium (Pork Tapeworm)
Diphyllobothrium latum (Fish Tapeworm)
Hymenolepis nana (Dwarf Tapeworm)
Tissue (Somatic, Invasive) Cestodes
Cysticercosis
Echinococcus Species
Nematodes (Roundworms)
Intestinal Nematodes
Ascaris lumbricoides
Ancylostoma duodenale (Old World Hookworm), Necator americanus (New World Hookworm)
Enterobius vermicularis (Pinworm)
Trichuris trichiura (Whipworm)
Strongyloides stercoralis
Tissue Roundworms
Trichinella spp.
Wuchereria bancrofti, Brugia malayi, Loa loa, Onchocerca volvulus, Dracunculus medinensis Larva Migrans Syndromes
References
Part II: Parasitic Diseases of the Gastrointestinal Tract
3: The Role of Surgery in Treating Parasitic Diseases of the Gastrointestinal Tract from Protozoa
Introduction
Mastigophora (Flagellates)
Giardiasis
Dientamoeba fragilis
Trypanosoma cruzi
Sarcodina (Amebae)
Entamoeba histolytica (Amebiasis)
Sporozoa
Cryptosporidium parvum (Cryptosporidiosis)
Cyclospora cayetanensis
Ciliophora (Ciliates)
Balantidium coli
Conclusion
References
4: Surgical Treatment of Intestinal Cestodes
Introduction - Digital[edited by] Loren S. Schechter.Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. Background
Chapter 3. Medical Therapy
Chapter 4. Surgical Therapy
Chapter 5. Surgical Therapy for Transwomen
Chapter 6. Surgical Therapy for Transmen
Chapter 7. Conclusion
Appendices.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - PrintCharles R. Scoggins, Raphael E. Pollock, Timothy M. Pawlik, editors.Summary: This text serves as a comprehensive, state-of-the art definitive reference on surgical mentorship and leadership. This book is a practical, useful guide that reviews select topics on leadership and mentorship, as well as provides key information on how to launch a successful "young" surgical career. This volume focuses on key points on how to identify mentors, highlight mentor-mentee "pearls", as well as define key leadership traits in being successful as an academic surgeon. Chapters are written by national and international leaders in their fields and have boxes that highlight key lessons learned and leadership pearls for easy reference. Surgical Mentorship and Leadership is as a very useful resource for young surgical faculty, as well as fellows and residents in a broad array of surgical training programs.
Contents:
Part One: Mentorship.
Brief History Of Mentorship
Characteristics of the Ideal Mentor
Mentorship Styles
An Overall Mentorship Strategy for Entry-level Faculty
Responsibilities of the Mentor
Responsibilities of the Mentee
Mentorship for Clinical Success
Mentorship for Research Success
Mentorship/Sponsorship and Leadership in Academic Surgery: Similarities and Differences
Mentorship for mid-career decisions: aspirations for personal organizational leadership opportunities
Mentorship for Mid-Career Decisions: Aspirations for Multi-Disciplinary
Programmatic Leadership Opportunities
Mentorship for those for whom the operating room is no longer their theater
Mentorship for Life Balance Success
Establishing departmental mentorship programs
Part Two: Leadership.
Qualities of a Good Leader
Resources to Grow Your Leadership Skills
Choosing the "Right" Leadership Style for You
Building a Successful Clinical Program in the Academic Medical Center
Being a Leader: Organizing a Basic Science Research Program
Being a Leader: Organizing a Health Services Research Program
Being a Leader: Cultivating Surgical Education
Physicians in the Boardroom
The Business of Surgery: How to Lead as Financial Manager
Leading the "Critical Conversation": Surgeon Leadership in HR
BEING A NATIONAL LEADER IN SURGERY: ROLES, RESPONSIBILITIES AND OPPORTUNITIES
The Role of Leaders, Supervisors and Individual Surgeons In Reducing Burnout and Promoting Physician Wellness. - DigitalCharles R. Scoggins, Raphael E. Pollock, Timothy M. Pawlik, editors.Summary: This text serves as a comprehensive, state-of-the art definitive reference on surgical mentorship and leadership. This book is a practical, useful guide that reviews select topics on leadership and mentorship, as well as provides key information on how to launch a successful "young" surgical career. This volume focuses on key points on how to identify mentors, highlight mentor-mentee "pearls", as well as define key leadership traits in being successful as an academic surgeon. Chapters are written by national and international leaders in their fields and have boxes that highlight key lessons learned and leadership pearls for easy reference. Surgical Mentorship and Leadership is as a very useful resource for young surgical faculty, as well as fellows and residents in a broad array of surgical training programs.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalKimberly A. Davis, Stanley H. Rosenbaum, editors.Summary: This volume is a comprehensive, state-of-the-art review for clinicians with an interest in the peri-operative nutritionalmanagement of all surgical patients. The text reviews normal physiology, the pathophysiology of starvation and surgical stressors, and focuses on appropriate nutritional repletion for various common disease states. Specifically, the text addresses the severe metabolic demands created by systemic inflammation, infection, and major insults such as trauma and burns. In addition, the book addresses the growing problem of obesity in surgical populations, including appropriate strategies directed towards the metabolic management of these patients. The text is designed for clinicians across levels of training and provides clear and concise evidence based guidelines for the metabolic management and nutritional support of the surgical patient. Written by experts in the field, Surgical Metabolism: The Metabolic Care of the Surgical Patient is a valuable resource forall cliniciansinvolved in the care of the critically ill.
Contents:
Introduction to Metabolism
Fluid and Electrolytes
Acid-Base Physiology
Starvation
Metabolism in the Trauma Patient
Burns
Obesity
Malignancy
Sepsis and Nutrition
Intestinal Failure
Enteral Nutrition
Parenteral Nutrition
Considerations in Organ Failure
Endocrine Perturbations in Critical Illness
Geriatric Considerations. - DigitalKimberly A. Davis, Stanley H. Rosenbaum, editors.Summary: The goal of this book is not to follow a traditional systems or organ-based approach but rather to encourage our readers to think of the patients as complex biochemical systems. The book provides information that supplements the more traditional approaches and provides a detailed overview of the metabolic knowledge needed for surgical practice. The text reviews normal physiology, the pathophysiology of starvation and surgical stressors. It also focuses on appropriate nutritional repletion for various common disease states. Specifically, chapters address the severe metabolic demands created by systemic inflammation, infection, and major insults such as trauma and burns. All chapters are written by experts in their fields and include the most up-to-date scientific and clinical information. As biochemical aspects of modern medicine are advancing rapidly, chapters have been updated and several new chapters have been added in order to help readers keep pace in this race for state-of-the-art knowledge. Surgical Metabolism: The Metabolic Care of the Surgical Patient 2nd Edition is designed for clinicians across levels of training and provides clear and concise evidence based guidelines for the metabolic management and nutritional support of the surgical patient.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Abbreviations
Part I: Normal Metabolism
1: Introduction to Metabolism
Introduction
History of Metabolism
The Hierarchy of Metabolism
The Mitochondrial Level
The Cellular Level
The Organ Level
Metabolic States at the Organism Level
Energy Requirements
Normal Energy Requirements
Abnormal Energy Requirements
The Measurement of Energy Requirements
Direct Calorimetry
Indirect Calorimetry
Equations to Calculate REE
Sources of Energy
Carbohydrates
Proteins
Lipids
Alternate Sources of Energy Normal Metabolic Processes
Cofactors and Enzymes
Therapeutic Interventions
Normal Metabolism
Perturbations of Metabolism
Starvation
Obesity
Metabolic Stressors
Genomics Impacting Metabolism
Metabolomics
Inborn Errors in Metabolism
References
2: Fluid and Electrolytes
Introduction
Total Body Water and the Fluid Compartments
Volume Control Mechanisms
Baseline Water and Electrolyte Requirements
Parenteral Solutions
Maintenance Fluid Therapy
Resuscitative Fluid Therapy
The Relationship Between Disorders of Water Balance and Sodium Balance Disorders of Sodium Metabolism
Disorders of Potassium Metabolism
Disorders of Calcium Metabolism
Disorders of Magnesium Metabolism
Disorders of Phosphorous Metabolism
References
3: Acid-Base Physiology
General Principles
Physiologic Basis for Acid-Base Disorders and Their Compensation
Chemical Buffering Systems
Physiologic Determinants of Acid-Base Maintenance
Renal System
Renal Reabsorption of Bicarbonate and Excretion of Acid
Kidney-Liver Interaction
Gastrointestinal Tract
Respiratory Regulation of Carbon Dioxide Description and Classification of Acid-Base Disorders
Assessment of Acid-Base Balance
Metabolic Acid-Base Disorders
Metabolic Acidoses
Pathophysiology
Anion Gap Acidoses
Determination of Anion Gap
Clinical Utility of Anion Gap
Strong Ion Gap
Lactate
Sodium Bicarbonate
Ketoacidosis
Acidosis Secondary to Toxin Ingestion
Salicylates
Alcohols
Ethylene Glycol
Methanol
Isopropyl Alcohol
Renal Failure
Acidosis Secondary to Rhabdomyolysis
Acidosis of Unknown Origin
Prognostic Significance of Positive-AG Metabolic Acidosis Non-anion Gap Acidosis (Hyperchloremic)
Gastrointestinal Tract Loss
Renal Tubular Acidosis
Iatrogenic Acidosis
Unexplained Hyperchloremic Acidosis
Metabolic Alkaloses
Pathogenesis and Differential Diagnosis
Chloride-Sensitive Metabolic Alkaloses
Chloride-Resistant Metabolic Alkaloses
Other Causes of Metabolic Alkalosis
Diagnostic Evaluation and Management
Metabolic Acidosis
Respiratory Acid-Base Disorders
Pathophysiology
Respiratory Acidosis
Mechanism
Management
Treatment of Underlying Ventilatory Impairment
Control of HypoxemiaDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalPierre Lasjaunias, Alejandro Berenstein, K.G. ter Brugge.Contents:
1. Clinical anatomy and variations.
2.1. Clinical and endovascular treatment aspects in adults ; cerebral ischemia ; vascular tumors of the head and neck ; traumatic arteriovenous fistulae ; aneurysms.
2.2. Clinical and endovascular treatment aspects in adults ; cerebral arteriovenous shunts ; spinal arteriovenous shunts ; spinal vascular tumors ; technical aspects of endovascular neurosurgery.Digital Access - Digital/PrintP. Lasjaunias, A. Berenstein.Contents:
v. 1. Functional anatomy of craniofacial arteries
v. 2. Endovascular treatment of craniofacial lesions
v. 3. Functional vascular anatomy of brain, spinal cord and spine
v. 4. Endovascular treatment of cerebral lesions
v. 5. Endovascular treatment of spine and spinal cord lesions.Digital Access - DigitalQuyen D. Chu, John F. Gibbs, Gazi B. Zibari, editors.Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive perspective on surgical oncologic diseases that are relevant to those who have an interest in surgical oncology. Its purpose is to distill a voluminous amount of information to readers so they will have the opportunity to apply relevant information and knowledge to their particular needs. Each chapter is written by experts in their field who provide concise and in-depth information on their topic and supply references to key articles. Illustrations, diagrams, and photographs are included to assist the visual learners. Each chapter begins with bulleted key points to focus the readers on the material that will be covered and concludes with an appendix that summarizes the salient points. This unique set-up can be used as a tool to quickly review the topic at hand. The text also includes a set of short questions and answers at the end of each chapter to reinforce the salient points. Surgical Oncology: A Practical and Comprehensive Approach is a valuable resource for Medical students, surgical oncology fellows, general surgeons, and educators.
Contents:
Melanoma
Non-Melanoma Skin Cancers
Non-Invasive Breast Cancer
Early Breast Cancer
Locally Advanced Breast Cancer (LABC)
BRCA1 and BRCA2 in Breast Cancer and Ovarian Cancer
Breast Cancer during Pregnancy
Esophageal Cancer
Gastric Cancer
Small Bowel Cancer
Gallbladder Cancer
Cholangiocarcinoma
Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
Adrenal Lesions
Hepatocellular Carcinoma
Colon Cancer
Local Excision of Early Stage Rectal Cancer
Rectal Cancer
Management of Liver Metastases from Colorectal Cancer
Hereditary Colorectal Cancer and Polyposis Syndromes
Cytoreductive Surgery and Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy
Squamous Cell Carcinoma of the Anal Canal
Thyroid Cancer
Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors (PNETs)
Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia (MEN) Syndromes
Carcinoid Tumors
Soft Tissue Sarcoma
Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumor (GIST)
Ovarian and Adnexal Masses. - DigitalFrances C. Wright, Jaime Escallon, Moises Cukier, Melanie E. Tsang, Usmaan Hameed, editors.Contents:
1.Tumours of the Adrenal Gland
2.Ampullary Cancer
3.Anal Cancer
4.Breast Cancer
5.Cholangiocarcinoma
6.Colon Cancer
7.Colorectal Liver Metastases
8.Gallbladder Cancer
9.Desmoid Fibromatosis and Dermatofibrosarcoma Protuberans
10.Gastric Adenocarcinoma
11.Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumours
12.Hepatocellular Carcinoma
13. Melanoma
14.Merkel Cell Carcinoma
15.Multidisciplinary Cancer Conferences
16.Neuroendocrine Tumours (GastroEnteroPancreatic)
17.Non-melanoma Skin Cancer
18.Palliative Surgical Care
19.Adenocarcinoma of the Pancreas
20. Peritoneal Surface Malignancies
21.Rectal Cancer
22.Retroperitoneal and Extremity Soft Tissue Sarcomas
23.Thyroid Cancer. - DigitalFrances C. Wright, Jaime M. Escallon, Moises Cukier, Melanie E. Tsang, Usmaan Hameed, editors.Summary: This third edition manual provides a comprehensive, insightful, evidenced-based review of general surgical oncology and serves as a valuable resource for general surgeons in training, practicing general surgeons, and surgical oncologists. The volume describes a multidisciplinary approach that integrates clinical, radiologic, and pathologic data in formulating practical clinical management, and offers a practical approach to the most common situations when treating cancer patients. Each chapter focuses on an individual malignancy and describes the presentation of the malignancy, integrated management based on stage, landmark trials, and suggestions for who to discuss at multidisciplinary cancer conferences. Multiple tables in each chapter provide a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field. Clinical "pearls" or tips and tricks from high volume surgeons at the University of Toronto are also discussed. The third edition of the Surgical Oncology Manual will serve as a critical resource for general surgeons in training and practicing surgeons dealing with this challenging field.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgement
Contents
Contributors
1: Tumors of the Adrenal Gland
Adrenal Incidentaloma
Background
Workup [4]
Imaging
Management and Follow-Up [4]
Indications for Adrenalectomy [4-6]
Functional Adrenal Tumors
Pheochromocytoma
Overview
Workup
Perioperative Considerations
Genetic Testing
Cushing Syndrome
Overview
Workup [4]
Perioperative Considerations
Autonomous Cortisol Secretion (Subclinical Cushing Syndrome (SCS))
Primary Aldosteronism
Overview
Workup [4, 6, 26]
Adrenal Vein Sampling Perioperative Considerations
Prediction of Cure (Aldosterone Resolution Score)
Adrenocortical Carcinoma
Preoperative Workup [33]
Prognostic Factors
Operative Considerations
Adjuvant and Systemic Therapy
Metastases to the Adrenal Gland
Workup
Indications for Resection of Adrenal Metastasis
References
2: Ampullary Cancer
Introduction
Special Notes
Special Case: Familial Adenomatous Polyposis (FAP)
Landmark Trials
Referring to Multidisciplinary Cancer Conference (MCC)
Toronto Pearls
References
3: Anal Cancer
Introduction
Terminology Risk Factors and Precursor Lesions
Anal Cancer
Prevention and Screening
Referring to Medical Oncology
Referring to Radiation Oncology
Referring to Multidisciplinary Cancer Conference
Toronto Pearls
References
4: Breast Cancer
Introduction
Benign, but Worrisome
Ductal Carcinoma In Situ
DCIS Recurrence
DCIS and the Axilla
Invasive Breast Cancer
Special Notes
Breast-Conserving Surgery
Absolute Contraindications to BCS
Relative Contraindications to BCS
Trials for BCS Versus Mastectomy Meta-analysis to Assess Surgical Margins in BCS for Early Breast Cancer
Genetic Testing
The Axilla
Approach to the Axilla in Early-Stage Breast Cancer
Special Notes
Isolated Tumor Cells and Micrometastases
Special Notes
Extranodal Extension
SLNB Following Neoadjuvant Systemic Therapy
Summary: Management of the Clinically Node-Negative Axilla in Patients Who Have Not Received Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy
Considerations of Adjuvant Treatment for Invasive Breast Cancer
Genomic Assays
Ovarian Function Suppression
Locally Advanced Breast Cancer
Special Notes Inflammatory Breast Cancer
Special Considerations
Pregnancy and Breast Cancer
Special Notes
Breast Cancer in the Elderly
Special Notes
Dense Breasts
Paget's Disease of the Nipple
Male Breast Cancer
Metastatic Breast Cancer
Locoregional Recurrence of Breast Cancer
Referral to Medical Oncology
Referral to Radiation Oncology
Referring to Multidisciplinary Cancer Conference
Technical Aspects of Breast Surgery
Oncoplastic Breast Surgery
Technical Aspects of Breast Reconstruction aAfter Mastectomy
Types of Reconstruction
Implant-Based Reconstruction Autologous Reconstruction - DigitalSonal S. Chaugule, Santosh G. Honavar, Paul T. Finger, editors.Summary: Designed as an easy-to-use, practical guide to tumors of the eye, lids, and orbit, this Open Access book comprehensively addresses surgical treatment and management of diseases related to ophthalmic oncology. Surgical Ophthalmic Oncology: A Collaborative Open Access Reference is an ideal reference for general ophthalmologists, surgeons, fellows and trainees around the world who encounter these diseases in the care of their patients. Notably, this book includes considerations for those ophthalmologists offering subspecialty care in environments with limited access to advanced technology and instrumentation. Individual chapters address diagnostic indications, pre-operative and post-operative concerns, and provide detailed explanations of surgical techniques required to manage various eye cancer ailments with help of ample illustrations. High-quality videos included throughout the book provide readers with the opportunity to review surgical steps in real-time as a learning tool. Chapters thoroughly cover tumors of eyelid, cornea and conjunctiva, orbit as well as intraocular tumors, while later chapters discuss ophthalmic radiation therapy. The book concludes with a section on ophthalmic pathology which details essential guidelines on relevant aspects from specimen collection and transport, to interpretation of the pathology report. Surgical Ophthalmic Oncology: A Collaborative Open Access Reference is a unique and necessary valuable resource for ophthalmologists, trainees, and related medical professionals working in underserved areas in providing quality care for patients suffering from ocular cancers.
Contents:
I. Eyelid Tumors
1. Overview and Epidemiology
2. Excision of Eyelid Tumors: Principles and Techniques
3. Biopsy Techniques for Eyelid Tumors
4. Principles and Techniques of Eyelid Reconstruction
5. Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy for Conjunctival and Ocular Adnexal Tumors
II. Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors
6. Overview and Classification of Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors
7. Surgical Techniques for Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors
. Intraocular Tumors
8. Overview of Intraocular Tumors
9. Localized Therapy and Biopsies of Intraocular Tumors
IV. Orbital Tumors
10. Overview and Imaging of Orbital Tumors
11. Surgical Techniques of Orbital Tumors
V. Enucleation and Exenteration
12. Enucleation and Exenteration
13. Orbital Implants
VI. Ophthalmic Radiotherapy
14. Ophthalmic Radiotherapy: Plaques and Implants
VII. Ocular Pathology
15. Ocular Pathology
VIII. Appendices
Appendix 1: American Joint Committee on Cancer (AJCC) 8th Edition Cancer Staging
Appendix 2: College of American Pathologist (CAP) Guidelines for Patients with Retinoblastoma
Appendix 3: College of American Pathologist (CAP) Guidelines for Patients with Uveal Melanoma
Index. - Digitaledited by Sanjeet Narang, Edgar L. Ross, Alison Weisheipl.Summary: 'Surgical Pain Management' is an essential step-by-step guide to surgical techniques and the perioperative management of chronic pain patients whose treatment includes implantable therapies. Chapters review what makes a potential candidate for implant therapy, patient education, and the surgical management of a patient along with the needed resources to organize an implant service. This book is an ideal companion to an advanced training program in interventional pain management and a useful resource for developing a team that will optimize care for some of the most difficult to treat chronic pain patients.
Contents:
Organization of an implant service / Daniel Vardeh and Diane Polombi
Anesthetic management for chronic pain surgery / Josemaria Paterno and Jason Stewart
Psychological evaluation of the surgical pain patient / Mohammed A. Issa
Patient education for surgical intervention for pain / Elizabeth Scanlan
Implantable drug delivery systems / John S. Quick, Scott A. King, Michael Nguyen, David Boyce, Sanjeet Narang
Externalized epidural infusion systems / Julie H.Y. Huang and Elizabeth Rickerson
Dorsal column stimulation / Brendan McGinn, Ziev B. Moses, and Travis Tierney
Peripheral nerve stimulation / Christian Peccora, Jorge Mendez, and David Janfaza
Craniofacial nerve stimulation / Jeremy Jones and Edgar L. Ross
Field stimulation / Ehren Nelson, Andrew Vaclavik, and Milan Stojanovic
Sacral nerve stimulation / Chris R. Abrecht, Alison Weisheipl, and Assia Valovska
Treatment of discogenic pain : minimally invasive procedures / Alison Weisheipl and Srdjan S. Nedeljkvoc
Vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty / Yi Cai Isaac Tong and Ram V.S.R. Chavali
Minimally invasive treatments for spinal stenosis : percutaneous lumbar / Jeremy Jones, R. Jason Yong, and Srdjan S. Nedeljkovic
Endovenous ablation / Cyrus Ahmadi Yazdi, Michael Nguyen, and R. Jason Yong.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - DigitalAhmad Altaleb, editor.Summary: This book provides a practical and clinically oriented guide to the concepts of pathologic diagnosis of surgical specimens. Concise and highly illustrated chapters cover essential information required within patient management. Telepathology, ancillary techniques, and surgical oncology concepts are also examined. Surgical Pathology: A Practical Guide aims to bridge the knowledge gap between surgeons and pathologists to promote mutual understanding and a better working relationship. This book is relevant to general surgeons, and surgical oncologists, whether in training or in practice. It also serves as an introduction for first-year pathology residents, and medical students interested in surgical pathology.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Introduction
1: The Role of Surgical Pathologist: A Surgeon's Perspective
Introduction
Preoperative Input
Intraoperative Input
Postoperative Input
References
2: Histopathology Versus Cytopathology
Further Reading
Part II: The Surgical Pathology Report
3: The Surgical Pathology Request Form, What Is Mandatory To Fill-In?
Further Reading
4: The Surgical Pathology Report Simplified
Further Reading
5: Clarifying Jargon in Pathology Reports
Further Reading Part III: The Journey of Specimens
6: The Journey of Specimens: From the Operating Table to the Microscope
7: At the Grossing Station: Principles of Specimen Handling and Cut-Up
8: Basics of Tissue Processing
Further Reading
9: A Primer on Gross Pathology Examination and Selected Images of Gross Specimens
Further Reading
Part IV: Specimen's 'Essentials'!
10: Formalin
Further Reading
11: The Paraffin Block
Further Reading
Part V: The Intraoperative Consultation
12: The Pathologist and the Intraoperative Consultation: A Surgeon's Perspective
References 13: Intraoperative Diagnoses Techniques
Further Reading
14: Frozen Sections
Further Reading
Part VI: The Biopsy
15: Biopsies in Oncology: Role, Types, and Principles of Optimal Sampling
Limitations
Potential Competing Alternatives: The Liquid Biopsy
Further Reading
Part VII: Ancillary Studies in Surgical Pathology
16: Ancillary Studies in Surgical Pathology
Further Reading
17: Commonly Used Immunohistochemical Stains and Their Diagnostic, Theranostic, and Prognostic Utilities
Introduction
Diagnostic Use
Organ Diagnosis
Differentiation Inflammation
Tumor Subtypes
Infections
Theranostic Use
Prognostic Use
Further Reading
Part VIII: A Primar on Surgical Oncology
18: Grading and Staging in Pathology
Grading
Staging
Further Reading
19: A Primer on Clinical Stage Classifications of Malignant Tumors (cTNM)
Notes
Further Reading
20: Selected Tables of Pathologic Stage Classification (pTNM)
Further Reading
21: Surgical Margin Assessment
Extent of Resection: A Rough Guide
Further Reading
22: Metastases: A Visual Guide
High Yield Facts
Metastases
General Rules Cancer of Unknown Primary (CUP)
Further Reading
Part IX: The Modern Surgical Pathology
23: Virtual Microscopy and Telepathology
Further Reading
24: The Modern Pathologist Role at MDT Meeting
Multidisciplinary Team (MDT) Meeting
Further Reading
Part X: Errors in Surgical Pathology
25: Sources of Error in Surgical Pathology
Further Reading
Index - DigitalWen-Ming Cong, editor.Contents:
1. My view on the biological features and surgical treatment of liver cancer
2. Thinking on innovative research of liver cancer and clinical transformation
3. Researches on surgical pathology of hepatobiliary tumors in EHBH
4. Clonal origins of postoperative recurrent heptocellular carcinoma
5. Tumor-like lesions of the liver and intrahepatic bile duct
6. Benign tumors of the liver and intrahepatic bile duct
7. Malignant tumors of the liver and intrahepatic bile ducts
8. Hepatic tumors in children
9. Tumors of the gallbladder
10. Tumors of extrahepatic bile duct
11. Liver biopsy for the diagnosis of liver neoplasms
Appendix
Index.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalTaofic Mounajjed, Vishal S. Chandan, Michael S. Torbenson, editors.Contents:
Pseudotumors
Benign Vascular Tumors
Benign Mesenchymal Tumors and Miscellaneous Tumors
Benign Hepatocellular Tumors
Benign Biliary Tumors
Hepatocellular Carcinoma Precursor Lesions
Hepatocellular Carcinoma
Fibrolamellar Carcinoma
Cholangiocarcinoma Precancerous Lesions
Cholangiocarcinoma
Malignant Mesenchymal Tumors
Hematolymphoid Lesions
Benign Pediatric Hepatic Tumors
Malignant Pediatric Liver Tumors
Metastatic Tumors. .Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalLizhi Zhang, Vishal S. Chandan, Tsung-Teh Wu, editors.Summary: This book covers the entire spectrum of non-neoplastic diseases within the gastrointestinal (GI) tract including new entities, recent developments, and questions that arise in the practice of GI pathology. The text is organized by specific organ site, with related disorders of each organ site subgrouped into several chapters based on their common features. Pathologists can quickly find the disorders they are interested and review similar disorders in the same chapter to help them make a correct diagnosis. Each major and common entity is described in detail with its definition, clinical features, pathological features (covering both the gross and microscopic details), differential diagnosis and treatment/prognosis. All chapters also highlight the use of special/immunohistochemical stains and other supporting studies as needed with a focus on providing a practical differential diagnosis rather than just a list of potential associations. This book is extensively illustrated with both gross and microscopic images that act as an integral part of the information provided in the text. Written by practicing GI/liver pathologists and gastroenterologists from the Mayo Clinic, Surgical Pathology of Non-neoplastic Gastrointestinal Diseases serves as a comprehensive yet practical guide for diagnostic surgical pathologists with a passion for GI pathology. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part I: Introduction: 1. Normal histology of gastrointestinal tract / Vishal S. Chandan
2. Endoscopy, tissue processing, stains, and special tests / Ferga C. Gleeson and Lizhi Zhang. Part II: Non-neoplastic diseases of the esophagus: 3. Reflux esophagitis and Barrett esophagus / Jason T. Lewis
4. Eosinophilic esophagitis / Thomas C. Smyrk
5. Drug-induced injury, injections, and congenital and miscellaneous disorders / Taofic Mounajjed. Part III: Non-neoplastic diseases of the stomach: 6. Common types of gastritis / Michael Torbenson
7. Special forms of gastritis / Saba Yasir
8. Drugs-induced injury, infections, vascular, congenital, and miscellaneous disorders / Vishal S. Chandan. Part IV: Non-neoplastic diseases of the duodenum: 9. Malabsorption and malnutrition disorders / Tsung-Teh Wu
10. Other inflammatory disorders of duodenum / Tsung-Teh Wu
11. Infections disorders of the duodenum and small bowel / Audrey N. Schuetz
12. Drug-induced injury, polyps, congenital, and miscellaneous disorders / Vishal S. Chandan and Tsung-Teh Wu. Part V: Non-neoplastic diseases of the jejunum and ileum: 13. Inflammatory bowel disease / Lizhi Zhang
14. Drug-induced injury, vascular, congenital, and miscellaneous disorders / Lizhi Zhang. Part VI: Non-neoplastic diseases of the colon: 15. Inflammatory bowel disease / Vishal S. Chandan and Tsung-Teh Wu
16. Non-inflammatory bowel disease colitis / Murli Krishna
17. Infections disorders of the colon / Bobbi S. Pritt
18. Drug-induced injury, vascular, congenital, motility, polyps, and miscellaneous disorders / Vishal S. Chandan. Part VII: Non-neoplastic diseases of the appendix and anus: 19. Non-neoplastic diseases of appendix / Samar Said
20. Non-neoplastic diseases of anus / Sejal Subhash Shah.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalPrasenjit Das, Kaushik Majumdar, Siddhartha Datta Gupta, editors.Contents:
Perspectives in gastrointestinal tract pathology
Normal anatomical and histological basis for interpretation in gastrointestinal tract
Endoscopic gastrointestinal biopsies and cytology samples: indications, endoscopic technique, collection, orientation, processing and handling of samples
Grossing techniques of gastrointestinal tract specimens
Diagnostic special stains, immunohistochemical markers and special techniques used in gastrointestinal tract pathology
Pathology of diseases of esophagus
Pathology of diseases of stomach
Pathology of malabsorption syndrome
Pathology of intestinal motility disorders
Pathology of other infectious, inflammatory, autoimmune, immunodeficiency, vascular and drug induced diseases of small and large intestine
Lesions of appendix
Systemic diseases involving the gastrointestinal tract
Diagnostic cytology of benign lesions of the gastrointestinal tract
Pathology of pre-neoplastic lesions of gastrointestinal tract
Pathology of epithelial lesions of gastrointestinal tract
Pathology of lymphoid lesions of gastrointestinal tract
Pathology of neuroendocrine lesions of gastrointestinal tract
Pathology of mesenchymal lesions of gastrointestinal tract
Neoplastic pathology of appendix
Diagnostic cytology of malignant lesions of the gastrointestinal tract
Molecular classifications of gastrointestinal tract tumors
Setting up and management of a gastrointestinal tract pathology laboratory. - Digital[edited by] Robert D. Odze, MD, FRCP(C), John R. Goldblum, MD.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
- DigitalDaniel D, Mais, MDSummary: "Surgical Pathology Review fills a gap in the currently available texts, on one side of which are the massive multivolume texts that are primarily concerned with the practical aspects of histopathologic diagnosis and on the other a few standard texts that are concerned primarily with the conceptual fundamentals of pathology. This text smooths over the inevitable gaps in knowledge that, when filled, round the pathologist out into a fully developed diagnostician and prepare them for the successful completion of certification examinations. Organized by organ system and specific lesions found, the focus of the text is nonmorphologic, hard-to-remember facts associated with each lesion—a catalogue of associations considered requisite knowledge for the fully trained pathologist. The prototypical morphologic features of each lesion are briefly described, with accompanying high-quality images of the uncommonly encountered ones. Details relevant to surgical pathology and cytopathology are reviewed."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Cover Title Copyright Contents Preface Contributors
1. Head and Neck
2. Gastrointestinal Tract
3. Pancreas
4. Liver
5. Breast
6. Gynecologic
7. Placenta
8. Genitourinary
9. Medical Kidney
10. Endocrine
11. Lung
12. Mediastinum
13. Heart and Vasculature
14. Skin
15. Bone and Soft Tissue
16. Central Nervous System
17. Lymph Nodes and Spleen
18. Special Topics BackcoverDigital Access College of American Pathologists Publications 2020 - DigitalJuan A. Sanchez, Paul Barach, Julie K. Johnson, Jeffrey P. Jacobs, editors.Contents:
Part I. Fundamentals of systems and safety science. 1. The burning platform: improving surgical quality and keeping patients safe
2. Risk factors and epidemiology of surgical safety
3. Concepts and models of safety, resilience, and reliability
4. Surgery through a human factors and ergonomics lens
5. The relationship between teamwork and patient safety
6. Enterprise risk management in healthcare
7. The patient experience: an essential component of high-value care and service
8. Patients and families as coproducers of safe and reliable outcomes
9. Tools and strategies for continuous quality improvement and patient safety
10. The future and challenges of surgical technology implementation and patient safety
Part 2. Job and organizational design. 11. Organizational and cultural determinants of surgical safety
12. The role of architecture and physical environment in hospital safety design
13. Building surgical expertise through the science of continuous learning and training
14. Promoting occupational wellness and combating professional burnout in the surgical workforce
15. Executive leadership and surgical quality: a guide for senior hospital leaders
16. Information technology infrastructure, management, and implementation: the rise of the emergent clinical information system and the chief medical information officer
17. Redesigning hospital alarms for reliable and safe care
18. Implementation science: translating research into practice for sustained impact
Part 3. 19. The leadership role: designing perioperative surgical services for safety and efficiency
20. Operating room management, measures of OR efficiency, and cost-effectiveness
21. The science of delivering safe and reliable anesthesia care
22. Enhanced recovery after surgery: ERAS
23. The next frontier: ambulatory and outpatient surgical safety and quality
24. Human factors and operating room design challenges
25. Diagnostic error in surgery and surgical services-- 26. Preventing perioperative 'never events'
27. Healthcare-associated infections in surgical practice
28. Safer medication administration through design and ergonomics
28. Safer medication administration through design and ergonomics
29. Preventing venous thromboembolism across the surgical care continuum
30. Preventing perioperative positioning and equipment injuries
31. Challenges in preventing electrical, thermal, and radiation injuries
32. Improving clinical performances by analyzing surgical skills and operative errors
Part 4. Approaches to managing risks. 33. Perioperative risk and management of surgical patients-- 34. Managing the complex high-risk surgical patient
35. Geriatric surgical quality and wellness
36. Patient transitions and handovers across the continuum of surgical care
37. Failure to rescue and failure to perceive patients in crisis
38. A quiet revolution: communicating and resolving patient harm
39. It's my fault: understanding the role of personal accountability, mental models and systems in managing sentinel events
40. Capturing, reporting, and learning from adverse events
41. How not to run an incident investigation
42. Multi-institutional learning and collaboration to improve quality and safety
43. Lessons learned from anesthesia registries about surgical safety and reliability
44. Use of data from surgical registries to improve outcomes
Part 5. Regulation, policy, and the future of surgical care. 45 How regulators assess and accredit safety and quality in surgical services
46. The perioperative surgical home: the new frontier
47. Surgical graduate medical education program accreditation and the clinical learning environment: patient safety and health care quality
48. Affordable Care Act: public legislation
49. Surgical quality and patient safety in rural settings
50. Global surgery: progress and challenges in surgical quality and patient services
51. International perspectives on safety, quality, and reliability of surgical care
52. Surgical safety in developing countries: Middle East, North Africa, and Gulf Countries
53. Future directions of surgical safety
Epilogue
Index.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaleditor, Philip F. Stahel.Contents:
Section I. Practical tools for surgical residents in training
Section II. Case-based scenarios
Section III. Perspectives
Section IV. Epilogue.Digital Access AccessSurgery 2017 - Digital[edited by] William P. Potsic, Robin T. Cotton, Steven D. Handler, Karen B. Zur.Digital Access
- DigitalMelissa Phillips LaPinska, Jeffrey A. Blatnik, editors.Summary: This text is designed to present a comprehensive state-of-the-art approach to options available for inguinal hernia repair. Early chapters address anatomic evaluation of the groin, preoperative optimization of outcomes, and considerations in choosing a surgical technique. It then transitions to the clinical management of this common medical condition, specifically focusing on operative details. Written by experts in the field of hernia repair, the clinical chapters detail both open and minimally invasive techniques for repair including detailed anatomic drawings, surgical photos, and links to videos of operative techniques. Postoperative management is explained, detailing the common complications and addressing the importance of surgical outcomes, especially in the setting of "pay for performance" metrics. The final section of the text concludes with the management of inguinal hernias in select situations, including children, those performed with concomitant procedures, and modifications for training residents in this common surgical procedure. Each chapter includes a review of the published literature and selected references, along with anatomic illustrations, videos from operative interventions, and surgical photos to help reinforce the text. Surgical Principles in Inguinal Hernia Repair: A Comprehensive Guide to Anatomy and Operative Techniques serves as a comprehensive resource for surgeons on patient preparation, surgical techniques, and outcomes for the management of inguinal hernias. .
- DigitalH. Jaap Bonjer, editor.Contents:
Section 1. General principles
1. Ergonomics of the minimally invasive operating theatre
2. Safety in the operating theatre
3. Access to the abdominal and thoracic cavity
Section 2. Abdominal wall
4. Inguinal and femoral hernia (TEP)
5. Inguinal and femoral hernia (TAPP)
6. Ventral hernia
Section 3. Oesophagus
7. Motility disorders
8. Hiatal hernia and reflux
9. Minimally Invasive Esophageal Resection
Section 4. Stomach
10. Gastrectomy
11. Peptic ulcer perforation
Section 5. Bariatric surgery
12. Selection of bariatric procedure
13. Gastric banding
14. Gastric by-pass
15. Sleeve resection
16. Duodenal switch
17. Redo surgery
Section 6. Liver
18. Hepatic resection
19. Non-resection: Radiofrequency ablation, cryo, microwave
Section 7. Galbladder and biliary ducts
20. Cholecystectomy
21. Surgical management of ductal calculi
Section 8. Pancreas
22. Distal pancreatectomy, enucleation
23. Pancreaticoduodenectomy
24. Necrosectomy for acute pancreatitis.-Section 9. Spleen
25. Splenectomy
Section 10. Small intestine
26. Adhesiolysis for bowel obstruction
Section 11. Colon and Appendix
27. Appendectomy
28. Right colonic and ileocaecal resection
29. Left colectomy and sigmoidectomy
30. Total colectomy
Section 12. Rectum
31. Low anterior resection, abdominoperineal resection
32. Prolapse
33. TEM
34. TAMIS
Section 13. Thyroid & parathyroid
35. Thyroid and parathyroid
Section 14. Adrenal
36. Adrenal anterior approach
37. Adrenal posterior approach
Section 15. Innovative minimally invasive techniques
38. NOTES and hybrid NOTES procedures
39. Single incision surgery
40. Robotic surgery.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalScott Francis Davis, editor.Summary: This book equips the intraoperative monitoring provider (both technologist and physician) with details of commonly monitored surgical procedures of the spine. This knowledge better allows the monitorist to identify critical phases of the surgery and correlate those with neuroanatomical and functional risk at each phase. Chapters are authored by a surgeon and neurophysiologist, with the surgeon contributing procedural content and the neurophysiologist contributing information on how the monitoring integrates within the context of the procedure. It is the first book that incorporates content about the surgical procedure directly with the intraoperative monitoring plan for the surgery. This text will have a wide audience throughout the medical specialty of intraoperative neurophysiological monitoring; it will be of interest to technologists, interpreting physicians or neurophysiologists, anesthesiologists, and surgeons; essentially anyone on the surgical team that lacks a detailed knowledge of both the surgical procedure and the neurophysiology. .
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Atlantoaxial Procedures
Posterior C1-C2 Instrumentation and Fusion Techniques
Introduction
Pathology
Monitoring Plan
Procedural Details
Outcomes and Complications
Occipito-cervical Fusion
Introduction
Pathology
Monitoring Plan
Procedural Details
Outcomes and Complications
Far Lateral Transcondylar Approaches
Introduction
Pathology
Monitoring Plan
Procedural Details
Outcomes and Complications
Trans-oral Approaches to C1-C2
Introduction
Pathology
Monitoring Plan Procedural Details
Outcomes and Complications
References
Posterior C1-C2 Instrumentation and Fusion Techniques
Occipito-cervical Fusion
Far Lateral Transcondylar Approaches
Trans-oral Approach
Anterior Cervical Discectomy and Fusion
Introduction
Procedure Details
Positioning
Incision and Exposure
Discectomy/Decompression
Closure
Neuromonitoring
Outcomes/Complications
High Cervical ACDF (C3-C4)
Introduction: See ACDF*
Pathology
Procedure Details
Outcomes/Complications
Low Cervical/Cervicothoracic ACDF (C7-T3)
Introduction Operative Planning
Procedure Details
Incision and Exposure
Decompression/Reconstruction
Intraoperative Monitoring/Consideration
Posterior Cervical Laminectomy, Instrumentation, and Fusion (PCDF) Versus Posterior Cervical Laminectomy and Decompression
Introduction
Procedure Details
Outcomes/Complications
References
Lumbar Spine Surgery
Lumbar Laminectomy
Overview
Pathology
Procedure Details
Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
Outcomes/Complications
Lumbar Microdiscectomy
Overview
Pathology
Procedure Details Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
Outcomes/Complications
Lumbar Interbody Fusion
Overview
Pathology
Posterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion
Procedure Details
Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
Outcomes/Complications
Transforaminal Lumbar Interbody Fusion (TLIF)
Procedure Details
Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
Outcomes/Complications
Lateral Lumbar Interbody Fusion (LLIF)
Procedure Details
Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
Outcomes/Complications
Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (ALIF)
Procedure Details Intraoperative Monitoring and Considerations
Outcomes/Complications
References
Minimally Invasive Spine Surgery
Introduction
Posterior Cervical Laminotomy and Foraminotomy
Translaminar Decompression for Lumbar Stenosis
LLIF
TLIF
Intraoperative Monitoring Considerations
References
Metastatic Disease of the Spine: Operative Considerations
Introduction
Pathology
Tumor Workup
Surgical Decision Making
Case Presentation
Intraoperative Monitoring Plan and Considerations
References
Index - DigitalRachel R. Kelz, Sandra L. Wong, editors.Contents:
1. Quality Improvement in Surgery
2. The science of quality improvement
3. Measuring Surgical Quality
4. Are you capable of providing high quality care?
5. Surgical Quality Improvement: Local quality improvement
6. How to address a quality problem
7. Barriers and pitfalls in quality improvement
8. Conflict Resolution
9. Teaching quality improvement
10. Is 'quality science' human subjects research?
11. Academic careers in quality improvement
12. National Quality Improvement: Federal Regulation, Public Reporting, and the Surgeon
13. The public perception of quality improvement in surgery.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJörg Bahm.Summary: This book develops and describes surgical rationales in the field of reconstructive surgery for upper limb function, both in children and adults suffering from various diseases or trauma leading to a variety of motor and sensory impairments, sometimes associated with growth-related deformities. Every surgical career is a unique living story of learning, performing, questioning, trial and error, and finally success. Every surgeon has to integrate a wealth of information regarding ongoing clinical and research work in a range of disciplines; and with time and experience, a surgical rationale is developed that serves as a baseline and support for their day-to-day work. Following a structure starting with the patients needs, the surgeon and the training, the different tissues are addressed and their pathophysiology discussed in detail, including basic research and surgical expertise. The book is not a surgical compendium, but instead focuses on the detailed baseline behind day-to-day clinical examinations, functional evaluations and surgical work. Readers will learn how the tissues interact, how pathologies change them and interfere with their functions, and how to reverse the pathophysiological sequence by surgical-technical means to improve function. Although the book presents the authors personal views, all aspects are explained and debated on the basis of past and current clinical findings, ongoing basic research and input from other disciplines: readers may disagree with certain points, but choose to implement some of the rationales and priorities, incorporate findings from fields they'd never previously explored, or investigate them further. This book offers an extensive framework of argumentation and is intended to inspire and support readers in terms of decision-making and understanding current or uncommon procedures. Practitioners in the fields of peripheral nerve surgery, reconstructive plastic surgery, upper limb orthopedics, neuropediactrics, biomechanics, physiotherapy and ergotherapy will find the book a valuable asset, and a trusted companion in the daily quest to improve patient care!
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
1: Decision-Making in Reconstructive Surgery
1.1 Analysis of Patient's Story and Expectations (Anamnesis)
1.1.1 Giving Enough Time and Space for the Patient's Description
1.2 Basics of Medical and Surgical Behavior
1.3 Multi-, Inter-, and Transdisciplinarity
1.3.1 The Concept of Transdisciplinarity
1.4 Imagery and Electrophysiology
1.4.1 Electrophysiology and the Dialogue with Neurologists
1.4.2 Nerve Fascicle Torsion, Parsonage-Turner Syndrome, and Neurogenic Thoracic Outlet
1.4.3 Muscle Testing
1.5 Basic Research 1.5.1 Tissue Engineering of Nerve and Muscle Cells
1.5.1.1 Neurobiology of Peripheral Nerve Injury and Regeneration
1.5.1.2 Neurobiology of Muscle Tissue
1.5.1.3 Classification of Nerval Injuries and Clinical Impact
1.5.1.4 Tissue Engineering
1.5.1.5 Muscle Tissue Engineering
1.5.1.6 Nerve Reconstruction and Tissue Engineering
1.5.2 Living Nerve-Muscle Interaction
1.6 Experience and Psychology
1.7 Evidence-Based Practice
1.8 Discussion
References
2: Pre- and Postoperative Functional Evaluation in Reconstructive Surgery
2.1 Routine Tools 2.1.1 Motion and Strength
2.1.2 Sensibility
2.1.3 Spasticity
2.2 Expert Tools
2.2.1 Electrophysiology (See Sect. 1.4)
2.2.1.1 Video-Assisted Movement Analysis (Vicon): Movement Lab
2.2.1.2 Motion Patterns (Fig. 2.5)
2.2.1.3 Modeling
2.2.2 Further Development of Scoring
2.3 Further Directions
2.3.1 Motion Analysis
2.3.1.1 Pre- and Postoperative Multifactor Movement Analysis
2.3.1.2 Further Research: Accelerometers
2.3.2 Video Analysis, Serious Games, Virtual Reality
2.3.2.1 Augmented Reality
References 3: Biomechanics and Physiology in Reconstructive Surgery of the Upper Limb
3.1 Motion: Kinematics
3.2 Force Vectors
3.3 Use
3.4 Basics on Motor and Sensitive Function
3.5 Cortical Plasticity
References
4: Invited Contributions: Fields Outside of My Work
4.1 Surgical Techniques in Upper Limb Amputation
4.1.1 Patient Identification
4.1.2 Amputation Level
4.1.2.1 Minor Amputations
4.1.2.2 Major Amputations
Transcarpal
Transradial
4.1.2.3 Elbow Exarticulation
Transhumeral
4.1.2.4 Glenohumeral/Forequarter 4.1.3 Surgical Techniques and Indications
4.1.3.1 Nerves
Targeted Muscle Reinnervation
4.1.3.2 Neuroma and Pain
4.1.4 Emerging Surgical Concepts
4.1.5 Soft Tissues
4.1.6 Bones
4.1.7 Segmental Shortening
4.1.8 Angulation Osteotomy
4.1.9 Osseointegration
4.1.10 Secondary Indications
4.1.11 Rehabilitation
4.2 Hand Transplantation
4.2.1 First, Constitute a Good Medico-Surgical Team
4.2.2 Second, Find a Good Candidate for Hand Transplantation
4.2.2.1 You Also Need to Find a Good Donor
4.2.3 Surgical Considerations. - Digital/PrintRecall series editor and senior editor, Lorne H. Blackbourne.Summary: "Written in a rapid-fire question-and-answer format, Surgical Recall is a best-selling, high-yield reference for clerkship students. Covering both general surgery and surgical subspecialties, this portable resource provides accurate, on-the-spot answers to the questions you’re most likely to encounter during your rotations and on the shelf exam. The eighth edition—now in full color—distills the content even further to give you exactly what you need: survival tactics and tips for success, key information for those new to the surgical suite, and expanded opportunities for self-assessment in a variety of formats. Strategic two-column format provides chapter content in the form of questions on the left and answers on the right to facilitate quick, effective review"--Publisher's description.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2018
- DigitalRecall series editor and senior editor, Lorne H. Blackbourne.Summary: "Written in a rapid-fire question-and-answer format, Surgical Recall, 7e is a popular, high-yield reference for 3rd and 4th year clerkship students performing surgical rotations. This portable resource addresses both general surgery and surgical subspecialties and provides accurate, on-the-spot answers. The book s popular two-column format provides questions on the left and answers on the right to facilitate self-pimping and quick review. This edition is packed with survival tactics and tips for success on the boards and wards, as well as key information for those new to the surgical suite. Those who go on to surgery residencies can continue to test their knowledge with Advanced Surgical Recall." -- Publisher.
Contents:
Surgical syndromes
Surgical most commons
Surgical percentages
Surgical history
Surgical instruments
Sutures and stitches
Surgical knot tying
Procedures for the surgical ward and clinic
Incisions
Surgical positions
Surgical speak
Preoperative 101
Surgical operations you should know
Wounds
Drains and tubes
Surgical anatomy pearls
Fluids and electrolytes
Blood and blood products
Surgical hemostasis
Common surgical medications
Complications
Common causes of ward emergencies
Surgical respiratory care
Surgical nutrition
Shock
Surgical infection
Fever
Surgical prophylaxis
Surgical radiology
Anesthesia
Surgical ulcers
Surgical oncology
GI hormones and physiology
Acute abdomen and referred pain
Hernias
Laparoscopy
Trauma
Burns
Upper GI bleeding
Stomach
Bariatric surgery
Ostomies
Small intestine
Appendix
Carcinoid tumors
Fistulas
Colon and rectum
The anus
Lower GI bleeding
Inflammatory bowel disease: Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis
Liver
Portal hypertension
Biliary tract
Pancreas
Breast
Endocrine
Thyroid gland
Parathyroid
Spleen and splenectomy
Surgically correctable hypertension
Soft tissue sarcomas and lymphomas
Skin lesions
Melanoma
Surgical intensive care
Vascular surgery. Pediatric surgery
Plastic surgery
Hand surgery
Otolaryngology: head and neck surgery
Thoracic surgery
Cardiovascular surgery
Transplant surgery
Orthopaedic surgery
Neurosurgery
Urology
Clinical microvignettes
Surgical pathognomonic microvignettes
Complications microvignettes
Blood microvignettes
Diagnostic surgical stimulation and radiographic tests
Surgical laboratory microvignettes
Medical treatments of surgical diagnoses
Eponyms microvignettes.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2015 - DigitalRecall series editor and senior editor, Lorne H. Blackbourne.Summary: "This edition of Surgical Recall has been distilled even further to allow optimal performance on BOTH the shelf exam and the wards. Rapid-Fire "microvignettes" throughout the text are once again provided so you can test your knowledge and also get familiar with finding the words in every vignette that are the key to unraveling the puzzle they hold"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2022
- DigitalMasahito Ohji, editor.Summary: This atlas presents the state-of-the-art in vitreoretinal surgery. In ten chapters written by internationally respected vitreoretinal surgeons, it addresses various surgical diseases of the retina and vitreous, providing detailed information on all key surgical aspects. The topics covered include small-gauge vitrectomy and surgical aspects of retinal detachment, proliferative vitreoretinopathy, proliferative diabetic retinopathy, serous macular detachment with optic disc pit, coloboma of the choroid, and cysticercosis. Surgical aspects of various macular diseases such as epiretinal membrane, vitreomacular traction syndrome, and macular hole are also examined. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable asset for practicing ophthalmologists, vitreoretinal specialists, and trainees in the field. The Surgical Retina Atlas is one of nine volumes in the series Retina Atlas, which provides comprehensive and validated information on vitreoretinal diseases, covering imaging basics, retinal vascular disease, macular disorders, ocular inflammatory and infectious disorders, retinal degeneration, surgical retina, ocular oncology, pediatric retina and trauma.
Contents:
23-G, 25-G and 27-G vitrectomy
Epiretinal membranes and macular pseudoholes
Vitreomacular traction syndrome
Idiopathic macular hole
Retinal detachment and proliferative vitreoretinopathy
Myopic maculoapthy (foveoschisis, MHRD)
Optic disc pit maculopathy
Coloboma of the choroid
Diabetic retinopathy
Intraocular cysticercosis. - Printedited by J.S.P. Lumley, J.L. Craven.
- DigitalPaige M. Porrett, MD, PhD, Assistant Professor of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Pavan Atluri, MD, Assistant Professor of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Giorgos C. Karakousis, MD, Assistant Professor of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Robert E. Roses, MD, Assistant Professor of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, senior editor ; Jeffrey A. Drebin, MD, PhD, Professor of Surgery, John Rhea Barton Chair of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.Contents:
Machine generated contents note: Section I Body as a Whole
1. Wound Healing / Suhail K. Kanchwala
2. Hemostasis and Coagulation / Grace Wang
3. Surgical Infectious Disease / Daniel N. Holena
4. Nutrition, Digestion, Absorption / Niels D. Martin
5. Immunology and Transplantation / Matthew Levine
6. Statistics and Epidemiology / Rachel R. Kelz
7. Anesthesia / Meghan Lane-Fall
Section II Abdomen and Gastrointestinal Tract
8. Hernias / Andy S. Resnick
9. The Esophagus / John C. Kucharczuk
10. The Stomach / Robert E. Roses
11. The Small Bowel / Steven E. Raper
12. The Colon, Rectum, and Anus / Cary B. Aarons
13. The Hepatobiliary System / Paige M. Porrett
14. The Pancreas / Charles M. Vollmer Jr.
Section III Endocrine System and Oncology
15. Tumor Biology / Jeffrey A. Drebin
16. Melanoma, Sarcoma, Lymphoma, and the Spleen / Giorgos C. Karakousis
17. Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Adrenal Glands / Douglas L. Fraker. Note continued: 18. The Breast / Brian J. Czerniecki
Section IV Cardiovascular and Respiratory Systems
19. Cardiovascular Disease and Cardiac Surgery / Pavan Atluri
20. Vascular Disease and Vascular Surgery / Benjamin M. Jackson
21. Pulmonary Physiology and Thoracic Disease / Sunil Singhal
Section V Trauma
22. Trauma Evaluation, Resuscitation, and Surgical Critical Care / Benjamin M. Braslow
23. Management of Specific Traumatic Injuries / Carrie A. Sims
24. Burn Management / Patrick K. Kim
Section VI Surgical Subspecialties
25. Neurosurgery / James M. Schuster
26. Pediatric Surgery / Michael L. Nance
27. Urology / Thomas J. Guzzo
28. Gynecology / Christina S. Chu
29. Otorhinolaryngology / Ara A. Chalian
30. Orthopaedic Surgery / Samir Mehta.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2016 - DigitalSanchia S. Goonewardene, Karen Ventii, Ali Gharib, Raymond J. Leveillee, David M. Albala.Summary: This book provides a practical guide to surgical endourology. Evidence-based chapters give expert opinion on complex cases, best practice techniques, and treating complications. The book covers a broad range of topics required within urological treatment including basic science, imaging in endourology, the use of technological devices, therapeutics for endourology, the treatment of high risk patients, stone disease management, pelvic kidneys, and dialysis. Surgical Strategies in Endourology aims to give the reader guidance in treating patients with endourological conditions and is relevant to both practising and trainee urologists.
Contents:
1. Basic Science for Endourology
2. Therapeutics for Endourology
3. Metabolic stone disease and management
4. Complications in Metabolic stone disease and management
5. Technology- Imaging in EndoUrology- CT
6. Management of the high risk patient in endourology
7. High risk patient cases and Complications
8. Imaging in EndoUrology-US
9. Imaging in EndoUrology- Retrograde studies
10. Cases and Complications seen on Retrograde studies
11. Imaging in Endourology- MRI
12. Technology and indications- ESWL
13. Cases and Complications with ESWL
14. Technology- Lasers
15. Cases and Complications with Lasers
16. Technology- Lithoclast
17. Cases and Complications with Lithoclast
18. Technology- Which type of wire and basket?
19. Cases and Complications with wires and baskets
20. Stents, Nephrostomies and Nephroureteral catheters
21. Cases and Complications- Stents and nephrostomies
22. Rigid Ureteroscopy- Tips and Tricks
23. Cases and Complications- Rigid Ureteroscopy
24. PCNL- Supine, Prone, Endoscopic Combined
25. Technique- The PCNL Tract
26. Cases and Complications in Standard PCNL
27. Technique- Mini, Super mini and Ultra Mini PCNL
28. Cases and Complications in minimally invasive PCNL
29. The Pelvic Kidney and Stone Disease Management
30. Cases and complications in pelvic kidneys
31. Types of Dialysis
32. The Dialysis Patient and stone disease
33. Cases and Complications with Dialysis Patients. - DigitalRakesh V. Khanna, Gennady Bratslavsky, Robert J. Stein, editors.Summary: Surgical Techniques for Kidney Cancer provides a comprehensive review and detailed description of surgical techniques for kidney and adrenal cancer. Through a step by step approach various surgical techniques are covered including radical nephrectomy, partial nephrectomy, and thermal ablation for renal cortical tumors. Each step by step approach is followed by the latest data on outcomes. Furthermore, limitations as well as tips and tricks are detailed in addition to management of common complications. Kidney Surgery for Urologists will be a valuable resource for Urologists, Urological Surgeons, Fellows in Urologic Oncology and Minimally Invasive/Robotic Surgery as well as upper level residents training in Urology.
Contents:
Imaging of Renal Masses
Renal Mass Biopsy
Open Partial Nephrectomy
Robotic Assisted Laparoscopic Partial Nephrectomy
Management of Renal Cell Carcinoma with Inferior Vena Caval Tumor Thrombus
Minimally Invasive Radical Nephrectomy Including Vena Cava Thrombus
Renal Cryotherapy
Radiofrequency Ablation of Renal Masses.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalRakesh V. Khanna, Gennady Bratslavsky, Robert J. Stein, editors.Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive review and detailed description of surgical techniques for prostate cancer surgery. All aspects are covered, including surgical anatomy and methods of transrectal ultrasound guided prostate biopsies, step-by-step approach techniques for radical prostatectomy, and the latest data on outcomes. Furthermore, limitations as well as tips and tricks are detailed in addition to management of common complications. Lastly, with the increasing use of ablative therapy and brachytherapy, the mechanism of action as well as the keys to obtaining optimal outcomes are illustrated. Surgical Techniques for Prostate Cancer is a concise and valuable resource to surgeons that documents the different approaches to prostate cancer surgery.
Contents:
Essentials of the Human Prostate
Transrectal Ultrasound Guided Prostate Biopsy
Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Prostate Cancer Diagnosis
Open Radical Retropubic Prostatectomy and Pelvic Lymph Node Dissection
Laparoscopic Prostatectomy and Pelvic Lymph Node Dissection
Robotic Prostatectomy
Perineal Prostatectomy
Brachytherapy
Prostate Cryoablation
Focal Ablation for Prostate Cancer. - DigitalPeter Vajkoczy, MD.Summary: A luminary in the field of cerebrovascular surgery brings his pace-setting work on the surgical management of moyamoya disease to the neurosurgical community. When the rare stroke strikes in children and youth, a likely cause is the idiopathic disease moyamoya, characterized by the slow and progressive stenosis and occlusion of the internal carotid artery and the arteries of the circle of Willis. A result of these stenoses is the formation of collaterals that are typically small and fragile, and liable to rupture. While there is no cure for moyamoya, a variety of surgical procedures can be performed to re-establish and maintain adequate blood supply to the affected brain areas. The procedures described here include various revascularization techniques and recommended bypasses. Key Features: with contributions from the world's most renowned bypass surgeons; Perioperative management and considerations; An overall practical approach to this painstaking high-end surgery; Detailed criteria for analyzing the situation and choosing the appropriate procedure; General principles of bypass surgery, direct and indirect revascularization, and combined revascularization techniques; Step-by-step descriptions of these procedures; Rescue strategies when repeat surgery is necessary; Surgical Techniques in Moyamoya Vasculopathy is an indispensable guide for the experienced neurovascular surgeon.Digital Access
- DigitalYan Wang, editor.Summary: This book introduces surgical treatment of ankylosing spondylitis in details, aiming to help surgeons to make better planning and technique. In part 1, authors mainly introduce the osteotomy technique in AS and surgery planning. Moreover, the benefits in organ function brought by spinal correction would be introduced in the same chapter. The hips are the most commonly effected diarthrodial joint in patients with AS, and the stiff hip causes poor life quality. In part 2, authors mainly introduce the skills of total hip arthroplasty (THA) in AS. For some patients both with kyphosis and hip involvement, how the authors make surgery planning. ln part 3, authors introduce their experiences and methods, including the advantages and disadvantages when do spinal correction first or THA first, and the principle of making spinal correction match with THA well.
Contents:
Part 1
Overview.-1. Ankylosing spondylitis.- Part 2
History & Basic research.- 2. History of spinal osteotomy of ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis.- 3. Cardiopulmonary and Gastrointestinal Manifestations of Patients in Ankylosing Spondylitis.- 4. Clinical and radiographic evaluation.- Part 3
Strategy & Technical.- 5. Classification & Surgical Decision Making for Ankylosing spondylitis kyphosis.- 6. Surgery Planning in AS Thoracolumbar Kyphosis.- 7. Basic Surgical technique for Management of AS Kyphosis.- 8. Vertebral Column Decancellation
Technique for thoracolumbar kyphosis in ankylosing spondylitis.- 9. Selection of the fusion level in AS kyphosis.- 10. Surgimap Spine for preoperative surgical planning in patients with ankylosing spondylitis.- 11. Cervical osteotomy in Ankylosing Spondylitis.- Part 4
Complication and nursing in AS patients.- 12. Intraoperative nursing and position in spinal osteotomy.- 13. Sagittal Translation During Osteotomy.- 14. Andersson lesion-complicating ankylosing spondylitis.- 15. The management and prevention of complications.- Part 5
AS kyphosis with hip joints involvement.- 16. Spinal osteotomy and total hip replacement for ankylosing spondylitis: which prior to perform.- Part 6
Hip involvement in ankylosing spondylitis.- 17. Hip involvement.- 18. Hip Replacement in Patients with Ankylosing Spondylitis.- 19. The clinical classfication and surgical techniques of Ankylosing Spondylitis(AS).- 20. Ankylosing spondylitis involves hip-Intraoperative and postoperative complications.- Part 7
The joint replacement of ankylosing knee in ankylosing spondylitis patients.- 21. Clinical characteristic.- 22. Surgical technique of Total knee arthroplasty (TKA) for Ankylosing Spondylitis(AS). - DigitalJonathan M. Philpott, Christian W. Zemlin, Ralph Damiano.Contents:
Chapter 1. Foundations and fundamentals
Chapter 2. Outcome tracking is critical to success- and a mandatory part of the procedure
Chapter 3. Maze indications, perioperative managment, and expected success rates
Chapter 4. The art and science of making effective maze ablation lines
Chapter 5. Mastering the initial dissection and cannulation: making ablation easy and safe
Chapter 6. Overview of the right atrial lesion set of the Maze-IV
Chapter 7. The vertical atriotomy
Chapter 8. The intercaval line
Chapter 9. The modified and the classic right atrial appendage line
Chapter 10. Tricuspid caval isthmus line
Chapter 11. Overview of the left side of the Maze-IV lesion set
Chapter 12. Box pulmonary vein isolation
Chapter 13. LAA line and appendage amputation/exclusion
Chapter 14. The mitral valve isthmus line
Chapter 15. Intraoperative testing
Chapter 16. Sequencing overview and coronary artery bypass implications
Chapter 17. Sequencing examples using the modified MVI CS ablation line technique
Teaching appendix. Thought experiments to understand activation waves, AF, atrial flutter, MRCs, and complications of the Maze
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalAhmed M. Afifi, Ziv M. Peled, Jeffrey E. Janis, editors.Summary: Since its serendipitous discovery, surgeons and physicians have continued to study and refine the surgical treatment of chronic headaches. This innovation has been a "disruptive" treatment challenging the classical methods of management for patients living with migraines. This comprehensive reference provides the starting point for many surgeons who are entering this field and also describes intricate and variable technical details, providing the reader with a basic knowledge while delving deeper into techniques honed through years of treatment experience. Surgical Treatment of Chronic Headaches and Migraines is organized across 17 chapters and contributed to by a multidisciplinary wealth of practitioners in the fields of plastic surgery, neurology, pain medicine, and more. Topics examine the various types of headaches that may require surgical treatment and include postoperative care alongside minimally invasive interventions. The text is rounded out by a look towards the future in this field and further enhanced by high-quality videos, tables, and figures, making it a valuable reference for anyone looking to treat patients exhibiting the debilitating pain of chronic headaches and migraines.
Contents:
1: Pathophysiology and Diagnosis of Nerve Compression Headache
2: The Non-Surgical management of Nerve Compression Headache
3: Patient Evaluation and Diagnosis of Trigger Sites-A Practical Guide.-4: Surgical Treatment of the Supraorbital and Supratrochlear Nerves.-5: Surgical Treatment of the Zygomaticotemporal Nerve.-6: Surgical Treatment of the Greater Occipital Nerve.-7: Surgical Treatment of the Lesser Occipital Nerve.-8: Surgical Treatment of the Auriculotemporal Nerve.-9: Rhinogenic Headaches
10: Nummular Headache
11: Postoperative Management after Headache and Migraine Surgery.-12: Minimally Invasive Interventions for Headache.13: Functional and Cosmetic Management of Post-Craniotomy Pain
14: How to Start a Headache/Migraine Surgery Practice
15: Outcomes in Migraine Surgery
16: The Story of Migraine Surgery: 20 Years in the Making
17: Headache and Migraine Surgery: A Look Back and Into the Future. - DigitalNam Kyu Kim, Kenichi Sugihara, Jin-Tung Liang, editors.Summary: This book presents an Asian perspective on how the treatment of colorectal cancer can be optimized and standardized in ways that take into account technological advances and the trend towards individually tailored therapy. Readers will find careful, well-illustrated descriptions of the standard surgical techniques for rectal cancer and colon cancer that have contributed to recent improvements in 5-year survival rates in the Asia-Pacific region, where the incidence of colorectal cancer has been rising alarmingly due to lifestyle changes. The vital role now being played by minimally invasive laparoscopic and robotic options receives detailed scrutiny. Extent and timing of surgery, patient safety, risk of complications, and unresolved issues are all discussed. Furthermore, the use of surgery within the context of multimodal management including chemotherapy and radiotherapy is explained and an integrated approach for stage IV and recurrent disease is described. The book will serve as a valuable reference for young surgeons who are in training, experienced practitioners who want to enhance their knowledge and skills, and all others who wish to learn about this field.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalAlberto Peña, Andrea Bischoff.Contents:
Introduction
History
Basic Anatomy and Physiology
Prenatal Diagnosis
Neo-Natal Management
Colostomy
Imaging
Bowel Preparation
Perineal Fistula
Bulbar Fistula
Prostatic Fistula
Bladder Neck Fistula
No Fistula
Minimally Invasive Approach
Re-Operations on Male Patients
Vestibular Fistula
Cloacas
Cloacal Exstrophy
Bowel Management
Operations to Administer Enemas
Urologic Problems
Hirschsprung{u2019}s Disease
Idiopathic Constipation
Perianal Fistula
Posterior Sagittal Approach for Other Conditions
Rare, Complex Defects
Associated Defects in General
Future, Advances
Long Term Follow-Up
Sacrococcygeal Teratoms
ARM in Developing Countries
Hemorrhoids
Polyps
Angiodysplasia Gastro Rectal Heterotopia Rectal Bleeding. - Digital[edited by] James Stannard, Andrew Schmidt.Contents:
Chapter 1. The polytrauma patient
Chapter 2. Care of the soft tissue envelope
Chapter 3. Musculoskeletal infection associated with skeletal trauma
Chapter 4. Acute compartment syndrome
Chapter 5. Evolving concepts in plate fixation
Chapter 6. Treatment strategy for nonunion
Chapter 7. Treatment strategy for malunion
Chapter 8. Treatment of fractures in geriatric patients
Chapter 9. Injuries to the cervicocranium
Chapter 10. Lower cervical spine injuries
Chapter 11. Thoracic spine injuries
Chapter 12. Thoracolumbar and lumbar spine injuries
Chapter 13. Shoulder girdle injuries
Chapter 14. Proximal humerus fractures and shoulder dislocations
Chapter 15. Humeral shaft fractures
Chapter 16. Distal humeral fractures
Chapter 17. Elbow trauma
Chapter 18. Forearm fractures
Chapter 19. Distal radius fractures
Chapter 20. Carpal fractures and dislocations
Chapter 21. Hand fractures and dislocations
Chapter 22. Pelvic ring injuries
Chapter 23. Acetabular fractures
Chapter 24. Hip dislocations and associated fractures of the femoral head
Chapter 25. Femoral neck fractures
Chapter 26. Intertrochanteric hip fractures
Chapter 27. Subtrochanteric femur fractures
Chapter 28. Femoral shaft fractures
Chapter 29. Distal femur fractures
Chapter 30. Patella fractures and injuries to the knee extensor mechanism
Chapter 31. Knee dislocations and ligamentous injuries
Chapter 32. Tibial plateau fractures
Chapter 33. Tibial shaft fractures
Chapter 34. Distal tibia fractures
Chapter 35. Ankle fractures and dislocations
Chapter 36. Foot fractures
Index.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2016 - DigitalAndrew W. Phillips, Steven J. Durning, Anthony R. Artino Jr.Summary: Offering a practical, six-step approach to effective survey design, delivery, and analysis, Survey Methods for Medical and Health Professions Education provides a real-world framework for successful research and evaluation using surveys. Focused on medical and other health professional education research, this unique text features quick-reference checklists, high-yield explanations, and case examples throughout, making it both a foundational reference and a go-to resource for all health professions educators and researchers who use surveys. Provides a detailed and practical discussion of the steps in survey methodology, along with just enough theory to inform common decisions. Includes numerous real-world examples, both simple and complex, covering the wide range of problems researchers are likely to face. Addresses issues of survey fatigue and addresses the challenge of how to get "good data." Features "Voice of Experience" boxes-pearls based on authors' actual experiences. Concludes each chapter with a checklist so readers can quickly ensure they have covered every necessary step of survey design and implementation. Contains a convenient glossary of terms. Offers guidance from expert international contributors in medical and health professions research. Summarizes the most current standards and understanding of survey research so that experienced and novice researchers alike can directly apply content to improve research rigor. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devicesDigital Access ScienceDirect 2022
- PrintBertrand, Didier; Hutchinson, G. Evelyn; Kamen, Martin David.Contents:
1. Isotropic phenomena in biogeochemistry / M.D. Kamen
2. The biogeochemistry of vanadium / D. Bertrand
3. The biogeochemistry of vertebrate excretion / G.E. Hutchinson. - Printby Jerad M. Gardner, MD ; manuscript reviewed by Elizabeth Montgomery, MD, David Elder, MD.
- DigitalBridget Martin.Summary: Written with passion for anyone interested in seeing an end to the illegal trade in elephant ivory and rhino horn, this book shows how, by working together, people all over the world who care about these animals are gradually bringing about change for the better. It takes an overview of how the current situation came to pass by exploring poaching and its devastating consequences and the pivotal role of organized crime. The discussion of how matters are starting to improve covers the investigation and monitoring of ivory markets, sustainable uses and the key role of local communities. Enforcement of the law is vital in this story. Enter the enforcers, the technology they use to defeat the poachers and the evidence they require to prosecute offenders. Cases, some deeply shocking, are included, as well as a number of fascinating case studies, while the exploits of organized crime gangs make lively, as well as disturbing reading. Throughout the message is clear. We can and must save these animals from extinction.
Contents:
Introduction
The animals : elephants, rhinos and people
CITES and the CBD
Sustainable use : golden thread or fool's gold?
Elephant ivory and rhino horn
The products, their retail outlets, their sellers and their buyers
Poaching and its consequences
The survivors
Smugglers and smuggling routes
The one-off sales of elephant ivory and their aftermath
The confusing nature of ivory markets
Researchers and their methodology
Markets in Africa
Markets in Southeast Asia
Markets in the USA
Markets in the UK
The history of rhinoceros listing on CITES
The illegal trade in rhino horn
In which we meet our first organized crime gang and the law is changed
Organized crime
Rebel militia and 'blood ivery'
The Internet
Religious ivory
Bribery and corruption
The enforcers
Seizures and arrests
Evidence
Prosecutions
Technology to the rescue
The London Conference and what followed
CoP16
Updates to some countries
Rhino trophy hunting in South Africa
Research
Education
The CBD re-visited
Sustainable use : contentious issues
People
Countries
Zoos, ecosystems and translocations
Last chance to save
Living together : resolutions to human-elephant conflict and other problems
Working together creates people power
Survival or extinction?
Further reading
Index. - DigitalMari Iwaya-Inoue, Minoru Sakurai, Matsuo Uemura, editors.Summary: "This book comprehensively describes biological phenomena, adaptation mechanisms, and strategies of living organisms to survive under extremely cold or desiccated conditions at molecular, cellular, and organ levels. It also provides tremendous potential for applications of the findings to a wide variety of industries. The volume consists of three parts: Part 1, Adaptation Mechanisms of Cold, and Part 2, Adaptation Mechanisms of Desiccation, collect up-to-date research on mechanisms and strategies of living organisms such as sleeping chironomids, polar marine fishes, hibernating mammals, bryophytes, dormant seeds, and boreal plants to survive under extreme cold and desiccated conditions at molecular, cellular, and organ levels. Part 3, Application Technologies from Laboratory to Society, covers various applications to a wide variety of industries such as the medical, food, and agricultural and life science industries. For example, biological knowledge of how plants and animals survive under cold, drought, and desiccated conditions may provide a hint on how we can improve crop production in a very fragile environment in global climate change. Unique molecules that protect cells during desiccation and freezing such as trehalose and antifreeze protein (AFP) have potential for use to preserve cells, tissues, and organs for the long term under very stable conditions. In addition, the current progress of supercooling technology of cells may lead us to solve problems of cellular high sensitivity to freezing injury, which will dramatically improve the usability of these cells. Furthermore, knowledge of water substitution and glass formation as major mechanisms for formulation designs and new drying technologies will contribute to the development of food preservation and drug delivery systems under dry conditions. Written by contributors who have been conducting cutting-edge science in related fields, this title is recommended to a wide variety of readers who are interested in learning from such organisms their strategies, mechanisms, and applications, and it will inspire researchers in various disciplines"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Adaptation mechanisms for cold. Gene regulatory networks mediating cold acclimation: the CBF pathway / Javier Barrero-Gil, Julio Salinas
RNA regulation in plant cold stress response / Kentaro Nakaminami, Motoaki Seki
The mechanism enabling hibernation in mammals / Yuuki Horii, Takahiko Shiina, Yasutake Shimizu
Freezing tolerance of plant cells: from the aspect of plasma membrane and microdomain / Daisuke Takahashi, Matsuo Uemura, Yukio Kawamura
Natural variation in freezing tolerance and cold acclimation response in Arabidopsis thaliana and related species / Ellen Zuther, Yang Ping Lee, Alexander Erban, Joachim Kopka, Dirk K. Hincha
Ice nucleation activity in plants: the distribution, characterization, and their roles in cold hardiness mechanisms / Masaya Ishikawa, Hideyuki Yamazaki, Tadashi Kishimoto, Hiroki Murakawa, Timothy Stait-Gardner, Kazuyuki Kuchitsu [and others]
Investigating freezing patterns in plants using infrared thermography / David P. Livingston III
Mechanism of overwintering in trees / Keita Arakawa, Jun Kasuga, Naoki Takata
The mechanism of low-temperature tolerance in fish / Kiyoshi Soyano, Yuji Mushirobira
Adaptation mechanisms for desiccation. Mechanisms underlying freezing and desiccation tolerance in bryophytes / Daisuke Takezawa
Regulatory gene networks in drought stress responses and resistance in plants / Fuminori Takahashi, Takashi Kuromori, Hikaru Sato, Kazuo Shinozaki
Mechanism of stomatal closure in plants exposed to drought and cold stress / Srinivas Agurla, Shashibhushan Gahir, Shintaro Munemasa, Yoshiyuki Murata, Agepati S. Raghavendra
Mechanisms of maturation and germination in crop seeds exposed to environmental stresses with a focus on nutrients, water status, and reactive oxygen species / Yushi Ishibashi, Takashi Yuasa, Mari Iwaya-Inoue
The antioxidant system in the anhydrobiotic midge as an essential, adaptive mechanism for desiccation survival / Alexander Nesmelov, Richard Cornette, Oleg Gusev, Takahiro Kikawada
Physicochemical aspects of the biological functions of trehalose and group 3 LEA proteins as desiccation protectants / Takao Furuki, Minoru Sakurai
Application technologies from laboratory to society. Supercooling-promoting (anti-ice nucleation) substances / Seizo Fujikawa, Chikako Kuwabara, Jun Kasuga, Keita Arakawa
Applications of antifreeze proteins: practical use of the quality products from japanese fishes / Sheikh Mahatabuddin, Sakae Tsuda
Development and application of cryoprotectants / Robin Rajan, Kazuaki Matsumura
Cryopreservation of plant genetic resources / Daisuke Tanaka, Takao Niino, Matsuo Uemura
Applications of freezing and freeze-drying in pharmaceutical formulations / Ken-ichi Izutsu
Control of physical changes in food products / Kiyoshi Kawai, Tomoaki Hagiwara. - DigitalCarol W. Berman.Contents:
The comfort of denial
Fear: the catalyst that breaks through denial
Anxiety: easier than anger
Depression: natural responses
Anger: a natural response
Bargaining: a common way to delay the inevitable
Somatization: is it only physical?
Acting out instead of feeling
Control and self-assuredness: healthy coping mechanisms
Intellectualization: how not to indulge in it
Humor: the ultimate defense
Acceptance: the ultimate release
Death: hospice and after
Resolution: acceptance.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Mayur Murali, Rob Shulman, Hugh Montgomery.Summary: Safe and effective prescribing is one of the pillars of medical practice but is much more complicated than it seems. Many new prescribers find prescribing extremely challenging, and a plethora of independent, multidisciplinary prescribers are also seeking guidance. However, pharmacology textbooks are rarely practical. They warn to 'take care when prescribing erythromycin to a patient on warfarin, as the INR may rise'. But what should the prescriber actually do? Surviving Prescribing fulfils an important need by offering practical advice for real-world prescribing problems. The book complements existing educational resources but adds a new perspective. Written by experienced contributors from a variety of professional backgrounds, the content speaks directly to the problems routinely seen in hospital prescribing. And all in one, pocket-sized volume. Whether revising for the national Prescribing Safety Assessment, preparing for starting on the wards, or looking for a quick reference guide, this book is an essential companion.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- DigitalCindy L. Schwartz, Wendy L. Hobbie, Louis S. Constine, Kathleen S. Ruccione, editors.Contents:
Overview
Algorithms of Late Effects by Disease
Facilitating Assessment of Late Effects by Organ System
Pediatric Growth and Development: Impact on Vulnerability to Normal Tissue Damage from Cancer Therapy
Central Nervous System Effects
Neuroendocrine Complications of Cancer Therapy
Ocular Complications due to Cancer Treatment
Head and Neck
Adverse Effects of Cancer Treatment on Hearing
The Thyroid Gland
Cardiovascular Effects of Cancer Therapy
Pulmonary Effects of Antineoplastic Therapy
Late Gastrointestinal and Hepatic Effects
The Ovary
The Testes
Genitourinary
Musculoskeletal, Integument.- Breast
Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
Second Malignancies Following Treatment for Childhood Cancer
Psychological Aspects of Long-Term Survivorship
Legal Issues
Methodological Issues in the Study of Survivors of Childhood Cancer
Survivorship Transitions following Childhood and Adolescent Cancer
Health Maintenance and Promotion.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalStefan Rauh, editor.Summary: This book is a valuable source for oncologists and all other physicians dealing with cancer survivors. It provides detailed information on the evidence-based benefits and forms of intervention, with contributions by a highly prestigious and well recognized panel of experts. Chapters deal with all features of survivorship outlining the role of the oncologist and other caregivers and discusses survivorship care in different countries and different settings. The book addresses new challenges and complex issues broader than medical issues faced by patients who are cured highlighting that cancer is no longer a death sentence. It provides evidence-based management guidance and addresses issues such as symptom management, palliative care, screening for recurrence, rehabilitation, fertility issues among others. This is an indispensable resource for oncologists, oncology nurses and other professionals dealing with cancer patients as well as patient advocacy groups and cancer leagues.
Contents:
Intro
Acknowledgements
Introduction
Contents
1: Definition of Survivorship Care
Definition of Survivorship Care
Evolution of Term in Pubmed
Brief History
Definitions
Seasons of Survival Revisited
Categories of Patients with and Survivors of Cancer Category Description
Shades of Survivorship Describes Three Categories
ESMO and European Cancer Patient Coalition Categories of Cancer Survivors (Who Are all Post-Treatment)
Evidence-Based Survivorship Care Interventions
Survivorship Care Plan
Oncologist Versus Primary Care Provider Models of Cancer Survivorship Health Care
Quality of Cancer Survivorship Care Framework
Cancer and its Treatment
General Health Care and Prevention
Health Care Delivery
Evidence Gaps and Research Priorities
Surveillance for Recurrence and New Cancers
Management of Long-Term and Late Physical Effects
Management of Long-Term and Late Psychosocial Effects
Health Promotion
Care Coordination
Financial Hardship
Cross-Cutting Needs
Conclusion
References
2: Goals of Survivorship Care
Cancer Survivorship Care
Domains of Cancer Survivorship Care Cancer Survivorship Care Plan and Rehabilitation Targets
Cancer Survivorship Care Plan
Rehabilitation Targets
The Different Needs for Survivorship Care
The Impact of National Disparities on Survivorship Care
The Cancer Stigma and Cancer Advocacy
Concluding Remarks
References
3: "There is Life after Cancer": The Medical, Psychological, Social and Financial Challenges of Cancer Survivors at the End of the Active Treatment
Introduction
Life after Cancer and the Notion of the Quality of Life
Improving the Medical Dimension of Survivorship Care The Psychological aspects of Survivorship Cancer Care
The Impacts of Cancer in the Socioeconomic Lives of Cancer Survivors
Return to Work after Cancer
Access to Financial Instruments and the Right to Be Forgotten
Conclusion
References
4: Follow-Up and Long-Term Follow-Up of Cancer Patients: Who is in Charge, why, when, and how...: Introduction: The Evolution from "Surveillance" to "Survivorship Care"
References
5: Models of Long-Term Follow-up for Cancer Patients: From Children to Adults, from Simple to Multi-Modal
References 6: Who Should Be in Charge of Survivorship Care?
What Does Survivorship Care Mean?
Who Fares Better?-Perceptions of Oncologists, Primary Care Physicians, and Patients
Medical Oncologists' Perception of FU
Primary Care Providers'(PCPs') Perception of FU
Patients' Perception of FU
Who Fares Better? Evidence
Survival Benefit According to the Chosen FU Model
Progression Free Survival and Early Detection of Recurrence
Other Endpoints
Current/Existing Models of Survivorship Care
Shared Models
Shared Models with Risk-Stratified Individualized Survivorship Follow-Up - DigitalPramod Kumar Rout, Basanta Kumara Behera.Summary: This book presents a concept for implementing a mass balance approach toward developing an effective eco-friendly, livestock farming system independent of external energy input. In this context it describes a modern, integrated farming system, and includes comprehensive technical information explaining the design and evaluation of manure management systems, and modeling and operational tools. It first discusses the mass balance operating process, highlighting the difference between imported and exported mass across the farm boundary. Estimating mass balance can provide critical information for (comprehensive) nutrient management planning and for managing the movement of nutrients and manure. It then explains the estimation of whole-farm P mass balance using a suitable model system. The subsequent chapters provide updated information on management aspects of livestock-farming and generation of multiple job opportunities, and also explore various aspects of livestock farming operational protocols like housing and management; nurture of rams, ewes and lambs, new born calves and heifers; care of buck, doe and kid- nutrition flushing; concept zero grazing-systems; disease control and management; integrated goat farming; and crop-livestock integration. Further, the book addresses crop-livestock integration; energy autonomy in cattle farming; value added biopharmaceuticals from cattle farming; CAPEX for cattle farming; concepts of cattle farming; detrimental effects of the industry; topographic and edaphic factors, and thermal stress on livestock growth and development; socioeconomic development; and water requirements for livestock. The book concludes with the most important issue in the field of agriculture and veterinary science: "Livestock Farming with Care," describing sustainable, eco-friendly livestock farming by highlighting issues like animal feed vs. human food; agricultural GDP vs livestock, and factors affecting the sustainability of livestock farming. Given its scope, this book is a valuable resource for researchers and students alike, and will also appeal to practitioners in the field of livestock.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Prelusion Significance of Livestock
Chapter 2. Mass Balance concept in Livestock Farming
Chapter 3. Goat and Sheep Farming
Chapter 4. Cattle and Buffaloes Farming
Chapter 5. Factors Influencing Livestock Way of Life
Chapter 6. Sustainable Livestock Farming
Chapter 7. Conceptual Development of Livestock Supply Chain Management. - DigitalFilippo Arfini, Valentin Bellassen, editors.Summary: This edited volume evaluates recent EU quality policy, focusing on the structure, governance, technical specifications and performances - economic, environmental and social - of Food Quality Schemes (FQS) in the European Union and South East Asia. Initiatives such as EU Regulation No. 1151/2012 are relatively novel policies that seek to improve and promote the operation of schemes to protect geographical indications (GIs) for agri-food products. The intended benefits of protecting GIs include generating a fair return for farmers and producers for the qualities of particular goods, and enabling consumers to make better informed purchasing choices through effective labeling. In addition, policy makers are now considering FQS as a means of not only guaranteeing quality in food production, but also sustainability. Despite these potential benefits, the economic performance of the FQS (e.g. PDO, PGI, organic) and individual GIs has been variable. While some GIs support significant value-added production, with substantial benefits to producers, consumers and wider economies, many others have failed to become economically sustainable. In addition, the environmental and social performance of FQS remains largely unexamined, with the exception of the environmental performance of organic products which has been assessed in several instances through life cycle assessments.
Contents:
Part-I. Assessing the sustainability performance of food quality schemes
1. Conceptual framework
2. Common methods and sustainability indicators
Part-II: Cereal & bakery sector
3. Organic flour in France
4. Organic pasta in Poland
5. PGI rice in Thailand
6. Organic PGI rice in France
Part-III: Fruits & vegetables
7. Organic olive oil in Croatia
8. PDO paprika powder in Hungary
9. Organic tomatoes in Italy
10. PDO potatoes in the Netherlands
11. PGI strawberries in Poland
12. Organic rasperries in Serbia
13. PDO & PGI apple in Greece
14. PGI Buon Ma Tuot coffee in Vietnam
15. PGI Doi Chaang coffee in Thailand
Part-IV: Meat sector
16. PGI ham in Croatia
17. Organic pork in Germany
18. PGI sausage in Hungary
19. PGI ternasco lamb in Spain
20. PGI Mallorca sausage in Spain
Part-V:Dairy sector
21. PDO Comt? cheese in France
22. PDO Parmigiano cheese in Italy
23. Organic yoghurt tbc in Germany
24. PGI Sjenica cheese in Serbia
Part-VI:Fish & seafood sector
25. PDO bouchot mussels in France
26. PGI stockfish in Norway
27. Organic salmon in Norway
28. PDO fish sauce in Vietnam. - DigitalJavid Ahmad Parray, Mohammad Yaseen Mir, Nowsheen Shameem.Summary: This book will be of immense helpful to the students of plant biotechnology, Agricultural sciences, Microbiology of both undergraduate and postgraduate levels in universities, colleges, and Research institutes. Besides the book will be quite supportive researchers who work in the field of plant biotechnology and agricultural sciences. In this book, the main focus will be on advanced genome editing approaches for the production of GM crops besides their socioeconomic, ethical and risk-biosafety assessments. Nanotechnology is the new emerging and fascinating field of science finds its application in almost all the major research areas and its uses in agriculture and food sectors are incipient.The books seems to be first in summarizing the two way interactive approach in the field of plant biotechnology and setting of a new arena in shaping the new bio techniques towards the sustainable cause.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Plant Biotechnology: Tool for sustainable agriculture
Chapter 2. Plant metabolomics: Sustainable approach towards crop productivity
Chapter 3. Rhizosphere engineering and agricultural productivity
Chapter 4. Plant Genetic engineering and GM crops: Merits and Demerits
Chapter 5. Stress Management: Sustainable approach towards resilient agriculture
Chapter 6.Soil Health and Food security
Chapter 7. Nanotechnology and sustainable agriculture
Chapter 8. Bioenergy: Plants and products
Chapter 9.Sustainable agriculture: Future of Plant Biotechnology
Chapter 10. Advancement in sustainable agriculture: Computational and Bioinformatics tools. - DigitalManoj Kumar Jhariya [and more], editors.Summary: The recent technologies for sustainable development and maintaining ecological integrity in the field of agriculture, forestry and environmental management for the green future. Describes the recent technologies and issues to generate awareness among the global scientific community towards sustainable development. Covers various eco-friendly approaches for successful management of soil, water, forest, agriculture, and other natural resources. Addresses the policy issues promoting conservation, protection and management of various natural resources. Presents the issues of climate change and sustainable strategies to combat such a mega event. The existence of life on the earth primarily depends upon the agriculture, forest and environment. The changing climate is imposing the multifaceted challenges in front of human civilization. The agroecosystem management practices and technologies leads to higher productivity with destruction of agricultural, forest and environmental habitat leading to soil-water-air pollution. Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) plays a key role in the promoting research and developmental activities in various sectors to achieve the sustainable development goals under 2030 agenda. Gradual growth of science and technology has imposed a significant pressure on the different ecosystem. In this context, approaches such as sustainable agriculture, forestry and eco-friendly technologies need to be address across the world. Keeping view of these facts this book underlines scientific chapters dealing with the issues with proper explanation, and accompanied by illustrative diagrams, tables, database as required. The editors have tried to provide a brief scenario about the current issues related to the agriculture, forestry and environment. Therefore, the book would be a very useful resource for academicians, scientists, and policy makers of the related field.
Contents:
Mitigating Climate Change Through Bioclimatic Applications and Cultivation Techniques in Agriculture (Andalusia, Spain) ; 1 Introduction; 2 Material and Methods; 2.1 Study Area; 2.2 Data Processing; 3 Results and Discussion; 3.1 Analysis of Climate Trends; 3.2 Bioclimatic Analysis; 3.3 Analysis of Vegetation Cover; 3.4 Phytosociological Analysis of Vegetation Cover in Southern Spain; 4 Conclusions; 5 Future Prospectus; References; Abiotic Stress in Agricultural Crops Under Climatic Conditions; 1 Introduction; 2 Stresses in Agriculture; 3 Effects of Abiotic Stress Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors and Contributors; Editors; Contributors; Agriculture, Forestry and Environmental Sustainability: A Way Forward; 1 Introduction; 2 Agriculture, Food and Environmental Security; 3 Challenges for Agriculture Sustainability; 4 Forestry; 5 Challenges Towards Sustainability of Forests; 6 Environment; 7 Environmental Sustainability and Its Challenges; 8 Green Growth Roadmap in Indian Perspective; 9 Sustainability and Sustainable Development; 10 Future Prospects of Research and Development Vis-a-vis Sustainable Management; 11 Conclusion 4 Types of Abiotic Stress in Crops4.1 Temperature Stress; 4.2 Heat Stress; 4.3 Water Stress; 4.4 Effects of Water Stress in Agricultural Crops; 4.5 Nutrient Stress; 4.6 Nitrogen Stress; 4.7 Phosphorus Stress; 4.8 Potassium, Magnesium and Calcium Stress; 4.9 Radiation Stress; 4.10 Plant Responses to Abiotic Stress; 5 Combating Strategies Towards Abiotic Stresses; 6 Research and Development in Agriculture Under Stress Condition; 7 Sustainable Approaches Towards Combating Climatic Stress on Agriculture; 8 Conclusions; 9 Future Prospective; References 8 Prospects of Agroforestry in Soil Management9 Agroforestry and Soil Health: A Linking Concept; 10 Synergies Between Soil Health and Productivity Under AFS; 11 Ecosystem Services of AFS; 12 Agroforestry for Natural Resource Conservations; 13 Agroforestry and Livelihood Security; 14 Scientific Interventions and Policy for Agroforestry; 15 Conclusions; 16 Future Prospects of AFS; References; Soil and Water Conservation Techniques for Sustainable Agriculture; 1 Introduction; 2 Phases, Mechanism and Types of Soil Erosion; 2.1 Soil Erosion by Water; 2.2 Mechanics of Soil Erosion Agroforestry: A Holistic Approach for Agricultural Sustainability1 Introduction; 2 Agroforestry in the Tropics; 2.1 AFS in Arid Tropics; 2.1.1 Agrihorticulture System; 2.1.2 Agrihortisilviculture System; 2.1.3 Hortipasture; 2.1.4 Horti-Silvopastoral System; 2.2 AFS in Semiarid Tropics; 2.3 AFS in Humid Tropics; 3 Climate Change: A Global Concern or Perspective; 4 Agroforestry Under Changing Climate; 5 Agroforestry Solutions for Climate Change; 6 Addressing Food Insecurity Through Agroforestry; 7 Agroforestry for Wasteland Reclamation - Digitaleditors: Rajib Roychowdhury,Shuvasish Choudhury, Mirza Hasanuzzaman, Sangeeta Srivastava.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalRattan Lal, Rosa Francaviglia, editors.Summary: This book addresses the threats that hamper the achievement of sustainable soil management: soil erosion by water and wind, soil organic carbon loss, nutrient imbalance, salinization, contamination, acidification, loss of soil biodiversity, surface sealing, compaction and water logging. The specific focus is on preventive and ameliorative strategies for sustainable soil management.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; 1 Environmental Microbial Health Under Changing Climates: State, Implication and Initiatives for High-Performance Soils; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Soil Biological Fertility and Soil Health; 1.3 Soil Performance and Climate Changes; 1.3.1 Impacts of Climate Changes on Soil Microbial Diversity and Abundance; 1.3.2 Impact of Climate Change on Rhizospheres; 1.3.3 Impact of Changing Climate on Soil Biological Fertility; 1.4 Maintaining High-Performance Soil Health in Changing Climates; 1.4.1 Soil Microbial Health Assessment 1.4.2 Soil Amendments with 'Green' Inorganic Materials1.4.3 Soil Improvement with Organic Amendments; 1.4.4 Biological Amelioration Through Augmentation; 1.4.5 Combination of Mineral, Organic and Biological Amendments for Soil Health; 1.5 Conclusions, Challenges and the Way Forward; References; 2 Deep Carbon Sequestration in Cropping Systems; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Soil Organic Carbon (SOC) Stock and Its Distribution; 2.3 Factors Affecting SOC Distribution Within the Soil Profile; 2.3.1 Climate, Soil, and Vegetation Type; 2.3.2 SOC Input; 2.3.3 SOC Translocation Processes 2.3.4 SOC Protection Mechanisms2.4 Management Factors Affecting SOC Distribution; 2.4.1 Tillage; 2.4.2 Rotation and Crop Type; 2.4.3 Fertilization; 2.5 Methods to Quantify SOC in the Soil Profile; 2.6 Conclusions; References; 3 Organic Matter Management in Cereals Based System: Symbiosis for Improving Crop Productivity and Soil Health; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Importance of Cereals Crops; 3.1.2 Cereals Are Exhaustive Crops and Decrease Soil Fertility; 3.1.3 The Role of Chemical Fertilizers in Cereals Production and Soil Health 3.1.4 The Role of Organic Fertilizers (Organic Matter) in Cereals Production and Soil Health3.1.5 The Role of Biofertilizers (Beneficial Microbes) in Cereals Production and Soil Health; 3.1.6 The Role of Integrated Nutrients Management (INM) in Cereals Production and Soil Health; 3.1.7 Improving Soil Health: A Successful Life for All; 3.2 Conclusions; References; 4 Impact of Mineral P Fertilization on Trace Elements in Cropland Soils; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 A Brief History of P Fertilization; 4.3 Impact of Mineral P Fertilization on Trace Elements in Cropland Soils 4.4 Austrian Long-Term P Field Experiments4.4.1 Description of the Long-Term Experimental Sites and Methods Used; 4.4.2 Results-Acid Soluble Elements in Soils and Crops; 4.4.3 Discussion; 4.5 Sustainable Agricultural P Management Options; 4.6 Conclusions; References; 5 Remote Sensing and Sustainable Management of SOC in the Sahelian Area; 5.1 Introduction; 5.1.1 The Study Area; 5.1.2 Organic Carbon in the Sahelian Soils; 5.2 Methodological Approach; 5.2.1 Digitization of the Limits; 5.2.2 The Sampling Strategy; 5.2.3 The Use of Remote Sensed Data; 5.2.4 The Multiple Linear Regression; 5.2.5 The Interpolation Techniques in SOC Mapping Model.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalMu. Naushad, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.Summary: This book is the result of remarkable contribution from the experts of interdisciplinary fields of Science with comprehensive, in-depth and up-to-date research and reviews. It describes the applications of date palm for food, medicine and the environmental sectors. Date palm is one of the oldest cultivated trees and its fruit has been a dietary staple around the world for many centuries. Date pulps contain dietary fibers and easily digestible sugars (70%), mainly glucose, sucrose and fructose. They also contain vitamins like biotin, thiamine, riboflavin, ascorbic and folic acid that are important for our body. The date palm fruit has been used in folk remedies for the treatment of various infectious diseases, cancer and immuno-modulatory activity. Date stones and date palm leaves are freely and abundantly available biomass. Therefore, the renovation of agricultural biomass wastes into activated carbons for drinking water purification, wastewater treatment, treatment of dyes, and metal-ions from aqueous solution would add value to agricultural commodities which offer a solution to environmental problems as well as reduce the cost of waste disposal.
Contents:
Preface: Mu. Naushad and E. Lichtfouse Chapter 1. Date palm as a healthy food; P. Senthil Kumar, P.R. Yaashikaa Chapter 2. Analysis of antioxidants and nutritional assessment of date palm fruits; B.M. Gnanamangai, S. Saranya, P. Ponmurugan, S. Kavitha, P. Sudhagar, P. Divya Chapter 3. Nutritional and therapeutic applications of date palm from date palm; Prabu Periyathambi, Hemalatha Thiagarajan, Suganthan Veerachamy Chapter 4. Chemical Composition of Date Pits: Potential to Extract and Characterize the Lipid Fraction; Asif Ahmad, Hifsa Imtiaz Chapter 5. Biogas production from date palm fruits; P. Senthil Kumar and Femina Carolin Chapter 6. Valorization of waste date seeds for green carbon catalysts and biodiesel synthesis; Ala'a H. Al-Muhtaseb, Farrukh Jamil, Lamya Al Haj, Eyas Mahmoud, Mohamed Becherif, Sikander Rafiq Chapter 7. Different extraction methods, physical properties and chemical composition of date seed oil; Jawhar Fakhfakh, Sahar Ben-Youssef, Mu. Naushad and Noureddine Allouche Chapter 8. Production of glucose and lactic acid from cellulosic date palm wastes by enzymatic fermentation; Muhammad Tauseef Azam, Asif Ahmad Chapter 9. Application of date-palm fibers for the wastewater treatment; Marija Nujic, Natalija Velic, Mirna Habuda-Stanic Chapter 10. Recent updates on heavy metal remediation using date stones (Phoenix dactylifera L.)
Date fruit processing industry waste; N. Sivarajasekar, J. Prakashmaran, S. Poornima, S. Sivapriya, V. Gayathri, T. Pradeepika, V. Raghu, Mu. Naushad, S. Sivamani, Swapnil Dharaskar, Nirajan Dhakal Chapter 11. Removal of toxins from the environment using date palm seeds; Basma Al-Najar, Mohamed Bououdina, J. Judith Vijaya, Radhika R Nair, Tetiana Tatarchuk Chapter 12. Date palm based activated carbon for the efficient removal of organic dyes from aqueous environment; Shamik Chowdhury, Sharadwata Pan, Rajasekhar Balasubramanian, Papita Das Chapter 13. Date palm assisted nanocomposite materials for the removal of nitrate and phosphate from aqueous medium; Mirna Habuda-Stanic, Marija Nujic, Blanca Magdalena Gonzalez Silva, Sveinung Saegrov, Stein Wold Østerhus, Mario Siljeg. - DigitalGrégorio Crini, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.Summary: This book reviews recent research and applications of chitin and chitosan, as natural alternatives of fossil fuel products, in green chemistry, energy, biotechnology, bioprinting, medicine, water treatment, agriculture and food science. Chitin and chitosan products are polysaccharides derived from food waste of crustaceans and fungi, and thus are cheap, abundant, sustainable, non-toxic, recyclable and biocompatible.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Historical Landmarks in the Discovery of Chitin
Chapter 2. Fundamentals and Applications of Chitosan
Chapter 3. Biocatalytic Production of Hetero-Chitosan Oligosaccharides as Anti-Oxidants
Chapter 4. Enzyme Immobilization on Chitin and Chitosan-Based Supports for Potential Biotechnological Applications
Chapter 5. Chitin and Chitosan Derivative Membranes in Resources, Energy, Environmental and Medical Field
Chapter 6. Utility of Chitosan for 3D Printing and Bioprinting
Chapter 7. The Contribution of D-Glucosamine to cell Membrane Stability: Mechanisms and Applications in Regenerative Medicine
Chapter 8. Manufacture Techniques of Chitosan Based Microcapsules to Enhance Functional Properties of Textiles. - DigitalGrégorio Crini, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.Summary: This book reviews recent research and applications of chitin and chitosan, as natural alternatives of fossil fuel products, in medicine and pharmacy, agriculture, food science and water treatment. Chitin and chitosan products are polysaccharides derived from food waste of crustaceans and fungi, and thus are cheap, abundant, sustainable, non-toxic, recyclable and biocompatible. Remarkable applications include food additives and preservation, packaging materials, biopesticides and fertilisers, drug delivery, tissue engineering, bioflocculation and dye removal.
Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1. Nutritional and Additive Uses of Chitin and Chitosan in the Food Industry
Chapter 2. Chitosan for Seafood Processing and Preservation
Chapter 3. Applications of Chitosan as Food Packaging Materials
Chapter 4. Applications of Chitin in Agriculture
Chapter 5. Chitosan-Based Hydrogels
Chapter 6. Chitin and Chitosan in Drug Delivery
Chapter 7. Application of Chitosan-Based Formulations in Controlled Drug Delivery
Chapter 8. Design of Nano-Chitosans for Tissue Engineering and Molecular Delivery
Chapter 9. Chitosan for Direct Bioflocculation Processes
Chapter 10. Cross-linked Chitosan Hydrogels for Dye Removal. - DigitalInamuddin, Abdullah M. Asiri, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.Summary: This book presents sources of carbon dioxide emission, related environmental issues and methods for carbon dioxide utilization, storage, analysis, modeling and optimization. This first volume focused on biochemical methods of carbon dioxide sequestration such as forestry, biomineralization, geo-chemo-mechanical, mangrove plantation and biowaste.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction to Carbon Dioxide Capture and Storage (Arshad Raza, Raoof Gholami)
Chapter 2. Sources of Carbon Dioxide and Environmental Issues (M.N. Anwar, M. Iftikhar, B. Khusbakhat, N.F. Sohail, Mujtaba Baqar, A.S. Nizami)
Chapter 3. Carbon capture utilization and storage supply chain: analysis, modeling and optimization (Grazia Leonzio)
Chapter 4. Natural carbon sequestration by forestry (Xolile G. Ncipha, Venkataraman Sivakumar)
Chapter 5. Carbon sequestration via biomineralization: processes, applications and future directions (Willis Gwenzi)
Chapter 6. A Review of Coupled Geo-Chemo-Mechanical Impacts of CO2-Shale Interaction on Enhanced Shale Gas Recovery (Danqing Liu, Sen Yangb, Yilian Li, and Ramesh Agarwa)
Chapter 7. Plantation methods and restoration techniques for enhanced blue carbon sequestration by mangroves (Abhiroop Chowdhury, Aliya Naz, Santanu Bhattacharyya)
Chapter 8. Biowaste for carbon sequestration (Nhamo Chaukura). - DigitalInamuddin, Abdullah M. Asiri, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.Summary: This book presents materials and physical methods for carbon dioxide sequestration. Materials include nanosponges, titanium oxide/zeolite hybrids, classical absorbents, metal oxides, ionic liquids, alkaline soils and metal organic frameworks. Methods include cryogenic capture, adsorption, solvent dissolution and soil sequestration.
Contents:
Preface;
Chapter 1. Nanosponges for carbon dioxide sequestration; Diana Azevedo
Chapter 2. Absorbents, media, and reagents for carbon dioxide capture and utilization; Khairiraihanna Johari
Chapter 3. Metal oxides for carbon dioxide capture; Lakshminarayana Bhatta
Chapter 4. Hybrid membranes for carbon capture; Mohammad Mesbah
Chapter 5. Ionic liquids for carbon dioxide capture; Mohammad Mesbah
Chapter 6. Carbon sequestration in alkaline soils; Qaiser Hussain
Chapter 7. Metal organic frameworks for carbon capture; Shanmuga Selvanathan
Chapter 8. Ionic liquids for carbon dioxide capture; Mohammad Reza Rahimpour
Chapter 9. Methods for the recovery of CO2 from chemical solvents; Mohammad Reza Rahimpour
Chapter 10. Cryogenic CO2 capture; Mohammad Reza Rahimpour.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalEric Lichtfouse, editor.Summary: This book reviews recent research advances in sustainable agriculture, with focus on crop production, biodiversity and biofuels in Africa and Asia.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
About the Editor
Chapter 1: Crop Protection for Agricultural Intensification Systems in Sub-Saharan Africa
1.1 Introduction
1.2 The Four Main Agricultural Intensification Pathways for Sub-Saharan Africa
1.2.1 The Conventional High Input Pathway
1.2.1.1 Pesticide Use in the Conventional Pathway
1.2.1.2 Transgenic Pest-Resistant and Herbicide-Tolerant Crops as the Mainstay in the Conventional Pathway
1.2.1.3 Land Sparing for Biodiversity Conservation in the Conventional Pathway
1.2.2 The Organic Agriculture Pathway
1.2.3 The Agroecological Pathway 1.2.4 The Eco-technical Sustainable Intensive Pathway
1.2.4.1 Targeted Use of Pesticides in the Eco-Technical Pathway
1.2.4.2 Genetic Engineering in the Eco-Technical Pathway
1.2.4.3 Socioeconomic Intensification in the Eco-Technical Pathway
1.2.4.4 Other IPM Options in the Eco-Technical Pathway
Biological Control
Physical Barriers
1.3 Comparison of the Performance of the Intensification Pathways
1.4 Scientific Priorities and Research Needs
1.4.1 At the Plant and Field Levels
1.4.2 At the Farm and Local Landscape/Territory Levels 1.4.3 At the National, Regional and International Levels
1.5 Conclusion
References
Chapter 2: Coffee Diversity and Conservation in Ethiopia
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Meta Analysis
2.2.1 Coffee Production Systems in Ethiopia
2.2.1.1 The Forest Coffee Production System
2.2.1.2 The Semi-forest Coffee Production System
2.2.1.3 The Garden Coffee Production System
2.2.1.4 Plantation Coffee Production System
2.2.2 Genetic Diversity of Arabica Coffee and Study in Ethiopia
2.2.3 Coffee Genetic Erosion 2.2.3.1 Partial Reduction of Production in Some Areas for Economic, Climatic or Agronomic Reasons
2.2.3.2 Deforestation Due to Population Pressure in the Major Coffee Growing Zones
2.2.3.3 Replacement of Local Landraces by Improved Varieties with Narrower Genetic Base
2.2.3.4 Existence of Heterosis in Coffee
2.2.4 Coffee Conservation in Ethiopia
2.2.4.1 Ex-situ Coffee Conservation
2.2.4.2 In-situ Conservation Method
2.3 Conclusion
References
Chapter 3: Phytochemistry, Toxicity and Pharmacology of Pistacia lentiscus, Artemisia herba-alba and Citrullus colocynthis 3.1 Introduction
3.2 Methodologies
3.3 Taxonomical Classification of Plants
3.4 Distribution and Botanical Aspect of Plants
3.5 Phytochemistry
3.5.1 Phytochemical Composition of Artemisia herba-alba
3.5.2 Phytochemical Composition of Citrullus colocynthis
3.5.3 Phytochemical Composition of Pistacia lentiscus
3.6 Pharmacology
3.6.1 Anticancer Activity
3.6.2 Hypotensive and Cardioprotective Effect
3.6.3 Anti-allergic and Neuroprotective Effect
3.6.4 Antioxidant Effect
3.6.5 Antidiabetic Effect
3.6.6 Renal and Hepatoprotective Effect - DigitalEric Lichtfouse, editor.Summary: This book reviews recent research advances in sustainable agriculture, with focus on crop production, biodiversity and biofuels in Africa and Asia.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
About the Editor
Contributors
Chapter 1: Mycotoxins Occurrence, Toxicity and Detection Methods
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Occurrence of Mycotoxin in Food
1.3 Factors Controlling Mycotoxins Genesis
1.4 Occurrence of Mycotoxins in Humans and Associated Diseases
1.5 Conventional Methods for Mycotoxins Detection
1.5.1 Chromatographic-Based Techniques
1.5.1.1 Thin-Layer Chromatography
1.5.1.2 High-Performance Thin-Layer Chromatography
1.5.2 Microarrays for Mycotoxin Detection
1.5.3 Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent
1.5.4 Radioimmunoassay 1.6 Nanotechnology-Based Techniques for Mycotoxin Detection
1.6.1 Quartz Crystal Microbalance Immunosensor (QCMI)
1.6.2 Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR)
1.6.3 Electrochemical Immuno-Sensor Based on Nanoparticle
1.6.4 Optical Waveguide Lightmode Spectroscopy
References
Chapter 2: Nanopesticides for Pest Control
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Classification and Traditional Applications of Pesticides
2.3 Emergence of Biopesticides for Biological Control
2.4 Transgenic Approach
2.4.1 RNAi Technology: Sequence-Specific Silencing of Targeted Gene 2.8 Elemental and Specialized Nanoparticles as Nanopesticides
2.8.1 Silica Nanoparticle
2.8.2 Silver Nanoparticles and Nanoalumina
2.8.3 Iron Oxide Nanoparticle
2.8.4 Gold-Ferbam Nanoparticles
2.9 Actual Concerns about Nanopesticides
2.10 Conclusion
References
Chapter 3: Synthesis of Nanofertilizers by Planetary Ball Milling
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Nanofertilizers
3.3 Synthesis Methods for Nanoparticles
3.3.1 High Energy Ball Milling
3.3.2 Synthesis of Nanoparticles Using a Planetary Ball Mill
3.3.2.1 Milling Speed
3.3.2.2 Milling TimeDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalShamsul Hayat, John Pichtel, Mohammad Faizan, Qazi Fariduddin, editors.Summary: Nanotechnology is a branch of science that embraces the study and application of nanoparticles (NPs), i.e., those particles having at least one dimension measuring from 1-100 nm. This book presents recent developments involving the role of nanoparticles on plant physiology and growth. Nanotechnology applications include improvement of agricultural production using bio-conjugated NPs (encapsulation), transfer of DNA in plants for development of insect pest-resistant varieties, nanoformulations of agrochemicals such as pesticides and fertilizers for crop improvement, and nanosensors/nanobiosensors in crop protection for identification of diseases and residues of agrochemicals. Recent findings on the increased use of nanotechnology in agriculture by densely populated countries such as China and India indicate that this technology may impart a substantial impact on reducing hunger, malnutrition, and child mortality. Nanomaterials have recently experienced significant scrutiny in the basic and applied sciences as well as in bio-nanotechnology. A range of NP types (e.g., ZnO-NPs, Au-NPs, CuO-NPs, CNTs, AgO-NPs and TiO2-NPs) have been examined by researchers for their impacts on plant growth and development. In addition, particle size, size distribution, shape, surface and core chemistry, crystallinity, agglomeration state, purity, redox potential, catalytic activity, surface charge, and porosity are being investigated to understand and predict the behavior of NPs. This book addresses these issues and many more. Chapters incorporate both theoretical and practical aspects of plant nanotechnology and may serve as baseline information for future research through which significant development is possible. This book will be useful to researchers, instructors and students both in universities and research institutes, especially in relation to biological and agricultural sciences.
Contents:
1. Nanomaterials: Scope, applications, and challenges in agriculture
2. Nutrient phyto-availability upon nanoparticle application
3. Effects of plant-based eco-friendly nanoparticles on growth, chemical composition and bioactivity of plants
4. Effect of zinc oxide nanoparticles on crop plants: A perspective analysis
5. Response of titanium nanoparticles to plant growth: Agricultural perspective
6. Impact of silver oxide nanoparticles on plant physiology: A critical review
7. Silicon nanoparticles and plants: Current knowledge and future perspectives
8. Copper nanoparticles: A new generation of fungicidal agent and plant growth promoter
9. Interaction of copper nanoparticles with plants: Uptake, accumulation and toxicity
10. Nanotechnological advances with PGPR applications
11. Impending and inadvertent abundance of engineered nanomaterials in soil: Vicissitudes to the soil microbiome and plant health
12. Boon or bane: Nanomaterials in plant growth and development.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalAnkit Saneja, Amulya K. Panda, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.Summary: This edited book comprises of eight chapters dealing on various aspects of pharmaceutical technology for delivery of natural products. Book chapters deal with the solubility and bioavailability enhancement technologies for natural products. Emphasis has also been given on the significance of delivery strategies for improving the therapeutic efficacy of paclitaxel, galantamine and tea constituents.
Contents:
Preface
1. Pharmaceutical technology for improving the of bioavailability of natural products
2. Solubility Enhancement Techniques for Natural Product Delivery
3. Delivery of natural products using polymeric particles for cancer chemotherapeutics
4. Chemistry, pharmacology and therapeutic delivery of major tea constituents
5. Current approaches and recent advances in Galantamine Delivery for Alzheimer's
6. Overview of Paclitaxel Delivery Systems
7. Phytosomes as an emerging nanotechnology for herbal drug delivery
8. Albumin as natural versatile drug carrier and various diseases treatment. - DigitalAnkit Saneja, Amulya K. Panda, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.Summary: This book covers nanotechnology based approaches for improving the therapeutic efficacy of natural products. It critically explores lipid nanoarchitectonics, inorganic particles and nanoemulsion based tools for delivering them. With its chapters from eminent experts working in this discipline, it is ideal for researchers and professionals working in the area.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
About the Editors
Chapter 1: Nanotechnology Applications for Natural Products Delivery
1.1 Introduction
1.1.1 Nanotechnologies Strategies to Optimize the Clinical Use of Natural Products
1.2 Polymeric Nanocarriers
1.2.1 Polymeric Nanoparticles
1.2.2 Polymeric Micelles
1.2.3 Dendrimers
1.3 Lipid Nanocarriers
1.3.1 Micro and Nanoemulsions
1.3.2 Vesicles
1.3.3 Nanocochleates
1.3.4 Solid Lipid Nanoparticles
1.3.5 Nanostructured Lipid Carriers
1.4 Conclusions
References 2.6 Natural Products from Plants Approved for Therapeutic Use
2.7 Usage of Curcumin in Nanoparticles for Periodontal Disease Therapy
2.8 Conclusion
References
Chapter 3: Nanocarriers as Tools for Delivery of Nature Derived Compounds and Extracts with Therapeutic Activity
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Problems Associated with Natural Compounds
3.2.1 Solubility
3.2.2 Permeability
3.2.3 Stability
3.3 Nanotechnology in Medicine
3.4 Development of Nanocarrier Systems
3.5 Nanotechnology in Delivery of Natural Products
3.5.1 Resveratrol
3.5.2 Artemisinin 3.5.3 Thymoquinone
3.5.4 Rapamycin
3.5.5 Naringenin
3.5.6 Silymarin and Silibinin
3.5.7 Cyclosporin
3.5.8 Berberine
3.5.9 Quercetin
3.5.10 Epigallocatechin-3-gallate
3.5.11 Natural Antibiotics
3.5.12 Plant Extracts
3.6 Challenges
3.7 Conclusion
References
Chapter 4: Nanoemulsions as Optimized Vehicles for Essential Oils
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Nanoemulsions: General Aspects
4.3 Nanoemulsions: Composition
4.3.1 Surfactants
4.3.2 Types of Surfactants
4.3.3 Oil Phase
4.3.4 Essential Oils
4.4 Preparation of Nanoemulsions 4.4.1 High-Energy Methods
4.4.2 Low-Energy Methods
4.4.3 Comparison Between Obtention Methods
4.5 Stability of Nanoemulsions
4.5.1 Instability Phenomena
4.6 Characterization of Nanoemulsions
4.6.1 Dynamic Light Scattering
4.6.2 Zeta Potential
4.6.3 Rheological Behavior
4.6.4 Conductivity
4.6.5 Phase Behavior
4.7 Application of Nanoemulsions
4.8 Conclusion
References
Chapter 5: Lipid Nanoarchitectonics for Natural Products Delivery in Cancer Therapy
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Organic and Inorganic Nanoparticles
5.3 Lipid Nanoarchitectonics Chapter 2: Nanotechnology-Inspired Bionanosystems for Valorization of Natural Origin Extracts
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Methodology
2.3 Medicinal Plants and Nanotechnology
2.4 Nanomaterials Used in Combination with Plants Extracts
2.4.1 Nanoemulsions
2.4.2 Nanosuspensions
2.4.3 Nanofibers
2.4.4 Nanotubes
2.4.5 Nanoparticles
2.5 Properties and Applications of Plant-Based Nanomaterials
2.5.1 Silver Nanomaterials
2.5.2 Gold Nanomaterials
2.5.3 Zinc Nanomaterials
2.5.4 Iron Nanomaterials
2.5.5 Nanofibers
2.5.6 Nanoemulsions - DigitalInamuddin, Mohd Imran Ahamed, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This book presents recent reviews on the occurrence, analysis, toxicity and remediation of pesticides in biological systems such as fish, chickens, water, soil and food.
Contents:
Chapter 1 Determination of Pesticide Residues in Fish
Chapter 2 Analysis of Pesticide Residues in Pollen and Dairy Products
Chapter 3 Monitoring and Evaluation of Pesticide Residues in Aquatic Systems
Chapter 4 Pyrethroid and Residues in Chickens and Poultry Litter
Chapter 5 Extraction Procedures and Chromatography of Pesticides Residues in Strawberries
Chapter 6 Non-extractable Pesticide Residues in Soils
Chapter 7 Pyrethroids Metabolites in Human Urine Samples
Chapter 8 Remediation of Pesticide in Water
Chapter 9 Strategy for the Inspection of Pesticide Residues in Food and Agriculture
Chapter 10 Toxic Effects of Pesticides on Avifauna Inhabiting Wetlands
Chapter 11 Analysis of Pesticide Residues in Biotic Matrices. - DigitalHarsh Panwar, Chetan Sharma, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: Antibiotics have drastically improved the health and life expectancy of humans, yet the abrupt increase of antibiotic usage for animals, agriculture and healthcare has induced antimicrobial resistance. Antimicrobial resistance is leading to resurgence of deadly infectious diseases, calling for new cures. This book presents advanced therapies based on new and complementary drugs, and alternative techniques and strategies, such as phages, probiotics, flavonoids, essential oils, cellulose, peptides, nano delivery, iron starvation and vaccines.
Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1 Strategies for prevention and containment of antimicrobial resistance.-Chapter 2 Probiotics, Prebiotics and Synbiotics for the prevention of Antimicrobial Resistance
Chapter 3 Plant natural products for mitigation of antibiotic resistance
Chapter 4 Essential Oils as Potential Antimicrobial Agents
Chapter 5 Polymeric Antimicrobials with Quaternary Ammonium Moieties
Chapter 6 Nanoparticles: Powerful tool to mitigate antibiotic resistance
Chapter 7 Antimicrobial Peptides and Peptidomimetics for the Control of Antibiotic Resistance
Chapter 8 Exploiting the Achilles' heel of iron dependence in antibiotic resistant bacteria with new anti-microbial iron withdrawal agents
Chapter 9 Potential for phage biotechnology to mitigate antimicrobial resistance in agriculture
Chapter 10
The Role of Vaccines in Combating Antimicrobial Resistance. - DigitalVipin Kumar Singh, Rishikesh Singh, Eric Lichtfouse, editors.Summary: This book reviews contaminants of emerging nature affecting the agroecosystem and includes important information regarding the their sources, types, transportation, environmental threats and strategies to decontaminate the affected agroecosystems. The contents of this volume will help the policy makers and environmental engineers in combating the continuously rising threats to cultivated ecosystems.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
About the Editors
Contributors
Part I: Sources of Emerging Contaminants in Agroecosystems
Chapter 1: Sources and Impacts of Emerging Contaminants in Agroecosystems
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Naturally Produced Compounds
1.3 Man-Made Chemicals
1.3.1 Pharmaceuticals and Personal Care Products
1.3.2 Bio-terrorism Agents
1.3.2.1 Category A Agents and Diseases
1.3.2.2 Category B Agents and Diseases
1.3.2.3 Category C Agents and Diseases
1.3.3 Persistent Organic Pollutants
1.3.4 Nanomaterials 1.3.5 Metabolites and Transformation Products of Man-Made Chemicals
1.3.6 Flame Retardants
1.4 Agricultural Environment and Emerging Contaminants
1.5 Effects of Emerging Contaminants on Ecosystems and Human Health
1.6 Conclusion and Recommendations
References
Chapter 2: Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Traditional and Emerging Contaminants in Agroecosystems
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Contamination in Agroecosystems
2.2.1 Traditional Contaminants
2.2.1.1 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Heavy Metals and Metalloids 2.2.1.2 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Organic Contaminants
2.2.2 Emerging Contaminants
2.2.2.1 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Antibiotics and Antibiotic Resistance Genes
2.2.2.2 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Human Pathogens
2.2.2.3 Sewage Wastewater and Sludge as Source of Hormones, Endocrine Disruptors and Personal Care Products
2.3 Fate of Sewage Wastewater and Sewage Sludge in Agroecosystem
2.4 Advantages and Disadvantages of Sewage Wastewater and Sludge Application in Agroecosystem 2.4.1 Advantages of Sewage Wastewater and Sludge Application in Agriculture
2.4.2 Disadvantages of Sewage Wastewater and Sludge Application in Agriculture
2.5 Treatment of Sewage Wastewater and Sludge for Application in Agroecosystem
2.6 Conclusion and Future Perspectives
References
Chapter 3: Dew as Source of Emerging Contaminants in Agricultural System
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Dew Formation
3.3 Role of Dew in Agricultural Systems
3.3.1 Role of Dew as Water Source
3.3.2 Role of Dew in Crop Productivity
3.4 Sources of Emerging Contaminants in Agricultural Fields 3.5 Transport Mechanism of Emerging Contaminants in Agricultural Systems
3.5.1 Emerging Contaminants Transmission in Atmosphere
3.5.2 Chemical Interaction of Dew with Aerosol
3.6 Negative Impacts of Dew
3.7 Emerging Contaminants and Their Health Effects
3.8 Conclusion and Future Recommendations
References
Chapter 4: Particulate Matter Pollution and Global Agricultural Productivity
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Particulate Matter Pollution and Air Quality
4.2.1 Modern Air Quality: Crisis and Concern
4.2.2 Categorization of Major Particulate Matter Pollutants - Digitaledited by Grégorio Crini, Eric Lichtfouse.Summary: This book reviews recent research and applications, developments, research trends, methods and issues related to the applications of industrial hemp for fundamental research and technology. Contains a complete overview of traditional and new applications of hemp.
Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1 Hemp Production
Chapter 2 Traditional and New Applications of Hemp
Chapter 3 Industrial Hemp in the USA: A Brief Synopsis
Chapter 4 Hemp Fibers in Serbia: Cultivation, Processing, and Applications
Chapter 5 Physico-chemical Characterization and Development of Hemp Aggregates for Highly Insulating Construction Building Materials
Chapter 6 Modelling of the Hygrothermal Behaviour of Hemp Concrete
Chapter 7 Hempseed Protein: Processing and Functional Properties
Chapter 8 Functional and Bioactive Properties of Hemp Proteins
Chapter 9 Hemp Seed as a Source of Food Proteins
Chapter 10 Hemp Fibers for Wastewater Treatment. - DigitalOm V. Singh, Anuj K. Chandel, editors.Summary: "Nature offers abundant renewable resources that can be used to partially replace fossil fuels and commodity chemicals but issues of cost, technology readiness levels, and compatibility with existing distribution networks remain huge challenges. Cellulosic ethanol and biodiesel are the most immediately obvious target fuels, with hydrogen, methane and butanol as other potentially viable products. This book continues to bridge the technology gap and focus on critical aspects of lignocellulosic biomolecules and the respective mechanisms regulating their bioconversion to liquid fuels into energy and value-added products of industrial significance. This book is a collection of reviews elucidating several broad-ranging areas of progress and challenges in the utilization of sustainable resources of renewable energy, especially in biofuels. This book comes just at a time when government and industries are accelerating their efforts in the exploration of alternative energy resources, with expectations of the establishment of long-term sustainable alternatives to petroleum-based liquid fuels. Apart from liquid fuel this book also emphasizes the use of sustainable resources for value-added products, which may help in revitalizing the biotechnology industry at a broader scale. This book also provides a comprehensive review of basic literature and advance research methodologies to graduate students studying environmental microbiology, chemical engineering, bio-economy and microbial biotechnology."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Contents; About the Editors; 1 Introduction; References; 2 Role ofSystematic Biology inBiorefining ofLignocellulosic Residues forBiofuels andChemicals Production; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Concept ofBiorefineries; 2.3 Biofuel asRenewable Energy Source; 2.4 Lignocellulosic Biomass forBioethanol Production; 2.5 Pretreatment oftheLignocellulosic Biomass; 2.5.1 Physical Pretreatment; 2.5.2 Chemical Pretreatment; 2.5.3 Biological Pretreatment; 2.6 Enzymatic Saccharification ofPretreated Lignocellulosic Biomass; 2.7 Ethanol Fermentation; 2.8 Biohydrogen asBiofuel. 2.18 Bacillus spp. forPHB Production2.19 Strategies forPHB Production; 2.19.1 Process Optimization forPHB Production; 2.19.2 Application ofGenetic Engineering Tools; 2.19.3 Pretreatment ofBiomass; 2.19.4 Structural Modifications ofPHB; 2.20 Lignocellulose Biomass forProduction ofIndustrial Enzymes; 2.21 Conclusion; 2.22 Future Prospects; References; 3 Biotechnological Advances inLignocellulosic Ethanol Production; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Bioethanol Production: Statistics andGlobal Overview; 3.3 Potential Feedstock, Biomass Composition andSurplus Availability. 2.9 Microalgae forBiohydrogen Production2.10 Biobutanol asBiofuel; 2.11 Strategical Improvements forBiobutanol Production; 2.12 Lignocellulosic Biomass asSource ofPrebiotics; 2.12.1 Xylooligosaccharides asPrebiotics; 2.13 Delignification ofBiomass forXOS Production; 2.14 Xylan Extraction fromLignocellulosic Biomass; 2.14.1 Alkaline Extraction; 2.14.2 Acid Extraction; 2.14.3 Autohydrolysis; 2.15 Enzymatic Production ofXylooligosaccharides; 2.16 Strategical Improvements forProduction ofXOS; 2.17 Lignocellulosic Biomass forPolyhydroxybutyrate (PHB) Production. 3.4 Feedstock Processing toGenerate Sugars asBuilding Block3.5 Types ofPretreatment Methods; 3.5.1 Physical Pretreatment Approaches; 3.5.2 Chemical Pretreatment Methods; 3.5.3 Physicochemical Pretreatment Methods; 3.6 Biological Pretreatment Methods; 3.7 Biotechnological Advancements; 3.7.1 Microbial Production ofCellulases andEnzymatic Hydrolysis ofPretreated Substrates; 3.7.2 Hydrolysis ofPretreated Biomass; 3.8 Biotechnological Advancements; 3.8.1 Strategies Used toImprove Fungal Enzyme Production; 3.8.2 Mutagenesis; 3.8.3 Co-cultivation; 3.8.4 Metabolic Engineering. 3.8.5 Heterologous Expression3.8.6 Immobilization; 3.9 Bioethanol Recovery fromFermented Broth; 3.10 Conclusion; References; 4 Sustainable Production ofBiofuels fromWeedy Biomass andOther Unconventional Lignocellulose Wastes; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Technological Option andLimitations ofBiofuel Production; 4.3 Lignocellulosic Biomass Composition ofWeedy Biomass; 4.3.1 Cellulose (C6H10O5)n; 4.3.2 Hemicellulose (C5H8O4)n; 4.3.3 Lignin [C9H10O3(OCH3)]n; 4.4 Available Bioresources forSustainable Biofuel Production; 4.4.1 Agricultural byProducts; 4.5 Weedy Lignocellulosic Biomass. - Digitaleditors, Kim Gutschow, Robbie Davis-Floyd and Betty-Anne Daviss.Summary: This contributed volume explores flexible, adaptable, and sustainable solutions to the shockingly high costs of birth across the globe. It presents innovative and collaborative maternity care practices and policies that are intersectional, human rights-based, transdisciplinary, science-driven, and community-based. Each chapter describes participatory and midwifery-oriented care that helps improve maternal and newborn outcomes within minoritized populations. The featured case studies respond to resource constraints and inequities of access by transforming relations between providers and families or by creating more egalitarian relations among diverse providers such as midwives, obstetricians, and nurses that minimize inefficient hierarchies within maternity care. The authors build on a growing awareness that quality and respectful midwifery care has lower costs and improved outcomes for child bearers, newborns, and providers. Topics include: Sustainable collaborations including transfers of care among midwives and obstetricians in India, The Netherlands, Germany, United Kingdom, and Denmark Midwifery-oriented, femifocal, indigenous, and inclusive models of care that counter obstetric violence and gender stereotypes in Mexico, Chile, Guatemala, Argentina, and India Doula care and midwifery care for women of color, previously incarcerated women, indigenous women, and other minoritized groups in the global north and south Practices and metrics for improving quality of newborn and maternal care as well as maternal and newborn outcomes in disruptive times and disaster settings Sustainable Birth in Disruptive Times is an essential and timely resource for providers, policy makers, students, and activists with interests in maternity care, midwifery, medical anthropology, maternal health, newborn health, obstetrics, childbirth, medicine, and global health in disruptive times.
- DigitalBrett Duane, editor.Summary: This book provides the why, what and how on delivering a sustainable dental practice. Dentists have a professional duty to support optimal oral health. They also have a moral duty to do so in a way that leaves the smallest footprint on this planet and takes their impacts on the environment and society into account. This book helps the reader to develop a sustainable practice, driven by prevention and delivering the right care at the right time and at the right place, within systems of universal, needs-based access to care. Readers learn how to opt for a practice that is supplied with sustainable energy and encourages biodiversity while building models of care that maximize remote patient engagement and avoid travel. Clear guidance is given on responsible decontamination, waste management and environmentally sensitive ways of managing people with anxiety or behavioural difficulties within the dental setting. The future of dentistry products and innovations to reduce environmental impacts in the dental practice are discussed. This book is a must-have for dentists, dental students and all members of the dental team.
Contents:
Sustainable Dentistry - An Urgent Need for Change
Building a sustainable dental practice (considering the need to rebuild, material, location)
Habitat level considerations for build options
Reducing the energy needs of your dental practice
Prevention; The sustainable practice initiative
A guide to how to reduce the impact of PPE in your dental practice 200
Responsible decontamination
Supporting people and their behaviour in the dental setting as sustainably as reasonably achievable
Buying sustainably and ethically for the dental practice
Responsible waste management; using resources efficiently/responsibly
The Future of dentistry products; How can we redesign the products we create
Sustainability: The need to transform oral health systems
Conclusion. - Digitaledited by Pia Katila, Carol J. Pierce Colfer, Wil de Jong, Glenn Galloway, Pablo Pacheco, Georg Winkel.Summary: "Its successful implementation will reduce consumption of wood fuels, offset by increases in the use of hydrocarbon-based fuels or other cleaner energy sources. Future energy trends include turning to improved wood fuels, like wood pellets and the use of liquid biomass fuels, like palm oil-based biodiesel, whose production may happen at the expense of forests"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- DigitalMahadi Hasan Masud, Azharul Karim, Anan Ashrabi Ananno, Asif Ahmed.Summary: This book presents a comprehensive review of renewable energy-based sustainable drying techniques for developing countries. Aspiring towards a world with zero food waste, the book has provided discussion on sustainable drying techniques in terms of energy efficiency. The socio-economic condition of each developing country is unique; therefore, has specific technological requirements. As such, the book presents discussions on food waste scenario around the world, the socio-economic status of developing countries and their correlation with food. The book gives an overview of the quality aspects of drying, along with the required energy and time to retain these features. Additionally, a method of selecting drying techniques for developing countries, taking the cost and safety factor into consideration, has been discussed extensively Also, the renewable and non-renewable energy resources of low income, lower-middle income, middle income, and high-income developing countries have been analyzed and presented. The book also highlights the available drying techniques that are currently being practiced by the consumers and industries of developing countries. The book recommends ten sustainable drying technologies for the developing countries and describes their working principle. Discussion on potential challenges for sustainable drying technology adoption is also presented. The book presents up-to-date research on sustainable drying techniques and their impact on developing countries to reduce food waste. Food waste is not only a humanitarian concern but also a threat to environmental sustainability. Currently, one-third of all produced food is being wasted, when nearly 805 million people - including children remain undernourished on a daily basis. In an effort to solve this crisis, a number of food preservations techniques are being practiced in food supply chain. Drying is one such preservation technique that prevents microbial proliferation, slows enzymatic reaction and preserves the physio-chemical properties of food. Albeit, drying is an effective means of food preservation; it is also highly energy-intensive. Developing countries do not have sufficient energy and financial resources to adopt conventional (expensive and high energy) drying techniques. As such, this is the first reference work dedicated to discussing the prospects and challenges of sustainable (renewable energy based and inexpensive) drying techniques for developing countries in order to reduce food waste. Sustainable food drying techniques in developing countries: Prospects and Challenges is a singular work in the field of food preservation and affordable drying technology. .
Contents:
Insights into Drying
Energy Requirement in Drying
Energy Scenario in Developing Countries
Existing drying Technologies in Developing Countries
Proposal of Sustainable drying techniques in Developing Countries
Challenges in Drying Sector
Conclusion. - DigitalInamuddin, Abdullah Asiri, editors.Summary: Urbanization, industrialization, and unethical agricultural practices have considerably negative effects on the environment, flora, fauna, and the health and safety of humanity. Over the last decade, green chemistry research has focused on discovering and utilizing safer, more environmentally friendly processes to synthesize products like organic compounds, inorganic compounds, medicines, proteins, enzymes, and food supplements. These green processes exist in other interdisciplinary fields of science and technology, like chemistry, physics, biology, and biotechnology, Still the majority of processes in these fields use and generate toxic raw materials, resulting in techniques and byproducts which damage the environment. Green chemistry principles, alternatively, consider preventing waste generation altogether, the atom economy, using less toxic raw materials and solvents, and opting for reducing environmentally damaging byproducts through energy efficiency. Green chemistry is, therefore, the most important field relating to the sustainable development of resources without harmfully impacting the environment. This book provides in-depth research on the use of green chemistry principles for a number of applications.
Contents:
Preface
New approaches for renewable energy using metal electrocatalysts for lithium-O2 and zinc-air batteries
Biodiesel production for the sustainable development of chemical industry
Cellulose based green and sustainable energy
Design of dithienopyrrole-based organic dyes for efficient dye-sensitized solar cells: Strategies and outcome
Sonochemical production of hydrogen: A novel approach
Impact of alcohol and its blends on engine performance
Photovoltaic performance of bipyridine and dipyridophenazine-based ruthenium complexes in application of dye-sensitized solar cell sensitizers
Compressed fluids for food by-products biorefinery
Green and sustainable biomass processing for fuels and chemicals
Enriching of carotenes by supercritical desorption of buriti oil (Mauritia flexuosa Mart.) from alumina adsorbent
Utilization of bio waste in green chemistry
The role of heterogeneous catalysts in cellulose conversion to platform chemicals and biofuels
Potential of neem oil as source of biodiesel
Sustainable photocatalyst for energy and environment application
Implementation guidelines for modelling gasification processes in computational fluid dynamics: A tutorial overview approach
Sustainable cellulose based absorbents for heavy metal remediation
Recent trend in photo-catalytic water of azo dyes
Hospital effluents treatment
Solar photocatalytic treatment of tannery effluent
Modification of natural fibers by graft copolymerization and their environmental applications
Dye degradation for environmental remediation
Exploring natural coagulant application in the treatment of water for safe drinking
Sustainable technologies for the wastewater treatment generated by leather industry sector: Regulation and economic aspects
Physical and biological techniques to remediate carcinogenic Cr(VI) from industrial effluents
Separation of industrial effluents
Application of polymers in purification of industria l wastewater
Role of disinfectants in green chemistry
Sonochemistry in green processes: modeling, experiments and technology
Biosynthesis of silymarin through plant in-vitro cultures
Chemistry for new frontiers in supramolecular theranostics
Cellulose nanocrystal aerogels: Synthesis, functional properties, and applications
Graphene oxide: An efficient, and recyclable nano catalyst for the synthesis of 2-substituted benzimidazoles from aldehydes and diamines at ambient temperature
Green synthesis of TiO2 nanomaterials photocatalyst
Green corrosion inhibitors for industrial cleaning processes
Cellulose amphiphilic materials: Chemistry, process, and applications
Oleogels and their applications
Measuring corrosion abrasion in various solid-fluid systems
Base-free conversion of aldose sugar to aldonic acid
Treatment of dairy products with conversion of useful bio-products
Green corrosion inhibitor for petroleum pipelines
Impact and challenges of polymerization
Index. - DigitalDigital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalChrystel Y. Olivier, Tim J. Dumonceaux, Edel Pérez-López, editors.Summary: With 160+ countries and islands, the tropical belt is the geographical region centered on the equator and limited by the tropics of Cancer and Capricorn. Tropical agricultural production is mostly for local consumption but cash crops are also present. Tropical agriculture is characterized by a significant lack of capital in research and agricultural systems and by a high prevalence of insect pests and diseases. Phytoplasma diseases are associated by bacteria-like pathogens living in plant sap and spread by sap-feeding insects. They are emerging diseases and are difficult to control, mostly because their epidemiology is not known. This book will focus on detection and prevention of phytoplasma diseases in field and horticultural crops grown in the tropical belt. The book will review current prevention methods used in small and large-scale farms, and present research results aiming at developing sustainable management of phytoplasma diseases in the tropics.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
About the Editors
Chapter 1: The CpnClassiPhyR Facilitates Phytoplasma Classification and Taxonomy Using cpn60 Universal Target Sequences
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Results
1.2.1 Generation of Novel cpn60 UT Sequences from Previously Unexplored Phytoplasmas
1.2.2 The CpnClassiPhyR: A Cpn(60-Based) Classi(Fier for) Phy(Toplasmas Using) R(FLP) Analysis
1.2.3 New Group/Subgroup Registration Service
1.2.4 CpnClassiPhyR Output
1.2.5 Application of the CpnClassiPhyR to the Identification of New Groups and Subgroups
1.2.6 Discrepancies 1.2.7 Application of the CpnClassiPhyR to cpn60 Sequences Extracted from Genomes
1.3 Discussion
1.4 Materials and Methods
1.4.1 Generation of cpn60 and 16S rRNA Amplicon from Phytoplasmas
1.4.2 CpnClassiPhyR Code
1.4.3 Phylogenetic Analysis
1.4.4 Examination of Genome Sequences for 16S rRNA and cpn60 Gene Sequences
1.5 Concluding Remarks
References
Chapter 2: Epidemiology of Non-culturable Phloem-Limited Pathogens of Citrus
Case Study Phytoplasma
2.1 Introduction: Citrus and Citriculture in Iran
2.2 Challenging Diseases of Citrus in Iran 2.2.1 Witches' Broom Disease of Lime (WBDL), Host Range, and Plant Response to the Pathogen
2.2.2 Greening or Huanglongbing, Host Range, and Plant Response to the Pathogen
2.3 Practical Measures to Control Phloem-Limiting Pathogens of Citrus
Case Study Phytoplasma
2.3.1 WBDL and HLB Origins and Foreign and Internal Quarantine for Effective Sanitation Practices in Citrus Orchards
2.3.2 Accurate and Early Detection of the Pathogen
2.3.3 Vector Control by Chemical Spray
2.3.4 Eradication of Trees with Symptoms 2.3.5 Control of CPa by Injecting Surfactant or Antibiotic Tetracycline
2.3.6 Cross-Protection
2.3.7 Breeding Programs and Horticultural Best Practices
2.3.8 New Tools Through Implementation of Genetic Engineering
2.4 Concluding Remarks
References
Chapter 3: Occurrence and Distribution of Phytoplasma Diseases in Iran
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Phytoplasma Diseases in Poaceae
3.3 Phytoplasma Diseases in Vegetable Crops
3.4 Phytoplasma Diseases in Oilseed Crops
3.5 Phytoplasma Diseases in Alfalfa
3.6 Phytoplasma Diseases in Weeds and Ornamental Plants 3.7 Phytoplasma Diseases in Pome Fruits
3.8 Phytoplasma Diseases in Stone Fruits
3.9 Phytoplasma Diseases in Grapevine
3.10 Phytoplasma Diseases in Citrus Crops
3.11 Conclusion
References
Chapter 4: Diversity of Phytoplasmas in Cuba, Their Geographic Isolation and Potential Development of Management Strategies
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Economically Important Plants Infected by Phytoplasmas in Cuba
4.2.1 Sapodilla
4.2.2 Soybean
4.2.3 Papaya
4.3 Diversity of 'Candidatus Phytoplasma' Species in Cuba
4.4 Insect Vectors Transmitting Phytoplasmas in Cuba - DigitalRam Swaroop Meena, Sandeep Kumar, Jitendra Singh Bohra, Mangi Lal Jat, editors.Summary: Fertilizers have been used extensively around the globe since the Green Revolution, due to the high subsidies. However, extensive fertilizer use exacerbates soil degradation and causes yield stagnation, and as a result threatens food security and soil sustainability, especially in developing countries. This means that sustainable soil and environmental management are vital to provide food and nutritional security for present and future generations. This has led to the International Union of Soil Science (IUSS) declaring 2015-2024 the International Decade of Soils. This book focuses on the impact of sustainable management of soil and environment on improving the functioning of soil-ecosystems and agronomic productivity, and also discusses food security, nutrient cycling, recent advances in INM technologies, eco-friendly cultivation, agricultural practices to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, as well as conservation agriculture and its effects, and strategies for soil sustainability. Offering a comprehensive overview of management in the context of the sustainability of soil and the agroecosystems that it supports, it demonstrates the options available and provides insights into restoring soil health and matching soil nutrient supply with crop demand to ensure nutritional security in an eco-friendly environment.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Soil and Environmental Management
Chapter 2. Strategies to Practice Climate-Smart Agriculture to Improve the Livelihoods under Rice -Wheat Cropping System in South Asia
Chapter 3. Soil Erosion and Management Strategies
Chapter 4. Conservation Agriculture: Perspectives to Soil and Environmental Management in Indo-Gangetic Plains of South Asia
Chapter 5. Improved Soil Environment under Conservation Agriculture
Chapter 6. Legumes for Sustainable Soil and Crop Management
Chapter 7. Legume Root Rot Control Through Soil Management for Sustainable Agriculture
Chapter 8. Fate and Behavior of Pesticides and Their Effect on Soil Biological Properties under Climate Change Scenario
Chapter 9. Agricultural Socio-economic Effects in Colombia due to Degradation of Soils
Chapter 10. Soil Microbes for Sustainable Agriculture. Chapter 11. Enzymes in Relation to Soil Biological Properties and Sustainability. - DigitalMehmet Turgut, R. Shane Tubbs, Ahmet T. Turgut, Aaron S. Dumont, editors.Summary: This book provides an in-depth review of the sutures of the skull. The premature closure of the sutures of the skull (craniosynostosis) due to genetic or metabolic etiologies results in typical progressive skull deformity, due to both the inhibition of growth caused by the affected cranial suture and associated compensatory expansion of the skull along the open ones. Today, it is well known that early diagnosis of craniosynostosis is crucial for the best surgical outcomes and for the normal development of the brain and cosmetic appearance of the skull. As such, in addition to the anatomy, biology, genetics and embryology of the sutures of the skull, the book also covers the diagnosis and treatment of different forms of craniosynostosis such as metopism, and animal models for cranial suture research. This comprehensive work is a valuable resource for neuroscientists at all levels, from graduate students to researchers, as well as neurosurgeons, neuroanatomists, pediatricians, and neurologists seeking both basic and more advanced information on the unique structure of the sutures of the human skull.
Contents:
Overview
The Sutures of the Skull: A Historical Perspective
Embryological and Histological Features of the Cranial Sutures
Anatomy of the Sutures of the Calvaria
Anatomy of the Sutures of the Skullbase
Anatomy of the Sutures of the Face
Normal Growth of the Sutures of the Skull
Variations of the Sutures of the Skull
Metopism: Anatomical, Clinical and Surgical Aspects
Skull Sutures as Anatomical Landmarks
Biomechanical Features of the Sutures of the Skull
Radiological Evaluation of the Sutures of the Skull
The Biology of the Sutures of the Skull
Types of Craniosynostosis and their Etiology, Pathophysiology and Epidemiology
Genetic Features of Craniosynostosis
Imaging Modalities in Craniosynostosis
Craniofacial Syndromes and Syndromic Craniosynostoses
Surgery for Craniosynostosis
ExperimentalAnimal Models in Cranial Suture Biology Research. - PrintEri Hotta.Summary: "Shinichi Suzuki, of the eponymous Suzuki Method, debunked Western stereotypes about "authentic" classical performance while transforming music education globally. Yet as Eri Hotta shows, his movement was about much more than developing music skills. A committed humanist, he aspired to nurture the potential, musical or otherwise, in every child"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
No Ordinary Childhood, No Ordinary Environment
Formative Encounters
Enchanted Circles
Berlin, the Golden City
For the Sake of Beautiful Tone
"No Such Thing as a Born Genius"
Picking Up the Pieces
The World Is His Stage
"Suzuki Messodo"-In My Time.Digital Access 2022 - DigitalKenneth F. Swaiman, Stephen Ashwal, Donna M Ferriero, Nina F Schor, Richard S Finkel, Andrea L Gropman, Phillip L Pearl, Michael Shevell.Digital Access
- DigitalGauri Mankekar, editor.Contents:
Anatomy of swallowing
Physiology of swallowing
Swallowing disorders: Clinical features & diagnosis
Assessment of swallowing disorders
Endoscopic management of swallowing disorders
Radiological diagnosis in swallowing disorders
Neurogenic dysphagia
Medical management of swallowing disorders
Pediatric dysphagia
Presbyphagia.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Printeditor-in-chief, Alfred F. Tallia, MF, MPH, co-editors, Joseph E. Scherger, MD, MPH, Nancy W. Dickey, MD.
- DigitalDenis Jalabert, Ian Vickridge, Amal Chabli.Summary: This book examines the different ion beam analysis techniques, which find relevant applications in the field of nanoscience. Ion beam analysis techniques are well established and have been widely used in materials sciences since the 1960s. Over the past two decades, the emergence of nanomaterials in science and technology has pushed many analytical techniques to their limits. This is also the case for techniques using an ion beam to probe nanoscale objects. The book discusses the various possibilities of the ion beam analysis for nanosciences and also seeks to position these techniques over other analytical tools.
Contents:
Introduction
Fundamentals of ion-soliday interactions with a focus on the nanoscale
Instruments and methods
Applications
The place of nanoIBA in the characterization forest.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalChristoph Fischer, Berthold Traub, editors.Summary: The Swiss National Forest Inventory (NFI) is a forest survey on national level which started in 1982 and has already reached its 5th survey cycle (NFI5). It can be characterized as a multisource and multipurpose inventory where information is mainly collected from terrestrial field surveys using permanent sample plots. In addition, data from aerial photography, GIS and forest service questionnaires are also included. The NFI's main objective is to provide statistically reliable and sound figures to stakeholders such as politicians, researchers, ecologists, forest service, timber industry, national and international organizations as well as to international projects such as the Forest Resources Assessment of the United Nations. For Switzerland, NFI results are typically reported on national and regional level. State of the art methods are applied in all fields of data collection which have been proven to be of international interest and have even served as a basis for other European NFIs. The presented methods are applicable to any sample based forest inventory around the globe. In 2001 the Swiss NFI published its methods for the first time. Since then, many methodological changes and improvements have been introduced. This book describes the complete set of methods and revisions since NFI2. It covers various topics ranging from inventory design and statistics to remote sensing, field survey methods and modelling. It also describes data quality concepts and the software framework used for data storage, statistical analysis and result presentation.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Swiss NFI at a Glance; 1: Swiss NFI at a Glance; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 History and Objectives; 1.3 Legal Status, Obligations and Organisations; 1.4 Assessing Information Needs and NFI Impacts; 1.5 Content, Data Collection and Methods; 1.5.1 Content; 1.5.2 Design, Sampling Methods and Periodicity; 1.5.3 Data Collection and Analyses; 1.6 Reporting, Products and Services; 1.6.1 Reporting; 1.6.2 Other Products; 1.6.3 Services; Appendix; References; Part II: Sampling Design and Estimation Procedures 2.3.4 Sampling of Tariff Trees; 2.3.4.1 Motivation; 2.3.4.2 Poisson Sampling of Tariff Trees; 2.3.4.3 Fixed Association of Tariff Trees; 2.3.4.4 Optimal Sampling Schemes for Tariff Trees; 2.3.4.5 Tariff Tree Selection in NFI1; 2.3.5 Sampling Pieces of Lying Deadwood; 2.3.6 Sampling Young Trees; 2.4 Sampling Design of the NFI; 2.4.1 Basic Sampling Methods in Area Sampling; 2.4.2 Sampling Frames of the NFI; 2.4.3 NFI Panels for Terrestrial Data Collection; 2.4.4 NFI Panels for Auxiliary Data Collection; 2.5 Estimation Procedures; 2.5.1 Basic Estimators; 2.5.2 Use of Auxiliary Data 2.5.3 Domain Estimation; 2.5.4 Sampling Error and Confidence Intervals; 2.6 Estimation of Change; 2.6.1 Time Schedule Effects; 2.6.2 Dates and Calendar Years; 2.6.3 Vegetation Periods; 2.7 Net Change with Independent Samples; 2.7.1 Pooled Annual Panels; 2.7.2 Average Annual Change; 2.8 Estimation of Change Using Annual Panels; 2.8.1 The Role of Area Domains; 2.8.2 Average Change Per Unit Area; 2.8.3 Average Annual Change; 2.9 Change in the Population of Trees; 2.9.1 Definitions and Notation; 2.9.2 Change Components; 2.9.3 Derivation of Change Components for Tariff Trees; Appendix; References
Chapter 2: Sampling Design and Estimation Procedures2.1 Introduction; 2.1.1 Survey Sampling; 2.1.2 Chapter Contents; 2.2 Sampling Design and Estimation Procedures; 2.2.1 Population of Interest; 2.2.2 Forest and Shrub Forest Area; 2.2.3 Trees; 2.2.3.1 Tally Trees; 2.2.3.2 Young Trees; 2.2.4 Lying Deadwood; 2.2.5 Further Elements; 2.2.5.1 Forest Edge Survey; 2.2.5.2 Forest Road Survey; 2.3 Sampling Design; 2.3.1 Population Parameters of Interest; 2.3.2 Infinite Population Approach; 2.3.2.1 Local Density Functions in NFI; 2.3.2.2 Area Domain Estimation; 2.3.3 Sampling of Tally Trees Part III: Remote Sensing;
Chapter 3: Remote Sensing Data Sources; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Data Sources; References;
Chapter 4: Remote Sensing Data Management; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Database Model; 4.3 Controlling Processes and Resulting Data; References;
Chapter 5: Stereo GIS Application for Aerial-Image Interpretation; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Toolbar for Stereo GIS Application; 5.3 Image-Data Management; 5.4 Terrain Data, Topographic Maps and Feature Data Management; 5.5 Data Collection; 5.6 Data Checking; References;
Chapter 6: Variables on the Sample Plot Captured by the Stereo GIS ApplicationDigital Access Springer 2019 - PrintDawn Graham.Summary: "Switchers shows you how to land your dream position. Written by a top career coach, licensed psychologist, former recruiter, and a switcher herself, this book explains how to break past obstacles, maintain your motivation, and launch a better, more rewarding career. Packed with stories and examples showing why some people succeed and others stumble, this insightful and inspirational book will give your fresh perspectives and a structured job-hunting process that works."--Book jacket "Don't settle ... SUCCEED in the right career! Are you stuck in an unsatisfying job? In the wrong profession? An industry that just isn't a fit? Get unstuck! Land a new career--one you're genuinely passionate about. Switchers helps you realize that dream. Written by celebrated career coach and psychologist Dr. Dawn Graham, the book provides proven strategies that will get you where you want to go."--Amazon.com.
Contents:
Choose your switch. Are you a switcher? The "magic" equation for seizing career success
The psychology of the job search (and how to use it to your advantage!)
Clarifying your plan A. If you don't invest, why should they? Figure out your plan A
Change isn't linear : mapping your path to a career switch
Craft your brand value proposition. (Re)brand or be branded : craft your professional identity
Your career story : where reason meets intuition
What got you here won't get you there : the proactive job search
Create ambassadors. No excuses: your network is your net worth
The new way to network : create ambassadors
Keep the ball in your court. How to never have a bad interview : what are they really asking?
It's not fair (it really isn't!)
Always sleep on it : get ready to negotiate!
Never look for a job again (Get recruited!)
Appendix: How to choose a career coach. - PrintContents:
Contents
Course 1. Inflammatory dermatoses, rewritten and rev. by H. Montgomery and E.B. Helwig
Course 2. Granulomatous dermatoses, rev. by Tobias R. Funt [and others]
Course 3. Nevi and neoplasms, rewritten and rev. by David W. Kersting [and others]. - Digital/PrintMalgorzata Kloc, editor.Summary: This volume presents a comprehensive overview of the latest developments in symbiosis research. It covers molecular, organellar, cellular, immunologic, genetic and evolutionary aspects of symbiotic interactions in humans and other model systems. The book also highlights new approaches to interdisciplinary research and therapeutic applications. Symbiosis refers to any mutually beneficial interaction between different organisms. The symbiotic origin of cellular organelles and the exchange of genetic material between hosts and their bacterial and viral symbionts have helped shaped the current diversity of life. Recently, symbiosis has gained a new level of recognition, due to the realization that all organisms function as a holobiome and that any kind of interference with the hosts influences their symbionts and vice versa, and can have profound consequences for the survival of both. For example, in humans, the microbiome, i.e., the entirety of all the microorganisms living in association with the intestines, oral cavity, urogenital system and skin, is partially inherited during pregnancy and influences the maturation and functioning of the human immune system, protects against pathogens and regulates metabolism. Symbionts also regulate cancer development, wound healing, tissue regeneration and stem cell function. The medical applications of this new realization are vast and largely uncharted. The composition and robustness of human symbionts could make them a valuable diagnostic tool for predicting impending diseases, and the manipulation of symbionts could yield new strategies for the treatment of incurable diseases.
Contents:
Part 1. Transfer of genetic information, nuclear symbiosis, and cellular differentiation
1. Viral Symbiosis in the Origins and Evolution of Life with a Particular Focus on the Placental Mammals
2. Gene Transfer Agents in Symbiotic Microbes
3. Evolution from free-living bacteria to endosymbionts of insects: genomic changes and the importance of the chaperonin GroEL
4. Epidemiology of nucleus-dwelling Holospora: infection, transmission, adaptation, and interaction with Paramecium
5. Trends in symbiont-induced host cellular differentiation
Part 2. Origin, adaptations and evolutionary aspects of symbiosis
6. We're in this together: Sensation of the host cell environment by endosymbiotic bacteria
7. Phenotype Heritability in Holobionts: An Evolutionary Model
8. The role of constructive neutral evolution in the development of complexity from symbioses: A microbe-centric view
9. Chemiosmosis, evolutionary conflict, and eukaryotic symbiosis
10. Symbiotic origin of apoptosis
11. The puzzling conservation and diversification of lipid droplets from bacteria to eukaryotes
Part 3. Evolution and role of symbiosis in photosynthesis and nitrogen fixation
12. Evolution of Photosynthetic Eukaryotes; Current Opinion, Perplexity and a New Perspective
13. The photosynthetic adventure of Paulinella spp
14. The evolutionary aspects of legume nitrogen-fixing nodule symbiosis
15. Early molecular dialogue between legumes and rhizobia: why are they so important?
Part 4. Diversity of nematode and insect symbionts
16. The Wolbachia Symbiont: Here, There and Everywhere
17. The Wolbachia Symbiont: Here, There and Everywhere
18. The Diversity of Symbiotic Systems in Scale Insects
19. Bacterial Symbionts of Tsetse Flies: Relationships and Functional Interactions between Tsetse and their Symbionts
Part 5. Symbiosis, adaptive and immune responses, and therapeutic interventions
20. Our microbiome: on the challenges, promises, and hype
21. Endosymbiont-mediated adaptive responses to stress in holobionts
22. Microbial Metabolites as Molecular Mediators of Host-Microbe Symbiosis in Colorectal Cancer
23. The macrophages and intestinal symbiosis. - DigitalZhiyong Li, editor.Summary: This book focuses on the symbiotic microbiomes of invertebrates in coral reefs, especially sponges and corals. It provides in-depth and up-to-date reviews on the microbial structure and diversity, metabolism and function, symbiosis and coevolution, environment and adaption, and bioactive potentials. Meanwhile, the future perspectives will be discussed according to the existing problems and the development trend. This book will be of particular interest to the professionals in marine ecology, marine biotechnology, as well as medicinal chemists and molecular biologists.
Contents:
Coral reef ecosystem
Sponge and coral microbiomes
Microbial diversity of sponge/coral microbiomes
Endolithic mocrobes in coral skeletons: algae or bacteria?
The bacteria endozoicomonas: community dynamics, diversity, genomes, and potential impacts on corals
Microbes in gorgonian and soft corals
Marine sponge holobionts in health and disease
After the taxonomic identification phase: addressing the functions of symbiotic communities within marine invertebrates
Carbon and nitrogen metabolism of sponge microbiome
Integrative omics approach for the community function evaluation of sponge and coral microbiomes
Response of sponge microbiomes to environmental variations
Biosynthesis of antibiotics from microbial symbionts of sponges and corals
Marine natural products from marine sponge microorganisms
Marine natural products from marine coral-derived microorganisms
Natural products from sponges
Natural products from corals
Mass production of natural products from microbes derived from sponges and corals
Marine enzymes from microbial symbionts of sponges and corals
Appendices. - DigitalNeeraj Shrivastava, Shubhangi Mahajan, Ajit Varma, editors.Summary: This book explores microbial symbiosis, with a particular focus on soil microorganisms, highlighting their application in enhancing plant growth and yield. It addresses various types of bacterial and fungal microbes associated with symbiotic phenomena, including rhizobium symbiosis, arbuscular mycorrhizal symbiosis, ectomycorrhizal symbiosis, algal/lichen symbiosis, and Archeal symbiosis. Presenting strategies for employing a diverse range of bacterial and fungal symbioses in nutrient fortification, adaptation of plants in contaminated soils, and mitigating pathogenesis, it investigates ways of integrating diverse approaches to increase crop production under the current conventional agroecosystem. Providing insights into microbial symbioses and the challenges of adopting a plant-microbe synergistic approach towards plant health, this book is a valuable resource for researchers, graduate students and anyone in industry working on bio-fertilizers and their agricultural applications.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
Part I: Fungal Symbiosis
Chapter 1: Current Status-Enlightens in Its Biology and Omics Approach on Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Community
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Goal for Studying Its Biology and Omics Approaches
1.3 Phylogeny of New Speices of AMF
1.4 Genomics
1.5 Fungal Metabolism During Symbiotic Life
1.6 Proteomics
1.7 Symbiotic Root-Microbe Interactions
1.8 Enzymes
1.9 Biology of AMF on Different Crops: Insight and Impact
1.10 AMF Applications in Different Crops Under Varied Agro-Ecology
1.11 Opportunities and Challenges: AMF 1.12 Conclusion
References
Chapter 2: An Insight through Root-Endophytic-Mutualistic Association in Improving Crop Productivity and Sustainability
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Endophyte Distribution Pattern, Grouping, and Transmission Mode
2.3 The Beneficial Endophytic Secretions: Bioactive Natural Products
2.3.1 The Antimicrobial Bioactive Metabolites
2.3.2 Anti-Insect Bioactive Potential
2.4 The Quadra-Brigade of Endophytic Microbes: The Components of EPHś
2.4.1 Rhizobiaceae
2.4.2 Piriformaspora indica
2.4.3 Trichodermal strains 2.4.4 AMF: Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi
2.5 EPHs: A Mutualistic Boon for Sustainable Agriculture
2.5.1 Promoting Plant Growth and Increasing Market Value
2.5.2 Integrated Pest and Disease Management
2.6 Successful Trials: Integrating Crop Management Practices with Endophytic Symbionts
2.6.1 The SRI Trial: System of Rice Intensification
2.7 Improved Agricultural Prospective of EPHs
2.7.1 Developing Tolerance to Stress by Optimizing the Redox Environment
2.7.2 Sequestering the Future Agricultural Stress
2.8 Conclusion
References 3.6.4 Endophytic Fungal Products as Anticancer Agents
3.6.5 Antidiabetic Agents from Endophytes
3.7 Conclusion and Future Insights
References
Chapter 4: Unravelling the Role of Endophytes in Micronutrient Uptake and Enhanced Crop Productivity
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Major Groups of Endophytic Microbes
4.2.1 Fungal Endophytes
4.2.2 Class 1 Clavicipitaceous Endophytes
4.2.3 Class 2 Endophytes
4.2.4 Class 3 Endophytes
4.2.5 Class 4 Endophytes
4.2.6 Bacterial Endophytes
4.2.7 The Ecology of Competent Endophytes
4.2.8 Host Range
4.2.9 Physiological Role Chapter 3: Interaction Between Root Endophytes and Plants: Their Bioactive Products and Significant Functions
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Lifestyle of Root Endophytes
3.3 Plant-Endophyte Relationship
3.4 Bioactive Product Synthesized by Endophytes
3.4.1 Ambuic Acid
3.4.2 Cryptocin
3.4.3 Colutellin A
3.4.4 Pesatcin
3.4.5 Torreyanic Acid
3.5 Influence of Endophytes on Genetic and Phenotypic Expression of Plants
3.6 Significant Role of Root Endophytes
3.6.1 Endophytes Are Saprobic Decomposers
3.6.2 Endophytes as Producer of Antibiotics
3.6.3 Antiviral Compounds - PrintLejwa, Arthur; Youmans, John B.Contents:
v. 1. Nutritional anemia / edited by Arthur Lejwa
v. 2. Plasma proteins / edited by J.B. Youmans. - PrintNimeh, William.
- DigitalDeepak M. Kamat, Lalitha Sivaswamy, editors.Summary: Primary health care providers such as pediatricians and family medicine physicians commonly encounter children with neurologic symptoms such as headache, double vision, facial weakness etc. Most books currently available in the specialty of pediatric neurology are disorder based, and most of them are geared towards pediatric neurologists, not generalists who take care of children. A common thread amongst most currently available books in Pediatric Neurology is that the practitioner already knows what disorder the child is suffering from. This book focuses on symptoms to a large extent. However, children with chronic neurological conditions will follow up with their primary care physicians after their visit with the sub-specialists. They may have questions or ongoing concerns regarding the diagnosis that has been made or being considered. This book attempts to provide information to the primary care physician regarding management and follow up of such children as well. This book serves as a guide for busy clinicians who take care of children presenting with neurological symptoms- with special emphasis on symptoms that are commonly encountered in clinical practice. For each symptom, a brief introduction is given as well as a definition and epidemiologic information for the given symptom. Readers are also instructed on what historical features and physical examinations are essential in narrowing the differential diagnosis. A recommendation on the management of the condition is then established. Instructions on when one should refer the patient to subspecialists for further evaluation and management are clearly laid out. Finally, a list of appropriate resources is provided for families, as well as clinical pearls that can be quickly scanned when one is pressed for time. The overarching goal of this book is to enable the primary care physician to make a confident diagnosis, triage efficiently and initiate treatment if need be. Written by experts in the field, Symptom-Based Approach to Pediatric Neurology is a valuable resource for evaluation and management of children presenting with neurologic symptoms for primary care providers who take care of children.
Contents:
Child with Altered Mental Status (Delirium, Acute Confusional State, Somnolence, Encephalopathy, Coma)
Child with Global Developmental Delay
Child with Pure Language Delay
Child with Suspected Autism
Child with New Onset Seizures
Child with Epilepsy
Child with Syncope
Child with Sleep Disturbances
Child with Unilateral or Bilateral Vision Loss
Child with Diplopia
Child with Facial Weakness
Child with Facial Numbness
Child with Hearing Loss
Child with Difficulty Swallowing/Change in Voice
Child with Dysarthria
Child with New Onset Headache
Child with Chronic Headache
Child with New Onset Hemiparesis
Child with New Onset Paraparesis
Child with Tics/Other Unusual Movements
Child with Torticollis
Child with Macrocephaly
Child with Microcephaly
Child with Ataxia
Child with Closed Head Injury
Child with Altered Personality/Mood Disturbances
Neonate with Low Tone
Child with Acute Muscle Weakness
Child with Foot Drop/Wrist Drop
Child with Chronic Pain Syndromes
Child with Vertigo/Dizziness
Child with loss of hearing
child with abnormal eye movements
Child with Neurocutaneous syndrome
Child with cerebral palsy
Approach to childhood Neurological Emergencies
Neurological Complications of Immunizations
Child with Suspected Autoimmune Encephalitis
Child with Suspected Multiple Sclerosis
Child with Suspected Metabolic Disorder with Neurological Presentations
Neurological Investigations for the Primary Care Physician -Neuroimaging, EEG, EMG and Spinal Fluid Analysis
Commonly Used Drugs in Neurology, Side Effects, Drug Interactions and Monitoring. - Digital[edited by] Samir S. Shah, MD, MSCE, Director, Division of Hospital Medicine, Cincinnati Children's Research Foundation Endowed Chair, Attending Physician in Hospital Medicine & Infectious Diseases, Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center, Professor, Department of Pediatrics, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnatti, Ohio, Stephen Ludwig, MD, Professor of Pediatrics, Associate Chief Medical Officer for Education, Perelman School of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, Division of General Pediatrics & Pediatric Emergency Medicine, the Children's Hospital of Philadelphia, Phildadelphia, Pennsylvania.Contents:
Wheezing / Dustin R. Haferbecker, Evan S. Fieldston, Todd A. Florin
Decreased activity level / Matthew Test, Nathan Timm, Phillip Spandorfer, Megan Aylor
Vomiting / Paul L. Aronson, Todd A. Florin, Amy Feldman, Joanne N. Wood, Kamillah N. Wood
Coughing / Debra Boyer, Stephanie Zandieh, Tregony Simoneau, Lianne Kopel, Alicia Casey, Todd A. Florin, Phuong Vo
Back, joint, and extremity pain / Megan Aylor, Sanjeev K. Swami, Maya A. Jones, Evan S. Fieldston, Pamela A. Mazzeo
Poor weight gain / Stephen Ludwig, Brandon C. Ku, Sanjeev K. Swami, Maya A. Jones, Kamillah N. Wood
Abdominal pain / Marina Catallozzi, Sanjeev K. Swami, Paul L. Aronson
Altered mental status / Nathan Timm, Jennifer L. McGuire
Rash / Kara N. Shah, Kamillah N. Wood, Joanne N. Wood, Christine T. Lauren
Pallor / Stephen Ludwig, Brandon C. Ku, Maya A. Jones
Fever / Samir S. Shah, Rebecca Tenney-Soeiro, Matthew Test
Constipation / Heidi C. Werner, Samir S. Shah, Rebecca Tenney-Soeiro, Pratichi K. Goenka
Neck swelling / Stephen Ludwig, Brandon C. Ku, Paul L. Aronson, Heidi C. Werner, Pratichi K. Goenka
Chest pain / Debra Boyer, Lianne Kopel, Phuong Vo, Pratichi K. Goenka, Alicia Casey, Tregony Simoneau
Jaundice / Stacey R. Rose
Abnormal gait, including refusal to walk / Jeanine Ronan, Amy T. Waldman
Diarrhea / Christina L. Master, Amy Feldman
Syncope / Samir S. Shah
Seizures / Amy T. Waldman, Matthew Test, Samir S. Shah, Rebecca Tenney-Soeiro, Pratichi K. Goenka.Digital Access - DigitalScott D.C. Stern, Adam S. Cifu, Diane Altkorn.Contents:
Diagnostic process
Screening and health maintenance
Abdominal pain
Acid-base abnormalities
AIDS/HIV infection
Anemia
Back pain
Bleeding disorders
Chest pain
Cough, fever, and respiratory infections
Delirium and dementia
Diabetes
Diarrhea, acute
Dizziness
Dyspnea
Dysuria
Edema
Fatigue
Gi bleeding
Headache
Hematuria
Hypercalcemia
Hypertension
Hyponatremia and hypernatremia
Hypotension
Jaundice and abnormal liver enzymes
Joint pain
Kidney injury, acute
Rash
Sore throat
Syncope
Weight loss, unintentional
Wheezing and stridor.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2015 - DigitalScott D.C. Stern, Adam S. Cifu, Diane Altkorn.Contents:
Diagnostic process
Screening and health maintenance
Abdominal pain
Acid-base abnormalities
AIDS/HIV infection
Anemia
Back pain
Bleeding disorders
Chest pain
Cough, fever, and respiratory infections
Delirium and dementia
Diabetes
Diarrhea, acute
Dizziness
Dyspnea
Dysuria
Edema
Fatigue
GI bleeding
Headache
Hematuria
Hypercalcemia
Hypertension
Hyponatremia and hypernatremia
Hypotension
Jaundice and abnormal liver enzymes
Joint pain
Kidney injury, acute
Rash
Sore throat
Syncope
Unintentional weight loss
Wheezing and stridor.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2020 - DigitalMichele Brignole, David G. Benditt, editors.Summary: This heavily revised second edition provides a comprehensive multi-disciplinary review of syncope and how to care for these patients successfully. It contains detailed descriptions of the scientific basis behind the pathophysiology of conditions that cause syncope and collapse. Pathways for optimal clinical management in line with the latest guidelines are reviewed and are accompanied by clearly defined recommendations on how to treat patients with syncope. Common procedures and tests are also discussed along with their indications, methodology, interpretation and limitations. Syncope: An Evidence-Based Approach systematically describes the pathophysiology and latest clinical management guidelines for treating patients with syncope. It is an essential resource for a variety of medical professionals including cardiologists, emergency physicians, internists, general practitioners, geriatricians, cardiac electrophysiologists, neurologists and psychiatrists.
Contents:
Foreword
Preface
Tloc/Collapse Pathophysiologic And Epidemiologic Features
Syncope: Definition and Classification- Contrasting American and European Guideline definitions
Physiology of Maintaining Healthy Consciousness: Role of autonomic nervous system
Prognosis of TLOC/Collapse Across the Diagnostic Spectrum
The Burden of TLOC/Collapse: Economic Impact
Basic Clinical Features
Determining the Cause of TLOC/Collapse: The Initial Evaluation
Seizures vs Syncope: Distinguishing Features for the Clinic
The Reflex Syncopes: The Common and Less Common Variants
Orthostatic Hypotension Variants, POTs, and Less well Defined Autonomic Dysfunction
Bradycardias and Tachycardias: Acquired and Inheritable
Psychogenic Pseudosyncope and Approaches to Treatment
Basic Diagnostic Strategies
TLOC/Collapse Risk Assessment: Who Needs to be Hospitalized and Who can be evaluated as Outpatient
Ambulatory ECG Monitoring in TLOC/Collapse: Current status and Utility in USA and Europe
Carotid sinus syndrome: Pathophysiology and diagnosis
Electrophysiological Testing: Appropriate Indications in TLOC/Collapse
Chp 15 The Syncope Evaluation Unit: Essential Features, Current Status
Selected Testing: When And How
The Autonomic Testing Laboratory for studying Syncope/Collapse: Studies and Their Interpretation
Utility of Video-EEG for Diagnosing and Understanding TLOC/Collapse
Role of Head and Cardiac Imaging, and Cardiac Stress Testing for Syncope/Collapse
Selected Treatment Concerns
Update on Cardiac Pacing in Reflex Syncope
Indications for pacing in patients with unexplained syncope and bifascicular block
ICD indications in patients with unexplained syncope
Drugs in Vasovagal Syncope: Current Status
Ictal Asystole, Relation to VVS and Role of Cardiac Pacing
Driving and Flying: US and European Recommendations.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaleditors, Bruno Bissonnette, Igor Luginbuehl, Thomas Engelhardt.Summary: "The book to have on hand when assessing the potential impact of genetic syndromes on clinical care of the surgical patient"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by, Sonya R. Hardin, Roberta Kaplow.Digital Access R2Library 2017Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- DigitalDawn LaPorte, MD, Professor Department of Orthopadic Surgery Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland, USA.Summary: "Hand surgery emerged as a specialty due to advances in treatment of hand injuries incurred during World War II. Synopsis of Hand Surgery by distinguished hand surgeon Dawn LaPorte reflects the approach championed by the late American surgeons Sterling Bunnell and Norman Kirk: multidisciplinary care is key to optimal treatment of bone and soft tissue conditions in the hand and wrist. The book features contributions from an impressive group of hand and upper extremity surgeons and radiologists"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Anatomy and Approaches / Jessica Hawken and Aviram M. Giladi
History and Examination of the Hand / Carson F. Woodbury and Laura Lewallen
Radiographic Anatomy / Molly Vora and Laura Lewallen
Advanced Imaging / Laura M. Fayad and Jonathan Samet
Electrodiagnostic Studies / Anthony F. Colon, Michael S. Shear, and Aviram M. Giladi
Fractures, Dislocations, and Ligament Injuries of the Hand / Richard Samade and Hisham Awan
Carpal Fractures and Dislocations / Kevin O'Malley, Jay L. Mottla, and Michael W. Kessler
Fractures and Dislocations of the Distal Radius and Ulna / Eric Schafer, Benjamin K. Gundlach, and Jeffery N. Lawton
Triangular Fibrocartilage Complex and Distal Radioulnar Joint Pathology / Cory Lebowitz and Jonas L. Matzon
Osteoarthritis of the Wrist and Hand / Brittany Homcha and Kenneth F. Taylor
Rheumatoid Arthritis and Other Inflammatory Arthropathies / Laura Lewallen, Hannah C. Langdell, and Scott D. Lifchez
Tendinitis, Tendinosis, and Dupuytren's Contracture / Noah Raizman
Infection / R. Timothy Kreulen and Dawn LaPorte
Flexor Tendon Injury, Repair, and Reconstruction / Nicole Schroeder
Extensor Tendon Injury, Repair, and Reconstruction / Viviana Serra López, Adnan N. Cheema, and David Bozentka
Peripheral Nerve Injuries and Repair and Reconstruction / Suresh K. Nayar and John Ingari
Nerve Palsies and Tendon/Nerve Transfers for Injuries at or Distal to the Elbow / Roshan T. Melvani and Aviram M. Giladi
Compression Neuropathies / Tyler Pidgeon, Samir Sabharwal, and Erica Taylor
Soft Tissue Reconstruction : Hand and Upper Extremity
Vascular Pathology of the Hand and Upper Extremities, including Kienbock's Disease / Ariel Williams and Lauren Lee Smith
Digital Replantation and Revascularization / Alexandra Tilt and Mitchell A. Pet
Compartment Syndrome / Eric Lukosius and Kenneth F. Taylor
Tumors of the Hand / Samir Sabharwal and Sophia Anne Strike
Congenital Conditions of the Upper Extremity and Hand
Fractures of the Pediatric Hand / James S. Lin and Julie B. Samora.Digital Access - DigitalShane J. Nho, Joshua D. Harris, Brett R. Levine.Summary: A reader-friendly overview of the fundamentals in hip pathology and treatment presented by esteemed experts! Synopsis of Hip Surgery by renowned hip specialists Shane Nho, Joshua Harris, Brett Levine, and an impressive group of contributors provides a well-rounded perspective on the surgical and nonsurgical management of common to rare hip conditions. The generously illustrated clinical reference is both concise and comprehensive, not only encompassing the full age continuum but also a wide array of hip disorders such as congenital and degenerative issues and problems associated with sports
Contents:
Synopsis of Hip Surgery
Title Page
Copyright
Dedication
Contents
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contributors
Section I
1 Anatomy of the Hip and Surgical Approaches
Basic Anatomy of the Hip and Pelvis
Femur
Pelvis and Acetabulum
Ilium
Ischium
Pubis
Acetabulum
Joints
Musculature
Surgical Anatomy
Surface Anatomy
Surgical Approaches
Anterior Approach (Smith-Petersen)
Anterolateral Approach (Watson Jones)
Direct Lateral Approach (Hardinge)
Posterolateral Approach
Modified Hueter Approach
Hip Arthroscopy
References Suggested Readings
2. History and Physical Examination
History
Diagnosing Disorders of the Hip
Mechanical Symptoms
Physical Examination
Inspection
Motion Assessment
Range of Motion Assessment
Special Signs and Tests
References
Suggested Readings
3. Radiographic Anatomy of The Hip
General Considerations
Plain Film Radiographs
Computed Tomography
Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Ultrasound
References
Suggested Readings
4. Hip Imaging and Diagnostic Tests
Imaging Modalities
General Considerations
Plain Radiographs
Pelvic Fractures Femoral Head Dislocation
Femoral Neck Fractures
Nontraumatic Hip Conditions
Computed Tomography
Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Magnetic Resonance Arthrography
Ultrasound
Bone Scintigraphy
References
Suggested Readings
5. Hip Biomechanics
General Considerations
Functional Anatomy
Hip Joint Motions
Hip-Spine Kinematics
Lower Limb Axis
Gait
Hip Joint Forces and Equilibrium
References
Suggested Readings
6. Hip Pathomechanics
General Considerations
References
Suggested Readings
7. Implant Biology
General Considerations Cartilage Repair Biology
Implant Prosthesis
Hip Replacement Implant Materials
Types of Hip Implants and Fixation
Hip Implant Biomechanics
Implant-Bone Interface Biology
References
Suggested Readings
8. Hip Instability
Biomechanics
Hip Joint Stability
Etiology
Traumatic
Atraumatic
Diagnosis
History
Physical Examination
Imaging
Diagnostic Intra-articular Injection
Treatment
References
Suggested Readings
Section II
9. Pelvic Fractures
Introduction
Pelvic Ring Fractures
Acetabular Fractures
Anatomic Considerations Pelvic Ring
Acetabulum
Classification
Pelvic Ring
Acetabulum
History and Examination
Information from Emergency Medical Transport Professionals
Initial Assessment
Symptoms
Physical Examination
Diagnostic Imaging
Radiographs
Computed Tomography
Treatment
Pelvic Ring Injuries
Acetabulum Fractures
Complications
Pelvic Ring Injuries
Acetabulum Fractures
References
10. Intracapsular Hip Fractures
Femoral Head Fractures
Introduction
Mechanism
Diagnosis
Classifications
Treatment
Complications
Femoral Neck FracturesDigital Access Thieme-Connect 2021 - DigitalMalte Renz, Elisabeth Diver, Whitfield Growdon, Oliver Dorigo.Summary: This text is a fast and convenient overview of the clinical trials in gynecologic cancer treatment, setting out the evidence base of treatment decisions in uterine, ovarian, cervical and vulval cancers and gestational trophoblastic neoplasia. Residents and fellows will find this book an indispensable reference for revision, while existing practitioners will welcome it as a clarification of the evidence base for treatment options.Digital Access TandFonline 2020
- DigitalMalte Renz, Elisabeth J. Diver, Whitfield B. Growdon, Oliver Dorigo.Summary: "This revised and updated new edition of a best-selling text remains a fast and convenient overview of the clinical trials in gynecologic cancer treatment, outlining the evidence base of treatment decisions in uterine, ovarian, cervical, and vulvar cancers, and gestational trophoblastic neoplasia. Residents and fellows will find this book an indispensable reference, while practitioners will welcome it as a clarification of the evidence base for treatment options. *Gives a convenient summary of trials in Gynecologic Oncology *Supplies an invaluable revision primer for those undertaking certification *Provides a uniquely up-to-date resource"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Uterine Malignancies
Ovarian Malignancies
Cervical Cancer
Vulvar Cancer
Gestational Trophoblastic Neoplasia (GTN). - Digitaledited by Alan B. Ettinger, Deborah M. Weisbrot, Casey E. Gallimore.Summary: Symptoms and signs in neurology and psychiatry typically present in the clinical context of other underlying conditions. When evaluating a patient, a physician may choose to review a diverse list of potential underlying diagnoses with the aid of the editor team's existing text: Neurological Differential Diagnosis: A Case-Based Approach. However, if the patient has a known pre-existing condition, the physician will need to consider a reverse approach - considering what complications of that condition may be associated with current symptoms. This book provides quick-reference, comprehensive, concise summaries of neurologic, psychiatric and medical diagnoses with a focus on neurologic and psychiatric implications of systemic disorders. A separate pharmacology section provides a consolidated review of potential neurologic and psychiatric adverse effects of medications. This book is an invaluable resource for a broad medical audience, from the medical student to the experienced consultant.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note: List of contributors; Preface; Part I:
1. Entries A-Z; Part II:
2. Medication adverse effects;
3. Cardiovascular and renal medications;
4. Medications to treat diabetes;
5. Hormones and medications to treat endocrine and bone disorders;
6. Gastrointestinal medications;
7. Vitamins and minerals;
8. Medication to treat asthma and allergies;
9. Antimicrobial medications;
10. Antiretroviral medications;
11. Immunosuppressive medications;
12. Oncology and hematology medications;
13. Disease-modifying antirheumatic medications (DMARDs);
14. Medications to treat neurodegenerative diseases;
15. Medications to treat epilepsy;
16. Medications to treat headache and migraine;
17. Medications to treat mental health and substance abuse disorders; Index.Digital Access Cambridge 2019 - Digital[edited by] Brian H. Mullis, Greg E. Gaski.Summary: "Orthopaedic trauma spans the full spectrum of injury, from simple fractures to life-threatening accidents with multiple broken bones. As such, these incidents are a common reason patients visit emergency departments and receive treatment from orthopaedic surgeons. Synopsis of Orthopaedic Trauma Management by nationally recognized experts Brian Mullis, Greg Gaski, and esteemed contributors fills a gap in the literature by providing a concise yet comprehensive reference for evaluating these conditions and initiating immediate treatment. The text provides a well-rounded perspective on the surgical and nonsurgical management of trauma in adult and pediatric patients. The opening section lays a solid foundation, with chapters covering physiology, open and closed fracture management, imaging, biomechanics, complications, and other core topics. Subsequent chapters address a full compendium of orthopaedic procedures to treat traumatic conditions of the upper and lower extremities, pelvis, and spine. Key Features Bulleted format provides quick and authoritative navigation of essential information needed for effective treatment A wealth of high-quality illustrations, radiographic images, and tables supplement concise text Uniformly organized chapters include up-to-date, clinically relevant statistics and suggestions for further reading Videos by renowned experts enhance understanding of specific fractures and orthopaedic surgery approaches This is a must-have resource for providers who treat orthopaedic trauma patients, including general and orthopaedic surgeons, residents, ER physicians, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, nurses, medical students, and others on call. It also provides a robust review for orthopaedic residents prepping for the boards"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2020
- DigitalAbdelhamid H. Elgazzar.Summary: Improved understanding of the pathophysiologic changes in different diseases, including the molecular mechanisms of pathologic conditions such as tumors, has enhanced our ability to apply non-invasive techniques to investigate these diseases and permitted earlier detection and better management. It has also expanded the use of functional imaging, including molecular imaging. This synopsis is a companion to The Pathophysiologic Basis of Nuclear Medicine and arose from the recognition that there is a need for a compact, readable account of this complex and important subject. The companion book concisely describes relevant anatomic and physiologic considerations for each organ system and the pathophysiologic features of different relevant diseases, and relates them to the scintigraphy of each system. It thereby provides an informative synopsis of the pathophysiologic basis of nuclear medicine and molecular imaging. The volume will serve as a quick reference that will help the reader to understand different scintigraphic patterns and to select appropriate treatment modalities based on functional imaging. It will prove useful to undergraduates and postgraduates as well as to practitioners in clinical and research fields.
Contents:
Pathophysiology: General Principles
The Cell and Tissue Biology
Basis of Radiopharmaceutical Localization
Basis of Inflammation and Infection Imaging
Basis of Musculoskeletal imaging
Basis of Genito-urinary imaging
Basis of Endocrine system imaging
Basis of Cardiovascular System Imaging
Basis of Digestive system
Basis of Nuclear Oncology
Basis of Respiratory System Imaging.-Basis of Central Nervous System Imaging.-Basis of Nuclear Haematology
Basis of Therapeutic Nuclear Medicine
Biological Effects of Ionizing Radiation. - DigitalUma Srikumaran, MD, MBA, MPH, Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery Shoulder Fellowship Director, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine; Chair, Orthopaedic Surgery at Howard County General Hospital, Columbia, Maryland, USA.Summary: "Shoulder problems comprise a significant percentage of orthopaedic practice, including trauma and sports related injuries. Synopsis of Shoulder Surgery by Uma Srikumaran and esteemed contributors provides a concise, well-rounded perspective on the surgical and nonsurgical management of a wide array of shoulder disorders. The opening chapters lay a solid foundation of knowledge, covering anatomy, physical examination of the shoulder, surgical approaches to the shoulder, imaging, and the use of diagnostic and therapeutic injections. Subsequent chapters succinctly discuss management of a comprehensive range of shoulder conditions, organized by the underlying type of pathology. The final chapters provide insightful pearls on shoulder rehabilitation and perioperative pain management"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Shoulder Anatomy / Nickolas G. Garbis
Complications in Shoulder Arthroscopy / Clayton Alexander and Uma Srikumaran
Surgical Approaches to the Shoulder / Nickolas G. Garbis and Diana Zhu
Shoulder-Spine Syndrome / Scott Wagner and Kelly G. Kilcoyne
Shoulder Imaging / Joseph Ferraro and Matthew Binkley
Ultrasound of the Shoulder / Paul S. Ragusa and Uma Srikumaran
Diagnostic and Therapeutic Injections / Suresh K. Nayar and Uma Srikumaran
Rotator Cuff Disease / Ankit Bansal and Uma Srikumaran
Arthroscopic Rotator Cuff Repair : Single-Row, Double-Row, and Transosseous-Equivalent Repair / Paul S. Ragusa, Ankit Bansal, and Uma Srikumaran
Rotator Cuff Reconstruction / Ankit Bansal and Uma Srikumaran
Frozen Shoulder / Matthew Baker and Uma Srikumaran
Anterior Shoulder Instability / Alexander E. Loeb and Uma Srikumaran
Posterior Shoulder Instability / Alexander E. Loeb and Uma Srikumaran
Shoulder Stabilization Procedures / Eric G. Huish Jr and Uma Srikumaran
Osteoarthritis / Matthew Binkley and Joseph Ferraro
Total Shoulder Arthroplasty / Matthew Baker and Uma Srikumaran
Reverse Total Shoulder Arthroplasty / Matthew Baker and Uma Srikumaran
Clavicle Fracture / Matthew Baker and Uma Srikumaran
Proximal Humeral Fractures / Diana Zhu and Uma Srikumaran
Scapular Winging / Andrew Schneider and Uma Srikumaran
Thoracic Outlet Syndrome / Alexander Bitzer and Uma Srikumaran
Perioperative Pain Management for Shoulder Surgery / Ian S. Patten and Uma Srikumaran.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2021 - DigitalHoward S. An, Kern Singh.Contents:
Anatomy and surgical approaches
History and physical examination
Radiographic anatomy
Spinal imaging and diagnostic tests
Intraoperative neuromonitoring
Biomechanics of the spine and spinal instrumentation
Physiology of bone healing and fusion
Bone grafts, substitutes, and biologics
Evaluation and management of spinal cord injury
Cervical spine trauma
Thoracolumbar spine fractures
Spinal rehabilitation and disability evaluation
Biochemical aspects of intervertebral disk degeneration
Degenerative cervical spine disorders
Degenerative thoracic spine conditions
Lumbar disk disease: pathogenesis and treatment options
Surgical management of lumbar degenerative disk disease
Lumbar spinal stenosis
Lumbar spondylolisthesis
Adult spinal deformity
Pediatric spinal deformity
Pediatric cervical spine disorders
Spinal tumors
Spinal infections
Rheumatoid arthritis
Seronegative spondyloarthropathies.Digital Access - DigitalBrian F. Mandell, editor.Summary: This book reviews the major components of synovial fluid analysis, with an emphasis on crystal recognition. Synovial fluid analysis is the required gold standard test for the definitive diagnosis of septic and crystal induced arthritis, the most frequent causes of acute inflammatory arthritis. Synovial fluid is obtained routinely from patients with acute arthritis by clinicians in many specialties. Fluids are sent to the clinical pathology and microbiology laboratories for analysis, but are also frequently examined directly by rheumatologists and others for the presence of crystals. Competency in synovial fluid crystal analysis is a requirement for all graduating rheumatology fellows in the United States, and is an expectation for musculoskeletal disease physicians internationally -- although competency is assumed with a variable degree of rigor. This book comprehensively provides practical knowledge presented by skilled and experienced clinicians and pathologists, fulfilling an educational niche for teaching programs and a reference need for academic and community hospital clinical pathology laboratories. This is an ideal introductory guide for rheumatology trainees, as well as a reference text for rheumatologists, infectious disease consultants, orthopedists, cytotechnologists, and advanced nurse practitioners.
Contents:
Chapter 1. The impact of synovial fluid analysis on clinical practice : Introduction
Chapter 2. Synovial structure and physiology in health and disease
Chapter 3. Arthrocentesis
Chapter 4. Biochemical Composition of Synovial Fluid in Health and Disease
Chapter 5. Cellular Components of Synovial Fluid in Health and Disease
Chapter 6. Microbiology and Culture Identification of Infections
Chapter 7. Molecular Microbiology for Diagnosing Infectious Arthritis
Chapter 8. Basics of Light Microscopic analysis of Synovial Fluid
Chapter 9. Basics of Polarized light microscopy
Chapter 10. Crystal associated arthritis: Gout
Chapter 11. Crystal associated arthritis: Calcium pyrophosphate arthritis
Chapter 12. Lipid crystals
Chapter 13. Analytic methods to detect articular basic calcium phosphate crystals
Chapter 14. Novel Techniques for Synovial Fluid Crystal Analysis
Chapter 15. Atlas of Images--Normal and Abnormal Synovial Fluid. - DigitalSatoshi Obika, Mitsuo Sekine, editors.Summary: This book presents the latest knowledge on a broad range of topics relating to the synthesis of natural and artificial oligonucleotides with therapeutic potential. Nucleic acid-based therapeutics are attracting much attention, and numerous therapeutic oligonucleotides, such as antisense oligonucleotides, siRNAs, splice-switching oligonucleotides, and nucleic acid aptamers, are being evaluated in clinical trials for the treatment of a variety of diseases. Synthesis of Therapeutic Oligonucleotides covers a broad range of topics in the field that are of high relevance to researchers, including the synthesis of natural and chemically modified oligonucleotides, the development of novel nucleic acid analogs, industrial scale synthesis and purification of oligonucleotides, and important aspects of chemistry, manufacturing, and controls (CMC). The aim is to provide new insights and inspire fresh ideas in nucleic acid chemistry that may ultimately lead to novel concepts and techniques and the discovery of more effective nucleic acid drugs. The book will be of high value for both established researchers in the field and students intending to specialize in nucleic acid chemistry research.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Synthesis of Natural Oligonucleotides; Non-protected Synthesis ofOligonucleotides; 1 Introduction; 2 Development ofProton-Block Strategy fortheSynthesis ofOligonucleotides WithoutBase Protection; 3 Development oftheActivated Phosphite Method Using N-Unprotected Phosphoramidites; 4 Mechanism oftheActivated Phosphite Method; 5 Synthesis ofRNA Oligomers Using theActivated Phosphite Method; 6 Synthesis ofPhosphoramidite Monomer Building Blocks; 7 Conclusion; References 10 RNA Synthesis Using [[2-(Methylthio)phenyl]thio]methyl (MPTM) Group11 RNA Synthesis Using (N-Dichloroacetyl-N-methyl)aminobenzyloxylmethyl (DCMABOM) Group; 12 RNA Synthesis Using theAcetal Levulinyl Ester (ALE) Group; 13 RNA Synthesis Using theCyanoethyl (CE) Group; 14 RNA Synthesis Without Using Base Protection; 15 Recent Studies onRNA Chemical Synthesis; 16 Summary andPerspectives; References; RNA Synthesis Using theCEM Group; 1 Introduction; 2 Synthesis ofCEM Amidites; 3 Synthesis ofRNA; 4 Experimental Section; 4.1 Preparation ofCEM-SMe 3 Current RNA Synthesis Using TBDMS as2'-Hydroxyl Protecting Group4 RNA Synthesis Using Acid-Labile 2'-Hydroxyl Protecting Groups; 5 RNA Synthesis Using 2'-Protecting Groups Having anAcetal Skeleton; 5.1 (2-Nitrobenzyl)oxymethyl (NBOM) Group; 5.2 2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl (SEM) Group; 6 RNA Synthesis Using theTriisopropylsilyloxymethyl (Tom) Group; 7 Cyanoethoxy-1-Methylethyl (CEE) andCyanoethoxymethyl (CEM) Groups; 8 RNA Synthesis Using 4-Methylphenylsulfonylethoxymethyl (TEM) Group; 9 RNA Synthesis Using tert-Butyldithiomethyl (DTM) Group 4.2 Synthesis ofU-CEM Phosphoramidite (5a.)4.2.1 32 52 O-(Tetraisopropyldisiloxane-1,3-diyl)-22 O-(2-cyanoethoxymethyl)uridine (2a.); 4.2.2 22 O-(2-Cyanoethoxymethyl)uridine (3a.); 4.2.3 52 O-(4,42 Dimethoxytrityl)-22 O-(2-xyanoethoxymethyl)uridine (4a.); 4.2.4 52 O-(4,42 Dimethoxytrityl)-22 O-(2-cyanoethoxymethyl)uridine 32 O-(2-Cyanoethyl N, N-diisopropylphosphoramidite) (5a.); 4.3 Synthesis ofC-CEM Phosphoramidite (5b.); 4.3.1 4-N-Acetyl-32 52 O-(tetraisopropyldisiloxane-1,3-diyl)-22 O-(2-cyanoethoxymethyl)cytidine (2b.); 4.3.2 4-N-Acetyl-22 O-(2-cyanoethoxymethyl)cytidine (3b.) Various Coupling Agents inthePhosphoramidite Method forOligonucleotide Synthesis1 Introduction; 2 Coupling Agents inthePhosphoramidite Method; 2.1 1H-Tetrazole andIts Derivatives; 2.1.1 1H-Tetrazole; 2.1.2 5-Ethylthio-1H-tetrazole; 2.1.3 5-Benzylthio-1H-tetrazole; 2.1.4 5-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1H-tetrazole (Activator 42); 2.2 4,5-Dicyanoimidazole; 2.3 Carboxylic Acids; 2.4 Acid/Azole Complexes; 3 Conclusion; References; Recent Development ofChemical Synthesis ofRNA; 1 Introduction; 2 Basic Principle ofSolid-Phase Synthesis ofDNA/RNA inPhosphoramidite Approach - DigitalShailza Singh, editor.Summary: The book uses an integrated approach to predict the behavior of various biological interactions. It further discusses how synthetic biology gathers the information about various systems, in order to either devise an entirely new system, or, to modulate existing systems. The book also tackles the concept of modularity, where biological systems are visualized in terms of their parts. The chapters discuss how the principles of engineering are being used in biomedical sciences, to design biological circuits that can harbor multiple inputs and generate multiple outputs; to create genetic networks and control gene activity, in order to generate a desired response. The book aims to help the readers develop an array of biological parts, and to use these parts to develop synthetic circuits that can be assembled like electronic circuits. The ultimate aim of the book will be to serve as an amalgamation of key ideas of how judiciously synthetic biology could be exploited in therapeutic device and delivery mechanism.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Integrated Systems and Chemical biology approaches for targeted therapies
Chapter 2. Application of bioengineering in revamping human health
Chapter 3. Integrative Omics for Interactomes
Chapter 4. Studying parasite gene function and interaction through ribozymes and riboswitches design mechanism
Chapter 5. Genome microbiology for Synthetic applications
Chapter 6. Medicinal Application of Synthetic Biology
Chapter 7. Computational tools for applying multi-level models to Synthetic Biology
Chapter 8. Computational techniques for a comprehensive understanding of different genotype-phenotype factors in biological systems and their applications
Chapter 9. Alignment-free analyses of nucleic acid sequences using graphical representation
Chapter 10. Modern Approaches in Synthetic Biology: Genome Editing, Quorum Sensing and Microbiome Engineering
Chapter 11. Synthetic Probes, their applications & designing
Chapter 12. Omics Based Nanomedicine
Chapter 13. Characterization of plant genetic modifications using Next Generation Sequencing. - Digitaledited by Sarah E. O'Connor.Contents:
Directing biosynthesis: Practical supply of natural and unnatural cyanobactins / D. Sardar, M.D. Tianero, and E.W. Schmidt
Synthetic biology approaches to new bisindoles/ L.M. Alkhalaf, Y.-L. Du, and K.S. Ryan
Enzymatic [4+2] cycloadditions in the biosynthesis of Spirotetramates and spirotetronates/ B. Pang, G. Zhong, Z. Tang, and W. Liu
Application and modification of flavin-dependent halogenases/ K.-H. van Pée, D. Milbredt, E.P. Patallo, V.Weichold, and M. Gajewi
Engineering flavin-dependent halogenases/ J.T.Payne, M.C. Andorfer, and J.C. Lewis
Heterologous expression of fungal secondary metabolite pathways in the Aspergillus nidulans host system/ J.W.A. van Dijk and C.C.C. Wang
Plug-and-play benzylisoquinoline alkaloid biosynthetic gene discovery in engineered yeast
J.S. Morris, M. Dastmalcji, J. Li, L. Chang, X. Chen, J.M. Hagel, and P.J. Facchini
Optimizing metabolic pathways for the improved production of natural products/ J.A. Jones and M.A.G. Koffas
Reconstituting plant secondary metabolism in Saccharomyces cerevisae for production of high-value benzylisoquinoline alkaloids/ M.E. Pyne, L. Narcross, E. Fossati, L. Bourgeois, E. Burton, N.D. Gold, and V.J.J. Martin
Engineering microbes to synthesize plant isoprenoids/ K. Zhou, S. Edgar, and G. Stephanopoulos
Natural product biosysnthesis in Escherichia coli: Menta monoterpenoids/ H.S. Toogood, S. Tait, A. Jervis, A. Ni Cheallaigh, L. Humphreys, E. Takano, J.M. Gardiner, and N.S. Scrutton
High-efficiency genome editing of Streptomyces species by an engineered CRISPR/Cas system/ Y. Wang, R.E. Cobb, and H. Zhao
Rapid optimization of engineered metabolic pathways with Serine Integrase Recombinational Assembly (SIRA)/ C.A. Merrick, C. Wardrope, J.E. Paget, S.D. Colloms, and S.J. Rosser
Rewiring riboswitches to create new genetic circuits in bacteria/ C.J. Robinson, D. Medina-Stacey, M.-C. Wu, H.A. Vincent, and J. Micklefield.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016 - DigitalWeiwen Zhang, Xinyu Song, editors.Contents:
Chassis engineering. Challenges in the application of synthetic biology toward synthesis of commodity products by cyanobacteria via “direct conversion”
Transporters related to stress responses and their potential application in Synechocystis sp. PCC 6803
Discovery and application of stress-responsive sRNAs in cyanobacteria
Photoresponse mechanism in cyanobacteria: key factor in photoautotrophic chassis
Production of industrial chemicals from CO2 by engineering cyanobacteria
Pathway engineering for bio-based products
Pathway engineering for bio-based products. Cyanobacterial enzymes for bioalkane production
Production of bioplastic compounds by genetically manipulated and metabolic engineered cyanobacteria
Rewiring of cyanobacterial metabolism for hydrogen production: synthetic biology approaches and challenges
Direct photosynthetic production of plastic building block chemicals from CO2
Engineering cyanobacteria for photosynthetic production of C3 platform chemicals and terpenoids from CO2
Synthetic biology approaches to the sustainable production of p-coumaric acid and its derivatives in cyanobacteria
Emerging genetic tools and methods
Regulatory tools for controlling gene expression in cyanobacteria
Synthetic gene regulation in cyanobacteria.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalMohammad Faisal, Abdulrahman A. Alatar, editors.Summary: This book introduces the reader to synthetic or artificial seeds, which refer to alginate encapsulated somatic embryos, vegetative buds or any other micropropagules that can be used as seeds and converted into plantlets after propagating under in vitro or in vivo conditions. Moreover, synthetic seeds retain their potential for regeneration even after low-temperature storage. The production of synthetic or artificial seeds using micropropagules opens up new vistas in agricultural biotechnology. Encapsulated propagules could be used for in vitro regeneration and mass multiplication at reasonable cost. In addition, these propagules may be used for germplasm preservation of elite plant species and the exchange of plant materials between national and international laboratories. This book offers state-of-the-art findings on methods, applications and prospects of synthetic or artificial seeds.
Contents:
An Introduction to Synthetic Seeds: Production, Techniques, and Applications
Synthetic Seeds: Relevance to Endangered Germplasm Conservation in vitro
Synseed: A New Trend in Seed Technology
Synthetic Seeds: An Alternative Approach for Clonal Propagation to Avoiding the Heterozygosity Problem of Natural Botanical Seeds
Insight View of Topical Trends on Synthetic Seeds of Rare and Endangered Plant Species and Its Future Prospects
Application of Synthetic Seeds in Propagation, Storage, and Preservation of Asteraceae Plant Species
Synthetic Seeds: a Valuable Adjunct for Conservation of Medicinal Plants
Cash Crops: Synseed Production, Propagation and Conservation
Synthetic Seeds of Two Aquatic Plants
Synthetic Seed Technology in Forest Trees: A Promising Technology for Conservation and Germplasm Exchange
Medium and Long-Term Conservation of Ornamental Plants Using Synthetic Seed Technology
Synthetic Seed Production of Flower Bulbs
Applications of Synthetic Seed Technology for Propagation, Storage, and Conservation of Orchid Germplasms
Somatic Embryos Encapsulation for Synthetic Seeds Production of Sugar Palm (Arenga pinnata Wurmb Merr.))
Perspectives of Synthetic Seed Technology for Conservation and Mass Propagation of the Medicinal Plant Castilleja tenuiflora Benth
Encapsulation and Synthetic Seeds of Olive (Olea europaea L.): Experiences and Overview
Somatic Embryogenesis and Synthetic Seed Technology of Curcuma spp
Synthetic Seeds of Wild Beet; Basic Concepts and Related Methodologies
In vitro Conservation Through Slow-Growth Storage
Synthetic Seeds: Prospects and Advances in Cryopreservation
Progress and Challenges in the Application of Synthetic Seed Technology for Ex Situ Germplasm Conservation in Grapevine (Vitis spp.)
Cryopreservation of Grapevine Shoot Tips from in vitro Plants Using Droplet Vitrification and V Cryo-Plate Techniques. - DigitalAndrew P. Zbar.Summary: Syphilis is an illness with mythology. The story of its origin, dissemination and treatment have all been mired in confusion, a mix of reality and quackery. I have tried to put the organism as the principal protagonist of the story, firmly in an historical focus which centres more on its social impact than on its particular medical management. A diagnosis of Syphilis had personal and community consequence and its impact transcended into the arts. Despite the discovery of an effective treatment to which the organism has fortunately failed to mutate, the restrictions in available management have been social and a result of prejudice towards its victims. This may explain why it is once again on the global rise in places where access to the most basic antibiotics remains limited. This book uniquely considers the sociological sequel of infection, the wider influence extending beyond the physical that has become its legacy.
Contents:
Announcing the Disease: A Brief Chronology of Syphilitic Events
Fracastoros Poem and the Origins of Illness
The Protean Manifestations of Disease
In Search of the Organism and a Zauberkugel (Magic Bullet) for Treatment
Notable Victimhood: Syphilis and the Arts
Syphilitic Politics: Ethical Breaches, the Tuskegee Experiment and Beyond
Syphilocentricity in Brief: Disease in the Post-HIV Era. - DigitalAndrew Dickman and Jennifer Schneider.Summary: This text serves as a valuable reference source, providing a comprehensive review of syringe driver use and administration of drugs via CSCI, a safe and effective way of drug administration when other routes are inappropriate.
Contents:
1.Continuous subcutaneous infusions and syringe drivers
2.Stability and compatibility of drugs
3.Drug information
4.Symptom control with the syringe driver
5.Compatibility and stability tables.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - Digitaledited by Graham Flint, Clare Rusbridge.Summary: Syringomelia is a relatively rare clinical entity in which fluid-filled cavities develop within the spinal cord. Although modern imaging technologies usually permit an accurate diagnosis at an early stage, syringomyelia remains an enigmatic condition that continues to fascinate neurosurgeons, neurologists and other specialists. This reference monograph provides an up-to-date account of the present stateofunderstanding of syringomyelia and related disorders.The editors aim to document the best clinical practice in diagnosis and treatment and to provide clear guidance on how to reduce the incidence of severe outcomes. New challenges are addressed, including the appropriate management of the increasing number of apparently idiopathic syrinx cavities that are detected. In addition, controversies in current practice and directions for future research are fully discussed. Syringomelia will be an invaluable source of information for experts in the field, specialists in various related disciplines and other interested health care professionals.
Contents:
Historical aspects
Epidemiology
Anatomy and Physiology
Developmental Anatomy
Genetics of Chiari malformation and syringomyelia
The Filling Mechanism
Mathematical modelling
Clinical presentation
Diagnostic Investigations
Hindbrain Related Syringomyelia
Post-traumatic and post-inflammatory syringomyelia
Idiopathic syringomyelia
Paediatric perspectives
Veterinary Aspects
Pregnancy
Pain management
The Biochemistry of Syringomyelia
Patient perspectives
Medico-legal aspects
Nomenclature
History of the imaging of syringomyelia
Syrinx in Art
Historical vignettes
Useful contacts. - PrintAndrew Booth, Anthea Sutton, and Diana Papaioannou.Contents:
Getting started on your literature review
Taking a systematic approach to your literature review
Choosing your review methods
Planning and conducting your literature review
Defining your scope
Searching the literature
Assessing the evidence base
Synthesising and analysing quantitative studies
Synthesising and analysing qualitative studies
Writing, presenting and disseminating your review. - DigitalStefania Boccia, Paolo Villari, Walter Ricciardi, editors.Summary: "This wide-ranging study reviews the state of public health worldwide and presents informed recommendations for real-world solutions. Identifying the most urgent challenges in the field, from better understanding the causes of acute diseases and chronic conditions to reducing health inequities, it reports on cost-effective, science-based, ethically sound interventions. Chapters demonstrate bedrock skills essential to developing best practices, including flexible thinking for entrenched problems, conducting health impact assessments, and working with decision-makers. From these current findings come long-term practice and policy goals for preventing disease, promoting health, and improving quality of life, both locally and globally."--Publisher's website.
Contents:
1. Introduction and global burden of disease
2. Health trends of communicable diseases
3. Global burden and health trends of non-communicable diseases
4. Cardiovascular disease (CVD)
5. Epidemiology of cancer and principles of prevention
6. Obesity and diabetes
7. Respiratory diseases and health disorders related to indoor and outdoor air pollution
8. Public health gerontology and active aging
9. Some ethical reflections in public health
10. Injury prevention and safety promotion
11. Migrant and ethnic minority health
12. Public mental health
13. Urban public health
14. Genomics and public health
15. Health impact assessment: HIA
16. Health in all policies
Index. - DigitalNeus Evans, Michelle Lasen, Komla Tsey.Summary: Rapid urbanisation, inequalities in income and service levels within and between communities, and population and economic decline are challenging the viability of rural communities worldwide. Achieving healthy and viable rural communities in the face of rapidly changing social, ecological and economic conditions is a declared global priority. As a result, governments all over the world, in both developed and developing countries, are now prioritizing rural and regional development through policies and programs aimed at enhancing the livelihoods of people living in rural regions. In recognition of the important roles that research can play in rural development, a range of systematic literature reviews have rightly examined key priorities in rural development including education, gender, economic development (especially agriculture), and health and nutrition (see Department for International Development [DFID], 2011). However, none of these works has systematically examined the extent to which rural development as a field of research is progressing towards facilitating sustainable change. This book evaluates trends in rural development research across the five continental regions of the world. Specifically, it assesses the total publication output relating to rural development, the types of publications, their quality and impact over the last three decades. Additionally, it evaluates the continental origins of the publications as well as the extent to which such publications engage with issues of sustainability. The aim is to determine whether the rural development field is growing in a manner that reflects research and policy priorities and broader social trends such as sustainability. Development policy makers, practitioners, those teaching research methods and systematic literature reviews to undergraduate and graduate students, and researchers in general will find the book both topical and highly relevant.Digital Access Springer 2015
- DigitalHeidi D. Nelson.Contents:
1. Systematic reviews
2. Defining the topic and scope and developing research questions, analytic frameworks, and protocols
3. Building the systematic review team, engaging stakeholders, and managing the project
4. Determining inclusion and exclusion criteria for studies
5. Conducting searches for relevant studies
6. Selecting studies for inclusion
7. Extracting data from studies and constructing evidence tables
8. Assessing quality and applicability of studies
9. Qualitative analysis
10. Quantitative analysis
11. Assessing and rating the strength of the body of evidence
12. Preparing and disseminating the report.Digital Access Ovid 2014 - Digitaledited by Paul Levay and Jenny Craven.Summary: Beginning by looking at the methods and techniques underlying systematic searching, the book then examines the current challenges and the potential solutions to more effective searching in detail, before considering the role of the information specialist as an expert searcher. Systematic Searching blends theory and practice and takes into account different approaches to information retrieval with a special focus being given to searching for complex topics in a health-related environment. The book does not presume an in-depth prior knowledge or experience of systematic searching and includes case studies, practical examples and ideas for further research and reading. The book is divided into three parts: Methods covers theoretical approaches to evidence synthesis and the implications that these have for the search process, including searching for complex topics and choosing the right sources. Technology examines new technologies for retrieving evidence and how these are leading to new directions in information retrieval and evidence synthesis. People considers the future of the information specialist as an expert searcher and explores how information professionals can develop their skills in searching, communication and collaboration to ensure that information retrieval practice is, and remains, evidence-based. Systematic Searching will be essential reading for library and information service providers and information specialists, particularly those in a health-related environment. -- Publisher
Contents:
Introduction: where are we now?
Innovative approaches to systematic reviewing
Searching for broad-based topics
Choosing the right databases and search techniques
Gathering evidence from grey literature and unpublished data
Social media as a source of evidence
Text mining for information specialists
Using linked data for evidence synthesis
Evidence surveillance to keep up to date with new research
Training the next generation of information specialists
Collaborative working to improve searching
Communication for information specialists
The information specialist as an expert searcher
Conclusion: where do we go from here?Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019Limited to 3 simultaneous users - DigitalRolando Cimaz, editor.Summary: "This comprehensive volume provides current state of the art of the use of corticosteroids in the pediatric patient. It consists of 14 chapters written by leading authors from different countries. The first chapters cover historical notes, general concepts on treatment with corticosteroids with regard to indications and side effects, and basic pharmacologic properties of these compounds. The rest of the book is devoted to the specific use of steroids in the different pediatric subspecialties. Despite advances with newer effective immunosuppressive and anti-inflammatory drugs, corticosteroids still remain the mainstay of therapy for many disorders. Leading authors in their field have summarized these concepts to provide an authoritative, comprehensive guide to help clinicians safely and effectively use corticosteroids in their pediatric patients."--Publisher's website.
Contents:
Systemic corticosteroids for autoimmune/inflammatory disorders in children: introduction
Corticosteroids in the treatment of childhood rheumatic diseases: a historical review
Systemic corticosteroids for autoimmune/inflammatory disorders in children: clinical aspects
The molecular and cellular mechanisms responsible for the anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive effects of glucocorticoids
The clinical pharmacology of past, present, and future glucocorticoids
Corticosteroids in juvenile idiopathic arthritis
Systermic corticosteroids in childhood vasculitides
Corticosteroids in pediatric-onset SLE and other connective tissue diseases
Glucocorticoids in pediatric gastrointestinal disorders
Corticosteroids in pediatric dermatology
Corticosteroids in pediatric endocrinology
Systermic corticosteroids in respiratory diseases in children
Corticosteroids in pediatric nephrology
Corticosteroids in neonatology: postnatal corticosteroids in preterm infants with bronchopulmonary dysplasia.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digital[edited by] Rock G. Positano, Christopher W. DiGiovanni, Jeffrey S. Borer, Michael J. Trepal.Digital Access Ovid 2017
- Printeditors, Pierre J. Vinken, George W. Bruyn, Harold L. Klawans ; volume editors, C. G. Goetz, C. M. Tanner, and M. J. Aminoff.Access via Handbook of clinical neurology ; 1993; 63
- DigitalAugusto Vaglio, editor.Contents:
Preface
1 Genetics of fibro-inflammatory disorders
2 Basic mechanisms linking inflammation and fibrosis
3 Histopathology of systemic fibro-inflammatory disorders
4 IgG4-related disorders: clinical and therapeutic aspects
5 IgG4-related disorders: pathophysiology
6 IgG4-related nephropathy
7 Autoimmune (IgG4-related) pancreatitis and sclerosing cholangitis
8 Sclerosing forms of autoimmune thyroiditis: from Hashimoto?s to Riedel?s to IgG4-related forms
9 Chronic periaortitis/retroperitoneal fibrosis: overview
10 Diffuse periaortitis
11 Treatment of chronic periaortitis/retroperitoneal fibrosis
12 Mediastinal fibrosis
13 Erdheim-Chester disease
14 Nephrogenic systemic fibrosis
15 Sclerosing mesenteritis
16 Malignant diseases mimicking retroperitoneal fibrosing disorders
Subject Index.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Paul Eggleton, Frank J. Ward.Contents:
Pathology of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus - The Challenges Ahead
The Lupus Biomarker Odyssey: One Experience
Detection of Anti Nuclear Antibodies in SLE
Tests for Circulating Immune Complexes
Methods for Measuring Antibody Dependent Cell-Mediated Cytotoxicity in vitro
Recombinant Antibody Microarray for Profiling the Serum Proteome of SLE
Bi-functional Antibody Fragment-based Fusion Proteins for the Targeted Elimination of Pathogenic T-cell Subsets
TLC Immunostaining for Detection of ?Anti-Phospholipid? Antibodies
Induced Murine Models of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Measuring Interferon Alpha and other Cytokines in SLE
Detection of SLE antigens in Neutrophils Extracellular Traps (NETs)
Detection and Characterization of Autoantibodies Against Modified Self-proteins in SLE Sera after Exposure to Reactive Oxygen and Nitrogen Species
Generation of Self-peptides to Treat Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Measurement of Malondialdehyde, Glutathione and Glutathione Peroxidase in SLE Patients
Evaluating a Particular Circulating MicroRNA Species from an SLE Patient using Stem Loop qRT-PCR
Microarray Technology for Analysis of MicroRNA Expression in Renal Biopsies of Lupus Nephritis Patients. Laboratory Tests for the Antiphospholipid Syndrome
Isolation, Polarisation and Expansion of CD4+ T Helper Cell Lines and Clones using Magnetic Beads
Meta-analysis as a Diagnostic Tool for Predicting Disease Onset and/or Activity in Systemic Lupus Erythematosus. - Printby thirty-eight authors, [C.W.M. Adams ... [et al.] ; editor, W. St. C. Symmers].Contents:
v. 1. Cardiovascular system, Respiratory system
v. 2. Blood and bone marrow, Lymphoreticular system, Thymus gland
v. 3. Alimentary system
v. 4. Urinary system, Reproductive system, Breast, Endocrine system
v. 5. Nervous system, Muscle, Bone, Joints
v. 6. Skin, Eyes, Ears. - DigitalKazuhiko Takehara, Manabu Fujimoto, Masataka Kuwana, editors.Contents:
1. Fibrosis: overview
2. Autoimmunity in systemic sclerosis: overview
3. Endothelial progenitor cells
4. Animal models of systemic sclerosis
5. Genetics of systemic sclerosis
6. Role of the interleukin-1 family in the fibrogenic phenotype in systemic sclerosis
7. Interleukin-6 in the pathogenesis of systemic sclerosis
8. Epigenetics
9. Transforming growth factor-β and connective tissue growth factor
10. Endothelin
11. The role of B cells in systemic sclerosis
12. Fli1
13. Biomarker
14. Autoantibodies in systemic sclerosis.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalAndrew Emili, Jack Greenblatt, Shoshana Wodak, editors.Summary: Epigenetic modifications underlie all aspects of human physiology, including stem cell renewal, formation of cell types and tissues. They also underlie environmental impacts on human health, including aging and diseases like cancer. Consequently, cracking the epigenetic "code" is considered a key challenge in biomedical research. Chromatin structure and function are modified by protein complexes, causing genes to be turned on or off and controlling other aspects of DNA function. Yet while there has been explosive growth in the epigenetics field, human chromatin-modifying machines have only recently started to be characterized. To meet this challenge, our book explores complementary experimental tracks, pursued by expert international research groups, aimed at the physical and functional characterization of the diverse repertoire of chromatin protein machines - namely, the "readers, writers and erasers" of epigenomic marks. These studies include the identification of RNA molecules and drugs that interact selectively with components of the chromatin machinery. What makes this book distinctive is its emphasis on the systematic exploration of chromatin protein complexes in the context of human development and disease networks.
Contents:
Systematic proteomic analysis of histone demethylating enzymes linked to cancer
Histone methylating protein complexes in cancer
Chromatin protein-protein interaction networks linked to cancer
Structural genomics and drug discovery for chromatin-related protein complexes involved in histone tail recognition
Transcription factories and global chromatin (enhancer) interactions in cancer
Long ncRNAs associated with chromatin complexes and their role in cancer
Familial and somatic mutations of histone modifying enzymes in cancer
Chromatin regulators arising from RNAi screens of transformed cancer cell lines
Chromatin complexes in cancer
Exploring dynamics of chromatin complexes in cancer based on quantitative proteomics
Regulatory ncRNAs and their targets
ncRNA regulatory networks in cancer
Decoding BAF remodelling complexes in cancer
Mediator/cohesin complex in cancer
miRNAs targeting chromatin-related protein complexes regulate epigenetic states in cancer
Polycomb group protein complexes in cancer stem cells
Genetic interactions between chromatin factors in cancer cell lines
Chromatin complexes in DNA repair
Chromatin complexes in chromosome segregation
Evolution, co-expression and domain architecture of CM complexes linked to cancer.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digital/PrintNatalia Maltsev, Andrey Rzhetsky, T. Conrad Gilliam, editors.Summary: "Understanding the genetic architecture underlying complex multigene disorders is one of the major goals of human genetics in the upcoming decades. Advances in whole genome sequencing and the success of high throughput functional genomics allow supplementing conventional reductionist biology with systems-level approaches to human heredity and health as systems of interacting genetic, epigenetic, and environmental factors. This integrative approach holds the promise of unveiling yet unexplored levels of molecular organization and biological complexity. It may also hold the key to deciphering the multigene patterns of disease inheritance"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Wellness and Health Omics Linked to the Environment: the WHOLE approach to personalized medicine
Characterizing Multi-omic Data in Systems Biology
High-throughput Translational Medicine: Challenges and Solutions
Computational approaches for human disease gene prediction and ranking
A Personalized Treatment for Lung Cancer: Molecular Pathways, Targeted Therapies, and Genomic Characterization-- Index.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalLong Liu, Jian Chen, editors.Summary: This book discusses systems and synthetic biotechnologies for the production of nutraceuticals, and summarizes recent advances in nutraceutical research in terms of the physiological effects on health, potential applications, drawbacks of traditional production processes, characteristics of production strains, and advances in microbial production based on systems and synthetic biotechnology. It also examines future directions in the microbial production of nutraceuticals using systems and synthetic biology. The book is intended for researchers and graduate students in the field of molecular biology and industrial biotechnology as well as staff working in the nutraceutical industry.
Contents:
Nutraceuticals: definition, kinds and applications
Construction of microbial cell factories by systems and synthetic biotechnology
Microbial production of functional organic acids
Microbial production of oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Microbial production of flavonoids
Microbial production of natural food colorants
Microbial production of vitamins
Microbial production of oils and fatty acids
Microbial production of nutraceuticals: challenges and prospects. - DigitalShailza Singh, editor.Summary: Systems and Synthetic Immunology focuses on the similarities between biology and engineering at the systems level, which are important for applying engineering theories to biology problems. With the advent of new genomic techniques, there are numerous systematic investigations underway in the scientific world. This volume highlights techniques that can be used to effectively combine two of the most essential biological fields - Systems Biology and Synthetic Immunology. The respective chapters discuss the role of synthetic immunology in biotechnology, production of biomaterials, and their use in vaccine delivery. Further topics include the importance of cytokines; the use of genomic engineering tools in immunotherapy; immunosensors; nanotherapeutics; and bioinformatics tools in biomedical applications. Given its scope, the book offers readers an up-to-date and comprehensive review of this unique and dynamic field of research.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Vaccine design, nanoparticle vaccines and biomaterial applications
Chapter 2: Systems Immunology approach in understanding the association of allergy and cancer
Chapter 3: Genome Engineering Tools in Immunotherapy
Chapter 4: Bioinformatics tools for Epitope Prediction. Chapter 5: A chronological journey of Breg subsets: Implications in health and disease
Chapter 6: T-cell activation and differentiation: Role of signaling and metabolic crosstalk
Chapter 7: Innate immune signaling in cardiac homeostasis and cardiac injuries
Chapter 8: . Role of Regulatory T lymphocytes in Health and Disease
Chapter 9: Implication of Synthetic Biology in Biotherapeutics Engineering
Chapter 10. Cytokines in Cancer Immunotherapy.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalLeszek Konieczny, Irena Roterman-Konieczna, Paweł Spólnik.Summary: The objective of this book is to present the strategies employed by living organisms on a molecular level and to help understand the basics of Systems Biology. Its content is organized in a way to meet the exponential growth in the volume of biological knowledge, and the need for a multidisciplinary approach in the practice of teaching modern biology. For this reason, the whole material is divided into five chapters, each devoted to a fundamental concept: Structure-Function, Energy, Information, Regulation and Interrelationships. The book describes generic mechanisms which occur in biology and promotes a simulation-based approach to the subject of Systems Biology. The use of basic knowledge as the background for presenting biological problems obligates the teachers to deal with generalized phenomena comprising the ever increasing volume of teaching materials.
Contents:
The Structure and Function of Living Organisms
Energy in Biology : Demand and Use
Information : Its Role and Meaning in Organisms
Regulation in Biological Systems
Interrelationships in Organized Biological Systems. - Digitaledited by Wei-Dong Zhang.Summary: Systems Biology and Its Application in TCM Formulas Research presents a theoretical research system formed for Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) formulas, along with information on the study of Shexiang Baoxin Pill (SBP), a TCM formula that has shown significant clinical efficacy in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases. The content combines theory and practice, and includes guidance for both theoretical concepts and operable technical routes. This is a valuable source not only for biomedical researchers involved in Systems Biology studies, but also for students and scientists interested in learning more about Traditional Chinese Medicine and its applications in contemporary medicine.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalNatàlia Garcia-Reyero, Cheryl A. Murphy, editors.Summary: Social pressure to minimize the use of animal testing, the ever-increasing concern on animal welfare, and the need for more human-relevant and more predictive toxicity tests are some of the drivers for new approaches to chemical screening. This book focuses on The Adverse Outcome Pathway, an analytical construct that describes a sequential chain of causally linked events at different levels of biological organization that lead to an adverse health or ecotoxicological effect. While past efforts have focused on toxicological pathway-based vision for human and ecological health assessment relying on in vitro systems and predictive models, The Adverse Outcome Pathway framework provides a simplified and structured way to organize toxicological information. Within the book, a systems biology approach supplies the tools to infer, link, and quantify the molecular initiating events and the key events and key event relationships leading to adverse outcomes. The advancement of these tools is crucial for the successful implementation of AOPs for regulatory purposes.
Contents:
1. Introduction
Part I: Biology
2. "Non-model" species for eco and human health risk assessment
3. The fish embryo as a model for eco-toxicology and other potential models
4. Invertebrates/Plants
5. Behavioral/Neurobehavioral linkages to AOPs
6. Species extrapolation
common pathways etc
7. Life History Evolution, incorporating evolutionary processes into AOPs to extrapolate
Part II: Incorporating Biology into AOPs
8. Use of HTS assays to infer MIEs
9. AOP development: how to infer and define KER
10. The development of quantitative AOPs
Part IV: Incorporating Modeling into AOPs.-11.Computational approaches (network science, etc) in AOPs: linking molecular datasets
12.Computational approaches : Dynamic Energy Budgets
13. Modeling approaches in AOPs: extrapolation from individual to population
14. Modeling approaches that augment AOPs: GUTS, QSAR, TKTD PBTKTD
15. Exposure science and other stressors? How to incorporate
16. AOP as an organizing framework and implications for biological science-AOP evolution
17. Use and acceptance of AOPs for regulatory applications, use of AOPs in human risk assessment, and legislation. - Digital/PrintSeth J. Corey, Marek Kimmel, Joshua N. Leonard, editors.Summary: The blood system is multi-scale, from the organism to the organs to cells to intracellular signaling pathways to macromolecule interactions. Blood consists of circulating cells, cellular fragments (platelets and microparticles), and plasma macromolecules. Blood cells and their fragments result from a highly-ordered process, hematopoiesis. Definitive hematopoiesis occurs in the bone marrow, where pluripotential stem cells give rise to multiple lineages of highly specialized cells. Highly-productive and continuously regenerative, hematopoiesis requires a microenvironment of mesenchymal cells and blood vessels. A Systems Biology Approach to Blood is divided into three main sections: basic components, physiological processes, and clinical applications. Using blood as a window, one can study health and disease through this unique tool box with reactive biological fluids that mirrors the prevailing hemodynamics of the vessel walls and the various blood cell types. Many blood diseases, rare and common can and have been exploited using systems biology approaches with successful results and therefore ideal models for systems medicine. More importantly, hematopoiesis offers one of the best studied systems with insight into stem cell biology, cellular interaction, development; linage programing and reprograming that are every day influenced by the most mature and understood regulatory networks.
Contents:
Part I: Basic Components
Systems Hematology: An Introduction
Quantification and Modeling of Stem Cell
Niche Interaction
Angiogenesis: A Systems Biology View of Blood Vessel Remodeling
Erythropoiesis: From Molecular Pathways to System Properties
Systems Biology of Megakaryocytes
Systems Biology of Platelet-Vessel Wall Interactions
Systems Approach to Phagoycte Production and Activation: Neutrophils and Monocytes
Part II: Physiological Processes
Stochasticity and Determinism in Models of Hematopoiesis
Systems Analysis of High?Throughput Data
Developing a Systems-Based Understanding of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Cycle Control
A Systems Biology Approach to Iron Metabolism
Innate Immunity in Disease
Insights from Mathematical Modeling and Analysis
Modeling Biomolecular Site Dynamics in Immunoreceptor Signaling Systems
Structure and Function of Platelet Receptors Initiating Blood Clotting
Part III: Clinical Applications
Understanding and Treating Cytopenia through Mathematical Modeling
Drug Resistance
Etiology and Treatment of Hematological Neoplasms: Stochastic Mathematical Models
Assessing Hematopoietic (Stem-) Cell Behavior during Regenerative Pressure
Engineered Cell-Based Therapies: A Vanguard of Design-Driven Medicine
Part IV: Epilogue
A Systems Approach to Blood Disorders
Index. - Digitaledited by Juan I. Castrillo, Stephen G. Oliver.Contents:
Alzheimer's as a systems-level disease involving the interplay of multiple cellular networks / Juan I. Castrillo and Stephen G. Oliver
Application of systems theory in longitudinal studies on the origin and progression of Alzheimer's disease / Simone Lista [and others]
APP proteolytic system and its interactions with dynamic networks in Alzheimer's disease / Sally Hunter, Steven Martin, and Carol Brayne
Effects of mild and severe oxidative stress on BACE1 expression and APP amyloidogenic processing / Jiangli Tan, Qiao-Xin Li, and Genevieve Evin
Advanced assay monitoring APP-carboxyl-terminal fragments as markers of APP processing in Alzheimer disease mouse models / Ana García-Osta and Mar Cuadrado-Tejedor
Optical super-resolution imaging of [beta]-amyloid aggregation in vitro and in vivo : method and techniques / Dorothea Pinotsi, Gabriele S. Kaminski Schierle, and Clemens F. Kaminski
Protocols for monitoring the development of Tau pathology in Alzheimer's disease / Alberto Rábano [and others]
LC3-II tagging and western blotting for monitoring autophagic activity in mammalian cells / Anne Streeter, Fiona M. Menzies, and David C. Rubinsztein
Advanced mitochondrial respiration assay for evaluation of mitochondrial dysfunction in Alzheimer's disease / Amandine Grimm, Karen Schmitt, and Anne Eckert
Analysis of microglial proliferation in Alzheimer's disease / Diego Gomez-Nicola and V. Hugh Perry
Yeast as a model for Alzheimer's disease : latest studies and advanced strategies / Mathias Verduyckt [and others]
Yeast as a model for studies on A[beta] aggregation toxicity in Alzheimer's disease, autophagic responses, and drug screening / Afsaneh Porzoor and Ian Macreadie
Drosophila melanogaster as a model for studies on the early stages of Alzheimer's disease / Jung Yeon Lim, Stanislav Ott, and Damian C. Crowther
Chronic mild stress assay leading to early onset and propagation of Alzheimer's disease phenotype in mouse models / Mar Cuadrado-Tejedor and Ana García-Osta
Gene expression studies on human trisomy 21 iPSCs and neurons : towards mechanisms underlying Down's syndrome and early Alzheimer's disease-like pathologies / Jason P. Weick, Huining Kang, George F. Bonadurer III, and Anita Bhattacharyya
Cortical differentiation of human pluripotent cells for in vitro modeling of Alzheimer's disease / Nathalie G. Saurat, Frederick J. Livesey, and Steven Moore
Next generation sequencing in Alzheimer's disease / Lars Bertram
Pooled-DNA sequencing for elucidating new genomic risk factors, rare variants underlying Alzheimer's disease / Sheng Chih Jin, Bruno A. Benitez, Yuetiva Deming, and Carlos Cruchaga
New genome-wide methods for elucidation of candidate copy number variations (CNVs) contributing to Alzheimer's disease heritability / Kinga Szigeti
RNA-sequencing to elucidate early patterns of dysregulation underlying the onset of Alzheimer's disease / Bei Jun Chen, James D. Mills, Caroline Janitz, and Michael Janitz
Systems biology approaches to the study of biological networks underlying Alzheimer's disease : role of miRNAs / Wera Roth, David Hecker, and Eugenio Fava
Emerging role of metalloproteomics in Alzheimer's disease research / Dominic J. Hare, Alan Rembach, and Blaine R. Roberts
Redox proteomics in human biofluids : sample preparation, separation and immunochemical tagging for analysis of protein oxidation / Fabio Di Domenico, Marzia Perluigi, and D. Allan Butterfield
Advanced shotgun lipidomics for characterization of altered lipid patterns in neurodegenerative diseases and brain injury / Miao Wang and Xianlin Han
AlzPathway, an updated map of curated signaling pathways : towards deciphering Alzheimer's disease pathogenesis / Soichi Ogishima [and others]
Computational network biology approach to uncover novel genes related to Alzheimer's disease / Andreas Zanzoni
Network approaches to the understanding of Alzheimer's disease : from model organisms to humans / Justin Yerbury, Dan Bean, and Giorgio Favrin
Characterization of genetic networks associated with Alzheimer's disease / Bin Zhang, Linh Tran, Valur Emilsson, and Jun Zhu
Network-based analysis for uncovering mechanisms underlying Alzheimer's disease / Masataka Kikuchi [and others]
SDREM method for reconstructing signaling and regulatory response networks : applications for studying disease progression / Anthony Gitter and Ziv Bar-Joseph
Advanced neuroimaging methods towards characterization of early stages of Alzheimer's disease / Jorge Sepulcre and Joseph C. Masdeu
Plasma proteomics biomarkers in Alzheimer's disease : latest advances and challenges / Robert Perneczky and Liang-Hao Guo
Practical guide for exploring opportunities of repurposing drugs for CNS diseases in systems biology / Hongkang Mei [and others].Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalMiguel A. Aon, Valdur Saks, Uwe Schlattner, editors.Contents:
From Physiology, Genomes, Systems and Self-Organization to Systems Biology : The Historical Roots of a Twenty-First Century Approach to Complexity / M.A. Aon, D. Lloyd, and V. Saks
Complex Systems Biology of Networks : The Riddle and the Challenge / Miguel A. Aon
Systems Biology of Signaling Networks
The Control Analysis of Signal Transduction / Hans V. Westerhoff, Samrina Rehman, Fred C. Boogerd, Nilgun Yilmaz, and Malkhey Verma
MicroRNAs and Robustness in Biological Regulatory Networks. A Generic Approach with Applications at Different Levels : Physiologic, Metabolic and Genetic / Jacques Demongeot, Olivier Cohen, and Alexandra Henrion-Caude
Dynamics of Mitochondrial Redox and Energy Networks : Insights from an Experimental-Computational Synergy / Sonia Cortassa and Miguel A. Aon
Adenylate Kinase Isoform Network : A Major Hub in Cell Energetics and Metabolic Signaling / Song Zhang, Emirhan Nemutlu, Andre Terzic, and Petras Dzeja
Systems Biology of Cellular Structures and Fluxes
Moonlighting Function of the Tubulin Cytoskeleton : Macromolecular Architectures in the Cytoplasm / Judit Ovádi and Vic Norris
Metabolic Dissipative Structures / Ildefonso Mtz. de la Fuente
Systems Biology Approaches to Cancer Energy Metabolism / Alvaro Marín-Hernández, Sayra Y. López-Ramírez, Juan Carlos Gallardo-Pérez, Sara Rodríguez-Enríquez, Rafael Morena-Sánchez, and Emma Saavedra
Systems Biology of Organ Function
Network Dynamics in Cardiac Electrophysiology / Zhilin Qu
Systems Level Regulation of Cardiac Energy Fluxes via Metabolic Cycles : Role of Creatine, Phosphotransfer Pathways, and AMPK Signaling / Valdur Saks, Uwe Schlattner, Malgorzata Tokarska-Schlattner, Theo Wallimann, Rafaela Bagur, Sarah Zorman, Martin Pelosse, Pierre Dos Santos, Franc̦ois Boucher, Tuuli Kaambre, and Rita Guzun
Systems Biology of Microorganisms
Temporal Partitioning of the Yeast Cellular Network / Douglas B. Murray, Cornelia Amariei, Kalesh Sasidharan, Rainer Machné, Miguel A. Aon, and David Lloyd
Systems Biology and Metabolic Engineering in Bacteria / Johannes Geiselmann.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digital/PrintGene Yeo, editor.Contents:
1. Evolutionary conservation and expression of human RNA-binding proteins and their role in human genetic disease
2. The functions and regulatory principles of mRNA intracellular trafficking
3. RNA-binding proteins in regulation of alternative cleavage and polyadenylation
4. Functional analysis of long noncoding RNAs in development and disease
5. Piwi proteins and piRNAs step onto the systems biology stage
6. Manipulation of RNA using engineered proteins with customized specificity
7. Genetic variation and RNA binding proteins: tools and techniques to detect functional polymorphisms
8. Genome-wide activities of RNA-binding proteins that regulate cellular changes in the epithelial to mesenchymal transition (EMT)
9. Antisense oligonucleotide-based therapies for diseases caused by pre-mRNA processing defects
10. RNA-binding protein misregulation in microsatellite expansion disorders
11. RNA-binding proteins in heart development
12. Identification of miRNAs and their targets in C. elegans
13. Splicing code modeling
Index.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digital/PrintKatarzyna A. Rejniak, editor.Contents:
Image analysis of the tumor microenvironment / Mark C. Lloyd, Joseph O. Johnson, Agnieszka Kasprzak, Marilyn M. Bui
Hypoxia in gliomas: opening therapeutical opportunities using a mathematical-based approach / Alicia Martı́nez-Gonz̀lez, Gabriel F. Calvo, Jose M. Ayuso, Ignacio Ochoa, Luis J. Fernández, and Víctor M. Pérez-García
Computer simulations of the tumor vasculature: applications to interstitial fluid flow, drug delivery, and oxygen supply / Michael Welter, Heiko Rieger
Cell-ECM interactions in tumor invasion / Xiuxiu He, Byoungkoo Lee, Yi Jiang
Circulating tumor cells: when a solid tumor meets a fluid microenvironment / Katarzyna A. Rejniak
Modeling proteolytically driven tumor lymphangiogenesis / Georgios Lolas, Lasse Jensen, George C. Bourantas, Vasiliki Tsikourkitoudi, and Konstantinos Syrigos
Positive feedback loops between inflammatory, bone and cancer cells during metastatic niche construction / Ardeshir Kianercy, Kenneth J. Pienta
Microenvironmental niches and sanctuaries: a route to acquired resistance / Judith P̌rez-Vel̀zquez, Jana L. Gevertz, Aleksandra Karolak, Katarzyna A. Rejniak
The tumor microenvironment as a barrier to cancer nanotherapy / Louis T. Curtis, Hermann B. Frieboes
Microenvironment-mediated modeling of tumor response to vascular-targeting drugs / Jana L. Gevertz
Optimizing chemotherapeutic anti-cancer treatment and the tumor microenvironment: an analysis of mathematical models / Urszula Ledzewicz, Heinz Schaettler
Progress towards computational 3-D multicellular systems biology / Paul Macklin, Hermann B. Frieboes, Jessica L. Sparks, Ahmadreza Ghaffarizadeh, Samuel H. Friedman, Edwin F. Juarez, Edmond Jonckheere, and Shannon M. Mumenthaler.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalBor-Sen Chen.Summary: Systems Evolutionary Biology: Biological Network Evolution Theory, Stochastic Evolutionary Game Strategies, and Applications to Systems Synthetic Biology discusses the evolutionary game theory and strategies of nonlinear stochastic biological networks under random genetic variations and environmental disturbances and their application to systematic synthetic biology design. The book provides more realistic stochastic biological system models to mimic the real biological systems in evolutionary process and then introduces network evolvability, stochastic evolutionary game theory and strategy based on nonlinear stochastic networks in evolution. Readers will find remarkable, revolutionary information on genetic evolutionary biology that be applied to economics, engineering and bioscience.
Contents:
Part I: General Theory of Stochastic Evolutionary Biological Network
1. Introduction to Systems Evolutionary Biology
2. Stochastic Dynamics Systems and Stochastic Nash Game in Evolutionary Biological Networks
3. Evolutionary Gene Regulatory Networks and Biochemical Networks
4. Evolutionary Ecological Networks
Part II: Applications of Network Evolution to Systems Synthetic Biology
5. Robust Design for Evolutionary Synthetic Gene Networks under Genetic Mutations and Environmental Disturbances: Genetic Algorithm (GA) Approach in Genotype Space
6. Robust Design of Genetic Networks: Evolutionary Systems Biology Approach via Evolutionary Algorithm (EA) in Phenotype space
7. On the Adaptive Design Rules of Biochemical Networks in Evolution
Part III: Stochastic Evolutionary Game Strategies
8. Stochastic Evolutionary Game as Natural Selection in a Population of Biological Networks
9. Stochastic Noncooperative and Cooperative Evolutionary Game Strategies of a Population of Biological Networks under Natural Selection
10. Evolutionary Game Strategy of Evolutionary Biological Network of Somatic Cells in the Organ Carcinogenesis and Aging Process
Part IV: Evolution Measurements of Biological Networks
11. On the System Entropy of Nonlinear Stochastic Biological Networks and Its Relationship to Network Evolution
12. On the Evolution Measurement of Somatic Networks by the Changes of their Robustness and Response Ability in the Aging Process via Microarray Data
13. Evoluation of Network Biomarkers Measured by Microarray Data from Early to Late Stage Bladder Cancer Samples.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalEditor-in-Chief: Olaf Wolkenhauer, Department of Systems Biology & Bioinformatics, University of Rostock, Rostock, Germany.Summary: "Technological advances in generated molecular and cell biological data are transforming biomedical research. Sequencing, multi-omics and imaging technologies are likely to have deep impact on the future of medical practice. In parallel to technological developments, methodologies to gather, integrate, visualize and analyze heterogeneous and large-scale data sets are needed to develop new approaches for diagnosis, prognosis and therapy. Systems Medicine: Integrative, Qualitative and Computational Approaches is an innovative, interdisciplinary and integrative approach that extends the concept of systems biology and the unprecedented insights that computational methods and mathematical modeling offer of the interactions and network behavior of complex biological systems, to novel clinically relevant applications for the design of more successful prognostic, diagnostic and therapeutic approaches. This 3 volume work features 132 entries from renowned experts in the fields and covers the tools, methods, algorithms and data analysis workflows used for integrating and analyzing multi-dimensional data routinely generated in clinical settings with the aim of providing medical practitioners with robust clinical decision support systems. Importantly the work delves into the applications of systems medicine in areas such as tumor systems biology, metabolic and cardiovascular diseases as well as immunology and infectious diseases amongst others. This is a fundamental resource for biomedical students and researchers as well as medical practitioners who need to need to adopt advances in computational tools and methods into the clinical practice."--publisher's web page, viewed August 31, 2020.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
- DigitalUri Alon.Summary: "Systems Medicine: Physiological Circuits and the Dynamics of Disease introduces the topic of physiological circuits, in which cells and organs communicate with each other. Rather than circuits inside a cell, it discusses circuits between cells. This is the level relevant to the most common and deadly diseases that currently plague humanity. The goal is to start from basic principles or 'laws' and derive why physiology is built the way it is, and why certain diseases happen while others don't. By the end of the book, you will be able to use simple but powerful mathematical models to describe physiological circuits. The models are powerful because they turn details into useful understanding and new ways to think about treating diseases. We will understand the fundamental causes of some of the most mysterious diseases: diabetes, autoimmune diseases, and age-related diseases such as lung fibrosis and cancer. The trajectory begins with basic principles. From these are derived circuits and their fragility to disease. The book explores (i) hormone circuits, (ii) immune circuits, and (iii) aging and age-related disease, and culminates in a periodic table of diseases. It is written in a very accessible style, suitable for anyone with a background in biology, engineering, physics, math, engineering, computer science, chemistry, or other subjects"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The insulin-glucose circuit
Dynamical compensation, mutant resistance, and type-2 diabetes
The stress hormone axis as a two-gland oscillator
Autoimmune diseases as a fragility of mutant surveillance
Inflammation and fibrosis as a bistable system
Basic facts of aging
Aging and saturated repair
Age-related diseases
Periodic table of diseases
Epilogue: Simplicity in systems medicine.Digital Access T&Fonline 2023Limited to 3 simultaneous users - PrintJames O. Prochaska, John C. Norcross, Judith J. Prochaska.Summary: "The field of psychotherapy has been fragmented and staggered by over-choice. We have witnessed the hyperinflation of brand-name therapies. In 1959, Harper identified 36 distinct systems of psychotherapy; by 1976, Parloff discovered more than 130 therapies in the therapeutic marketplace or, perhaps more appropriately, the "jungle place." Recent estimates put the number at over 500 and growing (Pearsall, 2011)"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Defining and comparing the psychotherapies: an integrative framework
Psychoanalytic therapies
Psychodynamic therapies
Existential therapies
Person-centered therapies
Experiential therapies
Interpersonal therapies
Exposure therapies
Behavior therapies
Cognitive therapies
Third-wave therapies
Systemic therapies
Gender-informed therapies
Multicultural therapies
Positive psychology and solution-focused therapies
Integrative therapies
Comparative conclusions: toward a transtheoretical therapy
The future of psychotherapy
Appendices. - DigitalDonald E. Mager, Holly H.C. Kimko, editors.Contents:
Role of Systems Modeling in Regulatory Drug Approval
Quantitative Systems Pharmacology: Applications and Adoption in Drug Development
Systems Pharmacology: An Overview
Discrete dynamic modeling: a network approach for systems pharmacology
Kinetic Models of Biochemical Signaling Networks
Mechanistic Models of Physiological Control Systems
Foundations of Pharmacodynamic Systems Analysis
Direct, Indirect, and Signal Transduction Response Modeling
Irreversible Pharmacodynamics
Feedback Control Indirect Response Models
Nonlinear Mixed Effects Modeling in Systems Pharmacology
Detecting Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Covariates From High-Dimensional Data
Multi-Scale Modeling of Drug Action in the Nervous System
Mechanistic Modeling of Inflammation
Systems Pharmacology of Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitor-Associated Toxicities
Translational Modeling of Antibacterial Agents
Viral Dynamic Modeling of Hepatitis C Virus Infection: Past Successes and Future Challenges
Using Systems Pharmacology to Advance Oncology Drug Development
Systems Pharmacology Modeling in Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Abdulrahman M. El-Sayed, executive director and health officer, Detroit Health Department, City of Detroit, Sandro Galea, Robert A. Knox Professor and dean, Boston University School of Public Health.Contents:
Reductionism at the dawn of population health / Kristin Heitman
Wrong answers : when simple interpretations create complex problems / David S. Fink, Katherine M. Keyes
Complexity : the evolution towards 21st century science / Anton Palma, David W. Lounsbury
Systems thinking in population health research and policy / Stephen Mooney
Generation of systems maps: mapping complex systems of population health / Helen de Pinho
Systems dynamics model / Eric Lofgren
Agent-based modeling / Brandon Marshall
Microsimulation / Sanjay Basu
Social network analysis : the ubiquity of social networks and their importance for population health / Douglas A. Luke, Amar Dhand, Bobbi J. Carothers
Machine learning / James H. Faghmous
Systems science and the social determinants of population health / David S. Fink, Katherine M. Keyes, Magdalena Cerdá
Systems approaches to understanding how the environment influences population health and population health interventions / Melissa Tracy
Systems of behavior and population health / Mark Orr, Kathryn Ziemer, Daniel Chen
Systems under your skin / Karina Standahl Olsen, Hege Bøvelstad, Eiliv Lund
Frontiers in health modeling / Nathaniel Osgood
Systems science and population health / Abdulrahman M. El-Sayed, Sandro Galea.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digitaledited by Donald W. Black and Nancee Blum.Summary: Borderline personality disorder (BPD) is a potentially severely debilitating psychiatric diagnosis that may affect up to 2% of the general population. Hallmarks of BPD include impulsivity, emotional instability, and poor self-image, and those with BPD have increased risk for self-harm and suicide. This title brings together research findings and information on implementation and best practices for a group treatment program for outpatients with BPD. A five-month long program easily learned and delivered by therapists from a wide range of theoretical orientations, STEPPS combines cognitive behavioural therapy, emotion management and behavioral skills training, and psychoeducation with a systems component that involves professional care providers, family, friends, and significant others of persons with BPD.
Contents:
Overview of STEPPS : history and implementation / Nancee Blum, Don St. John, Bruce Pfohl, and Donald W. Black
Research evidence supportive of STEPPS / Donald W. Black, Nancee Blum, and Jeff Allen
STEPPS in the Netherlands / Horusta Freije
STEPPS in different service settings in the United Kingdom / Renee Harvey
STEPPS in correctional settings / Nancee Blum and Donald W. Black
STEPPS in a residential therapeutic community in Italy / Aldo Lombardo
Introducing STEPPS on an inpatient unit in Italy / Andrea Fossati, Roberta Alesiani, Silvia Boccalon, Laura Giarolli, Serena Borroni, Antonella Somma
STEPPS in adolescent populations in the Netherlands / Marieke Schuppert, Paul Emmelkamp, and Maaike Nauta
Alternatives to self-harm program (ASH) : a skills-based approach to complement STEPPS / Diane Clare.Digital Access Oxford 2016
Popular Books
- Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine
- AAP Red Book Online
- Robbins & Cotran Pathologic Basis of Disease
- Sabiston Textbook of Surgery
- Nelson's Textbook of Pediatrics
- Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics
- Mandell, Douglas, & Bennett's Principles & Practice of Infectious Diseases
- Red Book Online
- ICU Book
- Primary Care Medicine
- Campbell-Walsh Urology
Access restricted to Stanford community
Lane Library Bookmarklet
To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.
Bookmark on Other Websites
- To Install, Right Click this Button.
- Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
- From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
- Once installed it will look like this
- Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
- Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
Can't Find It?
Browse by Publisher
Biomedical Publishers
- AccessMedicine
- Springer Protocols
- Books@Ovid
- ClinicalKey
- MyiLibrary
- Stat!Ref
- Lange Series
- National Academy Press
- NCBI Bookshelf
- PsychiatryOnline
- CogNet
- Thieme Atlases
Bioresearch Publishers
- Safari Tech Books
- SpringerLink
- CRCnet base
- MyiLibrary
- ebrary
- EBSCOhost (Choose Research Databases... eBook Collection)
Beyond Stanford
A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.
Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.
MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.
Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.
Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.
Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.
Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.
Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.
In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.
A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.
Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.
Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.
Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.
Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.